Um1905 Description of Stm32f7 Hal and Lowlayer Drivers Stmicroelectronics

UM1905
User manual
Description of STM32F7 HAL and low-layer drivers
Introduction
STM32Cube is an STMicroelectronics original initiative to significantly improve developer productivity by reducing development
effort, time and cost. STM32Cube covers the STM32 portfolio.
STM32Cube includes:
• STM32CubeMX, a graphical software configuration tool that allows the generation of C initialization code using graphical
wizards.
• A comprehensive embedded software platform, delivered per Series (such as STM32CubeF7 for STM32F7)
– The STM32Cube HAL, STM32 abstraction layer embedded software ensuring maximized portability across the
STM32 portfolio. HAL APIs are available for all peripherals.
– Low-layer APIs (LL) offering a fast light-weight expert-oriented layer which is closer to the hardware than the HAL. LL
APIs are available only for a set of peripherals.
– A consistent set of middleware components such as RTOS, USB, TCP/IP and Graphics.
– All embedded software utilities, delivered with a full set of examples.
The HAL driver layer provides a simple, generic multi-instance set of APIs (application programming interfaces) to interact with
the upper layer (application, libraries and stacks).
The HAL driver APIs are split into two categories: generic APIs, which provide common and generic functions for all the STM32
series and extension APIs, which include specific and customized functions for a given line or part number. The HAL drivers
include a complete set of ready-to-use APIs that simplify the user application implementation. For example, the communication
peripherals contain APIs to initialize and configure the peripheral, manage data transfers in polling mode, handle interrupts or
DMA, and manage communication errors.
The HAL drivers are feature-oriented instead of IP-oriented. For example, the timer APIs are split into several categories
following the IP functions, such as basic timer, capture and pulse width modulation (PWM). The HAL driver layer implements
run-time failure detection by checking the input values of all functions. Such dynamic checking enhances the firmware
robustness. Run-time detection is also suitable for user application development and debugging.
The LL drivers offer hardware services based on the available features of the STM32 peripherals. These services reflect exactly
the hardware capabilities, and provide atomic operations that must be called by following the programming model described in
the product line reference manual. As a result, the LL services are not based on standalone processes and do not require any
additional memory resources to save their states, counter or data pointers. All operations are performed by changing the
content of the associated peripheral registers. Unlike the HAL, LL APIs are not provided for peripherals for which optimized
access is not a key feature, or for those requiring heavy software configuration and/or a complex upper-level stack (such as
USB).
The HAL and LL are complementary and cover a wide range of application requirements:
• The HAL offers high-level and feature-oriented APIs with a high-portability level. These hide the MCU and peripheral
complexity from the end-user.
• The LL offers low-level APIs at register level, with better optimization but less portability. These require deep knowledge of
the MCU and peripheral specifications.
The HAL- and LL-driver source code is developed in Strict ANSI-C, which makes it independent of the development tools. It is
checked with the CodeSonar® static analysis tool. It is fully documented.
It is compliant with MISRA C®:2004 standard.
UM1905 - Rev 4 - September 2020 www.st.com

For further information contact your local STMicroelectronics sales office.
UM1905
This user manual is structured as follows:

• Overview of HAL drivers
• Overview of low-layer drivers
• Cohabiting of HAL and LL drivers
• Detailed description of each peripheral driver: configuration structures, functions, and how to use the given API to build
your application
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2/2236

UM1905
General information
1 General information
The STM32CubeF7 MCU Package runs on STM32F7 32-bit microcontrollers based on the Arm® Cortex®-M
processor.
Note: Arm is a registered trademark of Arm Limited (or its subsidiaries) in the US and/or elsewhere.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 3/2236

UM1905
Acronyms and definitions
2 Acronyms and definitions
Table 1. Acronyms and definitions
Acronym Definition
ADC Analog-to-digital converter

AES Advanced encryption standard
ANSI American national standards institute
API Application programming interface
BSP Board support package
CAN Controller area network
CEC Consumer electronic controller
CMSIS Cortex microcontroller software interface standard
COMP Comparator
CORDIC Trigonometric calculation unit
CPU Central processing unit
CRC CRC calculation unit
CRYP Cryptographic processor
CSS Clock security system
DAC Digital to analog converter
DLYB Delay block
DCMI Digital camera interface
DFSDM Digital filter sigma delta modulator
DMA Direct memory access
DMAMUX Direct memory access request multiplexer
DSI Display serial interface
DTS Digital temperature sensor
ETH Ethernet controller
EXTI External interrupt/event controller
FDCAN Flexible data-rate controller area network unit
FLASH Flash memory
FMAC Filtering mathematical calculation unit
FMC Flexible memory controller
FW Firewall
GFXMMU Chrom-GRC
GPIO General purpose I/Os
GTZC Global TrustZone® controller

GTZC-MPCBB GTZC block-based memory protection controller
GTZC-MPCWM GTZC watermark memory protection controller
GTZC-TZIC GTZC TrustZone illegal access controller
GTZC-TZSC GTZC TrustZone security controller
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 4/2236

UM1905
Acronym Definition
HAL Hardware abstraction layer

HASH Hash processor
HCD USB host controller driver
HRTIM High-resolution timer
I2C Inter-integrated circuit
I2S Inter-integrated sound
ICACHE Instruction cache
IRDA Infrared data association
IWDG Independent watchdog
JPEG Joint photographic experts group
LCD Liquid crystal display controler
LTDC LCD TFT Display Controller
LPTIM Low-power timer
LPUART Low-power universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter
MCO Microcontroller clock output
MDIOS Management data input/output (MDIO) slave
MDMA Master direct memory access
MMC MultiMediaCard
MPU Memory protection unit
MSP MCU specific package
NAND NAND Flash memory
NOR NOR Flash memory
NVIC Nested vectored interrupt controller
OCTOSPI Octo-SPI interface
OPAMP Operational amplifier
OTFDEC On-the-fly decryption engine
OTG-FS USB on-the-go full-speed
PKA Public key accelerator
PCD USB peripheral controller driver
PPP STM32 peripheral or block
PSSI Parallel synchronous slave interface
PWR Power controller
QSPI Quad-SPI Flash memory
RAMECC RAM ECC monitoring
RCC Reset and clock controller
RNG Random number generator
RTC Real-time clock
SAI Serial audio interface
SD Secure digital
SDMMC SD/SDIO/MultiMediaCard card host interface
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 5/2236

UM1905
Acronym Definition
SMARTCARD Smartcard IC
SMBUS System management bus
SPI Serial peripheral interface
SPDIFRX SPDIF-RX Receiver interface
SRAM SRAM external memory
SWPMI Serial wire protocol master interface
SysTick System tick timer
TIM Advanced-control, general-purpose or basic timer
TSC Touch sensing controller
TZ Arm TrustZone-M
TZEN TrustZone enable Flash user option bit
UART Universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter
UCPD USB Type-C® and Power Delivery interface

USART Universal synchronous receiver/transmitter
VREFBUF Voltage reference buffer
WWDG Window watchdog
USB Universal serial bus
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 6/2236

UM1905
Overview of HAL drivers
3 Overview of HAL drivers
The HAL drivers are designed to offer a rich set of APIs and to interact easily with the application upper layers.
Each driver consists of a set of functions covering the most common peripheral features. The development of
each driver is driven by a common API which standardizes the driver structure, the functions and the parameter
names.
The HAL drivers include a set of driver modules, each module being linked to a standalone peripheral. However,
in some cases, the module is linked to a peripheral functional mode. As an example, several modules exist for the
USART peripheral: UART driver module, USART driver module, SMARTCARD driver module and IRDA driver
module.
The HAL main features are the following:
• Cross-family portable set of APIs covering the common peripheral features as well as extension APIs in
case of specific peripheral features.
• Three API programming models: polling, interrupt and DMA.
• APIs are RTOS compliant:
– Fully reentrant APIs
– Systematic usage of timeouts in polling mode
• Support of peripheral multi-instance allowing concurrent API calls for multiple instances of a given peripheral
(such as USART1 or USART2)
• All HAL APIs implement user-callback functions mechanism:
– Peripheral Init/DeInit HAL APIs can call user-callback functions to perform peripheral system level
Initialization/De-Initialization (clock, GPIOs, interrupt, DMA)
– Peripherals interrupt events
– Error events
• Object locking mechanism: safe hardware access to prevent multiple spurious accesses to shared
resources.
• Timeout used for all blocking processes: the timeout can be a simple counter or a timebase.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 7/2236

UM1905
HAL and user-application files
3.1 HAL and user-application files
3.1.1 HAL driver files

HAL drivers are composed of the following set of files:
Table 2. HAL driver files
File Description
Main peripheral/module driver file.

stm32f7xx_hal_ppp.c It includes the APIs that are common to all STM32 devices.
Example: stm32f7xx_hal_adc.c, stm32f7xx_hal_irda.c.
Header file of the main driver C file
It includes common data, handle and enumeration structures, define statements and
stm32f7xx_hal_ppp.h
macros, as well as the exported generic APIs.
Example:stm32f7xx_hal_adc.h,stm32f7xx_hal_irda.h.
Extension file of a peripheral/module driver. It includes the specific APIs for a given part
number or family, as well as the newly defined APIs that overwrite the default generic APIs if
stm32f7xx_hal_ppp_ex.c the internal process is implemented in different way.
Example:stm32f7xx_hal_adc_ex.c,stm32f7xx_hal_flash_ex.c.
Header file of the extension C file.
It includes the specific data and enumeration structures, define statements and macros, as
stm32f7xx_hal_ppp_ex.h
well as the exported device part number specific APIs
Example: stm32f7xx_hal_adc_ex.h,stm32f7xx_hal_flash_ex.h.
This file is used for HAL initialization and contains DBGMCU, Remap and Time Delay based
stm32f7xx_hal.c
on SysTick APIs.
stm32f7xx_hal.h stm32f7xx_hal.c header file
Template file to be copied to the user application folder.
stm32f7xx_hal_msp_template.c It contains the MSP initialization and de-initialization (main routine and callbacks) of the
peripheral used in the user application.
stm32f7xx_hal_conf_template.h Template file allowing to customize the drivers for a given application.
Common HAL resources such as common define statements, enumerations, structures and
stm32f7xx_hal_def.h
macros.
3.1.2 User-application files

The minimum files required to build an application using the HAL are listed in the table below:
Table 3. User-application files
File Description
This file contains SystemInit() that is called at startup just after reset and before branching to the
main program. It does not configure the system clock at startup (contrary to the standard library).
system_stm32f7xx.c
This is to be done using the HAL APIs in the user files. It allows relocating the vector table in
internal SRAM.
Toolchain specific file that contains reset handler and exception vectors.
startup_stm32f7xx.s
For some toolchains, it allows adapting the stack/heap size to fit the application requirements.
stm32f7xx_flash.icf Linker file for EWARM toolchain allowing mainly adapting the stack/heap size to fit the application
(optional) requirements.
This file contains the MSP initialization and de-initialization (main routine and callbacks) of the
stm32f7xx_hal_msp.c
peripheral used in the user application.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 8/2236

UM1905
HAL data structures
File Description
This file allows the user to customize the HAL drivers for a specific application.
stm32f7xx_hal_conf.h It is not mandatory to modify this configuration. The application can use the default configuration
without any modification.
This file contains the exceptions handler and peripherals interrupt service routine, and calls
HAL_IncTick() at regular time intervals to increment a local variable (declared in stm32f7xx_hal.c)
stm32f7xx_it.c/.h used as HAL timebase. By default, this function is called each 1ms in Systick ISR. .
The PPP_IRQHandler() routine must call HAL_PPP_IRQHandler() if an interrupt based process is
used within the application.
This file contains the main program routine, mainly:
• Call to HAL_Init()
main.c/.h • assert_failed() implementation
• system clock configuration
• peripheral HAL initialization and user application code.
The STM32Cube package comes with ready-to-use project templates, one for each supported board. Each
project contains the files listed above and a preconfigured project for the supported toolchains.
Each project template provides empty main loop function and can be used as a starting point to get familiar with
project settings for STM32Cube. Its features are the following:
• It contains the sources of HAL, CMSIS and BSP drivers which are the minimal components to develop a
code on a given board.
• It contains the include paths for all the firmware components.
• It defines the STM32 device supported, and allows configuring the CMSIS and HAL drivers accordingly.
• It provides ready to use user files preconfigured as defined below:
– HAL is initialized
– SysTick ISR implemented for HAL_Delay()
– System clock configured with the maximum device frequency.
Note: If an existing project is copied to another location, then include paths must be updated.
Figure 1. Example of project template
3.2 HAL data structures

Each HAL driver can contain the following data structures:
• Peripheral handle structures
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 9/2236

UM1905
HAL data structures
• Initialization and configuration structures

• Specific process structures.
3.2.1 Peripheral handle structures

The APIs have a modular generic multi-instance architecture that allows working with several IP instances
simultaneously.
PPP_HandleTypeDef *handle is the main structure that is implemented in the HAL drivers. It handles the
peripheral/module configuration and registers and embeds all the structures and variables needed to follow the
peripheral device flow.
The peripheral handle is used for the following purposes:
• Multi-instance support: each peripheral/module instance has its own handle. As a result instance resources
are independent.
• Peripheral process intercommunication: the handle is used to manage shared data resources between the
process routines.
Example: global pointers, DMA handles, state machine.
• Storage : this handle is used also to manage global variables within a given HAL driver.
An example of peripheral structure is shown below:
typedef struct
{
USART_TypeDef *Instance; /* USART registers base address */
USART_InitTypeDef Init; /* Usart communication parameters */
uint8_t *pTxBuffPtr;/* Pointer to Usart Tx transfer Buffer */
uint16_t TxXferSize; /* Usart Tx Transfer size */
__IO uint16_t TxXferCount;/* Usart Tx Transfer Counter */
uint8_t *pRxBuffPtr;/* Pointer to Usart Rx transfer Buffer */
uint16_t RxXferSize; /* Usart Rx Transfer size */
__IO uint16_t RxXferCount; /* Usart Rx Transfer Counter */
DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdmatx; /* Usart Tx DMA Handle parameters */
DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdmarx; /* Usart Rx DMA Handle parameters */
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /* Locking object */
__IO HAL_USART_StateTypeDef State; /* Usart communication state */
__IO HAL_USART_ErrorTypeDef ErrorCode;/* USART Error code */
}USART_HandleTypeDef;
Note: 1. The multi-instance feature implies that all the APIs used in the application are reentrant and avoid using
global variables because subroutines can fail to be reentrant if they rely on a global variable to remain
unchanged but that variable is modified when the subroutine is recursively invoked. For this reason, the
following rules are respected:
– Reentrant code does not hold any static (or global) non-constant data: reentrant functions can work
with global data. For example, a reentrant interrupt service routine can grab a piece of hardware
status to work with (for example serial port read buffer) which is not only global, but volatile. Still,
typical use of static variables and global data is not advised, in the sense that only atomic read-
modify-write instructions should be used in these variables. It should not be possible for an interrupt
or signal to occur during the execution of such an instruction.
– Reentrant code does not modify its own code.
2. When a peripheral can manage several processes simultaneously using the DMA (full duplex case), the
DMA interface handle for each process is added in the PPP_HandleTypeDef.
3. For the shared and system peripherals, no handle or instance object is used. The peripherals concerned
by this exception are the following:
– GPIO
– SYSTICK
– NVIC
– PWR
– RCC
– FLASH
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 10/2236

UM1905
HAL data structures
3.2.2 Initialization and configuration structure

These structures are defined in the generic driver header file when it is common to all part numbers. When they
can change from one part number to another, the structures are defined in the extension header file for each part
number.
typedef struct
{
uint32_t BaudRate; /*!< This member configures the UART communication baudrate.*/
uint32_t WordLength; /*!< Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a
frame.*/
uint32_t StopBits; /*!< Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted.*/
uint32_t Parity; /*!< Specifies the parity mode. */
uint32_t Mode; /*!< Specifies wether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled.*/
uint32_t HwFlowCtl; /*!< Specifies wether the hardware flow control mode is enabled or
disabled.*/
uint32_t OverSampling; /*!< Specifies wether the Over sampling 8 is enabled or disabled,
to achieve higher speed (up to fPCLK/8).*/
}UART_InitTypeDef;
Note: The config structure is used to initialize the sub-modules or sub-instances. See below example:
HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel (ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig)
3.2.3 Specific process structures

The specific process structures are used for specific process (common APIs). They are defined in the generic
driver header file.
Example:
HAL_PPP_Process (PPP_HandleTypeDef* hadc,PPP_ProcessConfig* sConfig)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 11/2236

UM1905
API classification
3.3 API classification

The HAL APIs are classified into three categories:
• Generic APIs: common generic APIs applying to all STM32 devices. These APIs are consequently present
in the generic HAL driver files of all STM32 microcontrollers.
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Init(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc);

HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_DeInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc);
void HAL_ADC_IRQHandler(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc);
• Extension APIs:
This set of API is divided into two sub-categories :
– Family specific APIs: APIs applying to a given family. They are located in the extension HAL driver file
(see example below related to the ADC).
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t

SingleDiff); uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_GetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc,
uint32_t SingleDiff);
– Device part number specific APIs: These APIs are implemented in the extension file and delimited
by specific define statements relative to a given part number.
#if defined(STM32F756xx)
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accumulate(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t
*pInBuffer, uint32_t Size);
#endif /* STM32F756xx */
Note: The data structure related to the specific APIs is delimited by the device part number define statement. It is
located in the corresponding extension header C file.
The following table summarizes the location of the different categories of HAL APIs in the driver files.
Table 4. API classification
Generic file Extension file
Common APIs X X(1)

Family specific APIs - X
Device specific APIs - X
1. In some cases, the implementation for a specific device part number may change. In this case the generic API is declared
as weak function in the extension file. The API is implemented again to overwrite the default function.
Note: Family specific APIs are only related to a given family. This means that if a specific API is implemented in
another family, and the arguments of this latter family are different, additional structures and arguments might
need to be added.
Note: The IRQ handlers are used for common and family specific processes.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 12/2236

UM1905
Devices supported by HAL drivers
3.4 Devices supported by HAL drivers
STM32F722xx Table 5. List of devices supported by HAL drivers
STM32F723xx
STM32F732xx
STM32F733xx
STM32F745xx
STM32F746xx
STM32F756xx
STM32F765xx
STM32F767xx
STM32F768xx
STM32F769xx
STM32F777xx
STM32F778xx
STM32F779xx
IP/Module
stm32f7xx_hal.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_adc.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_adc_ex.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_can.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_cec.c No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_cortex.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_crc.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_cryp.c No No Yes Yes No No Yes No No No No Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_cryp_ex.c No No Yes Yes No No Yes No No No No Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_dac.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_dac_ex.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_dcmi.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_dcmi_ex.c No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_dfsdm.c No No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_dma.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_dma_ex.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_dma2d.c No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_dsi.c No No No No No No No No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_eth.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_flash.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_flash_ex.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_gpio.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_gpio_ex.h Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_hash.c No No No No No No Yes No No No No Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_hash_ex.c No No No No No No Yes No No No No Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_hcd.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_i2c.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_i2c_ex.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_i2s.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_i2s_ex.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_irda.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_iwdg.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_jpeg.c No No No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_lptim.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 13/2236

UM1905
STM32F722xx
STM32F723xx
STM32F732xx
STM32F733xx
STM32F745xx
STM32F746xx
STM32F756xx
STM32F765xx
STM32F767xx
STM32F768xx
STM32F769xx
STM32F777xx
STM32F778xx
STM32F779xx
IP/Module
stm32f7xx_hal_ltdc.c No No No No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

stm32f7xx_hal_mdios.c No No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_mmc.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_nand.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_nor.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_pcd.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_pcd_ex.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_pwr.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_pwr_ex.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_qspi.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_rcc.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_rcc_ex.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_rng.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_rtc.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_rtc_ex.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_sai.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_sai_ex.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_sd.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_sdram.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_smartcard.
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
c
stm32f7xx_hal_smartcard
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
_ex.c
stm32f7xx_hal_smbus.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_spdifrx.c No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_spi.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_sram.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_tim.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_tim_ex.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_uart.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_usart.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_hal_wwdg.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_ll_fmc.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_ll_sdmmc.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_ll_usb.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_ll_adc.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_ll_crc.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_ll_dac.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 14/2236

UM1905
STM32F722xx
STM32F723xx
STM32F732xx
STM32F733xx
STM32F745xx
STM32F746xx
STM32F756xx
STM32F765xx
STM32F767xx
STM32F768xx
STM32F769xx
STM32F777xx
STM32F778xx
STM32F779xx
IP/Module
stm32f7xx_ll_dma.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_ll_dma2d.c No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_ll_exti.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_ll_gpio.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_ll_i2c.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_ll_lptim.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_ll_pwr.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_ll_rcc.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_ll_rng.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_ll_rtc.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_ll_spi.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_ll_tim.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_ll_usart.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
stm32f7xx_ll_utils.c Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 15/2236

UM1905
HAL driver rules
3.5 HAL driver rules
3.5.1 HAL API naming rules

The following naming rules are used in HAL drivers:
Table 6. HAL API naming rules
Generic Family specific Device specific
File names stm32f7xx_hal_ppp (c/h) stm32f7xx_hal_ppp_ex (c/h) stm32f7xx_ hal_ppp_ex (c/h)

Module
HAL_PPP_ MODULE
name
Function HAL_PPP_Function HAL_PPPEx_Function HAL_PPPEx_Function
name HAL_PPP_FeatureFunction_MODE HAL_PPPEx_FeatureFunction_MODE HAL_PPPEx_FeatureFunction_MODE
Handle
PPP_HandleTypedef NA NA
name
Init
structure PPP_InitTypeDef NA PPP_InitTypeDef
name
Enum name HAL_PPP_StructnameTypeDef NA NA
• The PPP prefix refers to the peripheral functional mode and not to the peripheral itself. For example, if the
USART, PPP can be USART, IRDA, UART or SMARTCARD depending on the peripheral mode.
• The constants used in one file are defined within this file. A constant used in several files is defined in a
header file. All constants are written in uppercase, except for peripheral driver function parameters.
• typedef variable names should be suffixed with _TypeDef.
• Registers are considered as constants. In most cases, their name is in uppercase and uses the same
acronyms as in the STM32F7 reference manuals.
• Peripheral registers are declared in the PPP_TypeDef structure (for example ADC_TypeDef) in the
stm32f7xxx.h header:
stm32f7xxx.h corresponds to to stm32f722xx.h, stm32f723xx.h, stm32f732xx.h,
stm32f733xx.h,stm32f745xx.h, stm32f746xx.h, stm32f756xx.h, stm32f765xx.h, stm32f767xx.h,
stm32f768xx.h, stm32f769xx.h, stm32f777xx.h, stm32f778xx.h and stm32f779xx.h.
• Peripheral function names are prefixed by HAL_, then the corresponding peripheral acronym in uppercase
followed by an underscore. The first letter of each word is in uppercase (for example
HAL_UART_Transmit()). Only one underscore is allowed in a function name to separate the peripheral
acronym from the rest of the function name.
• The structure containing the PPP peripheral initialization parameters are named PPP_InitTypeDef (for
example ADC_InitTypeDef).
• The structure containing the Specific configuration parameters for the PPP peripheral are named
PPP_xxxxConfTypeDef (for example ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef).
• Peripheral handle structures are named PPP_HandleTypedef (e.g DMA_HandleTypeDef)
• The functions used to initialize the PPP peripheral according to parameters specified in PPP_InitTypeDef are
named HAL_PPP_Init (for example HAL_TIM_Init()).
• The functions used to reset the PPP peripheral registers to their default values are named HAL_PPP_DeInit
(for example HAL_TIM_DeInit()).
• The MODE suffix refers to the process mode, which can be polling, interrupt or DMA. As an example, when
the DMA is used in addition to the native resources, the function should be called: HAL_PPP_Function_DMA
().
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 16/2236

UM1905
HAL driver rules
• The Feature prefix should refer to the new feature.

Example: HAL_ADC_Start() refers to the injection mode
3.5.2 HAL general naming rules

• For the shared and system peripherals, no handle or instance object is used. This rule applies to the
following peripherals:
– GPIO
– SYSTICK
– NVIC
– RCC
– FLASH.
Example: The HAL_GPIO_Init() requires only the GPIO address and its configuration parameters.
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_Init (GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *Init)

{
/*GPIO Initialization body */
}
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 17/2236

UM1905
HAL driver rules
• The macros that handle interrupts and specific clock configurations are defined in each peripheral/module
driver. These macros are exported in the peripheral driver header files so that they can be used by the
extension file. The list of these macros is defined below:
Note: This list is not exhaustive and other macros related to peripheral features can be added, so that they can be
used in the user application.
Table 7. Macros handling interrupts and specific clock configurations
Macros Description
__HAL_PPP_ENABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) Enables a specific peripheral interrupt

__HAL_PPP_DISABLE_IT(__HANDLE__,
Disables a specific peripheral interrupt
__INTERRUPT__)
__HAL_PPP_GET_IT (__HANDLE__, __ INTERRUPT __) Gets a specific peripheral interrupt status
__HAL_PPP_CLEAR_IT (__HANDLE__, __ INTERRUPT __) Clears a specific peripheral interrupt status
__HAL_PPP_GET_FLAG (__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) Gets a specific peripheral flag status
__HAL_PPP_CLEAR_FLAG (__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) Clears a specific peripheral flag status
__HAL_PPP_ENABLE(__HANDLE__) Enables a peripheral
__HAL_PPP_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) Disables a peripheral
__HAL_PPP_XXXX (__HANDLE__, __PARAM__) Specific PPP HAL driver macro
__HAL_PPP_GET_ IT_SOURCE (__HANDLE__, __
Checks the source of specified interrupt
INTERRUPT __)
• NVIC and SYSTICK are two Arm® Cortex® core features. The APIs related to these features are located in
the stm32f7xx_hal_cortex.c file.
• When a status bit or a flag is read from registers, it is composed of shifted values depending on the number
of read values and of their size. In this case, the returned status width is 32 bits. Example : STATUS = XX |
(YY << 16) or STATUS = XX | (YY << 8) | (YY << 16) | (YY << 24)".
• The PPP handles are valid before using the HAL_PPP_Init() API. The init function performs a check before
modifying the handle fields.
HAL_PPP_Init(PPP_HandleTypeDef)
if(hppp == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
• The macros defined below are used:

– Conditional macro:
#define ABS(x) (((x) > 0) ? (x) : -(x))
– Pseudo-code macro (multiple instructions macro):
#define __HAL_LINKDMA(__HANDLE__, __PPP_DMA_FIELD_, __DMA_HANDLE_) \

do{ \
(__HANDLE__)->__PPP_DMA_FIELD_ = &(__DMA_HANDLE_); \
(__DMA_HANDLE_).Parent = (__HANDLE__); \
} while(0)
3.5.3 HAL interrupt handler and callback functions

Besides the APIs, HAL peripheral drivers include:
• HAL_PPP_IRQHandler() peripheral interrupt handler that should be called from stm32f7xx_it.c
• User callback functions.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 18/2236

UM1905
HAL generic APIs
The user callback functions are defined as empty functions with “weak” attribute. They have to be defined in the
user code.
There are three types of user callbacks functions:
• Peripheral system level initialization/ de-Initialization callbacks: HAL_PPP_MspInit() and
HAL_PPP_MspDeInit
• Process complete callbacks : HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback
• Error callback: HAL_PPP_ErrorCallback.
Table 8. Callback functions
Callback functions Example
Example: HAL_USART_MspInit()
HAL_PPP_MspInit() / _DeInit() Called from HAL_PPP_Init() API function to perform peripheral system level initialization
(GPIOs, clock, DMA, interrupt)
Example: HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback
HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback
Called by peripheral or DMA interrupt handler when the process completes
Example: HAL_USART_ErrorCallback
HAL_PPP_ErrorCallback
Called by peripheral or DMA interrupt handler when an error occurs
3.6 HAL generic APIs

The generic APIs provide common generic functions applying to all STM32 devices. They are composed of four
APIs groups:
• Initialization and de-initialization functions:HAL_PPP_Init(), HAL_PPP_DeInit()
• IO operation functions: HAL_PPP_Read(), HAL_PPP_Write(),HAL_PPP_Transmit(), HAL_PPP_Receive()
• Control functions: HAL_PPP_Set (), HAL_PPP_Get ().
• State and Errors functions: HAL_PPP_GetState (), HAL_PPP_GetError ().
For some peripheral/module drivers, these groups are modified depending on the peripheral/module
implementation.
Example: in the timer driver, the API grouping is based on timer features (such as PWM, OC and IC).
The initialization and de-initialization functions allow initializing a peripheral and configuring the low-level
resources, mainly clocks, GPIO, alternate functions (AF) and possibly DMA and interrupts. The
HAL_DeInit()function restores the peripheral default state, frees the low-level resources and removes any direct
dependency with the hardware.
The IO operation functions perform a row access to the peripheral payload data in write and read modes.
The control functions are used to change dynamically the peripheral configuration and set another operating
mode.
The peripheral state and errors functions allow retrieving in run time the peripheral and data flow states, and
identifying the type of errors that occurred. The example below is based on the ADC peripheral. The list of generic
APIs is not exhaustive. It is only given as an example.
Table 9. HAL generic APIs
Function group Common API name Description
This function initializes the peripheral and configures the low -level
HAL_ADC_Init()
resources (clocks, GPIO, AF..)
Initialization group This function restores the peripheral default state, frees the low-
HAL_ADC_DeInit() level resources and removes any direct dependency with the
hardware.
This function starts ADC conversions when the polling method is
IO operation group HAL_ADC_Start ()
used
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 19/2236

UM1905
HAL extension APIs
Function group Common API name Description
This function stops ADC conversions when the polling method is

HAL_ADC_Stop ()
used
This function allows waiting for the end of conversions when the
HAL_ADC_PollForConversion() polling method is used. In this case, a timout value is specified by
the user according to the application.
This function starts ADC conversions when the interrupt method is
HAL_ADC_Start_IT()
used
IO operation group
This function stops ADC conversions when the interrupt method is
HAL_ADC_Stop_IT()
used
HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() This function handles ADC interrupt requests
Callback function called in the IT subroutine to indicate the end of
HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback()
the current process or when a DMA transfer has completed
Callback function called in the IT subroutine if a peripheral error or a
HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback()
DMA transfer error occurred
This function configures the selected ADC regular channel, the
HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel()
Control group corresponding rank in the sequencer and the sample time
HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig This function configures the analog watchdog for the selected ADC
This function allows getting in run time the peripheral and the data
HAL_ADC_GetState()
State and Errors flow states.
group This fuction allows getting in run time the error that occurred during
HAL_ADC_GetError()
IT routine
3.7 HAL extension APIs
3.7.1 HAL extension model overview

The extension APIs provide specific functions or overwrite modified APIs for a specific family (series) or specific
part number within the same family.
The extension model consists of an additional file, stm32f7xx_hal_ppp_ex.c, that includes all the specific
functions and define statements (stm32f7xx_hal_ppp_ex.h) for a given part number.
Below an example based on the ADC peripheral:
Table 10. HAL extension APIs
Function group Common API name
HAL_ADCEx_CalibrationStart() This function is used to start the automatic ADC calibration
3.7.2 HAL extension model cases

The specific IP features can be handled by the HAL drivers in five different ways. They are described below.
Adding a part number-specific function

When a new feature specific to a given device is required, the new APIs are added in the
stm32f7xx_hal_ppp_ex.c extension file. They are named HAL_PPPEx_Function().
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 20/2236

UM1905
HAL extension APIs
Figure 2. Adding device-specific functions
Example: stm32f7xx_hal_hash_ex.h
#if defined(STM32F756xx)
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accumulate(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer,
uint32_t Size);
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accumulate(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer,
uint32_t Size);
Adding a family-specific function

In this case, the API is added in the extension driver C file and named HAL_PPPEx_Function ().
Figure 3. Adding family-specific functions
Adding a new peripheral (specific to a device belonging to a given family)

When a peripheral which is available only in a specific device is required, the APIs corresponding to this new
peripheral/module (newPPP) are added in a new stm32f7xx_hal_newppp.c. However the inclusion of this file is
selected in the stm32f7xx_hal_conf.h using the macro:
#define HAL_NEWPPP_MODULE_ENABLED
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 21/2236

UM1905
HAL extension APIs
Figure 4. Adding new peripherals
Example: stm32f7xx_hal_adc.c/h
Updating existing common APIs

In this case, the routines are defined with the same names in the stm32f7xx_hal_ppp_ex.c extension file, while
the generic API is defined as weak, so that the compiler overwrites the original routine by the new defined
function.
Figure 5. Updating existing APIs
Updating existing data structures

The data structure for a specific device part number (for example PPP_InitTypeDef) can have different fields. In
this case, the data structure is defined in the extension header file and delimited by the specific part number
define statement.
Example:
#if defined (STM32F756xx)

typedef struct
{
(…)
}PPP_InitTypeDef;
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 22/2236

UM1905
File inclusion model
3.8 File inclusion model

The header of the common HAL driver file (stm32f7xx_hal.h) includes the common configurations for the whole
HAL library. It is the only header file that is included in the user sources and the HAL C sources files to be able to
use the HAL resources.
Figure 6. File inclusion model
A PPP driver is a standalone module which is used in a project. The user must enable the corresponding
USE_HAL_PPP_MODULE define statement in the configuration file.
/*********************************************************************
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_conf.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version VX.Y.Z * @date dd-mm-yyyy
* @brief This file contains the modules to be used
**********************************************************************
(…)
#define USE_HAL_USART_MODULE
#define USE_HAL_IRDA_MODULE
#define USE_HAL_DMA_MODULE
#define USE_HAL_RCC_MODULE
(…)
3.9 HAL common resources

The common HAL resources, such as common define enumerations, structures and macros, are defined in
stm32f7xx_hal_def.h.The main common define enumeration is HAL_StatusTypeDef.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 23/2236

UM1905
HAL configuration
• HAL Status
The HAL status is used by almost all HAL APIs, except for boolean functions and IRQ handler. It returns the
status of the current API operations. It has four possible values as described below:
Typedef enum
{
HAL_OK = 0x00,
HAL_ERROR = 0x01,
HAL_BUSY = 0x02,
HAL_TIMEOUT = 0x03
} HAL_StatusTypeDef;
• HAL Locked
The HAL lock is used by all HAL APIs to prevent accessing by accident shared resources.
typedef enum
{
HAL_UNLOCKED = 0x00, /*!<Resources unlocked */
HAL_LOCKED = 0x01 /*!< Resources locked */
} HAL_LockTypeDef;
In addition to common resources, the stm32f7xx_hal_def.h file calls the stm32f7xx.h file in CMSIS library to
get the data structures and the address mapping for all peripherals:
– Declarations of peripheral registers and bits definition.
– Macros to access peripheral registers hardware (such as Write register or Read register).
• Common macros
– Macro defining HAL_MAX_DELAY
#define HAL_MAX_DELAY 0xFFFFFFFF
– Macro linking a PPP peripheral to a DMA structure pointer:
#define __HAL_LINKDMA(__HANDLE__, __PPP_DMA_FIELD_, __DMA_HANDLE_) \

do{ \
(__HANDLE__)->__PPP_DMA_FIELD_ = &(__DMA_HANDLE_); \
(__DMA_HANDLE_).Parent = (__HANDLE__); \
} while(0)
3.10 HAL configuration

The configuration file, stm32f7xx_hal_conf.h, allows customizing the drivers for the user application. Modifying
this configuration is not mandatory: the application can use the default configuration without any modification.
To configure these parameters, the user should enable, disable or modify some options by uncommenting,
commenting or modifying the values of the related define statements as described in the table below:
Table 11. Define statements used for HAL configuration
Configuration item Description Default Value
Defines the value of the external oscillator (HSE) expressed in Hz.

HSE_VALUE The user must adjust this define statement when using a different 25 000 000 Hz
crystal value.
HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT Timeout for HSE start-up, expressed in ms 5000
HSI_VALUE Defines the value of the internal oscillator (HSI) expressed in Hz. 16 000 000 Hz
Defines the value of the external oscillator (HSE) expressed in Hz.
LSE_VALUE The user must adjust this define statement when using a different 32 768 Hz
crystal value.
LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT Timeout for LSE start-up, expressed in ms 5000
VDD_VALUE VDD value 3300 (mV)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 24/2236

UM1905
HAL system peripheral handling
Configuration item Description Default Value
FALSE (reserved for

USE_RTOS Enables the use of RTOS
future use)
PREFETCH_ENABLE Enables prefetch feature TRUE
Note: The stm32f7xx_hal_conf_template.h file is located in the HAL drivers Inc folder. It should be copied to the user
folder, renamed and modified as described above.
Note: By default, the values defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_conf_template.h file are the same as the ones used for the
examples and demonstrations. All HAL include files are enabled so that they can be used in the user code
without modifications.
3.11 HAL system peripheral handling

This chapter gives an overview of how the system peripherals are handled by the HAL drivers. The full API list is
provided within each peripheral driver description section.
3.11.1 Clocks
Two main functions can be used to configure the system clock:
• HAL_RCC_OscConfig (RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct). This function configures/enables
multiple clock sources (HSE, HSI, LSE, LSI, PLL).
• HAL_RCC_ClockConfig (RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t FLatency). This function
– selects the system clock source
– configures AHB, APB1 and APB2 clock dividers
– configures the number of Flash memory wait states
– updates the SysTick configuration when HCLK clock changes.
Some peripheral clocks are not derived from the system clock (such as RTC, USB). In this case, the clock
configuration is performed by an extended API defined in stm32f7xx_hal_rcc_ex.c:
HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit).
Additional RCC HAL driver functions are available:
• HAL_RCC_DeInit() Clock de-initialization function that returns clock configuration to reset state
• Get clock functions that allow retreiving various clock configurations (such as system clock, HCLK, PCLK1
or PCLK2)
• MCO and CSS configuration functions
A set of macros are defined in stm32f7xx_hal_rcc.h and stm32f7xx_hal_rcc_ex.h. They allow executing
elementary operations on RCC block registers, such as peripherals clock gating/reset control:
• __HAL_PPP_CLK_ENABLE/__HAL_PPP_CLK_DISABLE to enable/disable the peripheral clock
• __HAL_PPP_FORCE_RESET/__HAL_PPP_RELEASE_RESET to force/release peripheral reset
• __HAL_PPP_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE/__HAL_PPP_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE to enable/disable the peripheral
clock during Sleep mode.
3.11.2 GPIOs
GPIO HAL APIs are the following:
• HAL_GPIO_Init() / HAL_GPIO_DeInit()
• HAL_GPIO_ReadPin() / HAL_GPIO_WritePin()
• HAL_GPIO_TogglePin ().
In addition to standard GPIO modes (input, output, analog), the pin mode can be configured as EXTI with interrupt
or event generation.
When selecting EXTI mode with interrupt generation, the user must call HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler() from
stm32f7xx_it.c and implement HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback()
The table below describes the GPIO_InitTypeDef structure field.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 25/2236

UM1905
Table 12. Description of GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
Structure field Description
Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured.

Pin
Possible values: GPIO_PIN_x or GPIO_PIN_All, where x[0..15]
Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins: GPIO mode or EXTI mode.
Possible values are:
• GPIO mode
– GPIO_MODE_INPUT : Input floating
– GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP : Output push-pull
– GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD : Output open drain
– GPIO_MODE_AF_PP : Alternate function push-pull
– GPIO_MODE_AF_OD : Alternate function open drain
Mode – GPIO_MODE_ANALOG : Analog mode
• External Interrupt mode
– GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING : Rising edge trigger detection
– GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING : Falling edge trigger detection
– GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING : Rising/Falling edge trigger detection
• External Event mode
– GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING : Rising edge trigger detection
– GPIO_MODE_EVT_FALLING : Falling edge trigger detection
– GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING_FALLING: Rising/Falling edge trigger detection
Specifies the Pull-up or Pull-down activation for the selected pins.
Pull GPIO_NOPULL
GPIO_PULLUP
GPIO_PULLDOWN
Specifies the speed for the selected pins
Speed GPIO_SPEED_LOW
GPIO_SPEED_MEDIUM
GPIO_SPEED_HIGH
Please find below typical GPIO configuration examples:

• Configuring GPIOs as output push-pull to drive external LEDs:
GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = GPIO_PIN_12 | GPIO_PIN_13 | GPIO_PIN_14 | GPIO_PIN_15;

GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP;
GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_PULLUP;
GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_MEDIUM;
HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOD, &GPIO_InitStruct);
• Configuring PA0 as external interrupt with falling edge sensitivity:
GPIO_InitStructure.Mode = GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING;
GPIO_InitStructure.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL;
GPIO_InitStructure.Pin = GPIO_PIN_0;
HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOA, &GPIO_InitStructure);
3.11.3 Cortex® NVIC and SysTick timer

The Cortex® HAL driver, stm32f7xx_hal_cortex.c, provides APIs to handle NVIC and SysTick. The supported
APIs include:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 26/2236

UM1905
• HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()/ HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping()
• HAL_NVIC_GetPriority() / HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping()
• HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()/HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ()
• HAL_NVIC_SystemReset()
• HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler()
• HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ() / HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ () / HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ()
• HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn)
• HAL_SYSTICK_Config()
• HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig()
• HAL_SYSTICK_Callback()
3.11.4 PWR
The PWR HAL driver handles power management. The features shared between all STM32 Series are listed
below:
• PVD configuration, enabling/disabling and interrupt handling
– HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD()
– HAL_PWR_EnablePVD() / HAL_PWR_DisablePVD()
– HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler()
– HAL_PWR_PVDCallback()
• Wakeup pin configuration
– HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin() / HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin()
• Low-power mode entry
– HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode()
– HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode()
3.11.5 EXTI
The EXTI is not considered as a standalone peripheral but rather as a service used by other peripheral, that are
handled through EXTI HAL APIs. In addition, each peripheral HAL driver implements the associated EXTI
configuration and function as macros in its header file.
The first 16 EXTI lines connected to the GPIOs are managed within the GPIO driver. The GPIO_InitTypeDef
structure allows configuring an I/O as external interrupt or external event.
The EXTI lines connected internally to the PVD, RTC, USB, and Ethernet are configured within the HAL drivers of
these peripheral through the macros given in the table below.
The EXTI internal connections depend on the targeted STM32 microcontroller (refer to the product datasheet for
more details):
Table 13. Description of EXTI configuration macros
Macros Description
Enables a given EXTI line interrupt

__HAL_PPP_{SUBLOCK}__EXTI_ENABLE_IT() Example:
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT()
Disables a given EXTI line.

__HAL_PPP_{SUBLOCK}__EXTI_DISABLE_IT() Example:
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT()
Gets a given EXTI line interrupt flag pending bit status.

__HAL_ PPP_{SUBLOCK}__EXTI_GET_FLAG() Example:
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG()
Clears a given EXTI line interrupt flag pending bit.

__HAL_ PPP_{SUBLOCK}_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG() Example;
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG()
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 27/2236

UM1905
Macros Description
Generates a software interrupt for a given EXTI line.

__HAL_ PPP_{SUBLOCK}_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT() Example:
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ GENERATE_SWIT ()
Enable a given EXTI line event

__HAL_PPP_SUBBLOCK_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT() Example:
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT()
Disable a given EXTI line event

__HAL_PPP_SUBBLOCK_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT() Example:
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUP_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT()
__HAL_ PPP_SUBBLOCK_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE() Configure an EXTI Interrupt or Event on rising edge
__HAL_ PPP_SUBBLOCK_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE() Enable an EXTI Interrupt or Event on Falling edge
__HAL_ PPP_SUBBLOCK_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE() Disable an EXTI Interrupt or Event on rising edge
__HAL_ PPP_SUBBLOCK_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE() Disable an EXTI Interrupt or Event on Falling edge
__HAL_ PPP_SUBBLOCK_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE() Enable an EXTI Interrupt or Event on Rising/Falling edge
__HAL_ PPP_SUBBLOCK_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE() Disable an EXTI Interrupt or Event on Rising/Falling edge
If the EXTI interrupt mode is selected, the user application must call HAL_PPP_FUNCTION_IRQHandler() (for
example HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler()), from stm32f7xx_it.c file, and implement
HAL_PPP_FUNCTIONCallback() callback function (for example HAL_PWR_PVDCallback().
3.11.6 DMA
The DMA HAL driver allows enabling and configuring the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Channels
(except for internal SRAM/FLASH memory which do not require any initialization). Refer to the product reference
manual for details on the DMA request corresponding to each peripheral.
For a given channel, HAL_DMA_Init() API allows programming the required configuration through the following
parameters:
• Transfer direction
• Source and destination data formats
• Circular, Normal or peripheral flow control mode
• Channel priority level
• Source and destination Increment mode
Two operating modes are available:

• Polling mode I/O operation
1. Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer when the source and destination addresses and the
Length of data to be transferred have been configured.
2. Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer. In this case a fixed timeout can
be configured depending on the user application.
• Interrupt mode I/O operation
1. Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
2. Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
3. Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer when the source and destination addresses and the
length of data to be transferred have been confgured. In this case the DMA interrupt is configured.
4. Use HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
5. When data transfer is complete, HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and a user function can
be called by customizing XferCpltCallback and XferErrorCallback function pointer (i.e. a member of
DMA handle structure).
Additional functions and macros are available to ensure efficient DMA management:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 28/2236

UM1905
How to use HAL drivers
• Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error
detection.
• Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer
The most used DMA HAL driver macros are the following:
• __HAL_DMA_ENABLE: enables the specified DMA channel.
• __HAL_DMA_DISABLE: disables the specified DMA channel.
• __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG: gets the DMA channel pending flags.
• __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG: clears the DMA channel pending flags.
• __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT: enables the specified DMA channel interrupts.
• __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: disables the specified DMA channel interrupts.
• __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: checks whether the specified DMA channel interrupt has been enabled or
not.
Note: When a peripheral is used in DMA mode, the DMA initialization should be done in the HAL_PPP_MspInit()
callback. In addition, the user application should associate the DMA handle to the PPP handle (refer to section
“HAL IO operation functions”).
Note: DMA channel callbacks need to be initialized by the user application only in case of memory-to-memory transfer.
However when peripheral-to-memory transfers are used, these callbacks are automatically initialized by calling a
process API function that uses the DMA.
3.12 How to use HAL drivers
3.12.1 HAL usage models

The following figure shows the typical use of the HAL driver and the interaction between the application user, the
HAL driver and the interrupts.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 29/2236

UM1905
Figure 7. HAL driver model
stm32fxxx_it.c hal_msp.c app.c/main.c stm32fxxx_hal_ppp.c Services
1. Declare PPP handle stm32fxx_hal_gpio.c/h

2. Init handle Params
3. Call HAL_PPP_init() stm32fxx_hal_rcc.c/h
HAL_PPP_Init()
stm3fxx_hal_nvic.c/h
HAL_PPP_Mspinit()
DMAx_IRQHandler
or stm32fxx_hal_dma.c/h
PPP_IRQHandler
Calll HAL_PPP_Process() HAL_PPP_Process()
Interrupt DMA model

model
Hal_PPP_ProcessCpltCallBack()
Hal_PPP_ErrorCallBack()
Calll HAL_PPP_DeInit()
HAL_PPP_DeInit()
HAL_PPP_MspDeinit()
MSv65307
Note: The functions implemented in the HAL driver are shown in green, the functions called from interrupt handlers in
dotted lines, and the msp functions implemented in the user application in red. Non-dotted lines represent the
interactions between the user application functions.
Basically, the HAL driver APIs are called from user files and optionally from interrupt handlers file when the APIs
based on the DMA or the PPP peripheral dedicated interrupts are used.
When DMA or PPP peripheral interrupts are used, the PPP process complete callbacks are called to inform the
user about the process completion in real-time event mode (interrupts). Note that the same process completion
callbacks are used for DMA in interrupt mode.
3.12.2 HAL initialization

3.12.2.1 HAL global initialization
In addition to the peripheral initialization and de-initialization functions, a set of APIs are provided to initialize the
HAL core implemented in file stm32f7xx_hal.c.
• HAL_Init(): this function must be called at application startup to
– initialize data/instruction cache and pre-fetch queue
– set SysTick timer to generate an interrupt each 1ms (based on HSI clock) with the lowest priority
– call HAL_MspInit() user callback function to perform system level initializations (Clock, GPIOs, DMA,
interrupts). HAL_MspInit() is defined as “weak” empty function in the HAL drivers.
• HAL_DeInit()
– resets all peripherals
– calls function HAL_MspDeInit() which is a user callback function to do system level De-Initalizations.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 30/2236

UM1905
• HAL_GetTick(): this function gets current SysTick counter value (incremented in SysTick interrupt) used by
peripherals drivers to handle timeouts.
• HAL_Delay(). this function implements a delay (expressed in milliseconds) using the SysTick timer.
Care must be taken when using HAL_Delay() since this function provides an accurate delay (expressed in
milliseconds) based on a variable incremented in SysTick ISR. This means that if HAL_Delay() is called from
a peripheral ISR, then the SysTick interrupt must have highest priority (numerically lower) than the
peripheral interrupt, otherwise the caller ISR is blocked.
3.12.2.2 System clock initialization

The clock configuration is done at the beginning of the user code. However the user can change the configuration
of the clock in his own code.
Please find below the typical clock configuration sequence:
void SystemClock_Config(void){
RCC_ClkInitTypeDef RCC_ClkInitStruct;
RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct;
HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK; /* Enable
HSE Oscillator and activate PLL with HSE as source */
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLSource = RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLM = 25;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLN = 432;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLP = RCC_PLLP_DIV2;
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLQ = 9;
ret = HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct);
if(ret != HAL_OK)
{ while(1)
{ ; }
}
/* Activate
the OverDrive to reach the 216 MHz Frequency */
ret = HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive();
if(ret != HAL_OK)
{ while(1)
{ ; }
}
/* Select
PLL as system clock source and configure the HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 clocks dividers
*/
RCC_ClkInitStruct.ClockType = (RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK |
RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1 | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2);
RCC_ClkInitStruct.SYSCLKSource = RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK;
RCC_ClkInitStruct.AHBCLKDivider = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1;
RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB1CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV4; RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB2CLKDivider
= RCC_HCLK_DIV2;
ret = HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(&RCC_ClkInitStruct, FLASH_LATENCY_7);
if(ret != HAL_OK)
{ while(1)
{ ; } }
}
3.12.2.3 HAL MSP initialization process

The peripheral initialization is done through HAL_PPP_Init() while the hardware resources initialization used by a
peripheral (PPP) is performed during this initialization by calling MSP callback function HAL_PPP_MspInit().
The MspInit callback performs the low level initialization related to the different additional hardware resources:
RCC, GPIO, NVIC and DMA.
All the HAL drivers with handles include two MSP callbacks for initialization and de-initialization:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 31/2236

UM1905
/**
* @brief Initializes the PPP MSP.
* @param hppp: PPP handle
* @retval None */
void __weak HAL_PPP_MspInit(PPP_HandleTypeDef *hppp) {
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PPP_MspInit could be implemented in the user file */
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes PPP MSP.
* @param hppp: PPP handle
* @retval None */
void __weak HAL_PPP_MspDeInit(PPP_HandleTypeDef *hppp) {
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PPP_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file */
}
The MSP callbacks are declared empty as weak functions in each peripheral driver. The user can use them to set
the low level initialization code or omit them and use his own initialization routine.
The HAL MSP callback is implemented inside the stm32f7xx_hal_msp.c file in the user folders. An
stm32f7xx_hal_msp.c file template is located in the HAL folder and should be copied to the user folder. It can be
generated automatically by STM32CubeMX tool and further modified. Note that all the routines are declared as
weak functions and could be overwritten or removed to use user low level initialization code.
stm32f7xx_hal_msp.c file contains the following functions:
Table 14. MSP functions
Routine Description
void HAL_MspInit() Global MSP initialization routine

void HAL_MspDeInit() Global MSP de-initialization routine
void HAL_PPP_MspInit() PPP MSP initialization routine
void HAL_PPP_MspDeInit() PPP MSP de-initialization routine
By default, if no peripheral needs to be de-initialized during the program execution, the whole MSP initialization is
done in Hal_MspInit() and MSP De-Initialization in the Hal_MspDeInit(). In this case the HAL_PPP_MspInit() and
HAL_PPP_MspDeInit() are not implemented.
When one or more peripherals needs to be de-initialized in run time and the low level resources of a given
peripheral need to be released and used by another peripheral, HAL_PPP_MspDeInit() and HAL_PPP_MspInit()
are implemented for the concerned peripheral and other peripherals initialization and de-Initialization are kept in
the global HAL_MspInit() and the HAL_MspDeInit().
If there is nothing to be initialized by the global HAL_MspInit() and HAL_MspDeInit(), the two routines can simply
be omitted.
3.12.3 HAL I/O operation process

The HAL functions with internal data processing like transmit, receive, write and read are generally provided with
three data processing modes as follows:
• Polling mode
• Interrupt mode
• DMA mode
3.12.3.1 Polling mode

In Polling mode, the HAL functions return the process status when the data processing in blocking mode is
complete. The operation is considered complete when the function returns the HAL_OK status, otherwise an error
status is returned. The user can get more information through the HAL_PPP_GetState() function. The data
processing is handled internally in a loop. A timeout (expressed in ms) is used to prevent process hanging.
The example below shows the typical Polling mode processing sequence :
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 32/2236

UM1905
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PPP_Transmit ( PPP_HandleTypeDef * phandle, uint8_t pData,

int16_tSize,uint32_tTimeout)
{
if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
(…) while (data processing is running)
{
if( timeout reached )
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
(…)
return HAL_OK; }
3.12.3.2 Interrupt mode

In Interrupt mode, the HAL function returns the process status after starting the data processing and enabling the
appropriate interruption. The end of the operation is indicated by a callback declared as a weak function. It can be
customized by the user to be informed in real-time about the process completion. The user can also get the
process status through the HAL_PPP_GetState() function.
In Interrupt mode, four functions are declared in the driver:
• HAL_PPP_Process_IT(): launches the process
• HAL_PPP_IRQHandler(): global PPP peripheral interruption
• __weak HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback (): callback relative to the process completion.
• __weak HAL_PPP_ProcessErrorCallback(): callback relative to the process Error.
To use a process in Interrupt mode, HAL_PPP_Process_IT() is called in the user file and HAL_PPP_IRQHandler
in stm32f7xx_it.c.
The HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback() function is declared as weak function in the driver. This means that the
user can declare it again in the application. The function in the driver is not modified.
An example of use is illustrated below:
main.c file:
UART_HandleTypeDef UartHandle;
int main(void)
{
/* Set User Parameters */
UartHandle.Init.BaudRate = 9600;
UartHandle.Init.WordLength = UART_DATABITS_8;
UartHandle.Init.StopBits = UART_STOPBITS_1;
UartHandle.Init.Parity = UART_PARITY_NONE;
UartHandle.Init.HwFlowCtl = UART_HWCONTROL_NONE;
UartHandle.Init.Mode = UART_MODE_TX_RX;
UartHandle.Init.Instance = USART1;
HAL_UART_Init(&UartHandle);
HAL_UART_SendIT(&UartHandle, TxBuffer, sizeof(TxBuffer));
while (1);
}
void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
{
}
void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
{
}
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 33/2236

UM1905
stm32f7xx_it.cfile:
extern UART_HandleTypeDef UartHandle;

void USART1_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_UART_IRQHandler(&UartHandle);
}
3.12.3.3 DMA mode

In DMA mode, the HAL function returns the process status after starting the data processing through the DMA
and after enabling the appropriate DMA interruption. The end of the operation is indicated by a callback declared
as a weak function and can be customized by the user to be informed in real-time about the process completion.
The user can also get the process status through the HAL_PPP_GetState() function. For the DMA mode, three
functions are declared in the driver:
• HAL_PPP_Process_DMA(): launch the process
• HAL_PPP_DMA_IRQHandler(): the DMA interruption used by the PPP peripheral
• __weak HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback(): the callback relative to the process completion.
• __weak HAL_PPP_ErrorCpltCallback(): the callback relative to the process Error.
To use a process in DMA mode, HAL_PPP_Process_DMA() is called in the user file and the
HAL_PPP_DMA_IRQHandler() is placed in the stm32f7xx_it.c. When DMA mode is used, the DMA initialization is
done in the HAL_PPP_MspInit() callback. The user should also associate the DMA handle to the PPP handle. For
this purpose, the handles of all the peripheral drivers that use the DMA must be declared as follows:
typedef struct
{
PPP_TypeDef *Instance; /* Register base address */
PPP_InitTypeDef Init; /* PPP communication parameters */
HAL_StateTypeDef State; /* PPP communication state */
(…)
DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma; /* associated DMA handle */
} PPP_HandleTypeDef;
The initialization is done as follows (UART example):
int main(void)
{
/* Set User Parameters */
UartHandle.Init.Mode = UART_MODE_TX_RX;
UartHandle.Init.Instance = UART1;
(..)
}
void HAL_USART_MspInit (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
{
static DMA_HandleTypeDef hdma_tx;
static DMA_HandleTypeDef hdma_rx;
(…)
__HAL_LINKDMA(UartHandle, DMA_Handle_tx, hdma_tx);
__HAL_LINKDMA(UartHandle, DMA_Handle_rx, hdma_rx);
(…)
}
The HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback() function is declared as weak function in the driver that means, the user can
declare it again in the application code. The function in the driver should not be modified.
An example of use is illustrated below:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 34/2236

UM1905
main.c file:
UART_HandleTypeDef UartHandle;
int main(void)
{
/* Set User Paramaters */
UartHandle.Init.Mode = UART_MODE_TX_RX; UartHandle.Init.Instance = USART1;
HAL_UART_Send_DMA(&UartHandle, TxBuffer, sizeof(TxBuffer));
while (1);
}
void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *phuart)
{
}
void HAL_UART_TxErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *phuart)
{
}
stm32f7xx_it.c file:
extern UART_HandleTypeDef UartHandle;

void DMAx_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(&UartHandle.DMA_Handle_tx);
}
HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback() and HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() should be linked in the

HAL_PPP_Process_DMA() function to the DMA transfer complete callback and the DMA transfer Error callback
by using the following statement:
HAL_PPP_Process_DMA (PPP_HandleTypeDef *hppp, Params….)

{
(…)
hppp->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback ;
hppp->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = HAL_UART_ErrorCallback ;
(…)
}
3.12.4 Timeout and error management

3.12.4.1 Timeout management
The timeout is often used for the APIs that operate in Polling mode. It defines the delay during which a blocking
process should wait till an error is returned. An example is provided below:
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel,

uint32_t Timeout)
The timeout possible values are the following:
Table 15. Timeout values
Timeout value Description
0 No poll : Immediate process check and exit
1 ... (HAL_MAX_DELAY -1) (1) Timeout in ms
HAL_MAX_DELAY Infinite poll till process is successful
1. HAL_MAX_DELAY is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_def.h as 0xFFFFFFFF
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 35/2236

UM1905
However, in some cases, a fixed timeout is used for system peripherals or internal HAL driver processes. In these
cases, the timeout has the same meaning and is used in the same way, except when it is defined locally in the
drivers and cannot be modified or introduced as an argument in the user application.
Example of fixed timeout:
#define LOCAL_PROCESS_TIMEOUT 100

HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PPP_Process(PPP_HandleTypeDef)
{
(…)
timeout = HAL_GetTick() + LOCAL_PROCESS_TIMEOUT;
(…)
while(ProcessOngoing)
{
(…)
if(HAL_GetTick() ≥ timeout)
{
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hppp);
hppp->State= HAL_PPP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
return HAL_PPP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
}
}
(…)
}
The following example shows how to use the timeout inside the polling functions:
HAL_PPP_StateTypeDef HAL_PPP_Poll (PPP_HandleTypeDef *hppp, uint32_t Timeout)

{
(…)
timeout = HAL_GetTick() + Timeout;
(…)
while(ProcessOngoing)
{
(…)
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if(HAL_GetTick() ≥ timeout)
{
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hppp);
hppp->State= HAL_PPP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
return hppp->State;
}
}
(…)
}
3.12.4.2 Error management

The HAL drivers implement a check on the following items:
• Valid parameters: for some process the used parameters should be valid and already defined, otherwise the
system may crash or go into an undefined state. These critical parameters are checked before being used
(see example below).
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PPP_Process(PPP_HandleTypeDef* hppp, uint32_t *pdata, uint32

Size)
{
if ((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 36/2236

UM1905
• Valid handle: the PPP peripheral handle is the most important argument since it keeps the PPP driver vital
parameters. It is always checked in the beginning of the HAL_PPP_Init() function.
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PPP_Init(PPP_HandleTypeDef* hppp)

{
if (hppp == NULL) //the handle should be already allocated
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
• Timeout error: the following statement is used when a timeout error occurs:
while (Process ongoing)

{
timeout = HAL_GetTick() + Timeout; while (data processing is running)
{
if(timeout) { return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
When an error occurs during a peripheral process, HAL_PPP_Process () returns with a HAL_ERROR status. The
HAL PPP driver implements the HAL_PPP_GetError () to allow retrieving the origin of the error.
HAL_PPP_ErrorTypeDef HAL_PPP_GetError (PPP_HandleTypeDef *hppp);
In all peripheral handles, a HAL_PPP_ErrorTypeDef is defined and used to store the last error code.
typedef struct
{
PPP_TypeDef * Instance; /* PPP registers base address */
PPP_InitTypeDef Init; /* PPP initialization parameters */
HAL_LockTypeDef Lock; /* PPP locking object */
__IO HAL_PPP_StateTypeDef State; /* PPP state */
__IO HAL_PPP_ErrorTypeDef ErrorCode; /* PPP Error code */
(…)
/* PPP specific parameters */
}
PPP_HandleTypeDef;
The error state and the peripheral global state are always updated before returning an error:
PPP->State = HAL_PPP_READY; /* Set the peripheral ready */

PP->ErrorCode = HAL_ERRORCODE ; /* Set the error code */
_HAL_UNLOCK(PPP) ; /* Unlock the PPP resources */
return HAL_ERROR; /*return with HAL error */
HAL_PPP_GetError () must be used in interrupt mode in the error callback:
void HAL_PPP_ProcessCpltCallback(PPP_HandleTypeDef *hspi)

{
ErrorCode = HAL_PPP_GetError (hppp); /* retreive error code */
}
3.12.4.3 Run-time checking

The HAL implements run-time failure detection by checking the input values of all HAL driver functions. The run-
time checking is achieved by using an assert_param macro. This macro is used in all the HAL driver functions
which have an input parameter. It allows verifying that the input value lies within the parameter allowed values.
To enable the run-time checking, use the assert_param macro, and leave the define USE_FULL_ASSERT
uncommented in stm32f7xx_hal_conf.h file.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 37/2236

UM1905
void HAL_UART_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)

{
(..) /* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
assert_param(IS_UART_BAUDRATE(huart->Init.BaudRate));
assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength));
assert_param(IS_UART_STOPBITS(huart->Init.StopBits));
assert_param(IS_UART_PARITY(huart->Init.Parity));
assert_param(IS_UART_MODE(huart->Init.Mode));
assert_param(IS_UART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl));
(..)
/** @defgroup UART_Word_Length *

@{
*/
#define UART_WORDLENGTH_8B ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define UART_WORDLENGTH_9B ((uint32_t)USART_CR1_M)
#define IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == UART_WORDLENGTH_8B) ||
\ ((LENGTH) == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B))
If the expression passed to the assert_param macro is false, theassert_failed function is called and returns the
name of the source file and the source line number of the call that failed. If the expression is true, no value is
returned.
The assert_param macro is implemented in stm32f7xx_hal_conf.h:
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/

#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
/**
* @brief The assert_param macro is used for function's parameters check.
* @param expr: If expr is false, it calls assert_failed function
* which reports the name of the source file and the source
* line number of the call that failed.
* If expr is true, it returns no value.
* @retval None */
#define assert_param(expr) ((expr)?(void)0:assert_failed((uint8_t *)__FILE__, __LINE__))
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------*/
void assert_failed(uint8_t* file, uint32_t line);
#else
#define assert_param(expr)((void)0)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
The assert_failed function is implemented in the main.c file or in any other user C file:
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT /**

* @brief Reports the name of the source file and the source line number
* where the assert_param error has occurred.
* @param file: pointer to the source file name
* @param line: assert_param error line source number
* @retval None */
void assert_failed(uint8_t* file, uint32_t line)
{
/* User can add his own implementation to report the file name and line number,
ex: printf("Wrong parameters value: file %s on line %d\r\n", file, line) */
/* Infinite loop */
while (1)
{
}
}
Note: Because of the overhead run-time checking introduces, it is recommended to use it during application
code development and debugging, and to remove it from the final application to improve code size and
speed.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 38/2236

UM1905
Overview of low-layer drivers
4 Overview of low-layer drivers
The low-layer (LL) drivers are designed to offer a fast light-weight expert-oriented layer which is closer to the
hardware than the HAL. Contrary to the HAL, LL APIs are not provided for peripherals where optimized access is
not a key feature, or those requiring heavy software configuration and/or complex upper-level stack (such as
USB).
The LL drivers feature:
• A set of functions to initialize peripheral main features according to the parameters specified in data
structures
• A set of functions used to fill initialization data structures with the reset values of each field
• Functions to perform peripheral de-initialization (peripheral registers restored to their default values)
• A set of inline functions for direct and atomic register access
• Full independence from HAL since LL drivers can be used either in standalone mode (without HAL drivers)
or in mixed mode (with HAL drivers)
• Full coverage of the supported peripheral features.
The low-layer drivers provide hardware services based on the available features of the STM32 peripherals. These
services reflect exactly the hardware capabilities and provide one-shot operations that must be called following
the programming model described in the microcontroller line reference manual. As a result, the LL services do not
implement any processing and do not require any additional memory resources to save their states, counter or
data pointers: all the operations are performed by changing the associated peripheral registers content.
4.1 Low-layer files

The low-layer drivers are built around header/C files (one per each supported peripheral) plus five header files for
some System and Cortex related features.
Table 16. LL driver files
File Description
This is the h-source file for core bus control and peripheral clock activation and deactivation
stm32f7xx_ll_bus.h
Example: LL_AHB2_GRP1_EnableClock
stm32f7xx_ll_ppp.c provides peripheral initialization functions such as LL_PPP_Init(),
LL_PPP_StructInit(), LL_PPP_DeInit(). All the other APIs are definined within stm32f7xx_ll_ppp.h
stm32f7xx_ll_ppp.h/.c file.
The low-layer PPP driver is a standalone module. To use it, the application must include it in the
stm32f7xx_ll_ppp.h file.
Cortex-M related register operation APIs including the Systick, Low power (such as
stm32f7xx_ll_cortex.h
LL_SYSTICK_xxxxx and LL_LPM_xxxxx "Low Power Mode")
This file covers the generic APIs:
• Read of device unique ID and electronic signature
stm32f7xx_ll_utils.h/.c
• Timebase and delay management
• System clock configuration.
System related operations.
stm32f7xx_ll_system.h
Example: LL_SYSCFG_xxx, LL_DBGMCU_xxx and LL_FLASH_xxx and LL_VREFBUF_xxx
Template file allowing to define the assert_param macro, that is used when run-time checking is
enabled.
stm32_assert_template.h
This file is required only when the LL drivers are used in standalone mode (without calling the HAL
APIs). It should be copied to the application folder and renamed to stm32_assert.h.
Note: There is no configuration file for the LL drivers.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 39/2236

UM1905
Low-layer files
The low-layer files are located in the same HAL driver folder.
Figure 8. Low-layer driver folders
In general, low-layer drivers include only the STM32 CMSIS device file.
#include "stm32yyxx.h"
Figure 9. Low-layer driver CMSIS files
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 40/2236

UM1905
Overview of low-layer APIs and naming rules
Application files have to include only the used low-layer driver header files.
4.2 Overview of low-layer APIs and naming rules
4.2.1 Peripheral initialization functions

The LL drivers offer three sets of initialization functions. They are defined in stm32f7xx_ll_ppp.c file:
• Functions to initialize peripheral main features according to the parameters specified in data structures
• A set of functions used to fill initialization data structures with the reset values of each field
• Function for peripheral de-initialization (peripheral registers restored to their default values)
The definition of these LL initialization functions and associated resources (structure, literals and prototypes) is
conditioned by a compilation switch: USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER. To use these functions, this switch must be added
in the toolchain compiler preprocessor or to any generic header file which is processed before the LL drivers.
The below table shows the list of the common functions provided for all the supported peripherals:
Table 17. Common peripheral initialization functions
Return
Functions Parameters Description
Type
Initializes the peripheral main features according to the

• PPP_TypeDef* PPPx parameters specified in PPP_InitStruct.
LL_PPP_Init ErrorStatus • LL_PPP_InitTypeDef*
PPP_InitStruct Example: LL_USART_Init(USART_TypeDef *USARTx,
LL_USART_InitTypeDef *USART_InitStruct)
Fills each PPP_InitStruct member with its default value.
• LL_PPP_InitTypeDef*
LL_PPP_StructInit void Example. LL_USART_StructInit(LL_USART_InitTypeDef
PPP_InitStruct
*USART_InitStruct)
De-initializes the peripheral registers, that is restore them
LL_PPP_DeInit ErrorStatus • PPP_TypeDef* PPPx to their default reset values.
Example. LL_USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef *USARTx)
Additional functions are available for some peripherals (refer to Table 18. Optional peripheral initialization
functions ).
Table 18. Optional peripheral initialization functions
Return
Functions Parameters Examples
Type
Initializes peripheral features according to the parameters

specified in PPP_InitStruct.
Example:
LL_ADC_INJ_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx,
LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef *ADC_INJ_InitStruct)
• PPP_TypeDef* PPPx LL_RTC_TIME_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t

LL_PPP{_CATEGORY}_Init ErrorStatus • RTC_Format, LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct)
LL_PPP{_CATEGORY}_InitTypeDef*
PPP{_CATEGORY}_InitStruct
LL_RTC_DATE_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t
RTC_Format, LL_RTC_DateTypeDef *RTC_DateStruct)
LL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel,

LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef* TIM_IC_InitStruct)
LL_TIM_ENCODER_Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx,
LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef* TIM_EncoderInitStruct)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 41/2236

UM1905
Return
Functions Parameters Examples
Type
Fills each PPP{_CATEGORY}_InitStruct member with its

default value.
LL_PPP{_CATEGORY}_InitTypeDef*
LL_PPP{_CATEGORY}_StructInit void
PPP{_CATEGORY}_InitStruct Example:
LL_ADC_INJ_StructInit(LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef
*ADC_INJ_InitStruct)
Initializes the common features shared between different

• PPP_TypeDef* PPPx instances of the same peripheral.
LL_PPP_CommonInit ErrorStatus • LL_PPP_CommonInitTypeDef* Example: LL_ADC_CommonInit(ADC_Common_TypeDef
PPP_CommonInitStruct *ADCxy_COMMON, LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef
*ADC_CommonInitStruct)
Fills each PPP_CommonInitStruct member with its default

value
LL_PPP_CommonInitTypeDef*
LL_PPP_CommonStructInit void
PPP_CommonInitStruct Example:
LL_ADC_CommonStructInit(LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef
*ADC_CommonInitStruct)
Initializes the peripheral clock configuration in synchronous

• PPP_TypeDef* PPPx mode.
LL_PPP_ClockInit ErrorStatus • LL_PPP_ClockInitTypeDef* Example: LL_USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef
PPP_ClockInitStruct *USARTx, LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef
*USART_ClockInitStruct)
Fills each PPP_ClockInitStruct member with its default

value
LL_PPP_ClockInitTypeDef*
LL_PPP_ClockStructInit void
PPP_ClockInitStruct Example:
LL_USART_ClockStructInit(LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef
*USART_ClockInitStruct)
4.2.1.1 Run-time checking

Like HAL drivers, LL initialization functions implement run-time failure detection by checking the input values of all
LL driver functions. For more details please refer to Section 3.12.4.3 Run-time checking.
When using the LL drivers in standalone mode (without calling HAL functions), the following actions are required
to use run-time checking:
1. Copy stm32_assert_template.h to the application folder and rename it to stm32_assert.h. This file defines
the assert_param macro which is used when run-time checking is enabled.
2. Include stm32_assert.h file within the application main header file.
3. Add the USE_FULL_ASSERT compilation switch in the toolchain compiler preprocessor or in any generic
header file which is processed before the stm32_assert.h driver.
Note: Run-time checking is not available for LL inline functions.
4.2.2 Peripheral register-level configuration functions

On top of the peripheral initialization functions, the LL drivers offer a set of inline functions for direct atomic
register access. Their format is as follows:
__STATIC_INLINE return_type LL_PPP_Function (PPPx_TypeDef *PPPx, args)
The “Function” naming is defined depending to the action category:

• Specific Interrupt, DMA request and status flags management: Set/Get/Clear/Enable/Disable flags on
interrupt and status registers
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 42/2236

UM1905
Table 19. Specific Interrupt, DMA request and status flags management
Name Examples
• LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_LSIRDY
LL_PPP_{_CATEGORY}_ActionItem_BITNAME • LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_FWRST()
LL_PPP{_CATEGORY}_IsItem_BITNAME_Action • LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOC(ADC1)
• LL_DMA_ClearFlag_TCx(DMA_TypeDef* DMAx)
Table 20. Available function formats
Item Action Format
Get LL_PPP_IsActiveFlag_BITNAME
Flag
Clear LL_PPP_ClearFlag_BITNAME
Enable LL_PPP_EnableIT_BITNAME
Interrupts Disable LL_PPP_DisableIT_BITNAME
Get LL_PPP_IsEnabledIT_BITNAME
Enable LL_PPP_EnableDMAReq_BITNAME
DMA Disable LL_PPP_DisableDMAReq_BITNAME
Get LL_PPP_IsEnabledDMAReq_BITNAME
Note: BITNAME refers to the peripheral register bit name as described in the product line reference manual.
• Peripheral clock activation/deactivation management: Enable/Disable/Reset a peripheral clock
Table 21. Peripheral clock activation/deactivation management
Name Examples
• LL_AHB2_GRP1_EnableClock (LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA|
LL_BUS_GRPx_ActionClock{Mode} LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB)
• LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClockSleep (LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1)
Note: 'x' corresponds to the group index and refers to the index of the modified register on a given bus. 'bus'
corresponds to the bus name.
• Peripheral activation/deactivation management : Enable/disable a peripheral or activate/deactivate
specific peripheral features
Table 22. Peripheral activation/deactivation management
Name Examples
• LL_ADC_Enable ()
• LL_ADC_StartCalibration();
LL_PPP{_CATEGORY}_Action{Item}
• LL_ADC_IsCalibrationOnGoing;
LL_PPP{_CATEGORY}_IsItemAction
• LL_RCC_HSI_Enable ()
• LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady()
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 43/2236

UM1905
• Peripheral configuration management : Set/get a peripheral configuration settings
Table 23. Peripheral configuration management
Name Examples
LL_PPP{_CATEGORY}_Set{ or
LL_USART_SetBaudRate (USART2, Clock, LL_USART_BAUDRATE_9600)
Get}ConfigItem
• Peripheral register management : Write/read the content of a register/retrun DMA relative register address
Table 24. Peripheral register management
Name
LL_PPP_WriteReg(__INSTANCE__, __REG__, __VALUE__)
LL_PPP_ReadReg(__INSTANCE__, __REG__)
LL_PPP_DMA_GetRegAddr (PPP_TypeDef *PPPx,{Sub Instance if any ex: Channel} , {uint32_t Propriety})
Note: The Propriety is a variable used to identify the DMA transfer direction or the data register type.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 44/2236

UM1905
Cohabiting of HAL and LL
5 Cohabiting of HAL and LL
The low-ayer APIs are designed to be used in standalone mode or combined with the HAL. They cannot be
automatically used with the HAL for the same peripheral instance. If you use the LL APIs for a specific instance,
you can still use the HAL APIs for other instances. Be careful that the low-layer APIs might overwrite some
registers which content is mirrored in the HAL handles.
5.1 Low-layer driver used in Standalone mode

The low-layer APIs can be used without calling the HAL driver services. This is done by simply including
stm32f7xx_ll_ppp.h in the application files. The LL APIs for a given peripheral are called by executing the same
sequence as the one recommended by the programming model in the corresponding product line reference
manual. In this case the HAL drivers associated to the used peripheral can be removed from the workspace.
However the STM32CubeF7 framework should be used in the same way as in the HAL drivers case which means
that System file, startup file and CMSIS should always be used.
Note: When the BSP drivers are included, the used HAL drivers associated with the BSP functions drivers should be
included in the workspace, even if they are not used by the application layer.
5.2 Mixed use of low-layer APIs and HAL drivers

In this case the low-layer APIs are used in conjunction with the HAL drivers to achieve direct and register level
based operations.
Mixed use is allowed, however some consideration should be taken into account:
• It is recommended to avoid using simultaneously the HAL APIs and the combination of low-layer APIs for a
given peripheral instance. If this is the case, one or more private fields in the HAL PPP handle structure
should be updated accordingly.
• For operations and processes that do not alter the handle fields including the initialization structure, the HAL
driver APIs and the low-layer services can be used together for the same peripheral instance.
• The low-layer drivers can be used without any restriction with all the HAL drivers that are not based on
handle objects (RCC, common HAL, flash and GPIO).
Several examples showing how to use HAL and LL in the same application are provided within stm32f7 firmware
package (refer to Examples_MIX projects).
Note: 1. When the HAL Init/DeInit APIs are not used and are replaced by the low-layer macros, the InitMsp()
functions are not called and the MSP initialization should be done in the user application.
2. When process APIs are not used and the corresponding function is performed through the low-layer APIs,
the callbacks are not called and post processing or error management should be done by the user
application.
3. When the LL APIs is used for process operations, the IRQ handler HAL APIs cannot be called and the IRQ
should be implemented by the user application. Each LL driver implements the macros needed to read and
clear the associated interrupt flags.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 45/2236

UM1905
HAL System Driver
6 HAL System Driver
6.1 HAL Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the HAL library.
6.1.1 How to use this driver

The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be used by the PPP peripheral
drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
The HAL contains two APIs' categories:
• Common HAL APIs
• Services HAL APIs
6.1.2 Initialization and Configuration functions

This section provides functions allowing to:
• Initializes the Flash interface the NVIC allocation and initial clock configuration. It initializes the systick also
when timeout is needed and the backup domain when enabled.
• De-Initializes common part of the HAL.
• Configure the time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated Tick interrupt priority.
– SysTick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user can eventually implement his proper
time base source (a general purpose timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that
Time base duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and handled in
milliseconds basis.
– Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically at the beginning of the
program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
– Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Care must be taken if
HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority
(numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
– functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak to make override possible in case
of other implementations in user file.
This section contains the following APIs:
• HAL_Init
• HAL_DeInit
• HAL_MspInit
• HAL_MspDeInit
• HAL_InitTick
6.1.3 HAL Control functions

• Provide a tick value in millisecond
• Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
• Suspend the time base source interrupt
• Resume the time base source interrupt
• Get the HAL API driver version
• Get the device identifier
• Get the device revision identifier
• Enable/Disable Debug module during SLEEP mode
• Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode
• Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 46/2236

UM1905
HAL Firmware driver API description
• HAL_IncTick
• HAL_GetTick
• HAL_GetTickPrio
• HAL_SetTickFreq
• HAL_GetTickFreq
• HAL_Delay
• HAL_SuspendTick
• HAL_ResumeTick
• HAL_GetHalVersion
• HAL_GetREVID
• HAL_GetDEVID
• HAL_GetUIDw0
• HAL_GetUIDw1
• HAL_GetUIDw2
• HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode
• HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode
• HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode
• HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode
• HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode
• HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode
• HAL_EnableCompensationCell
• HAL_DisableCompensationCell
• HAL_EnableFMCMemorySwapping
• HAL_DisableFMCMemorySwapping
• HAL_EnableMemorySwappingBank
• HAL_DisableMemorySwappingBank
6.1.4 Detailed description of functions
HAL_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init (void )
Function description
This function is used to initialize the HAL Library; it must be the first instruction to be executed in the main
program (before to call any other HAL function), it performs the following: Configure the Flash prefetch, and
instruction cache through ART accelerator.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• SysTick is used as time base for the HAL_Delay() function, the application need to ensure that the SysTick
time base is always set to 1 millisecond to have correct HAL operation.
HAL_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit (void )
This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the systick.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 47/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_MspInit (void )
Initialize the MSP.
Return values
• None:
HAL_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_MspDeInit (void )
DeInitializes the MSP.
Return values
• None:
HAL_InitTick
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick (uint32_t TickPriority)
This function configures the source of the time base.
Parameters
• TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time
when clock is reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
• In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is used to generate interrupts at
regular time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process, The
SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the
caller ISR process will be blocked. The function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
implementation in user file.
HAL_IncTick
Function name
void HAL_IncTick (void )
This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 48/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes
• In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms in SysTick ISR.
• This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other implementations in user file.
HAL_Delay
Function name
void HAL_Delay (uint32_t Delay)
This function provides minimum delay (in milliseconds) based on variable incremented.
Parameters
• Delay: specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is used to generate interrupts at
regular time intervals where uwTick is incremented.
HAL_GetTick
Function name
uint32_t HAL_GetTick (void )
Provides a tick value in millisecond.
Return values
• tick: value
Notes
HAL_GetTickPrio
Function name
uint32_t HAL_GetTickPrio (void )
This function returns a tick priority.
Return values
• tick: priority
HAL_SetTickFreq
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SetTickFreq (HAL_TickFreqTypeDef Freq)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 49/2236

UM1905
Set new tick Freq.
Return values
• Status:
HAL_GetTickFreq
Function name
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef HAL_GetTickFreq (void )
Return tick frequency.
Return values
• tick: period in Hz
HAL_SuspendTick
Function name
void HAL_SuspendTick (void )
Suspend Tick increment.
Return values
• None:
Notes
regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick() is called, the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick
increment is suspended.
HAL_ResumeTick
Function name
void HAL_ResumeTick (void )
Resume Tick increment.
Return values
• None:
Notes
regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick() is called, the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick
increment is resumed.
HAL_GetHalVersion
Function name
uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion (void )
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 50/2236

UM1905
Returns the HAL revision.
Return values
• version: : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
HAL_GetREVID
Function name
uint32_t HAL_GetREVID (void )
Returns the device revision identifier.
Return values
• Device: revision identifier
HAL_GetDEVID
Function name
uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID (void )
Returns the device identifier.
Return values
• Device: identifier
HAL_GetUIDw0
Function name
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw0 (void )
Returns first word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
Return values
HAL_GetUIDw1
Function name
Returns second word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
Return values
HAL_GetUIDw2
Function name
Returns third word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 51/2236

UM1905
Return values
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode
Function name
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode (void )
Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode.
Return values
• None:
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode
Function name
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode (void )
Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode.
Return values
• None:
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode
Function name
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode (void )
Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode.
Return values
• None:
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode
Function name
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode (void )
Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode.
Return values
• None:
HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode
Function name
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode (void )
Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode.
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 52/2236

UM1905
HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode
Function name
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode (void )
Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode.
Return values
• None:
HAL_EnableCompensationCell
Function name
void HAL_EnableCompensationCell (void )
Enables the I/O Compensation Cell.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V.
HAL_DisableCompensationCell
Function name
void HAL_DisableCompensationCell (void )
Power-down the I/O Compensation Cell.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V.
HAL_EnableFMCMemorySwapping
Function name
void HAL_EnableFMCMemorySwapping (void )
Enables the FMC Memory Mapping Swapping.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• SDRAM is accessible at 0x60000000 and NOR/RAM is accessible at 0xC0000000
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 53/2236

UM1905
HAL Firmware driver defines
HAL_DisableFMCMemorySwapping
Function name
void HAL_DisableFMCMemorySwapping (void )
Disables the FMC Memory Mapping Swapping.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• SDRAM is accessible at 0xC0000000 (default mapping) and NOR/RAM is accessible at 0x60000000
(default mapping)
HAL_EnableMemorySwappingBank
Function name
void HAL_EnableMemorySwappingBank (void )
Enable the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This function can be used only for STM32F77xx/STM32F76xx devices.
• Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08000000 (AXI) (aliased at 0x00200000 (TCM)) and Flash Bank1 mapped at
0x08100000 (AXI) (aliased at 0x00300000 (TCM))
HAL_DisableMemorySwappingBank
Function name
void HAL_DisableMemorySwappingBank (void )
Disable the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This function can be used only for STM32F77xx/STM32F76xx devices.
• The default state : Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08000000 (AXI) (aliased at 0x00200000 (TCM)) and Flash
Bank2 mapped at 0x08100000 (AXI)( aliased at 0x00300000 (TCM))
6.2 HAL Firmware driver defines

The following section lists the various define and macros of the module.
6.2.1 HAL
HAL
HAL Exported Macros
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM2
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 54/2236

UM1905
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_LPTIM1
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_RTC
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_WWDG
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_IWDG
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_I2C1_TIMEOUT
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_CAN1
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_CAN2
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM2
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 55/2236

UM1905
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_LPTIM1
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_RTC
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_WWDG
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_IWDG
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_I2C1_TIMEOUT
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_CAN1
__HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_CAN2
__HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_FMC
__HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_FMC_SDRAM
__HAL_SYSCFG_GET_BOOT_MODE
Description:
• Return the memory boot mapping as configured by user.
Return value:
• The: boot mode as configured by user. The returned value can be one of the following values:
– SYSCFG_MEM_BOOT_ADD0
– SYSCFG_MEM_BOOT_ADD1
__HAL_SYSCFG_BREAK_LOCKUP_LOCK
Notes:
• The selected configuration is locked and can be unlocked only by system reset.
Enable and lock the connection of Cortex-M7 LOCKUP (Hardfault) output to TIM1/8 Break input.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 56/2236

UM1905
__HAL_SYSCFG_BREAK_PVD_LOCK
Notes:
• The selected configuration is locked and can be unlocked only by system reset.
Enable and lock the PVD connection to Timer1/8 Break input, as well as the PVDE and PLS[2:0] in the
PWR_CR1 register.
HAL state definition
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_RESET
SMBUS not yet initialized or disabled
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY
SMBUS initialized and ready for use
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_BUSY
SMBUS internal process is ongoing
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX
Master Data Transmission process is ongoing
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX
Master Data Reception process is ongoing
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX
Slave Data Transmission process is ongoing
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX
Slave Data Reception process is ongoing
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_TIMEOUT
Timeout state
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_ERROR
Reception process is ongoing
HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN
Address Listen Mode is ongoing
Boot Mode
SYSCFG_MEM_BOOT_ADD0
SYSCFG_MEM_BOOT_ADD1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 57/2236

UM1905
HAL ADC Generic Driver
7 HAL ADC Generic Driver
7.1 ADC Firmware driver registers structures
7.1.1 ADC_InitTypeDef
ADC_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_adc.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t ClockPrescaler
• uint32_t Resolution
• uint32_t DataAlign
• uint32_t ScanConvMode
• uint32_t EOCSelection
• uint32_t ContinuousConvMode
• uint32_t NbrOfConversion
• FunctionalState DiscontinuousConvMode
• uint32_t NbrOfDiscConversion
• uint32_t ExternalTrigConv
• uint32_t ExternalTrigConvEdge
• FunctionalState DMAContinuousRequests
Field Documentation
• uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::ClockPrescaler
Select ADC clock prescaler. The clock is common for all the ADCs. This parameter can be a value of
ADC_ClockPrescaler
• uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::Resolution
Configures the ADC resolution. This parameter can be a value of ADC_Resolution
• uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::DataAlign
Specifies ADC data alignment to right (MSB on register bit 11 and LSB on register bit 0) (default setting) or
to left (if regular group: MSB on register bit 15 and LSB on register bit 4, if injected group (MSB kept as
signed value due to potential negative value after offset application): MSB on register bit 14 and LSB on
register bit 3). This parameter can be a value of ADC_Data_Align
• uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::ScanConvMode
Configures the sequencer of regular and injected groups. This parameter can be associated to parameter
'DiscontinuousConvMode' to have main sequence subdivided in successive parts. If disabled: Conversion is
performed in single mode (one channel converted, the one defined in rank 1). Parameters 'NbrOfConversion'
and 'InjectedNbrOfConversion' are discarded (equivalent to set to 1). If enabled: Conversions are performed
in sequence mode (multiple ranks defined by 'NbrOfConversion'/'InjectedNbrOfConversion' and each
channel rank). Scan direction is upward: from rank1 to rank 'n'. This parameter can be a value of
ADC_Scan_mode. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE
• uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::EOCSelection
Specifies what EOC (End Of Conversion) flag is used for conversion by polling and interruption: end of
conversion of each rank or complete sequence. This parameter can be a value of ADC_EOCSelection.
Note: For injected group, end of conversion (flag&IT) is raised only at the end of the sequence. Therefore, if
end of conversion is set to end of each conversion, injected group should not be used with interruption
(HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT) or polling (HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart and
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion). By the way, polling is still possible since driver will use an
estimated timing for end of injected conversion. Note: If overrun feature is intended to be used, use ADC in
mode 'interruption' (function HAL_ADC_Start_IT() ) with parameter EOCSelection set to end of each
conversion or in mode 'transfer by DMA' (function HAL_ADC_Start_DMA()). If overrun feature is intended to
be bypassed, use ADC in mode 'polling' or 'interruption' with parameter EOCSelection must be set to end of
sequence
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 58/2236

UM1905
ADC Firmware driver registers structures
• uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::ContinuousConvMode
Specifies whether the conversion is performed in single mode (one conversion) or continuous mode for
regular group, after the selected trigger occurred (software start or external trigger). This parameter can be
set to ENABLE or DISABLE.
• uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::NbrOfConversion
Specifies the number of ranks that will be converted within the regular group sequencer. To use regular
group sequencer and convert several ranks, parameter 'ScanConvMode' must be enabled. This parameter
must be a number between Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = 16.
• FunctionalState ADC_InitTypeDef::DiscontinuousConvMode
Specifies whether the conversions sequence of regular group is performed in Complete-sequence/
Discontinuous-sequence (main sequence subdivided in successive parts). Discontinuous mode is used only
if sequencer is enabled (parameter 'ScanConvMode'). If sequencer is disabled, this parameter is discarded.
Discontinuous mode can be enabled only if continuous mode is disabled. If continuous mode is enabled, this
parameter setting is discarded. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE.
• uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::NbrOfDiscConversion
Specifies the number of discontinuous conversions in which the main sequence of regular group (parameter
NbrOfConversion) will be subdivided. If parameter 'DiscontinuousConvMode' is disabled, this parameter is
discarded. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = 8.
• uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::ExternalTrigConv
Selects the external event used to trigger the conversion start of regular group. If set to
ADC_SOFTWARE_START, external triggers are disabled. If set to external trigger source, triggering is on
event rising edge by default. This parameter can be a value of ADC_External_trigger_Source_Regular
• uint32_t ADC_InitTypeDef::ExternalTrigConvEdge
Selects the external trigger edge of regular group. If trigger is set to ADC_SOFTWARE_START, this
parameter is discarded. This parameter can be a value of ADC_External_trigger_edge_Regular
• FunctionalState ADC_InitTypeDef::DMAContinuousRequests
Specifies whether the DMA requests are performed in one shot mode (DMA transfer stop when number of
conversions is reached) or in Continuous mode (DMA transfer unlimited, whatever number of conversions).
Note: In continuous mode, DMA must be configured in circular mode. Otherwise an overrun will be triggered
when DMA buffer maximum pointer is reached. Note: This parameter must be modified when no conversion
is on going on both regular and injected groups (ADC disabled, or ADC enabled without continuous mode or
external trigger that could launch a conversion). This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE.
7.1.2 ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef
ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_adc.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Channel
• uint32_t Rank
• uint32_t SamplingTime
• uint32_t Offset
Field Documentation
• uint32_t ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef::Channel
Specifies the channel to configure into ADC regular group. This parameter can be a value of ADC_channels
• uint32_t ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef::Rank
Specifies the rank in the regular group sequencer. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 1
and Max_Data = 16 This parameter can be a value of ADC_regular_rank
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 59/2236

UM1905
• uint32_t ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef::SamplingTime
Sampling time value to be set for the selected channel. Unit: ADC clock cycles Conversion time is the
addition of sampling time and processing time (12 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 12 bits, 11 cycles at
10 bits, 9 cycles at 8 bits, 7 cycles at 6 bits). This parameter can be a value of ADC_sampling_times
Caution: This parameter updates the parameter property of the channel, that can be used into regular and/or
injected groups. If this same channel has been previously configured in the other group (regular/injected), it
will be updated to last setting. Note: In case of usage of internal measurement channels (VrefInt/Vbat/
TempSensor), sampling time constraints must be respected (sampling time can be adjusted in function of
ADC clock frequency and sampling time setting) Refer to device datasheet for timings values, parameters
TS_vrefint, TS_temp (values rough order: 4us min).
• uint32_t ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef::Offset
Reserved for future use, can be set to 0
7.1.3 ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef
ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_adc.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t WatchdogMode
• uint32_t HighThreshold
• uint32_t LowThreshold
• FunctionalState ITMode
• uint32_t WatchdogNumber
Field Documentation
• uint32_t ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef::WatchdogMode
Configures the ADC analog watchdog mode. This parameter can be a value of
ADC_analog_watchdog_selection
• uint32_t ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef::HighThreshold
Configures the ADC analog watchdog High threshold value. This parameter must be a 12-bit value.
• uint32_t ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef::LowThreshold
Configures the ADC analog watchdog High threshold value. This parameter must be a 12-bit value.
• uint32_t ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef::Channel
Configures ADC channel for the analog watchdog. This parameter has an effect only if watchdog mode is
configured on single channel This parameter can be a value of ADC_channels
• FunctionalState ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef::ITMode
Specifies whether the analog watchdog is configured is interrupt mode or in polling mode. This parameter
can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE
• uint32_t ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef::WatchdogNumber
Reserved for future use, can be set to 0
7.1.4 ADC_HandleTypeDef
ADC_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_adc.h
Data Fields
• ADC_TypeDef * Instance
• ADC_InitTypeDef Init
• __IO uint32_t NbrOfCurrentConversionRank
• DMA_HandleTypeDef * DMA_Handle
• HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
• __IO uint32_t State
• __IO uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation
• ADC_TypeDef* ADC_HandleTypeDef::Instance
Register base address
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 60/2236

UM1905
ADC Firmware driver API description
• ADC_InitTypeDef ADC_HandleTypeDef::Init
ADC required parameters
• __IO uint32_t ADC_HandleTypeDef::NbrOfCurrentConversionRank
ADC number of current conversion rank
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* ADC_HandleTypeDef::DMA_Handle
Pointer DMA Handler
• HAL_LockTypeDef ADC_HandleTypeDef::Lock
ADC locking object
• __IO uint32_t ADC_HandleTypeDef::State
ADC communication state
• __IO uint32_t ADC_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
ADC Error code
7.2 ADC Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the ADC library.
7.2.1 ADC Peripheral features

1. 12-bit, 10-bit, 8-bit or 6-bit configurable resolution.
2. Interrupt generation at the end of conversion, end of injected conversion, and in case of analog watchdog or
overrun events
3. Single and continuous conversion modes.
4. Scan mode for automatic conversion of channel 0 to channel x.
5. Data alignment with in-built data coherency.
6. Channel-wise programmable sampling time.
7. External trigger option with configurable polarity for both regular and injected conversion.
8. Dual/Triple mode (on devices with 2 ADCs or more).
9. Configurable DMA data storage in Dual/Triple ADC mode.
10. Configurable delay between conversions in Dual/Triple interleaved mode.
11. ADC conversion type (refer to the datasheets).
12. ADC supply requirements: 2.4 V to 3.6 V at full speed and down to 1.8 V at slower speed.
13. ADC input range: VREF(minus) = VIN = VREF(plus).
14. DMA request generation during regular channel conversion.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 61/2236

UM1905
1. Initialize the ADC low level resources by implementing the HAL_ADC_MspInit():

a. Enable the ADC interface clock using __HAL_RCC_ADC_CLK_ENABLE()
b. ADC pins configuration
◦ Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using the following function:
__HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE()
◦ Configure these ADC pins in analog mode using HAL_GPIO_Init()
c. In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_IT())
◦ Configure the ADC interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
◦ Enable the ADC IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
◦ In ADC IRQ handler, call HAL_ADC_IRQHandler()
d. In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_DMA())
◦ Enable the DMAx interface clock using __HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()
◦ Configure and enable two DMA streams stream for managing data transfer from peripheral to
memory (output stream)
◦ Associate the initialized DMA handle to the CRYP DMA handle using __HAL_LINKDMA()
◦ Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the two DMA
Streams. The output stream should have higher priority than the input stream.
Configuration of ADC, groups regular/injected, channels parameters

1. Configure the ADC parameters (resolution, data alignment, ...) and regular group parameters (conversion
trigger, sequencer, ...) using function HAL_ADC_Init().
2. Configure the channels for regular group parameters (channel number, channel rank into sequencer, ..., into
regular group) using function HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel().
3. Optionally, configure the injected group parameters (conversion trigger, sequencer, ..., of injected group) and
the channels for injected group parameters (channel number, channel rank into sequencer, ..., into injected
group) using function HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel().
4. Optionally, configure the analog watchdog parameters (channels monitored, thresholds, ...) using function
HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig().
5. Optionally, for devices with several ADC instances: configure the multimode parameters using function
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel().
Execution of ADC conversions

1. ADC driver can be used among three modes: polling, interruption, transfer by DMA.
Polling mode IO operation

• Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Start()
• Wait for end of conversion using HAL_ADC_PollForConversion(), at this stage user can specify the value of
timeout according to his end application
• To read the ADC converted values, use the HAL_ADC_GetValue() function.
• Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Stop()
Interrupt mode IO operation

• Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Start_IT()
• Use HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() called under ADC_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
• At ADC end of conversion HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() function is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback
• In case of ADC Error, HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback
• Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Stop_IT()
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 62/2236

UM1905
DMA mode IO operation

• Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length of data to
be transferred at each end of conversion
• At The end of data transfer by HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() function is executed and user can add his
own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback
• In case of transfer Error, HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback
• Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA()
ADC HAL driver macros list

Below the list of most used macros in ADC HAL driver.
• __HAL_ADC_ENABLE : Enable the ADC peripheral
• __HAL_ADC_DISABLE : Disable the ADC peripheral
• __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT: Enable the ADC end of conversion interrupt
• __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT: Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt
• __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check if the specified ADC interrupt source is enabled or disabled
• __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the ADC's pending flags
• __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected ADC's flag status
• ADC_GET_RESOLUTION: Return resolution bits in CR1 register
Callback functions
Note: Callback functions must be implemented in user program:
• HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback()
• HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback() (callback of analog watchdog)
• HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback()
• HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback
Note: You can refer to the ADC HAL driver header file for more useful macros
Deinitialization of ADC
1. Disable the ADC interface
– ADC clock can be hard reset and disabled at RCC top level.
– Hard reset of ADC peripherals using macro __HAL_RCC_ADC_FORCE_RESET(),
__HAL_RCC_ADC_RELEASE_RESET().
– ADC clock disable using the equivalent macro/functions as configuration step.
◦ Example: Into HAL_ADC_MspDeInit() (recommended code location) or with other device clock
parameters configuration:
◦ HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStructure);
◦ RCC_OscInitStructure.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI;
◦ RCC_OscInitStructure.HSIState = RCC_HSI_OFF; (if not used for system clock)
◦ HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStructure);
2. ADC pins configuration
– Disable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using macro __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_DISABLE()
3. Optionally, in case of usage of ADC with interruptions:
– Disable the NVIC for ADC using function HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(ADCx_IRQn)
4. Optionally, in case of usage of DMA:
– Deinitialize the DMA using function HAL_DMA_DeInit().
– Disable the NVIC for DMA using function HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(DMAx_Channelx_IRQn)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 63/2236

UM1905
Callback registration
The compilation flag USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS, when set to 1, allows the user to configure
dynamically the driver callbacks. Use Functions @ref HAL_ADC_RegisterCallback() to register an interrupt
callback.
Function @ref HAL_ADC_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
• ConvCpltCallback : ADC conversion complete callback
• ConvHalfCpltCallback : ADC conversion DMA half-transfer callback
• LevelOutOfWindowCallback : ADC analog watchdog 1 callback
• ErrorCallback : ADC error callback
• InjectedConvCpltCallback : ADC group injected conversion complete callback
• InjectedQueueOverflowCallback : ADC group injected context queue overflow callback
• LevelOutOfWindow2Callback : ADC analog watchdog 2 callback
• EndOfSamplingCallback : ADC end of sampling callback
• MspInitCallback : ADC Msp Init callback
• MspDeInitCallback : ADC Msp DeInit callback This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
the Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function.
Use function @ref HAL_ADC_UnRegisterCallback to reset a callback to the default weak function.
@ref HAL_ADC_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, and the Callback ID. This
function allows to reset following callbacks:
• ConvCpltCallback : ADC conversion complete callback
• ConvHalfCpltCallback : ADC conversion DMA half-transfer callback
• LevelOutOfWindowCallback : ADC analog watchdog 1 callback
• ErrorCallback : ADC error callback
• InjectedConvCpltCallback : ADC group injected conversion complete callback
• InjectedQueueOverflowCallback : ADC group injected context queue overflow callback
• EndOfSamplingCallback : ADC end of sampling callback
• MspInitCallback : ADC Msp Init callback
• MspDeInitCallback : ADC Msp DeInit callback
By default, after the @ref HAL_ADC_Init() and when the state is @ref HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET all callbacks
are set to the corresponding weak functions: examples @ref HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(), @ref
HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(). Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are reset to the legacy weak
functions in the @ref HAL_ADC_Init()/ @ref HAL_ADC_DeInit() only when these callbacks are null (not registered
beforehand).
If MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_ADC_Init()/ @ref HAL_ADC_DeInit() keep and use the user
MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) whatever the state.
Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in @ref HAL_ADC_STATE_READY state only. Exception done MspInit/
MspDeInit functions that can be registered/unregistered in @ref HAL_ADC_STATE_READY or @ref
HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET state, thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/
DeInit.
Then, the user first registers the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks using @ref HAL_ADC_RegisterCallback()
before calling @ref HAL_ADC_DeInit() or @ref HAL_ADC_Init() function.
When the compilation flag USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the callback
registration feature is not available and all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions.
7.2.3 Initialization and de-initialization functions

• Initialize and configure the ADC.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 64/2236

UM1905
• De-initialize the ADC.

• HAL_ADC_Init
• HAL_ADC_DeInit
• HAL_ADC_MspInit
• HAL_ADC_MspDeInit
7.2.4 IO operation functions

• Start conversion of regular channel.
• Stop conversion of regular channel.
• Start conversion of regular channel and enable interrupt.
• Stop conversion of regular channel and disable interrupt.
• Start conversion of regular channel and enable DMA transfer.
• Stop conversion of regular channel and disable DMA transfer.
• Handle ADC interrupt request.
• HAL_ADC_Start
• HAL_ADC_Stop
• HAL_ADC_PollForConversion
• HAL_ADC_PollForEvent
• HAL_ADC_Start_IT
• HAL_ADC_Stop_IT
• HAL_ADC_IRQHandler
• HAL_ADC_Start_DMA
• HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA
• HAL_ADC_GetValue
• HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback
• HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback
• HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback
7.2.5 Peripheral Control functions

• Configure regular channels.
• Configure injected channels.
• Configure multimode.
• Configure the analog watch dog.
• HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel
• HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig
7.2.6 Peripheral State and errors functions

This subsection provides functions allowing to
• Check the ADC state
• Check the ADC Error
• HAL_ADC_GetState
• HAL_ADC_GetError
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 65/2236

UM1905
HAL_ADC_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Init (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Initializes the ADCx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the ADC_InitStruct and initializes the
ADC MSP.
Parameters
• hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified ADC.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This function is used to configure the global features of the ADC ( ClockPrescaler, Resolution, Data
Alignment and number of conversion), however, the rest of the configuration parameters are specific to the
regular channels group (scan mode activation, continuous mode activation, External trigger source and
edge, DMA continuous request after the last transfer and End of conversion selection).
HAL_ADC_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_DeInit (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Deinitializes the ADCx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
Parameters
specified ADC.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_ADC_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_ADC_MspInit (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Initializes the ADC MSP.
Parameters
specified ADC.
Return values
• None:
HAL_ADC_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_ADC_MspDeInit (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 66/2236

UM1905
DeInitializes the ADC MSP.
Parameters
specified ADC.
Return values
• None:
HAL_ADC_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Enables ADC and starts conversion of the regular channels.
Parameters
specified ADC.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_ADC_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Disables ADC and stop conversion of regular channels.
Parameters
specified ADC.
Return values
• HAL: status.
Notes
• Caution: This function will stop also injected channels.
HAL_ADC_PollForConversion
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForConversion (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t Timeout)
Poll for regular conversion complete.
Parameters
specified ADC.
• Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 67/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• ADC conversion flags EOS (end of sequence) and EOC (end of conversion) are cleared by this function.
• This function cannot be used in a particular setup: ADC configured in DMA mode and polling for end of
each conversion (ADC init parameter "EOCSelection" set to ADC_EOC_SINGLE_CONV). In this case,
DMA resets the flag EOC and polling cannot be performed on each conversion. Nevertheless, polling can
still be performed on the complete sequence.
HAL_ADC_PollForEvent
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForEvent (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t EventType, uint32_t
Timeout)
Poll for conversion event.
Parameters
specified ADC.
• EventType: the ADC event type. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– ADC_AWD_EVENT: ADC Analog watch Dog event.
– ADC_OVR_EVENT: ADC Overrun event.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_ADC_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_IT (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Enables the interrupt and starts ADC conversion of regular channels.
Parameters
specified ADC.
Return values
• HAL: status.
HAL_ADC_Stop_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_IT (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Disables the interrupt and stop ADC conversion of regular channels.
Parameters
specified ADC.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 68/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status.
Notes
• Caution: This function will stop also injected channels.
HAL_ADC_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_ADC_IRQHandler (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Handles ADC interrupt request.
Parameters
specified ADC.
Return values
• None:
HAL_ADC_Start_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_DMA (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t * pData, uint32_t
Length)
Enables ADC DMA request after last transfer (Single-ADC mode) and enables ADC peripheral.
Parameters
specified ADC.
• pData: The destination Buffer address.
• Length: The length of data to be transferred from ADC peripheral to memory.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Disables ADC DMA (Single-ADC mode) and disables ADC peripheral.
Parameters
specified ADC.
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 69/2236

UM1905
HAL_ADC_GetValue
Function name
uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetValue (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Gets the converted value from data register of regular channel.
Parameters
specified ADC.
Return values
• Converted: value
HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Regular conversion complete callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters
specified ADC.
Return values
• None:
HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Regular conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters
specified ADC.
Return values
• None:
HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback
Function name
void HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Analog watchdog callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters
specified ADC.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 70/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Error ADC callback.
Parameters
specified ADC.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• In case of error due to overrun when using ADC with DMA transfer (HAL ADC handle paramater
"ErrorCode" to state "HAL_ADC_ERROR_OVR"): Reinitialize the DMA using function
"HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA()".If needed, restart a new ADC conversion using function
"HAL_ADC_Start_DMA()" (this function is also clearing overrun flag)
HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef
* sConfig)
Configures for the selected ADC regular channel its corresponding rank in the sequencer and its sample time.
Parameters
specified ADC.
• sConfig: ADC configuration structure.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc,
ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef * AnalogWDGConfig)
Configures the analog watchdog.
Parameters
specified ADC.
• AnalogWDGConfig: pointer to an ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
information of ADC analog watchdog.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 71/2236

UM1905
ADC Firmware driver defines
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Analog watchdog thresholds can be modified while ADC conversion is on going. In this case, some
constraints must be taken into account: the programmed threshold values are effective from the next ADC
EOC (end of unitary conversion). Considering that registers write delay may happen due to bus activity, this
might cause an uncertainty on the effective timing of the new programmed threshold values.
HAL_ADC_GetState
Function name
uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetState (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
return the ADC state
Parameters
specified ADC.
Return values
• HAL: state
HAL_ADC_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetError (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Return the ADC error code.
Parameters
specified ADC.
Return values
• ADC: Error Code
7.3 ADC Firmware driver defines

7.3.1 ADC
ADC
ADC Analog Watchdog Selection
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_REG
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_INJEC
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_REGINJEC
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_ALL_REG
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_ALL_INJEC
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 72/2236

UM1905
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_ALL_REGINJEC
ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_NONE
ADC Common Channels
ADC_CHANNEL_0
ADC_CHANNEL_1
ADC_CHANNEL_2
ADC_CHANNEL_3
ADC_CHANNEL_4
ADC_CHANNEL_5
ADC_CHANNEL_6
ADC_CHANNEL_7
ADC_CHANNEL_8
ADC_CHANNEL_9
ADC_CHANNEL_10
ADC_CHANNEL_11
ADC_CHANNEL_12
ADC_CHANNEL_13
ADC_CHANNEL_14
ADC_CHANNEL_15
ADC_CHANNEL_16
ADC_CHANNEL_17
ADC_CHANNEL_18
ADC_INTERNAL_NONE
ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT
ADC_CHANNEL_VBAT
ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR
ADC Channels Type
ADC_ALL_CHANNELS
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 73/2236

UM1905
ADC_REGULAR_CHANNELS
reserved for future use
ADC_INJECTED_CHANNELS
ADC Clock Prescaler
ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV2
ADC Data Align
ADC_DATAALIGN_RIGHT
ADC_DATAALIGN_LEFT
ADC Delay Between 2 Sampling Phases
ADC_TWOSAMPLINGDELAY_5CYCLES
ADC EOC Selection
ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 74/2236

UM1905
ADC_EOC_SINGLE_CONV
ADC_EOC_SINGLE_SEQ_CONV
ADC Error Code
HAL_ADC_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL
ADC IP internal error: if problem of clocking, enable/disable, erroneous state
HAL_ADC_ERROR_OVR
Overrun error
HAL_ADC_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
ADC Event Type
ADC_AWD_EVENT
ADC_OVR_EVENT
ADC Exported Macros
__HAL_ADC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset ADC handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: ADC handle
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ADC_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the ADC peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ADC_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the ADC peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 75/2236

UM1905
__HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the ADC end of conversion interrupt.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the ADC Handle.
• __INTERRUPT__: ADC Interrupt.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: ADC interrupt.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Check if the specified ADC interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the ADC interrupt source to check.
Return value:
• The: new state of __IT__ (TRUE or FALSE).
__HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the ADC's pending flags.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: ADC flag.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Get the selected ADC's flag status.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: ADC flag.
Return value:
• None
ADC Exported Types
HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET
ADC not yet initialized or disabled
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 76/2236

UM1905
HAL_ADC_STATE_READY
ADC peripheral ready for use
HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL
ADC is busy to internal process (initialization, calibration)
HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT
TimeOut occurrence
HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL
Internal error occurrence
HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG
Configuration error occurrence
HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_DMA
DMA error occurrence
HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY
A conversion on group regular is ongoing or can occur (either by continuous mode, external trigger, low power
auto power-on (if feature available), multimode ADC master control (if feature available))
HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC
Conversion data available on group regular
HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_OVR
Overrun occurrence
HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY
A conversion on group injected is ongoing or can occur (either by auto-injection mode, external trigger, low
power auto power-on (if feature available), multimode ADC master control (if feature available))
HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC
Conversion data available on group injected
HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD1
Out-of-window occurrence of analog watchdog 1
HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD2
Not available on STM32F7 device: Out-of-window occurrence of analog watchdog 2
HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD3
Not available on STM32F7 device: Out-of-window occurrence of analog watchdog 3
HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE
Not available on STM32F7 device: ADC in multimode slave state, controlled by another ADC master (
ADC External Trigger Edge Regular
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONVEDGE_NONE
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONVEDGE_RISING
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONVEDGE_FALLING
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONVEDGE_RISINGFALLING
ADC External Trigger Source Regular
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 77/2236

UM1905
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T1_CC1
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T5_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T8_TRGO2
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_T1_TRGO2
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGCONV_EXT_IT11
ADC_SOFTWARE_START
ADC Flags Definition
ADC_FLAG_AWD
ADC_FLAG_EOC
ADC_FLAG_JEOC
ADC_FLAG_JSTRT
ADC_FLAG_STRT
ADC_FLAG_OVR
ADC Interrupts Definition
ADC_IT_EOC
ADC_IT_AWD
ADC_IT_JEOC
ADC_IT_OVR
ADC group regular sequencer rank
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 78/2236

UM1905
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_1
ADC regular conversion rank 1
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_2
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_3
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_4
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_5
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_6
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_7
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_8
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_9
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_10
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_11
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_12
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_13
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_14
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_15
ADC_REGULAR_RANK_16
ADC Resolution
ADC_RESOLUTION_12B
ADC_RESOLUTION_10B
ADC_RESOLUTION_8B
ADC_RESOLUTION_6B
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 79/2236

UM1905
ADC Sampling Times
ADC_SAMPLETIME_3CYCLES
ADC sequencer scan mode
ADC_SCAN_DISABLE
Scan mode disabled
ADC_SCAN_ENABLE
Scan mode enabled
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 80/2236

UM1905
HAL ADC Extension Driver
8 HAL ADC Extension Driver
8.1 ADCEx Firmware driver registers structures
8.1.1 ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef
ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_adc_ex.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t InjectedChannel
• uint32_t InjectedRank
• uint32_t InjectedSamplingTime
• uint32_t InjectedOffset
• uint32_t InjectedNbrOfConversion
• FunctionalState InjectedDiscontinuousConvMode
• FunctionalState AutoInjectedConv
• uint32_t ExternalTrigInjecConv
• uint32_t ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge
Field Documentation
• uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::InjectedChannel
Selection of ADC channel to configure This parameter can be a value of ADC_channels Note: Depending
on devices, some channels may not be available on package pins. Refer to device datasheet for channels
availability.
• uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::InjectedRank
Rank in the injected group sequencer This parameter must be a value of ADCEx_injected_rank Note: In
case of need to disable a channel or change order of conversion sequencer, rank containing a previous
channel setting can be overwritten by the new channel setting (or parameter number of conversions can be
adjusted)
• uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::InjectedSamplingTime
Sampling time value to be set for the selected channel. Unit: ADC clock cycles Conversion time is the
addition of sampling time and processing time (12 ADC clock cycles at ADC resolution 12 bits, 11 cycles at
10 bits, 9 cycles at 8 bits, 7 cycles at 6 bits). This parameter can be a value of ADC_sampling_times
Caution: This parameter updates the parameter property of the channel, that can be used into regular and/or
injected groups. If this same channel has been previously configured in the other group (regular/injected), it
will be updated to last setting. Note: In case of usage of internal measurement channels (VrefInt/Vbat/
TempSensor), sampling time constraints must be respected (sampling time can be adjusted in function of
ADC clock frequency and sampling time setting) Refer to device datasheet for timings values, parameters
TS_vrefint, TS_temp (values rough order: 4us min).
• uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::InjectedOffset
Defines the offset to be subtracted from the raw converted data (for channels set on injected group only).
Offset value must be a positive number. Depending of ADC resolution selected (12, 10, 8 or 6 bits), this
parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x000 and Max_Data = 0xFFF, 0x3FF, 0xFF or 0x3F
respectively.
• uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::InjectedNbrOfConversion
Specifies the number of ranks that will be converted within the injected group sequencer. To use the injected
group sequencer and convert several ranks, parameter 'ScanConvMode' must be enabled. This parameter
must be a number between Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = 4. Caution: this setting impacts the entire
injected group. Therefore, call of HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() to configure a channel on injected
group can impact the configuration of other channels previously set.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 81/2236

UM1905
ADCEx Firmware driver API description
• FunctionalState ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::InjectedDiscontinuousConvMode
Specifies whether the conversions sequence of injected group is performed in Complete-sequence/
Discontinuous-sequence (main sequence subdivided in successive parts). Discontinuous mode is used only
if sequencer is enabled (parameter 'ScanConvMode'). If sequencer is disabled, this parameter is discarded.
Discontinuous mode can be enabled only if continuous mode is disabled. If continuous mode is enabled, this
parameter setting is discarded. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. Note: For injected
group, number of discontinuous ranks increment is fixed to one-by-one. Caution: this setting impacts the
entire injected group. Therefore, call of HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() to configure a channel on
injected group can impact the configuration of other channels previously set.
• FunctionalState ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::AutoInjectedConv
Enables or disables the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion after regular one This parameter
can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. Note: To use Automatic injected conversion, discontinuous mode must
be disabled ('DiscontinuousConvMode' and 'InjectedDiscontinuousConvMode' set to DISABLE) Note: To use
Automatic injected conversion, injected group external triggers must be disabled ('ExternalTrigInjecConv' set
to ADC_SOFTWARE_START) Note: In case of DMA used with regular group: if DMA configured in normal
mode (single shot) JAUTO will be stopped upon DMA transfer complete. To maintain JAUTO always
enabled, DMA must be configured in circular mode. Caution: this setting impacts the entire injected group.
Therefore, call of HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() to configure a channel on injected group can
impact the configuration of other channels previously set.
• uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::ExternalTrigInjecConv
Selects the external event used to trigger the conversion start of injected group. If set to
ADC_INJECTED_SOFTWARE_START, external triggers are disabled. If set to external trigger source,
triggering is on event rising edge. This parameter can be a value of
ADCEx_External_trigger_Source_Injected Note: This parameter must be modified when ADC is disabled
(before ADC start conversion or after ADC stop conversion). If ADC is enabled, this parameter setting is
bypassed without error reporting (as it can be the expected behaviour in case of another parameter update
on the fly) Caution: this setting impacts the entire injected group. Therefore, call of
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() to configure a channel on injected group can impact the
configuration of other channels previously set.
• uint32_t ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef::ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge
Selects the external trigger edge of injected group. This parameter can be a value of
ADCEx_External_trigger_edge_Injected. If trigger is set to ADC_INJECTED_SOFTWARE_START, this
parameter is discarded. Caution: this setting impacts the entire injected group. Therefore, call of
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel() to configure a channel on injected group can impact the
configuration of other channels previously set.
8.1.2 ADC_MultiModeTypeDef
ADC_MultiModeTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_adc_ex.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Mode
• uint32_t DMAAccessMode
• uint32_t TwoSamplingDelay
Field Documentation
• uint32_t ADC_MultiModeTypeDef::Mode
Configures the ADC to operate in independent or multi mode. This parameter can be a value of
ADCEx_Common_mode
• uint32_t ADC_MultiModeTypeDef::DMAAccessMode
Configures the Direct memory access mode for multi ADC mode. This parameter can be a value of
ADCEx_Direct_memory_access_mode_for_multi_mode
• uint32_t ADC_MultiModeTypeDef::TwoSamplingDelay
Configures the Delay between 2 sampling phases. This parameter can be a value of
ADC_delay_between_2_sampling_phases
8.2 ADCEx Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the ADCEx library.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 82/2236

UM1905

1. Initialize the ADC low level resources by implementing the HAL_ADC_MspInit():
a. Enable the ADC interface clock using __HAL_RCC_ADC_CLK_ENABLE()
b. ADC pins configuration
◦ Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using the following function:
__HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE()
◦ Configure these ADC pins in analog mode using HAL_GPIO_Init()
c. In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_IT())
◦ Configure the ADC interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
◦ Enable the ADC IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
◦ In ADC IRQ handler, call HAL_ADC_IRQHandler()
d. In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_DMA())
◦ Enable the DMAx interface clock using __HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()
◦ Configure and enable two DMA streams stream for managing data transfer from peripheral to
◦ Associate the initialized DMA handle to the ADC DMA handle using __HAL_LINKDMA()
Streams. The output stream should have higher priority than the input stream.
2. Configure the ADC Prescaler, conversion resolution and data alignment using the HAL_ADC_Init() function.
3. Configure the ADC Injected channels group features, use HAL_ADC_Init() and HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel()
functions.
4. Three operation modes are available within this driver :

• Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart()
• Wait for end of conversion using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion(), at this stage user can specify
the value of timeout according to his end application
• To read the ADC converted values, use the HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue() function.
• Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop()

• Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT()
• Use HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() called under ADC_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
• At ADC end of conversion HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback() function is executed and user can add
his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback
• In case of ADC Error, HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback() function is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback
• Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT()
Multi mode ADCs Regular channels configuration

• Select the Multi mode ADC regular channels features (dual or triple mode) and configure the DMA mode
using HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel() functions.
• Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the
length of data to be transferred at each end of conversion
• Read the ADCs converted values using the HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue() function.
8.2.2 Extended features functions

• Start conversion of injected channel.
• Stop conversion of injected channel.
• Start multimode and enable DMA transfer.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 83/2236

UM1905
• Stop multimode and disable DMA transfer.

• Get result of injected channel conversion.
• Get result of multimode conversion.
• Configure injected channels.
• Configure multimode.
• HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart
• HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT
• HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop
• HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion
• HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT
• HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue
• HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA
• HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStop_DMA
• HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue
• HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback
• HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel
• HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Enables the selected ADC software start conversion of the injected channels.
Parameters
specified ADC.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Stop conversion of injected channels.
Parameters
• hadc: ADC handle
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 84/2236

UM1905
Notes
• If ADC must be disabled and if conversion is on going on regular group, function HAL_ADC_Stop must be
used to stop both injected and regular groups, and disable the ADC.
• If injected group mode auto-injection is enabled, function HAL_ADC_Stop must be used.
• In case of auto-injection mode, HAL_ADC_Stop must be used.
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t
Timeout)
Poll for injected conversion complete.
Parameters
specified ADC.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Enables the interrupt and starts ADC conversion of injected channels.
Parameters
specified ADC.
Return values
• HAL: status.
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Stop conversion of injected channels, disable interruption of end-of-conversion.
Parameters
• hadc: ADC handle
Return values
• None:
Notes
• If ADC must be disabled and if conversion is on going on regular group, function HAL_ADC_Stop must be
used to stop both injected and regular groups, and disable the ADC.
• If injected group mode auto-injection is enabled, function HAL_ADC_Stop must be used.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 85/2236

UM1905
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue
Function name
uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t InjectedRank)
Gets the converted value from data register of injected channel.
Parameters
specified ADC.
• InjectedRank: the ADC injected rank. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1: Injected Channel1 selected
Return values
• None:
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc, uint32_t * pData,
uint32_t Length)
Enables ADC DMA request after last transfer (Multi-ADC mode) and enables ADC peripheral.
Parameters
specified ADC.
• pData: Pointer to buffer in which transferred from ADC peripheral to memory will be stored.
• Length: The length of data to be transferred from ADC peripheral to memory.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Caution: This function must be used only with the ADC master.
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStop_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStop_DMA (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Disables ADC DMA (multi-ADC mode) and disables ADC peripheral.
Parameters
specified ADC.
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 86/2236

UM1905
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue
Function name
uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Returns the last ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 regular conversions results data in the selected multi mode.
Parameters
specified ADC.
Return values
• The: converted data value.
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc)
Injected conversion complete callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters
specified ADC.
Return values
• None:
HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc,
ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef * sConfigInjected)
Configures for the selected ADC injected channel its corresponding rank in the sequencer and its sample time.
Parameters
specified ADC.
• sConfigInjected: ADC configuration structure for injected channel.
Return values
• None:
HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel (ADC_HandleTypeDef * hadc,
ADC_MultiModeTypeDef * multimode)
Configures the ADC multi-mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 87/2236

UM1905
ADCEx Firmware driver defines
Parameters
specified ADC.
• multimode: pointer to an ADC_MultiModeTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for
multimode.
Return values
• HAL: status
8.3 ADCEx Firmware driver defines

8.3.1 ADCEx
ADCEx
ADC Common Mode
ADC_MODE_INDEPENDENT
ADC_DUALMODE_REGSIMULT_INJECSIMULT
ADC_DUALMODE_REGSIMULT_ALTERTRIG
ADC_DUALMODE_INJECSIMULT
ADC_DUALMODE_REGSIMULT
ADC_DUALMODE_INTERL
ADC_DUALMODE_ALTERTRIG
ADC_TRIPLEMODE_REGSIMULT_INJECSIMULT
ADC_TRIPLEMODE_REGSIMULT_AlterTrig
ADC_TRIPLEMODE_INJECSIMULT
ADC_TRIPLEMODE_REGSIMULT
ADC_TRIPLEMODE_INTERL
ADC_TRIPLEMODE_ALTERTRIG
ADC Direct Memory Access Mode For Multi Mode
ADC_DMAACCESSMODE_DISABLED
DMA mode disabled
ADC_DMAACCESSMODE_1
DMA mode 1 enabled (2 / 3 half-words one by one - 1 then 2 then 3)
ADC_DMAACCESSMODE_2
DMA mode 2 enabled (2 / 3 half-words by pairs - 2&1 then 1&3 then 3&2)
ADC_DMAACCESSMODE_3
DMA mode 3 enabled (2 / 3 bytes by pairs - 2&1 then 1&3 then 3&2)
ADC External Trigger Edge Injected
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 88/2236

UM1905
ADCEx Firmware driver defines
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONVEDGE_NONE
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONVEDGE_RISING
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONVEDGE_FALLING
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONVEDGE_RISINGFALLING
ADC External Trigger Source Injected
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T1_TRGO
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T1_CC4
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T1_TRGO2
ADC_EXTERNALTRIGINJECCONV_T8_TRGO2
ADC_INJECTED_SOFTWARE_START
ADC Injected Channel Rank
ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1
ADC_INJECTED_RANK_2
ADC_INJECTED_RANK_3
ADC_INJECTED_RANK_4
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 89/2236

UM1905
HAL CAN Generic Driver
9 HAL CAN Generic Driver
9.1 CAN Firmware driver registers structures
9.1.1 CAN_InitTypeDef
CAN_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_can.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Prescaler
• uint32_t Mode
• uint32_t SyncJumpWidth
• uint32_t TimeSeg1
• uint32_t TimeSeg2
• FunctionalState TimeTriggeredMode
• FunctionalState AutoBusOff
• FunctionalState AutoWakeUp
• FunctionalState AutoRetransmission
• FunctionalState ReceiveFifoLocked
• FunctionalState TransmitFifoPriority
Field Documentation
• uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::Prescaler
Specifies the length of a time quantum. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 1 and
Max_Data = 1024.
• uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the CAN operating mode. This parameter can be a value of CAN_operating_mode
• uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::SyncJumpWidth
Specifies the maximum number of time quanta the CAN hardware is allowed to lengthen or shorten a bit to
perform resynchronization. This parameter can be a value of CAN_synchronisation_jump_width
• uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::TimeSeg1
Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit Segment 1. This parameter can be a value of
CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_1
• uint32_t CAN_InitTypeDef::TimeSeg2
Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit Segment 2. This parameter can be a value of
CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_2
• FunctionalState CAN_InitTypeDef::TimeTriggeredMode
Enable or disable the time triggered communication mode. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or
DISABLE.
• FunctionalState CAN_InitTypeDef::AutoBusOff
Enable or disable the automatic bus-off management. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE.
• FunctionalState CAN_InitTypeDef::AutoWakeUp
Enable or disable the automatic wake-up mode. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE.
• FunctionalState CAN_InitTypeDef::AutoRetransmission
Enable or disable the non-automatic retransmission mode. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or
DISABLE.
• FunctionalState CAN_InitTypeDef::ReceiveFifoLocked
Enable or disable the Receive FIFO Locked mode. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE.
• FunctionalState CAN_InitTypeDef::TransmitFifoPriority
Enable or disable the transmit FIFO priority. This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 90/2236

UM1905
CAN Firmware driver registers structures
9.1.2 CAN_FilterTypeDef
CAN_FilterTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_can.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t FilterIdHigh
• uint32_t FilterIdLow
• uint32_t FilterMaskIdHigh
• uint32_t FilterMaskIdLow
• uint32_t FilterFIFOAssignment
• uint32_t FilterBank
• uint32_t FilterMode
• uint32_t FilterScale
• uint32_t FilterActivation
• uint32_t SlaveStartFilterBank
Field Documentation
• uint32_t CAN_FilterTypeDef::FilterIdHigh
Specifies the filter identification number (MSBs for a 32-bit configuration, first one for a 16-bit configuration).
This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF.
• uint32_t CAN_FilterTypeDef::FilterIdLow
Specifies the filter identification number (LSBs for a 32-bit configuration, second one for a 16-bit
configuration). This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF.
• uint32_t CAN_FilterTypeDef::FilterMaskIdHigh
Specifies the filter mask number or identification number, according to the mode (MSBs for a 32-bit
configuration, first one for a 16-bit configuration). This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF.
• uint32_t CAN_FilterTypeDef::FilterMaskIdLow
Specifies the filter mask number or identification number, according to the mode (LSBs for a 32-bit
configuration, second one for a 16-bit configuration). This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF.
• uint32_t CAN_FilterTypeDef::FilterFIFOAssignment
Specifies the FIFO (0 or 1U) which will be assigned to the filter. This parameter can be a value of
CAN_filter_FIFO
• uint32_t CAN_FilterTypeDef::FilterBank
Specifies the filter bank which will be initialized. For single CAN instance(14 dedicated filter banks), this
parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 13. For dual CAN instances(28 filter
banks shared), this parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 27.
• uint32_t CAN_FilterTypeDef::FilterMode
Specifies the filter mode to be initialized. This parameter can be a value of CAN_filter_mode
• uint32_t CAN_FilterTypeDef::FilterScale
Specifies the filter scale. This parameter can be a value of CAN_filter_scale
• uint32_t CAN_FilterTypeDef::FilterActivation
Enable or disable the filter. This parameter can be a value of CAN_filter_activation
• uint32_t CAN_FilterTypeDef::SlaveStartFilterBank
Select the start filter bank for the slave CAN instance. For single CAN instances, this parameter is
meaningless. For dual CAN instances, all filter banks with lower index are assigned to master CAN instance,
whereas all filter banks with greater index are assigned to slave CAN instance. This parameter must be a
number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 27.
9.1.3 CAN_TxHeaderTypeDef
CAN_TxHeaderTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_can.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t StdId
• uint32_t ExtId
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 91/2236

UM1905
CAN Firmware driver registers structures
• uint32_t IDE
• uint32_t RTR
• uint32_t DLC
• FunctionalState TransmitGlobalTime
Field Documentation
• uint32_t CAN_TxHeaderTypeDef::StdId
Specifies the standard identifier. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data =
0x7FF.
• uint32_t CAN_TxHeaderTypeDef::ExtId
Specifies the extended identifier. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data =
0x1FFFFFFF.
• uint32_t CAN_TxHeaderTypeDef::IDE
Specifies the type of identifier for the message that will be transmitted. This parameter can be a value of
CAN_identifier_type
• uint32_t CAN_TxHeaderTypeDef::RTR
Specifies the type of frame for the message that will be transmitted. This parameter can be a value of
CAN_remote_transmission_request
• uint32_t CAN_TxHeaderTypeDef::DLC
Specifies the length of the frame that will be transmitted. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 8.
• FunctionalState CAN_TxHeaderTypeDef::TransmitGlobalTime
Specifies whether the timestamp counter value captured on start of frame transmission, is sent in DATA6
and DATA7 replacing pData[6] and pData[7].
Note:
– : Time Triggered Communication Mode must be enabled.
– : DLC must be programmed as 8 bytes, in order these 2 bytes are sent. This parameter can be set to
ENABLE or DISABLE.
9.1.4 CAN_RxHeaderTypeDef
CAN_RxHeaderTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_can.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t StdId
• uint32_t ExtId
• uint32_t IDE
• uint32_t RTR
• uint32_t DLC
• uint32_t Timestamp
• uint32_t FilterMatchIndex
Field Documentation
• uint32_t CAN_RxHeaderTypeDef::StdId
Specifies the standard identifier. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data =
0x7FF.
• uint32_t CAN_RxHeaderTypeDef::ExtId
Specifies the extended identifier. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data =
0x1FFFFFFF.
• uint32_t CAN_RxHeaderTypeDef::IDE
Specifies the type of identifier for the message that will be transmitted. This parameter can be a value of
CAN_identifier_type
• uint32_t CAN_RxHeaderTypeDef::RTR
Specifies the type of frame for the message that will be transmitted. This parameter can be a value of
CAN_remote_transmission_request
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 92/2236

UM1905
CAN Firmware driver API description
• uint32_t CAN_RxHeaderTypeDef::DLC
Specifies the length of the frame that will be transmitted. This parameter must be a number between
• uint32_t CAN_RxHeaderTypeDef::Timestamp
Specifies the timestamp counter value captured on start of frame reception.
Note:
– : Time Triggered Communication Mode must be enabled. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF.
• uint32_t CAN_RxHeaderTypeDef::FilterMatchIndex
Specifies the index of matching acceptance filter element. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0xFF.
9.1.5 __CAN_HandleTypeDef
__CAN_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_can.h
Data Fields
• CAN_TypeDef * Instance
• CAN_InitTypeDef Init
• __IO HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation
• CAN_TypeDef* __CAN_HandleTypeDef::Instance
• CAN_InitTypeDef __CAN_HandleTypeDef::Init
CAN required parameters
• __IO HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef __CAN_HandleTypeDef::State
CAN communication state
• __IO uint32_t __CAN_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
CAN Error code. This parameter can be a value of CAN_Error_Code
9.2 CAN Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the CAN library.

1. Initialize the CAN low level resources by implementing the HAL_CAN_MspInit():
– Enable the CAN interface clock using __HAL_RCC_CANx_CLK_ENABLE()
– Configure CAN pins
◦ Enable the clock for the CAN GPIOs
◦ Configure CAN pins as alternate function open-drain
– In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_CAN_ActivateNotification())
◦ Configure the CAN interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
◦ Enable the CAN IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
◦ In CAN IRQ handler, call HAL_CAN_IRQHandler()
2. Initialize the CAN peripheral using HAL_CAN_Init() function. This function resorts to HAL_CAN_MspInit() for
low-level initialization.
3. Configure the reception filters using the following configuration functions:
– HAL_CAN_ConfigFilter()
4. Start the CAN module using HAL_CAN_Start() function. At this level the node is active on the bus: it receive
messages, and can send messages.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 93/2236

UM1905
5. To manage messages transmission, the following Tx control functions can be used:

– HAL_CAN_AddTxMessage() to request transmission of a new message.
– HAL_CAN_AbortTxRequest() to abort transmission of a pending message.
– HAL_CAN_GetTxMailboxesFreeLevel() to get the number of free Tx mailboxes.
– HAL_CAN_IsTxMessagePending() to check if a message is pending in a Tx mailbox.
– HAL_CAN_GetTxTimestamp() to get the timestamp of Tx message sent, if time triggered
communication mode is enabled.
6. When a message is received into the CAN Rx FIFOs, it can be retrieved using the
HAL_CAN_GetRxMessage() function. The function HAL_CAN_GetRxFifoFillLevel() allows to know how
many Rx message are stored in the Rx Fifo.
7. Calling the HAL_CAN_Stop() function stops the CAN module.
8. The deinitialization is achieved with HAL_CAN_DeInit() function.
Polling mode operation

1. Reception:
– Monitor reception of message using HAL_CAN_GetRxFifoFillLevel() until at least one message is
received.
– Then get the message using HAL_CAN_GetRxMessage().
2. Transmission:
– Monitor the Tx mailboxes availability until at least one Tx mailbox is free, using
HAL_CAN_GetTxMailboxesFreeLevel().
– Then request transmission of a message using HAL_CAN_AddTxMessage().
Interrupt mode operation

1. Notifications are activated using HAL_CAN_ActivateNotification() function. Then, the process can be
controlled through the available user callbacks: HAL_CAN_xxxCallback(), using same APIs
HAL_CAN_GetRxMessage() and HAL_CAN_AddTxMessage().
2. Notifications can be deactivated using HAL_CAN_DeactivateNotification() function.
3. Special care should be taken for CAN_IT_RX_FIFO0_MSG_PENDING and
CAN_IT_RX_FIFO1_MSG_PENDING notifications. These notifications trig the callbacks
HAL_CAN_RxFIFO0MsgPendingCallback() and HAL_CAN_RxFIFO1MsgPendingCallback(). User has two
possible options here.
– Directly get the Rx message in the callback, using HAL_CAN_GetRxMessage().
– Or deactivate the notification in the callback without getting the Rx message. The Rx message can
then be got later using HAL_CAN_GetRxMessage(). Once the Rx message have been read, the
notification can be activated again.
Sleep mode
1. The CAN peripheral can be put in sleep mode (low power), using HAL_CAN_RequestSleep(). The sleep
mode will be entered as soon as the current CAN activity (transmission or reception of a CAN frame) will be
completed.
2. A notification can be activated to be informed when the sleep mode will be entered.
3. It can be checked if the sleep mode is entered using HAL_CAN_IsSleepActive(). Note that the CAN state
(accessible from the API HAL_CAN_GetState()) is HAL_CAN_STATE_SLEEP_PENDING as soon as the
sleep mode request is submitted (the sleep mode is not yet entered), and become
HAL_CAN_STATE_SLEEP_ACTIVE when the sleep mode is effective.
4. The wake-up from sleep mode can be trigged by two ways:
– Using HAL_CAN_WakeUp(). When returning from this function, the sleep mode is exited (if return
status is HAL_OK).
– When a start of Rx CAN frame is detected by the CAN peripheral, if automatic wake up mode is
enabled.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 94/2236

UM1905

• HAL_CAN_Init : Initialize and configure the CAN.
• HAL_CAN_DeInit : De-initialize the CAN.
• HAL_CAN_MspInit : Initialize the CAN MSP.
• HAL_CAN_MspDeInit : DeInitialize the CAN MSP.
• HAL_CAN_Init
• HAL_CAN_DeInit
• HAL_CAN_MspInit
• HAL_CAN_MspDeInit
9.2.3 Configuration functions

• HAL_CAN_ConfigFilter : Configure the CAN reception filters
• HAL_CAN_ConfigFilter
9.2.4 Control functions

• HAL_CAN_Start : Start the CAN module
• HAL_CAN_Stop : Stop the CAN module
• HAL_CAN_RequestSleep : Request sleep mode entry.
• HAL_CAN_WakeUp : Wake up from sleep mode.
• HAL_CAN_IsSleepActive : Check is sleep mode is active.
• HAL_CAN_AddTxMessage : Add a message to the Tx mailboxes and activate the corresponding
transmission request
• HAL_CAN_AbortTxRequest : Abort transmission request
• HAL_CAN_GetTxMailboxesFreeLevel : Return Tx mailboxes free level
• HAL_CAN_IsTxMessagePending : Check if a transmission request is pending on the selected Tx mailbox
• HAL_CAN_GetRxMessage : Get a CAN frame from the Rx FIFO
• HAL_CAN_GetRxFifoFillLevel : Return Rx FIFO fill level
• HAL_CAN_Start
• HAL_CAN_Stop
• HAL_CAN_RequestSleep
• HAL_CAN_WakeUp
• HAL_CAN_IsSleepActive
• HAL_CAN_AddTxMessage
• HAL_CAN_AbortTxRequest
• HAL_CAN_GetTxMailboxesFreeLevel
• HAL_CAN_IsTxMessagePending
• HAL_CAN_GetTxTimestamp
• HAL_CAN_GetRxMessage
• HAL_CAN_GetRxFifoFillLevel
9.2.5 Interrupts management

• HAL_CAN_ActivateNotification : Enable interrupts
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 95/2236

UM1905
• HAL_CAN_DeactivateNotification : Disable interrupts

• HAL_CAN_IRQHandler : Handles CAN interrupt request
• HAL_CAN_ActivateNotification
• HAL_CAN_DeactivateNotification
• HAL_CAN_IRQHandler
9.2.6 Peripheral State and Error functions

This subsection provides functions allowing to :
• HAL_CAN_GetState() : Return the CAN state.
• HAL_CAN_GetError() : Return the CAN error codes if any.
• HAL_CAN_ResetError(): Reset the CAN error codes if any.
• HAL_CAN_GetState
• HAL_CAN_GetError
• HAL_CAN_ResetError
HAL_CAN_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Init (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Initializes the CAN peripheral according to the specified parameters in the CAN_InitStruct.
Parameters
• hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified CAN.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CAN_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_DeInit (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Deinitializes the CAN peripheral registers to their default reset values.
Parameters
specified CAN.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CAN_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_CAN_MspInit (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 96/2236

UM1905
Initializes the CAN MSP.
Parameters
specified CAN.
Return values
• None:
HAL_CAN_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_CAN_MspDeInit (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
DeInitializes the CAN MSP.
Parameters
specified CAN.
Return values
• None:
HAL_CAN_ConfigFilter
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_ConfigFilter (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan, CAN_FilterTypeDef *
sFilterConfig)
Configures the CAN reception filter according to the specified parameters in the CAN_FilterInitStruct.
Parameters
specified CAN.
• sFilterConfig: pointer to a CAN_FilterTypeDef structure that contains the filter configuration information.
Return values
• None:
HAL_CAN_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Start (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Start the CAN module.
Parameters
• hcan: pointer to an CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified CAN.
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 97/2236

UM1905
HAL_CAN_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Stop (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Stop the CAN module and enable access to configuration registers.
Parameters
specified CAN.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CAN_RequestSleep
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_RequestSleep (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Request the sleep mode (low power) entry.
Parameters
specified CAN.
Return values
• HAL: status.
HAL_CAN_WakeUp
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_WakeUp (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Wake up from sleep mode.
Parameters
specified CAN.
Return values
• HAL: status.
HAL_CAN_IsSleepActive
Function name
uint32_t HAL_CAN_IsSleepActive (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Check is sleep mode is active.
Parameters
specified CAN.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 98/2236

UM1905
Return values
• Status:
– 0 : Sleep mode is not active.
– 1 : Sleep mode is active.
HAL_CAN_AddTxMessage
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_AddTxMessage (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan, CAN_TxHeaderTypeDef *
pHeader, uint8_t aData, uint32_t * pTxMailbox)
Add a message to the first free Tx mailbox and activate the corresponding transmission request.
Parameters
specified CAN.
• pHeader: pointer to a CAN_TxHeaderTypeDef structure.
• aData: array containing the payload of the Tx frame.
• pTxMailbox: pointer to a variable where the function will return the TxMailbox used to store the Tx
message. This parameter can be a value of
– CAN_Tx_Mailboxes.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CAN_AbortTxRequest
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_AbortTxRequest (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan, uint32_t TxMailboxes)
Abort transmission requests.
Parameters
specified CAN.
• TxMailboxes: List of the Tx Mailboxes to abort. This parameter can be any combination of
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CAN_GetTxMailboxesFreeLevel
Function name
uint32_t HAL_CAN_GetTxMailboxesFreeLevel (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Return Tx Mailboxes free level: number of free Tx Mailboxes.
Parameters
specified CAN.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 99/2236

UM1905
Return values
• Number: of free Tx Mailboxes.
HAL_CAN_IsTxMessagePending
Function name
uint32_t HAL_CAN_IsTxMessagePending (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan, uint32_t TxMailboxes)
Check if a transmission request is pending on the selected Tx Mailboxes.
Parameters
specified CAN.
• TxMailboxes: List of Tx Mailboxes to check. This parameter can be any combination of
Return values
• Status:
– 0 : No pending transmission request on any selected Tx Mailboxes.
– 1 : Pending transmission request on at least one of the selected Tx Mailbox.
HAL_CAN_GetTxTimestamp
Function name
uint32_t HAL_CAN_GetTxTimestamp (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan, uint32_t TxMailbox)
Return timestamp of Tx message sent, if time triggered communication mode is enabled.
Parameters
specified CAN.
• TxMailbox: Tx Mailbox where the timestamp of message sent will be read. This parameter can be one
value of
Return values
• Timestamp: of message sent from Tx Mailbox.
HAL_CAN_GetRxMessage
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_GetRxMessage (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan, uint32_t RxFifo,
CAN_RxHeaderTypeDef * pHeader, uint8_t aData)
Get an CAN frame from the Rx FIFO zone into the message RAM.
Parameters
specified CAN.
• RxFifo: Fifo number of the received message to be read. This parameter can be a value of
– CAN_receive_FIFO_number.
• pHeader: pointer to a CAN_RxHeaderTypeDef structure where the header of the Rx frame will be stored.
• aData: array where the payload of the Rx frame will be stored.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 100/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CAN_GetRxFifoFillLevel
Function name
uint32_t HAL_CAN_GetRxFifoFillLevel (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan, uint32_t RxFifo)
Return Rx FIFO fill level.
Parameters
specified CAN.
• RxFifo: Rx FIFO. This parameter can be a value of
– CAN_receive_FIFO_number.
Return values
• Number: of messages available in Rx FIFO.
HAL_CAN_ActivateNotification
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_ActivateNotification (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan, uint32_t ActiveITs)
Enable interrupts.
Parameters
specified CAN.
• ActiveITs: indicates which interrupts will be enabled. This parameter can be any combination of
– CAN_Interrupts.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CAN_DeactivateNotification
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_DeactivateNotification (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan, uint32_t InactiveITs)
Disable interrupts.
Parameters
specified CAN.
• InactiveITs: indicates which interrupts will be disabled. This parameter can be any combination of
– CAN_Interrupts.
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 101/2236

UM1905
HAL_CAN_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_CAN_IRQHandler (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Handles CAN interrupt request.
Parameters
specified CAN.
Return values
• None:
HAL_CAN_TxMailbox0CompleteCallback
Function name
void HAL_CAN_TxMailbox0CompleteCallback (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Transmission Mailbox 0 complete callback.
Parameters
specified CAN.
Return values
• None:
Function name
Parameters
specified CAN.
Return values
• None:
Function name
Parameters
specified CAN.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 102/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
HAL_CAN_TxMailbox0AbortCallback
Function name
void HAL_CAN_TxMailbox0AbortCallback (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Transmission Mailbox 0 Cancellation callback.
Parameters
specified CAN.
Return values
• None:
Function name
Parameters
specified CAN.
Return values
• None:
Function name
Parameters
specified CAN.
Return values
• None:
HAL_CAN_RxFifo0MsgPendingCallback
Function name
void HAL_CAN_RxFifo0MsgPendingCallback (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Rx FIFO 0 message pending callback.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 103/2236

UM1905
Parameters
specified CAN.
Return values
• None:
HAL_CAN_RxFifo0FullCallback
Function name
void HAL_CAN_RxFifo0FullCallback (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Rx FIFO 0 full callback.
Parameters
specified CAN.
Return values
• None:
HAL_CAN_RxFifo1MsgPendingCallback
Function name
void HAL_CAN_RxFifo1MsgPendingCallback (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Rx FIFO 1 message pending callback.
Parameters
specified CAN.
Return values
• None:
HAL_CAN_RxFifo1FullCallback
Function name
void HAL_CAN_RxFifo1FullCallback (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Rx FIFO 1 full callback.
Parameters
specified CAN.
Return values
• None:
HAL_CAN_SleepCallback
Function name
void HAL_CAN_SleepCallback (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 104/2236

UM1905
Sleep callback.
Parameters
specified CAN.
Return values
• None:
HAL_CAN_WakeUpFromRxMsgCallback
Function name
void HAL_CAN_WakeUpFromRxMsgCallback (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
WakeUp from Rx message callback.
Parameters
specified CAN.
Return values
• None:
HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Error CAN callback.
Parameters
specified CAN.
Return values
• None:
HAL_CAN_GetState
Function name
HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef HAL_CAN_GetState (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Return the CAN state.
Parameters
specified CAN.
Return values
• HAL: state
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 105/2236

UM1905
CAN Firmware driver defines
HAL_CAN_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_CAN_GetError (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Return the CAN error code.
Parameters
specified CAN.
Return values
• CAN: Error Code
HAL_CAN_ResetError
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_ResetError (CAN_HandleTypeDef * hcan)
Reset the CAN error code.
Parameters
specified CAN.
Return values
• HAL: status
9.3 CAN Firmware driver defines

9.3.1 CAN
CAN
CAN Error Code
HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_EWG
Protocol Error Warning
HAL_CAN_ERROR_EPV
Error Passive
HAL_CAN_ERROR_BOF
Bus-off error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_STF
Stuff error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_FOR
Form error
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 106/2236

UM1905
HAL_CAN_ERROR_ACK
Acknowledgment error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_BR
Bit recessive error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_BD
Bit dominant error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_CRC
CRC error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_RX_FOV0
Rx FIFO0 overrun error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_RX_FOV1
Rx FIFO1 overrun error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_TX_ALST0
TxMailbox 0 transmit failure due to arbitration lost
HAL_CAN_ERROR_TX_TERR0
TxMailbox 1 transmit failure due to tranmit error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_TIMEOUT
Timeout error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED
Peripheral not initialized
HAL_CAN_ERROR_NOT_READY
Peripheral not ready
HAL_CAN_ERROR_NOT_STARTED
Peripheral not started
HAL_CAN_ERROR_PARAM
Parameter error
HAL_CAN_ERROR_INTERNAL
Internal error
CAN Exported Macros
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 107/2236

UM1905
__HAL_CAN_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset CAN handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: CAN handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the specified CAN interrupts.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: CAN Interrupt sources to enable. This parameter can be any combination of
– CAN_Interrupts
Return value:
• None
__HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the specified CAN interrupts.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: CAN Interrupt sources to disable. This parameter can be any combination of
– CAN_Interrupts
Return value:
• None
__HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Check if the specified CAN interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the CAN Handle.
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the CAN interrupt source to check. This parameter can be a value of
– CAN_Interrupts
Return value:
• The: state of __IT__ (TRUE or FALSE).
__HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Check whether the specified CAN flag is set or not.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the flag to check. This parameter can be one of
– CAN_flags
Return value:
• The: state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or FALSE).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 108/2236

UM1905
__HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the specified CAN pending flag.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the flag to check. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– CAN_FLAG_RQCP0: Request complete MailBox 0 Flag
– CAN_FLAG_TXOK0: Transmission OK MailBox 0 Flag
– CAN_FLAG_ALST0: Arbitration Lost MailBox 0 Flag
– CAN_FLAG_TERR0: Transmission error MailBox 0 Flag
– CAN_FLAG_FF0: RX FIFO 0 Full Flag
– CAN_FLAG_FOV0: RX FIFO 0 Overrun Flag
– CAN_FLAG_FF1: RX FIFO 1 Full Flag
– CAN_FLAG_FOV1: RX FIFO 1 Overrun Flag
– CAN_FLAG_WKUI: Wake up Interrupt Flag
– CAN_FLAG_SLAKI: Sleep acknowledge Interrupt Flag
Return value:
• None
CAN Filter Activation
CAN_FILTER_DISABLE
Disable filter
CAN_FILTER_ENABLE
Enable filter
CAN Filter FIFO
CAN_FILTER_FIFO0
Filter FIFO 0 assignment for filter x
CAN_FILTER_FIFO1
Filter FIFO 1 assignment for filter x
CAN Filter Mode
CAN_FILTERMODE_IDMASK
Identifier mask mode
CAN_FILTERMODE_IDLIST
Identifier list mode
CAN Filter Scale
CAN_FILTERSCALE_16BIT
Two 16-bit filters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 109/2236

UM1905
CAN_FILTERSCALE_32BIT
One 32-bit filter
CAN Flags
CAN_FLAG_RQCP0
Request complete MailBox 0 flag
CAN_FLAG_TXOK0
Transmission OK MailBox 0 flag
CAN_FLAG_ALST0
Arbitration Lost MailBox 0 flag
CAN_FLAG_TERR0
Transmission error MailBox 0 flag
CAN_FLAG_RQCP1
Request complete MailBox1 flag
CAN_FLAG_TXOK1
CAN_FLAG_ALST1
CAN_FLAG_TERR1
CAN_FLAG_RQCP2
Request complete MailBox2 flag
CAN_FLAG_TXOK2
CAN_FLAG_ALST2
CAN_FLAG_TERR2
CAN_FLAG_TME0
Transmit mailbox 0 empty flag
CAN_FLAG_TME1
CAN_FLAG_TME2
CAN_FLAG_LOW0
Lowest priority mailbox 0 flag
CAN_FLAG_LOW1
CAN_FLAG_LOW2
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 110/2236

UM1905
CAN_FLAG_FF0
RX FIFO 0 Full flag
CAN_FLAG_FOV0
RX FIFO 0 Overrun flag
CAN_FLAG_FF1
RX FIFO 1 Full flag
CAN_FLAG_FOV1
RX FIFO 1 Overrun flag
CAN_FLAG_INAK
Initialization acknowledge flag
CAN_FLAG_SLAK
Sleep acknowledge flag
CAN_FLAG_ERRI
Error flag
CAN_FLAG_WKU
Wake up interrupt flag
CAN_FLAG_SLAKI
Sleep acknowledge interrupt flag
CAN_FLAG_EWG
Error warning flag
CAN_FLAG_EPV
Error passive flag
CAN_FLAG_BOF
Bus-Off flag
CAN Identifier Type
CAN_ID_STD
Standard Id
CAN_ID_EXT
Extended Id
CAN InitStatus
CAN_INITSTATUS_FAILED
CAN initialization failed
CAN_INITSTATUS_SUCCESS
CAN initialization OK
CAN Interrupts
CAN_IT_TX_MAILBOX_EMPTY
Transmit mailbox empty interrupt
CAN_IT_RX_FIFO0_MSG_PENDING
FIFO 0 message pending interrupt
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 111/2236

UM1905
CAN_IT_RX_FIFO0_FULL
FIFO 0 full interrupt
CAN_IT_RX_FIFO0_OVERRUN
FIFO 0 overrun interrupt
CAN_IT_RX_FIFO1_MSG_PENDING
FIFO 1 message pending interrupt
CAN_IT_RX_FIFO1_FULL
FIFO 1 full interrupt
CAN_IT_RX_FIFO1_OVERRUN
FIFO 1 overrun interrupt
CAN_IT_WAKEUP
Wake-up interrupt
CAN_IT_SLEEP_ACK
Sleep acknowledge interrupt
CAN_IT_ERROR_WARNING
Error warning interrupt
CAN_IT_ERROR_PASSIVE
Error passive interrupt
CAN_IT_BUSOFF
Bus-off interrupt
CAN_IT_LAST_ERROR_CODE
Last error code interrupt
CAN_IT_ERROR
Error Interrupt
CAN Operating Mode
CAN_MODE_NORMAL
Normal mode
CAN_MODE_LOOPBACK
Loopback mode
CAN_MODE_SILENT
Silent mode
CAN_MODE_SILENT_LOOPBACK
Loopback combined with silent mode
CAN Receive FIFO Number
CAN_RX_FIFO0
CAN receive FIFO 0
CAN_RX_FIFO1
CAN receive FIFO 1
CAN Remote Transmission Request
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 112/2236

UM1905
CAN_RTR_DATA
Data frame
CAN_RTR_REMOTE
Remote frame
CAN Synchronization Jump Width
CAN_SJW_1TQ
1 time quantum
CAN_SJW_2TQ
2 time quantum
CAN_SJW_3TQ
3 time quantum
CAN_SJW_4TQ
4 time quantum
CAN Time Quantum in Bit Segment 1
CAN_BS1_1TQ
1 time quantum
CAN_BS1_2TQ
2 time quantum
CAN_BS1_3TQ
3 time quantum
CAN_BS1_4TQ
4 time quantum
CAN_BS1_5TQ
5 time quantum
CAN_BS1_6TQ
6 time quantum
CAN_BS1_7TQ
7 time quantum
CAN_BS1_8TQ
8 time quantum
CAN_BS1_9TQ
9 time quantum
CAN_BS1_10TQ
10 time quantum
CAN_BS1_11TQ
11 time quantum
CAN_BS1_12TQ
12 time quantum
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 113/2236

UM1905
CAN_BS1_13TQ
13 time quantum
CAN_BS1_14TQ
14 time quantum
CAN_BS1_15TQ
15 time quantum
CAN_BS1_16TQ
16 time quantum
CAN Time Quantum in Bit Segment 2
CAN_BS2_1TQ
1 time quantum
CAN_BS2_2TQ
2 time quantum
CAN_BS2_3TQ
3 time quantum
CAN_BS2_4TQ
4 time quantum
CAN_BS2_5TQ
5 time quantum
CAN_BS2_6TQ
6 time quantum
CAN_BS2_7TQ
7 time quantum
CAN_BS2_8TQ
8 time quantum
CAN Tx Mailboxes
CAN_TX_MAILBOX0
Tx Mailbox 0
CAN_TX_MAILBOX1
Tx Mailbox 1
CAN_TX_MAILBOX2
Tx Mailbox 2
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 114/2236

UM1905
HAL CEC Generic Driver
10 HAL CEC Generic Driver
10.1 CEC Firmware driver registers structures
10.1.1 CEC_InitTypeDef
CEC_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_cec.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t SignalFreeTime
• uint32_t Tolerance
• uint32_t BRERxStop
• uint32_t BREErrorBitGen
• uint32_t LBPEErrorBitGen
• uint32_t BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen
• uint32_t SignalFreeTimeOption
• uint32_t ListenMode
• uint16_t OwnAddress
• uint8_t * RxBuffer
Field Documentation
• uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::SignalFreeTime
Set SFT field, specifies the Signal Free Time. It can be one of CEC_Signal_Free_Time and belongs to the
set {0,...,7} where 0x0 is the default configuration else means 0.5 + (SignalFreeTime - 1) nominal data bit
periods
• uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::Tolerance
Set RXTOL bit, specifies the tolerance accepted on the received waveforms, it can be a value of
CEC_Tolerance : it is either CEC_STANDARD_TOLERANCE or CEC_EXTENDED_TOLERANCE
• uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::BRERxStop
Set BRESTP bit CEC_BRERxStop : specifies whether or not a Bit Rising Error stops the reception.
CEC_NO_RX_STOP_ON_BRE: reception is not stopped. CEC_RX_STOP_ON_BRE: reception is stopped.
• uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::BREErrorBitGen
Set BREGEN bit CEC_BREErrorBitGen : specifies whether or not an Error-Bit is generated on the CEC line
upon Bit Rising Error detection. CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION: no error-bit generation.
CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION: error-bit generation if BRESTP is set.
• uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::LBPEErrorBitGen
Set LBPEGEN bit CEC_LBPEErrorBitGen : specifies whether or not an Error-Bit is generated on the CEC
line upon Long Bit Period Error detection. CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION: no error-bit
generation. CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION: error-bit generation.
• uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen
Set BRDNOGEN bit CEC_BroadCastMsgErrorBitGen : allows to avoid an Error-Bit generation on the CEC
line upon an error detected on a broadcast message.It supersedes BREGEN and LBPEGEN bits for a
broadcast message error handling. It can take two values:1)
CEC_BROADCASTERROR_ERRORBIT_GENERATION. a) BRE detection: error-bit generation on the CEC
line if BRESTP=CEC_RX_STOP_ON_BRE and BREGEN=CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION. b)
LBPE detection: error-bit generation on the CEC line if
LBPGEN=CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION.2)
CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION. no error-bit generation in case neither a) nor
b) are satisfied. Additionally, there is no error-bit generation in case of Short Bit Period Error detection in a
broadcast message while LSTN bit is set.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 115/2236

UM1905
CEC Firmware driver API description
• uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::SignalFreeTimeOption
Set SFTOP bit CEC_SFT_Option : specifies when SFT timer starts. CEC_SFT_START_ON_TXSOM SFT:
timer starts when TXSOM is set by software. CEC_SFT_START_ON_TX_RX_END: SFT timer starts
automatically at the end of message transmission/reception.
• uint32_t CEC_InitTypeDef::ListenMode
Set LSTN bit CEC_Listening_Mode : specifies device listening mode. It can take two
values:CEC_REDUCED_LISTENING_MODE: CEC peripheral receives only message addressed to its own
address (OAR). Messages addressed to different destination are ignored. Broadcast messages are always
received.CEC_FULL_LISTENING_MODE: CEC peripheral receives messages addressed to its own
address (OAR) with positive acknowledge. Messages addressed to different destination are received, but
without interfering with the CEC bus: no acknowledge sent.
• uint16_t CEC_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress
Own addresses configuration This parameter can be a value of CEC_OWN_ADDRESS
• uint8_t* CEC_InitTypeDef::RxBuffer
CEC Rx buffer pointeur
10.1.2 CEC_HandleTypeDef
CEC_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_cec.h
Data Fields
• CEC_TypeDef * Instance
• CEC_InitTypeDef Init
• uint8_t * pTxBuffPtr
• uint16_t TxXferCount
• uint16_t RxXferSize
• HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef gState
• HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef RxState
• uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation
• CEC_TypeDef* CEC_HandleTypeDef::Instance
CEC registers base address
• CEC_InitTypeDef CEC_HandleTypeDef::Init
CEC communication parameters
• uint8_t* CEC_HandleTypeDef::pTxBuffPtr
Pointer to CEC Tx transfer Buffer
• uint16_t CEC_HandleTypeDef::TxXferCount
CEC Tx Transfer Counter
• uint16_t CEC_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
CEC Rx Transfer size, 0: header received only
• HAL_LockTypeDef CEC_HandleTypeDef::Lock
Locking object
• HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef CEC_HandleTypeDef::gState
CEC state information related to global Handle management and also related to Tx operations. This
parameter can be a value of HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef
• HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef CEC_HandleTypeDef::RxState
CEC state information related to Rx operations. This parameter can be a value of HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef
• uint32_t CEC_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
For errors handling purposes, copy of ISR register in case error is reported
10.2 CEC Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the CEC library.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 116/2236

UM1905

The CEC HAL driver can be used as follow:
1. Declare a CEC_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
2. Initialize the CEC low level resources by implementing the HAL_CEC_MspInit ()API:
a. Enable the CEC interface clock.
b. CEC pins configuration:
◦ Enable the clock for the CEC GPIOs.
◦ Configure these CEC pins as alternate function pull-up.
c. NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT() and
HAL_CEC_Receive_IT() APIs):
◦ Configure the CEC interrupt priority.
◦ Enable the NVIC CEC IRQ handle.
◦ The specific CEC interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, RXNE interrupt and Error
Interrupts) will be managed using the macros __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT() and
__HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process.
3. Program the Signal Free Time (SFT) and SFT option, Tolerance, reception stop in in case of Bit Rising Error,
Error-Bit generation conditions, device logical address and Listen mode in the hcec Init structure.
4. Initialize the CEC registers by calling the HAL_CEC_Init() API.
Note: This API (HAL_CEC_Init()) configures also the low level Hardware (GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) by calling the
customed HAL_CEC_MspInit() API.

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the CEC
• The following parameters need to be configured:
– SignalFreeTime
– Tolerance
– BRERxStop (RX stopped or not upon Bit Rising Error)
– BREErrorBitGen (Error-Bit generation in case of Bit Rising Error)
– LBPEErrorBitGen (Error-Bit generation in case of Long Bit Period Error)
– BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen (Error-bit generation in case of broadcast message error)
– SignalFreeTimeOption (SFT Timer start definition)
– OwnAddress (CEC device address)
– ListenMode
• HAL_CEC_Init
• HAL_CEC_DeInit
• HAL_CEC_SetDeviceAddress
• HAL_CEC_MspInit
• HAL_CEC_MspDeInit

• HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT
• HAL_CEC_GetLastReceivedFrameSize
• HAL_CEC_ChangeRxBuffer
• HAL_CEC_IRQHandler
• HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback
• HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 117/2236

UM1905
• HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback
10.2.4 Peripheral Control function

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CEC.
• HAL_CEC_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the CEC peripheral.
• HAL_CEC_GetError() API can be helpful to check in run-time the error of the CEC peripheral.
• HAL_CEC_GetState
• HAL_CEC_GetError
HAL_CEC_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Init (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
Initializes the CEC mode according to the specified parameters in the CEC_InitTypeDef and creates the
associated handle .
Parameters
• hcec: CEC handle
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CEC_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_DeInit (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
DeInitializes the CEC peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CEC_SetDeviceAddress
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_SetDeviceAddress (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec, uint16_t
CEC_OwnAddress)
Initializes the Own Address of the CEC device.
Parameters
• CEC_OwnAddress: The CEC own address.
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 118/2236

UM1905
HAL_CEC_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_CEC_MspInit (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
CEC MSP Init.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_CEC_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_CEC_MspDeInit (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
CEC MSP DeInit.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec, uint8_t InitiatorAddress,
uint8_t DestinationAddress, uint8_t * pData, uint32_t Size)
Send data in interrupt mode.
Parameters
• InitiatorAddress: Initiator address
• DestinationAddress: destination logical address
• pData: pointer to input byte data buffer
• Size: amount of data to be sent in bytes (without counting the header). 0 means only the header is sent
(ping operation). Maximum TX size is 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14 operands).
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CEC_GetLastReceivedFrameSize
Function name
uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetLastReceivedFrameSize (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
Get size of the received frame.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 119/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• Frame: size
HAL_CEC_ChangeRxBuffer
Function name
void HAL_CEC_ChangeRxBuffer (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec, uint8_t * Rxbuffer)
Change Rx Buffer.
Parameters
• Rxbuffer: Rx Buffer
Return values
• Frame: size
Notes
• This function can be called only inside the HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback()
HAL_CEC_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_CEC_IRQHandler (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
This function handles CEC interrupt requests.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
Tx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec, uint32_t RxFrameSize)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 120/2236

UM1905
CEC Firmware driver defines
Rx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters
• RxFrameSize: Size of frame
Return values
• None:
HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
CEC error callbacks.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_CEC_GetState
Function name
HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef HAL_CEC_GetState (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
return the CEC state
Parameters
• hcec: pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified CEC module.
Return values
• HAL: state
HAL_CEC_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetError (CEC_HandleTypeDef * hcec)
Return the CEC error code.
Parameters
• hcec: pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified CEC.
Return values
• CEC: Error Code
10.3 CEC Firmware driver defines

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 121/2236

UM1905
10.3.1 CEC
CEC
CEC all RX or TX errors flags
CEC_ISR_ALL_ERROR
CEC Error Bit Generation if Bit Rise Error reported
CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION
CEC_BRE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION
CEC Reception Stop on Error
CEC_NO_RX_STOP_ON_BRE
CEC_RX_STOP_ON_BRE
CEC Error Bit Generation on Broadcast message
CEC_BROADCASTERROR_ERRORBIT_GENERATION
CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION
CEC Error Code
HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE
no error
HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXOVR
CEC Rx-Overrun
HAL_CEC_ERROR_BRE
CEC Rx Bit Rising Error
HAL_CEC_ERROR_SBPE
CEC Rx Short Bit period Error
HAL_CEC_ERROR_LBPE
CEC Rx Long Bit period Error
HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXACKE
CEC Rx Missing Acknowledge
HAL_CEC_ERROR_ARBLST
CEC Arbitration Lost
HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXUDR
CEC Tx-Buffer Underrun
HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXERR
CEC Tx-Error
HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXACKE
CEC Tx Missing Acknowledge
CEC Exported Macros
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 122/2236

UM1905
__HAL_CEC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset CEC handle gstate & RxState.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: CEC handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Checks whether or not the specified CEC interrupt flag is set.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the CEC Handle.
• __FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
– CEC_FLAG_TXACKE: Tx Missing acknowledge Error
– CEC_FLAG_TXERR: Tx Error.
– CEC_FLAG_TXUDR: Tx-Buffer Underrun.
– CEC_FLAG_TXEND: End of transmission (successful transmission of the last byte).
– CEC_FLAG_TXBR: Tx-Byte Request.
– CEC_FLAG_ARBLST: Arbitration Lost
– CEC_FLAG_RXACKE: Rx-Missing Acknowledge
– CEC_FLAG_LBPE: Rx Long period Error
– CEC_FLAG_SBPE: Rx Short period Error
– CEC_FLAG_BRE: Rx Bit Rising Error
– CEC_FLAG_RXOVR: Rx Overrun.
– CEC_FLAG_RXEND: End Of Reception.
– CEC_FLAG_RXBR: Rx-Byte Received.
Return value:
• ITStatus
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 123/2236

UM1905
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clears the interrupt or status flag when raised (write at 1)
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the interrupt/status flag to clear. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– CEC_FLAG_TXACKE: Tx Missing acknowledge Error
– CEC_FLAG_TXERR: Tx Error.
– CEC_FLAG_TXUDR: Tx-Buffer Underrun.
– CEC_FLAG_TXEND: End of transmission (successful transmission of the last byte).
– CEC_FLAG_TXBR: Tx-Byte Request.
– CEC_FLAG_ARBLST: Arbitration Lost
– CEC_FLAG_RXACKE: Rx-Missing Acknowledge
– CEC_FLAG_LBPE: Rx Long period Error
– CEC_FLAG_SBPE: Rx Short period Error
– CEC_FLAG_BRE: Rx Bit Rising Error
– CEC_FLAG_RXOVR: Rx Overrun.
– CEC_FLAG_RXEND: End Of Reception.
– CEC_FLAG_RXBR: Rx-Byte Received.
Return value:
• none
__HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enables the specified CEC interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the CEC interrupt to enable. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– CEC_IT_TXACKE: Tx Missing acknowledge Error IT Enable
– CEC_IT_TXERR: Tx Error IT Enable
– CEC_IT_TXUDR: Tx-Buffer Underrun IT Enable
– CEC_IT_TXEND: End of transmission IT Enable
– CEC_IT_TXBR: Tx-Byte Request IT Enable
– CEC_IT_ARBLST: Arbitration Lost IT Enable
– CEC_IT_RXACKE: Rx-Missing Acknowledge IT Enable
– CEC_IT_LBPE: Rx Long period Error IT Enable
– CEC_IT_SBPE: Rx Short period Error IT Enable
– CEC_IT_BRE: Rx Bit Rising Error IT Enable
– CEC_IT_RXOVR: Rx Overrun IT Enable
– CEC_IT_RXEND: End Of Reception IT Enable
– CEC_IT_RXBR: Rx-Byte Received IT Enable
Return value:
• none
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 124/2236

UM1905
__HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disables the specified CEC interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the CEC interrupt to disable. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
Return value:
• none
__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Checks whether or not the specified CEC interrupt is enabled.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the CEC interrupt to check. This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return value:
• FlagStatus
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 125/2236

UM1905
__HAL_CEC_ENABLE
Description:
• Enables the CEC device.
Parameters:
Return value:
• none
__HAL_CEC_DISABLE
Description:
• Disables the CEC device.
Parameters:
Return value:
• none
__HAL_CEC_FIRST_BYTE_TX_SET
Description:
• Set Transmission Start flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• none
__HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET
Description:
• Set Transmission End flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• none: If the CEC message consists of only one byte, TXEOM must be set before of TXSOM.
__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_START_FLAG
Description:
• Get Transmission Start flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• FlagStatus
__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_END_FLAG
Description:
• Get Transmission End flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• FlagStatus
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 126/2236

UM1905
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_OAR
Description:
• Clear OAR register.
Parameters:
Return value:
• none
__HAL_CEC_SET_OAR
Description:
• Set OAR register (without resetting previously set address in case of multi-address mode) To reset OAR,
Parameters:
• __ADDRESS__: Own Address value (CEC logical address is identified by bit position)
Return value:
• none
CEC Flags definition
CEC_FLAG_TXACKE
CEC_FLAG_TXERR
CEC_FLAG_TXUDR
CEC_FLAG_TXEND
CEC_FLAG_TXBR
CEC_FLAG_ARBLST
CEC_FLAG_RXACKE
CEC_FLAG_LBPE
CEC_FLAG_SBPE
CEC_FLAG_BRE
CEC_FLAG_RXOVR
CEC_FLAG_RXEND
CEC_FLAG_RXBR
CEC all RX errors interrupts enabling flag
CEC_IER_RX_ALL_ERR
CEC all TX errors interrupts enabling flag
CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR
CEC Initiator logical address position in message header
CEC_INITIATOR_LSB_POS
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 127/2236

UM1905
CEC Interrupts definition
CEC_IT_TXACKE
CEC_IT_TXERR
CEC_IT_TXUDR
CEC_IT_TXEND
CEC_IT_TXBR
CEC_IT_ARBLST
CEC_IT_RXACKE
CEC_IT_LBPE
CEC_IT_SBPE
CEC_IT_BRE
CEC_IT_RXOVR
CEC_IT_RXEND
CEC_IT_RXBR
CEC Error Bit Generation if Long Bit Period Error reported
CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_NO_GENERATION
CEC_LBPE_ERRORBIT_GENERATION
CEC Listening mode option
CEC_REDUCED_LISTENING_MODE
CEC_FULL_LISTENING_MODE
CEC Device Own Address position in CEC CFGR register
CEC_CFGR_OAR_LSB_POS
CEC Own Address
CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_NONE
CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_0
CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_1
CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_2
CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_3
CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_4
CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_5
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 128/2236

UM1905
CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_6
CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_7
CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_8
CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_9
CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_10
CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_11
CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_12
CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_13
CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_14
CEC Signal Free Time start option
CEC_SFT_START_ON_TXSOM
CEC_SFT_START_ON_TX_RX_END
CEC Signal Free Time setting parameter
CEC_DEFAULT_SFT
CEC_0_5_BITPERIOD_SFT
CEC State Code Definition
HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET
Peripheral is not yet Initialized Value is allowed for gState and RxState
HAL_CEC_STATE_READY
Peripheral Initialized and ready for use Value is allowed for gState and RxState
HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY
an internal process is ongoing Value is allowed for gState only
HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX
Data Reception process is ongoing Value is allowed for RxState only
HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX
Data Transmission process is ongoing Value is allowed for gState only
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 129/2236

UM1905
HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX_TX
HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR
Error Value is allowed for gState only
CEC Receiver Tolerance
CEC_STANDARD_TOLERANCE
CEC_EXTENDED_TOLERANCE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 130/2236

UM1905
HAL CORTEX Generic Driver
11 HAL CORTEX Generic Driver
11.1 CORTEX Firmware driver registers structures
11.1.1 MPU_Region_InitTypeDef
MPU_Region_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_cortex.h
Data Fields
• uint8_t Enable
• uint8_t Number
• uint32_t BaseAddress
• uint8_t Size
• uint8_t SubRegionDisable
• uint8_t TypeExtField
• uint8_t AccessPermission
• uint8_t DisableExec
• uint8_t IsShareable
• uint8_t IsCacheable
• uint8_t IsBufferable
Field Documentation
• uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::Enable
Specifies the status of the region. This parameter can be a value of CORTEX_MPU_Region_Enable
• uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::Number
Specifies the number of the region to protect. This parameter can be a value of
CORTEX_MPU_Region_Number
• uint32_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::BaseAddress
Specifies the base address of the region to protect.
• uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::Size
Specifies the size of the region to protect. This parameter can be a value of CORTEX_MPU_Region_Size
• uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::SubRegionDisable
Specifies the number of the subregion protection to disable. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF
• uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::TypeExtField
Specifies the TEX field level. This parameter can be a value of CORTEX_MPU_TEX_Levels
• uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::AccessPermission
Specifies the region access permission type. This parameter can be a value of
CORTEX_MPU_Region_Permission_Attributes
• uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::DisableExec
Specifies the instruction access status. This parameter can be a value of
CORTEX_MPU_Instruction_Access
• uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::IsShareable
Specifies the shareability status of the protected region. This parameter can be a value of
CORTEX_MPU_Access_Shareable
• uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::IsCacheable
Specifies the cacheable status of the region protected. This parameter can be a value of
CORTEX_MPU_Access_Cacheable
• uint8_t MPU_Region_InitTypeDef::IsBufferable
Specifies the bufferable status of the protected region. This parameter can be a value of
CORTEX_MPU_Access_Bufferable
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 131/2236

UM1905
CORTEX Firmware driver API description
11.2 CORTEX Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the CORTEX library.
How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver

This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ). The Cortex-M4 exceptions are
managed by CMSIS functions.
1. Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() function according to the
following table.
2. Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority().
3. Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
4. please refer to programming manual for details in how to configure priority.
Note: When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible. The pending IRQ
priority will be managed only by the sub priority.
Note: IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority):
– Lowest preemption priority
– Lowest sub priority
– Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number)
How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver

Setup SysTick Timer for time base.
• The HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function calls the SysTick_Config() function which is a CMSIS function that:
– Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
– Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x0F).
– Resets the SysTick Counter register.
– Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
– Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
– Starts the SysTick Counter.
• You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
__HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined
inside the stm32f7xx_hal_cortex.h file.
• You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function
just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority()
function which is a CMSIS function.
• To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula: Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x
Desired Time base (s)
– Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
– Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF

This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts Systick functionalities
• HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping
• HAL_NVIC_SetPriority
• HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ
• HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ
• HAL_NVIC_SystemReset
• HAL_SYSTICK_Config
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 132/2236

UM1905

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX (NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU)
functionalities.
• HAL_MPU_Disable
• HAL_MPU_Enable
• HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion
• HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping
• HAL_NVIC_GetPriority
• HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ
• HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ
• HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ
• HAL_NVIC_GetActive
• HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig
• HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler
• HAL_SYSTICK_Callback
HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping
Function name
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping (uint32_t PriorityGroup)
Sets the priority grouping field (preemption priority and subpriority) using the required unlock sequence.
Parameters
• PriorityGroup: The priority grouping bits length. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority 4 bits for subpriority
Return values
• None:
Notes
• When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible. The pending IRQ priority
will be managed only by the subpriority.
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority
Function name
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority (IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
Sets the priority of an interrupt.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 133/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• IRQn: External interrupt number. This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For
the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file
(stm32f7xxxx.h))
• PreemptPriority: The preemption priority for the IRQn channel. This parameter can be a value between 0
and 15 A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
• SubPriority: the subpriority level for the IRQ channel. This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15 A
lower priority value indicates a higher priority.
Return values
• None:
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ
Function name
void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)
Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
Parameters
(stm32f7xxxx.h))
Return values
• None:
Notes
• To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig() function should be called before.
HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ
Function name
void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)
Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
Parameters
(stm32f7xxxx.h))
Return values
• None:
HAL_NVIC_SystemReset
Function name
void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset (void )
Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 134/2236

UM1905
HAL_SYSTICK_Config
Function name
uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config (uint32_t TicksNumb)
Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
Parameters
• TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
Return values
• status: - 0 Function succeeded.
– 1 Function failed.
HAL_MPU_Enable
Function name
void HAL_MPU_Enable (uint32_t MPU_Control)
Enables the MPU.
Parameters
• MPU_Control: Specifies the control mode of the MPU during hard fault, NMI, FAULTMASK and privileged
access to the default memory This parameter can be one of the following values:
– MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE
– MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI
– MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT
– MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
Return values
• None:
HAL_MPU_Disable
Function name
void HAL_MPU_Disable (void )
Disables the MPU.
Return values
• None:
HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion
Function name
void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion (MPU_Region_InitTypeDef * MPU_Init)
Initializes and configures the Region and the memory to be protected.
Parameters
• MPU_Init: Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains the initialization and configuration
information.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 135/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping
Function name
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping (void )
Gets the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
Return values
• Priority: grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field)
HAL_NVIC_GetPriority
Function name
void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority (IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t * pPreemptPriority,
uint32_t * pSubPriority)
Gets the priority of an interrupt.
Parameters
(stm32f7xxxx.h))
• PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length. This parameter can be one of the following values:
• pPreemptPriority: Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
• pSubPriority: Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0).
Return values
• None:
HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ
Function name
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)
Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC and returns the pending bit for the specified
interrupt).
Parameters
(stm32f7xxxx.h))
Return values
• status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
– 1 Interrupt status is pending.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 136/2236

UM1905
HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ
Function name
void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)
Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt.
Parameters
• IRQn: External interrupt number This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the
complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file
(stm32f7xxxx.h))
Return values
• None:
HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ
Function name
void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ (IRQn_Type IRQn)
Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
Parameters
(stm32f7xxxx.h))
Return values
• None:
HAL_NVIC_GetActive
Function name
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive (IRQn_Type IRQn)
Gets active interrupt ( reads the active register in NVIC and returns the active bit).
Parameters
• IRQn: External interrupt number This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration (For the
complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file
(stm32f7xxxx.h))
Return values
• status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
– 1 Interrupt status is pending.
HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig
Function name
void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig (uint32_t CLKSource)
Configures the SysTick clock source.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 137/2236

UM1905
CORTEX Firmware driver defines
Parameters
• CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
– SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
Return values
• None:
HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler (void )
This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request.
Return values
• None:
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback
Function name
void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback (void )
SYSTICK callback.
Return values
• None:
11.3 CORTEX Firmware driver defines

11.3.1 CORTEX
CORTEX
CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Bufferable
MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE
MPU_ACCESS_NOT_BUFFERABLE
CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Cacheable
MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE
MPU_ACCESS_NOT_CACHEABLE
CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Shareable
MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE
MPU_ACCESS_NOT_SHAREABLE
MPU HFNMI and PRIVILEGED Access control
MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE
MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 138/2236

UM1905
MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT
MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
CORTEX MPU Instruction Access
MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_ENABLE
MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_DISABLE
CORTEX MPU Region Enable
MPU_REGION_ENABLE
MPU_REGION_DISABLE
CORTEX MPU Region Number
MPU_REGION_NUMBER0
MPU_REGION_NUMBER1
MPU_REGION_NUMBER2
MPU_REGION_NUMBER3
MPU_REGION_NUMBER4
MPU_REGION_NUMBER5
MPU_REGION_NUMBER6
MPU_REGION_NUMBER7
CORTEX MPU Region Permission Attributes
MPU_REGION_NO_ACCESS
MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW
MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW_URO
MPU_REGION_FULL_ACCESS
MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO
MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO_URO
CORTEX MPU Region Size
MPU_REGION_SIZE_32B
MPU_REGION_SIZE_64B
MPU_REGION_SIZE_128B
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 139/2236

UM1905
MPU_REGION_SIZE_1KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_2KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_4KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_8KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_16KB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_1MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_2MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_4MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_8MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_16MB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_1GB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_2GB
MPU_REGION_SIZE_4GB
MPU TEX Levels
MPU_TEX_LEVEL0
MPU_TEX_LEVEL1
MPU_TEX_LEVEL2
CORTEX Preemption Priority Group
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 140/2236

UM1905
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0
0 bits for pre-emption priority 4 bits for subpriority
CORTEX _SysTick clock source
SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8
SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 141/2236

UM1905
HAL CRC Generic Driver
12 HAL CRC Generic Driver
12.1 CRC Firmware driver registers structures
12.1.1 CRC_InitTypeDef
CRC_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_crc.h
Data Fields
• uint8_t DefaultPolynomialUse
• uint8_t DefaultInitValueUse
• uint32_t GeneratingPolynomial
• uint32_t CRCLength
• uint32_t InitValue
• uint32_t InputDataInversionMode
• uint32_t OutputDataInversionMode
Field Documentation
• uint8_t CRC_InitTypeDef::DefaultPolynomialUse
This parameter is a value of CRC_Default_Polynomial and indicates if default polynomial is used. If set to
DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE, resort to default X^32 + X^26 + X^23 + X^22 + X^16 + X^12 + X^11 +
X^10 +X^8 + X^7 + X^5 + X^4 + X^2+ X +1. In that case, there is no need to set GeneratingPolynomial field.
If otherwise set to DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_DISABLE, GeneratingPolynomial and CRCLength fields must
be set.
• uint8_t CRC_InitTypeDef::DefaultInitValueUse
This parameter is a value of CRC_Default_InitValue_Use and indicates if default init value is used. If set to
DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE, resort to default 0xFFFFFFFF value. In that case, there is no need to set
InitValue field. If otherwise set to DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_DISABLE, InitValue field must be set.
• uint32_t CRC_InitTypeDef::GeneratingPolynomial
Set CRC generating polynomial as a 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit long value for a polynomial degree respectively equal
to 7, 8, 16 or 32. This field is written in normal representation, e.g., for a polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 +
X^5 + X^2 + 1 is written 0x65. No need to specify it if DefaultPolynomialUse is set to
DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE.
• uint32_t CRC_InitTypeDef::CRCLength
This parameter is a value of CRC_Polynomial_Sizes and indicates CRC length. Value can be either one of
– CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B (32-bit CRC),
– CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B (7-bit CRC).
• uint32_t CRC_InitTypeDef::InitValue
Init value to initiate CRC computation. No need to specify it if DefaultInitValueUse is set to
DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE.
• uint32_t CRC_InitTypeDef::InputDataInversionMode
This parameter is a value of CRCEx_Input_Data_Inversion and specifies input data inversion mode. Can
be either one of the following values
– CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE no input data inversion
– CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE byte-wise inversion, 0x1A2B3C4D becomes 0x58D43CB2
– CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD halfword-wise inversion, 0x1A2B3C4D becomes
0xD458B23C
– CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD word-wise inversion, 0x1A2B3C4D becomes 0xB23CD458
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 142/2236

UM1905
CRC Firmware driver API description
• uint32_t CRC_InitTypeDef::OutputDataInversionMode
This parameter is a value of CRCEx_Output_Data_Inversion and specifies output data (i.e. CRC) inversion
mode. Can be either
– CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLE no CRC inversion,
– CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLE CRC 0x11223344 is converted into 0x22CC4488
12.1.2 CRC_HandleTypeDef
CRC_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_crc.h
Data Fields
• CRC_TypeDef * Instance
• CRC_InitTypeDef Init
• __IO HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef State
• uint32_t InputDataFormat
Field Documentation
• CRC_TypeDef* CRC_HandleTypeDef::Instance
• CRC_InitTypeDef CRC_HandleTypeDef::Init
CRC configuration parameters
• HAL_LockTypeDef CRC_HandleTypeDef::Lock
CRC Locking object
• __IO HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef CRC_HandleTypeDef::State
CRC communication state
• uint32_t CRC_HandleTypeDef::InputDataFormat
This parameter is a value of CRC_Input_Buffer_Format and specifies input data format. Can be either
– CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES input data is a stream of bytes (8-bit data)
– CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS input data is a stream of half-words (16-bit data)
– CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS input data is a stream of words (32-bit data)
Note that constant CRC_INPUT_FORMAT_UNDEFINED is defined but an initialization error must occur if
InputBufferFormat is not one of the three values listed above
12.2 CRC Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the CRC library.

• Enable CRC AHB clock using __HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE();
• Initialize CRC calculator
– specify generating polynomial (peripheral default or non-default one)
– specify initialization value (peripheral default or non-default one)
– specify input data format
– specify input or output data inversion mode if any
• Use HAL_CRC_Accumulate() function to compute the CRC value of the input data buffer starting with the
previously computed CRC as initialization value
• Use HAL_CRC_Calculate() function to compute the CRC value of the input data buffer starting with the
defined initialization value (default or non-default) to initiate CRC calculation

• Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated
handle
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 143/2236

UM1905
• DeInitialize the CRC peripheral

• Initialize the CRC MSP (MCU Specific Package)
• DeInitialize the CRC MSP
• HAL_CRC_Init
• HAL_CRC_DeInit
• HAL_CRC_MspInit
• HAL_CRC_MspDeInit

• compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer using combination of the previous
CRC value and the new one.
or
• compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer independently of the previous CRC
value.
• HAL_CRC_Accumulate
• HAL_CRC_Calculate
12.2.4 Peripheral State functions

This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
• HAL_CRC_GetState
HAL_CRC_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init (CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc)
Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated
handle.
Parameters
• hcrc: CRC handle
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CRC_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit (CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc)
DeInitialize the CRC peripheral.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 144/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CRC_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_CRC_MspInit (CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc)
Initializes the CRC MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_CRC_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit (CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc)
DeInitialize the CRC MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_CRC_Accumulate
Function name
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate (CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer, uint32_t BufferLength)
Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer starting with the previously computed
CRC as initialization value.
Parameters
• pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
• BufferLength: input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if
pBuffer type is * uint16_t, number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
Return values
• uint32_t: CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
Notes
• By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter. Input buffer pointers with other
types simply need to be cast in uint32_t and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on
the handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 145/2236

UM1905
CRC Firmware driver defines
HAL_CRC_Calculate
Function name
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate (CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer, uint32_t BufferLength)
Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer starting with hcrc->Instance->INIT as
initialization value.
Parameters
• pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
• BufferLength: input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if
pBuffer type is * uint16_t, number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
Return values
• uint32_t: CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
Notes
• By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter. Input buffer pointers with other
types simply need to be cast in uint32_t and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on
the handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat.
HAL_CRC_GetState
Function name
HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState (CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc)
Return the CRC handle state.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: state
12.3 CRC Firmware driver defines

12.3.1 CRC
CRC
CRC API aliases
HAL_CRC_Input_Data_Reverse
Aliased to HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse for inter STM32 series compatibility
HAL_CRC_Output_Data_Reverse
Aliased to HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse for inter STM32 series compatibility
Default CRC computation initialization value
DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE
Initial CRC default value
Indicates whether or not default init value is used
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 146/2236

UM1905
DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE
Enable initial CRC default value
DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_DISABLE
Disable initial CRC default value
Indicates whether or not default polynomial is used
DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE
Enable default generating polynomial 0x04C11DB7
DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_DISABLE
Disable default generating polynomial 0x04C11DB7
Default CRC generating polynomial
DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY
X^32 + X^26 + X^23 + X^22 + X^16 + X^12 + X^11 + X^10 +X^8 + X^7 + X^5 + X^4 + X^2+ X +1
CRC Exported Macros
__HAL_CRC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset CRC handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: CRC handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_CRC_DR_RESET
Description:
• Reset CRC Data Register.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: CRC handle
Return value:
• None
__HAL_CRC_INITIALCRCVALUE_CONFIG
Description:
• Set CRC INIT non-default value.
Parameters:
• __INIT__: 32-bit initial value
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 147/2236

UM1905
__HAL_CRC_SET_IDR
Description:
• Store data in the Independent Data (ID) register.
Parameters:
• __VALUE__: Value to be stored in the ID register
Return value:
• None
Notes:
• Refer to the Reference Manual to get the authorized __VALUE__ length in bits
__HAL_CRC_GET_IDR
Description:
• Return the data stored in the Independent Data (ID) register.
Parameters:
Return value:
• Value: of the ID register
Notes:
• Refer to the Reference Manual to get the authorized __VALUE__ length in bits
Input Buffer Format
CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_UNDEFINED
Undefined input data format
CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES
Input data in byte format
CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS
Input data in half-word format
CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS
Input data in word format
Polynomial sizes to configure the peripheral
CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B
Resort to a 32-bit long generating polynomial
CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B
CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B
CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B
CRC polynomial possible sizes actual definitions
HAL_CRC_LENGTH_32B
32-bit long CRC
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 148/2236

UM1905
HAL_CRC_LENGTH_16B
16-bit long CRC
HAL_CRC_LENGTH_8B
8-bit long CRC
HAL_CRC_LENGTH_7B
7-bit long CRC
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 149/2236

UM1905
HAL CRC Extension Driver
13 HAL CRC Extension Driver
13.1 CRCEx Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the CRCEx library.

• Set user-defined generating polynomial thru HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set()
• Configure Input or Output data inversion
13.1.2 Extended configuration functions

• Configure the generating polynomial
• Configure the input data inversion
• Configure the output data inversion
• HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set
• HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse
• HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse
HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set (CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc, uint32_t Pol, uint32_t
PolyLength)
Initialize the CRC polynomial if different from default one.
Parameters
• Pol: CRC generating polynomial (7, 8, 16 or 32-bit long). This parameter is written in normal
representation, e.g.
– for a polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1 is written 0x65
– for a polynomial of degree 16, X^16 + X^12 + X^5 + 1 is written 0x1021
• PolyLength: CRC polynomial length. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B 7-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 7)
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse (CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc, uint32_t
InputReverseMode)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 150/2236

UM1905
CRCEx Firmware driver defines
Set the Reverse Input data mode.
Parameters
• InputReverseMode: Input Data inversion mode. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE no change in bit order (default value)
– CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE Byte-wise bit reversal
– CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD HalfWord-wise bit reversal
– CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD Word-wise bit reversal
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse (CRC_HandleTypeDef * hcrc, uint32_t
OutputReverseMode)
Set the Reverse Output data mode.
Parameters
• OutputReverseMode: Output Data inversion mode. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLE no CRC inversion (default value)
– CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLE bit-level inversion (e.g. for a 8-bit CRC: 0xB5 becomes
0xAD)
Return values
• HAL: status
13.2 CRCEx Firmware driver defines

13.2.1 CRCEx
CRCEx
CRC Extended Exported Macros
__HAL_CRC_OUTPUTREVERSAL_ENABLE
Description:
• Set CRC output reversal.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 151/2236

UM1905
CRCEx Firmware driver defines
__HAL_CRC_OUTPUTREVERSAL_DISABLE
Description:
• Unset CRC output reversal.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_CRC_POLYNOMIAL_CONFIG
Description:
• Set CRC non-default polynomial.
Parameters:
• __POLYNOMIAL__: 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit polynomial
Return value:
• None
Input Data Inversion Modes
CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE
No input data inversion
CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE
Byte-wise input data inversion
CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD
HalfWord-wise input data inversion
CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD
Word-wise input data inversion
Output Data Inversion Modes
CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLE
No output data inversion
CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLE
Bit-wise output data inversion
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 152/2236

UM1905
HAL CRYP Generic Driver
14 HAL CRYP Generic Driver
14.1 CRYP Firmware driver registers structures
14.1.1 CRYP_ConfigTypeDef
CRYP_ConfigTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_cryp.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t DataType
• uint32_t KeySize
• uint32_t * pKey
• uint32_t * pInitVect
• uint32_t Algorithm
• uint32_t * Header
• uint32_t HeaderSize
• uint32_t * B0
• uint32_t DataWidthUnit
• uint32_t KeyIVConfigSkip
Field Documentation
• uint32_t CRYP_ConfigTypeDef::DataType
32-bit data, 16-bit data, 8-bit data or 1-bit string. This parameter can be a value of CRYP_Data_Type
• uint32_t CRYP_ConfigTypeDef::KeySize
Used only in AES mode : 128, 192 or 256 bit key length in CRYP1. 128 or 256 bit key length in TinyAES
This parameter can be a value of CRYP_Key_Size
• uint32_t* CRYP_ConfigTypeDef::pKey
The key used for encryption/decryption
• uint32_t* CRYP_ConfigTypeDef::pInitVect
The initialization vector used also as initialization counter in CTR mode
• uint32_t CRYP_ConfigTypeDef::Algorithm
DES/ TDES Algorithm ECB/CBC AES Algorithm ECB/CBC/CTR/GCM or CCM This parameter can be a
value of CRYP_Algorithm_Mode
• uint32_t* CRYP_ConfigTypeDef::Header
used only in AES GCM and CCM Algorithm for authentication, GCM : also known as Additional
Authentication Data CCM : named B1 composed of the associated data length and Associated Data.
• uint32_t CRYP_ConfigTypeDef::HeaderSize
The size of header buffer in word
• uint32_t* CRYP_ConfigTypeDef::B0
B0 is first authentication block used only in AES CCM mode
• uint32_t CRYP_ConfigTypeDef::DataWidthUnit
Data With Unit, this parameter can be value of CRYP_Data_Width_Unit
• uint32_t CRYP_ConfigTypeDef::KeyIVConfigSkip
CRYP peripheral Key and IV configuration skip, to config Key and Initialization Vector only once and to skip
configuration for consecutive processings. This parameter can be a value of CRYP_Configuration_Skip
14.1.2 __CRYP_HandleTypeDef
__CRYP_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_cryp.h
Data Fields
• CRYP_TypeDef * Instance
• CRYP_ConfigTypeDef Init
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 153/2236

UM1905
CRYP Firmware driver registers structures
• FunctionalState AutoKeyDerivation
• uint32_t * pCrypInBuffPtr
• uint32_t * pCrypOutBuffPtr
• __IO uint16_t CrypHeaderCount
• __IO uint16_t CrypInCount
• __IO uint16_t CrypOutCount
• uint16_t Size
• uint32_t Phase
• DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmain
• DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmaout
• __IO HAL_CRYP_STATETypeDef State
• uint32_t KeyIVConfig
• uint32_t SizesSum
Field Documentation
• CRYP_TypeDef* __CRYP_HandleTypeDef::Instance
CRYP registers base address
• CRYP_ConfigTypeDef __CRYP_HandleTypeDef::Init
CRYP required parameters
• FunctionalState __CRYP_HandleTypeDef::AutoKeyDerivation
Used only in TinyAES to allows to bypass or not key write-up before decryption. This parameter can be a
value of ENABLE/DISABLE
• uint32_t* __CRYP_HandleTypeDef::pCrypInBuffPtr
Pointer to CRYP processing (encryption, decryption,...) buffer
• uint32_t* __CRYP_HandleTypeDef::pCrypOutBuffPtr
Pointer to CRYP processing (encryption, decryption,...) buffer
• __IO uint16_t __CRYP_HandleTypeDef::CrypHeaderCount
Counter of header data
• __IO uint16_t __CRYP_HandleTypeDef::CrypInCount
Counter of input data
• __IO uint16_t __CRYP_HandleTypeDef::CrypOutCount
Counter of output data
• uint16_t __CRYP_HandleTypeDef::Size
length of input data in word
• uint32_t __CRYP_HandleTypeDef::Phase
CRYP peripheral phase
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* __CRYP_HandleTypeDef::hdmain
CRYP In DMA handle parameters
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* __CRYP_HandleTypeDef::hdmaout
CRYP Out DMA handle parameters
• HAL_LockTypeDef __CRYP_HandleTypeDef::Lock
CRYP locking object
• __IO HAL_CRYP_STATETypeDef __CRYP_HandleTypeDef::State
CRYP peripheral state
• __IO uint32_t __CRYP_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
CRYP peripheral error code
• uint32_t __CRYP_HandleTypeDef::KeyIVConfig
CRYP peripheral Key and IV configuration flag, used when configuration can be skipped
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 154/2236

UM1905
CRYP Firmware driver API description
• uint32_t __CRYP_HandleTypeDef::SizesSum
Sum of successive payloads lengths (in bytes), stored for a single signature computation after several
messages processing
14.2 CRYP Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the CRYP library.

The CRYP HAL driver can be used in CRYP or TinyAES IP as follows:
1. Initialize the CRYP low level resources by implementing the HAL_CRYP_MspInit():
a. Enable the CRYP interface clock using __HAL_RCC_CRYP_CLK_ENABLE()or
__HAL_RCC_AES_CLK_ENABLE for TinyAES IP
b. In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_CRYP_Encrypt_IT())
◦ Configure the CRYP interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
◦ Enable the CRYP IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
◦ In CRYP IRQ handler, call HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler()
c. In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_CRYP_Encrypt_DMA())
◦ Enable the DMAx interface clock using __RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()
◦ Configure and enable two DMA streams one for managing data transfer from memory to
peripheral (input stream) and another stream for managing data transfer from peripheral to
◦ Associate the initialized DMA handle to the CRYP DMA handle using __HAL_LINKDMA()
Streams. The output stream should have higher priority than the input stream
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
2. Initialize the CRYP according to the specified parameters :
a. The data type: 1-bit, 8-bit, 16-bit or 32-bit.
b. The key size: 128, 192 or 256.
c. The AlgoMode DES/ TDES Algorithm ECB/CBC or AES Algorithm ECB/CBC/CTR/GCM or CCM.
d. The initialization vector (counter). It is not used in ECB mode.
e. The key buffer used for encryption/decryption.
f. The Header used only in AES GCM and CCM Algorithm for authentication.
g. The HeaderSize The size of header buffer in word.
h. The B0 block is the first authentication block used only in AES CCM mode.
3. Three processing (encryption/decryption) functions are available:
a. Polling mode: encryption and decryption APIs are blocking functions i.e. they process the data and wait
till the processing is finished, e.g. HAL_CRYP_Encrypt & HAL_CRYP_Decrypt
b. Interrupt mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions i.e. they process the data
under interrupt, e.g. HAL_CRYP_Encrypt_IT & HAL_CRYP_Decrypt_IT
c. DMA mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions i.e. the data transfer is ensured
by DMA, e.g. HAL_CRYP_Encrypt_DMA & HAL_CRYP_Decrypt_DMA
4. When the processing function is called at first time after HAL_CRYP_Init() the CRYP peripheral is configured
and processes the buffer in input. At second call, no need to Initialize the CRYP, user have to get current
configuration via HAL_CRYP_GetConfig() API, then only HAL_CRYP_SetConfig() is requested to set new
parametres, finally user can start encryption/decryption.
5. Call HAL_CRYP_DeInit() to deinitialize the CRYP peripheral.
6. To process a single message with consecutive calls to HAL_CRYP_Encrypt() or HAL_CRYP_Decrypt()
without having to configure again the Key or the Initialization Vector between each API call, the field
KeyIVConfigSkip of the initialization structure must be set to CRYP_KEYIVCONFIG_ONCE. Same is true for
consecutive calls of HAL_CRYP_Encrypt_IT(), HAL_CRYP_Decrypt_IT(), HAL_CRYP_Encrypt_DMA() or
HAL_CRYP_Decrypt_DMA().
The cryptographic processor supports following standards:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 155/2236

UM1905
1. The data encryption standard (DES) and Triple-DES (TDES) supported only by CRYP1 IP:
a. 64-bit data block processing
b. chaining modes supported :
◦ Electronic Code Book(ECB)
◦ Cipher Block Chaining (CBC)
c. keys length supported :64-bit, 128-bit and 192-bit.
2. The advanced encryption standard (AES) supported by CRYP1 & TinyAES IP:
a. 128-bit data block processing
b. chaining modes supported :
◦ Electronic Code Book(ECB)
◦ Cipher Block Chaining (CBC)
◦ Counter mode (CTR)
◦ Galois/counter mode (GCM/GMAC)
◦ Counter with Cipher Block Chaining-Message(CCM)
c. keys length Supported :
◦ for CRYP1 IP: 128-bit, 192-bit and 256-bit.
◦ for TinyAES IP: 128-bit and 256-bit
This section describes the AES Galois/counter mode (GCM) supported by both CRYP1 IP:
1. Algorithm supported :
a. Galois/counter mode (GCM)
b. Galois message authentication code (GMAC) :is exactly the same as GCM algorithm composed only
by an header.
2. Four phases are performed in GCM :
a. Init phase: IP prepares the GCM hash subkey (H) and do the IV processing
b. Header phase: IP processes the Additional Authenticated Data (AAD), with hash computation only.
c. Payload phase: IP processes the plaintext (P) with hash computation + keystream encryption + data
XORing. It works in a similar way for ciphertext (C).
d. Final phase: IP generates the authenticated tag (T) using the last block of data.
3. structure of message construction in GCM is defined as below :
a. 16 bytes Initial Counter Block (ICB)composed of IV and counter
b. The authenticated header A (also knows as Additional Authentication Data AAD) this part of the
message is only authenticated, not encrypted.
c. The plaintext message P is both authenticated and encrypted as ciphertext. GCM standard specifies
that ciphertext has same bit length as the plaintext.
d. The last block is composed of the length of A (on 64 bits) and the length of ciphertext (on 64 bits)
This section describe The AES Counter with Cipher Block Chaining-Message Authentication Code (CCM)
supported by both CRYP1 IP:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 156/2236

UM1905
1. Specific parameters for CCM :

a. B0 block : According to NIST Special Publication 800-38C, The first block B0 is formatted as follows,
where l(m) is encoded in most-significant-byte first order(see below table 3)
◦ Q: a bit string representation of the octet length of P (plaintext)
◦ q The octet length of the binary representation of the octet length of the payload
◦ A nonce (N), n The octet length of the where n+q=15.
◦ Flags: most significant octet containing four flags for control information,
◦ t The octet length of the MAC.
b. B1 block (header) : associated data length(a) concatenated with Associated Data (A) the associated
data length expressed in bytes (a) defined as below:
◦ If 0 < a < 216-28, then it is encoded as [a]16, i.e. two octets
◦ If 216-28 < a < 232, then it is encoded as 0xff || 0xfe || [a]32, i.e. six octets
◦ If 232 < a < 264, then it is encoded as 0xff || 0xff || [a]64, i.e. ten octets
c. CTRx block : control blocks
◦ Generation of CTR1 from first block B0 information : equal to B0 with first 5 bits zeroed and most
significant bits storing octet length of P also zeroed, then incremented by one ( see below Table 4)
◦ Generation of CTR0: same as CTR1 with bit[0] set to zero.
2. Four phases are performed in CCM for CRYP1 IP:
a. Init phase: IP prepares the GCM hash subkey (H) and do the IV processing
b. Header phase: IP processes the Additional Authenticated Data (AAD), with hash computation only.
c. Payload phase: IP processes the plaintext (P) with hash computation + keystream encryption + data
XORing. It works in a similar way for ciphertext (C).
d. Final phase: IP generates the authenticated tag (T) using the last block of data.
14.2.2 Initialization, de-initialization and Set and Get configuration functions

• Initialize the CRYP
• DeInitialize the CRYP
• Initialize the CRYP MSP
• DeInitialize the CRYP MSP
• configure CRYP (HAL_CRYP_SetConfig) with the specified parameters in the CRYP_ConfigTypeDef
Parameters which are configured in This section are :
• Key size
• Data Type : 32,16, 8 or 1bit
• AlgoMode : - for CRYP1 IP : ECB and CBC in DES/TDES Standard ECB,CBC,CTR,GCM/GMAC and CCM
in AES Standard. - for TinyAES2 IP, only ECB,CBC,CTR,GCM/GMAC and CCM in AES Standard are
supported.
• Get CRYP configuration (HAL_CRYP_GetConfig) from the specified parameters in the
CRYP_HandleTypeDef
• HAL_CRYP_Init
• HAL_CRYP_DeInit
• HAL_CRYP_SetConfig
• HAL_CRYP_GetConfig
• HAL_CRYP_MspInit
• HAL_CRYP_MspDeInit
14.2.3 Encrypt Decrypt functions

This section provides API allowing to Encrypt/Decrypt Data following Standard DES/TDES or AES, and Algorithm
configured by the user:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 157/2236

UM1905
• Standard DES/TDES only supported by CRYP1 IP, below list of Algorithm supported : - Electronic Code
Book(ECB) - Cipher Block Chaining (CBC)
• Standard AES supported by CRYP1 IP & TinyAES, list of Algorithm supported: - Electronic Code Book(ECB)
- Cipher Block Chaining (CBC) - Counter mode (CTR) - Cipher Block Chaining (CBC) - Counter mode (CTR)
- Galois/counter mode (GCM) - Counter with Cipher Block Chaining-Message(CCM)
Three processing functions are available:
• Polling mode : HAL_CRYP_Encrypt & HAL_CRYP_Decrypt
• Interrupt mode : HAL_CRYP_Encrypt_IT & HAL_CRYP_Decrypt_IT
• DMA mode : HAL_CRYP_Encrypt_DMA & HAL_CRYP_Decrypt_DMA
• HAL_CRYP_Encrypt
• HAL_CRYP_Decrypt
• HAL_CRYP_Encrypt_IT
• HAL_CRYP_Decrypt_IT
• HAL_CRYP_Encrypt_DMA
• HAL_CRYP_Decrypt_DMA
14.2.4 CRYP IRQ handler management

This section provides CRYP IRQ handler and callback functions.
• HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler CRYP interrupt request
• HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback input data transfer complete callback
• HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback output data transfer complete callback
• HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback CRYP error callback
• HAL_CRYP_GetState return the CRYP state
• HAL_CRYP_GetError return the CRYP error code
• HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler
• HAL_CRYP_GetError
• HAL_CRYP_GetState
• HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback
• HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback
• HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback
HAL_CRYP_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_Init (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp)
Initializes the CRYP according to the specified parameters in the CRYP_ConfigTypeDef and creates the
associated handle.
Parameters
• hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for CRYP
module
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 158/2236

UM1905
HAL_CRYP_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DeInit (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp)
De-Initializes the CRYP peripheral.
Parameters
module
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CRYP_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_CRYP_MspInit (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp)
Initializes the CRYP MSP.
Parameters
module
Return values
• None:
HAL_CRYP_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_CRYP_MspDeInit (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp)
DeInitializes CRYP MSP.
Parameters
module
Return values
• None:
HAL_CRYP_SetConfig
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_SetConfig (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, CRYP_ConfigTypeDef *
pConf)
Configure the CRYP according to the specified parameters in the CRYP_ConfigTypeDef.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 159/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure
• pConf: pointer to a CRYP_ConfigTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for CRYP
module
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CRYP_GetConfig
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_GetConfig (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, CRYP_ConfigTypeDef *
pConf)
Get CRYP Configuration parameters in associated handle.
Parameters
• pConf: pointer to a CRYP_ConfigTypeDef structure
module
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CRYP_Encrypt
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_Encrypt (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint32_t * Input, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t * Output, uint32_t Timeout)
Encryption mode.
Parameters
module
• Input: Pointer to the input buffer (plaintext)
• Size: Length of the plaintext buffer in word.
• Output: Pointer to the output buffer(ciphertext)
• Timeout: Specify Timeout value
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CRYP_Decrypt
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_Decrypt (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint32_t * Input, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t * Output, uint32_t Timeout)
Decryption mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 160/2236

UM1905
Parameters
module
• Input: Pointer to the input buffer (ciphertext )
• Output: Pointer to the output buffer(plaintext)
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CRYP_Encrypt_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_Encrypt_IT (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint32_t * Input, uint16_t
Size, uint32_t * Output)
Encryption in interrupt mode.
Parameters
module
• Size: Length of the plaintext buffer in word
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CRYP_Decrypt_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_Decrypt_IT (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint32_t * Input, uint16_t
Decryption in itnterrupt mode.
Parameters
module
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CRYP_Encrypt_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_Encrypt_DMA (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint32_t * Input, uint16_t
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 161/2236

UM1905
Encryption in DMA mode.
Parameters
module
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CRYP_Decrypt_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_Decrypt_DMA (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint32_t * Input, uint16_t
Decryption in DMA mode.
Parameters
module
• Size: Length of the plaintext buffer in word
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp)
This function handles cryptographic interrupt request.
Parameters
module
Return values
• None:
HAL_CRYP_GetState
Function name
HAL_CRYP_STATETypeDef HAL_CRYP_GetState (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp)
Returns the CRYP state.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 162/2236

UM1905
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: state
HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp)
Input FIFO transfer completed callback.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• None:
HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp)
Output FIFO transfer completed callback.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• None:
HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp)
CRYP error callback.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• None:
HAL_CRYP_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_CRYP_GetError (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 163/2236

UM1905
CRYP Firmware driver defines
Return the CRYP error code.
Parameters
• hcryp: : pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the
CRYP IP
Return values
• CRYP: error code
14.3 CRYP Firmware driver defines

14.3.1 CRYP
CRYP
CRYP Algorithm Mode
CRYP_DES_ECB
CRYP_DES_CBC
CRYP_TDES_ECB
CRYP_TDES_CBC
CRYP_AES_ECB
CRYP_AES_CBC
CRYP_AES_CTR
CRYP_AES_GCM
CRYP_AES_CCM
CRYP Key and IV Configuration Skip Mode
CRYP_KEYIVCONFIG_ALWAYS
Peripheral Key and IV configuration to do systematically
CRYP_KEYIVCONFIG_ONCE
Peripheral Key and IV configuration to do only once
CRYP Data Type
CRYP_DATATYPE_32B
CRYP_DATATYPE_16B
CRYP_DATATYPE_8B
CRYP_DATATYPE_1B
CRYP Data Width Unit
CRYP_DATAWIDTHUNIT_WORD
By default, size unit is word
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 164/2236

UM1905
CRYP_DATAWIDTHUNIT_BYTE
By default, size unit is word
CRYP Error Definition
HAL_CRYP_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_CRYP_ERROR_WRITE
Write error
HAL_CRYP_ERROR_READ
Read error
HAL_CRYP_ERROR_DMA
DMA error
HAL_CRYP_ERROR_BUSY
Busy flag error
HAL_CRYP_ERROR_TIMEOUT
Timeout error
HAL_CRYP_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
Not supported mode
HAL_CRYP_ERROR_AUTH_TAG_SEQUENCE
Sequence are not respected only for GCM or CCM
CRYP Exported Macros
__HAL_CRYP_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset CRYP handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the CRYP handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_CRYP_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable/Disable the CRYP peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 165/2236

UM1905
CRYP_FLAG_MASK
Description:
• Check whether the specified CRYP status flag is set or not.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the flag to check. This parameter can be one of the following values for TinyAES:
– CRYP_FLAG_BUSY GCM process suspension forbidden
– CRYP_IT_WRERR Write Error
– CRYP_IT_RDERR Read Error
– CRYP_IT_CCF Computation Complete This parameter can be one of the following values for CRYP:
– CRYP_FLAG_BUSY: The CRYP core is currently processing a block of data or a key preparation (for
AES decryption).
– CRYP_FLAG_IFEM: Input FIFO is empty
– CRYP_FLAG_IFNF: Input FIFO is not full
– CRYP_FLAG_INRIS: Input FIFO service raw interrupt is pending
– CRYP_FLAG_OFNE: Output FIFO is not empty
– CRYP_FLAG_OFFU: Output FIFO is full
– CRYP_FLAG_OUTRIS: Input FIFO service raw interrupt is pending
Return value:
• The: state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or FALSE).
__HAL_CRYP_GET_FLAG
__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT
Description:
• Clear the CRYP pending status flag.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– CRYP_ERR_CLEAR Read (RDERR) or Write Error (WRERR) Flag Clear
– CRYP_CCF_CLEAR Computation Complete Flag (CCF) Clear
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt to check. This parameter can be one of the following values for
TinyAES:
– CRYP_IT_WRERR Write Error
– CRYP_IT_RDERR Read Error
– CRYP_IT_CCF Computation Complete This parameter can be one of the following values for CRYP:
– CRYP_IT_INI: Input FIFO service masked interrupt status
– CRYP_IT_OUTI: Output FIFO service masked interrupt status
Return value:
• NoneCheck: whether the specified CRYP interrupt is set or not.
• The: state of __INTERRUPT__ (TRUE or FALSE).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 166/2236

UM1905
__HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the CRYP interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: CRYP Interrupt. This parameter can be one of the following values for TinyAES:
– CRYP_IT_ERRIE Error interrupt (used for RDERR and WRERR)
– CRYP_IT_CCFIE Computation Complete interrupt This parameter can be one of the following values
for CRYP: @ CRYP_IT_INI : Input FIFO service interrupt mask. @ CRYP_IT_OUTI : Output FIFO
service interrupt mask.CRYP interrupt.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the CRYP interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: CRYP Interrupt. This parameter can be one of the following values for TinyAES:
– CRYP_IT_ERRIE Error interrupt (used for RDERR and WRERR)
– CRYP_IT_CCFIE Computation Complete interrupt This parameter can be one of the following values
for CRYP: @ CRYP_IT_INI : Input FIFO service interrupt mask. @ CRYP_IT_OUTI : Output FIFO
service interrupt mask.CRYP interrupt.
Return value:
• None
CRYP Flags
CRYP_FLAG_IFEM
Input FIFO is empty
CRYP_FLAG_IFNF
Input FIFO is not Full
CRYP_FLAG_OFNE
Output FIFO is not empty
CRYP_FLAG_OFFU
Output FIFO is Full
CRYP_FLAG_BUSY
The CRYP core is currently processing a block of data or a key preparation (for AES decryption).
CRYP_FLAG_OUTRIS
Output FIFO service raw interrupt status
CRYP_FLAG_INRIS
Input FIFO service raw interrupt status
CRYP Interrupt
CRYP_IT_INI
Input FIFO Interrupt
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 167/2236

UM1905
CRYP_IT_OUTI
Output FIFO Interrupt
CRYP Private macros to check input parameters
IS_CRYP_ALGORITHM
IS_CRYP_KEYSIZE
IS_CRYP_DATATYPE
IS_CRYP_INIT
CRYP Key Size
CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B
CRYP_KEYSIZE_192B
CRYP_KEYSIZE_256B
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 168/2236

UM1905
HAL CRYP Extension Driver
15 HAL CRYP Extension Driver
15.1 CRYPEx Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the CRYPEx library.

The CRYP extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
1. After AES-GCM or AES-CCM Encryption/Decryption user can start following API to get the authentication
messages :
a. HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_GenerateAuthTAG
b. HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_GenerateAuthTAG
15.1.2 Extended AES processing functions

This section provides functions allowing to generate the authentication TAG in Polling mode
1. HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_GenerateAuthTAG
2. HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_GenerateAuthTAG they should be used after Encrypt/Decrypt operation.
• HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_GenerateAuthTAG
• HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_GenerateAuthTAG
HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_GenerateAuthTAG
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_GenerateAuthTAG (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint32_t
* AuthTag, uint32_t Timeout)
generate the GCM authentication TAG.
Parameters
module
• AuthTag: Pointer to the authentication buffer
• Timeout: Timeout duration
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_GenerateAuthTAG
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_GenerateAuthTAG (CRYP_HandleTypeDef * hcryp, uint32_t
* AuthTag, uint32_t Timeout)
AES CCM Authentication TAG generation.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 169/2236

UM1905
CRYPEx Firmware driver API description
Parameters
module
• AuthTag: Pointer to the authentication buffer
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 170/2236

UM1905
HAL DAC Generic Driver
16 HAL DAC Generic Driver
16.1 DAC Firmware driver registers structures
16.1.1 DAC_HandleTypeDef
DAC_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dac.h
Data Fields
• DAC_TypeDef * Instance
• __IO HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef State
• DMA_HandleTypeDef * DMA_Handle1
• DMA_HandleTypeDef * DMA_Handle2
Field Documentation
• DAC_TypeDef* DAC_HandleTypeDef::Instance
• __IO HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef DAC_HandleTypeDef::State
DAC communication state
• HAL_LockTypeDef DAC_HandleTypeDef::Lock
DAC locking object
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* DAC_HandleTypeDef::DMA_Handle1
Pointer DMA handler for channel 1
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* DAC_HandleTypeDef::DMA_Handle2
Pointer DMA handler for channel 2
• __IO uint32_t DAC_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
DAC Error code
16.1.2 DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef
DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dac.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t DAC_Trigger
• uint32_t DAC_OutputBuffer
Field Documentation
• uint32_t DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef::DAC_Trigger
Specifies the external trigger for the selected DAC channel. This parameter can be a value of
DAC_trigger_selection
• uint32_t DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef::DAC_OutputBuffer
Specifies whether the DAC channel output buffer is enabled or disabled. This parameter can be a value of
DAC_output_buffer
16.2 DAC Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the DAC library.
16.2.1 DAC Peripheral features
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 171/2236

UM1905
DAC Firmware driver API description
DAC Channels
The device integrates two 12-bit Digital Analog Converters that can be used independently or simultaneously
(dual mode):
1. DAC channel1 with DAC_OUT1 (PA4) as output
2. DAC channel2 with DAC_OUT2 (PA5) as output
DAC Triggers
Digital to Analog conversion can be non-triggered using DAC_TRIGGER_NONE and DAC_OUT1/DAC_OUT2 is
available once writing to DHRx register.
Digital to Analog conversion can be triggered by:
1. External event: EXTI Line 9 (any GPIOx_Pin9) using DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9. The used pin
(GPIOx_Pin9) must be configured in input mode.
2. Timers TRGO: TIM2, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6, TIM7 and TIM8 (DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO,
DAC_TRIGGER_T4_TRGO...)
3. Software using DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE
DAC Buffer mode feature

Each DAC channel integrates an output buffer that can be used to reduce the output impedance, and to drive
external loads directly without having to add an external operational amplifier. To enable, the output buffer use
sConfig.DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_ENABLE;
Note: Refer to the device datasheet for more details about output impedance value with and without output buffer.
DAC wave generation feature

Both DAC channels can be used to generate
1. Noise wave using HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate()
2. Triangle wave using HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate()
DAC data format

The DAC data format can be:
1. 8-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_8B_R
2. 12-bit left alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_L
3. 12-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_R
DAC data value to voltage correspondence

The analog output voltage on each DAC channel pin is determined by the following equation: DAC_OUTx = VREF
+ * DOR / 4095 with DOR is the Data Output Register VEF+ is the input voltage reference (refer to the device
datasheet) e.g. To set DAC_OUT1 to 0.7V, use Assuming that VREF+ = 3.3V, DAC_OUT1 = (3.3 * 868) / 4095 =
0.7V
DMA requests
A DMA1 request can be generated when an external trigger (but not a software trigger) occurs if DMA1 requests
are enabled using HAL_DAC_Start_DMA()
DMA1 requests are mapped as following:
1. DAC channel1 : mapped on DMA1 Stream5 channel7 which must be already configured
2. DAC channel2 : mapped on DMA1 Stream6 channel7 which must be already configured
Note: For Dual mode and specific signal (Triangle and noise) generation please refer to Extension Features Driver
description

• DAC APB clock must be enabled to get write access to DAC registers using HAL_DAC_Init()
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 172/2236

UM1905
• Configure DAC_OUTx (DAC_OUT1: PA4, DAC_OUT2: PA5) in analog mode.

• Configure the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel() function.
• Enable the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_Start() or HAL_DAC_Start_DMA functions

• Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start()
• To read the DAC last data output value, use the HAL_DAC_GetValue() function.
• Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop()

• Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length of data to
be transferred at each end of conversion
• At The end of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1()or HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2()
function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 or HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2
• In case of transfer Error, HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1() function is executed and user can add his own code
by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1
• Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA()
The compilation define USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows the user to configure
dynamically the driver callbacks. Use Functions @ref HAL_DAC_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback, it
allows to register following callbacks:
• ConvCpltCallbackCh1 : callback when a half transfer is completed on Ch1.
• ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 : callback when a transfer is completed on Ch1.
• ErrorCallbackCh1 : callback when an error occurs on Ch1.
• DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 : callback when an underrun error occurs on Ch1.
• MspInitCallback : DAC MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : DAC MspdeInit. This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the
Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function. Use function @ref HAL_DAC_UnRegisterCallback()
to reset a callback to the default weak (surcharged) function. It allows to reset following callbacks:
• MspInitCallback : DAC MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : DAC MspdeInit.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 173/2236

UM1905
• All Callbacks This function) takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle and the Callback ID. By default,
after the @ref HAL_DAC_Init and if the state is HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET all callbacks are reset to the
corresponding legacy weak (surcharged) functions. Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit callbacks that
are respectively reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the @ref HAL_DAC_Init and @ref
HAL_DAC_DeInit only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand). If not, MspInit or
MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_DAC_Init and @ref HAL_DAC_DeInit keep and use the user MspInit/
MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in READY state only.
Exception done for MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks that can be registered/unregistered in READY or RESET
state, thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit. In that case first
register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks using @ref HAL_DAC_RegisterCallback before calling @ref
HAL_DAC_DeInit or @ref HAL_DAC_Init function. When The compilation define
USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the callback registering feature is not
available and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
DAC HAL driver macros list

Below the list of most used macros in DAC HAL driver.
• __HAL_DAC_ENABLE : Enable the DAC peripheral
• __HAL_DAC_DISABLE : Disable the DAC peripheral
• __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DAC's pending flags
• __HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected DAC's flag status
Note: You can refer to the DAC HAL driver header file for more useful macros

• Initialize and configure the DAC.
• De-initialize the DAC.
• HAL_DAC_Init
• HAL_DAC_DeInit
• HAL_DAC_MspInit
• HAL_DAC_MspDeInit

• Start conversion.
• Stop conversion.
• Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
• Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
• Get result of conversion.
• HAL_DAC_Start
• HAL_DAC_Stop
• HAL_DAC_Start_DMA
• HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA
• HAL_DAC_GetValue
• HAL_DAC_IRQHandler
• HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1
• HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1
• HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1
• HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 174/2236

UM1905

• Configure channels.
• Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
• HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel
• HAL_DAC_SetValue
16.2.6 Peripheral State and Errors functions

• Check the DAC state.
• Check the DAC Errors.
• HAL_DAC_GetState
• HAL_DAC_GetError
• HAL_DAC_IRQHandler
• HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1
• HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1
• HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1
• HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1
HAL_DAC_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Init (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified parameters in the DAC_InitStruct.
Parameters
• hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified DAC.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DAC_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_DeInit (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values.
Parameters
specified DAC.
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 175/2236

UM1905
HAL_DAC_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_DAC_MspInit (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Initializes the DAC MSP.
Parameters
specified DAC.
Return values
• None:
HAL_DAC_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_DAC_MspDeInit (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
DeInitializes the DAC MSP.
Parameters
specified DAC.
Return values
• None:
HAL_DAC_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel)
Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
Parameters
specified DAC.
• Channel: The selected DAC channel. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DAC_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel)
Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 176/2236

UM1905
Parameters
specified DAC.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DAC_Start_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *
pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment)
Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
Parameters
specified DAC.
• pData: The Source memory Buffer address.
• Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral
• Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
– DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel)
Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
Parameters
specified DAC.
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 177/2236

UM1905
HAL_DAC_GetValue
Function name
uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel)
Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
Parameters
specified DAC.
Return values
• The: selected DAC channel data output value.
HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef
* sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
Configures the selected DAC channel.
Parameters
specified DAC.
• sConfig: DAC configuration structure.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DAC_SetValue
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_SetValue (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t
Alignment, uint32_t Data)
Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 178/2236

UM1905
Parameters
specified DAC.
• Alignment: Specifies the data alignment. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
• Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DAC_GetState
Function name
HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef HAL_DAC_GetState (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
return the DAC state
Parameters
specified DAC.
Return values
• HAL: state
HAL_DAC_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Handles DAC interrupt request.
Parameters
specified DAC.
Return values
• None:
HAL_DAC_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetError (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Return the DAC error code.
Parameters
specified DAC.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 179/2236

UM1905
Return values
• DAC: Error Code
HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1
Function name
void HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel1.
Parameters
specified DAC.
Return values
• None:
HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1
Function name
void HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for Channel1.
Parameters
specified DAC.
Return values
• None:
HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1
Function name
void HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Error DAC callback for Channel1.
Parameters
specified DAC.
Return values
• None:
HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1
Function name
void HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
DMA underrun DAC callback for channel1.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 180/2236

UM1905
DAC Firmware driver defines
Parameters
specified DAC.
Return values
• None:
16.3 DAC Firmware driver defines

16.3.1 DAC
DAC
DAC Channel Selection
DAC_CHANNEL_1
DAC_CHANNEL_2
DAC Data Alignment
DAC_ALIGN_12B_R
DAC_ALIGN_12B_L
DAC_ALIGN_8B_R
DAC Error Code
HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH1
DAC channel1 DAM underrun error
HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH2
DAC channel2 DAM underrun error
HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA
DMA error
DAC Exported Macros
__HAL_DAC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset DAC handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the DAC handle.
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 181/2236

UM1905
__HAL_DAC_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the DAC channel.
Parameters:
• __DAC_CHANNEL__: specifies the DAC channel
Return value:
• None
__HAL_DAC_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the DAC channel.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the DAC handle
• __DAC_CHANNEL__: specifies the DAC channel.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the DAC interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the DAC interrupt.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_DAC_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the DAC interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the DAC interrupt.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_DAC_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Checks if the specified DAC interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: DAC handle
• __INTERRUPT__: DAC interrupt source to check This parameter can be any combination of the following
values:
– DAC_IT_DMAUDR1: DAC channel 1 DMA underrun interrupt
– DAC_IT_DMAUDR2: DAC channel 2 DMA underrun interrupt
Return value:
• State: of interruption (SET or RESET)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 182/2236

UM1905
__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Get the selected DAC's flag status.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
– DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1: DMA underrun 1 flag
Return value:
• None
__HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the DAC's flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
DAC Flags Definition
DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1
DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2
DAC IT Definition
DAC_IT_DMAUDR1
DAC_IT_DMAUDR2
DAC Output Buffer
DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_ENABLE
DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_DISABLE
DAC Trigger Selection
DAC_TRIGGER_NONE
Conversion is automatic once the DAC1_DHRxxxx register has been loaded, and not by external trigger
DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO
TIM2 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel
DAC_TRIGGER_T4_TRGO
DAC_TRIGGER_T5_TRGO
DAC_TRIGGER_T6_TRGO
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 183/2236

UM1905
DAC_TRIGGER_T7_TRGO
DAC_TRIGGER_T8_TRGO
DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9
EXTI Line9 event selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel
DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE
Conversion started by software trigger for DAC channel
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 184/2236

UM1905
HAL DAC Extension Driver
17 HAL DAC Extension Driver
17.1 DACEx Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the DACEx library.

• When Dual mode is enabled (i.e DAC Channel1 and Channel2 are used simultaneously) : Use
HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue() to get digital data to be converted and use HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue() to
set digital value to converted simultaneously in Channel 1 and Channel 2.
• Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal.
• Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal.

• Start conversion.
• Stop conversion.
• Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
• Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
• Get result of conversion.
• Get result of dual mode conversion.
• HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue
• HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate
• HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate
• HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue
• HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2
• HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2
• HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2
• HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2
HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue
Function name
uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
Parameters
specified DAC.
Return values
• The: selected DAC channel data output value.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 185/2236

UM1905
DACEx Firmware driver API description
HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel,
uint32_t Amplitude)
Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
Parameters
specified DAC.
• Amplitude: Select max triangle amplitude. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle amplitude of 1
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Channel,
uint32_t Amplitude)
Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 186/2236

UM1905
Parameters
specified DAC.
• Amplitude: Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave generation. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
– DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation
– DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac, uint32_t Alignment,
uint32_t Data1, uint32_t Data2)
Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel.
Parameters
specified DAC.
• Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC. This parameter can be one of the following
values: DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data
alignment selected DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
• Data1: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
• Data2: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both DAC channels at the same time.
HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2
Function name
void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2 (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 187/2236

UM1905
Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel2.
Parameters
specified DAC.
Return values
• None:
HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2
Function name
void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for Channel2.
Parameters
specified DAC.
Return values
• None:
HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2
Function name
void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2 (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
Error DAC callback for Channel2.
Parameters
specified DAC.
Return values
• None:
HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2
Function name
void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 (DAC_HandleTypeDef * hdac)
DMA underrun DAC callback for channel2.
Parameters
specified DAC.
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 188/2236

UM1905
DACEx Firmware driver defines
DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2
Function name
void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2 (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
DMA conversion complete callback.
Parameters
• hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified DMA module.
Return values
• None:
DAC_DMAErrorCh2
Function name
void DAC_DMAErrorCh2 (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
DMA error callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2
Function name
void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2 (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
DMA half transfer complete callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
17.2 DACEx Firmware driver defines

17.2.1 DACEx
DACEx
DAC LFS Run Mask Triangle Amplitude
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 189/2236

UM1905
DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0
Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation
DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1
Select max triangle amplitude of 1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 190/2236

UM1905
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 191/2236

UM1905
HAL DCMI Generic Driver
18 HAL DCMI Generic Driver
18.1 DCMI Firmware driver registers structures
18.1.1 DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef
DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dcmi.h
Data Fields
• uint8_t FrameStartCode
• uint8_t LineStartCode
• uint8_t LineEndCode
• uint8_t FrameEndCode
Field Documentation
• uint8_t DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef::FrameStartCode
Specifies the code of the frame start delimiter.
• uint8_t DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef::LineStartCode
Specifies the code of the line start delimiter.
• uint8_t DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef::LineEndCode
Specifies the code of the line end delimiter.
• uint8_t DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef::FrameEndCode
Specifies the code of the frame end delimiter.
18.1.2 DCMI_SyncUnmaskTypeDef
DCMI_SyncUnmaskTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dcmi.h
Data Fields
• uint8_t FrameStartUnmask
• uint8_t LineStartUnmask
• uint8_t LineEndUnmask
• uint8_t FrameEndUnmask
Field Documentation
• uint8_t DCMI_SyncUnmaskTypeDef::FrameStartUnmask
Specifies the frame start delimiter unmask.
• uint8_t DCMI_SyncUnmaskTypeDef::LineStartUnmask
Specifies the line start delimiter unmask.
• uint8_t DCMI_SyncUnmaskTypeDef::LineEndUnmask
Specifies the line end delimiter unmask.
• uint8_t DCMI_SyncUnmaskTypeDef::FrameEndUnmask
Specifies the frame end delimiter unmask.
18.1.3 DCMI_InitTypeDef
DCMI_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dcmi.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t SynchroMode
• uint32_t PCKPolarity
• uint32_t VSPolarity
• uint32_t HSPolarity
• uint32_t CaptureRate
• uint32_t ExtendedDataMode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 192/2236

UM1905
DCMI Firmware driver registers structures
• DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef SyncroCode
• uint32_t JPEGMode
• uint32_t ByteSelectMode
• uint32_t ByteSelectStart
• uint32_t LineSelectMode
• uint32_t LineSelectStart
Field Documentation
• uint32_t DCMI_InitTypeDef::SynchroMode
Specifies the Synchronization Mode: Hardware or Embedded. This parameter can be a value of
DCMI_Synchronization_Mode
• uint32_t DCMI_InitTypeDef::PCKPolarity
Specifies the Pixel clock polarity: Falling or Rising. This parameter can be a value of DCMI_PIXCK_Polarity
• uint32_t DCMI_InitTypeDef::VSPolarity
Specifies the Vertical synchronization polarity: High or Low. This parameter can be a value of
DCMI_VSYNC_Polarity
• uint32_t DCMI_InitTypeDef::HSPolarity
Specifies the Horizontal synchronization polarity: High or Low. This parameter can be a value of
DCMI_HSYNC_Polarity
• uint32_t DCMI_InitTypeDef::CaptureRate
Specifies the frequency of frame capture: All, 1/2 or 1/4. This parameter can be a value of
DCMI_Capture_Rate
• uint32_t DCMI_InitTypeDef::ExtendedDataMode
Specifies the data width: 8-bit, 10-bit, 12-bit or 14-bit. This parameter can be a value of
DCMI_Extended_Data_Mode
• DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef DCMI_InitTypeDef::SyncroCode
Specifies the code of the line/frame start delimiter and the line/frame end delimiter
• uint32_t DCMI_InitTypeDef::JPEGMode
Enable or Disable the JPEG mode. This parameter can be a value of DCMI_MODE_JPEG
• uint32_t DCMI_InitTypeDef::ByteSelectMode
Specifies the data to be captured by the interface This parameter can be a value of
DCMI_Byte_Select_Mode
• uint32_t DCMI_InitTypeDef::ByteSelectStart
Specifies if the data to be captured by the interface is even or odd This parameter can be a value of
DCMI_Byte_Select_Start
• uint32_t DCMI_InitTypeDef::LineSelectMode
Specifies the line of data to be captured by the interface This parameter can be a value of
DCMI_Line_Select_Mode
• uint32_t DCMI_InitTypeDef::LineSelectStart
Specifies if the line of data to be captured by the interface is even or odd This parameter can be a value of
DCMI_Line_Select_Start
18.1.4 __DCMI_HandleTypeDef
__DCMI_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dcmi.h
Data Fields
• DCMI_TypeDef * Instance
• DCMI_InitTypeDef Init
• __IO HAL_DCMI_StateTypeDef State
• __IO uint32_t XferCount
• __IO uint32_t XferSize
• uint32_t XferTransferNumber
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 193/2236

UM1905
DCMI Firmware driver API description
• uint32_t pBuffPtr
• DMA_HandleTypeDef * DMA_Handle
Field Documentation
• DCMI_TypeDef* __DCMI_HandleTypeDef::Instance
DCMI Register base address
• DCMI_InitTypeDef __DCMI_HandleTypeDef::Init
DCMI parameters
• HAL_LockTypeDef __DCMI_HandleTypeDef::Lock
DCMI locking object
• __IO HAL_DCMI_StateTypeDef __DCMI_HandleTypeDef::State
DCMI state
• __IO uint32_t __DCMI_HandleTypeDef::XferCount
DMA transfer counter
• __IO uint32_t __DCMI_HandleTypeDef::XferSize
DMA transfer size
• uint32_t __DCMI_HandleTypeDef::XferTransferNumber
DMA transfer number
• uint32_t __DCMI_HandleTypeDef::pBuffPtr
Pointer to DMA output buffer
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* __DCMI_HandleTypeDef::DMA_Handle
Pointer to the DMA handler
• __IO uint32_t __DCMI_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
DCMI Error code
18.2 DCMI Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the DCMI library.

The sequence below describes how to use this driver to capture image from a camera module connected to the
DCMI Interface. This sequence does not take into account the configuration of the camera module, which should
be made before to configure and enable the DCMI to capture images.
1. Program the required configuration through following parameters: horizontal and vertical polarity, pixel clock
polarity, Capture Rate, Synchronization Mode, code of the frame delimiter and data width using
HAL_DCMI_Init() function.
2. Configure the DMA2_Stream1 channel1 to transfer Data from DCMI DR register to the destination memory
buffer.
3. Program the required configuration through following parameters: DCMI mode, destination memory Buffer
address and the data length and enable capture using HAL_DCMI_Start_DMA() function.
4. Optionally, configure and Enable the CROP feature to select a rectangular window from the received image
using HAL_DCMI_ConfigCrop() and HAL_DCMI_EnableCROP() functions
5. The capture can be stopped using HAL_DCMI_Stop() function.
6. To control DCMI state you can use the function HAL_DCMI_GetState().
DCMI HAL driver macros list

Below the list of most used macros in DCMI HAL driver.
• __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE: Enable the DCMI peripheral.
• __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE: Disable the DCMI peripheral.
• __HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG: Get the DCMI pending flags.
• __HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DCMI pending flags.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 194/2236

UM1905
• __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DCMI interrupts.

• __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DCMI interrupts.
• __HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DCMI interrupt has occurred or not.
Note: You can refer to the DCMI HAL driver header file for more useful macros

• Initialize and configure the DCMI
• De-initialize the DCMI
• HAL_DCMI_Init
• HAL_DCMI_DeInit
• HAL_DCMI_MspInit
• HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit

• Configure destination address and data length and Enables DCMI DMA request and enables DCMI capture
• Stop the DCMI capture.
• Handles DCMI interrupt request.
• HAL_DCMI_Start_DMA
• HAL_DCMI_Stop
• HAL_DCMI_Suspend
• HAL_DCMI_Resume
• HAL_DCMI_IRQHandler
• HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback
• HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback
• HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback
• HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback

• Configure the CROP feature.
• Enable/Disable the CROP feature.
• Set embedded synchronization delimiters unmasks.
• HAL_DCMI_ConfigCrop
• HAL_DCMI_DisableCrop
• HAL_DCMI_EnableCrop
• HAL_DCMI_ConfigSyncUnmask

• Check the DCMI state.
• Get the specific DCMI error flag.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 195/2236

UM1905
• HAL_DCMI_GetState
• HAL_DCMI_GetError
HAL_DCMI_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Init (DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi)
Initializes the DCMI according to the specified parameters in the DCMI_InitTypeDef and create the associated
handle.
Parameters
• hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for DCMI.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DCMI_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_DeInit (DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi)
Deinitializes the DCMI peripheral registers to their default reset values.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DCMI_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_DCMI_MspInit (DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi)
Initializes the DCMI MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit (DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi)
DeInitializes the DCMI MSP.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 196/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
HAL_DCMI_Start_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Start_DMA (DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi, uint32_t DCMI_Mode,
uint32_t pData, uint32_t Length)
Enables DCMI DMA request and enables DCMI capture.
Parameters
• DCMI_Mode: DCMI capture mode snapshot or continuous grab.
• pData: The destination memory Buffer address (LCD Frame buffer).
• Length: The length of capture to be transferred.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DCMI_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Stop (DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi)
Disable DCMI DMA request and Disable DCMI capture.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DCMI_Suspend
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Suspend (DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi)
Suspend DCMI capture.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DCMI_Resume
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Resume (DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi)
Resume DCMI capture.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 197/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback (DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi)
Error DCMI callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback
Function name
void HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback (DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi)
Line Event callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback
Function name
void HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback (DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi)
Frame Event callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback
Function name
void HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback (DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi)
VSYNC Event callback.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 198/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_DCMI_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_DCMI_IRQHandler (DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi)
Handles DCMI interrupt request.
Parameters
• hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the
DCMI.
Return values
• None:
HAL_DCMI_ConfigCrop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_ConfigCrop (DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi, uint32_t X0, uint32_t Y0,
uint32_t XSize, uint32_t YSize)
Configure the DCMI CROP coordinate.
Parameters
• YSize: DCMI Line number
• XSize: DCMI Pixel per line
• X0: DCMI window X offset
• Y0: DCMI window Y offset
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DCMI_EnableCrop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_EnableCrop (DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi)
Enable the Crop feature.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 199/2236

UM1905
HAL_DCMI_DisableCrop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_DisableCrop (DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi)
Disable the Crop feature.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DCMI_ConfigSyncUnmask
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_ConfigSyncUnmask (DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi,
DCMI_SyncUnmaskTypeDef * SyncUnmask)
Set embedded synchronization delimiters unmasks.
Parameters
• SyncUnmask: pointer to a DCMI_SyncUnmaskTypeDef structure that contains the embedded
synchronization delimiters unmasks.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DCMI_GetState
Function name
HAL_DCMI_StateTypeDef HAL_DCMI_GetState (DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi)
Return the DCMI state.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: state
HAL_DCMI_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_DCMI_GetError (DCMI_HandleTypeDef * hdcmi)
Return the DCMI error code.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 200/2236

UM1905
DCMI Firmware driver defines
Return values
• DCMI: Error Code
18.3 DCMI Firmware driver defines

18.3.1 DCMI
DCMI
DCMI Byte Select Mode
DCMI_BSM_ALL
Interface captures all received data
DCMI_BSM_OTHER
Interface captures every other byte from the received data
DCMI_BSM_ALTERNATE_4
Interface captures one byte out of four
DCMI_BSM_ALTERNATE_2
Interface captures two bytes out of four
DCMI Byte Select Start
DCMI_OEBS_ODD
Interface captures first data from the frame/line start, second one being dropped
DCMI_OEBS_EVEN
Interface captures second data from the frame/line start, first one being dropped
DCMI Capture Mode
DCMI_MODE_CONTINUOUS
The received data are transferred continuously into the destination memory through the DMA
DCMI_MODE_SNAPSHOT
Once activated, the interface waits for the start of frame and then transfers a single frame through the DMA
DCMI Capture Rate
DCMI_CR_ALL_FRAME
All frames are captured
DCMI_CR_ALTERNATE_2_FRAME
Every alternate frame captured
DCMI_CR_ALTERNATE_4_FRAME
One frame in 4 frames captured
DCMI Error Code
HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_DCMI_ERROR_OVR
Overrun error
HAL_DCMI_ERROR_SYNC
Synchronization error
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 201/2236

UM1905
HAL_DCMI_ERROR_TIMEOUT
Timeout error
HAL_DCMI_ERROR_DMA
DMA error
DCMI Exported Macros
__HAL_DCMI_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset DCMI handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the DCMI handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the DCMI.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: DCMI handle
Return value:
• None
__HAL_DCMI_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the DCMI.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 202/2236

UM1905
__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Get the DCMI pending flag.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: Get the specified flag. This parameter can be one of the following values (no combination
allowed)
– DCMI_FLAG_HSYNC: HSYNC pin state (active line / synchronization between lines)
– DCMI_FLAG_VSYNC: VSYNC pin state (active frame / synchronization between frames)
– DCMI_FLAG_FNE: FIFO empty flag
– DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI: Frame capture complete flag mask
– DCMI_FLAG_OVRRI: Overrun flag mask
– DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI: Synchronization error flag mask
– DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI: VSYNC flag mask
– DCMI_FLAG_LINERI: Line flag mask
– DCMI_FLAG_FRAMEMI: DCMI Capture complete masked interrupt status
– DCMI_FLAG_OVRMI: DCMI Overrun masked interrupt status
– DCMI_FLAG_ERRMI: DCMI Synchronization error masked interrupt status
– DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCMI: DCMI VSYNC masked interrupt status
– DCMI_FLAG_LINEMI: DCMI Line masked interrupt status
Return value:
• The: state of FLAG.
__HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the DCMI pending flags.
Parameters:
– DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI: Frame capture complete flag mask
– DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI: Overflow flag mask
– DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI: Synchronization error flag mask
– DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI: VSYNC flag mask
– DCMI_FLAG_LINERI: Line flag mask
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 203/2236

UM1905
__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the specified DCMI interrupts.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the DCMI interrupt sources to be enabled. This parameter can be any
combination of the following values:
– DCMI_IT_FRAME: Frame capture complete interrupt mask
– DCMI_IT_OVF: Overflow interrupt mask
– DCMI_IT_ERR: Synchronization error interrupt mask
– DCMI_IT_VSYNC: VSYNC interrupt mask
– DCMI_IT_LINE: Line interrupt mask
Return value:
• None
__HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the specified DCMI interrupts.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the DCMI interrupt sources to be enabled. This parameter can be any
Return value:
• None
__HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Check whether the specified DCMI interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the DCMI interrupt source to check. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
Return value:
• The: state of INTERRUPT.
DCMI Extended Data Mode
DCMI_EXTEND_DATA_8B
Interface captures 8-bit data on every pixel clock
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 204/2236

UM1905
DCMI_EXTEND_DATA_10B
DCMI Flags
DCMI_FLAG_HSYNC
HSYNC pin state (active line / synchronization between lines)
DCMI_FLAG_VSYNC
VSYNC pin state (active frame / synchronization between frames)
DCMI_FLAG_FNE
FIFO not empty flag
DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI
Frame capture complete interrupt flag
DCMI_FLAG_OVRRI
Overrun interrupt flag
DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI
Synchronization error interrupt flag
DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI
VSYNC interrupt flag
DCMI_FLAG_LINERI
Line interrupt flag
DCMI_FLAG_FRAMEMI
DCMI Frame capture complete masked interrupt status
DCMI_FLAG_OVRMI
DCMI Overrun masked interrupt status
DCMI_FLAG_ERRMI
DCMI Synchronization error masked interrupt status
DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCMI
DCMI VSYNC masked interrupt status
DCMI_FLAG_LINEMI
DCMI Line masked interrupt status
DCMI HSYNC Polarity
DCMI_HSPOLARITY_LOW
Horizontal synchronization active Low
DCMI_HSPOLARITY_HIGH
Horizontal synchronization active High
DCMI interrupt sources
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 205/2236

UM1905
DCMI_IT_FRAME
Capture complete interrupt
DCMI_IT_OVR
Overrun interrupt
DCMI_IT_ERR
Synchronization error interrupt
DCMI_IT_VSYNC
VSYNC interrupt
DCMI_IT_LINE
Line interrupt
DCMI Line Select Mode
DCMI_LSM_ALL
Interface captures all received lines
DCMI_LSM_ALTERNATE_2
Interface captures one line out of two
DCMI Line Select Start
DCMI_OELS_ODD
Interface captures first line from the frame start, second one being dropped
DCMI_OELS_EVEN
Interface captures second line from the frame start, first one being dropped
DCMI MODE JPEG
DCMI_JPEG_DISABLE
Mode JPEG Disabled
DCMI_JPEG_ENABLE
Mode JPEG Enabled
DCMI PIXCK Polarity
DCMI_PCKPOLARITY_FALLING
Pixel clock active on Falling edge
DCMI_PCKPOLARITY_RISING
Pixel clock active on Rising edge
DCMI Synchronization Mode
DCMI_SYNCHRO_HARDWARE
Hardware synchronization data capture (frame/line start/stop) is synchronized with the HSYNC/VSYNC signals
DCMI_SYNCHRO_EMBEDDED
Embedded synchronization data capture is synchronized with synchronization codes embedded in the data flow
DCMI VSYNC Polarity
DCMI_VSPOLARITY_LOW
Vertical synchronization active Low
DCMI_VSPOLARITY_HIGH
Vertical synchronization active High
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 206/2236

UM1905
DCMI Window Coordinate
DCMI_WINDOW_COORDINATE
Window coordinate
DCMI Window Height
DCMI_WINDOW_HEIGHT
Window Height
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 207/2236

UM1905
HAL DFSDM Generic Driver
19 HAL DFSDM Generic Driver
19.1 DFSDM Firmware driver registers structures
19.1.1 DFSDM_Channel_OutputClockTypeDef
DFSDM_Channel_OutputClockTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dfsdm.h
Data Fields
• FunctionalState Activation
• uint32_t Selection
• uint32_t Divider
Field Documentation
• FunctionalState DFSDM_Channel_OutputClockTypeDef::Activation
Output clock enable/disable
• uint32_t DFSDM_Channel_OutputClockTypeDef::Selection
Output clock is system clock or audio clock. This parameter can be a value of
DFSDM_Channel_OuputClock
• uint32_t DFSDM_Channel_OutputClockTypeDef::Divider
Output clock divider. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 2 and Max_Data = 256
19.1.2 DFSDM_Channel_InputTypeDef
DFSDM_Channel_InputTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dfsdm.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Multiplexer
• uint32_t DataPacking
• uint32_t Pins
Field Documentation
• uint32_t DFSDM_Channel_InputTypeDef::Multiplexer
Input is external serial inputs or internal register. This parameter can be a value of
DFSDM_Channel_InputMultiplexer
• uint32_t DFSDM_Channel_InputTypeDef::DataPacking
Standard, interleaved or dual mode for internal register. This parameter can be a value of
DFSDM_Channel_DataPacking
• uint32_t DFSDM_Channel_InputTypeDef::Pins
Input pins are taken from same or following channel. This parameter can be a value of
DFSDM_Channel_InputPins
19.1.3 DFSDM_Channel_SerialInterfaceTypeDef
DFSDM_Channel_SerialInterfaceTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dfsdm.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Type
• uint32_t SpiClock
Field Documentation
• uint32_t DFSDM_Channel_SerialInterfaceTypeDef::Type
SPI or Manchester modes. This parameter can be a value of DFSDM_Channel_SerialInterfaceType
• uint32_t DFSDM_Channel_SerialInterfaceTypeDef::SpiClock
SPI clock select (external or internal with different sampling point). This parameter can be a value of
DFSDM_Channel_SpiClock
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 208/2236

UM1905
DFSDM Firmware driver registers structures
19.1.4 DFSDM_Channel_AwdTypeDef
DFSDM_Channel_AwdTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dfsdm.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t FilterOrder
• uint32_t Oversampling
Field Documentation
• uint32_t DFSDM_Channel_AwdTypeDef::FilterOrder
Analog watchdog Sinc filter order. This parameter can be a value of DFSDM_Channel_AwdFilterOrder
• uint32_t DFSDM_Channel_AwdTypeDef::Oversampling
Analog watchdog filter oversampling ratio. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 1 and
Max_Data = 32
19.1.5 DFSDM_Channel_InitTypeDef
DFSDM_Channel_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dfsdm.h
Data Fields
• DFSDM_Channel_OutputClockTypeDef OutputClock
• DFSDM_Channel_InputTypeDef Input
• DFSDM_Channel_SerialInterfaceTypeDef SerialInterface
• DFSDM_Channel_AwdTypeDef Awd
• int32_t Offset
• uint32_t RightBitShift
Field Documentation
• DFSDM_Channel_OutputClockTypeDef DFSDM_Channel_InitTypeDef::OutputClock
DFSDM channel output clock parameters
• DFSDM_Channel_InputTypeDef DFSDM_Channel_InitTypeDef::Input
DFSDM channel input parameters
• DFSDM_Channel_SerialInterfaceTypeDef DFSDM_Channel_InitTypeDef::SerialInterface
DFSDM channel serial interface parameters
• DFSDM_Channel_AwdTypeDef DFSDM_Channel_InitTypeDef::Awd
DFSDM channel analog watchdog parameters
• int32_t DFSDM_Channel_InitTypeDef::Offset
DFSDM channel offset. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = -8388608 and Max_Data =
8388607
• uint32_t DFSDM_Channel_InitTypeDef::RightBitShift
DFSDM channel right bit shift. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data
= 0x1F
19.1.6 DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef
DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dfsdm.h
Data Fields
• DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef * Instance
• DFSDM_Channel_InitTypeDef Init
• HAL_DFSDM_Channel_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation
• DFSDM_Channel_TypeDef* DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef::Instance
DFSDM channel instance
• DFSDM_Channel_InitTypeDef DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef::Init
DFSDM channel init parameters
• HAL_DFSDM_Channel_StateTypeDef DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef::State
DFSDM channel state
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 209/2236

UM1905
19.1.7 DFSDM_Filter_RegularParamTypeDef
DFSDM_Filter_RegularParamTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dfsdm.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Trigger
• FunctionalState FastMode
• FunctionalState DmaMode
Field Documentation
• uint32_t DFSDM_Filter_RegularParamTypeDef::Trigger
Trigger used to start regular conversion: software or synchronous. This parameter can be a value of
DFSDM_Filter_Trigger
• FunctionalState DFSDM_Filter_RegularParamTypeDef::FastMode
Enable/disable fast mode for regular conversion
• FunctionalState DFSDM_Filter_RegularParamTypeDef::DmaMode
Enable/disable DMA for regular conversion
19.1.8 DFSDM_Filter_InjectedParamTypeDef
DFSDM_Filter_InjectedParamTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dfsdm.h
Data Fields
• FunctionalState ScanMode
• FunctionalState DmaMode
• uint32_t ExtTrigger
• uint32_t ExtTriggerEdge
Field Documentation
• uint32_t DFSDM_Filter_InjectedParamTypeDef::Trigger
Trigger used to start injected conversion: software, external or synchronous. This parameter can be a value
of DFSDM_Filter_Trigger
• FunctionalState DFSDM_Filter_InjectedParamTypeDef::ScanMode
Enable/disable scanning mode for injected conversion
• FunctionalState DFSDM_Filter_InjectedParamTypeDef::DmaMode
Enable/disable DMA for injected conversion
• uint32_t DFSDM_Filter_InjectedParamTypeDef::ExtTrigger
External trigger. This parameter can be a value of DFSDM_Filter_ExtTrigger
• uint32_t DFSDM_Filter_InjectedParamTypeDef::ExtTriggerEdge
External trigger edge: rising, falling or both. This parameter can be a value of
DFSDM_Filter_ExtTriggerEdge
19.1.9 DFSDM_Filter_FilterParamTypeDef
DFSDM_Filter_FilterParamTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dfsdm.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t SincOrder
• uint32_t Oversampling
• uint32_t IntOversampling
Field Documentation
• uint32_t DFSDM_Filter_FilterParamTypeDef::SincOrder
Sinc filter order. This parameter can be a value of DFSDM_Filter_SincOrder
• uint32_t DFSDM_Filter_FilterParamTypeDef::Oversampling
Filter oversampling ratio. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = 1024
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 210/2236

UM1905
• uint32_t DFSDM_Filter_FilterParamTypeDef::IntOversampling
Integrator oversampling ratio. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data =
256
19.1.10 DFSDM_Filter_InitTypeDef
DFSDM_Filter_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dfsdm.h
Data Fields
• DFSDM_Filter_RegularParamTypeDef RegularParam
• DFSDM_Filter_InjectedParamTypeDef InjectedParam
• DFSDM_Filter_FilterParamTypeDef FilterParam
Field Documentation
• DFSDM_Filter_RegularParamTypeDef DFSDM_Filter_InitTypeDef::RegularParam
DFSDM regular conversion parameters
• DFSDM_Filter_InjectedParamTypeDef DFSDM_Filter_InitTypeDef::InjectedParam
DFSDM injected conversion parameters
• DFSDM_Filter_FilterParamTypeDef DFSDM_Filter_InitTypeDef::FilterParam
DFSDM filter parameters
19.1.11 DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef
DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dfsdm.h
Data Fields
• DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef * Instance
• DFSDM_Filter_InitTypeDef Init
• DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmaReg
• DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmaInj
• uint32_t RegularContMode
• uint32_t RegularTrigger
• uint32_t InjectedTrigger
• uint32_t ExtTriggerEdge
• FunctionalState InjectedScanMode
• uint32_t InjectedChannelsNbr
• uint32_t InjConvRemaining
• HAL_DFSDM_Filter_StateTypeDef State
• uint32_t ErrorCode
Field Documentation
• DFSDM_Filter_TypeDef* DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef::Instance
DFSDM filter instance
• DFSDM_Filter_InitTypeDef DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef::Init
DFSDM filter init parameters
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef::hdmaReg
Pointer on DMA handler for regular conversions
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef::hdmaInj
Pointer on DMA handler for injected conversions
• uint32_t DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef::RegularContMode
Regular conversion continuous mode
• uint32_t DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef::RegularTrigger
Trigger used for regular conversion
• uint32_t DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef::InjectedTrigger
Trigger used for injected conversion
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 211/2236

UM1905
DFSDM Firmware driver API description
• uint32_t DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef::ExtTriggerEdge
Rising, falling or both edges selected
• FunctionalState DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef::InjectedScanMode
Injected scanning mode
• uint32_t DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef::InjectedChannelsNbr
Number of channels in injected sequence
• uint32_t DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef::InjConvRemaining
Injected conversions remaining
• HAL_DFSDM_Filter_StateTypeDef DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef::State
DFSDM filter state
• uint32_t DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
DFSDM filter error code
19.1.12 DFSDM_Filter_AwdParamTypeDef
DFSDM_Filter_AwdParamTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dfsdm.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t DataSource
• int32_t HighThreshold
• int32_t LowThreshold
• uint32_t HighBreakSignal
• uint32_t LowBreakSignal
Field Documentation
• uint32_t DFSDM_Filter_AwdParamTypeDef::DataSource
Values from digital filter or from channel watchdog filter. This parameter can be a value of
DFSDM_Filter_AwdDataSource
• uint32_t DFSDM_Filter_AwdParamTypeDef::Channel
Analog watchdog channel selection. This parameter can be a values combination of
DFSDM_Channel_Selection
• int32_t DFSDM_Filter_AwdParamTypeDef::HighThreshold
High threshold for the analog watchdog. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = -8388608
and Max_Data = 8388607
• int32_t DFSDM_Filter_AwdParamTypeDef::LowThreshold
Low threshold for the analog watchdog. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = -8388608
and Max_Data = 8388607
• uint32_t DFSDM_Filter_AwdParamTypeDef::HighBreakSignal
Break signal assigned to analog watchdog high threshold event. This parameter can be a values
combination of DFSDM_BreakSignals
• uint32_t DFSDM_Filter_AwdParamTypeDef::LowBreakSignal
Break signal assigned to analog watchdog low threshold event. This parameter can be a values combination
of DFSDM_BreakSignals
19.2 DFSDM Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the DFSDM library.
Channel initialization
1. User has first to initialize channels (before filters initialization).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 212/2236

UM1905
2. As prerequisite, fill in the HAL_DFSDM_ChannelMspInit() :

– Enable DFSDMz clock interface with __HAL_RCC_DFSDMz_CLK_ENABLE().
– Enable the clocks for the DFSDMz GPIOS with __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
– Configure these DFSDMz pins in alternate mode using HAL_GPIO_Init().
– If interrupt mode is used, enable and configure DFSDMz_FLT0 global interrupt with
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
3. Configure the output clock, input, serial interface, analog watchdog, offset and data right bit shift parameters
for this channel using the HAL_DFSDM_ChannelInit() function.
Channel clock absence detector

1. Start clock absence detector using HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStart() or
HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStart_IT().
2. In polling mode, use HAL_DFSDM_ChannelPollForCkab() to detect the clock absence.
3. In interrupt mode, HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabCallback() will be called if clock absence is detected.
4. Stop clock absence detector using HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStop() or
HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStop_IT().
5. Please note that the same mode (polling or interrupt) has to be used for all channels because the channels
are sharing the same interrupt.
6. Please note also that in interrupt mode, if clock absence detector is stopped for one channel, interrupt will be
disabled for all channels.
Channel short circuit detector

1. Start short circuit detector using HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStart() or or
HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStart_IT().
2. In polling mode, use HAL_DFSDM_ChannelPollForScd() to detect short circuit.
3. In interrupt mode, HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdCallback() will be called if short circuit is detected.
4. Stop short circuit detector using HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStop() or or
HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStop_IT().
5. Please note that the same mode (polling or interrupt) has to be used for all channels because the channels
are sharing the same interrupt.
6. Please note also that in interrupt mode, if short circuit detector is stopped for one channel, interrupt will be
disabled for all channels.
Channel analog watchdog value

1. Get analog watchdog filter value of a channel using HAL_DFSDM_ChannelGetAwdValue().
Channel offset value

1. Modify offset value of a channel using HAL_DFSDM_ChannelModifyOffset().
Filter initialization
1. After channel initialization, user has to init filters.
2. As prerequisite, fill in the HAL_DFSDM_FilterMspInit() :
– If interrupt mode is used , enable and configure DFSDMz_FLTx global interrupt with
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(). Please note that DFSDMz_FLT0 global
interrupt could be already enabled if interrupt is used for channel.
– If DMA mode is used, configure DMA with HAL_DMA_Init() and link it with DFSDMz filter handle using
__HAL_LINKDMA().
3. Configure the regular conversion, injected conversion and filter parameters for this filter using the
HAL_DFSDM_FilterInit() function.
Filter regular channel conversion

1. Select regular channel and enable/disable continuous mode using HAL_DFSDM_FilterConfigRegChannel().
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 213/2236

UM1905
2. Start regular conversion using HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStart(), HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStart_IT(),

HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStart_DMA() or HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularMsbStart_DMA().
3. In polling mode, use HAL_DFSDM_FilterPollForRegConversion() to detect the end of regular conversion.
4. In interrupt mode, HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvCpltCallback() will be called at the end of regular conversion.
5. Get value of regular conversion and corresponding channel using HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetRegularValue().
6. In DMA mode, HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvHalfCpltCallback() and
HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvCpltCallback() will be called respectively at the half transfer and at the transfer
complete. Please note that HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvHalfCpltCallback() will be called only in DMA
circular mode.
7. Stop regular conversion using HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStop(), HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStop_IT() or
HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStop_DMA().
Filter injected channels conversion

1. Select injected channels using HAL_DFSDM_FilterConfigInjChannel().
2. Start injected conversion using HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStart(), HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStart_IT(),
HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStart_DMA() or HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedMsbStart_DMA().
3. In polling mode, use HAL_DFSDM_FilterPollForInjConversion() to detect the end of injected conversion.
4. In interrupt mode, HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvCpltCallback() will be called at the end of injected conversion.
5. Get value of injected conversion and corresponding channel using HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetInjectedValue().
6. In DMA mode, HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvHalfCpltCallback() and HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvCpltCallback()
will be called respectively at the half transfer and at the transfer complete. Please note that
HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvCpltCallback() will be called only in DMA circular mode.
7. Stop injected conversion using HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStop(), HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStop_IT() or
HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStop_DMA().
Filter analog watchdog

1. Start filter analog watchdog using HAL_DFSDM_FilterAwdStart_IT().
2. HAL_DFSDM_FilterAwdCallback() will be called if analog watchdog occurs.
3. Stop filter analog watchdog using HAL_DFSDM_FilterAwdStop_IT().
Filter extreme detector

1. Start filter extreme detector using HAL_DFSDM_FilterExdStart().
2. Get extreme detector maximum value using HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetExdMaxValue().
3. Get extreme detector minimum value using HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetExdMinValue().
4. Start filter extreme detector using HAL_DFSDM_FilterExdStop().
Filter conversion time

1. Get conversion time value using HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetConvTimeValue().
The compilation define USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows the user to configure
dynamically the driver callbacks. Use functions HAL_DFSDM_Channel_RegisterCallback(),
HAL_DFSDM_Filter_RegisterCallback() or HAL_DFSDM_Filter_RegisterAwdCallback() to register a user
callback.
Function HAL_DFSDM_Channel_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
• CkabCallback : DFSDM channel clock absence detection callback.
• ScdCallback : DFSDM channel short circuit detection callback.
• MspInitCallback : DFSDM channel MSP init callback.
• MspDeInitCallback : DFSDM channel MSP de-init callback.
This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback
function.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 214/2236

UM1905
Function HAL_DFSDM_Filter_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:

• RegConvCpltCallback : DFSDM filter regular conversion complete callback.
• RegConvHalfCpltCallback : DFSDM filter half regular conversion complete callback.
• InjConvCpltCallback : DFSDM filter injected conversion complete callback.
• InjConvHalfCpltCallback : DFSDM filter half injected conversion complete callback.
• ErrorCallback : DFSDM filter error callback.
• MspInitCallback : DFSDM filter MSP init callback.
• MspDeInitCallback : DFSDM filter MSP de-init callback.
This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback
function.
For specific DFSDM filter analog watchdog callback use dedicated register callback:
HAL_DFSDM_Filter_RegisterAwdCallback().
Use functions HAL_DFSDM_Channel_UnRegisterCallback() or HAL_DFSDM_Filter_UnRegisterCallback() to
reset a callback to the default weak function.
HAL_DFSDM_Channel_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, and the Callback
ID.
This function allows to reset following callbacks:
• CkabCallback : DFSDM channel clock absence detection callback.
• ScdCallback : DFSDM channel short circuit detection callback.
• MspInitCallback : DFSDM channel MSP init callback.
• MspDeInitCallback : DFSDM channel MSP de-init callback.
HAL_DFSDM_Filter_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, and the Callback ID.
• RegConvCpltCallback : DFSDM filter regular conversion complete callback.
• RegConvHalfCpltCallback : DFSDM filter half regular conversion complete callback.
• InjConvCpltCallback : DFSDM filter injected conversion complete callback.
• InjConvHalfCpltCallback : DFSDM filter half injected conversion complete callback.
• ErrorCallback : DFSDM filter error callback.
• MspInitCallback : DFSDM filter MSP init callback.
• MspDeInitCallback : DFSDM filter MSP de-init callback.
For specific DFSDM filter analog watchdog callback use dedicated unregister callback:
HAL_DFSDM_Filter_UnRegisterAwdCallback().
By default, after the call of init function and if the state is RESET all callbacks are reset to the corresponding
legacy weak functions: examples HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdCallback(), HAL_DFSDM_FilterErrorCallback().
Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit callbacks that are respectively reset to the legacy weak functions in the
init and de-init only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand). If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not
null, the init and de-init keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand)
Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in READY state only. Exception done for MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks
that can be registered/unregistered in READY or RESET state, thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can
be used during the init/de-init. In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks using
HAL_DFSDM_Channel_RegisterCallback() or HAL_DFSDM_Filter_RegisterCallback() before calling init or de-init
function.
When The compilation define USE_HAL_DFSDM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the
callback registering feature is not available and weak callbacks are used.
19.2.2 Channel initialization and de-initialization functions

• Initialize the DFSDM channel.
• De-initialize the DFSDM channel.
• HAL_DFSDM_ChannelInit
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 215/2236

UM1905
• HAL_DFSDM_ChannelDeInit
• HAL_DFSDM_ChannelMspInit
• HAL_DFSDM_ChannelMspDeInit
19.2.3 Channel operation functions

• Manage clock absence detector feature.
• Manage short circuit detector feature.
• Get analog watchdog value.
• Modify offset value.
• HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStart
• HAL_DFSDM_ChannelPollForCkab
• HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStop
• HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStart_IT
• HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabCallback
• HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStop_IT
• HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStart
• HAL_DFSDM_ChannelPollForScd
• HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStop
• HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStart_IT
• HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdCallback
• HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStop_IT
• HAL_DFSDM_ChannelGetAwdValue
• HAL_DFSDM_ChannelModifyOffset
19.2.4 Channel state function

This section provides function allowing to:
• Get channel handle state.
• HAL_DFSDM_ChannelGetState
19.2.5 Filter initialization and de-initialization functions

• Initialize the DFSDM filter.
• De-initialize the DFSDM filter.
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterInit
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterDeInit
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterMspInit
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterMspDeInit
19.2.6 Filter control functions

• Select channel and enable/disable continuous mode for regular conversion.
• Select channels for injected conversion.
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterConfigRegChannel
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterConfigInjChannel
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 216/2236

UM1905
19.2.7 Filter operation functions

• Start conversion of regular/injected channel.
• Poll for the end of regular/injected conversion.
• Stop conversion of regular/injected channel.
• Start conversion of regular/injected channel and enable interrupt.
• Call the callback functions at the end of regular/injected conversions.
• Stop conversion of regular/injected channel and disable interrupt.
• Start conversion of regular/injected channel and enable DMA transfer.
• Stop conversion of regular/injected channel and disable DMA transfer.
• Start analog watchdog and enable interrupt.
• Call the callback function when analog watchdog occurs.
• Stop analog watchdog and disable interrupt.
• Start extreme detector.
• Stop extreme detector.
• Get result of regular channel conversion.
• Get result of injected channel conversion.
• Get extreme detector maximum and minimum values.
• Get conversion time.
• Handle DFSDM interrupt request.
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStart
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterPollForRegConversion
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStop
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStart_IT
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStop_IT
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStart_DMA
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularMsbStart_DMA
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStop_DMA
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetRegularValue
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStart
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterPollForInjConversion
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStop
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStart_IT
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStop_IT
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStart_DMA
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedMsbStart_DMA
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStop_DMA
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetInjectedValue
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterAwdStart_IT
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterAwdStop_IT
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterExdStart
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterExdStop
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetExdMaxValue
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetExdMinValue
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetConvTimeValue
• HAL_DFSDM_IRQHandler
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvCpltCallback
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 217/2236

UM1905
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvCpltCallback
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterAwdCallback
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterErrorCallback
19.2.8 Filter state functions

• Get the DFSDM filter state.
• Get the DFSDM filter error.
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetState
• HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetError
HAL_DFSDM_ChannelInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelInit (DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_channel)
Initialize the DFSDM channel according to the specified parameters in the DFSDM_ChannelInitTypeDef
structure and initialize the associated handle.
Parameters
• hdfsdm_channel: DFSDM channel handle.
Return values
• HAL: status.
HAL_DFSDM_ChannelDeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelDeInit (DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_channel)
De-initialize the DFSDM channel.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status.
HAL_DFSDM_ChannelMspInit
Function name
void HAL_DFSDM_ChannelMspInit (DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_channel)
Initialize the DFSDM channel MSP.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 218/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
HAL_DFSDM_ChannelMspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_DFSDM_ChannelMspDeInit (DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_channel)
De-initialize the DFSDM channel MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStart
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStart (DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *
hdfsdm_channel)
This function allows to start clock absence detection in polling mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Same mode has to be used for all channels.
• If clock is not available on this channel during 5 seconds, clock absence detection will not be activated and
function will return HAL_TIMEOUT error.
HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStart_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStart_IT (DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *
hdfsdm_channel)
This function allows to start clock absence detection in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Same mode has to be used for all channels.
• If clock is not available on this channel during 5 seconds, clock absence detection will not be activated and
function will return HAL_TIMEOUT error.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 219/2236

UM1905
HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStop (DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *
hdfsdm_channel)
This function allows to stop clock absence detection in polling mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStop_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabStop_IT (DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *
hdfsdm_channel)
This function allows to stop clock absence detection in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Interrupt will be disabled for all channels
HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStart
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStart (DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *
hdfsdm_channel, uint32_t Threshold, uint32_t BreakSignal)
This function allows to start short circuit detection in polling mode.
Parameters
• Threshold: Short circuit detector threshold. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and
Max_Data = 255.
• BreakSignal: Break signals assigned to short circuit event. This parameter can be a values combination of
DFSDM break signals.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Same mode has to be used for all channels
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 220/2236

UM1905
HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStart_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStart_IT (DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *
hdfsdm_channel, uint32_t Threshold, uint32_t BreakSignal)
This function allows to start short circuit detection in interrupt mode.
Parameters
• Threshold: Short circuit detector threshold. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and
Max_Data = 255.
• BreakSignal: Break signals assigned to short circuit event. This parameter can be a values combination of
DFSDM break signals.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Same mode has to be used for all channels
HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStop (DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *
hdfsdm_channel)
This function allows to stop short circuit detection in polling mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStop_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdStop_IT (DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *
hdfsdm_channel)
This function allows to stop short circuit detection in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Interrupt will be disabled for all channels
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 221/2236

UM1905
HAL_DFSDM_ChannelGetAwdValue
Function name
int16_t HAL_DFSDM_ChannelGetAwdValue (DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_channel)
This function allows to get channel analog watchdog value.
Parameters
Return values
• Channel: analog watchdog value.
HAL_DFSDM_ChannelModifyOffset
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelModifyOffset (DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *
hdfsdm_channel, int32_t Offset)
This function allows to modify channel offset value.
Parameters
• Offset: DFSDM channel offset. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = -8388608 and
Max_Data = 8388607.
Return values
• HAL: status.
HAL_DFSDM_ChannelPollForCkab
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelPollForCkab (DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *
hdfsdm_channel, uint32_t Timeout)
This function allows to poll for the clock absence detection.
Parameters
• Timeout: Timeout value in milliseconds.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DFSDM_ChannelPollForScd
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelPollForScd (DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *
hdfsdm_channel, uint32_t Timeout)
This function allows to poll for the short circuit detection.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 222/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabCallback
Function name
void HAL_DFSDM_ChannelCkabCallback (DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_channel)
Clock absence detection callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdCallback
Function name
void HAL_DFSDM_ChannelScdCallback (DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_channel)
Short circuit detection callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_DFSDM_ChannelGetState
Function name
HAL_DFSDM_Channel_StateTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_ChannelGetState (DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *
hdfsdm_channel)
This function allows to get the current DFSDM channel handle state.
Parameters
Return values
• DFSDM: channel state.
HAL_DFSDM_FilterInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterInit (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 223/2236

UM1905
Initialize the DFSDM filter according to the specified parameters in the DFSDM_FilterInitTypeDef structure and
initialize the associated handle.
Parameters
• hdfsdm_filter: DFSDM filter handle.
Return values
• HAL: status.
HAL_DFSDM_FilterDeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterDeInit (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter)
De-initializes the DFSDM filter.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status.
HAL_DFSDM_FilterMspInit
Function name
void HAL_DFSDM_FilterMspInit (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter)
Initializes the DFSDM filter MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_DFSDM_FilterMspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_DFSDM_FilterMspDeInit (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter)
De-initializes the DFSDM filter MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_DFSDM_FilterConfigRegChannel
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterConfigRegChannel (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *
hdfsdm_filter, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ContinuousMode)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 224/2236

UM1905
This function allows to select channel and to enable/disable continuous mode for regular conversion.
Parameters
• Channel: Channel for regular conversion. This parameter can be a value of DFSDM Channel Selection.
• ContinuousMode: Enable/disable continuous mode for regular conversion. This parameter can be a value
of DFSDM Continuous Mode.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DFSDM_FilterConfigInjChannel
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterConfigInjChannel (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter,
uint32_t Channel)
This function allows to select channels for injected conversion.
Parameters
• Channel: Channels for injected conversion. This parameter can be a values combination of DFSDM
Channel Selection.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStart
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStart (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter)
This function allows to start regular conversion in polling mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This function should be called only when DFSDM filter instance is in idle state or if injected conversion is
ongoing.
HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStart_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStart_IT (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter)
This function allows to start regular conversion in interrupt mode.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 225/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
ongoing.
HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStart_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStart_DMA (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *
hdfsdm_filter, int32_t * pData, uint32_t Length)
This function allows to start regular conversion in DMA mode.
Parameters
• pData: The destination buffer address.
• Length: The length of data to be transferred from DFSDM filter to memory.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
ongoing. Please note that data on buffer will contain signed regular conversion value on 24 most significant
bits and corresponding channel on 3 least significant bits.
HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularMsbStart_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularMsbStart_DMA (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *
This function allows to start regular conversion in DMA mode and to get only the 16 most significant bits of
conversion.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
ongoing. Please note that data on buffer will contain signed 16 most significant bits of regular conversion.
HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStop (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 226/2236

UM1905
This function allows to stop regular conversion in polling mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This function should be called only if regular conversion is ongoing.
HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStop_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStop_IT (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter)
This function allows to stop regular conversion in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStop_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegularStop_DMA (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *
hdfsdm_filter)
This function allows to stop regular conversion in DMA mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStart
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStart (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter)
This function allows to start injected conversion in polling mode.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 227/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This function should be called only when DFSDM filter instance is in idle state or if regular conversion is
ongoing.
HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStart_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStart_IT (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter)
This function allows to start injected conversion in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
ongoing.
HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStart_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStart_DMA (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *
This function allows to start injected conversion in DMA mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
ongoing. Please note that data on buffer will contain signed injected conversion value on 24 most
significant bits and corresponding channel on 3 least significant bits.
HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedMsbStart_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedMsbStart_DMA (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *
This function allows to start injected conversion in DMA mode and to get only the 16 most significant bits of
conversion.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 228/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
ongoing. Please note that data on buffer will contain signed 16 most significant bits of injected conversion.
HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStop (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter)
This function allows to stop injected conversion in polling mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This function should be called only if injected conversion is ongoing.
HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStop_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStop_IT (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter)
This function allows to stop injected conversion in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStop_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjectedStop_DMA (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *
hdfsdm_filter)
This function allows to stop injected conversion in DMA mode.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 229/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_DFSDM_FilterAwdStart_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterAwdStart_IT (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter,
DFSDM_Filter_AwdParamTypeDef * awdParam)
This function allows to start filter analog watchdog in interrupt mode.
Parameters
• awdParam: DFSDM filter analog watchdog parameters.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DFSDM_FilterAwdStop_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterAwdStop_IT (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter)
This function allows to stop filter analog watchdog in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DFSDM_FilterExdStart
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterExdStart (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter, uint32_t
Channel)
This function allows to start extreme detector feature.
Parameters
• Channel: Channels where extreme detector is enabled. This parameter can be a values combination of
DFSDM Channel Selection.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DFSDM_FilterExdStop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterExdStop (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 230/2236

UM1905
This function allows to stop extreme detector feature.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetRegularValue
Function name
int32_t HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetRegularValue (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter, uint32_t *
Channel)
This function allows to get regular conversion value.
Parameters
• Channel: Corresponding channel of regular conversion.
Return values
• Regular: conversion value
HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetInjectedValue
Function name
int32_t HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetInjectedValue (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter, uint32_t *
Channel)
This function allows to get injected conversion value.
Parameters
• Channel: Corresponding channel of injected conversion.
Return values
• Injected: conversion value
HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetExdMaxValue
Function name
int32_t HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetExdMaxValue (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter, uint32_t *
Channel)
This function allows to get extreme detector maximum value.
Parameters
• Channel: Corresponding channel.
Return values
• Extreme: detector maximum value This value is between Min_Data = -8388608 and Max_Data = 8388607.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 231/2236

UM1905
HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetExdMinValue
Function name
int32_t HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetExdMinValue (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter, uint32_t *
Channel)
This function allows to get extreme detector minimum value.
Parameters
Return values
• Extreme: detector minimum value This value is between Min_Data = -8388608 and Max_Data = 8388607.
HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetConvTimeValue
Function name
uint32_t HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetConvTimeValue (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter)
This function allows to get conversion time value.
Parameters
Return values
• Conversion: time value
Notes
• To get time in second, this value has to be divided by DFSDM clock frequency.
HAL_DFSDM_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_DFSDM_IRQHandler (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter)
This function handles the DFSDM interrupts.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_DFSDM_FilterPollForRegConversion
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterPollForRegConversion (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *
hdfsdm_filter, uint32_t Timeout)
This function allows to poll for the end of regular conversion.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 232/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_DFSDM_FilterPollForInjConversion
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterPollForInjConversion (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *
hdfsdm_filter, uint32_t Timeout)
This function allows to poll for the end of injected conversion.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvCpltCallback (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter)
Regular conversion complete callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• In interrupt mode, user has to read conversion value in this function using
HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetRegularValue.
HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_DFSDM_FilterRegConvHalfCpltCallback (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter)
Half regular conversion complete callback.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 233/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvCpltCallback (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter)
Injected conversion complete callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• In interrupt mode, user has to read conversion value in this function using
HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetInjectedValue.
HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_DFSDM_FilterInjConvHalfCpltCallback (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter)
Half injected conversion complete callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_DFSDM_FilterAwdCallback
Function name
void HAL_DFSDM_FilterAwdCallback (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter, uint32_t Channel,
uint32_t Threshold)
Filter analog watchdog callback.
Parameters
• Threshold: Low or high threshold has been reached.
Return values
• None:
HAL_DFSDM_FilterErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_DFSDM_FilterErrorCallback (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 234/2236

UM1905
DFSDM Firmware driver defines
Error callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetState
Function name
HAL_DFSDM_Filter_StateTypeDef HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetState (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef *
hdfsdm_filter)
This function allows to get the current DFSDM filter handle state.
Parameters
Return values
• DFSDM: filter state.
HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_DFSDM_FilterGetError (DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef * hdfsdm_filter)
This function allows to get the current DFSDM filter error.
Parameters
Return values
• DFSDM: filter error code.
19.3 DFSDM Firmware driver defines

19.3.1 DFSDM
DFSDM
DFSDM analog watchdog threshold
DFSDM_AWD_HIGH_THRESHOLD
Analog watchdog high threshold
DFSDM_AWD_LOW_THRESHOLD
Analog watchdog low threshold
DFSDM break signals
DFSDM_NO_BREAK_SIGNAL
No break signal
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 235/2236

UM1905
DFSDM_BREAK_SIGNAL_0
Break signal 0
Break signal 1
Break signal 2
Break signal 3
DFSDM channel analog watchdog filter order
DFSDM_CHANNEL_FASTSINC_ORDER
FastSinc filter type
DFSDM_CHANNEL_SINC1_ORDER
Sinc 1 filter type
Sinc 2 filter type
Sinc 3 filter type
DFSDM channel input data packing
DFSDM_CHANNEL_STANDARD_MODE
Standard data packing mode
DFSDM_CHANNEL_INTERLEAVED_MODE
Interleaved data packing mode
DFSDM_CHANNEL_DUAL_MODE
Dual data packing mode
DFSDM channel input multiplexer
DFSDM_CHANNEL_EXTERNAL_INPUTS
Data are taken from external inputs
DFSDM_CHANNEL_INTERNAL_REGISTER
Data are taken from internal register
DFSDM channel input pins
DFSDM_CHANNEL_SAME_CHANNEL_PINS
Input from pins on same channel
DFSDM_CHANNEL_FOLLOWING_CHANNEL_PINS
Input from pins on following channel
DFSDM channel output clock selection
DFSDM_CHANNEL_OUTPUT_CLOCK_SYSTEM
Source for ouput clock is system clock
DFSDM_CHANNEL_OUTPUT_CLOCK_AUDIO
Source for ouput clock is audio clock
DFSDM Channel Selection
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 236/2236

UM1905
DFSDM_CHANNEL_0
DFSDM_CHANNEL_1
DFSDM_CHANNEL_2
DFSDM_CHANNEL_3
DFSDM_CHANNEL_4
DFSDM_CHANNEL_5
DFSDM_CHANNEL_6
DFSDM_CHANNEL_7
DFSDM channel serial interface type
DFSDM_CHANNEL_SPI_RISING
SPI with rising edge
DFSDM_CHANNEL_SPI_FALLING
SPI with falling edge
DFSDM_CHANNEL_MANCHESTER_RISING
Manchester with rising edge
DFSDM_CHANNEL_MANCHESTER_FALLING
Manchester with falling edge
DFSDM channel SPI clock selection
DFSDM_CHANNEL_SPI_CLOCK_EXTERNAL
External SPI clock
DFSDM_CHANNEL_SPI_CLOCK_INTERNAL
Internal SPI clock
DFSDM_CHANNEL_SPI_CLOCK_INTERNAL_DIV2_FALLING
Internal SPI clock divided by 2, falling edge
DFSDM_CHANNEL_SPI_CLOCK_INTERNAL_DIV2_RISING
Internal SPI clock divided by 2, rising edge
DFSDM Continuous Mode
DFSDM_CONTINUOUS_CONV_OFF
Conversion are not continuous
DFSDM_CONTINUOUS_CONV_ON
Conversion are continuous
DFSDM Exported Macros
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 237/2236

UM1905
__HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset DFSDM channel handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: DFSDM channel handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_DFSDM_FILTER_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset DFSDM filter handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: DFSDM filter handle.
Return value:
• None
DFSDM filter analog watchdog data source
DFSDM_FILTER_AWD_FILTER_DATA
From digital filter
DFSDM_FILTER_AWD_CHANNEL_DATA
From analog watchdog channel
DFSDM filter error code
DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_NONE
No error
DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_REGULAR_OVERRUN
Overrun occurs during regular conversion
DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_INJECTED_OVERRUN
Overrun occurs during injected conversion
DFSDM_FILTER_ERROR_DMA
DMA error occurs
DFSDM filter external trigger
DFSDM_FILTER_EXT_TRIG_TIM1_TRGO
For DFSDM filter 0, 1, 2 and 3
DFSDM_FILTER_EXT_TRIG_TIM1_TRGO2
DFSDM_FILTER_EXT_TRIG_TIM8_TRGO2
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 238/2236

UM1905
DFSDM_FILTER_EXT_TRIG_TIM10_OC1
DFSDM_FILTER_EXT_TRIG_EXTI11
DFSDM_FILTER_EXT_TRIG_EXTI15
DFSDM_FILTER_EXT_TRIG_LPTIM1_OUT
DFSDM filter external trigger edge
DFSDM_FILTER_EXT_TRIG_RISING_EDGE
External rising edge
DFSDM_FILTER_EXT_TRIG_FALLING_EDGE
External falling edge
DFSDM_FILTER_EXT_TRIG_BOTH_EDGES
External rising and falling edges
DFSDM filter sinc order
DFSDM_FILTER_FASTSINC_ORDER
FastSinc filter type
DFSDM_FILTER_SINC1_ORDER
Sinc 1 filter type
Sinc 2 filter type
Sinc 3 filter type
Sinc 4 filter type
Sinc 5 filter type
DFSDM filter conversion trigger
DFSDM_FILTER_SW_TRIGGER
Software trigger
DFSDM_FILTER_SYNC_TRIGGER
Synchronous with DFSDM_FLT0
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 239/2236

UM1905
DFSDM_FILTER_EXT_TRIGGER
External trigger (only for injected conversion)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 240/2236

UM1905
HAL DMA2D Generic Driver
20 HAL DMA2D Generic Driver
20.1 DMA2D Firmware driver registers structures
20.1.1 DMA2D_CLUTCfgTypeDef
DMA2D_CLUTCfgTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dma2d.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t * pCLUT
• uint32_t CLUTColorMode
• uint32_t Size
Field Documentation
• uint32_t* DMA2D_CLUTCfgTypeDef::pCLUT
Configures the DMA2D CLUT memory address.
• uint32_t DMA2D_CLUTCfgTypeDef::CLUTColorMode
Configures the DMA2D CLUT color mode. This parameter can be one value of DMA2D_CLUT_CM.
• uint32_t DMA2D_CLUTCfgTypeDef::Size
Configures the DMA2D CLUT size. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and
Max_Data = 0xFF.
20.1.2 DMA2D_InitTypeDef
DMA2D_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dma2d.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Mode
• uint32_t ColorMode
• uint32_t OutputOffset
• uint32_t AlphaInverted
• uint32_t RedBlueSwap
Field Documentation
• uint32_t DMA2D_InitTypeDef::Mode
Configures the DMA2D transfer mode. This parameter can be one value of DMA2D_Mode.
• uint32_t DMA2D_InitTypeDef::ColorMode
Configures the color format of the output image. This parameter can be one value of
DMA2D_Output_Color_Mode.
• uint32_t DMA2D_InitTypeDef::OutputOffset
Specifies the Offset value. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data =
0x3FFF.
• uint32_t DMA2D_InitTypeDef::AlphaInverted
Select regular or inverted alpha value for the output pixel format converter. This parameter can be one value
of DMA2D_Alpha_Inverted.
• uint32_t DMA2D_InitTypeDef::RedBlueSwap
Select regular mode (RGB or ARGB) or swap mode (BGR or ABGR) for the output pixel format converter.
This parameter can be one value of DMA2D_RB_Swap.
20.1.3 DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef
DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dma2d.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t InputOffset
• uint32_t InputColorMode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 241/2236

UM1905
DMA2D Firmware driver registers structures
• uint32_t AlphaMode
• uint32_t InputAlpha
• uint32_t AlphaInverted
• uint32_t RedBlueSwap
Field Documentation
• uint32_t DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef::InputOffset
Configures the DMA2D foreground or background offset. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0x3FFF.
• uint32_t DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef::InputColorMode
Configures the DMA2D foreground or background color mode. This parameter can be one value of
DMA2D_Input_Color_Mode.
• uint32_t DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef::AlphaMode
Configures the DMA2D foreground or background alpha mode. This parameter can be one value of
DMA2D_Alpha_Mode.
• uint32_t DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef::InputAlpha
Specifies the DMA2D foreground or background alpha value and color value in case of A8 or A4 color mode.
This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF except for the color
modes detailed below.
Note:
– In case of A8 or A4 color mode (ARGB), this parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x00000000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFFFFFF where
◦ InputAlpha[24:31] is the alpha value ALPHA[0:7]
◦ InputAlpha[16:23] is the red value RED[0:7]
◦ InputAlpha[8:15] is the green value GREEN[0:7]
◦ InputAlpha[0:7] is the blue value BLUE[0:7].
• uint32_t DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef::AlphaInverted
Select regular or inverted alpha value. This parameter can be one value of DMA2D_Alpha_Inverted.
• uint32_t DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef::RedBlueSwap
Select regular mode (RGB or ARGB) or swap mode (BGR or ABGR). This parameter can be one value of
DMA2D_RB_Swap.
20.1.4 __DMA2D_HandleTypeDef
__DMA2D_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dma2d.h
Data Fields
• DMA2D_TypeDef * Instance
• DMA2D_InitTypeDef Init
• void(* XferCpltCallback
• void(* XferErrorCallback
• DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef LayerCfg
• __IO HAL_DMA2D_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation
• DMA2D_TypeDef* __DMA2D_HandleTypeDef::Instance
DMA2D register base address.
• DMA2D_InitTypeDef __DMA2D_HandleTypeDef::Init
DMA2D communication parameters.
• void(* __DMA2D_HandleTypeDef::XferCpltCallback)(struct __DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d)
DMA2D transfer complete callback.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 242/2236

UM1905
DMA2D Firmware driver API description
• void(* __DMA2D_HandleTypeDef::XferErrorCallback)(struct __DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d)

DMA2D transfer error callback.
• DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef __DMA2D_HandleTypeDef::LayerCfg[MAX_DMA2D_LAYER]
DMA2D Layers parameters
• HAL_LockTypeDef __DMA2D_HandleTypeDef::Lock
DMA2D lock.
• __IO HAL_DMA2D_StateTypeDef __DMA2D_HandleTypeDef::State
DMA2D transfer state.
• __IO uint32_t __DMA2D_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
DMA2D error code.
20.2 DMA2D Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the DMA2D library.

1. Program the required configuration through the following parameters: the transfer mode, the output color
mode and the output offset using HAL_DMA2D_Init() function.
2. Program the required configuration through the following parameters: the input color mode, the input color,
the input alpha value, the alpha mode, the red/blue swap mode, the inverted alpha mode and the input offset
using HAL_DMA2D_ConfigLayer() function for foreground or/and background layer.

1. Configure pdata parameter (explained hereafter), destination and data length and enable the transfer using
HAL_DMA2D_Start().
2. Wait for end of transfer using HAL_DMA2D_PollForTransfer(), at this stage user can specify the value of
timeout according to his end application.

1. Configure pdata parameter, destination and data length and enable the transfer using
HAL_DMA2D_Start_IT().
2. Use HAL_DMA2D_IRQHandler() called under DMA2D_IRQHandler() interrupt subroutine.
3. At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA2D_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can add his own
function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback (member of DMA2D handle structure).
4. In case of error, the HAL_DMA2D_IRQHandler() function calls the callback XferErrorCallback.
Note: In Register-to-Memory transfer mode, pdata parameter is the register color, in Memory-to-memory or Memory-
to-Memory with pixel format conversion pdata is the source address.
Note: Configure the foreground source address, the background source address, the destination and data length then
Enable the transfer using HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart() in polling mode and HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart_IT() in
interrupt mode.
Note: HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart() and HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart_IT() functions are used if the memory to
memory with blending transfer mode is selected.
5. Optionally, configure and enable the CLUT using HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoad() in polling mode or
HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoad_IT() in interrupt mode.
6. Optionally, configure the line watermark in using the API HAL_DMA2D_ProgramLineEvent().
7. Optionally, configure the dead time value in the AHB clock cycle inserted between two consecutive accesses
on the AHB master port in using the API HAL_DMA2D_ConfigDeadTime() and enable/disable the
functionality with the APIs HAL_DMA2D_EnableDeadTime() or HAL_DMA2D_DisableDeadTime().
8. The transfer can be suspended, resumed and aborted using the following functions:
HAL_DMA2D_Suspend(), HAL_DMA2D_Resume(), HAL_DMA2D_Abort().
9. The CLUT loading can be suspended, resumed and aborted using the following functions:
HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoading_Suspend(), HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoading_Resume(),
HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoading_Abort().
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 243/2236

UM1905
10. To control the DMA2D state, use the following function: HAL_DMA2D_GetState().
11. To read the DMA2D error code, use the following function: HAL_DMA2D_GetError().
DMA2D HAL driver macros list

Below the list of most used macros in DMA2D HAL driver :
• __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE: Enable the DMA2D peripheral.
• __HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA2D pending flags.
• __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA2D pending flags.
• __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA2D interrupts.
• __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA2D interrupts.
• __HAL_DMA2D_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA2D interrupt is enabled or not.
1. The compilation define USE_HAL_DMA2D_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows the user to
configure dynamically the driver callbacks. Use function @ref HAL_DMA2D_RegisterCallback() to register a
user callback.
2. Function @ref HAL_DMA2D_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks: (+) XferCpltCallback :
callback for transfer complete. (+) XferErrorCallback : callback for transfer error. (+) LineEventCallback :
callback for line event. (+) CLUTLoadingCpltCallback : callback for CLUT loading completion. (+)
MspInitCallback : DMA2D MspInit. (+) MspDeInitCallback : DMA2D MspDeInit. This function takes as
parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function.
3. Use function @ref HAL_DMA2D_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default weak (surcharged)
function. @ref HAL_DMA2D_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, and the
Callback ID. This function allows to reset following callbacks: (+) XferCpltCallback : callback for transfer
complete. (+) XferErrorCallback : callback for transfer error. (+) LineEventCallback : callback for line event.
(+) CLUTLoadingCpltCallback : callback for CLUT loading completion. (+) MspInitCallback : DMA2D MspInit.
(+) MspDeInitCallback : DMA2D MspDeInit.
4. By default, after the @ref HAL_DMA2D_Init and if the state is HAL_DMA2D_STATE_RESET all callbacks
are reset to the corresponding legacy weak (surcharged) functions: examples @ref
HAL_DMA2D_LineEventCallback(), @ref HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoadingCpltCallback() Exception done for
MspInit and MspDeInit callbacks that are respectively reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the
@ref HAL_DMA2D_Init and @ref HAL_DMA2D_DeInit only when these callbacks are null (not registered
beforehand) If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_DMA2D_Init and @ref
HAL_DMA2D_DeInit keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand). Exception
as well for Transfer Completion and Transfer Error callbacks that are not defined as weak (surcharged)
functions. They must be defined by the user to be resorted to. Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in
READY state only. Exception done for MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks that can be registered/unregistered in
READY or RESET state, thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit. In
that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks using @ref HAL_DMA2D_RegisterCallback
before calling @ref HAL_DMA2D_DeInit or @ref HAL_DMA2D_Init function. When The compilation define
USE_HAL_DMA2D_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the callback registering feature is
not available and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
(#) The compilation define USE_HAL_DMA2D_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows the user to
configure dynamically the driver callbacks. Use function @ref HAL_DMA2D_RegisterCallback() to register a user
callback. (#) Function @ref HAL_DMA2D_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
• XferCpltCallback : callback for transfer complete.
• XferErrorCallback : callback for transfer error.
• LineEventCallback : callback for line event.
• CLUTLoadingCpltCallback : callback for CLUT loading completion.
• MspInitCallback : DMA2D MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : DMA2D MspDeInit. This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the
Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function. (#) Use function @ref
HAL_DMA2D_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default weak (surcharged) function. @ref
HAL_DMA2D_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, and the Callback ID.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 244/2236

UM1905
• XferCpltCallback : callback for transfer complete.

• XferErrorCallback : callback for transfer error.
• LineEventCallback : callback for line event.
• CLUTLoadingCpltCallback : callback for CLUT loading completion.
• MspInitCallback : DMA2D MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : DMA2D MspDeInit. (#) By default, after the @ref HAL_DMA2D_Init and if the state is
HAL_DMA2D_STATE_RESET all callbacks are reset to the corresponding legacy weak (surcharged)
functions: examples @ref HAL_DMA2D_LineEventCallback(), @ref
HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoadingCpltCallback() Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit callbacks that are
respectively reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the @ref HAL_DMA2D_Init and @ref
HAL_DMA2D_DeInit only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand) If not, MspInit or
MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_DMA2D_Init and @ref HAL_DMA2D_DeInit keep and use the user
MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand). Exception as well for Transfer Completion and
Transfer Error callbacks that are not defined as weak (surcharged) functions. They must be defined by the
user to be resorted to. Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in READY state only. Exception done for
MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks that can be registered/unregistered in READY or RESET state, thus registered
(user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit. In that case first register the MspInit/
MspDeInit user callbacks using @ref HAL_DMA2D_RegisterCallback before calling @ref
HAL_DMA2D_DeInit or @ref HAL_DMA2D_Init function. When The compilation define
USE_HAL_DMA2D_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the callback registering feature is
Note: You can refer to the DMA2D HAL driver header file for more useful macros

• Initialize and configure the DMA2D
• De-initialize the DMA2D
• HAL_DMA2D_Init
• HAL_DMA2D_DeInit
• HAL_DMA2D_MspInit
• HAL_DMA2D_MspDeInit

• Configure the pdata, destination address and data size then start the DMA2D transfer.
• Configure the source for foreground and background, destination address and data size then start a
MultiBuffer DMA2D transfer.
• Configure the pdata, destination address and data size then start the DMA2D transfer with interrupt.
• Configure the source for foreground and background, destination address and data size then start a
MultiBuffer DMA2D transfer with interrupt.
• Abort DMA2D transfer.
• Suspend DMA2D transfer.
• Resume DMA2D transfer.
• Enable CLUT transfer.
• Configure CLUT loading then start transfer in polling mode.
• Configure CLUT loading then start transfer in interrupt mode.
• Abort DMA2D CLUT loading.
• Suspend DMA2D CLUT loading.
• Resume DMA2D CLUT loading.
• Poll for transfer complete.
• handle DMA2D interrupt request.
• Transfer watermark callback.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 245/2236

UM1905
• CLUT Transfer Complete callback.

• HAL_DMA2D_Start
• HAL_DMA2D_Start_IT
• HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart
• HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart_IT
• HAL_DMA2D_Abort
• HAL_DMA2D_Suspend
• HAL_DMA2D_Resume
• HAL_DMA2D_EnableCLUT
• HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoad
• HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoad_IT
• HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoading_Abort
• HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoading_Suspend
• HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoading_Resume
• HAL_DMA2D_PollForTransfer
• HAL_DMA2D_IRQHandler
• HAL_DMA2D_LineEventCallback
• HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoadingCpltCallback

• Configure the DMA2D foreground or background layer parameters.
• Configure the DMA2D CLUT transfer.
• Configure the line watermark
• Configure the dead time value.
• Enable or disable the dead time value functionality.
• HAL_DMA2D_ConfigLayer
• HAL_DMA2D_ConfigCLUT
• HAL_DMA2D_ProgramLineEvent
• HAL_DMA2D_EnableDeadTime
• HAL_DMA2D_DisableDeadTime
• HAL_DMA2D_ConfigDeadTime

This subsection provides functions allowing to:
• Get the DMA2D state
• Get the DMA2D error code
• HAL_DMA2D_GetState
• HAL_DMA2D_GetError
HAL_DMA2D_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Init (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 246/2236

UM1905
Initialize the DMA2D according to the specified parameters in the DMA2D_InitTypeDef and create the associated
handle.
Parameters
• hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the
DMA2D.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA2D_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_DeInit (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d)
Deinitializes the DMA2D peripheral registers to their default reset values.
Parameters
DMA2D.
Return values
• None:
HAL_DMA2D_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_DMA2D_MspInit (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d)
Initializes the DMA2D MSP.
Parameters
DMA2D.
Return values
• None:
HAL_DMA2D_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_DMA2D_MspDeInit (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d)
DeInitializes the DMA2D MSP.
Parameters
DMA2D.
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 247/2236

UM1905
HAL_DMA2D_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Start (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d, uint32_t pdata, uint32_t
DstAddress, uint32_t Width, uint32_t Height)
Start the DMA2D Transfer.
Parameters
• hdma2d: Pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the
DMA2D.
• pdata: Configure the source memory Buffer address if Memory-to-Memory or Memory-to-Memory with
pixel format conversion mode is selected, or configure the color value if Register-to-Memory mode is
selected.
• DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address.
• Width: The width of data to be transferred from source to destination (expressed in number of pixels per
line).
• Height: The height of data to be transferred from source to destination (expressed in number of lines).
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d, uint32_t
SrcAddress1, uint32_t SrcAddress2, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t Width, uint32_t Height)
Start the multi-source DMA2D Transfer.
Parameters
DMA2D.
• SrcAddress1: The source memory Buffer address for the foreground layer.
• SrcAddress2: The source memory Buffer address for the background layer.
line).
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA2D_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Start_IT (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d, uint32_t pdata, uint32_t
DstAddress, uint32_t Width, uint32_t Height)
Start the DMA2D Transfer with interrupt enabled.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 248/2236

UM1905
Parameters
DMA2D.
• pdata: Configure the source memory Buffer address if the Memory-to-Memory or Memory-to-Memory with
pixel format conversion mode is selected, or configure the color value if Register-to-Memory mode is
selected.
line).
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart_IT (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d, uint32_t
SrcAddress1, uint32_t SrcAddress2, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t Width, uint32_t Height)
Start the multi-source DMA2D Transfer with interrupt enabled.
Parameters
DMA2D.
• SrcAddress1: The source memory Buffer address for the foreground layer.
• SrcAddress2: The source memory Buffer address for the background layer.
line).
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA2D_Suspend
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Suspend (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d)
Suspend the DMA2D Transfer.
Parameters
DMA2D.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA2D_Resume
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Resume (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 249/2236

UM1905
Resume the DMA2D Transfer.
Parameters
DMA2D.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA2D_Abort
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Abort (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d)
Abort the DMA2D Transfer.
Parameters
DMA2D.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA2D_EnableCLUT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_EnableCLUT (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Enable the DMA2D CLUT Transfer.
Parameters
DMA2D.
• LayerIdx: DMA2D Layer index. This parameter can be one of the following values:
DMA2D_BACKGROUND_LAYER(0) / DMA2D_FOREGROUND_LAYER(1)
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoad
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoad (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d,
DMA2D_CLUTCfgTypeDef CLUTCfg, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Start DMA2D CLUT Loading.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 250/2236

UM1905
Parameters
DMA2D.
• CLUTCfg: Pointer to a DMA2D_CLUTCfgTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for
the color look up table.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Invoking this API is similar to calling HAL_DMA2D_ConfigCLUT() then HAL_DMA2D_EnableCLUT().
HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoad_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoad_IT (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d,
Start DMA2D CLUT Loading with interrupt enabled.
Parameters
DMA2D.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoading_Abort
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoading_Abort (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d, uint32_t
LayerIdx)
Abort the DMA2D CLUT loading.
Parameters
DMA2D.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoading_Suspend
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoading_Suspend (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d, uint32_t
LayerIdx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 251/2236

UM1905
Suspend the DMA2D CLUT loading.
Parameters
DMA2D.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoading_Resume
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoading_Resume (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d, uint32_t
LayerIdx)
Resume the DMA2D CLUT loading.
Parameters
DMA2D.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA2D_PollForTransfer
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_PollForTransfer (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d, uint32_t Timeout)
Polling for transfer complete or CLUT loading.
Parameters
DMA2D.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA2D_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_DMA2D_IRQHandler (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d)
Handle DMA2D interrupt request.
Parameters
DMA2D.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 252/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA2D_LineEventCallback
Function name
void HAL_DMA2D_LineEventCallback (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d)
Transfer watermark callback.
Parameters
DMA2D.
Return values
• None:
HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoadingCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoadingCpltCallback (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d)
CLUT Transfer Complete callback.
Parameters
DMA2D.
Return values
• None:
HAL_DMA2D_ConfigLayer
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_ConfigLayer (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Configure the DMA2D Layer according to the specified parameters in the DMA2D_HandleTypeDef.
Parameters
DMA2D.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA2D_ConfigCLUT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_ConfigCLUT (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d,
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 253/2236

UM1905
Configure the DMA2D CLUT Transfer.
Parameters
DMA2D.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA2D_ProgramLineEvent
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_ProgramLineEvent (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d, uint32_t Line)
Configure the line watermark.
Parameters
DMA2D.
• Line: Line Watermark configuration (maximum 16-bit long value expected).
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• HAL_DMA2D_ProgramLineEvent() API enables the transfer watermark interrupt.
• The transfer watermark interrupt is disabled once it has occurred.
HAL_DMA2D_EnableDeadTime
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_EnableDeadTime (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d)
Enable DMA2D dead time feature.
Parameters
• hdma2d: DMA2D handle.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA2D_DisableDeadTime
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_DisableDeadTime (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d)
Disable DMA2D dead time feature.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 254/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA2D_ConfigDeadTime
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_ConfigDeadTime (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d, uint8_t
DeadTime)
Configure dead time.
Parameters
• DeadTime: dead time value.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• The dead time value represents the guaranteed minimum number of cycles between two consecutive
transactions on the AHB bus.
HAL_DMA2D_GetState
Function name
HAL_DMA2D_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_GetState (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d)
Return the DMA2D state.
Parameters
DMA2D.
Return values
• HAL: state
HAL_DMA2D_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_DMA2D_GetError (DMA2D_HandleTypeDef * hdma2d)
Return the DMA2D error code.
Parameters
• hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for
DMA2D.
Return values
• DMA2D: Error Code
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 255/2236

UM1905
DMA2D Firmware driver defines
20.3 DMA2D Firmware driver defines

20.3.1 DMA2D
DMA2D
DMA2D API Aliases
HAL_DMA2D_DisableCLUT
Aliased to HAL_DMA2D_CLUTLoading_Abort for compatibility with legacy code
DMA2D Alpha Inversion
DMA2D_REGULAR_ALPHA
No modification of the alpha channel value
DMA2D_INVERTED_ALPHA
Invert the alpha channel value
DMA2D Alpha Mode
DMA2D_NO_MODIF_ALPHA
DMA2D_REPLACE_ALPHA
Replace original alpha channel value by programmed alpha value
DMA2D_COMBINE_ALPHA
Replace original alpha channel value by programmed alpha value with original alpha channel value
DMA2D CLUT Color Mode
DMA2D_CCM_ARGB8888
ARGB8888 DMA2D CLUT color mode
DMA2D_CCM_RGB888
RGB888 DMA2D CLUT color mode
DMA2D CLUT Size
DMA2D_CLUT_SIZE
DMA2D maximum CLUT size
DMA2D Color Value
DMA2D_COLOR_VALUE
Color value mask
DMA2D Error Code
HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_TE
Transfer error
HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_CE
Configuration error
HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_CAE
CLUT access error
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 256/2236

UM1905
HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_TIMEOUT
Timeout error
DMA2D Exported Macros
__HAL_DMA2D_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset DMA2D handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the DMA2D handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the DMA2D.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: DMA2D handle
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Get the DMA2D pending flags.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: flag to check. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
– DMA2D_FLAG_CE: Configuration error flag
– DMA2D_FLAG_CTC: CLUT transfer complete flag
– DMA2D_FLAG_CAE: CLUT access error flag
– DMA2D_FLAG_TW: Transfer Watermark flag
– DMA2D_FLAG_TC: Transfer complete flag
– DMA2D_FLAG_TE: Transfer error flag
Return value:
• The: state of FLAG.
__HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the DMA2D pending flags.
Parameters:
– DMA2D_FLAG_CE: Configuration error flag
– DMA2D_FLAG_CTC: CLUT transfer complete flag
– DMA2D_FLAG_CAE: CLUT access error flag
– DMA2D_FLAG_TW: Transfer Watermark flag
– DMA2D_FLAG_TC: Transfer complete flag
– DMA2D_FLAG_TE: Transfer error flag
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 257/2236

UM1905
__HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the specified DMA2D interrupts.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the DMA2D interrupt sources to be enabled. This parameter can be any
– DMA2D_IT_CE: Configuration error interrupt mask
– DMA2D_IT_CTC: CLUT transfer complete interrupt mask
– DMA2D_IT_CAE: CLUT access error interrupt mask
– DMA2D_IT_TW: Transfer Watermark interrupt mask
– DMA2D_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask
– DMA2D_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask
Return value:
• None
__HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the specified DMA2D interrupts.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the DMA2D interrupt sources to be disabled. This parameter can be any
Return value:
• None
__HAL_DMA2D_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Check whether the specified DMA2D interrupt source is enabled or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the DMA2D interrupt source to check. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
Return value:
• The: state of INTERRUPT source.
DMA2D Exported Types
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 258/2236

UM1905
MAX_DMA2D_LAYER
DMA2D maximum number of layers
DMA2D Flags
DMA2D_FLAG_CE
Configuration Error Interrupt Flag
DMA2D_FLAG_CTC
CLUT Transfer Complete Interrupt Flag
DMA2D_FLAG_CAE
CLUT Access Error Interrupt Flag
DMA2D_FLAG_TW
Transfer Watermark Interrupt Flag
DMA2D_FLAG_TC
Transfer Complete Interrupt Flag
DMA2D_FLAG_TE
Transfer Error Interrupt Flag
DMA2D Input Color Mode
DMA2D_INPUT_ARGB8888
ARGB8888 color mode
DMA2D_INPUT_RGB888
RGB888 color mode
DMA2D_INPUT_RGB565
RGB565 color mode
ARGB1555 color mode
ARGB4444 color mode
DMA2D_INPUT_L8
L8 color mode
DMA2D_INPUT_AL44
AL44 color mode
DMA2D_INPUT_AL88
AL88 color mode
DMA2D_INPUT_L4
L4 color mode
DMA2D_INPUT_A8
A8 color mode
DMA2D_INPUT_A4
A4 color mode
DMA2D Interrupts
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 259/2236

UM1905
DMA2D_IT_CE
Configuration Error Interrupt
DMA2D_IT_CTC
CLUT Transfer Complete Interrupt
DMA2D_IT_CAE
CLUT Access Error Interrupt
DMA2D_IT_TW
Transfer Watermark Interrupt
DMA2D_IT_TC
Transfer Complete Interrupt
DMA2D_IT_TE
Transfer Error Interrupt
DMA2D Layers
DMA2D_BACKGROUND_LAYER
DMA2D Background Layer (layer 0)
DMA2D_FOREGROUND_LAYER
DMA2D Foreground Layer (layer 1)
DMA2D Maximum Line Watermark
DMA2D_LINE_WATERMARK_MAX
DMA2D maximum line watermark
DMA2D Maximum Number of Layers
DMA2D_MAX_LAYER
DMA2D maximum number of layers
DMA2D Mode
DMA2D_M2M
DMA2D memory to memory transfer mode
DMA2D_M2M_PFC
DMA2D memory to memory with pixel format conversion transfer mode
DMA2D_M2M_BLEND
DMA2D memory to memory with blending transfer mode
DMA2D_R2M
DMA2D register to memory transfer mode
DMA2D Offset
DMA2D_OFFSET
maximum Line Offset
DMA2D Output Color Mode
DMA2D_OUTPUT_ARGB8888
ARGB8888 DMA2D color mode
DMA2D_OUTPUT_RGB888
RGB888 DMA2D color mode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 260/2236

UM1905
DMA2D_OUTPUT_RGB565
RGB565 DMA2D color mode
DMA2D Red and Blue Swap
DMA2D_RB_REGULAR
Select regular mode (RGB or ARGB)
DMA2D_RB_SWAP
Select swap mode (BGR or ABGR)
DMA2D Size
DMA2D_PIXEL
DMA2D maximum number of pixels per line
DMA2D_LINE
DMA2D maximum number of lines
DMA2D Time Out
DMA2D_TIMEOUT_ABORT
1s
DMA2D_TIMEOUT_SUSPEND
1s
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 261/2236

UM1905
HAL DMA Generic Driver
21 HAL DMA Generic Driver
21.1 DMA Firmware driver registers structures
21.1.1 DMA_InitTypeDef
DMA_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dma.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Direction
• uint32_t PeriphInc
• uint32_t MemInc
• uint32_t PeriphDataAlignment
• uint32_t MemDataAlignment
• uint32_t Mode
• uint32_t Priority
• uint32_t FIFOMode
• uint32_t FIFOThreshold
• uint32_t MemBurst
• uint32_t PeriphBurst
Field Documentation
• uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::Channel
Specifies the channel used for the specified stream. This parameter can be a value of
DMAEx_Channel_selection
• uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::Direction
Specifies if the data will be transferred from memory to peripheral, from memory to memory or from
peripheral to memory. This parameter can be a value of DMA_Data_transfer_direction
• uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::PeriphInc
Specifies whether the Peripheral address register should be incremented or not. This parameter can be a
value of DMA_Peripheral_incremented_mode
• uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::MemInc
Specifies whether the memory address register should be incremented or not. This parameter can be a
value of DMA_Memory_incremented_mode
• uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::PeriphDataAlignment
Specifies the Peripheral data width. This parameter can be a value of DMA_Peripheral_data_size
• uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::MemDataAlignment
Specifies the Memory data width. This parameter can be a value of DMA_Memory_data_size
• uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the operation mode of the DMAy Streamx. This parameter can be a value of DMA_mode
Note:
– The circular buffer mode cannot be used if the memory-to-memory data transfer is configured on the
selected Stream
• uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::Priority
Specifies the software priority for the DMAy Streamx. This parameter can be a value of DMA_Priority_level
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 262/2236

UM1905
DMA Firmware driver registers structures
• uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::FIFOMode
Specifies if the FIFO mode or Direct mode will be used for the specified stream. This parameter can be a
value of DMA_FIFO_direct_mode
Note:
– The Direct mode (FIFO mode disabled) cannot be used if the memory-to-memory data transfer is
configured on the selected stream
• uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::FIFOThreshold
Specifies the FIFO threshold level. This parameter can be a value of DMA_FIFO_threshold_level
• uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::MemBurst
Specifies the Burst transfer configuration for the memory transfers. It specifies the amount of data to be
transferred in a single non interruptible transaction. This parameter can be a value of DMA_Memory_burst
Note:
– The burst mode is possible only if the address Increment mode is enabled.
• uint32_t DMA_InitTypeDef::PeriphBurst
Specifies the Burst transfer configuration for the peripheral transfers. It specifies the amount of data to be
transferred in a single non interruptible transaction. This parameter can be a value of
DMA_Peripheral_burst
Note:
21.1.2 __DMA_HandleTypeDef
__DMA_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dma.h
Data Fields
• DMA_Stream_TypeDef * Instance
• DMA_InitTypeDef Init
• __IO HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef State
• void * Parent
• void(* XferCpltCallback
• void(* XferHalfCpltCallback
• void(* XferM1CpltCallback
• void(* XferM1HalfCpltCallback
• void(* XferErrorCallback
• void(* XferAbortCallback
• uint32_t StreamBaseAddress
• uint32_t StreamIndex
Field Documentation
• DMA_Stream_TypeDef* __DMA_HandleTypeDef::Instance
• DMA_InitTypeDef __DMA_HandleTypeDef::Init
DMA communication parameters
• HAL_LockTypeDef __DMA_HandleTypeDef::Lock
DMA locking object
• __IO HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef __DMA_HandleTypeDef::State
DMA transfer state
• void* __DMA_HandleTypeDef::Parent
Parent object state
• void(* __DMA_HandleTypeDef::XferCpltCallback)(struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
DMA transfer complete callback
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 263/2236

UM1905
DMA Firmware driver API description
• void(* __DMA_HandleTypeDef::XferHalfCpltCallback)(struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)

DMA Half transfer complete callback
• void(* __DMA_HandleTypeDef::XferM1CpltCallback)(struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
DMA transfer complete Memory1 callback
• void(* __DMA_HandleTypeDef::XferM1HalfCpltCallback)(struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
DMA transfer Half complete Memory1 callback
• void(* __DMA_HandleTypeDef::XferErrorCallback)(struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
DMA transfer error callback
• void(* __DMA_HandleTypeDef::XferAbortCallback)(struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
DMA transfer Abort callback
• __IO uint32_t __DMA_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
DMA Error code
• uint32_t __DMA_HandleTypeDef::StreamBaseAddress
DMA Stream Base Address
• uint32_t __DMA_HandleTypeDef::StreamIndex
DMA Stream Index
21.2 DMA Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the DMA library.

1. Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Stream (except for internal SRAM/FLASH
memories: no initialization is necessary) please refer to Reference manual for connection between
peripherals and DMA requests.
2. For a given Stream, program the required configuration through the following parameters: Transfer Direction,
Source and Destination data formats, Circular, Normal or peripheral flow control mode, Stream Priority level,
Source and Destination Increment mode, FIFO mode and its Threshold (if needed), Burst mode for Source
and/or Destination (if needed) using HAL_DMA_Init() function.
Note: Prior to HAL_DMA_Init() the clock must be enabled for DMA through the following macros:
__HAL_RCC_DMA1_CLK_ENABLE() or __HAL_RCC_DMA2_CLK_ENABLE().

• Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source address and destination
address and the Length of data to be transferred.
• Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this case a fixed Timeout can be
configured by User depending from his application.
• Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer.

• Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
• Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
• Select Callbacks functions using HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback()
• Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source address and destination
address and the Length of data to be transferred. In this case the DMA interrupt is configured
• Use HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
• At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can add his own function
by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and XferErrorCallback (i.e a member of DMA handle
structure).
1. Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error
detection.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 264/2236

UM1905
2. Use HAL_DMA_Abort_IT() function to abort the current transfer

Note: In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed.
Note: The FIFO is used mainly to reduce bus usage and to allow data packing/unpacking: it is possible to set different
Data Sizes for the Peripheral and the Memory (ie. you can set Half-Word data size for the peripheral to access
its data register and set Word data size for the Memory to gain in access time. Each two half words will be
packed and written in a single access to a Word in the Memory).
Note: When FIFO is disabled, it is not allowed to configure different Data Sizes for Source and Destination. In this
case the Peripheral Data Size will be applied to both Source and Destination.
DMA HAL driver macros list

Below the list of most used macros in DMA HAL driver.
• __HAL_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the specified DMA Stream.
• __HAL_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the specified DMA Stream.
• __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA Stream interrupt has occurred or not.
Note: You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros

This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Stream source and destination addresses,
incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction, circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode
selection and Stream priority value.
The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in reference manual.
• HAL_DMA_Init
• HAL_DMA_DeInit

• Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer
• Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer with interrupt
• Abort DMA transfer
• Poll for transfer complete
• Handle DMA interrupt request
• HAL_DMA_Start
• HAL_DMA_Start_IT
• HAL_DMA_Abort
• HAL_DMA_Abort_IT
• HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer
• HAL_DMA_IRQHandler
• HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback
• HAL_DMA_UnRegisterCallback
21.2.4 State and Errors functions

• Check the DMA state
• Get error code
• HAL_DMA_GetState
• HAL_DMA_GetError
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 265/2236

UM1905
HAL_DMA_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
Initialize the DMA according to the specified parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and create the associated
handle.
Parameters
• hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified DMA Stream.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
DeInitializes the DMA peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t
DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
Starts the DMA Transfer.
Parameters
• SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
• DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
• DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t
DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 266/2236

UM1905
Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA_Abort
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
Aborts the DMA Transfer.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• After disabling a DMA Stream, a check for wait until the DMA Stream is effectively disabled is added. If a
Stream is disabled while a data transfer is ongoing, the current data will be transferred and the Stream will
be effectively disabled only after the transfer of this single data is finished.
HAL_DMA_Abort_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
Aborts the DMA Transfer in Interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma,
HAL_DMA_LevelCompleteTypeDef CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout)
Polling for transfer complete.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 267/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• CompleteLevel: Specifies the DMA level complete.
• Timeout: Timeout duration.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• The polling mode is kept in this version for legacy. it is recommanded to use the IT model instead. This
model could be used for debug purpose.
• The HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer API cannot be used in circular and double buffering mode (automatic
circular mode).
HAL_DMA_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
Handles DMA interrupt request.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma,
HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void(*)(DMA_HandleTypeDef *_hdma) pCallback)
Register callbacks.
Parameters
• CallbackID: User Callback identifer a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure as parameter.
• pCallback: pointer to private callbacsk function which has pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure as
parameter.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA_UnRegisterCallback
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_UnRegisterCallback (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma,
HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
UnRegister callbacks.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 268/2236

UM1905
DMA Firmware driver defines
Parameters
• CallbackID: User Callback identifer a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMA_GetState
Function name
HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
Returns the DMA state.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: state
HAL_DMA_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
Return the DMA error code.
Parameters
Return values
• DMA: Error Code
21.3 DMA Firmware driver defines

21.3.1 DMA
DMA
DMA Data transfer direction
DMA_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY
Peripheral to memory direction
DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH
Memory to peripheral direction
DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY
Memory to memory direction
DMA Error Code
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 269/2236

UM1905
HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE
Transfer error
HAL_DMA_ERROR_FE
FIFO error
HAL_DMA_ERROR_DME
Direct Mode error
HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT
Timeout error
HAL_DMA_ERROR_PARAM
Parameter error
HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER
Abort requested with no Xfer ongoing
HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED
Not supported mode
DMA FIFO direct mode
DMA_FIFOMODE_DISABLE
FIFO mode disable
DMA_FIFOMODE_ENABLE
FIFO mode enable
DMA FIFO threshold level
DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_1QUARTERFULL
FIFO threshold 1 quart full configuration
DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_HALFFULL
FIFO threshold half full configuration
DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_3QUARTERSFULL
FIFO threshold 3 quarts full configuration
DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD_FULL
FIFO threshold full configuration
DMA flag definitions
DMA_FLAG_FEIF0_4
DMA_FLAG_DMEIF0_4
DMA_FLAG_TEIF0_4
DMA_FLAG_HTIF0_4
DMA_FLAG_TCIF0_4
DMA_FLAG_FEIF1_5
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 270/2236

UM1905
DMA_FLAG_DMEIF1_5
DMA_FLAG_TEIF1_5
DMA_FLAG_HTIF1_5
DMA_FLAG_TCIF1_5
DMA_FLAG_FEIF2_6
DMA_FLAG_DMEIF2_6
DMA_FLAG_TEIF2_6
DMA_FLAG_HTIF2_6
DMA_FLAG_TCIF2_6
DMA_FLAG_FEIF3_7
DMA_FLAG_DMEIF3_7
DMA_FLAG_TEIF3_7
DMA_FLAG_HTIF3_7
DMA_FLAG_TCIF3_7
TIM DMA Handle Index
TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE
Index of the DMA handle used for Update DMA requests
TIM_DMA_ID_CC1
Index of the DMA handle used for Capture/Compare 1 DMA requests
TIM_DMA_ID_CC2
TIM_DMA_ID_CC3
TIM_DMA_ID_CC4
TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION
Index of the DMA handle used for Commutation DMA requests
TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER
Index of the DMA handle used for Trigger DMA requests
DMA interrupt enable definitions
DMA_IT_TC
DMA_IT_HT
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 271/2236

UM1905
DMA_IT_TE
DMA_IT_DME
DMA_IT_FE
DMA Memory burst
DMA_MBURST_SINGLE
DMA_MBURST_INC4
DMA_MBURST_INC8
DMA_MBURST_INC16
DMA Memory data size
DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE
Memory data alignment: Byte
DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD
Memory data alignment: HalfWord
DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD
Memory data alignment: Word
DMA Memory incremented mode
DMA_MINC_ENABLE
Memory increment mode enable
DMA_MINC_DISABLE
Memory increment mode disable
DMA mode
DMA_NORMAL
Normal mode
DMA_CIRCULAR
Circular mode
DMA_PFCTRL
Peripheral flow control mode
DMA Peripheral burst
DMA_PBURST_SINGLE
DMA_PBURST_INC4
DMA_PBURST_INC8
DMA_PBURST_INC16
DMA Peripheral data size
DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE
Peripheral data alignment: Byte
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 272/2236

UM1905
DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD
Peripheral data alignment: HalfWord
DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD
Peripheral data alignment: Word
DMA Peripheral incremented mode
DMA_PINC_ENABLE
Peripheral increment mode enable
DMA_PINC_DISABLE
Peripheral increment mode disable
DMA Priority level
DMA_PRIORITY_LOW
Priority level: Low
DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM
Priority level: Medium
DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH
Priority level: High
DMA_PRIORITY_VERY_HIGH
Priority level: Very High
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 273/2236

UM1905
HAL DMA Extension Driver
22 HAL DMA Extension Driver
22.1 DMAEx Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the DMAEx library.

The DMA Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
• Start a multi buffer transfer using the HAL_DMA_MultiBufferStart() function for polling mode or
HAL_DMA_MultiBufferStart_IT() for interrupt mode.
Note: In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Multi (Double) Buffer mode is not allowed.
Note: When Multi (Double) Buffer mode is enabled, the transfer is circular by default.
Note: In Multi (Double) buffer mode, it is possible to update the base address for the AHB memory port on the fly
(DMA_SxM0AR or DMA_SxM1AR) when the stream is enabled.

• Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start MultiBuffer DMA transfer
• Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start MultiBuffer DMA transfer with interrupt
• Change on the fly the memory0 or memory1 address.
• HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart
• HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart_IT
• HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory
HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress,
uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
Starts the multi_buffer DMA Transfer.
Parameters
• SecondMemAddress: The second memory Buffer address in case of multi buffer Transfer
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart_IT (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma, uint32_t
SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 274/2236

UM1905
DMAEx Firmware driver defines
Starts the multi_buffer DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
Parameters
• SecondMemAddress: The second memory Buffer address in case of multi buffer Transfer
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma, uint32_t Address,
HAL_DMA_MemoryTypeDef memory)
Change the memory0 or memory1 address on the fly.
Parameters
• Address: The new address
• memory: the memory to be changed, This parameter can be one of the following values: MEMORY0 /
MEMORY1
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• The MEMORY0 address can be changed only when the current transfer use MEMORY1 and the
MEMORY1 address can be changed only when the current transfer use MEMORY0.
22.2 DMAEx Firmware driver defines

22.2.1 DMAEx
DMAEx
DMA Channel selection
DMA_CHANNEL_0
DMA Channel 0
DMA_CHANNEL_1
DMA Channel 1
DMA_CHANNEL_2
DMA Channel 2
DMA_CHANNEL_3
DMA Channel 3
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 275/2236

UM1905
DMAEx Firmware driver defines
DMA_CHANNEL_4
DMA Channel 4
DMA_CHANNEL_5
DMA Channel 5
DMA_CHANNEL_6
DMA Channel 6
DMA_CHANNEL_7
DMA Channel 7
DMA_CHANNEL_8
DMA Channel 8
DMA_CHANNEL_9
DMA Channel 9
DMA_CHANNEL_10
DMA Channel 10
DMA_CHANNEL_11
DMA Channel 11
DMA_CHANNEL_12
DMA Channel 12
DMA_CHANNEL_13
DMA Channel 13
DMA_CHANNEL_14
DMA Channel 14
DMA_CHANNEL_15
DMA Channel 15
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 276/2236

UM1905
HAL DSI Generic Driver
23 HAL DSI Generic Driver
23.1 DSI Firmware driver registers structures
23.1.1 DSI_InitTypeDef
DSI_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dsi.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t AutomaticClockLaneControl
• uint32_t TXEscapeCkdiv
• uint32_t NumberOfLanes
Field Documentation
• uint32_t DSI_InitTypeDef::AutomaticClockLaneControl
Automatic clock lane control This parameter can be any value of DSI_Automatic_Clk_Lane_Control
• uint32_t DSI_InitTypeDef::TXEscapeCkdiv
TX Escape clock division The values 0 and 1 stop the TX_ESC clock generation
• uint32_t DSI_InitTypeDef::NumberOfLanes
Number of lanes This parameter can be any value of DSI_Number_Of_Lanes
23.1.2 DSI_PLLInitTypeDef
DSI_PLLInitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dsi.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t PLLNDIV
• uint32_t PLLIDF
• uint32_t PLLODF
Field Documentation
• uint32_t DSI_PLLInitTypeDef::PLLNDIV
PLL Loop Division Factor This parameter must be a value between 10 and 125
• uint32_t DSI_PLLInitTypeDef::PLLIDF
PLL Input Division Factor This parameter can be any value of DSI_PLL_IDF
• uint32_t DSI_PLLInitTypeDef::PLLODF
PLL Output Division Factor This parameter can be any value of DSI_PLL_ODF
23.1.3 DSI_VidCfgTypeDef
DSI_VidCfgTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dsi.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t VirtualChannelID
• uint32_t ColorCoding
• uint32_t LooselyPacked
• uint32_t Mode
• uint32_t PacketSize
• uint32_t NumberOfChunks
• uint32_t NullPacketSize
• uint32_t DEPolarity
• uint32_t HorizontalSyncActive
• uint32_t HorizontalBackPorch
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 277/2236

UM1905
DSI Firmware driver registers structures
• uint32_t HorizontalLine
• uint32_t VerticalSyncActive
• uint32_t VerticalBackPorch
• uint32_t VerticalFrontPorch
• uint32_t VerticalActive
• uint32_t LPCommandEnable
• uint32_t LPLargestPacketSize
• uint32_t LPVACTLargestPacketSize
• uint32_t LPHorizontalFrontPorchEnable
• uint32_t LPHorizontalBackPorchEnable
• uint32_t LPVerticalActiveEnable
• uint32_t LPVerticalFrontPorchEnable
• uint32_t LPVerticalBackPorchEnable
• uint32_t LPVerticalSyncActiveEnable
• uint32_t FrameBTAAcknowledgeEnable
Field Documentation
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::VirtualChannelID
Virtual channel ID
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::ColorCoding
Color coding for LTDC interface This parameter can be any value of DSI_Color_Coding
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::LooselyPacked
Enable or disable loosely packed stream (needed only when using 18-bit configuration). This parameter can
be any value of DSI_LooselyPacked
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::Mode
Video mode type This parameter can be any value of DSI_Video_Mode_Type
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::PacketSize
Video packet size
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::NumberOfChunks
Number of chunks
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::NullPacketSize
Null packet size
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::HSPolarity
HSYNC pin polarity This parameter can be any value of DSI_HSYNC_Polarity
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::VSPolarity
VSYNC pin polarity This parameter can be any value of DSI_VSYNC_Active_Polarity
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::DEPolarity
Data Enable pin polarity This parameter can be any value of DSI_DATA_ENABLE_Polarity
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::HorizontalSyncActive
Horizontal synchronism active duration (in lane byte clock cycles)
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::HorizontalBackPorch
Horizontal back-porch duration (in lane byte clock cycles)
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::HorizontalLine
Horizontal line duration (in lane byte clock cycles)
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::VerticalSyncActive
Vertical synchronism active duration
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::VerticalBackPorch
Vertical back-porch duration
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::VerticalFrontPorch
Vertical front-porch duration
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 278/2236

UM1905
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::VerticalActive
Vertical active duration
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::LPCommandEnable
Low-power command enable This parameter can be any value of DSI_LP_Command
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::LPLargestPacketSize
The size, in bytes, of the low power largest packet that can fit in a line during VSA, VBP and VFP regions
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::LPVACTLargestPacketSize
The size, in bytes, of the low power largest packet that can fit in a line during VACT region
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::LPHorizontalFrontPorchEnable
Low-power horizontal front-porch enable This parameter can be any value of DSI_LP_HFP
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::LPHorizontalBackPorchEnable
Low-power horizontal back-porch enable This parameter can be any value of DSI_LP_HBP
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::LPVerticalActiveEnable
Low-power vertical active enable This parameter can be any value of DSI_LP_VACT
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::LPVerticalFrontPorchEnable
Low-power vertical front-porch enable This parameter can be any value of DSI_LP_VFP
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::LPVerticalBackPorchEnable
Low-power vertical back-porch enable This parameter can be any value of DSI_LP_VBP
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::LPVerticalSyncActiveEnable
Low-power vertical sync active enable This parameter can be any value of DSI_LP_VSYNC
• uint32_t DSI_VidCfgTypeDef::FrameBTAAcknowledgeEnable
Frame bus-turn-around acknowledge enable This parameter can be any value of DSI_FBTA_acknowledge
23.1.4 DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef
DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dsi.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t VirtualChannelID
• uint32_t ColorCoding
• uint32_t CommandSize
• uint32_t TearingEffectSource
• uint32_t TearingEffectPolarity
• uint32_t VSyncPol
• uint32_t AutomaticRefresh
• uint32_t TEAcknowledgeRequest
Field Documentation
• uint32_t DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef::VirtualChannelID
Virtual channel ID
• uint32_t DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef::ColorCoding
Color coding for LTDC interface This parameter can be any value of DSI_Color_Coding
• uint32_t DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef::CommandSize
Maximum allowed size for an LTDC write memory command, measured in pixels. This parameter can be any
value between 0x00 and 0xFFFFU
• uint32_t DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef::TearingEffectSource
Tearing effect source This parameter can be any value of DSI_TearingEffectSource
• uint32_t DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef::TearingEffectPolarity
Tearing effect pin polarity This parameter can be any value of DSI_TearingEffectPolarity
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 279/2236

UM1905
• uint32_t DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef::HSPolarity
HSYNC pin polarity This parameter can be any value of DSI_HSYNC_Polarity
• uint32_t DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef::VSPolarity
VSYNC pin polarity This parameter can be any value of DSI_VSYNC_Active_Polarity
• uint32_t DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef::DEPolarity
Data Enable pin polarity This parameter can be any value of DSI_DATA_ENABLE_Polarity
• uint32_t DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef::VSyncPol
VSync edge on which the LTDC is halted This parameter can be any value of DSI_Vsync_Polarity
• uint32_t DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef::AutomaticRefresh
Automatic refresh mode This parameter can be any value of DSI_AutomaticRefresh
• uint32_t DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef::TEAcknowledgeRequest
Tearing Effect Acknowledge Request Enable This parameter can be any value of
DSI_TE_AcknowledgeRequest
23.1.5 DSI_LPCmdTypeDef
DSI_LPCmdTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dsi.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t LPGenShortWriteNoP
• uint32_t LPGenShortWriteOneP
• uint32_t LPGenShortWriteTwoP
• uint32_t LPGenShortReadNoP
• uint32_t LPGenShortReadOneP
• uint32_t LPGenShortReadTwoP
• uint32_t LPGenLongWrite
• uint32_t LPDcsShortWriteNoP
• uint32_t LPDcsShortWriteOneP
• uint32_t LPDcsShortReadNoP
• uint32_t LPDcsLongWrite
• uint32_t LPMaxReadPacket
• uint32_t AcknowledgeRequest
Field Documentation
• uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPGenShortWriteNoP
Generic Short Write Zero parameters Transmission This parameter can be any value of
DSI_LP_LPGenShortWriteNoP
• uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPGenShortWriteOneP
Generic Short Write One parameter Transmission This parameter can be any value of
DSI_LP_LPGenShortWriteOneP
• uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPGenShortWriteTwoP
Generic Short Write Two parameters Transmission This parameter can be any value of
DSI_LP_LPGenShortWriteTwoP
• uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPGenShortReadNoP
Generic Short Read Zero parameters Transmission This parameter can be any value of
DSI_LP_LPGenShortReadNoP
• uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPGenShortReadOneP
Generic Short Read One parameter Transmission This parameter can be any value of
DSI_LP_LPGenShortReadOneP
• uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPGenShortReadTwoP
Generic Short Read Two parameters Transmission This parameter can be any value of
DSI_LP_LPGenShortReadTwoP
• uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPGenLongWrite
Generic Long Write Transmission This parameter can be any value of DSI_LP_LPGenLongWrite
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 280/2236

UM1905
• uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPDcsShortWriteNoP
DCS Short Write Zero parameters Transmission This parameter can be any value of
DSI_LP_LPDcsShortWriteNoP
• uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPDcsShortWriteOneP
DCS Short Write One parameter Transmission This parameter can be any value of
DSI_LP_LPDcsShortWriteOneP
• uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPDcsShortReadNoP
DCS Short Read Zero parameters Transmission This parameter can be any value of
DSI_LP_LPDcsShortReadNoP
• uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPDcsLongWrite
DCS Long Write Transmission This parameter can be any value of DSI_LP_LPDcsLongWrite
• uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::LPMaxReadPacket
Maximum Read Packet Size Transmission This parameter can be any value of DSI_LP_LPMaxReadPacket
• uint32_t DSI_LPCmdTypeDef::AcknowledgeRequest
Acknowledge Request Enable This parameter can be any value of DSI_AcknowledgeRequest
23.1.6 DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef
DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dsi.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t ClockLaneHS2LPTime
• uint32_t ClockLaneLP2HSTime
• uint32_t DataLaneHS2LPTime
• uint32_t DataLaneLP2HSTime
• uint32_t DataLaneMaxReadTime
• uint32_t StopWaitTime
Field Documentation
• uint32_t DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef::ClockLaneHS2LPTime
The maximum time that the D-PHY clock lane takes to go from high-speed to low-power transmission
• uint32_t DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef::ClockLaneLP2HSTime
The maximum time that the D-PHY clock lane takes to go from low-power to high-speed transmission
• uint32_t DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef::DataLaneHS2LPTime
The maximum time that the D-PHY data lanes takes to go from high-speed to low-power transmission
• uint32_t DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef::DataLaneLP2HSTime
The maximum time that the D-PHY data lanes takes to go from low-power to high-speed transmission
• uint32_t DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef::DataLaneMaxReadTime
The maximum time required to perform a read command
• uint32_t DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef::StopWaitTime
The minimum wait period to request a High-Speed transmission after the Stop state
23.1.7 DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef
DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dsi.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t TimeoutCkdiv
• uint32_t HighSpeedTransmissionTimeout
• uint32_t LowPowerReceptionTimeout
• uint32_t HighSpeedReadTimeout
• uint32_t LowPowerReadTimeout
• uint32_t HighSpeedWriteTimeout
• uint32_t HighSpeedWritePrespMode
• uint32_t LowPowerWriteTimeout
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 281/2236

UM1905
DSI Firmware driver API description
• uint32_t BTATimeout
Field Documentation
• uint32_t DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef::TimeoutCkdiv
Time-out clock division
• uint32_t DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef::HighSpeedTransmissionTimeout
High-speed transmission time-out
• uint32_t DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef::LowPowerReceptionTimeout
Low-power reception time-out
• uint32_t DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef::HighSpeedReadTimeout
High-speed read time-out
• uint32_t DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef::LowPowerReadTimeout
Low-power read time-out
• uint32_t DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef::HighSpeedWriteTimeout
High-speed write time-out
• uint32_t DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef::HighSpeedWritePrespMode
High-speed write presp mode This parameter can be any value of DSI_HS_PrespMode
• uint32_t DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef::LowPowerWriteTimeout
Low-speed write time-out
• uint32_t DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef::BTATimeout
BTA time-out
23.1.8 DSI_HandleTypeDef
DSI_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_dsi.h
Data Fields
• DSI_TypeDef * Instance
• DSI_InitTypeDef Init
• __IO HAL_DSI_StateTypeDef State
• uint32_t ErrorMsk
Field Documentation
• DSI_TypeDef* DSI_HandleTypeDef::Instance
• DSI_InitTypeDef DSI_HandleTypeDef::Init
DSI required parameters
• HAL_LockTypeDef DSI_HandleTypeDef::Lock
DSI peripheral status
• __IO HAL_DSI_StateTypeDef DSI_HandleTypeDef::State
DSI communication state
• __IO uint32_t DSI_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
DSI Error code
• uint32_t DSI_HandleTypeDef::ErrorMsk
DSI Error monitoring mask
23.2 DSI Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the DSI library.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 282/2236

UM1905
1. Use @ref HAL_DSI_Init() function to initialize the DSI Host IP and program the required PLL parameters,
number of lanes and TX Escape clock divider.
2. Use @ref HAL_DSI_ConfigAdaptedCommandMode() function to configure the DSI host in adapted
command mode.
3. When operating in video mode , use @ref HAL_DSI_ConfigVideoMode() to configure the DSI host.
4. Function @ref HAL_DSI_ConfigCommand() is used to configure the DSI commands behavior in low power
mode.
5. To configure the DSI PHY timings parameters, use function @ref HAL_DSI_ConfigPhyTimer().
6. The DSI Host can be started/stopped using respectively functions @ref HAL_DSI_Start() and @ref
HAL_DSI_Stop(). Functions @ref HAL_DSI_ShortWrite(), @ref HAL_DSI_LongWrite() and @ref
HAL_DSI_Read() allows respectively to write DSI short packets, long packets and to read DSI packets.
7. The DSI Host Offers two Low power modes : (+) Low Power Mode on data lanes only: Only DSI data lanes
are shut down. It is possible to enter/exit from this mode using respectively functions @ref
HAL_DSI_EnterULPMData() and @ref HAL_DSI_ExitULPMData() (+) Low Power Mode on data and clock
lanes : All DSI lanes are shut down including data and clock lanes. It is possible to enter/exit from this mode
using respectively functions @ref HAL_DSI_EnterULPM() and @ref HAL_DSI_ExitULPM()
8. User can select the DSI errors to be reported/monitored using function @ref HAL_DSI_ConfigErrorMonitor()
When an error occurs, the callback @ref HAL_DSI_ErrorCallback() is asserted and then user can retrieve
the error code by calling function @ref HAL_DSI_GetError()
9. To control DSI state you can use the following function: HAL_DSI_GetState()
(#) Use @ref HAL_DSI_Init() function to initialize the DSI Host IP and program the required PLL parameters,
number of lanes and TX Escape clock divider. (#) Use @ref HAL_DSI_ConfigAdaptedCommandMode() function
to configure the DSI host in adapted command mode. (#) When operating in video mode , use @ref
HAL_DSI_ConfigVideoMode() to configure the DSI host. (#) Function @ref HAL_DSI_ConfigCommand() is used
to configure the DSI commands behavior in low power mode. (#) To configure the DSI PHY timings parameters,
use function @ref HAL_DSI_ConfigPhyTimer(). (#) The DSI Host can be started/stopped using respectively
functions @ref HAL_DSI_Start() and @ref HAL_DSI_Stop(). Functions @ref HAL_DSI_ShortWrite(), @ref
HAL_DSI_LongWrite() and @ref HAL_DSI_Read() allows respectively to write DSI short packets, long packets
and to read DSI packets. (#) The DSI Host Offers two Low power modes :
• Low Power Mode on data lanes only: Only DSI data lanes are shut down. It is possible to enter/exit from this
mode using respectively functions @ref HAL_DSI_EnterULPMData() and @ref HAL_DSI_ExitULPMData()
• Low Power Mode on data and clock lanes : All DSI lanes are shut down including data and clock lanes. It is
possible to enter/exit from this mode using respectively functions @ref HAL_DSI_EnterULPM() and @ref
HAL_DSI_ExitULPM() (#) User can select the DSI errors to be reported/monitored using function @ref
HAL_DSI_ConfigErrorMonitor() When an error occurs, the callback @ref HAL_DSI_ErrorCallback() is
asserted and then user can retrieve the error code by calling function @ref HAL_DSI_GetError() (#) To
control DSI state you can use the following function: HAL_DSI_GetState()
DSI HAL driver macros list

Below the list of most used macros in DSI HAL driver.
• __HAL_DSI_ENABLE: Enable the DSI Host.
• __HAL_DSI_DISABLE: Disable the DSI Host.
• __HAL_DSI_WRAPPER_ENABLE: Enables the DSI wrapper.
• __HAL_DSI_WRAPPER_DISABLE: Disable the DSI wrapper.
• __HAL_DSI_PLL_ENABLE: Enables the DSI PLL.
• __HAL_DSI_PLL_DISABLE: Disables the DSI PLL.
• __HAL_DSI_REG_ENABLE: Enables the DSI regulator.
• __HAL_DSI_REG_DISABLE: Disables the DSI regulator.
• __HAL_DSI_GET_FLAG: Get the DSI pending flags.
• __HAL_DSI_CLEAR_FLAG: Clears the DSI pending flags.
• __HAL_DSI_ENABLE_IT: Enables the specified DSI interrupts.
• __HAL_DSI_DISABLE_IT: Disables the specified DSI interrupts.
• __HAL_DSI_GET_IT_SOURCE: Checks whether the specified DSI interrupt source is enabled or not.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 283/2236

UM1905
Note: You can refer to the DSI HAL driver header file for more useful macros

• Initialize and configure the DSI
• De-initialize the DSI
• HAL_DSI_Init
• HAL_DSI_DeInit
• HAL_DSI_ConfigErrorMonitor
• HAL_DSI_MspInit
• HAL_DSI_MspDeInit

• Handle DSI interrupt request
• HAL_DSI_IRQHandler
• HAL_DSI_TearingEffectCallback
• HAL_DSI_EndOfRefreshCallback
• HAL_DSI_ErrorCallback

• Configure the Generic interface read-back Virtual Channel ID
• Select video mode and configure the corresponding parameters
• Configure command transmission mode: High-speed or Low-power
• Configure the flow control
• Configure the DSI PHY timer
• Configure the DSI HOST timeout
• Configure the DSI HOST timeout
• Start/Stop the DSI module
• Refresh the display in command mode
• Controls the display color mode in Video mode
• Control the display shutdown in Video mode
• write short DCS or short Generic command
• write long DCS or long Generic command
• Read command (DCS or generic)
• Enter/Exit the Ultra Low Power Mode on data only (D-PHY PLL running)
• Enter/Exit the Ultra Low Power Mode on data only and clock (D-PHY PLL turned off)
• Start/Stop test pattern generation
• Slew-Rate And Delay Tuning
• Low-Power Reception Filter Tuning
• Activate an additional current path on all lanes to meet the SDDTx parameter
• Custom lane pins configuration
• Set custom timing for the PHY
• Force the Clock/Data Lane in TX Stop Mode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 284/2236

UM1905
• Force LP Receiver in Low-Power Mode

• Force Data Lanes in RX Mode after a BTA
• Enable a pull-down on the lanes to prevent from floating states when unused
• Switch off the contention detection on data lanes
• HAL_DSI_SetGenericVCID
• HAL_DSI_ConfigVideoMode
• HAL_DSI_ConfigAdaptedCommandMode
• HAL_DSI_ConfigCommand
• HAL_DSI_ConfigFlowControl
• HAL_DSI_ConfigPhyTimer
• HAL_DSI_ConfigHostTimeouts
• HAL_DSI_Start
• HAL_DSI_Stop
• HAL_DSI_Refresh
• HAL_DSI_ColorMode
• HAL_DSI_Shutdown
• HAL_DSI_ShortWrite
• HAL_DSI_LongWrite
• HAL_DSI_Read
• HAL_DSI_EnterULPMData
• HAL_DSI_ExitULPMData
• HAL_DSI_EnterULPM
• HAL_DSI_ExitULPM
• HAL_DSI_PatternGeneratorStart
• HAL_DSI_PatternGeneratorStop
• HAL_DSI_SetSlewRateAndDelayTuning
• HAL_DSI_SetLowPowerRXFilter
• HAL_DSI_SetSDD
• HAL_DSI_SetLanePinsConfiguration
• HAL_DSI_SetPHYTimings
• HAL_DSI_ForceTXStopMode
• HAL_DSI_ForceRXLowPower
• HAL_DSI_ForceDataLanesInRX
• HAL_DSI_SetPullDown
• HAL_DSI_SetContentionDetectionOff

• Check the DSI state.
• Get error code.
• HAL_DSI_GetState
• HAL_DSI_GetError
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 285/2236

UM1905
HAL_DSI_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_Init (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, DSI_PLLInitTypeDef * PLLInit)
Initializes the DSI according to the specified parameters in the DSI_InitTypeDef and create the associated
handle.
Parameters
• hdsi: pointer to a DSI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the DSI.
• PLLInit: pointer to a DSI_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains the PLL Clock structure definition for the
DSI.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_DeInit (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
De-initializes the DSI peripheral registers to their default reset values.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_DSI_MspInit (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
Initializes the DSI MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_DSI_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_DSI_MspDeInit (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
De-initializes the DSI MSP.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 286/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
HAL_DSI_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_DSI_IRQHandler (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
Handles DSI interrupt request.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_TearingEffectCallback
Function name
void HAL_DSI_TearingEffectCallback (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
Tearing Effect DSI callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_DSI_EndOfRefreshCallback
Function name
void HAL_DSI_EndOfRefreshCallback (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
End of Refresh DSI callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_DSI_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_DSI_ErrorCallback (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
Operation Error DSI callback.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 287/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
HAL_DSI_SetGenericVCID
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_SetGenericVCID (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t VirtualChannelID)
Configure the Generic interface read-back Virtual Channel ID.
Parameters
• VirtualChannelID: Virtual channel ID
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_ConfigVideoMode
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ConfigVideoMode (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, DSI_VidCfgTypeDef *
VidCfg)
Select video mode and configure the corresponding parameters.
Parameters
• VidCfg: pointer to a DSI_VidCfgTypeDef structure that contains the DSI video mode configuration
parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_ConfigAdaptedCommandMode
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ConfigAdaptedCommandMode (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi,
DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef * CmdCfg)
Select adapted command mode and configure the corresponding parameters.
Parameters
• CmdCfg: pointer to a DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef structure that contains the DSI command mode configuration
parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_ConfigCommand
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ConfigCommand (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, DSI_LPCmdTypeDef *
LPCmd)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 288/2236

UM1905
Configure command transmission mode: High-speed or Low-power and enable/disable acknowledge request
after packet transmission.
Parameters
• LPCmd: pointer to a DSI_LPCmdTypeDef structure that contains the DSI command transmission mode
configuration parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_ConfigFlowControl
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ConfigFlowControl (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t FlowControl)
Configure the flow control parameters.
Parameters
• FlowControl: flow control feature(s) to be enabled. This parameter can be any combination of DSI Flow
Control.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_ConfigPhyTimer
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ConfigPhyTimer (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef *
PhyTimers)
Configure the DSI PHY timer parameters.
Parameters
• PhyTimers: DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef structure that contains the DSI PHY timing parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_ConfigHostTimeouts
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ConfigHostTimeouts (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi,
DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef * HostTimeouts)
Configure the DSI HOST timeout parameters.
Parameters
• HostTimeouts: DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef structure that contains the DSI host timeout parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 289/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_Start (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
Start the DSI module.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_Stop (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
Stop the DSI module.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_Refresh
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_Refresh (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
Refresh the display in command mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_ColorMode
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ColorMode (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t ColorMode)
Controls the display color mode in Video mode.
Parameters
• ColorMode: Color mode (full or 8-colors). This parameter can be any value of DSI Color Mode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 290/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_Shutdown
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_Shutdown (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t Shutdown)
Control the display shutdown in Video mode.
Parameters
• Shutdown: Shut-down (Display-ON or Display-OFF). This parameter can be any value of DSI ShutDown
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_ShortWrite
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ShortWrite (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t ChannelID, uint32_t
Mode, uint32_t Param1, uint32_t Param2)
write short DCS or short Generic command
Parameters
• ChannelID: Virtual channel ID.
• Mode: DSI short packet data type. This parameter can be any value of DSI SHORT WRITE PKT Data
Type.
• Param1: DSC command or first generic parameter. This parameter can be any value of DSI DCS
Command or a generic command code.
• Param2: DSC parameter or second generic parameter.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_LongWrite
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_LongWrite (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t ChannelID, uint32_t Mode,
uint32_t NbParams, uint32_t Param1, uint8_t * ParametersTable)
write long DCS or long Generic command
Parameters
• ChannelID: Virtual channel ID.
• Mode: DSI long packet data type. This parameter can be any value of DSI LONG WRITE PKT Data Type.
• NbParams: Number of parameters.
• Param1: DSC command or first generic parameter. This parameter can be any value of DSI DCS
Command or a generic command code
• ParametersTable: Pointer to parameter values table.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 291/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_Read
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_Read (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t ChannelNbr, uint8_t * Array,
uint32_t Size, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t DCSCmd, uint8_t * ParametersTable)
Read command (DCS or generic)
Parameters
• ChannelNbr: Virtual channel ID
• Array: pointer to a buffer to store the payload of a read back operation.
• Size: Data size to be read (in byte).
• Mode: DSI read packet data type. This parameter can be any value of DSI SHORT READ PKT Data Type.
• DCSCmd: DCS get/read command.
• ParametersTable: Pointer to parameter values table.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_EnterULPMData
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_EnterULPMData (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
Enter the ULPM (Ultra Low Power Mode) with the D-PHY PLL running (only data lanes are in ULPM)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_ExitULPMData
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ExitULPMData (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
Exit the ULPM (Ultra Low Power Mode) with the D-PHY PLL running (only data lanes are in ULPM)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_EnterULPM
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_EnterULPM (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 292/2236

UM1905
Enter the ULPM (Ultra Low Power Mode) with the D-PHY PLL turned off (both data and clock lanes are in
ULPM)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_ExitULPM
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ExitULPM (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
Exit the ULPM (Ultra Low Power Mode) with the D-PHY PLL turned off (both data and clock lanes are in ULPM)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_PatternGeneratorStart
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_PatternGeneratorStart (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t
Orientation)
Start test pattern generation.
Parameters
• Mode: Pattern generator mode This parameter can be one of the following values: 0 : Color bars
(horizontal or vertical) 1 : BER pattern (vertical only)
• Orientation: Pattern generator orientation This parameter can be one of the following values: 0 : Vertical
color bars 1 : Horizontal color bars
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_PatternGeneratorStop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_PatternGeneratorStop (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
Stop test pattern generation.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 293/2236

UM1905
HAL_DSI_SetSlewRateAndDelayTuning
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_SetSlewRateAndDelayTuning (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t
CommDelay, uint32_t Lane, uint32_t Value)
Set Slew-Rate And Delay Tuning.
Parameters
• CommDelay: Communication delay to be adjusted. This parameter can be any value of DSI
Communication Delay
• Lane: select between clock or data lanes. This parameter can be any value of DSI Lane Group
• Value: Custom value of the slew-rate or delay
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_SetLowPowerRXFilter
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_SetLowPowerRXFilter (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t Frequency)
Low-Power Reception Filter Tuning.
Parameters
• Frequency: cutoff frequency of low-pass filter at the input of LPRX
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_SetSDD
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_SetSDD (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, FunctionalState State)
Activate an additional current path on all lanes to meet the SDDTx parameter defined in the MIPI D-PHY
specification.
Parameters
• State: ENABLE or DISABLE
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_SetLanePinsConfiguration
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_SetLanePinsConfiguration (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t
CustomLane, uint32_t Lane, FunctionalState State)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 294/2236

UM1905
Custom lane pins configuration.
Parameters
• CustomLane: Function to be applyed on selected lane. This parameter can be any value of DSI
CustomLane
• Lane: select between clock or data lane 0 or data lane 1. This parameter can be any value of DSI Lane
Select
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_SetPHYTimings
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_SetPHYTimings (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t Timing,
FunctionalState State, uint32_t Value)
Set custom timing for the PHY.
Parameters
• Timing: PHY timing to be adjusted. This parameter can be any value of DSI PHY Timing
• Value: Custom value of the timing
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_ForceTXStopMode
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ForceTXStopMode (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t Lane,
FunctionalState State)
Force the Clock/Data Lane in TX Stop Mode.
Parameters
• Lane: select between clock or data lanes. This parameter can be any value of DSI Lane Group
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_ForceRXLowPower
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ForceRXLowPower (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, FunctionalState State)
Force LP Receiver in Low-Power Mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 295/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_ForceDataLanesInRX
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ForceDataLanesInRX (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, FunctionalState State)
Force Data Lanes in RX Mode after a BTA.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_SetPullDown
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_SetPullDown (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, FunctionalState State)
Enable a pull-down on the lanes to prevent from floating states when unused.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_SetContentionDetectionOff
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_SetContentionDetectionOff (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, FunctionalState
State)
Switch off the contention detection on data lanes.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 296/2236

UM1905
DSI Firmware driver defines
HAL_DSI_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_DSI_GetError (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
Return the DSI error code.
Parameters
Return values
• DSI: Error Code
HAL_DSI_ConfigErrorMonitor
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DSI_ConfigErrorMonitor (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi, uint32_t ActiveErrors)
Enable the error monitor flags.
Parameters
• ActiveErrors: indicates which error interrupts will be enabled. This parameter can be any combination of
DSI Error Data Type.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_DSI_GetState
Function name
HAL_DSI_StateTypeDef HAL_DSI_GetState (DSI_HandleTypeDef * hdsi)
Return the DSI state.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: state
23.3 DSI Firmware driver defines

23.3.1 DSI
DSI
DSI Acknowledge Request
DSI_ACKNOWLEDGE_DISABLE
DSI_ACKNOWLEDGE_ENABLE
DSI Automatic Refresh
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 297/2236

UM1905
DSI_AR_DISABLE
DSI_AR_ENABLE
DSI Automatic Clk Lane Control
DSI_AUTO_CLK_LANE_CTRL_DISABLE
DSI_AUTO_CLK_LANE_CTRL_ENABLE
DSI Color Coding
DSI_RGB565
The values 0x00000001 and 0x00000002 can also be used for the RGB565 color mode configuration
DSI_RGB666
The value 0x00000004 can also be used for the RGB666 color mode configuration
DSI_RGB888
DSI Color Mode
DSI_COLOR_MODE_FULL
DSI_COLOR_MODE_EIGHT
DSI Communication Delay
DSI_SLEW_RATE_HSTX
DSI_SLEW_RATE_LPTX
DSI_HS_DELAY
DSI CustomLane
DSI_SWAP_LANE_PINS
DSI_INVERT_HS_SIGNAL
DSI DATA ENABLE Polarity
DSI_DATA_ENABLE_ACTIVE_HIGH
DSI_DATA_ENABLE_ACTIVE_LOW
DSI DCS Command
DSI_ENTER_IDLE_MODE
DSI_ENTER_INVERT_MODE
DSI_ENTER_NORMAL_MODE
DSI_ENTER_PARTIAL_MODE
DSI_ENTER_SLEEP_MODE
DSI_EXIT_IDLE_MODE
DSI_EXIT_INVERT_MODE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 298/2236

UM1905
DSI_EXIT_SLEEP_MODE
DSI_GET_3D_CONTROL
DSI_GET_ADDRESS_MODE
DSI_GET_BLUE_CHANNEL
DSI_GET_DIAGNOSTIC_RESULT
DSI_GET_DISPLAY_MODE
DSI_GET_GREEN_CHANNEL
DSI_GET_PIXEL_FORMAT
DSI_GET_POWER_MODE
DSI_GET_RED_CHANNEL
DSI_GET_SCANLINE
DSI_GET_SIGNAL_MODE
DSI_NOP
DSI_READ_DDB_CONTINUE
DSI_READ_DDB_START
DSI_READ_MEMORY_CONTINUE
DSI_READ_MEMORY_START
DSI_SET_3D_CONTROL
DSI_SET_ADDRESS_MODE
DSI_SET_COLUMN_ADDRESS
DSI_SET_DISPLAY_OFF
DSI_SET_DISPLAY_ON
DSI_SET_GAMMA_CURVE
DSI_SET_PAGE_ADDRESS
DSI_SET_PARTIAL_COLUMNS
DSI_SET_PARTIAL_ROWS
DSI_SET_PIXEL_FORMAT
DSI_SET_SCROLL_AREA
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 299/2236

UM1905
DSI_SET_SCROLL_START
DSI_SET_TEAR_OFF
DSI_SET_TEAR_ON
DSI_SET_TEAR_SCANLINE
DSI_SET_VSYNC_TIMING
DSI_SOFT_RESET
DSI_WRITE_LUT
DSI_WRITE_MEMORY_CONTINUE
DSI_WRITE_MEMORY_START
DSI Error Data Type
HAL_DSI_ERROR_NONE
HAL_DSI_ERROR_ACK
acknowledge errors
HAL_DSI_ERROR_PHY
PHY related errors
HAL_DSI_ERROR_TX
transmission error
HAL_DSI_ERROR_RX
reception error
HAL_DSI_ERROR_ECC
ECC errors
HAL_DSI_ERROR_CRC
CRC error
HAL_DSI_ERROR_PSE
Packet Size error
HAL_DSI_ERROR_EOT
End Of Transmission error
HAL_DSI_ERROR_OVF
FIFO overflow error
HAL_DSI_ERROR_GEN
Generic FIFO related errors
DSI FBTA Acknowledge
DSI_FBTAA_DISABLE
DSI_FBTAA_ENABLE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 300/2236

UM1905
DSI Flags
DSI_FLAG_TE
DSI_FLAG_ER
DSI_FLAG_BUSY
DSI_FLAG_PLLLS
DSI_FLAG_PLLL
DSI_FLAG_PLLU
DSI_FLAG_RRS
DSI_FLAG_RR
DSI Flow Control
DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_CRC_RX
DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_ECC_RX
DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_BTA
DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_EOTP_RX
DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_EOTP_TX
DSI_FLOW_CONTROL_ALL
DSI HSYNC Polarity
DSI_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH
DSI_HSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW
DSI HS Presp Mode
DSI_HS_PM_DISABLE
DSI_HS_PM_ENABLE
DSI Interrupts
DSI_IT_TE
DSI_IT_ER
DSI_IT_PLLL
DSI_IT_PLLU
DSI_IT_RR
DSI Lane Group
DSI_CLOCK_LANE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 301/2236

UM1905
DSI_DATA_LANES
DSI Lane Select
DSI_CLK_LANE
DSI_DATA_LANE0
DSI_DATA_LANE1
DSI LONG WRITE PKT Data Type
DSI_DCS_LONG_PKT_WRITE
DCS long write
DSI_GEN_LONG_PKT_WRITE
Generic long write
DSI Loosely Packed
DSI_LOOSELY_PACKED_ENABLE
DSI_LOOSELY_PACKED_DISABLE
DSI LP Command
DSI_LP_COMMAND_DISABLE
DSI_LP_COMMAND_ENABLE
DSI LP HBP
DSI_LP_HBP_DISABLE
DSI_LP_HBP_ENABLE
DSI LP HFP
DSI_LP_HFP_DISABLE
DSI_LP_HFP_ENABLE
DSI LP LPDcs Long Write
DSI_LP_DLW_DISABLE
DSI_LP_DLW_ENABLE
DSI LP LPDcs Short Read NoP
DSI_LP_DSR0P_DISABLE
DSI_LP_DSR0P_ENABLE
DSI LP LPDcs Short Write NoP
DSI_LP_DSW0P_DISABLE
DSI_LP_DSW0P_ENABLE
DSI LP LPDcs Short Write OneP
DSI_LP_DSW1P_DISABLE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 302/2236

UM1905
DSI_LP_DSW1P_ENABLE
DSI LP LPGen LongWrite
DSI_LP_GLW_DISABLE
DSI_LP_GLW_ENABLE
DSI LP LPGen Short Read NoP
DSI_LP_GSR0P_DISABLE
DSI_LP_GSR0P_ENABLE
DSI LP LPGen Short Read OneP
DSI_LP_GSR1P_ENABLE
DSI LP LPGen Short Read TwoP
DSI_LP_GSR2P_ENABLE
DSI LP LPGen Short Write NoP
DSI_LP_GSW0P_DISABLE
DSI_LP_GSW0P_ENABLE
DSI LP LPGen Short Write OneP
DSI_LP_GSW1P_ENABLE
DSI LP LPGen Short Write TwoP
DSI_LP_GSW2P_ENABLE
DSI LP LPMax Read Packet
DSI_LP_MRDP_DISABLE
DSI_LP_MRDP_ENABLE
DSI LP VACT
DSI_LP_VACT_DISABLE
DSI_LP_VACT_ENABLE
DSI LP VBP
DSI_LP_VBP_DISABLE
DSI_LP_VBP_ENABLE
DSI LP VFP
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 303/2236

UM1905
DSI_LP_VFP_DISABLE
DSI_LP_VFP_ENABLE
DSI LP VSYNC
DSI_LP_VSYNC_DISABLE
DSI_LP_VSYNC_ENABLE
DSI Number Of Lanes
DSI_ONE_DATA_LANE
DSI_TWO_DATA_LANES
DSI PHY Timing
DSI_TCLK_POST
DSI_TLPX_CLK
DSI_THS_EXIT
DSI_TLPX_DATA
DSI_THS_ZERO
DSI_THS_TRAIL
DSI_THS_PREPARE
DSI_TCLK_ZERO
DSI_TCLK_PREPARE
DSI PLL IDF
DSI_PLL_IN_DIV1
DSI_PLL_IN_DIV2
DSI_PLL_IN_DIV3
DSI_PLL_IN_DIV4
DSI_PLL_IN_DIV5
DSI_PLL_IN_DIV6
DSI_PLL_IN_DIV7
DSI PLL ODF
DSI_PLL_OUT_DIV1
DSI_PLL_OUT_DIV2
DSI_PLL_OUT_DIV4
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 304/2236

UM1905
DSI_PLL_OUT_DIV8
DSI SHORT READ PKT Data Type
DSI_DCS_SHORT_PKT_READ
DCS short read
DSI_GEN_SHORT_PKT_READ_P0
Generic short read, no parameters
Generic short read, one parameter
Generic short read, two parameters
DSI SHORT WRITE PKT Data Type
DSI_DCS_SHORT_PKT_WRITE_P0
DCS short write, no parameters
DSI_DCS_SHORT_PKT_WRITE_P1
DCS short write, one parameter
DSI_GEN_SHORT_PKT_WRITE_P0
Generic short write, no parameters
Generic short write, one parameter
Generic short write, two parameters
DSI ShutDown
DSI_DISPLAY_ON
DSI_DISPLAY_OFF
DSI Tearing Effect Polarity
DSI_TE_RISING_EDGE
DSI_TE_FALLING_EDGE
DSI Tearing Effect Source
DSI_TE_DSILINK
DSI_TE_EXTERNAL
DSI TE Acknowledge Request
DSI_TE_ACKNOWLEDGE_DISABLE
DSI_TE_ACKNOWLEDGE_ENABLE
DSI Video Mode Type
DSI_VID_MODE_NB_PULSES
DSI_VID_MODE_NB_EVENTS
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 305/2236

UM1905
DSI_VID_MODE_BURST
DSI VSYNC Active Polarity
DSI_VSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH
DSI_VSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW
DSI Vsync Polarity
DSI_VSYNC_FALLING
DSI_VSYNC_RISING
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 306/2236

UM1905
HAL ETH Generic Driver
24 HAL ETH Generic Driver
24.1 ETH Firmware driver registers structures
24.1.1 ETH_InitTypeDef
ETH_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_eth.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t AutoNegotiation
• uint32_t Speed
• uint32_t DuplexMode
• uint16_t PhyAddress
• uint8_t * MACAddr
• uint32_t RxMode
• uint32_t ChecksumMode
• uint32_t MediaInterface
Field Documentation
• uint32_t ETH_InitTypeDef::AutoNegotiation
Selects or not the AutoNegotiation mode for the external PHY The AutoNegotiation allows an automatic
setting of the Speed (10/100Mbps) and the mode (half/full-duplex). This parameter can be a value of
ETH_AutoNegotiation
• uint32_t ETH_InitTypeDef::Speed
Sets the Ethernet speed: 10/100 Mbps. This parameter can be a value of ETH_Speed
• uint32_t ETH_InitTypeDef::DuplexMode
Selects the MAC duplex mode: Half-Duplex or Full-Duplex mode This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Duplex_Mode
• uint16_t ETH_InitTypeDef::PhyAddress
Ethernet PHY address. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 32
• uint8_t* ETH_InitTypeDef::MACAddr
MAC Address of used Hardware: must be pointer on an array of 6 bytes
• uint32_t ETH_InitTypeDef::RxMode
Selects the Ethernet Rx mode: Polling mode, Interrupt mode. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Rx_Mode
• uint32_t ETH_InitTypeDef::ChecksumMode
Selects if the checksum is check by hardware or by software. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Checksum_Mode
• uint32_t ETH_InitTypeDef::MediaInterface
Selects the media-independent interface or the reduced media-independent interface. This parameter can
be a value of ETH_Media_Interface
24.1.2 ETH_MACInitTypeDef
ETH_MACInitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_eth.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Watchdog
• uint32_t Jabber
• uint32_t InterFrameGap
• uint32_t CarrierSense
• uint32_t ReceiveOwn
• uint32_t LoopbackMode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 307/2236

UM1905
ETH Firmware driver registers structures
• uint32_t ChecksumOffload
• uint32_t RetryTransmission
• uint32_t AutomaticPadCRCStrip
• uint32_t BackOffLimit
• uint32_t DeferralCheck
• uint32_t ReceiveAll
• uint32_t SourceAddrFilter
• uint32_t PassControlFrames
• uint32_t BroadcastFramesReception
• uint32_t DestinationAddrFilter
• uint32_t PromiscuousMode
• uint32_t MulticastFramesFilter
• uint32_t UnicastFramesFilter
• uint32_t HashTableHigh
• uint32_t HashTableLow
• uint32_t PauseTime
• uint32_t ZeroQuantaPause
• uint32_t PauseLowThreshold
• uint32_t UnicastPauseFrameDetect
• uint32_t ReceiveFlowControl
• uint32_t TransmitFlowControl
• uint32_t VLANTagComparison
• uint32_t VLANTagIdentifier
Field Documentation
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::Watchdog
Selects or not the Watchdog timer When enabled, the MAC allows no more then 2048 bytes to be received.
When disabled, the MAC can receive up to 16384 bytes. This parameter can be a value of ETH_Watchdog
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::Jabber
Selects or not Jabber timer When enabled, the MAC allows no more then 2048 bytes to be sent. When
disabled, the MAC can send up to 16384 bytes. This parameter can be a value of ETH_Jabber
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::InterFrameGap
Selects the minimum IFG between frames during transmission. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Inter_Frame_Gap
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::CarrierSense
Selects or not the Carrier Sense. This parameter can be a value of ETH_Carrier_Sense
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::ReceiveOwn
Selects or not the ReceiveOwn, ReceiveOwn allows the reception of frames when the TX_EN signal is
asserted in Half-Duplex mode. This parameter can be a value of ETH_Receive_Own
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::LoopbackMode
Selects or not the internal MAC MII Loopback mode. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Loop_Back_Mode
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::ChecksumOffload
Selects or not the IPv4 checksum checking for received frame payloads' TCP/UDP/ICMP headers. This
parameter can be a value of ETH_Checksum_Offload
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::RetryTransmission
Selects or not the MAC attempt retries transmission, based on the settings of BL, when a collision occurs
(Half-Duplex mode). This parameter can be a value of ETH_Retry_Transmission
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::AutomaticPadCRCStrip
Selects or not the Automatic MAC Pad/CRC Stripping. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Automatic_Pad_CRC_Strip
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 308/2236

UM1905
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::BackOffLimit
Selects the BackOff limit value. This parameter can be a value of ETH_Back_Off_Limit
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::DeferralCheck
Selects or not the deferral check function (Half-Duplex mode). This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Deferral_Check
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::ReceiveAll
Selects or not all frames reception by the MAC (No filtering). This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Receive_All
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::SourceAddrFilter
Selects the Source Address Filter mode. This parameter can be a value of ETH_Source_Addr_Filter
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::PassControlFrames
Sets the forwarding mode of the control frames (including unicast and multicast PAUSE frames) This
parameter can be a value of ETH_Pass_Control_Frames
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::BroadcastFramesReception
Selects or not the reception of Broadcast Frames. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Broadcast_Frames_Reception
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::DestinationAddrFilter
Sets the destination filter mode for both unicast and multicast frames. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Destination_Addr_Filter
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::PromiscuousMode
Selects or not the Promiscuous Mode This parameter can be a value of ETH_Promiscuous_Mode
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::MulticastFramesFilter
Selects the Multicast Frames filter mode: None/HashTableFilter/PerfectFilter/PerfectHashTableFilter. This
parameter can be a value of ETH_Multicast_Frames_Filter
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::UnicastFramesFilter
Selects the Unicast Frames filter mode: HashTableFilter/PerfectFilter/PerfectHashTableFilter. This parameter
can be a value of ETH_Unicast_Frames_Filter
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::HashTableHigh
This field holds the higher 32 bits of Hash table. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x0
and Max_Data = 0xFFFFFFFF
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::HashTableLow
This field holds the lower 32 bits of Hash table. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x0
and Max_Data = 0xFFFFFFFF
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::PauseTime
This field holds the value to be used in the Pause Time field in the transmit control frame. This parameter
must be a number between Min_Data = 0x0 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::ZeroQuantaPause
Selects or not the automatic generation of Zero-Quanta Pause Control frames. This parameter can be a
value of ETH_Zero_Quanta_Pause
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::PauseLowThreshold
This field configures the threshold of the PAUSE to be checked for automatic retransmission of PAUSE
Frame. This parameter can be a value of ETH_Pause_Low_Threshold
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::UnicastPauseFrameDetect
Selects or not the MAC detection of the Pause frames (with MAC Address0 unicast address and unique
multicast address). This parameter can be a value of ETH_Unicast_Pause_Frame_Detect
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::ReceiveFlowControl
Enables or disables the MAC to decode the received Pause frame and disable its transmitter for a specified
time (Pause Time) This parameter can be a value of ETH_Receive_Flow_Control
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::TransmitFlowControl
Enables or disables the MAC to transmit Pause frames (Full-Duplex mode) or the MAC back-pressure
operation (Half-Duplex mode) This parameter can be a value of ETH_Transmit_Flow_Control
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 309/2236

UM1905
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::VLANTagComparison
Selects the 12-bit VLAN identifier or the complete 16-bit VLAN tag for comparison and filtering. This
parameter can be a value of ETH_VLAN_Tag_Comparison
• uint32_t ETH_MACInitTypeDef::VLANTagIdentifier
Holds the VLAN tag identifier for receive frames
24.1.3 ETH_DMAInitTypeDef
ETH_DMAInitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_eth.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame
• uint32_t ReceiveStoreForward
• uint32_t FlushReceivedFrame
• uint32_t TransmitStoreForward
• uint32_t TransmitThresholdControl
• uint32_t ForwardErrorFrames
• uint32_t ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames
• uint32_t ReceiveThresholdControl
• uint32_t SecondFrameOperate
• uint32_t AddressAlignedBeats
• uint32_t FixedBurst
• uint32_t RxDMABurstLength
• uint32_t TxDMABurstLength
• uint32_t EnhancedDescriptorFormat
• uint32_t DescriptorSkipLength
• uint32_t DMAArbitration
Field Documentation
• uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame
Selects or not the Dropping of TCP/IP Checksum Error Frames. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Drop_TCP_IP_Checksum_Error_Frame
• uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::ReceiveStoreForward
Enables or disables the Receive store and forward mode. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Receive_Store_Forward
• uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::FlushReceivedFrame
Enables or disables the flushing of received frames. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Flush_Received_Frame
• uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::TransmitStoreForward
Enables or disables Transmit store and forward mode. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Transmit_Store_Forward
• uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::TransmitThresholdControl
Selects or not the Transmit Threshold Control. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Transmit_Threshold_Control
• uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::ForwardErrorFrames
Selects or not the forward to the DMA of erroneous frames. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Forward_Error_Frames
• uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames
Enables or disables the Rx FIFO to forward Undersized frames (frames with no Error and length less than
64 bytes) including pad-bytes and CRC) This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Forward_Undersized_Good_Frames
• uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::ReceiveThresholdControl
Selects the threshold level of the Receive FIFO. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Receive_Threshold_Control
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 310/2236

UM1905
• uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::SecondFrameOperate
Selects or not the Operate on second frame mode, which allows the DMA to process a second frame of
Transmit data even before obtaining the status for the first frame. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Second_Frame_Operate
• uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::AddressAlignedBeats
Enables or disables the Address Aligned Beats. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Address_Aligned_Beats
• uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::FixedBurst
Enables or disables the AHB Master interface fixed burst transfers. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_Fixed_Burst
• uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::RxDMABurstLength
Indicates the maximum number of beats to be transferred in one Rx DMA transaction. This parameter can
be a value of ETH_Rx_DMA_Burst_Length
• uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::TxDMABurstLength
Indicates the maximum number of beats to be transferred in one Tx DMA transaction. This parameter can be
a value of ETH_Tx_DMA_Burst_Length
• uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::EnhancedDescriptorFormat
Enables the enhanced descriptor format. This parameter can be a value of
ETH_DMA_Enhanced_descriptor_format
• uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::DescriptorSkipLength
Specifies the number of word to skip between two unchained descriptors (Ring mode) This parameter must
be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 32
• uint32_t ETH_DMAInitTypeDef::DMAArbitration
Selects the DMA Tx/Rx arbitration. This parameter can be a value of ETH_DMA_Arbitration
24.1.4 ETH_DMADescTypeDef
ETH_DMADescTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_eth.h
Data Fields
• __IO uint32_t Status
• uint32_t ControlBufferSize
• uint32_t Buffer1Addr
• uint32_t Buffer2NextDescAddr
• uint32_t ExtendedStatus
• uint32_t Reserved1
• uint32_t TimeStampLow
• uint32_t TimeStampHigh
Field Documentation
• __IO uint32_t ETH_DMADescTypeDef::Status
Status
• uint32_t ETH_DMADescTypeDef::ControlBufferSize
Control and Buffer1, Buffer2 lengths
• uint32_t ETH_DMADescTypeDef::Buffer1Addr
Buffer1 address pointer
• uint32_t ETH_DMADescTypeDef::Buffer2NextDescAddr
Buffer2 or next descriptor address pointer Enhanced Ethernet DMA PTP Descriptors
• uint32_t ETH_DMADescTypeDef::ExtendedStatus
Extended status for PTP receive descriptor
• uint32_t ETH_DMADescTypeDef::Reserved1
Reserved
• uint32_t ETH_DMADescTypeDef::TimeStampLow
Time Stamp Low value for transmit and receive
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 311/2236

UM1905
• uint32_t ETH_DMADescTypeDef::TimeStampHigh
Time Stamp High value for transmit and receive
24.1.5 ETH_DMARxFrameInfos
ETH_DMARxFrameInfos is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_eth.h
Data Fields
• ETH_DMADescTypeDef * FSRxDesc
• ETH_DMADescTypeDef * LSRxDesc
• uint32_t SegCount
• uint32_t length
• uint32_t buffer
Field Documentation
• ETH_DMADescTypeDef* ETH_DMARxFrameInfos::FSRxDesc
First Segment Rx Desc
• ETH_DMADescTypeDef* ETH_DMARxFrameInfos::LSRxDesc
Last Segment Rx Desc
• uint32_t ETH_DMARxFrameInfos::SegCount
Segment count
• uint32_t ETH_DMARxFrameInfos::length
Frame length
• uint32_t ETH_DMARxFrameInfos::buffer
Frame buffer
24.1.6 ETH_HandleTypeDef
ETH_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_eth.h
Data Fields
• ETH_TypeDef * Instance
• ETH_InitTypeDef Init
• uint32_t LinkStatus
• ETH_DMADescTypeDef * RxDesc
• ETH_DMADescTypeDef * TxDesc
• ETH_DMARxFrameInfos RxFrameInfos
• __IO HAL_ETH_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation
• ETH_TypeDef* ETH_HandleTypeDef::Instance
• ETH_InitTypeDef ETH_HandleTypeDef::Init
Ethernet Init Configuration
• uint32_t ETH_HandleTypeDef::LinkStatus
Ethernet link status
• ETH_DMADescTypeDef* ETH_HandleTypeDef::RxDesc
Rx descriptor to Get
• ETH_DMADescTypeDef* ETH_HandleTypeDef::TxDesc
Tx descriptor to Set
• ETH_DMARxFrameInfos ETH_HandleTypeDef::RxFrameInfos
last Rx frame infos
• __IO HAL_ETH_StateTypeDef ETH_HandleTypeDef::State
ETH communication state
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 312/2236

UM1905
ETH Firmware driver API description
• HAL_LockTypeDef ETH_HandleTypeDef::Lock
ETH Lock
24.2 ETH Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the ETH library.

1. Declare a ETH_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: ETH_HandleTypeDef heth;
2. Fill parameters of Init structure in heth handle
3. Call HAL_ETH_Init() API to initialize the Ethernet peripheral (MAC, DMA, ...)
4. Initialize the ETH low level resources through the HAL_ETH_MspInit() API:
a. Enable the Ethernet interface clock using
◦ __HAL_RCC_ETHMAC_CLK_ENABLE();
◦ __HAL_RCC_ETHMACTX_CLK_ENABLE();
◦ __HAL_RCC_ETHMACRX_CLK_ENABLE();
b. Initialize the related GPIO clocks
c. Configure Ethernet pin-out
d. Configure Ethernet NVIC interrupt (IT mode)
5. Initialize Ethernet DMA Descriptors in chain mode and point to allocated buffers:
a. HAL_ETH_DMATxDescListInit(); for Transmission process
b. HAL_ETH_DMARxDescListInit(); for Reception process
6. Enable MAC and DMA transmission and reception:
a. HAL_ETH_Start();
7. Prepare ETH DMA TX Descriptors and give the hand to ETH DMA to transfer the frame to MAC TX FIFO:
a. HAL_ETH_TransmitFrame();
8. Poll for a received frame in ETH RX DMA Descriptors and get received frame parameters
a. HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame(); (should be called into an infinite loop)
9. Get a received frame when an ETH RX interrupt occurs:
a. HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame_IT(); (called in IT mode only)
10. Communicate with external PHY device:
a. Read a specific register from the PHY HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister();
b. Write data to a specific RHY register: HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister();
11. Configure the Ethernet MAC after ETH peripheral initialization HAL_ETH_ConfigMAC(); all MAC parameters
should be filled.
12. Configure the Ethernet DMA after ETH peripheral initialization HAL_ETH_ConfigDMA(); all DMA parameters
should be filled.

• Initialize and configure the Ethernet peripheral
• De-initialize the Ethernet peripheral
• HAL_ETH_Init
• HAL_ETH_DeInit
• HAL_ETH_DMATxDescListInit
• HAL_ETH_DMARxDescListInit
• HAL_ETH_MspInit
• HAL_ETH_MspDeInit
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 313/2236

UM1905

• Transmit a frame HAL_ETH_TransmitFrame();
• Receive a frame HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame(); HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame_IT();
• Read from an External PHY register HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister();
• Write to an External PHY register HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister();
• HAL_ETH_TransmitFrame
• HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame
• HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame_IT
• HAL_ETH_IRQHandler
• HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback
• HAL_ETH_RxCpltCallback
• HAL_ETH_ErrorCallback
• HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister
• HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister

• Enable MAC and DMA transmission and reception. HAL_ETH_Start();
• Disable MAC and DMA transmission and reception. HAL_ETH_Stop();
• Set the MAC configuration in runtime mode HAL_ETH_ConfigMAC();
• Set the DMA configuration in runtime mode HAL_ETH_ConfigDMA();
• HAL_ETH_Start
• HAL_ETH_Stop
• HAL_ETH_ConfigMAC
• HAL_ETH_ConfigDMA

This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral and the data flow.
• Get the ETH handle state: HAL_ETH_GetState();
• HAL_ETH_GetState
HAL_ETH_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_Init (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth)
Initializes the Ethernet MAC and DMA according to default parameters.
Parameters
• heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for
ETHERNET module
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 314/2236

UM1905
HAL_ETH_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_DeInit (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth)
De-Initializes the ETH peripheral.
Parameters
ETHERNET module
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_ETH_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_ETH_MspInit (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth)
Initializes the ETH MSP.
Parameters
ETHERNET module
Return values
• None:
HAL_ETH_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_ETH_MspDeInit (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth)
DeInitializes ETH MSP.
Parameters
ETHERNET module
Return values
• None:
HAL_ETH_DMATxDescListInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_DMATxDescListInit (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth, ETH_DMADescTypeDef *
DMATxDescTab, uint8_t * TxBuff, uint32_t TxBuffCount)
Initializes the DMA Tx descriptors in chain mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 315/2236

UM1905
Parameters
ETHERNET module
• DMATxDescTab: Pointer to the first Tx desc list
• TxBuff: Pointer to the first TxBuffer list
• TxBuffCount: Number of the used Tx desc in the list
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_ETH_DMARxDescListInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_DMARxDescListInit (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth, ETH_DMADescTypeDef
* DMARxDescTab, uint8_t * RxBuff, uint32_t RxBuffCount)
Initializes the DMA Rx descriptors in chain mode.
Parameters
ETHERNET module
• DMARxDescTab: Pointer to the first Rx desc list
• RxBuff: Pointer to the first RxBuffer list
• RxBuffCount: Number of the used Rx desc in the list
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_ETH_TransmitFrame
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_TransmitFrame (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth, uint32_t FrameLength)
Sends an Ethernet frame.
Parameters
ETHERNET module
• FrameLength: Amount of data to be sent
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth)
Checks for received frames.
Parameters
ETHERNET module
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 316/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth, uint16_t PHYReg,
uint32_t * RegValue)
Reads a PHY register.
Parameters
ETHERNET module
• PHYReg: PHY register address, is the index of one of the 32 PHY register. This parameter can be one of
the following values: PHY_BCR: Transceiver Basic Control Register, PHY_BSR: Transceiver Basic Status
Register. More PHY register could be read depending on the used PHY
• RegValue: PHY register value
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth, uint16_t PHYReg,
uint32_t RegValue)
Writes to a PHY register.
Parameters
ETHERNET module
• PHYReg: PHY register address, is the index of one of the 32 PHY register. This parameter can be one of
the following values: PHY_BCR: Transceiver Control Register. More PHY register could be written
depending on the used PHY
• RegValue: the value to write
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame_IT (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth)
Gets the Received frame in interrupt mode.
Parameters
ETHERNET module
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 317/2236

UM1905
HAL_ETH_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_ETH_IRQHandler (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth)
This function handles ETH interrupt request.
Parameters
ETHERNET module
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth)
Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters
ETHERNET module
Return values
• None:
HAL_ETH_RxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_ETH_RxCpltCallback (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth)
Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
Parameters
ETHERNET module
Return values
• None:
HAL_ETH_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_ETH_ErrorCallback (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth)
Ethernet transfer error callbacks.
Parameters
ETHERNET module
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 318/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
HAL_ETH_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_Start (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth)
Enables Ethernet MAC and DMA reception/transmission.
Parameters
ETHERNET module
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_ETH_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_Stop (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth)
Stop Ethernet MAC and DMA reception/transmission.
Parameters
ETHERNET module
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_ETH_ConfigMAC
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_ConfigMAC (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth, ETH_MACInitTypeDef *
macconf)
Set ETH MAC Configuration.
Parameters
ETHERNET module
• macconf: MAC Configuration structure
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_ETH_ConfigDMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_ConfigDMA (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth, ETH_DMAInitTypeDef *
dmaconf)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 319/2236

UM1905
ETH Firmware driver defines
Sets ETH DMA Configuration.
Parameters
ETHERNET module
• dmaconf: DMA Configuration structure
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_ETH_GetState
Function name
HAL_ETH_StateTypeDef HAL_ETH_GetState (ETH_HandleTypeDef * heth)
Return the ETH HAL state.
Parameters
ETHERNET module
Return values
• HAL: state
24.3 ETH Firmware driver defines

24.3.1 ETH
ETH
ETH Address Aligned Beats
ETH_ADDRESSALIGNEDBEATS_ENABLE
ETH_ADDRESSALIGNEDBEATS_DISABLE
ETH Automatic Pad CRC Strip
ETH_AUTOMATICPADCRCSTRIP_ENABLE
ETH_AUTOMATICPADCRCSTRIP_DISABLE
ETH AutoNegotiation
ETH_AUTONEGOTIATION_ENABLE
ETH_AUTONEGOTIATION_DISABLE
ETH Back Off Limit
ETH_BACKOFFLIMIT_10
ETH_BACKOFFLIMIT_8
ETH_BACKOFFLIMIT_4
ETH_BACKOFFLIMIT_1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 320/2236

UM1905
ETH Broadcast Frames Reception
ETH_BROADCASTFRAMESRECEPTION_ENABLE
ETH_BROADCASTFRAMESRECEPTION_DISABLE
ETH Buffers setting
ETH_MAX_PACKET_SIZE
ETH_HEADER + ETH_EXTRA + ETH_VLAN_TAG + ETH_MAX_ETH_PAYLOAD + ETH_CRC
ETH_HEADER
6 byte Dest addr, 6 byte Src addr, 2 byte length/type
ETH_CRC
Ethernet CRC
ETH_EXTRA
Extra bytes in some cases
ETH_VLAN_TAG
optional 802.1q VLAN Tag
ETH_MIN_ETH_PAYLOAD
Minimum Ethernet payload size
ETH_MAX_ETH_PAYLOAD
Maximum Ethernet payload size
ETH_JUMBO_FRAME_PAYLOAD
Jumbo frame payload size
ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE
ETH_RXBUFNB
ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE
ETH_TXBUFNB
ETH Carrier Sense
ETH_CARRIERSENCE_ENABLE
ETH_CARRIERSENCE_DISABLE
ETH Checksum Mode
ETH_CHECKSUM_BY_HARDWARE
ETH_CHECKSUM_BY_SOFTWARE
ETH Checksum Offload
ETH_CHECKSUMOFFLAOD_ENABLE
ETH_CHECKSUMOFFLAOD_DISABLE
ETH Deferral Check
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 321/2236

UM1905
ETH_DEFFERRALCHECK_ENABLE
ETH_DEFFERRALCHECK_DISABLE
ETH Destination Addr Filter
ETH_DESTINATIONADDRFILTER_NORMAL
ETH_DESTINATIONADDRFILTER_INVERSE
ETH DMA Arbitration
ETH_DMAARBITRATION_ROUNDROBIN_RXTX_1_1
ETH_DMAARBITRATION_RXPRIORTX
ETH DMA Enhanced descriptor format
ETH_DMAENHANCEDDESCRIPTOR_ENABLE
ETH_DMAENHANCEDDESCRIPTOR_DISABLE
ETH DMA Flags
ETH_DMA_FLAG_TST
Time-stamp trigger interrupt (on DMA)
ETH_DMA_FLAG_PMT
PMT interrupt (on DMA)
ETH_DMA_FLAG_MMC
MMC interrupt (on DMA)
ETH_DMA_FLAG_DATATRANSFERERROR
Error bits 0-Rx DMA, 1-Tx DMA
ETH_DMA_FLAG_READWRITEERROR
Error bits 0-write transfer, 1-read transfer
ETH_DMA_FLAG_ACCESSERROR
Error bits 0-data buffer, 1-desc. access
ETH_DMA_FLAG_NIS
Normal interrupt summary flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_AIS
Abnormal interrupt summary flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_ER
Early receive flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_FBE
Fatal bus error flag
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 322/2236

UM1905
ETH_DMA_FLAG_ET
Early transmit flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_RWT
Receive watchdog timeout flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_RPS
Receive process stopped flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_RBU
Receive buffer unavailable flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_R
Receive flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_TU
Underflow flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_RO
Overflow flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_TJT
Transmit jabber timeout flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_TBU
Transmit buffer unavailable flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_TPS
Transmit process stopped flag
ETH_DMA_FLAG_T
Transmit flag
ETH DMA Interrupts
ETH_DMA_IT_TST
Time-stamp trigger interrupt (on DMA)
ETH_DMA_IT_PMT
PMT interrupt (on DMA)
ETH_DMA_IT_MMC
MMC interrupt (on DMA)
ETH_DMA_IT_NIS
Normal interrupt summary
ETH_DMA_IT_AIS
Abnormal interrupt summary
ETH_DMA_IT_ER
Early receive interrupt
ETH_DMA_IT_FBE
Fatal bus error interrupt
ETH_DMA_IT_ET
Early transmit interrupt
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 323/2236

UM1905
ETH_DMA_IT_RWT
Receive watchdog timeout interrupt
ETH_DMA_IT_RPS
Receive process stopped interrupt
ETH_DMA_IT_RBU
Receive buffer unavailable interrupt
ETH_DMA_IT_R
Receive interrupt
ETH_DMA_IT_TU
Underflow interrupt
ETH_DMA_IT_RO
Overflow interrupt
ETH_DMA_IT_TJT
Transmit jabber timeout interrupt
ETH_DMA_IT_TBU
Transmit buffer unavailable interrupt
ETH_DMA_IT_TPS
Transmit process stopped interrupt
ETH_DMA_IT_T
Transmit interrupt
ETH DMA overflow
ETH_DMA_OVERFLOW_RXFIFOCOUNTER
Overflow bit for FIFO overflow counter
ETH_DMA_OVERFLOW_MISSEDFRAMECOUNTER
Overflow bit for missed frame counter
ETH DMA receive process state
ETH_DMA_RECEIVEPROCESS_STOPPED
Stopped - Reset or Stop Rx Command issued
ETH_DMA_RECEIVEPROCESS_FETCHING
Running - fetching the Rx descriptor
ETH_DMA_RECEIVEPROCESS_WAITING
Running - waiting for packet
ETH_DMA_RECEIVEPROCESS_SUSPENDED
Suspended - Rx Descriptor unavailable
ETH_DMA_RECEIVEPROCESS_CLOSING
Running - closing descriptor
ETH_DMA_RECEIVEPROCESS_QUEUING
Running - queuing the receive frame into host memory
ETH DMA RX Descriptor
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 324/2236

UM1905
ETH_DMARXDESC_OWN
OWN bit: descriptor is owned by DMA engine
ETH_DMARXDESC_AFM
DA Filter Fail for the rx frame
ETH_DMARXDESC_FL
Receive descriptor frame length
ETH_DMARXDESC_ES
Error summary: OR of the following bits: DE || OE || IPC || LC || RWT || RE || CE
ETH_DMARXDESC_DE
Descriptor error: no more descriptors for receive frame
ETH_DMARXDESC_SAF
SA Filter Fail for the received frame
ETH_DMARXDESC_LE
Frame size not matching with length field
ETH_DMARXDESC_OE
Overflow Error: Frame was damaged due to buffer overflow
ETH_DMARXDESC_VLAN
VLAN Tag: received frame is a VLAN frame
ETH_DMARXDESC_FS
First descriptor of the frame
ETH_DMARXDESC_LS
Last descriptor of the frame
ETH_DMARXDESC_IPV4HCE
IPC Checksum Error: Rx Ipv4 header checksum error
ETH_DMARXDESC_LC
Late collision occurred during reception
ETH_DMARXDESC_FT
Frame type - Ethernet, otherwise 802.3
ETH_DMARXDESC_RWT
Receive Watchdog Timeout: watchdog timer expired during reception
ETH_DMARXDESC_RE
Receive error: error reported by MII interface
ETH_DMARXDESC_DBE
Dribble bit error: frame contains non int multiple of 8 bits
ETH_DMARXDESC_CE
CRC error
ETH_DMARXDESC_MAMPCE
Rx MAC Address/Payload Checksum Error: Rx MAC address matched/ Rx Payload Checksum Error
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 325/2236

UM1905
ETH_DMARXDESC_DIC
Disable Interrupt on Completion
ETH_DMARXDESC_RBS2
Receive Buffer2 Size
ETH_DMARXDESC_RER
Receive End of Ring
ETH_DMARXDESC_RCH
Second Address Chained
ETH_DMARXDESC_RBS1
Receive Buffer1 Size
ETH_DMARXDESC_B1AP
Buffer1 Address Pointer
ETH_DMARXDESC_B2AP
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_PTPV
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_PTPFT
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_PTPMT
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_PTPMT_SYNC
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_PTPMT_FOLLOWUP
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_PTPMT_DELAYREQ
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_PTPMT_DELAYRESP
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_PTPMT_PDELAYREQ_ANNOUNCE
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_PTPMT_PDELAYRESP_MANAG
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_PTPMT_PDELAYRESPFOLLOWUP_SIGNAL
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_IPV6PR
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_IPV4PR
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_IPCB
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_IPPE
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_IPHE
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_IPPT
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_IPPT_UDP
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_IPPT_TCP
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 326/2236

UM1905
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_IPPT_ICMP
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_RTSL
ETH_DMAPTPRXDESC_RTSH
ETH DMA Rx descriptor buffers
ETH_DMARXDESC_BUFFER1
DMA Rx Desc Buffer1
ETH_DMARXDESC_BUFFER2
DMA Rx Desc Buffer2
ETH DMA transmit process state
ETH_DMA_TRANSMITPROCESS_STOPPED
Stopped - Reset or Stop Tx Command issued
ETH_DMA_TRANSMITPROCESS_FETCHING
Running - fetching the Tx descriptor
ETH_DMA_TRANSMITPROCESS_WAITING
Running - waiting for status
ETH_DMA_TRANSMITPROCESS_READING
Running - reading the data from host memory
ETH_DMA_TRANSMITPROCESS_SUSPENDED
Suspended - Tx Descriptor unavailable
ETH_DMA_TRANSMITPROCESS_CLOSING
Running - closing Rx descriptor
ETH DMA TX Descriptor
ETH_DMATXDESC_OWN
OWN bit: descriptor is owned by DMA engine
ETH_DMATXDESC_IC
Interrupt on Completion
ETH_DMATXDESC_LS
Last Segment
ETH_DMATXDESC_FS
First Segment
ETH_DMATXDESC_DC
Disable CRC
ETH_DMATXDESC_DP
Disable Padding
ETH_DMATXDESC_TTSE
Transmit Time Stamp Enable
ETH_DMATXDESC_CIC
Checksum Insertion Control: 4 cases
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 327/2236

UM1905
ETH_DMATXDESC_CIC_BYPASS
Do Nothing: Checksum Engine is bypassed
ETH_DMATXDESC_CIC_IPV4HEADER
IPV4 header Checksum Insertion
ETH_DMATXDESC_CIC_TCPUDPICMP_SEGMENT
TCP/UDP/ICMP Checksum Insertion calculated over segment only
ETH_DMATXDESC_CIC_TCPUDPICMP_FULL
TCP/UDP/ICMP Checksum Insertion fully calculated
ETH_DMATXDESC_TER
Transmit End of Ring
ETH_DMATXDESC_TCH
Second Address Chained
ETH_DMATXDESC_TTSS
Tx Time Stamp Status
ETH_DMATXDESC_IHE
IP Header Error
ETH_DMATXDESC_ES
Error summary: OR of the following bits: UE || ED || EC || LCO || NC || LCA || FF || JT
ETH_DMATXDESC_JT
Jabber Timeout
ETH_DMATXDESC_FF
Frame Flushed: DMA/MTL flushed the frame due to SW flush
ETH_DMATXDESC_PCE
Payload Checksum Error
ETH_DMATXDESC_LCA
Loss of Carrier: carrier lost during transmission
ETH_DMATXDESC_NC
No Carrier: no carrier signal from the transceiver
ETH_DMATXDESC_LCO
Late Collision: transmission aborted due to collision
ETH_DMATXDESC_EC
Excessive Collision: transmission aborted after 16 collisions
ETH_DMATXDESC_VF
VLAN Frame
ETH_DMATXDESC_CC
Collision Count
ETH_DMATXDESC_ED
Excessive Deferral
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 328/2236

UM1905
ETH_DMATXDESC_UF
Underflow Error: late data arrival from the memory
ETH_DMATXDESC_DB
Deferred Bit
ETH_DMATXDESC_TBS2
Transmit Buffer2 Size
ETH_DMATXDESC_TBS1
Transmit Buffer1 Size
ETH_DMATXDESC_B1AP
ETH_DMATXDESC_B2AP
ETH_DMAPTPTXDESC_TTSL
ETH_DMAPTPTXDESC_TTSH
ETH DMA Tx descriptor Checksum Insertion Control
ETH_DMATXDESC_CHECKSUMBYPASS
Checksum engine bypass
ETH_DMATXDESC_CHECKSUMIPV4HEADER
IPv4 header checksum insertion
ETH_DMATXDESC_CHECKSUMTCPUDPICMPSEGMENT
TCP/UDP/ICMP checksum insertion. Pseudo header checksum is assumed to be present
ETH_DMATXDESC_CHECKSUMTCPUDPICMPFULL
TCP/UDP/ICMP checksum fully in hardware including pseudo header
ETH DMA Tx descriptor segment
ETH_DMATXDESC_LASTSEGMENTS
Last Segment
ETH_DMATXDESC_FIRSTSEGMENT
First Segment
ETH Drop TCP IP Checksum Error Frame
ETH_DROPTCPIPCHECKSUMERRORFRAME_ENABLE
ETH_DROPTCPIPCHECKSUMERRORFRAME_DISABLE
ETH Duplex Mode
ETH_MODE_FULLDUPLEX
ETH_MODE_HALFDUPLEX
ETH Exported Macros
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 329/2236

UM1905
__HAL_ETH_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset ETH handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the ETH handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_DMATXDESC_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Checks whether the specified Ethernet DMA Tx Desc flag is set or not.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: ETH Handle
• __FLAG__: specifies the flag of TDES0 to check.
Return value:
• the: ETH_DMATxDescFlag (SET or RESET).
__HAL_ETH_DMARXDESC_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Checks whether the specified Ethernet DMA Rx Desc flag is set or not.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the flag of RDES0 to check.
Return value:
• the: ETH_DMATxDescFlag (SET or RESET).
__HAL_ETH_DMARXDESC_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enables the specified DMA Rx Desc receive interrupt.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_DMARXDESC_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disables the specified DMA Rx Desc receive interrupt.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 330/2236

UM1905
__HAL_ETH_DMARXDESC_SET_OWN_BIT
Description:
• Set the specified DMA Rx Desc Own bit.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_DMATXDESC_GET_COLLISION_COUNT
Description:
• Returns the specified Ethernet DMA Tx Desc collision count.
Parameters:
Return value:
• The: Transmit descriptor collision counter value.
__HAL_ETH_DMATXDESC_SET_OWN_BIT
Description:
• Set the specified DMA Tx Desc Own bit.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_DMATXDESC_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enables the specified DMA Tx Desc Transmit interrupt.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_DMATXDESC_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disables the specified DMA Tx Desc Transmit interrupt.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 331/2236

UM1905
__HAL_ETH_DMATXDESC_CHECKSUM_INSERTION
Description:
• Selects the specified Ethernet DMA Tx Desc Checksum Insertion.
Parameters:
• __CHECKSUM__: specifies is the DMA Tx desc checksum insertion. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
– ETH_DMATXDESC_CHECKSUMBYPASS : Checksum bypass
– ETH_DMATXDESC_CHECKSUMIPV4HEADER : IPv4 header checksum
– ETH_DMATXDESC_CHECKSUMTCPUDPICMPSEGMENT : TCP/UDP/ICMP checksum. Pseudo
header checksum is assumed to be present
– ETH_DMATXDESC_CHECKSUMTCPUDPICMPFULL : TCP/UDP/ICMP checksum fully in hardware
including pseudo header
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_DMATXDESC_CRC_ENABLE
Description:
• Enables the DMA Tx Desc CRC.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_DMATXDESC_CRC_DISABLE
Description:
• Disables the DMA Tx Desc CRC.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_DMATXDESC_SHORT_FRAME_PADDING_ENABLE
Description:
• Enables the DMA Tx Desc padding for frame shorter than 64 bytes.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_DMATXDESC_SHORT_FRAME_PADDING_DISABLE
Description:
• Disables the DMA Tx Desc padding for frame shorter than 64 bytes.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 332/2236

UM1905
__HAL_ETH_MAC_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enables the specified Ethernet MAC interrupts.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the Ethernet MAC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. This parameter
can be any combination of the following values:
– ETH_MAC_IT_TST : Time stamp trigger interrupt
– ETH_MAC_IT_PMT : PMT interrupt
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_MAC_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disables the specified Ethernet MAC interrupts.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the Ethernet MAC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. This parameter
– ETH_MAC_IT_TST : Time stamp trigger interrupt
– ETH_MAC_IT_PMT : PMT interrupt
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_INITIATE_PAUSE_CONTROL_FRAME
Description:
• Initiate a Pause Control Frame (Full-duplex only).
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_GET_FLOW_CONTROL_BUSY_STATUS
Description:
• Checks whether the Ethernet flow control busy bit is set or not.
Parameters:
Return value:
• The: new state of flow control busy status bit (SET or RESET).
__HAL_ETH_BACK_PRESSURE_ACTIVATION_ENABLE
Description:
• Enables the MAC Back Pressure operation activation (Half-duplex only).
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 333/2236

UM1905
__HAL_ETH_BACK_PRESSURE_ACTIVATION_DISABLE
Description:
• Disables the MAC BackPressure operation activation (Half-duplex only).
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_MAC_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Checks whether the specified Ethernet MAC flag is set or not.
Parameters:
– ETH_MAC_FLAG_TST : Time stamp trigger flag
– ETH_MAC_FLAG_MMCT : MMC transmit flag
– ETH_MAC_FLAG_MMCR : MMC receive flag
– ETH_MAC_FLAG_MMC : MMC flag
– ETH_MAC_FLAG_PMT : PMT flag
Return value:
• The: state of Ethernet MAC flag.
__HAL_ETH_DMA_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enables the specified Ethernet DMA interrupts.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the Ethernet DMA interrupt sources to be enabled
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_DMA_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disables the specified Ethernet DMA interrupts.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the Ethernet DMA interrupt sources to be disabled.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_DMA_CLEAR_IT
Description:
• Clears the Ethernet DMA IT pending bit.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 334/2236

UM1905
__HAL_ETH_DMA_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Checks whether the specified Ethernet DMA flag is set or not.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the flag to check.
Return value:
• The: new state of ETH_DMA_FLAG (SET or RESET).
__HAL_ETH_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Checks whether the specified Ethernet DMA flag is set or not.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear.
Return value:
• The: new state of ETH_DMA_FLAG (SET or RESET).
__HAL_ETH_GET_DMA_OVERFLOW_STATUS
Description:
• Checks whether the specified Ethernet DMA overflow flag is set or not.
Parameters:
• __OVERFLOW__: specifies the DMA overflow flag to check. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– ETH_DMA_OVERFLOW_RXFIFOCOUNTER : Overflow for FIFO Overflows Counter
– ETH_DMA_OVERFLOW_MISSEDFRAMECOUNTER : Overflow for Buffer Unavailable Missed
Frame Counter
Return value:
• The: state of Ethernet DMA overflow Flag (SET or RESET).
__HAL_ETH_SET_RECEIVE_WATCHDOG_TIMER
Description:
• Set the DMA Receive status watchdog timer register value.
Parameters:
• __VALUE__: DMA Receive status watchdog timer register value
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_GLOBAL_UNICAST_WAKEUP_ENABLE
Description:
• Enables any unicast packet filtered by the MAC address recognition to be a wake-up frame.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: ETH Handle.
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 335/2236

UM1905
__HAL_ETH_GLOBAL_UNICAST_WAKEUP_DISABLE
Description:
• Disables any unicast packet filtered by the MAC address recognition to be a wake-up frame.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_FRAME_DETECTION_ENABLE
Description:
• Enables the MAC Wake-Up Frame Detection.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_FRAME_DETECTION_DISABLE
Description:
• Disables the MAC Wake-Up Frame Detection.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_MAGIC_PACKET_DETECTION_ENABLE
Description:
• Enables the MAC Magic Packet Detection.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_MAGIC_PACKET_DETECTION_DISABLE
Description:
• Disables the MAC Magic Packet Detection.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_POWER_DOWN_ENABLE
Description:
• Enables the MAC Power Down.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 336/2236

UM1905
__HAL_ETH_POWER_DOWN_DISABLE
Description:
• Disables the MAC Power Down.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_GET_PMT_FLAG_STATUS
Description:
• Checks whether the specified Ethernet PMT flag is set or not.
Parameters:
– ETH_PMT_FLAG_WUFFRPR : Wake-Up Frame Filter Register Pointer Reset
– ETH_PMT_FLAG_WUFR : Wake-Up Frame Received
– ETH_PMT_FLAG_MPR : Magic Packet Received
Return value:
• The: new state of Ethernet PMT Flag (SET or RESET).
__HAL_ETH_MMC_COUNTER_FULL_PRESET
Description:
• Preset and Initialize the MMC counters to almost-full value: 0xFFFF_FFF0 (full - 16)
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_MMC_COUNTER_HALF_PRESET
Description:
• Preset and Initialize the MMC counters to almost-half value: 0x7FFF_FFF0 (half - 16)
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_MMC_COUNTER_FREEZE_ENABLE
Description:
• Enables the MMC Counter Freeze.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 337/2236

UM1905
__HAL_ETH_MMC_COUNTER_FREEZE_DISABLE
Description:
• Disables the MMC Counter Freeze.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_ETH_MMC_RESET_ONREAD_ENABLE
Description:
• Enables the MMC Reset On Read.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_ETH_MMC_RESET_ONREAD_DISABLE
Description:
• Disables the MMC Reset On Read.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_ETH_MMC_COUNTER_ROLLOVER_ENABLE
Description:
• Enables the MMC Counter Stop Rollover.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_ETH_MMC_COUNTER_ROLLOVER_DISABLE
Description:
• Disables the MMC Counter Stop Rollover.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_MMC_COUNTERS_RESET
Description:
• Resets the MMC Counters.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 338/2236

UM1905
__HAL_ETH_MMC_RX_IT_ENABLE
Description:
• Enables the specified Ethernet MMC Rx interrupts.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the Ethernet MMC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. This parameter
can be one of the following values:
– ETH_MMC_IT_RGUF : When Rx good unicast frames counter reaches half the maximum value
– ETH_MMC_IT_RFAE : When Rx alignment error counter reaches half the maximum value
– ETH_MMC_IT_RFCE : When Rx crc error counter reaches half the maximum value
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_MMC_RX_IT_DISABLE
Description:
• Disables the specified Ethernet MMC Rx interrupts.
Parameters:
– ETH_MMC_IT_RGUF : When Rx good unicast frames counter reaches half the maximum value
– ETH_MMC_IT_RFAE : When Rx alignment error counter reaches half the maximum value
– ETH_MMC_IT_RFCE : When Rx crc error counter reaches half the maximum value
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_MMC_TX_IT_ENABLE
Description:
• Enables the specified Ethernet MMC Tx interrupts.
Parameters:
– ETH_MMC_IT_TGF : When Tx good frame counter reaches half the maximum value
– ETH_MMC_IT_TGFMSC: When Tx good multi col counter reaches half the maximum value
– ETH_MMC_IT_TGFSC : When Tx good single col counter reaches half the maximum value
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 339/2236

UM1905
__HAL_ETH_MMC_TX_IT_DISABLE
Description:
• Disables the specified Ethernet MMC Tx interrupts.
Parameters:
– ETH_MMC_IT_TGF : When Tx good frame counter reaches half the maximum value
– ETH_MMC_IT_TGFMSC: When Tx good multi col counter reaches half the maximum value
– ETH_MMC_IT_TGFSC : When Tx good single col counter reaches half the maximum value
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enables the ETH External interrupt line.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disables the ETH External interrupt line.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT
Description:
• Enable event on ETH External event line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT
Description:
• Disable event on ETH External event line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Get flag of the ETH External interrupt line.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear flag of the ETH External interrupt line.
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 340/2236

UM1905
__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE_TRIGGER
Description:
• Enables rising edge trigger to the ETH External interrupt line.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE_TRIGGER
Description:
• Disables the rising edge trigger to the ETH External interrupt line.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE_TRIGGER
Description:
• Enables falling edge trigger to the ETH External interrupt line.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE_TRIGGER
Description:
• Disables falling edge trigger to the ETH External interrupt line.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLINGRISING_TRIGGER
Description:
• Enables rising/falling edge trigger to the ETH External interrupt line.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLINGRISING_TRIGGER
Description:
• Disables rising/falling edge trigger to the ETH External interrupt line.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_ETH_WAKEUP_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
Description:
• Generate a Software interrupt on selected EXTI line.
Return value:
• None.
ETH EXTI LINE WAKEUP
ETH_EXTI_LINE_WAKEUP
External interrupt line 19 Connected to the ETH EXTI Line
ETH Fixed Burst
ETH_FIXEDBURST_ENABLE
ETH_FIXEDBURST_DISABLE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 341/2236

UM1905
ETH Flush Received Frame
ETH_FLUSHRECEIVEDFRAME_ENABLE
ETH_FLUSHRECEIVEDFRAME_DISABLE
ETH Forward Error Frames
ETH_FORWARDERRORFRAMES_ENABLE
ETH_FORWARDERRORFRAMES_DISABLE
ETH Forward Undersized Good Frames
ETH_FORWARDUNDERSIZEDGOODFRAMES_ENABLE
ETH_FORWARDUNDERSIZEDGOODFRAMES_DISABLE
ETH Inter Frame Gap
ETH_INTERFRAMEGAP_96BIT
minimum IFG between frames during transmission is 96Bit
ETH Jabber
ETH_JABBER_ENABLE
ETH_JABBER_DISABLE
ETH Loop Back Mode
ETH_LOOPBACKMODE_ENABLE
ETH_LOOPBACKMODE_DISABLE
ETH MAC addresses
ETH_MAC_ADDRESS0
ETH_MAC_ADDRESS1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 342/2236

UM1905
ETH_MAC_ADDRESS2
ETH_MAC_ADDRESS3
ETH MAC addresses filter Mask bytes
ETH_MAC_ADDRESSMASK_BYTE6
Mask MAC Address high reg bits [15:8]
Mask MAC Address high reg bits [7:0]
Mask MAC Address low reg bits [31:24]
Mask MAC Address low reg bits [70]
ETH MAC addresses filter SA DA
ETH_MAC_ADDRESSFILTER_SA
ETH_MAC_ADDRESSFILTER_DA
ETH MAC Flags
ETH_MAC_FLAG_TST
Time stamp trigger flag (on MAC)
ETH_MAC_FLAG_MMCT
MMC transmit flag
ETH_MAC_FLAG_MMCR
MMC receive flag
ETH_MAC_FLAG_MMC
MMC flag (on MAC)
ETH_MAC_FLAG_PMT
PMT flag (on MAC)
ETH MAC Interrupts
ETH_MAC_IT_TST
Time stamp trigger interrupt (on MAC)
ETH_MAC_IT_MMCT
MMC transmit interrupt
ETH_MAC_IT_MMCR
MMC receive interrupt
ETH_MAC_IT_MMC
MMC interrupt (on MAC)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 343/2236

UM1905
ETH_MAC_IT_PMT
PMT interrupt (on MAC)
ETH Media Interface
ETH_MEDIA_INTERFACE_MII
ETH_MEDIA_INTERFACE_RMII
ETH MMC Rx Interrupts
ETH_MMC_IT_RGUF
When Rx good unicast frames counter reaches half the maximum value
ETH_MMC_IT_RFAE
When Rx alignment error counter reaches half the maximum value
ETH_MMC_IT_RFCE
When Rx crc error counter reaches half the maximum value
ETH MMC Tx Interrupts
ETH_MMC_IT_TGF
When Tx good frame counter reaches half the maximum value
ETH_MMC_IT_TGFMSC
When Tx good multi col counter reaches half the maximum value
ETH_MMC_IT_TGFSC
When Tx good single col counter reaches half the maximum value
ETH Multicast Frames Filter
ETH_MULTICASTFRAMESFILTER_PERFECTHASHTABLE
ETH_MULTICASTFRAMESFILTER_HASHTABLE
ETH_MULTICASTFRAMESFILTER_PERFECT
ETH_MULTICASTFRAMESFILTER_NONE
ETH Pass Control Frames
ETH_PASSCONTROLFRAMES_BLOCKALL
MAC filters all control frames from reaching the application
ETH_PASSCONTROLFRAMES_FORWARDALL
MAC forwards all control frames to application even if they fail the Address Filter
ETH_PASSCONTROLFRAMES_FORWARDPASSEDADDRFILTER
MAC forwards control frames that pass the Address Filter.
ETH Pause Low Threshold
ETH_PAUSELOWTHRESHOLD_MINUS4
Pause time minus 4 slot times
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 344/2236

UM1905
ETH PMT Flags
ETH_PMT_FLAG_WUFFRPR
Wake-Up Frame Filter Register Pointer Reset
ETH_PMT_FLAG_WUFR
Wake-Up Frame Received
ETH_PMT_FLAG_MPR
Magic Packet Received
ETH Promiscuous Mode
ETH_PROMISCUOUS_MODE_ENABLE
ETH_PROMISCUOUS_MODE_DISABLE
ETH Receive All
ETH_RECEIVEALL_ENABLE
ETH_RECEIVEAll_DISABLE
ETH Receive Flow Control
ETH_RECEIVEFLOWCONTROL_ENABLE
ETH_RECEIVEFLOWCONTROL_DISABLE
ETH Receive Own
ETH_RECEIVEOWN_ENABLE
ETH_RECEIVEOWN_DISABLE
ETH Receive Store Forward
ETH_RECEIVESTOREFORWARD_ENABLE
ETH_RECEIVESTOREFORWARD_DISABLE
ETH Receive Threshold Control
ETH_RECEIVEDTHRESHOLDCONTROL_64BYTES
threshold level of the MTL Receive FIFO is 64 Bytes
ETH Retry Transmission
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 345/2236

UM1905
ETH_RETRYTRANSMISSION_ENABLE
ETH_RETRYTRANSMISSION_DISABLE
ETH Rx DMA Burst Length
ETH_RXDMABURSTLENGTH_1BEAT
maximum number of beats to be transferred in one RxDMA transaction is 1
ETH_RXDMABURSTLENGTH_4XPBL_4BEAT
ETH Rx Mode
ETH_RXPOLLING_MODE
ETH_RXINTERRUPT_MODE
ETH Second Frame Operate
ETH_SECONDFRAMEOPERARTE_ENABLE
ETH_SECONDFRAMEOPERARTE_DISABLE
ETH Source Addr Filter
ETH_SOURCEADDRFILTER_NORMAL_ENABLE
ETH_SOURCEADDRFILTER_INVERSE_ENABLE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 346/2236

UM1905
ETH_SOURCEADDRFILTER_DISABLE
ETH Speed
ETH_SPEED_10M
ETH_SPEED_100M
ETH Transmit Flow Control
ETH_TRANSMITFLOWCONTROL_ENABLE
ETH_TRANSMITFLOWCONTROL_DISABLE
ETH Transmit Store Forward
ETH_TRANSMITSTOREFORWARD_ENABLE
ETH_TRANSMITSTOREFORWARD_DISABLE
ETH Transmit Threshold Control
ETH_TRANSMITTHRESHOLDCONTROL_64BYTES
threshold level of the MTL Transmit FIFO is 64 Bytes
ETH Tx DMA Burst Length
ETH_TXDMABURSTLENGTH_1BEAT
maximum number of beats to be transferred in one TxDMA (or both) transaction is 1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 347/2236

UM1905
ETH_TXDMABURSTLENGTH_4XPBL_4BEAT
ETH Unicast Frames Filter
ETH_UNICASTFRAMESFILTER_PERFECTHASHTABLE
ETH_UNICASTFRAMESFILTER_HASHTABLE
ETH_UNICASTFRAMESFILTER_PERFECT
ETH Unicast Pause Frame Detect
ETH_UNICASTPAUSEFRAMEDETECT_ENABLE
ETH_UNICASTPAUSEFRAMEDETECT_DISABLE
ETH VLAN Tag Comparison
ETH_VLANTAGCOMPARISON_12BIT
ETH_VLANTAGCOMPARISON_16BIT
ETH Watchdog
ETH_WATCHDOG_ENABLE
ETH_WATCHDOG_DISABLE
ETH Zero Quanta Pause
ETH_ZEROQUANTAPAUSE_ENABLE
ETH_ZEROQUANTAPAUSE_DISABLE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 348/2236

UM1905
HAL EXTI Generic Driver
25 HAL EXTI Generic Driver
25.1 EXTI Firmware driver registers structures
25.1.1 EXTI_HandleTypeDef
EXTI_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_exti.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Line
• void(* PendingCallback
Field Documentation
• uint32_t EXTI_HandleTypeDef::Line
Exti line number
• void(* EXTI_HandleTypeDef::PendingCallback)(void)
Exti pending callback
25.1.2 EXTI_ConfigTypeDef
EXTI_ConfigTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_exti.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Line
• uint32_t Mode
• uint32_t GPIOSel
Field Documentation
• uint32_t EXTI_ConfigTypeDef::Line
The Exti line to be configured. This parameter can be a value of EXTI_Line
• uint32_t EXTI_ConfigTypeDef::Mode
The Exit Mode to be configured for a core. This parameter can be a combination of EXTI_Mode
• uint32_t EXTI_ConfigTypeDef::Trigger
The Exti Trigger to be configured. This parameter can be a value of EXTI_Trigger
• uint32_t EXTI_ConfigTypeDef::GPIOSel
The Exti GPIO multiplexer selection to be configured. This parameter is only possible for line 0 to 15. It can
be a value of EXTI_GPIOSel
25.2 EXTI Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the EXTI library.
25.2.1 EXTI Peripheral features

• Each Exti line can be configured within this driver.
• Exti line can be configured in 3 different modes
– Interrupt
– Event
– Both of them
• Configurable Exti lines can be configured with 3 different triggers
– Rising
– Falling
– Both of them
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 349/2236

UM1905
EXTI Firmware driver API description
• When set in interrupt mode, configurable Exti lines have two different interrupts pending registers which
allow to distinguish which transition occurs:
– Rising edge pending interrupt
– Falling
• Exti lines 0 to 15 are linked to gpio pin number 0 to 15. Gpio port can be selected through multiplexer.

1. Configure the EXTI line using HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine().
– Choose the interrupt line number by setting "Line" member from EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
– Configure the interrupt and/or event mode using "Mode" member from EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
– For configurable lines, configure rising and/or falling trigger "Trigger" member from
EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
– For Exti lines linked to gpio, choose gpio port using "GPIOSel" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
structure.
2. Get current Exti configuration of a dedicated line using HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
– Provide exiting handle as parameter.
– Provide pointer on EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure as second parameter.
3. Clear Exti configuration of a dedicated line using HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
– Provide exiting handle as parameter.
4. Register callback to treat Exti interrupts using HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback().
– Provide exiting handle as first parameter.
– Provide which callback will be registered using one value from EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef.
– Provide callback function pointer.
5. Get interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
6. Clear interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
7. Generate software interrupt using HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI().

• HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine
• HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine
• HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine
• HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback
• HAL_EXTI_GetHandle
HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine (EXTI_HandleTypeDef * hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *
pExtiConfig)
Set configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
Parameters
• hexti: Exti handle.
• pExtiConfig: Pointer on EXTI configuration to be set.
Return values
• HAL: Status.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 350/2236

UM1905
HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine (EXTI_HandleTypeDef * hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *
pExtiConfig)
Get configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
Parameters
• pExtiConfig: Pointer on structure to store Exti configuration.
Return values
• HAL: Status.
HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine (EXTI_HandleTypeDef * hexti)
Clear whole configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: Status.
HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback (EXTI_HandleTypeDef * hexti, EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef
CallbackID, void(*)(void) pPendingCbfn)
Register callback for a dedicated Exti line.
Parameters
• CallbackID: User callback identifier. This parameter can be one of
– EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef values.
• pPendingCbfn: function pointer to be stored as callback.
Return values
• HAL: Status.
HAL_EXTI_GetHandle
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetHandle (EXTI_HandleTypeDef * hexti, uint32_t ExtiLine)
Store line number as handle private field.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 351/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• ExtiLine: Exti line number. This parameter can be from 0 to EXTI_LINE_NB.
Return values
• HAL: Status.
HAL_EXTI_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_EXTI_IRQHandler (EXTI_HandleTypeDef * hexti)
Handle EXTI interrupt request.
Parameters
Return values
• none.:
HAL_EXTI_GetPending
Function name
uint32_t HAL_EXTI_GetPending (EXTI_HandleTypeDef * hexti, uint32_t Edge)
Get interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
Parameters
• Edge: Specify which pending edge as to be checked. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
Return values
• 1: if interrupt is pending else 0.
HAL_EXTI_ClearPending
Function name
void HAL_EXTI_ClearPending (EXTI_HandleTypeDef * hexti, uint32_t Edge)
Clear interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
Parameters
• Edge: Specify which pending edge as to be clear. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
Return values
• None.:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 352/2236

UM1905
EXTI Firmware driver defines
HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI
Function name
void HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI (EXTI_HandleTypeDef * hexti)
Generate a software interrupt for a dedicated line.
Parameters
Return values
• None.:
25.3 EXTI Firmware driver defines

25.3.1 EXTI
EXTI
EXTI GPIOSel
EXTI_GPIOA
EXTI_GPIOB
EXTI_GPIOC
EXTI_GPIOD
EXTI_GPIOE
EXTI_GPIOF
EXTI_GPIOG
EXTI_GPIOH
EXTI_GPIOI
EXTI_GPIOJ
EXTI_GPIOK
EXTI Line
EXTI_LINE_0
External interrupt line 0
EXTI_LINE_1
EXTI_LINE_2
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 353/2236

UM1905
EXTI_LINE_3
EXTI_LINE_4
EXTI_LINE_5
EXTI_LINE_6
EXTI_LINE_7
EXTI_LINE_8
EXTI_LINE_9
EXTI_LINE_10
EXTI_LINE_11
EXTI_LINE_12
EXTI_LINE_13
EXTI_LINE_14
EXTI_LINE_15
EXTI_LINE_16
External interrupt line 16 Connected to the PVD Output
EXTI_LINE_17
External interrupt line 17 Connected to the RTC Alarm event
EXTI_LINE_18
External interrupt line 18 Connected to the USB OTG FS Wakeup from suspend event
EXTI_LINE_19
External interrupt line 19 Connected to the Ethernet Wakeup event
EXTI_LINE_20
External interrupt line 20 Connected to the USB OTG HS (configured in FS) Wakeup event
EXTI_LINE_21
External interrupt line 21 Connected to the RTC Tamper and Time Stamp events
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 354/2236

UM1905
EXTI_LINE_22
External interrupt line 22 Connected to the RTC Wakeup event
EXTI_LINE_23
External interrupt line 23 Connected to the LPTIM Wakeup event
EXTI_LINE_24
External interrupt line 24 Connected to the MDIO Slave global Interrupt Wakeup event
EXTI Mode
EXTI_MODE_NONE
EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT
EXTI_MODE_EVENT
EXTI Trigger
EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE
EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING
EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING
EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 355/2236

UM1905
HAL FLASH Generic Driver
26 HAL FLASH Generic Driver
26.1 FLASH Firmware driver registers structures
26.1.1 FLASH_ProcessTypeDef
FLASH_ProcessTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_flash.h
Data Fields
• __IO FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef ProcedureOnGoing
• __IO uint32_t NbSectorsToErase
• __IO uint8_t VoltageForErase
• __IO uint32_t Sector
• __IO uint32_t Address
Field Documentation
• __IO FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::ProcedureOnGoing
• __IO uint32_t FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::NbSectorsToErase
• __IO uint8_t FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::VoltageForErase
• __IO uint32_t FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::Sector
• __IO uint32_t FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::Address
• HAL_LockTypeDef FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::Lock
• __IO uint32_t FLASH_ProcessTypeDef::ErrorCode
26.2 FLASH Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the FLASH library.
26.2.1 FLASH peripheral features

The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses to the Flash memory. It
implements the erase and program Flash memory operations and the read and write protection mechanisms.
The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction prefetch and cache lines.
The FLASH main features are:
• Flash memory read operations
• Flash memory program/erase operations
• Read / write protections
• Prefetch on I-Code
• 64 cache lines of 128 bits on I-Code
• 8 cache lines of 128 bits on D-Code

This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH memory of all STM32F7xx
devices.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 356/2236

UM1905
FLASH Firmware driver API description
1. FLASH Memory IO Programming functions:

– Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions
– Program functions: byte, half word, word and double word
– There Two modes of programming :
◦ Polling mode using HAL_FLASH_Program() function
◦ Interrupt mode using HAL_FLASH_Program_IT() function
2. Interrupts and flags management functions :
– Handle FLASH interrupts by calling HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler()
– Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status
– Get error flag status by calling HAL_SetErrorCode()
In addition to these functions, this driver includes a set of macros allowing to handle the following operations:
• Set the latency
• Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
• Enable/Disable the Instruction cache and the Data cache
• Reset the Instruction cache and the Data cache
• Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts
• Monitor the FLASH flags status
Note: For any Flash memory program operation (erase or program), the CPU clock frequency (HCLK) must be at least
1MHz.
Note: The contents of the Flash memory are not guaranteed if a device reset occurs during a Flash memory operation.
Note: Any attempt to read the Flash memory while it is being written or erased, causes the bus to stall. Read
operations are processed correctly once the program operation has completed. This means that code or data
fetches cannot be performed while a write/erase operation is ongoing.
26.2.3 Programming operation functions

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH program operations.
• HAL_FLASH_Program
• HAL_FLASH_Program_IT
• HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler
• HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback
• HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH memory operations.
• HAL_FLASH_Unlock
• HAL_FLASH_Lock
• HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock
• HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock
• HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch
26.2.5 Peripheral Errors functions

This subsection permits to get in run-time Errors of the FLASH peripheral.
• HAL_FLASH_GetError
• FLASH_WaitForLastOperation
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 357/2236

UM1905
HAL_FLASH_Program
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program (uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
Program byte, halfword, word or double word at a specified address.
Parameters
• TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address. This parameter can be a value of
FLASH Type Program
• Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
• Data: specifies the data to be programmed
Return values
• HAL_StatusTypeDef: HAL Status
HAL_FLASH_Program_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT (uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
Program byte, halfword, word or double word at a specified address with interrupt enabled.
Parameters
• TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address. This parameter can be a value of
FLASH Type Program
• Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
• Data: specifies the data to be programmed
Return values
• HAL: Status
HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler (void )
This function handles FLASH interrupt request.
Return values
• None:
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback
Function name
void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback (uint32_t ReturnValue)
FLASH end of operation interrupt callback.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 358/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
– Sectors Erase: Sector which has been erased (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected sectors
have been erased)
– Program : Address which was selected for data program
– Mass Erase : No return value expected
Return values
• None:
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback (uint32_t ReturnValue)
FLASH operation error interrupt callback.
Parameters
• ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
– Sectors Erase: Sector which has been erased (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected sectors
have been erased)
– Program : Address which was selected for data program
– Mass Erase : No return value expected
Return values
• None:
HAL_FLASH_Unlock
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock (void )
Unlock the FLASH control register access.
Return values
• HAL: Status
HAL_FLASH_Lock
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock (void )
Locks the FLASH control register access.
Return values
• HAL: Status
HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock (void )
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 359/2236

UM1905
Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
Return values
• HAL: Status
HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock (void )
Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
Return values
• HAL: Status
HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch (void )
Launch the option byte loading.
Return values
• HAL: Status
HAL_FLASH_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError (void )
Get the specific FLASH error flag.
Return values
• FLASH_ErrorCode: The returned value can be:
– FLASH_ERROR_ERS: FLASH Erasing Sequence error flag
– FLASH_ERROR_PGP: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag
– FLASH_ERROR_PGA: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
– FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protected error flag
– FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION: FLASH operation Error flag
FLASH_WaitForLastOperation
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation (uint32_t Timeout)
Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
Parameters
• Timeout: maximum flash operationtimeout
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 360/2236

UM1905
FLASH Firmware driver defines
Return values
• HAL: Status
26.3 FLASH Firmware driver defines

26.3.1 FLASH
FLASH
FLASH Error Code
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_ERS
Programming Sequence error
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGP
Programming Parallelism error
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA
Programming Alignment error
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP
Write protection error
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION
Operation Error
HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD
Read Protection Error
FLASH Exported Macros
__HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY
Description:
• Set the FLASH Latency.
Parameters:
• __LATENCY__: FLASH Latency The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same
series
Return value:
• none
__HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY
Description:
• Get the FLASH Latency.
Return value:
• FLASH: Latency The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
__HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the FLASH prefetch buffer.
Return value:
• none
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 361/2236

UM1905
__HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the FLASH prefetch buffer.
Return value:
• none
__HAL_FLASH_ART_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the FLASH Adaptive Real-Time memory accelerator.
Return value:
• none
Notes:
• The ART accelerator is available only for flash access on ITCM interface.
__HAL_FLASH_ART_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the FLASH Adaptive Real-Time memory accelerator.
Return value:
• none
__HAL_FLASH_ART_RESET
Description:
• Resets the FLASH Adaptive Real-Time memory accelerator.
Return value:
• None
Notes:
• This function must be used only when the Adaptive Real-Time memory accelerator is disabled.
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the specified FLASH interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: FLASH interrupt This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
– FLASH_IT_EOP: End of FLASH Operation Interrupt
– FLASH_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt
Return value:
• none
__HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the specified FLASH interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: FLASH interrupt This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
– FLASH_IT_EOP: End of FLASH Operation Interrupt
– FLASH_IT_ERR: Error Interrupt
Return value:
• none
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 362/2236

UM1905
__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Get the specified FLASH flag status.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the FLASH flag to check. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– FLASH_FLAG_EOP : FLASH End of Operation flag
– FLASH_FLAG_OPERR : FLASH operation Error flag
– FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag
– FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
– FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag
– FLASH_FLAG_ERSERR : FLASH Erasing Sequence error flag
– FLASH_FLAG_BSY : FLASH Busy flag
Return value:
• The: new state of __FLAG__ (SET or RESET).
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the specified FLASH flag.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the FLASH flags to clear. This parameter can be any combination of the following
values:
– FLASH_FLAG_EOP : FLASH End of Operation flag
– FLASH_FLAG_OPERR : FLASH operation Error flag
– FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR: FLASH Write protected error flag
– FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
– FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag
– FLASH_FLAG_ERSERR : FLASH Erasing Sequence error flag
Return value:
• none
__HAL_FLASH_CALC_BOOT_BASE_ADR
Description:
• Calculate the FLASH Boot Base Adress (BOOT_ADD0 or BOOT_ADD1)
Parameters:
• __ADDRESS__: FLASH Boot Address (in the range 0x0000 0000 to 0x2004 FFFF with a granularity of
16KB)
Return value:
• The: FLASH Boot Base Adress
Notes:
• Returned value BOOT_ADDx[15:0] corresponds to boot address [29:14].
FLASH Flag definition
FLASH_FLAG_EOP
FLASH End of Operation flag
FLASH_FLAG_OPERR
FLASH operation Error flag
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 363/2236

UM1905
FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR
FLASH Write protected error flag
FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR
FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR
FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag
FLASH_FLAG_ERSERR
FLASH Erasing Sequence error flag
FLASH_FLAG_BSY
FLASH Busy flag
FLASH_FLAG_ALL_ERRORS
FLASH Interrupt definition
FLASH_IT_EOP
End of FLASH Operation Interrupt source
FLASH_IT_ERR
Error Interrupt source
FLASH Private macros to check input parameters
IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM
FLASH Keys
FLASH_KEY1
FLASH_KEY2
FLASH_OPT_KEY1
FLASH_OPT_KEY2
FLASH Latency
FLASH_LATENCY_0
FLASH Zero Latency cycle
FLASH_LATENCY_1
FLASH One Latency cycle
FLASH_LATENCY_2
FLASH Two Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_3
FLASH Three Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_4
FLASH Four Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_5
FLASH Five Latency cycles
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 364/2236

UM1905
FLASH_LATENCY_6
FLASH Six Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_7
FLASH Seven Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_8
FLASH Eight Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_9
FLASH Nine Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_10
FLASH Ten Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_11
FLASH Eleven Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_12
FLASH Twelve Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_13
FLASH Thirteen Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_14
FLASH Fourteen Latency cycles
FLASH_LATENCY_15
FLASH Fifteen Latency cycles
FLASH Program Parallelism
FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE
FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD
FLASH_PSIZE_WORD
FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD
CR_PSIZE_MASK
FLASH Sectors
FLASH_SECTOR_0
Sector Number 0
FLASH_SECTOR_1
Sector Number 1
FLASH_SECTOR_2
Sector Number 2
FLASH_SECTOR_3
Sector Number 3
FLASH_SECTOR_4
Sector Number 4
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 365/2236

UM1905
FLASH_SECTOR_5
Sector Number 5
FLASH_SECTOR_6
Sector Number 6
FLASH_SECTOR_7
Sector Number 7
FLASH Type Program
FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_BYTE
Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address
FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD
Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address
FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD
Program a word (32-bit) at a specified address
FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD
Program a double word (64-bit) at a specified address
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 366/2236

UM1905
HAL FLASH Extension Driver
27 HAL FLASH Extension Driver
27.1 FLASHEx Firmware driver registers structures
27.1.1 FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef
FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_flash_ex.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t TypeErase
• uint32_t Banks
• uint32_t Sector
• uint32_t NbSectors
• uint32_t VoltageRange
Field Documentation
• uint32_t FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef::TypeErase
Mass erase or sector Erase. This parameter can be a value of FLASHEx_Type_Erase
• uint32_t FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef::Banks
Select banks to erase when Mass erase is enabled. This parameter must be a value of FLASHEx_Banks
• uint32_t FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef::Sector
Initial FLASH sector to erase when Mass erase is disabled This parameter must be a value of
FLASHEx_Sectors
• uint32_t FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef::NbSectors
Number of sectors to be erased. This parameter must be a value between 1 and (max number of sectors -
value of Initial sector)
• uint32_t FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef::VoltageRange
The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism This parameter must be a value of
FLASHEx_Voltage_Range
27.1.2 FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef
FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_flash_ex.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t OptionType
• uint32_t WRPState
• uint32_t WRPSector
• uint32_t RDPLevel
• uint32_t BORLevel
• uint32_t USERConfig
• uint32_t BootAddr0
• uint32_t BootAddr1
Field Documentation
• uint32_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::OptionType
Option byte to be configured. This parameter can be a value of FLASHEx_Option_Type
• uint32_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::WRPState
Write protection activation or deactivation. This parameter can be a value of FLASHEx_WRP_State
• uint32_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::WRPSector
Specifies the sector(s) to be write protected. The value of this parameter depend on device used within the
same series
• uint32_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::RDPLevel
Set the read protection level. This parameter can be a value of FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_Read_Protection
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 367/2236

UM1905
FLASHEx Firmware driver API description
• uint32_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::BORLevel
Set the BOR Level. This parameter can be a value of FLASHEx_BOR_Reset_Level
• uint32_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::USERConfig
Program the FLASH User Option Byte: WWDG_SW / IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / RST_STDBY /
IWDG_FREEZE_STOP / IWDG_FREEZE_SANDBY / nDBANK / nDBOOT. nDBANK / nDBOOT are only
available for STM32F76xxx/STM32F77xxx devices
• uint32_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::BootAddr0
Boot base address when Boot pin = 0. This parameter can be a value of FLASHEx_Boot_Address
• uint32_t FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef::BootAddr1
Boot base address when Boot pin = 1. This parameter can be a value of FLASHEx_Boot_Address
27.2 FLASHEx Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the FLASHEx library.
27.2.1 Flash Extension features

Comparing to other previous devices, the FLASH interface for STM32F76xx/STM32F77xx devices contains the
following additional features
• Capacity up to 2 Mbyte with dual bank architecture supporting read-while-write capability (RWW)
• Dual bank memory organization
• Dual boot mode

This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH memory of all STM32F7xx devices. It includes
1. FLASH Memory Erase functions:
– Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions
– Erase function: Erase sector, erase all sectors
– There are two modes of erase :
◦ Polling Mode using HAL_FLASHEx_Erase()
◦ Interrupt Mode using HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT()
2. Option Bytes Programming functions: Use HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram() to :
– Set/Reset the write protection
– Set the Read protection Level
– Set the BOR level
– Program the user Option Bytes
27.2.3 Extended programming operation functions

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the Extension FLASH programming operations
Operations.
• HAL_FLASHEx_Erase
• HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT
• HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram
• HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig
HAL_FLASHEx_Erase
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase (FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef * pEraseInit, uint32_t * SectorError)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 368/2236

UM1905
FLASHEx Firmware driver API description
Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory sectors.
Parameters
• pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for
the erasing.
• SectorError: pointer to variable that contains the configuration information on faulty sector in case of error
(0xFFFFFFFF means that all the sectors have been correctly erased)
Return values
• HAL: Status
HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT (FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef * pEraseInit)
Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory sectors with interrupt enabled.
Parameters
• pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for
the erasing.
Return values
• HAL: Status
HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram (FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef * pOBInit)
Program option bytes.
Parameters
• pOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that contains the configuration information for the
programming.
Return values
• HAL: Status
HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig
Function name
void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig (FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef * pOBInit)
Get the Option byte configuration.
Parameters
• pOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that contains the configuration information for the
programming.
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 369/2236

UM1905
FLASHEx Firmware driver defines
FLASH_Erase_Sector
Function name
void FLASH_Erase_Sector (uint32_t Sector, uint8_t VoltageRange)
Erase the specified FLASH memory sector.
Parameters
• Sector: FLASH sector to erase The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
• VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism. This parameter can be one
of the following values:
– FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V, the operation will be
done by byte (8-bit)
done by half word (16-bit)
done by word (32-bit)
– FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp, the
operation will be done by double word (64-bit)
Return values
• None:
27.3 FLASHEx Firmware driver defines

27.3.1 FLASHEx
FLASHEx
FLASH Banks
FLASH_BANK_1
Bank 1
FLASH_BANK_2
Bank 2
FLASH_BANK_BOTH
Bank1 and Bank2
FLASH Boot Address
OB_BOOTADDR_ITCM_RAM
Boot from ITCM RAM (0x00000000)
OB_BOOTADDR_SYSTEM
Boot from System memory bootloader (0x00100000)
OB_BOOTADDR_ITCM_FLASH
Boot from Flash on ITCM interface (0x00200000)
OB_BOOTADDR_AXIM_FLASH
Boot from Flash on AXIM interface (0x08000000)
OB_BOOTADDR_DTCM_RAM
Boot from DTCM RAM (0x20000000)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 370/2236

UM1905
OB_BOOTADDR_SRAM1
Boot from SRAM1 (0x20010000)
OB_BOOTADDR_SRAM2
Boot from SRAM2 (0x2004C000)
FLASH BOR Reset Level
OB_BOR_LEVEL3
Supply voltage ranges from 2.70 to 3.60 V
OB_BOR_LEVEL2
OB_BOR_LEVEL1
OB_BOR_OFF
FLASH Private macros to check input parameters
IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE
IS_VOLTAGERANGE
IS_WRPSTATE
IS_OPTIONBYTE
IS_OB_BOOT_ADDRESS
IS_OB_RDP_LEVEL
IS_OB_WWDG_SOURCE
IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE
IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE
IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE
IS_OB_IWDG_STOP_FREEZE
IS_OB_IWDG_STDBY_FREEZE
IS_OB_BOR_LEVEL
IS_FLASH_LATENCY
IS_FLASH_ADDRESS
IS_FLASH_NBSECTORS
IS_FLASH_SECTOR
IS_OB_WRP_SECTOR
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 371/2236

UM1905
IS_OB_NDBANK
IS_FLASH_BANK
IS_OB_NDBOOT
FLASH Mass Erase bit
FLASH_MER_BIT
2 MER bits
FLASH Option Bytes IWatchdog
OB_IWDG_SW
Software IWDG selected
OB_IWDG_HW
Hardware IWDG selected
FLASH IWDG Counter Freeze in STANDBY
OB_IWDG_STDBY_FREEZE
Freeze IWDG counter in STANDBY mode
OB_IWDG_STDBY_ACTIVE
IWDG counter active in STANDBY mode
FLASH IWDG Counter Freeze in STOP
OB_IWDG_STOP_FREEZE
Freeze IWDG counter in STOP mode
OB_IWDG_STOP_ACTIVE
IWDG counter active in STOP mode
FLASH Single Bank or Dual Bank
OB_NDBANK_SINGLE_BANK
NDBANK bit is set : Single Bank mode
OB_NDBANK_DUAL_BANK
NDBANK bit is reset : Dual Bank mode
FLASH Option Bytes nDBOOT
OB_DUAL_BOOT_DISABLE
OB_DUAL_BOOT_ENABLE
FLASH Option Bytes nRST_STDBY
OB_STDBY_NO_RST
No reset generated when entering in STANDBY
OB_STDBY_RST
Reset generated when entering in STANDBY
FLASH Option Bytes nRST_STOP
OB_STOP_NO_RST
No reset generated when entering in STOP
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 372/2236

UM1905
OB_STOP_RST
Reset generated when entering in STOP
FLASH Option Bytes Read Protection
OB_RDP_LEVEL_0
OB_RDP_LEVEL_1
OB_RDP_LEVEL_2
Warning: When enabling read protection level 2 it s no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0
FLASH Option Bytes Write Protection
OB_WRP_SECTOR_0
Write protection of Single Bank Sector0
OB_WRP_SECTOR_1
OB_WRP_SECTOR_2
OB_WRP_SECTOR_3
OB_WRP_SECTOR_4
OB_WRP_SECTOR_5
OB_WRP_SECTOR_6
OB_WRP_SECTOR_7
OB_WRP_SECTOR_8
OB_WRP_SECTOR_9
OB_WRP_SECTOR_10
OB_WRP_SECTOR_11
OB_WRP_SECTOR_All
Write protection of all Sectors for Single Bank Flash
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_0
Write protection of Dual Bank Sector0
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 373/2236

UM1905
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_2
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_3
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_4
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_5
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_6
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_7
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_8
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_9
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_10
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_11
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_12
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_13
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_14
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_15
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_16
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_17
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_18
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_19
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_20
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 374/2236

UM1905
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_21
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_22
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_23
OB_WRP_DB_SECTOR_All
Write protection of all Sectors for Dual Bank Flash
FLASH Option Bytes WWatchdog
OB_WWDG_SW
Software WWDG selected
OB_WWDG_HW
Hardware WWDG selected
FLASH Option Type
OPTIONBYTE_WRP
WRP option byte configuration
OPTIONBYTE_RDP
RDP option byte configuration
OPTIONBYTE_USER
USER option byte configuration
OPTIONBYTE_BOR
BOR option byte configuration
OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_0
Boot 0 Address configuration
OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_1
Boot 1 Address configuration
FLASH Sectors
FLASH_SECTOR_8
Sector Number 8
FLASH_SECTOR_9
Sector Number 9
FLASH_SECTOR_10
Sector Number 10
FLASH_SECTOR_11
Sector Number 11
FLASH_SECTOR_12
Sector Number 12
FLASH_SECTOR_13
Sector Number 13
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 375/2236

UM1905
FLASH_SECTOR_14
Sector Number 14
FLASH_SECTOR_15
Sector Number 15
FLASH_SECTOR_16
Sector Number 16
FLASH_SECTOR_17
Sector Number 17
FLASH_SECTOR_18
Sector Number 18
FLASH_SECTOR_19
Sector Number 19
FLASH_SECTOR_20
Sector Number 20
FLASH_SECTOR_21
Sector Number 21
FLASH_SECTOR_22
Sector Number 22
FLASH_SECTOR_23
Sector Number 23
FLASH Type Erase
FLASH_TYPEERASE_SECTORS
Sectors erase only
FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE
Flash Mass erase activation
FLASH Voltage Range
FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_1
Device operating range: 1.8V to 2.1V
Device operating range: 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp
FLASH WRP State
OB_WRPSTATE_DISABLE
Disable the write protection of the desired bank 1 sectors
OB_WRPSTATE_ENABLE
Enable the write protection of the desired bank 1 sectors
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 376/2236

UM1905
HAL GPIO Generic Driver
28 HAL GPIO Generic Driver
28.1 GPIO Firmware driver registers structures
28.1.1 GPIO_InitTypeDef
GPIO_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_gpio.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Pin
• uint32_t Mode
• uint32_t Pull
• uint32_t Speed
• uint32_t Alternate
Field Documentation
• uint32_t GPIO_InitTypeDef::Pin
Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured. This parameter can be any value of GPIO_pins_define
• uint32_t GPIO_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins. This parameter can be a value of GPIO_mode_define
• uint32_t GPIO_InitTypeDef::Pull
Specifies the Pull-up or Pull-Down activation for the selected pins. This parameter can be a value of
GPIO_pull_define
• uint32_t GPIO_InitTypeDef::Speed
Specifies the speed for the selected pins. This parameter can be a value of GPIO_speed_define
• uint32_t GPIO_InitTypeDef::Alternate
Peripheral to be connected to the selected pins. This parameter can be a value of
GPIO_Alternate_function_selection
28.2 GPIO Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the GPIO library.
28.2.1 GPIO Peripheral features

Subject to the specific hardware characteristics of each I/O port listed in the datasheet, each port bit of the
General Purpose IO (GPIO) Ports, can be individually configured by software in several modes:
• Input mode
• Analog mode
• Output mode
• Alternate function mode
• External interrupt/event lines
During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt lines are not active and the I/O ports are
configured in input floating mode.
All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be activated or not.
In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull type and the IO speed can be
selected depending on the VDD value.
All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt lines, the port must be configured in
input mode. All available GPIO pins are connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 23 edge detectors (16 lines are connected to GPIO) for
generating event/interrupt requests (each input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt
or event) and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can also be masked
independently.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 377/2236

UM1905
GPIO Firmware driver API description

1. Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function: __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
2. Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().
– Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
– Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
– In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is configured through "Speed"
member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
– In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO is configured through
"Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
– Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel or DAC output.
– In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
select the type (interrupt or event) and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
3. In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority mapped to the EXTI line
using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
4. To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
5. To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
6. To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
7. During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not active and the GPIO pins are configured in input
floating mode (except JTAG pins).
8. The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose (PC14 and PC15,
respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has priority over the GPIO function.
9. The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as general purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively,
when the HSE oscillator is off. The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.

This section provides functions allowing to initialize and de-initialize the GPIOs to be ready for use.
• HAL_GPIO_Init
• HAL_GPIO_DeInit

• HAL_GPIO_ReadPin
• HAL_GPIO_WritePin
• HAL_GPIO_TogglePin
• HAL_GPIO_LockPin
• HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler
• HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback
HAL_GPIO_Init
Function name
void HAL_GPIO_Init (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef * GPIO_Init)
Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init.
Parameters
• GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral.
• GPIO_Init: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified GPIO peripheral.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 378/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
HAL_GPIO_DeInit
Function name
void HAL_GPIO_DeInit (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin)
De-initializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
Parameters
• GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be
(0..15).
Return values
• None:
HAL_GPIO_ReadPin
Function name
GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
Reads the specified input port pin.
Parameters
• GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read. This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
Return values
• The: input port pin value.
HAL_GPIO_WritePin
Function name
void HAL_GPIO_WritePin (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
Sets or clears the selected data port bit.
Parameters
• GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be
(0..15).
• PinState: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit. This parameter can be one of the
GPIO_PinState enum values:
– GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin
– GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 379/2236

UM1905
Notes
• This function uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify accesses. In this way, there is no risk
of an IRQ occurring between the read and the modify access.
HAL_GPIO_TogglePin
Function name
void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
Toggles the specified GPIO pins.
Parameters
• GPIOx: Where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral.
• GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins to be toggled.
Return values
• None:
HAL_GPIO_LockPin
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers.
Parameters
• GPIOx: where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F7 family
• GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be locked. This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x
where x can be (0..15).
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR, GPIOx_PUPDR,
GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH.
• The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified until the next reset.
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler (uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
This function handles EXTI interrupt request.
Parameters
• GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 380/2236

UM1905
GPIO Firmware driver defines
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback
Function name
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback (uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
EXTI line detection callbacks.
Parameters
• GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line
Return values
• None:
28.3 GPIO Firmware driver defines

28.3.1 GPIO
GPIO
GPIO Alternate Function Selection
GPIO_AF0_RTC_50Hz
GPIO_AF0_MCO
GPIO_AF0_SWJ
GPIO_AF0_TRACE
GPIO_AF1_TIM1
GPIO_AF1_TIM2
GPIO_AF1_UART5
GPIO_AF1_I2C4
GPIO_AF2_TIM3
GPIO_AF2_TIM4
GPIO_AF2_TIM5
GPIO_AF3_TIM8
GPIO_AF3_TIM9
GPIO_AF3_TIM10
GPIO_AF3_TIM11
GPIO_AF3_LPTIM1
GPIO_AF3_CEC
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 381/2236

UM1905
GPIO_AF3_DFSDM1
GPIO_AF4_I2C1
GPIO_AF4_I2C2
GPIO_AF4_I2C3
GPIO_AF4_I2C4
GPIO_AF4_CEC
GPIO_AF4_USART1
GPIO_AF5_SPI1
GPIO_AF5_SPI2
GPIO_AF5_SPI3
GPIO_AF5_SPI4
GPIO_AF5_SPI5
GPIO_AF5_SPI6
GPIO_AF6_SPI3
GPIO_AF6_SAI1
GPIO_AF6_UART4
GPIO_AF6_DFSDM1
GPIO_AF7_USART1
GPIO_AF7_USART2
GPIO_AF7_USART3
GPIO_AF7_UART5
GPIO_AF7_SPDIFRX
GPIO_AF7_SPI2
GPIO_AF7_SPI3
GPIO_AF7_SPI6
GPIO_AF7_DFSDM1
GPIO_AF8_UART4
GPIO_AF8_UART5
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 382/2236

UM1905
GPIO_AF8_USART6
GPIO_AF8_UART7
GPIO_AF8_UART8
GPIO_AF8_SPDIFRX
GPIO_AF8_SAI2
GPIO_AF8_SPI6
GPIO_AF9_CAN1
GPIO_AF9_CAN2
GPIO_AF9_TIM12
GPIO_AF9_TIM13
GPIO_AF9_TIM14
GPIO_AF9_QUADSPI
GPIO_AF9_LTDC
GPIO_AF9_FMC
GPIO_AF10_OTG_FS
GPIO_AF10_OTG_HS
GPIO_AF10_QUADSPI
GPIO_AF10_SAI2
GPIO_AF10_DFSDM1
GPIO_AF10_SDMMC2
GPIO_AF10_LTDC
GPIO_AF11_ETH
GPIO_AF11_CAN3
GPIO_AF11_SDMMC2
GPIO_AF11_I2C4
GPIO_AF12_FMC
GPIO_AF12_OTG_HS_FS
GPIO_AF12_SDMMC1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 383/2236

UM1905
GPIO_AF12_MDIOS
GPIO_AF12_UART7
GPIO_AF13_DCMI
GPIO_AF13_DSI
GPIO_AF13_LTDC
GPIO_AF14_LTDC
GPIO_AF15_EVENTOUT
GPIO Exported Macros
__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Checks whether the specified EXTI line flag is set or not.
Parameters:
• __EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI line flag to check. This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can
be(0..15)
Return value:
• The: new state of __EXTI_LINE__ (SET or RESET).
__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clears the EXTI's line pending flags.
Parameters:
• __EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI lines flags to clear. This parameter can be any combination of
GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15)
Return value:
• None
__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT
Description:
• Checks whether the specified EXTI line is asserted or not.
Parameters:
• __EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI line to check. This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can
be(0..15)
Return value:
• The: new state of __EXTI_LINE__ (SET or RESET).
__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT
Description:
• Clears the EXTI's line pending bits.
Parameters:
• __EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI lines to clear. This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x
where x can be (0..15)
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 384/2236

UM1905
__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
Description:
• Generates a Software interrupt on selected EXTI line.
Parameters:
• __EXTI_LINE__: specifies the EXTI line to check. This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can
be(0..15)
Return value:
• None
GPIO mode define
GPIO_MODE_INPUT
Input Floating Mode
GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP
Output Push Pull Mode
GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD
Output Open Drain Mode
GPIO_MODE_AF_PP
Alternate Function Push Pull Mode
GPIO_MODE_AF_OD
Alternate Function Open Drain Mode
GPIO_MODE_ANALOG
Analog Mode
GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING
External Interrupt Mode with Rising edge trigger detection
GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING
External Interrupt Mode with Falling edge trigger detection
GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING
External Interrupt Mode with Rising/Falling edge trigger detection
GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING
External Event Mode with Rising edge trigger detection
GPIO_MODE_EVT_FALLING
External Event Mode with Falling edge trigger detection
GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING_FALLING
External Event Mode with Rising/Falling edge trigger detection
GPIO pins define
GPIO_PIN_0
GPIO_PIN_1
GPIO_PIN_2
GPIO_PIN_3
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 385/2236

UM1905
GPIO_PIN_4
GPIO_PIN_5
GPIO_PIN_6
GPIO_PIN_7
GPIO_PIN_8
GPIO_PIN_9
GPIO_PIN_10
GPIO_PIN_11
GPIO_PIN_12
GPIO_PIN_13
GPIO_PIN_14
GPIO_PIN_15
GPIO_PIN_All
GPIO_PIN_MASK
GPIO pull define
GPIO_NOPULL
No Pull-up or Pull-down activation
GPIO_PULLUP
Pull-up activation
GPIO_PULLDOWN
Pull-down activation
GPIO speed define
GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW
Low speed
GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM
Medium speed
GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH
Fast speed
GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH
High speed
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 386/2236

UM1905
HAL GPIO Extension Driver
29 HAL GPIO Extension Driver
29.1 GPIOEx Firmware driver defines

29.1.1 GPIOEx
GPIOEx
GPIO Get Port Index
GPIO_GET_INDEX
GPIO Check Alternate Function
IS_GPIO_AF
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 387/2236

UM1905
HAL HASH Generic Driver
30 HAL HASH Generic Driver
30.1 HASH Firmware driver registers structures
30.1.1 HASH_InitTypeDef
HASH_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_hash.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t DataType
• uint32_t KeySize
• uint8_t * pKey
Field Documentation
• uint32_t HASH_InitTypeDef::DataType
32-bit data, 16-bit data, 8-bit data or 1-bit data. This parameter can be a value of HASH_Data_Type.
• uint32_t HASH_InitTypeDef::KeySize
The key size is used only in HMAC operation.
• uint8_t* HASH_InitTypeDef::pKey
The key is used only in HMAC operation.
30.1.2 HASH_HandleTypeDef
HASH_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_hash.h
Data Fields
• HASH_InitTypeDef Init
• uint8_t * pHashInBuffPtr
• uint8_t * pHashOutBuffPtr
• uint8_t * pHashKeyBuffPtr
• uint8_t * pHashMsgBuffPtr
• uint32_t HashBuffSize
• __IO uint32_t HashInCount
• __IO uint32_t HashITCounter
• __IO uint32_t HashKeyCount
• HAL_StatusTypeDef Status
• HAL_HASH_PhaseTypeDef Phase
• __IO HAL_HASH_StateTypeDef State
• HAL_HASH_SuspendTypeDef SuspendRequest
• FlagStatus DigestCalculationDisable
• __IO uint32_t NbWordsAlreadyPushed
• __IO uint32_t Accumulation
Field Documentation
• HASH_InitTypeDef HASH_HandleTypeDef::Init
HASH required parameters
• uint8_t* HASH_HandleTypeDef::pHashInBuffPtr
Pointer to input buffer
• uint8_t* HASH_HandleTypeDef::pHashOutBuffPtr
Pointer to output buffer (digest)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 388/2236

UM1905
HASH Firmware driver API description
• uint8_t* HASH_HandleTypeDef::pHashKeyBuffPtr
Pointer to key buffer (HMAC only)
• uint8_t* HASH_HandleTypeDef::pHashMsgBuffPtr
Pointer to message buffer (HMAC only)
• uint32_t HASH_HandleTypeDef::HashBuffSize
Size of buffer to be processed
• __IO uint32_t HASH_HandleTypeDef::HashInCount
Counter of inputted data
• __IO uint32_t HASH_HandleTypeDef::HashITCounter
Counter of issued interrupts
• __IO uint32_t HASH_HandleTypeDef::HashKeyCount
Counter for Key inputted data (HMAC only)
• HAL_StatusTypeDef HASH_HandleTypeDef::Status
HASH peripheral status
• HAL_HASH_PhaseTypeDef HASH_HandleTypeDef::Phase
HASH peripheral phase
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* HASH_HandleTypeDef::hdmain
HASH In DMA Handle parameters
• HAL_LockTypeDef HASH_HandleTypeDef::Lock
Locking object
• __IO HAL_HASH_StateTypeDef HASH_HandleTypeDef::State
HASH peripheral state
• HAL_HASH_SuspendTypeDef HASH_HandleTypeDef::SuspendRequest
HASH peripheral suspension request flag
• FlagStatus HASH_HandleTypeDef::DigestCalculationDisable
Digest calculation phase skip (MDMAT bit control) for multi-buffers DMA-based HMAC computation
• __IO uint32_t HASH_HandleTypeDef::NbWordsAlreadyPushed
Numbers of words already pushed in FIFO before inputting new block
• __IO uint32_t HASH_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
HASH Error code
• __IO uint32_t HASH_HandleTypeDef::Accumulation
HASH multi buffers accumulation flag
30.2 HASH Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the HASH library.

The HASH HAL driver can be used as follows:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 389/2236

UM1905
1. Initialize the HASH low level resources by implementing the HAL_HASH_MspInit():

a. Enable the HASH interface clock using __HASH_CLK_ENABLE()
b. When resorting to interrupt-based APIs (e.g. HAL_HASH_xxx_Start_IT())
◦ Configure the HASH interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
◦ Enable the HASH IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
◦ In HASH IRQ handler, call HAL_HASH_IRQHandler() API
c. When resorting to DMA-based APIs (e.g. HAL_HASH_xxx_Start_DMA())
◦ Enable the DMAx interface clock using __DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()
◦ Configure and enable one DMA stream to manage data transfer from memory to peripheral (input
stream). Managing data transfer from peripheral to memory can be performed only using CPU.
◦ Associate the initialized DMA handle to the HASH DMA handle using __HAL_LINKDMA()
◦ Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Stream:
use HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
2. Initialize the HASH HAL using HAL_HASH_Init(). This function:
a. resorts to HAL_HASH_MspInit() for low-level initialization,
b. configures the data type: 1-bit, 8-bit, 16-bit or 32-bit.
3. Three processing schemes are available:
a. Polling mode: processing APIs are blocking functions i.e. they process the data and wait till the digest
computation is finished, e.g. HAL_HASH_xxx_Start() for HASH or HAL_HMAC_xxx_Start() for HMAC
b. Interrupt mode: processing APIs are not blocking functions i.e. they process the data under interrupt,
e.g. HAL_HASH_xxx_Start_IT() for HASH or HAL_HMAC_xxx_Start_IT() for HMAC
c. DMA mode: processing APIs are not blocking functions and the CPU is not used for data transfer i.e.
the data transfer is ensured by DMA, e.g. HAL_HASH_xxx_Start_DMA() for HASH or
HAL_HMAC_xxx_Start_DMA() for HMAC. Note that in DMA mode, a call to HAL_HASH_xxx_Finish()
is then required to retrieve the digest.
4. When the processing function is called after HAL_HASH_Init(), the HASH peripheral is initialized and
processes the buffer fed in input. When the input data have all been fed to the Peripheral, the digest
computation can start.
5. Multi-buffer processing is possible in polling, interrupt and DMA modes.
a. In polling mode, only multi-buffer HASH processing is possible. API HAL_HASH_xxx_Accumulate()
must be called for each input buffer, except for the last one. User must resort to
HAL_HASH_xxx_Accumulate_End() to enter the last one and retrieve as well the computed digest.
b. In interrupt mode, API HAL_HASH_xxx_Accumulate_IT() must be called for each input buffer, except
for the last one. User must resort to HAL_HASH_xxx_Accumulate_End_IT() to enter the last one and
retrieve as well the computed digest.
c. In DMA mode, multi-buffer HASH and HMAC processing are possible.
◦ HASH processing: once initialization is done, MDMAT bit must be set thru
__HAL_HASH_SET_MDMAT() macro. From that point, each buffer can be fed to the Peripheral
thru HAL_HASH_xxx_Start_DMA() API. Before entering the last buffer, reset the MDMAT bit with
__HAL_HASH_RESET_MDMAT() macro then wrap-up the HASH processing in feeding the last
input buffer thru the same API HAL_HASH_xxx_Start_DMA(). The digest can then be retrieved
with a call to API HAL_HASH_xxx_Finish().
◦ HMAC processing (requires to resort to extended functions): after initialization, the key and the
first input buffer are entered in the Peripheral with the API HAL_HMACEx_xxx_Step1_2_DMA().
This carries out HMAC step 1 and starts step 2. The following buffers are next entered with the
API HAL_HMACEx_xxx_Step2_DMA(). At this point, the HMAC processing is still carrying out
step 2. Then, step 2 for the last input buffer and step 3 are carried out by a single call to
HAL_HMACEx_xxx_Step2_3_DMA(). The digest can finally be retrieved with a call to API
HAL_HASH_xxx_Finish().
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 390/2236

UM1905
6. Context swapping.
a. Two APIs are available to suspend HASH or HMAC processing:
◦ HAL_HASH_SwFeed_ProcessSuspend() when data are entered by software (polling or IT mode),
◦ HAL_HASH_DMAFeed_ProcessSuspend() when data are entered by DMA.
b. When HASH or HMAC processing is suspended, HAL_HASH_ContextSaving() allows to save in
memory the Peripheral context. This context can be restored afterwards to resume the HASH
processing thanks to HAL_HASH_ContextRestoring().
c. Once the HASH Peripheral has been restored to the same configuration as that at suspension time,
processing can be restarted with the same API call (same API, same handle, same parameters) as
done before the suspension. Relevant parameters to restart at the proper location are internally saved
in the HASH handle.
7. Call HAL_HASH_DeInit() to deinitialize the HASH peripheral.
Remarks on message length

1. HAL in interruption mode (interruptions driven)
a. Due to HASH peripheral hardware design, the peripheral interruption is triggered every 64 bytes. This
is why, for driver implementation simplicity’s sake, user is requested to enter a message the length of
which is a multiple of 4 bytes.
b. When the message length (in bytes) is not a multiple of words, a specific field exists in HASH_STR to
specify which bits to discard at the end of the complete message to process only the message bits and
not extra bits.
c. If user needs to perform a hash computation of a large input buffer that is spread around various
places in memory and where each piece of this input buffer is not necessarily a multiple of 4 bytes in
size, it becomes necessary to use a temporary buffer to format the data accordingly before feeding
them to the Peripheral. It is advised to the user to
◦ achieve the first formatting operation by software then enter the data
◦ while the Peripheral is processing the first input set, carry out the second formatting operation by
software, to be ready when DINIS occurs.
◦ repeat step 2 until the whole message is processed.
1. HAL in DMA mode
a. Again, due to hardware design, the DMA transfer to feed the data can only be done on a word-basis.
The same field described above in HASH_STR is used to specify which bits to discard at the end of the
DMA transfer to process only the message bits and not extra bits. Due to hardware implementation,
this is possible only at the end of the complete message. When several DMA transfers are needed to
enter the message, this is not applicable at the end of the intermediary transfers.
b. Similarly to the interruption-driven mode, it is suggested to the user to format the consecutive chunks of
data by software while the DMA transfer and processing is on-going for the first parts of the message.
Due to the 32-bit alignment required for the DMA transfer, it is underlined that the software formatting
operation is more complex than in the IT mode.
1. The compilation define USE_HAL_HASH_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows the user to
configure dynamically the driver callbacks. Use function @ref HAL_HASH_RegisterCallback() to register a
user callback.
2. Function @ref HAL_HASH_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks: (+) InCpltCallback :
callback for input completion. (+) DgstCpltCallback : callback for digest computation completion. (+)
ErrorCallback : callback for error. (+) MspInitCallback : HASH MspInit. (+) MspDeInitCallback : HASH
MspDeInit. This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID and a pointer to
the user callback function.
3. Use function @ref HAL_HASH_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default weak (surcharged)
function. @ref HAL_HASH_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, and the
Callback ID. This function allows to reset following callbacks: (+) InCpltCallback : callback for input
completion. (+) DgstCpltCallback : callback for digest computation completion. (+) ErrorCallback : callback
for error. (+) MspInitCallback : HASH MspInit. (+) MspDeInitCallback : HASH MspDeInit.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 391/2236

UM1905
4. By default, after the @ref HAL_HASH_Init and if the state is HAL_HASH_STATE_RESET all callbacks are
reset to the corresponding legacy weak (surcharged) functions: examples @ref
HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(), @ref HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback() Exception done for MspInit and
MspDeInit callbacks that are respectively reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the @ref
HAL_HASH_Init and @ref HAL_HASH_DeInit only when these callbacks are null (not registered
beforehand) If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_HASH_Init and @ref HAL_HASH_DeInit
keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand). Callbacks can be registered/
unregistered in READY state only. Exception done for MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks that can be registered/
unregistered in READY or RESET state, thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during
the Init/DeInit. In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks using @ref
HAL_HASH_RegisterCallback before calling @ref HAL_HASH_DeInit or @ref HAL_HASH_Init function.
When The compilation define USE_HAL_HASH_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the
callback registering feature is not available and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
(#) The compilation define USE_HAL_HASH_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows the user to
configure dynamically the driver callbacks. Use function @ref HAL_HASH_RegisterCallback() to register a user
callback. (#) Function @ref HAL_HASH_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
• InCpltCallback : callback for input completion.
• DgstCpltCallback : callback for digest computation completion.
• ErrorCallback : callback for error.
• MspInitCallback : HASH MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : HASH MspDeInit. This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the
Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function. (#) Use function @ref
HAL_HASH_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default weak (surcharged) function. @ref
HAL_HASH_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, and the Callback ID.
• InCpltCallback : callback for input completion.
• DgstCpltCallback : callback for digest computation completion.
• ErrorCallback : callback for error.
• MspInitCallback : HASH MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : HASH MspDeInit. (#) By default, after the @ref HAL_HASH_Init and if the state is
HAL_HASH_STATE_RESET all callbacks are reset to the corresponding legacy weak (surcharged)
functions: examples @ref HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(), @ref HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback() Exception
done for MspInit and MspDeInit callbacks that are respectively reset to the legacy weak (surcharged)
functions in the @ref HAL_HASH_Init and @ref HAL_HASH_DeInit only when these callbacks are null (not
registered beforehand) If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_HASH_Init and @ref
HAL_HASH_DeInit keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand). Callbacks
can be registered/unregistered in READY state only. Exception done for MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks that
can be registered/unregistered in READY or RESET state, thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks
can be used during the Init/DeInit. In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks using @ref
HAL_HASH_RegisterCallback before calling @ref HAL_HASH_DeInit or @ref HAL_HASH_Init function.
When The compilation define USE_HAL_HASH_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the

• Initialize the HASH according to the specified parameters in the HASH_InitTypeDef and create the
associated handle
• DeInitialize the HASH peripheral
• Initialize the HASH MCU Specific Package (MSP)
• DeInitialize the HASH MSP
This section provides as well call back functions definitions for user code to manage:
• Input data transfer to Peripheral completion
• Calculated digest retrieval completion
• Error management
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 392/2236

UM1905
• HAL_HASH_Init
• HAL_HASH_DeInit
• HAL_HASH_MspInit
• HAL_HASH_MspDeInit
• HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback
• HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback
• HAL_HASH_ErrorCallback
30.2.3 Polling mode HASH processing functions

This section provides functions allowing to calculate in polling mode the hash value using one of the following
algorithms:
• MD5
– HAL_HASH_MD5_Start()
– HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt()
– HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt_End()
• SHA1
– HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start()
– HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt()
– HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt_End()
For a single buffer to be hashed, user can resort to HAL_HASH_xxx_Start().
In case of multi-buffer HASH processing (a single digest is computed while several buffers are fed to the
Peripheral), the user can resort to successive calls to HAL_HASH_xxx_Accumulate() and wrap-up the digest
computation by a call to HAL_HASH_xxx_Accumulate_End().
• HAL_HASH_MD5_Start
• HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt
• HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt_End
• HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start
• HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt
• HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt_End
30.2.4 Interruption mode HASH processing functions

This section provides functions allowing to calculate in interrupt mode the hash value using one of the following
algorithms:
• MD5
– HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_IT()
– HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt_IT()
– HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt_End_IT()
• SHA1
– HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_IT()
– HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt_IT()
– HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt_End_IT()
API HAL_HASH_IRQHandler() manages each HASH interruption.
Note that HAL_HASH_IRQHandler() manages as well HASH Peripheral interruptions when in HMAC processing
mode.
• HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_IT
• HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt_IT
• HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt_End_IT
• HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_IT
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 393/2236

UM1905
• HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt_IT
• HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt_End_IT
• HAL_HASH_IRQHandler
30.2.5 DMA mode HASH processing functions

This section provides functions allowing to calculate in DMA mode the hash value using one of the following
algorithms:
• MD5
– HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_DMA()
– HAL_HASH_MD5_Finish()
• SHA1
– HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_DMA()
– HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish()
When resorting to DMA mode to enter the data in the Peripheral, user must resort to
HAL_HASH_xxx_Start_DMA() then read the resulting digest with HAL_HASH_xxx_Finish().
In case of multi-buffer HASH processing, MDMAT bit must first be set before the successive calls to
HAL_HASH_xxx_Start_DMA(). Then, MDMAT bit needs to be reset before the last call to
HAL_HASH_xxx_Start_DMA(). Digest is finally retrieved thanks to HAL_HASH_xxx_Finish().
• HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_DMA
• HAL_HASH_MD5_Finish
• HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_DMA
• HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish
30.2.6 Polling mode HMAC processing functions

This section provides functions allowing to calculate in polling mode the HMAC value using one of the following
algorithms:
• MD5
– HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start()
• SHA1
– HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start()
• HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start
• HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start
30.2.7 Interrupt mode HMAC processing functions

This section provides functions allowing to calculate in interrupt mode the HMAC value using one of the following
algorithms:
• MD5
– HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start_IT()
• SHA1
– HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start_IT()
• HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start_IT
• HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start_IT
30.2.8 DMA mode HMAC processing functions

This section provides functions allowing to calculate in DMA mode the HMAC value using one of the following
algorithms:
• MD5
– HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start_DMA()
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 394/2236

UM1905
• SHA1
– HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start_DMA()
When resorting to DMA mode to enter the data in the Peripheral for HMAC processing, user must resort to
HAL_HMAC_xxx_Start_DMA() then read the resulting digest with HAL_HASH_xxx_Finish().
• HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start_DMA
• HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start_DMA
30.2.9 Peripheral State methods

This section permits to get in run-time the state and the peripheral handle status of the peripheral:
• HAL_HASH_GetState()
• HAL_HASH_GetStatus()
Additionally, this subsection provides functions allowing to save and restore the HASH or HMAC processing
context in case of calculation suspension:
• HAL_HASH_ContextSaving()
• HAL_HASH_ContextRestoring()
This subsection provides functions allowing to suspend the HASH processing
• when input are fed to the Peripheral by software
– HAL_HASH_SwFeed_ProcessSuspend()
• when input are fed to the Peripheral by DMA
– HAL_HASH_DMAFeed_ProcessSuspend()
• HAL_HASH_GetState
• HAL_HASH_GetStatus
• HAL_HASH_ContextSaving
• HAL_HASH_ContextRestoring
• HAL_HASH_SwFeed_ProcessSuspend
• HAL_HASH_DMAFeed_ProcessSuspend
• HAL_HASH_GetError
HAL_HASH_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_Init (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash)
Initialize the HASH according to the specified parameters in the HASH_HandleTypeDef and create the
associated handle.
Parameters
• hhash: HASH handle
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Only MDMAT and DATATYPE bits of HASH Peripheral are set by HAL_HASH_Init(), other configuration bits
are set by HASH or HMAC processing APIs.
• MDMAT bit is systematically reset by HAL_HASH_Init(). To set it for multi-buffer HASH processing, user
needs to resort to __HAL_HASH_SET_MDMAT() macro. For HMAC multi-buffer processing, the relevant
APIs manage themselves the MDMAT bit.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 395/2236

UM1905
HAL_HASH_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_DeInit (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash)
DeInitialize the HASH peripheral.
Parameters
• hhash: HASH handle.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_HASH_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_HASH_MspInit (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash)
Initialize the HASH MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_HASH_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_HASH_MspDeInit (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash)
DeInitialize the HASH MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash)
Input data transfer complete call back.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 396/2236

UM1905
Notes
• HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback() is called when the complete input message has been fed to the Peripheral.
This API is invoked only when input data are entered under interruption or thru DMA.
• In case of HASH or HMAC multi-buffer DMA feeding case (MDMAT bit set), HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback() is
called at the end of each buffer feeding to the Peripheral.
HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash)
Digest computation complete call back.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback() is used under interruption, is not relevant with DMA.
HAL_HASH_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_HASH_ErrorCallback (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash)
Error callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Code user can resort to hhash->Status (HAL_ERROR, HAL_TIMEOUT,...) to retrieve the error type.
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
uint32_t Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
Initialize the HASH peripheral in SHA1 mode, next process pInBuffer then read the computed digest.
Parameters
• pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
• Size: length of the input buffer in bytes.
• pOutBuffer: pointer to the computed digest. Digest size is 20 bytes.
• Timeout: Timeout value
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 397/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Digest is available in pOutBuffer.
HAL_HASH_MD5_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Start (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
Initialize the HASH peripheral in MD5 mode, next process pInBuffer then read the computed digest.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
uint32_t Size)
If not already done, initialize the HASH peripheral in MD5 mode then processes pInBuffer.
Parameters
• Size: length of the input buffer in bytes, must be a multiple of 4.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Consecutive calls to HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt() can be used to feed several input buffers back-to-back to
the Peripheral that will yield a single HASH signature once all buffers have been entered. Wrap-up of input
buffers feeding and retrieval of digest is done by a call to HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt_End().
• Field hhash->Phase of HASH handle is tested to check whether or not the Peripheral has already been
initialized.
• Digest is not retrieved by this API, user must resort to HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt_End() to read it, feeding
at the same time the last input buffer to the Peripheral.
• The input buffer size (in bytes) must be a multiple of 4 otherwise, the HASH digest computation is
corrupted. Only HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt_End() is able to manage the ending buffer with a length in bytes
not a multiple of 4.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 398/2236

UM1905
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
uint32_t Size)
If not already done, initialize the HASH peripheral in SHA1 mode then processes pInBuffer.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Consecutive calls to HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt() can be used to feed several input buffers back-to-back to
the Peripheral that will yield a single HASH signature once all buffers have been entered. Wrap-up of input
buffers feeding and retrieval of digest is done by a call to HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt_End().
initialized.
• Digest is not retrieved by this API, user must resort to HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt_End() to read it, feeding
at the same time the last input buffer to the Peripheral.
corrupted. Only HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt_End() is able to manage the ending buffer with a length in
bytes not a multiple of 4.
HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt_End
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt_End (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
End computation of a single HASH signature after several calls to HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt() API.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 399/2236

UM1905
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt_End
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt_End (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
End computation of a single HASH signature after several calls to HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt() API.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_IT (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
uint32_t Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer)
Initialize the HASH peripheral in SHA1 mode, next process pInBuffer then read the computed digest in
interruption mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt_IT (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
uint32_t Size)
If not already done, initialize the HASH peripheral in SHA1 mode then processes pInBuffer in interruption mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 400/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Consecutive calls to HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt_IT() can be used to feed several input buffers back-to-
back to the Peripheral that will yield a single HASH signature once all buffers have been entered. Wrap-up
of input buffers feeding and retrieval of digest is done by a call to HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt_End_IT().
initialized.
corrupted. Only HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt_End_IT() is able to manage the ending buffer with a length in
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt_End_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt_End_IT (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t *
pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer)
End computation of a single HASH signature after several calls to HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accmlt_IT() API.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_IT (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
Initialize the HASH peripheral in MD5 mode, next process pInBuffer then read the computed digest in
interruption mode.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 401/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt_IT (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
uint32_t Size)
If not already done, initialize the HASH peripheral in MD5 mode then processes pInBuffer in interruption mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Consecutive calls to HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt_IT() can be used to feed several input buffers back-to-back
to the Peripheral that will yield a single HASH signature once all buffers have been entered. Wrap-up of
input buffers feeding and retrieval of digest is done by a call to HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt_End_IT().
initialized.
corrupted. Only HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt_End_IT() is able to manage the ending buffer with a length in
HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt_End_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt_End_IT (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t *
End computation of a single HASH signature after several calls to HAL_HASH_MD5_Accmlt_IT() API.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 402/2236

UM1905
HAL_HASH_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_HASH_IRQHandler (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash)
Handle HASH interrupt request.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• HAL_HASH_IRQHandler() handles interrupts in HMAC processing as well.
• In case of error reported during the HASH interruption processing, HAL_HASH_ErrorCallback() API is
called so that user code can manage the error. The error type is available in hhash->Status field.
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_DMA (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
uint32_t Size)
Initialize the HASH peripheral in SHA1 mode then initiate a DMA transfer to feed the input buffer to the
Peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Once the DMA transfer is finished, HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish() API must be called to retrieve the
computed digest.
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pOutBuffer,
uint32_t Timeout)
Return the computed digest in SHA1 mode.
Parameters
• Timeout: Timeout value.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 403/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• The API waits for DCIS to be set then reads the computed digest.
• HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish() can be used as well to retrieve the digest in HMAC SHA1 mode.
HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_DMA (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
uint32_t Size)
Initialize the HASH peripheral in MD5 mode then initiate a DMA transfer to feed the input buffer to the Peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Once the DMA transfer is finished, HAL_HASH_MD5_Finish() API must be called to retrieve the computed
digest.
HAL_HASH_MD5_Finish
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Finish (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pOutBuffer,
uint32_t Timeout)
Return the computed digest in MD5 mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• HAL_HASH_MD5_Finish() can be used as well to retrieve the digest in HMAC MD5 mode.
HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 404/2236

UM1905
Initialize the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA1 mode, next process pInBuffer then read the computed digest.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Same key is used for the inner and the outer hash functions; pointer to key and key size are respectively
stored in hhash->Init.pKey and hhash->Init.KeySize.
HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
Initialize the HASH peripheral in HMAC MD5 mode, next process pInBuffer then read the computed digest.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start_IT (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
Initialize the HASH peripheral in HMAC MD5 mode, next process pInBuffer then read the computed digest in
interrupt mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 405/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start_IT (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
Initialize the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA1 mode, next process pInBuffer then read the computed digest in
interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start_DMA (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
uint32_t Size)
Initialize the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA1 mode then initiate the required DMA transfers to feed the key and
the input buffer to the Peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 406/2236

UM1905
Notes
• Once the DMA transfers are finished (indicated by hhash->State set back to HAL_HASH_STATE_READY),
HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish() API must be called to retrieve the computed digest.
• If MDMAT bit is set before calling this function (multi-buffer HASH processing case), the input buffer size (in
bytes) must be a multiple of 4 otherwise, the HASH digest computation is corrupted. For the processing of
the last buffer of the thread, MDMAT bit must be reset and the buffer length (in bytes) doesn't have to be a
multiple of 4.
HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start_DMA (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
uint32_t Size)
Initialize the HASH peripheral in HMAC MD5 mode then initiate the required DMA transfers to feed the key and
the input buffer to the Peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_HASH_MD5_Finish() API must be called to retrieve the computed digest.
multiple of 4.
HAL_HASH_GetState
Function name
HAL_HASH_StateTypeDef HAL_HASH_GetState (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash)
Return the HASH handle state.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: HASH state
Notes
• The API yields the current state of the handle (BUSY, READY,...).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 407/2236

UM1905
HAL_HASH_GetStatus
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_GetStatus (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash)
Return the HASH HAL status.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• The API yields the HAL status of the handle: it is the result of the latest HASH processing and allows to
report any issue (e.g. HAL_TIMEOUT).
HAL_HASH_ContextSaving
Function name
void HAL_HASH_ContextSaving (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pMemBuffer)
Save the HASH context in case of processing suspension.
Parameters
• pMemBuffer: pointer to the memory buffer where the HASH context is saved.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The IMR, STR, CR then all the CSR registers are saved in that order. Only the r/w bits are read to be
restored later on.
• By default, all the context swap registers (there are HASH_NUMBER_OF_CSR_REGISTERS of those) are
saved.
• pMemBuffer points to a buffer allocated by the user. The buffer size must be at least
(HASH_NUMBER_OF_CSR_REGISTERS + 3) * 4 uint8 long.
HAL_HASH_ContextRestoring
Function name
void HAL_HASH_ContextRestoring (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pMemBuffer)
Restore the HASH context in case of processing resumption.
Parameters
• pMemBuffer: pointer to the memory buffer where the HASH context is stored.
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 408/2236

UM1905
Notes
• The IMR, STR, CR then all the CSR registers are restored in that order. Only the r/w bits are restored.
• By default, all the context swap registers (HASH_NUMBER_OF_CSR_REGISTERS of those) are restored
(all of them have been saved by default beforehand).
HAL_HASH_SwFeed_ProcessSuspend
Function name
void HAL_HASH_SwFeed_ProcessSuspend (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash)
Initiate HASH processing suspension when in polling or interruption mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Set the handle field SuspendRequest to the appropriate value so that the on-going HASH processing is
suspended as soon as the required conditions are met. Note that the actual suspension is carried out by
the functions HASH_WriteData() in polling mode and HASH_IT() in interruption mode.
HAL_HASH_DMAFeed_ProcessSuspend
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_DMAFeed_ProcessSuspend (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash)
Suspend the HASH processing when in DMA mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• When suspension attempt occurs at the very end of a DMA transfer and all the data have already been
entered in the Peripheral, hhash->State is set to HAL_HASH_STATE_READY and the API returns
HAL_ERROR. It is recommended to wrap-up the processing in reading the digest as usual.
HAL_HASH_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_HASH_GetError (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash)
Return the HASH handle error code.
Parameters
• hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure.
Return values
• HASH: Error Code
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 409/2236

UM1905
HASH_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HASH_Start (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t Size,
uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Algorithm)
Initialize the HASH peripheral, next process pInBuffer then read the computed digest.
Parameters
• pOutBuffer: pointer to the computed digest.
• Algorithm: HASH algorithm.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HASH_Accumulate
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HASH_Accumulate (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint32_t Algorithm)
If not already done, initialize the HASH peripheral then processes pInBuffer.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
initialized.
corrupted.
HASH_Accumulate_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HASH_Accumulate_IT (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t
Size, uint32_t Algorithm)
If not already done, initialize the HASH peripheral then processes pInBuffer in interruption mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 410/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
initialized.
corrupted.
HASH_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HASH_Start_IT (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t Size,
uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t Algorithm)
Initialize the HASH peripheral, next process pInBuffer then read the computed digest in interruption mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HASH_Start_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HASH_Start_DMA (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t Size,
uint32_t Algorithm)
Initialize the HASH peripheral then initiate a DMA transfer to feed the input buffer to the Peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 411/2236

UM1905
Notes
multiple of 4.
HASH_Finish
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HASH_Finish (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t
Timeout)
Return the computed digest.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HMAC_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HMAC_Start (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t Size,
uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Algorithm)
Initialize the HASH peripheral in HMAC mode, next process pInBuffer then read the computed digest.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HMAC_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HMAC_Start_IT (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t Size,
uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t Algorithm)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 412/2236

UM1905
HASH Firmware driver defines
Initialize the HASH peripheral in HMAC mode, next process pInBuffer then read the computed digest in
interruption mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HMAC_Start_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HMAC_Start_DMA (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer, uint32_t Size,
uint32_t Algorithm)
Initialize the HASH peripheral in HMAC mode then initiate the required DMA transfers to feed the key and the
input buffer to the Peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• In case of multi-buffer HMAC processing, the input buffer size (in bytes) must be a multiple of 4 otherwise,
the HASH digest computation is corrupted. Only the length of the last buffer of the thread doesn't have to
be a multiple of 4.
30.3 HASH Firmware driver defines

30.3.1 HASH
HASH
HASH algorithm mode
HASH_ALGOMODE_HASH
Algorithm is HASH
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 413/2236

UM1905
HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC
Algorithm is HMAC
HASH algorithm selection
HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1
HASH function is SHA1
HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5
HASH function is MD5
HASH API alias
HAL_HASHEx_IRQHandler
is re-directed to
HASH input data type
HASH_DATATYPE_32B
32-bit data. No swapping
HASH_DATATYPE_16B
16-bit data. Each half word is swapped
HASH_DATATYPE_8B
8-bit data. All bytes are swapped
HASH_DATATYPE_1B
1-bit data. In the word all bits are swapped
HASH Digest Calculation Status
HASH_DIGEST_CALCULATION_NOT_STARTED
DCAL not set after input data written in DIN register
HASH_DIGEST_CALCULATION_STARTED
DCAL set after input data written in DIN register
HASH DMA suspension words limit
HASH_DMA_SUSPENSION_WORDS_LIMIT
Number of words below which DMA suspension is aborted
HASH Error Definition
HAL_HASH_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_HASH_ERROR_IT
IT-based process error
HAL_HASH_ERROR_DMA
DMA-based process error
HASH Exported Macros
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 414/2236

UM1905
__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Check whether or not the specified HASH flag is set.
Parameters:
– HASH_FLAG_DINIS A new block can be entered into the input buffer.
– HASH_FLAG_DCIS Digest calculation complete.
– HASH_FLAG_DMAS DMA interface is enabled (DMAE=1) or a transfer is ongoing.
– HASH_FLAG_BUSY The hash core is Busy : processing a block of data.
– HASH_FLAG_DINNE DIN not empty : the input buffer contains at least one word of data.
Return value:
• The: new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or FALSE).
__HAL_HASH_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the specified HASH flag.
Parameters:
– HASH_FLAG_DINIS A new block can be entered into the input buffer.
– HASH_FLAG_DCIS Digest calculation complete
Return value:
• None
__HAL_HASH_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the specified HASH interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the HASH interrupt source to enable. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
– HASH_IT_DINI A new block can be entered into the input buffer (DIN)
– HASH_IT_DCI Digest calculation complete
Return value:
• None
__HAL_HASH_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the specified HASH interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the HASH interrupt source to disable. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
– HASH_IT_DINI A new block can be entered into the input buffer (DIN)
– HASH_IT_DCI Digest calculation complete
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 415/2236

UM1905
__HAL_HASH_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset HASH handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: HASH handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_HASH_RESET_HANDLE_STATUS
Description:
• Reset HASH handle status.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: HASH handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_HASH_SET_MDMAT
Description:
• Enable the multi-buffer DMA transfer mode.
Return value:
• None
Notes:
• This bit is set when hashing large files when multiple DMA transfers are needed.
__HAL_HASH_RESET_MDMAT
Description:
• Disable the multi-buffer DMA transfer mode.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST
Description:
• Start the digest computation.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS
Description:
• Set the number of valid bits in the last word written in data register DIN.
Parameters:
• __SIZE__: size in bytes of last data written in Data register.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_HASH_INIT
Description:
• Reset the HASH core.
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 416/2236

UM1905
HASH flags definitions
HASH_FLAG_DINIS
16 locations are free in the DIN : a new block can be entered in the Peripheral
HASH_FLAG_DCIS
Digest calculation complete
HASH_FLAG_DMAS
DMA interface is enabled (DMAE=1) or a transfer is ongoing
HASH_FLAG_BUSY
The hash core is Busy, processing a block of data
HASH_FLAG_DINNE
DIN not empty : the input buffer contains at least one word of data
HMAC key length type
HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_SHORTKEY
HMAC Key size is <= 64 bytes
HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY
HMAC Key size is > 64 bytes
HASH interrupts definitions
HASH_IT_DINI
A new block can be entered into the input buffer (DIN)
HASH_IT_DCI
Digest calculation complete
HASH Number of Context Swap Registers
HASH_NUMBER_OF_CSR_REGISTERS
Number of Context Swap Registers
HASH TimeOut Value
HASH_TIMEOUTVALUE
Time-out value
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 417/2236

UM1905
HAL HASH Extension Driver
31 HAL HASH Extension Driver
31.1 HASHEx Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the HASHEx library.
31.1.1 HASH peripheral extended features

The SHA-224 and SHA-256 HASH and HMAC processing can be carried out exactly the same way as for SHA-1
or MD-5 algorithms.
1. Three modes are available.
a. Polling mode: processing APIs are blocking functions i.e. they process the data and wait till the digest
computation is finished, e.g. HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Start()
b. Interrupt mode: processing APIs are not blocking functions i.e. they process the data under interrupt,
e.g. HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Start_IT()
c. DMA mode: processing APIs are not blocking functions and the CPU is not used for data transfer i.e.
the data transfer is ensured by DMA, e.g. HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Start_DMA(). Note that in DMA mode, a
call to HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Finish() is then required to retrieve the digest.
2. Multi-buffer processing is possible in polling, interrupt and DMA modes.
a. In polling mode, only multi-buffer HASH processing is possible. API HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Accumulate()
must be called for each input buffer, except for the last one. User must resort to
HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Accumulate_End() to enter the last one and retrieve as well the computed digest.
b. In interrupt mode, API HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Accumulate_IT() must be called for each input buffer,
except for the last one. User must resort to HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Accumulate_End_IT() to enter the last
one and retrieve as well the computed digest.
c. In DMA mode, multi-buffer HASH and HMAC processing are possible.
◦ HASH processing: once initialization is done, MDMAT bit must be set thru
__HAL_HASH_SET_MDMAT() macro. From that point, each buffer can be fed to the Peripheral
thru HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Start_DMA() API. Before entering the last buffer, reset the MDMAT bit
with __HAL_HASH_RESET_MDMAT() macro then wrap-up the HASH processing in feeding the
last input buffer thru the same API HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Start_DMA(). The digest can then be
retrieved with a call to API HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Finish().
◦ HMAC processing (MD-5, SHA-1, SHA-224 and SHA-256 must all resort to extended functions):
after initialization, the key and the first input buffer are entered in the Peripheral with the API
HAL_HMACEx_xxx_Step1_2_DMA(). This carries out HMAC step 1 and starts step 2. The
following buffers are next entered with the API HAL_HMACEx_xxx_Step2_DMA(). At this point,
the HMAC processing is still carrying out step 2. Then, step 2 for the last input buffer and step 3
are carried out by a single call to HAL_HMACEx_xxx_Step2_3_DMA(). The digest can finally be
retrieved with a call to API HAL_HASH_xxx_Finish() for MD-5 and SHA-1, to
HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Finish() for SHA-224 and SHA-256.
31.1.2 Polling mode HASH extended processing functions

This section provides functions allowing to calculate in polling mode the hash value using one of the following
algorithms:
• SHA224
– HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start()
– HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt()
– HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt_End()
• SHA256
– HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start()
– HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt()
– HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt_End()
For a single buffer to be hashed, user can resort to HAL_HASH_xxx_Start().
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 418/2236

UM1905
HASHEx Firmware driver API description
In case of multi-buffer HASH processing (a single digest is computed while several buffers are fed to the
Peripheral), the user can resort to successive calls to HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Accumulate() and wrap-up the digest
computation by a call to HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Accumulate_End().
• HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start
• HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt
• HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt_End
• HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start
• HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt
• HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt_End
31.1.3 Interruption mode HASH extended processing functions

This section provides functions allowing to calculate in interrupt mode the hash value using one of the following
algorithms:
• SHA224
– HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_IT()
– HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt_IT()
– HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt_End_IT()
• SHA256
– HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_IT()
– HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt_IT()
– HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt_End_IT()
• HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_IT
• HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt_IT
• HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt_End_IT
• HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_IT
• HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt_IT
• HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt_End_IT
31.1.4 DMA mode HASH extended processing functionss

This section provides functions allowing to calculate in DMA mode the hash value using one of the following
algorithms:
• SHA224
– HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA()
– HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish()
• SHA256
– HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_DMA()
– HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish()
When resorting to DMA mode to enter the data in the Peripheral, user must resort to
HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Start_DMA() then read the resulting digest with HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Finish().
In case of multi-buffer HASH processing, MDMAT bit must first be set before the successive calls to
HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Start_DMA(). Then, MDMAT bit needs to be reset before the last call to
HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Start_DMA(). Digest is finally retrieved thanks to HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Finish().
• HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA
• HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish
• HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_DMA
• HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish
31.1.5 Polling mode HMAC extended processing functions
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 419/2236

UM1905
This section provides functions allowing to calculate in polling mode the HMAC value using one of the following
algorithms:
• SHA224
– HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start()
• SHA256
– HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start()
• HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start
• HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start
31.1.6 Interrupt mode HMAC extended processing functions

This section provides functions allowing to calculate in interrupt mode the HMAC value using one of the following
algorithms:
• SHA224
– HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start_IT()
• SHA256
– HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start_IT()
• HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start_IT
• HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start_IT
31.1.7 DMA mode HMAC extended processing functions

This section provides functions allowing to calculate in DMA mode the HMAC value using one of the following
algorithms:
• SHA224
– HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start_DMA()
• SHA256
– HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start_DMA()
When resorting to DMA mode to enter the data in the Peripheral for HMAC processing, user must resort to
HAL_HMACEx_xxx_Start_DMA() then read the resulting digest with HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Finish().
• HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start_DMA
• HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start_DMA
31.1.8 Multi-buffer DMA mode HMAC extended processing functions

This section provides functions to manage HMAC multi-buffer DMA-based processing for MD5, SHA1, SHA224
and SHA256 algorithms.
• MD5
– HAL_HMACEx_MD5_Step1_2_DMA()
– HAL_HMACEx_MD5_Step2_DMA()
– HAL_HMACEx_MD5_Step2_3_DMA()
• SHA1
– HAL_HMACEx_SHA1_Step1_2_DMA()
– HAL_HMACEx_SHA1_Step2_DMA()
• SHA256
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 420/2236

UM1905
• SHA256
User must first start-up the multi-buffer DMA-based HMAC computation in calling
HAL_HMACEx_xxx_Step1_2_DMA(). This carries out HMAC step 1 and intiates step 2 with the first input buffer.
The following buffers are next fed to the Peripheral with a call to the API HAL_HMACEx_xxx_Step2_DMA().
There may be several consecutive calls to this API.
Multi-buffer DMA-based HMAC computation is wrapped up by a call to HAL_HMACEx_xxx_Step2_3_DMA(). This
finishes step 2 in feeding the last input buffer to the Peripheral then carries out step 3.
Digest is retrieved by a call to HAL_HASH_xxx_Finish() for MD-5 or SHA-1, to HAL_HASHEx_xxx_Finish() for
SHA-224 or SHA-256.
If only two buffers need to be consecutively processed, a call to HAL_HMACEx_xxx_Step1_2_DMA() followed by
a call to HAL_HMACEx_xxx_Step2_3_DMA() is sufficient.
• HAL_HMACEx_MD5_Step1_2_DMA
• HAL_HMACEx_MD5_Step2_DMA
• HAL_HMACEx_MD5_Step2_3_DMA
• HAL_HMACEx_SHA1_Step1_2_DMA
• HAL_HMACEx_SHA1_Step2_DMA
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 421/2236

UM1905
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
uint32_t Size)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Consecutive calls to HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt() can be used to feed several input buffers back-to-
of input buffers feeding and retrieval of digest is done by a call to HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt_End().
initialized.
• Digest is not retrieved by this API, user must resort to HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt_End() to read it,
feeding at the same time the last input buffer to the Peripheral.
corrupted. Only HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt_End() is able to manage the ending buffer with a length in
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt_End
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt_End (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t *
pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
End computation of a single HASH signature after several calls to HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt() API.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 422/2236

UM1905
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
uint32_t Size)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Consecutive calls to HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt() can be used to feed several input buffers back-to-
of input buffers feeding and retrieval of digest is done by a call to HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt_End().
initialized.
• Digest is not retrieved by this API, user must resort to HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt_End() to read it,
feeding at the same time the last input buffer to the Peripheral.
corrupted. Only HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt_End() is able to manage the ending buffer with a length in
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 423/2236

UM1905
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt_End
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt_End (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t *
pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t * pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
End computation of a single HASH signature after several calls to HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt() API.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_IT (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
interruption mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt_IT (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t *
pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
If not already done, initialize the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode then processes pInBuffer in interruption
mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 424/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Consecutive calls to HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt_IT() can be used to feed several input buffers back-
to-back to the Peripheral that will yield a single HASH signature once all buffers have been entered. Wrap-
up of input buffers feeding and retrieval of digest is done by a call to
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt_End_IT().
initialized.
corrupted. Only HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt_End_IT() is able to manage the ending buffer with a
length in bytes not a multiple of 4.
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt_End_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt_End_IT (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t *
End computation of a single HASH signature after several calls to HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accmlt_IT() API.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_IT (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
interruption mode.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 425/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt_IT (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t *
If not already done, initialize the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode then processes pInBuffer in interruption
mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Consecutive calls to HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt_IT() can be used to feed several input buffers back-
to-back to the Peripheral that will yield a single HASH signature once all buffers have been entered. Wrap-
up of input buffers feeding and retrieval of digest is done by a call to
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt_End_IT().
initialized.
corrupted. Only HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt_End_IT() is able to manage the ending buffer with a
length in bytes not a multiple of 4.
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt_End_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt_End_IT (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t *
End computation of a single HASH signature after several calls to HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accmlt_IT() API.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 426/2236

UM1905
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t *
Peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Once the DMA transfer is finished, HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish() API must be called to retrieve the
computed digest.
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pOutBuffer,
uint32_t Timeout)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish() can be used as well to retrieve the digest in HMAC SHA224 mode.
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_DMA (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t *
Peripheral.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 427/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Once the DMA transfer is finished, HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish() API must be called to retrieve the
computed digest.
HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pOutBuffer,
uint32_t Timeout)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish() can be used as well to retrieve the digest in HMAC SHA256 mode.
HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 428/2236

UM1905
Notes
HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start_IT (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 429/2236

UM1905
HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start_IT (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t * pInBuffer,
interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start_DMA (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t *
Initialize the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA224 mode then initiate the required DMA transfers to feed the key
and the input buffer to the Peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish() API must be called to retrieve the computed digest.
multiple of 4.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 430/2236

UM1905
HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start_DMA (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t *
Initialize the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA224 mode then initiate the required DMA transfers to feed the key
and the input buffer to the Peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
multiple of 4.
HAL_HMACEx_MD5_Step1_2_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_MD5_Step1_2_DMA (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t *
MD5 HMAC step 1 completion and step 2 start in multi-buffer DMA mode.
Parameters
• pInBuffer: pointer to the input buffer (message buffer).
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Step 1 consists in writing the inner hash function key in the Peripheral, step 2 consists in writing the
message text.
• The API carries out the HMAC step 1 then starts step 2 with the first buffer entered to the Peripheral. DCAL
bit is not automatically set after the message buffer feeding, allowing other messages DMA transfers to
occur.
corrupted.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 431/2236

UM1905
HAL_HMACEx_MD5_Step2_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_MD5_Step2_DMA (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t *
MD5 HMAC step 2 in multi-buffer DMA mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Step 2 consists in writing the message text in the Peripheral.
• The API carries on the HMAC step 2, applied to the buffer entered as input parameter. DCAL bit is not
automatically set after the message buffer feeding, allowing other messages DMA transfers to occur.
corrupted.
HAL_HMACEx_MD5_Step2_3_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_MD5_Step2_3_DMA (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t *
MD5 HMAC step 2 wrap-up and step 3 completion in multi-buffer DMA mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Step 2 consists in writing the message text in the Peripheral, step 3 consists in writing the outer hash
function key.
• The API wraps up the HMAC step 2 in processing the buffer entered as input parameter (the input buffer
must be the last one of the multi-buffer thread) then carries out HMAC step 3.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 432/2236

UM1905
HAL_HMACEx_SHA1_Step1_2_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA1_Step1_2_DMA (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t *
SHA1 HMAC step 1 completion and step 2 start in multi-buffer DMA mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
message text.
occur.
corrupted.
HAL_HMACEx_SHA1_Step2_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA1_Step2_DMA (HASH_HandleTypeDef * hhash, uint8_t *
SHA1 HMAC step 2 in multi-buffer DMA mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
corrupted.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 433/2236

UM1905
Function name
SHA1 HMAC step 2 wrap-up and step 3 completion in multi-buffer DMA mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
function key.
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
message text.
occur.
corrupted.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 434/2236

UM1905
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
corrupted.
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
function key.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 435/2236

UM1905
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
message text.
occur.
corrupted.
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
corrupted.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 436/2236

UM1905
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
function key.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 437/2236

UM1905
HAL HCD Generic Driver
32 HAL HCD Generic Driver
32.1 HCD Firmware driver registers structures
32.1.1 HCD_HandleTypeDef
HCD_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_hcd.h
Data Fields
• HCD_TypeDef * Instance
• HCD_InitTypeDef Init
• HCD_HCTypeDef hc
• __IO HCD_StateTypeDef State
• void * pData
Field Documentation
• HCD_TypeDef* HCD_HandleTypeDef::Instance
• HCD_InitTypeDef HCD_HandleTypeDef::Init
HCD required parameters
• HCD_HCTypeDef HCD_HandleTypeDef::hc[16]
Host channels parameters
• HAL_LockTypeDef HCD_HandleTypeDef::Lock
HCD peripheral status
• __IO HCD_StateTypeDef HCD_HandleTypeDef::State
HCD communication state
• __IO uint32_t HCD_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
HCD Error code
• void* HCD_HandleTypeDef::pData
Pointer Stack Handler
32.2 HCD Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the HCD library.

1. Declare a HCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: HCD_HandleTypeDef hhcd;
2. Fill parameters of Init structure in HCD handle
3. Call HAL_HCD_Init() API to initialize the HCD peripheral (Core, Host core, ...)
4. Initialize the HCD low level resources through the HAL_HCD_MspInit() API:
a. Enable the HCD/USB Low Level interface clock using the following macros
◦ __HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_CLK_ENABLE();
◦ __HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_CLK_ENABLE(); (For High Speed Mode)
◦ __HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_CLK_ENABLE(); (For High Speed Mode)
c. Configure HCD pin-out
d. Configure HCD NVIC interrupt
5. Associate the Upper USB Host stack to the HAL HCD Driver:
a. hhcd.pData = phost;
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 438/2236

UM1905
HCD Firmware driver API description
6. Enable HCD transmission and reception:

a. HAL_HCD_Start();

• HAL_HCD_Init
• HAL_HCD_HC_Init
• HAL_HCD_HC_Halt
• HAL_HCD_DeInit
• HAL_HCD_MspInit
• HAL_HCD_MspDeInit

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USB Host Data Transfer
• HAL_HCD_HC_SubmitRequest
• HAL_HCD_IRQHandler
• HAL_HCD_SOF_Callback
• HAL_HCD_Connect_Callback
• HAL_HCD_Disconnect_Callback
• HAL_HCD_PortEnabled_Callback
• HAL_HCD_PortDisabled_Callback
• HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the HCD data transfers.
• HAL_HCD_Start
• HAL_HCD_Stop
• HAL_HCD_ResetPort

• HAL_HCD_GetState
• HAL_HCD_HC_GetURBState
• HAL_HCD_HC_GetXferCount
• HAL_HCD_HC_GetState
• HAL_HCD_GetCurrentFrame
• HAL_HCD_GetCurrentSpeed
HAL_HCD_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_Init (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd)
Initialize the host driver.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 439/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• hhcd: HCD handle
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_HCD_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_DeInit (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd)
DeInitialize the host driver.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_HCD_HC_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_Init (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd, uint8_t ch_num, uint8_t epnum,
uint8_t dev_address, uint8_t speed, uint8_t ep_type, uint16_t mps)
Initialize a host channel.
Parameters
• ch_num: Channel number. This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
• epnum: Endpoint number. This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
• dev_address: Current device address This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255
• speed: Current device speed. This parameter can be one of these values: HCD_SPEED_HIGH: High
speed mode, HCD_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode, HCD_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode
• ep_type: Endpoint Type. This parameter can be one of these values: EP_TYPE_CTRL: Control type,
EP_TYPE_ISOC: Isochronous type, EP_TYPE_BULK: Bulk type, EP_TYPE_INTR: Interrupt type
• mps: Max Packet Size. This parameter can be a value from 0 to32K
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_HCD_HC_Halt
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_Halt (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd, uint8_t ch_num)
Halt a host channel.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 440/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_HCD_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_HCD_MspInit (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd)
Initialize the HCD MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_HCD_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_HCD_MspDeInit (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd)
DeInitialize the HCD MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_HCD_HC_SubmitRequest
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_SubmitRequest (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd, uint8_t ch_num,
uint8_t direction, uint8_t ep_type, uint8_t token, uint8_t * pbuff, uint16_t length, uint8_t do_ping)
Submit a new URB for processing.
Parameters
• direction: Channel number. This parameter can be one of these values: 0 : Output / 1 : Input
• ep_type: Endpoint Type. This parameter can be one of these values: EP_TYPE_CTRL: Control type/
EP_TYPE_ISOC: Isochronous type/ EP_TYPE_BULK: Bulk type/ EP_TYPE_INTR: Interrupt type/
• token: Endpoint Type. This parameter can be one of these values: 0: HC_PID_SETUP / 1:
HC_PID_DATA1
• pbuff: pointer to URB data
• length: Length of URB data
• do_ping: activate do ping protocol (for high speed only). This parameter can be one of these values: 0 : do
ping inactive / 1 : do ping active
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 441/2236

UM1905
HAL_HCD_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_HCD_IRQHandler (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd)
Handle HCD interrupt request.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_HCD_SOF_Callback
Function name
void HAL_HCD_SOF_Callback (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd)
SOF callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_HCD_Connect_Callback
Function name
void HAL_HCD_Connect_Callback (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd)
Connection Event callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_HCD_Disconnect_Callback
Function name
void HAL_HCD_Disconnect_Callback (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd)
Disconnection Event callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 442/2236

UM1905
HAL_HCD_PortEnabled_Callback
Function name
void HAL_HCD_PortEnabled_Callback (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd)
Port Enabled Event callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_HCD_PortDisabled_Callback
Function name
void HAL_HCD_PortDisabled_Callback (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd)
Port Disabled Event callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback
Function name
void HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd, uint8_t chnum,
HCD_URBStateTypeDef urb_state)
Notify URB state change callback.
Parameters
• chnum: Channel number. This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
• urb_state: This parameter can be one of these values: URB_IDLE/ URB_DONE/ URB_NOTREADY/
URB_NYET/ URB_ERROR/ URB_STALL/
Return values
• None:
HAL_HCD_ResetPort
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_ResetPort (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd)
Reset the host port.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 443/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_HCD_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_Start (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd)
Start the host driver.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_HCD_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_Stop (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd)
Stop the host driver.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_HCD_GetState
Function name
HCD_StateTypeDef HAL_HCD_GetState (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd)
Return the HCD handle state.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: state
HAL_HCD_HC_GetURBState
Function name
HCD_URBStateTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_GetURBState (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd, uint8_t chnum)
Return URB state for a channel.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 444/2236

UM1905
Return values
• URB: state. This parameter can be one of these values: URB_IDLE/ URB_DONE/ URB_NOTREADY/
URB_NYET/ URB_ERROR/ URB_STALL
HAL_HCD_HC_GetState
Function name
HCD_HCStateTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_GetState (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd, uint8_t chnum)
Return the Host Channel state.
Parameters
Return values
• Host: channel state This parameter can be one of these values: HC_IDLE/ HC_XFRC/ HC_HALTED/
HC_NYET/ HC_NAK/ HC_STALL/ HC_XACTERR/ HC_BBLERR/ HC_DATATGLERR
HAL_HCD_HC_GetXferCount
Function name
uint32_t HAL_HCD_HC_GetXferCount (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd, uint8_t chnum)
Return the last host transfer size.
Parameters
Return values
• last: transfer size in byte
HAL_HCD_GetCurrentFrame
Function name
uint32_t HAL_HCD_GetCurrentFrame (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd)
Return the current Host frame number.
Parameters
Return values
• Current: Host frame number
HAL_HCD_GetCurrentSpeed
Function name
uint32_t HAL_HCD_GetCurrentSpeed (HCD_HandleTypeDef * hhcd)
Return the Host enumeration speed.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 445/2236

UM1905
HCD Firmware driver defines
Parameters
Return values
• Enumeration: speed
32.3 HCD Firmware driver defines

32.3.1 HCD
HCD
HCD Exported Macros
__HAL_HCD_ENABLE
__HAL_HCD_DISABLE
__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG
__HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG
__HAL_HCD_IS_INVALID_INTERRUPT
__HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT
__HAL_HCD_MASK_HALT_HC_INT
__HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT
__HAL_HCD_MASK_ACK_HC_INT
__HAL_HCD_UNMASK_ACK_HC_INT
HCD PHY Module
HCD_PHY_ULPI
HCD_PHY_EMBEDDED
HCD Speed
HCD_SPEED_HIGH
HCD_SPEED_FULL
HCD_SPEED_LOW
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 446/2236

UM1905
HAL I2C Generic Driver
33 HAL I2C Generic Driver
33.1 I2C Firmware driver registers structures
33.1.1 I2C_InitTypeDef
I2C_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_i2c.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Timing
• uint32_t OwnAddress1
• uint32_t AddressingMode
• uint32_t DualAddressMode
• uint32_t OwnAddress2Masks
• uint32_t GeneralCallMode
• uint32_t NoStretchMode
Field Documentation
• uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::Timing
Specifies the I2C_TIMINGR_register value. This parameter calculated by referring to I2C initialization
section in Reference manual
• uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress1
Specifies the first device own address. This parameter can be a 7-bit or 10-bit address.
• uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::AddressingMode
Specifies if 7-bit or 10-bit addressing mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of
I2C_ADDRESSING_MODE
• uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::DualAddressMode
Specifies if dual addressing mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of
I2C_DUAL_ADDRESSING_MODE
• uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress2
Specifies the second device own address if dual addressing mode is selected This parameter can be a 7-bit
address.
• uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress2Masks
Specifies the acknowledge mask address second device own address if dual addressing mode is selected
This parameter can be a value of I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASKS
• uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::GeneralCallMode
Specifies if general call mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of
I2C_GENERAL_CALL_ADDRESSING_MODE
• uint32_t I2C_InitTypeDef::NoStretchMode
Specifies if nostretch mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of I2C_NOSTRETCH_MODE
33.1.2 __I2C_HandleTypeDef
__I2C_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_i2c.h
Data Fields
• I2C_TypeDef * Instance
• I2C_InitTypeDef Init
• uint8_t * pBuffPtr
• uint16_t XferSize
• __IO uint32_t XferOptions
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 447/2236

UM1905
I2C Firmware driver API description
• __IO uint32_t PreviousState

• HAL_StatusTypeDef(* XferISR
• DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmatx
• DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmarx
• __IO HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef State
• __IO HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef Mode
• __IO uint32_t AddrEventCount
Field Documentation
• I2C_TypeDef* __I2C_HandleTypeDef::Instance
I2C registers base address
• I2C_InitTypeDef __I2C_HandleTypeDef::Init
I2C communication parameters
• uint8_t* __I2C_HandleTypeDef::pBuffPtr
Pointer to I2C transfer buffer
• uint16_t __I2C_HandleTypeDef::XferSize
I2C transfer size
• __IO uint16_t __I2C_HandleTypeDef::XferCount
I2C transfer counter
• __IO uint32_t __I2C_HandleTypeDef::XferOptions
I2C sequantial transfer options, this parameter can be a value of I2C_XFEROPTIONS
• __IO uint32_t __I2C_HandleTypeDef::PreviousState
I2C communication Previous state
• HAL_StatusTypeDef(* __I2C_HandleTypeDef::XferISR)(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t
ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources)
I2C transfer IRQ handler function pointer
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* __I2C_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
I2C Tx DMA handle parameters
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* __I2C_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
I2C Rx DMA handle parameters
• HAL_LockTypeDef __I2C_HandleTypeDef::Lock
I2C locking object
• __IO HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef __I2C_HandleTypeDef::State
I2C communication state
• __IO HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef __I2C_HandleTypeDef::Mode
I2C communication mode
• __IO uint32_t __I2C_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
I2C Error code
• __IO uint32_t __I2C_HandleTypeDef::AddrEventCount
I2C Address Event counter
33.2 I2C Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the I2C library.

The I2C HAL driver can be used as follows:
1. Declare a I2C_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: I2C_HandleTypeDef hi2c;
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 448/2236

UM1905
2. Initialize the I2C low level resources by implementing the @ref HAL_I2C_MspInit() API:
a. Enable the I2Cx interface clock
b. I2C pins configuration
◦ Enable the clock for the I2C GPIOs
◦ Configure I2C pins as alternate function open-drain
c. NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process
◦ Configure the I2Cx interrupt priority
◦ Enable the NVIC I2C IRQ Channel
d. DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process
◦ Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive stream
◦ Enable the DMAx interface clock using
◦ Configure the DMA handle parameters
◦ Configure the DMA Tx or Rx stream
◦ Associate the initialized DMA handle to the hi2c DMA Tx or Rx handle
◦ Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx or
Rx stream
3. Configure the Communication Clock Timing, Own Address1, Master Addressing mode, Dual Addressing
mode, Own Address2, Own Address2 Mask, General call and Nostretch mode in the hi2c Init structure.
4. Initialize the I2C registers by calling the @ref HAL_I2C_Init(), configures also the low level Hardware (GPIO,
CLOCK, NVIC...etc) by calling the customized @ref HAL_I2C_MspInit(&hi2c) API.
5. To check if target device is ready for communication, use the function @ref HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady()
6. For I2C IO and IO MEM operations, three operation modes are available within this driver :

• Transmit in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit()
• Receive in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Receive()
• Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit()
• Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive()
Polling mode IO MEM operation

• Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address using @ref HAL_I2C_Mem_Write()
• Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address using @ref
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read()

• Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT()
• At transmission end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his
own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()
• Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT()
• At reception end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()
• Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()
• At transmission end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his
own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
• Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT()
• At reception end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
• In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 449/2236

UM1905
• Abort a master I2C process communication with Interrupt using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT()
• End of abort process, @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback()
• Discard a slave I2C process communication using @ref __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK() macro. This
action will inform Master to generate a Stop condition to discard the communication.
Interrupt mode or DMA mode IO sequential operation

Note: These interfaces allow to manage a sequential transfer with a repeated start condition when a direction change
during transfer
• A specific option field manage the different steps of a sequential transfer
• Option field values are defined through @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS and are listed below:
– I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME: No sequential usage, functionnal is same as associated interfaces in
no sequential mode
– I2C_FIRST_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequence with start condition,
address and data to transfer without a final stop condition
– I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME: Sequential usage (Master only), this option allow to manage a
sequence with start condition, address and data to transfer without a final stop condition, an then
permit a call the same master sequential interface several times (like @ref
HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT() then @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT() or @ref
HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA() then @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA())
– I2C_NEXT_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequence with a restart
condition, address and with new data to transfer if the direction change or manage only the new data to
transfer if no direction change and without a final stop condition in both cases
– I2C_LAST_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequance with a restart condition,
address and with new data to transfer if the direction change or manage only the new data to transfer if
no direction change and with a final stop condition in both cases
– I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP: Sequential usage (Master only), this option allow to manage a restart
condition after several call of the same master sequential interface several times (link with option
I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME). Usage can, transfer several bytes one by one using
HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT(option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then
I2C_NEXT_FRAME) or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT(option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME
then I2C_NEXT_FRAME) or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA(option
I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then I2C_NEXT_FRAME) or
HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA(option I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME then
I2C_NEXT_FRAME). Then usage of this option I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP at the last Transmit or
Receive sequence permit to call the oposite interface Receive or Transmit without stopping the
communication and so generate a restart condition.
– I2C_OTHER_FRAME: Sequential usage (Master only), this option allow to manage a restart condition
after each call of the same master sequential interface. Usage can, transfer several bytes one by one
with a restart with slave address between each bytes using HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT(option
I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME) or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT(option
I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME) or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA(option
I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME) or HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA(option
I2C_FIRST_FRAME then I2C_OTHER_FRAME). Then usage of this option
I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME at the last frame to help automatic generation of STOP condition.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 450/2236

UM1905
• Differents sequential I2C interfaces are listed below:

– Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref
HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT() or using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA()
◦ At transmission end of current frame transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed
and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref
HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()
– Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref
HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT() or using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA()
◦ At reception end of current frame transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed
HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()
– Abort a master IT or DMA I2C process communication with Interrupt using @ref
HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT()
◦ End of abort process, @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback()
– Enable/disable the Address listen mode in slave I2C mode using @ref HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT()
@ref HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT()
◦ When address slave I2C match, @ref HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() is executed and user can add his
own code to check the Address Match Code and the transmission direction request by master
(Write/Read).
◦ At Listen mode end @ref HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback()
– Sequential transmit in slave I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref
HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT() or using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA()
◦ At transmission end of current frame transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed
HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
– Sequential receive in slave I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref
HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT() or using @ref HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA()
◦ At reception end of current frame transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and
user can add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref
HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
– In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can add his own
– Discard a slave I2C process communication using @ref __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK() macro. This
Interrupt mode IO MEM operation

• Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address using @ref
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT()
• At Memory end of write transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his
own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback()
• Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address using @ref
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT()
• At Memory end of read transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his
own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback()

• Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using @ref
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()
• At transmission end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his
own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 451/2236

UM1905
• Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using @ref
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA()
• At reception end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()
• Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using @ref
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()
• At transmission end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his
own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
• Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using @ref
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()
• At reception end of transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
• Abort a master I2C process communication with Interrupt using @ref HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT()
• End of abort process, @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback()
• Discard a slave I2C process communication using @ref __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK() macro. This
DMA mode IO MEM operation

• Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address using @ref
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA()
• At Memory end of write transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his
own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback()
• Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address using @ref
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
• At Memory end of read transfer, @ref HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his
own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback()
I2C HAL driver macros list

Below the list of most used macros in I2C HAL driver.
• @ref __HAL_I2C_ENABLE: Enable the I2C peripheral
• @ref __HAL_I2C_DISABLE: Disable the I2C peripheral
• @ref __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK: Generate a Non-Acknowledge I2C peripheral in Slave mode
• @ref __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified I2C flag is set or not
• @ref __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the specified I2C pending flag
• @ref __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified I2C interrupt
• @ref __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified I2C interrupt
The compilation flag USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows the user to configure
dynamically the driver callbacks. Use Functions @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback() or @ref
HAL_I2C_RegisterAddrCallback() to register an interrupt callback.
Function @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
• MasterTxCpltCallback : callback for Master transmission end of transfer.
• MasterRxCpltCallback : callback for Master reception end of transfer.
• SlaveTxCpltCallback : callback for Slave transmission end of transfer.
• SlaveRxCpltCallback : callback for Slave reception end of transfer.
• ListenCpltCallback : callback for end of listen mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 452/2236

UM1905
• MemTxCpltCallback : callback for Memory transmission end of transfer.

• MemRxCpltCallback : callback for Memory reception end of transfer.
• ErrorCallback : callback for error detection.
• AbortCpltCallback : callback for abort completion process.
• MspInitCallback : callback for Msp Init.
• MspDeInitCallback : callback for Msp DeInit. This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
For specific callback AddrCallback use dedicated register callbacks : @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterAddrCallback().
Use function @ref HAL_I2C_UnRegisterCallback to reset a callback to the default weak function. @ref
HAL_I2C_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, and the Callback ID. This function
allows to reset following callbacks:
• MemTxCpltCallback : callback for Memory transmission end of transfer.
• MemRxCpltCallback : callback for Memory reception end of transfer.
• AbortCpltCallback : callback for abort completion process.
• MspDeInitCallback : callback for Msp DeInit.
For callback AddrCallback use dedicated register callbacks : @ref HAL_I2C_UnRegisterAddrCallback().
By default, after the @ref HAL_I2C_Init() and when the state is @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET all callbacks are
set to the corresponding weak functions: examples @ref HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(), @ref
HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(). Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are reset to the
legacy weak functions in the @ref HAL_I2C_Init()/ @ref HAL_I2C_DeInit() only when these callbacks are null (not
registered beforehand). If MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_I2C_Init()/ @ref HAL_I2C_DeInit()
keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) whatever the state.
Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_READY state only. Exception done MspInit/
MspDeInit functions that can be registered/unregistered in @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_READY or @ref
HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET state, thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
Then, the user first registers the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks using @ref HAL_I2C_RegisterCallback() before
calling @ref HAL_I2C_DeInit() or @ref HAL_I2C_Init() function.
When the compilation flag USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the callback
Note: You can refer to the I2C HAL driver header file for more useful macros

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and deinitialize the I2Cx peripheral:
• User must Implement HAL_I2C_MspInit() function in which he configures all related peripherals resources
(CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
• Call the function HAL_I2C_Init() to configure the selected device with the selected configuration:
– Clock Timing
– Own Address 1
– Addressing mode (Master, Slave)
– Dual Addressing mode
– Own Address 2
– Own Address 2 Mask
– General call mode
– Nostretch mode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 453/2236

UM1905
• Call the function HAL_I2C_DeInit() to restore the default configuration of the selected I2Cx peripheral.
• HAL_I2C_Init
• HAL_I2C_DeInit
• HAL_I2C_MspInit
• HAL_I2C_MspDeInit

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2C data transfers.
1. There are two modes of transfer:
– Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. The status of all data processing
is returned by the same function after finishing transfer.
– No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts or DMA. These functions return
the status of the transfer startup. The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
dedicated I2C IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode.
2. Blocking mode functions are :
– HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit()
– HAL_I2C_Master_Receive()
– HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit()
– HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive()
– HAL_I2C_Mem_Write()
– HAL_I2C_Mem_Read()
– HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady()
3. No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :
– HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT()
– HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT()
– HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()
– HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT()
– HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT()
– HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT()
– HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT()
– HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT()
– HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT()
– HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT()
– HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT()
– HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT()
– HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT()
4. No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
– HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()
– HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA()
– HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()
– HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()
– HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA()
– HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
– HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA()
– HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA()
– HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA()
– HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA()
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 454/2236

UM1905
5. A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:

– HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()
– HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()
– HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
– HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
– HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback()
– HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback()
– HAL_I2C_AddrCallback()
– HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback()
– HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
– HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback()
• HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit
• HAL_I2C_Master_Receive
• HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit
• HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive
• HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT
• HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT
• HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT
• HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT
• HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA
• HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA
• HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA
• HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA
• HAL_I2C_Mem_Write
• HAL_I2C_Mem_Read
• HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT
• HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT
• HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA
• HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA
• HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady
• HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT
• HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA
• HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT
• HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA
• HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT
• HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA
• HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT
• HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA
• HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT
• HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT
• HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT
33.2.4 Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions

This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral and the data flow.
• HAL_I2C_GetState
• HAL_I2C_GetMode
• HAL_I2C_GetError
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 455/2236

UM1905
HAL_I2C_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Init (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Initializes the I2C according to the specified parameters in the I2C_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated
handle.
Parameters
• hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the specified
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2C_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DeInit (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
DeInitialize the I2C peripheral.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2C_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_I2C_MspInit (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Initialize the I2C MSP.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• None:
HAL_I2C_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_I2C_MspDeInit (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
DeInitialize the I2C MSP.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 456/2236

UM1905
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• None:
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t
* pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Transmits in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters
I2C.
• DevAddress: Target device address: The device 7 bits address value in datasheet must be shifted to the
left before calling the interface
• pData: Pointer to data buffer
• Size: Amount of data to be sent
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t
* pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Receives in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 457/2236

UM1905
Transmits in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t
MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address.
Parameters
I2C.
• MemAddress: Internal memory address
• MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 458/2236

UM1905
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t
MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t
Trials, uint32_t Timeout)
Checks if target device is ready for communication.
Parameters
I2C.
• Trials: Number of trials
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This function is used with Memory devices
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress,
uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 459/2236

UM1905
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress,
Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 460/2236

UM1905
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t
MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t
MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 461/2236

UM1905
HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_IT (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t
DevAddress, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters
I2C.
• XferOptions: Options of Transfer, value of I2C Sequential Transfer Options
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer
HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_IT (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress,
uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_IT (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData,
uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 462/2236

UM1905
Sequential transmit in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_IT (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData,
Sequential receive in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Enable the Address listen mode with Interrupt.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 463/2236

UM1905
HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Disable the Address listen mode with Interrupt.
Parameters
I2C
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress)
Abort a master I2C IT or DMA process communication with Interrupt.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress,
Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 464/2236

UM1905
HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress,
Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 465/2236

UM1905
HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress,
uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress,
uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Reads an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address.
Parameters
I2C.
• Size: Amount of data to be read
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Transmit_DMA (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t
Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 466/2236

UM1905
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Seq_Receive_DMA (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint16_t
Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Transmit_DMA (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData,
Sequential transmit in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
Parameters
I2C.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 467/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Seq_Receive_DMA (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t * pData,
Sequential receive in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
This function handles I2C event interrupt request.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• None:
HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
This function handles I2C error interrupt request.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 468/2236

UM1905
HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Master Tx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• None:
HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Master Rx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• None:
HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Slave Tx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• None:
HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Slave Rx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters
I2C.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 469/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
HAL_I2C_AddrCallback
Function name
void HAL_I2C_AddrCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint8_t TransferDirection, uint16_t
AddrMatchCode)
Slave Address Match callback.
Parameters
I2C.
• TransferDirection: Master request Transfer Direction (Write/Read), value of I2C Transfer Direction Master
Point of View
• AddrMatchCode: Address Match Code
Return values
• None:
HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Listen Complete callback.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• None:
HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Memory Tx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• None:
HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 470/2236

UM1905
Memory Rx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• None:
HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
I2C error callback.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• None:
HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
I2C abort callback.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• None:
HAL_I2C_GetState
Function name
HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetState (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Return the I2C handle state.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• HAL: state
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 471/2236

UM1905
I2C Firmware driver defines
HAL_I2C_GetMode
Function name
HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetMode (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Returns the I2C Master, Slave, Memory or no mode.
Parameters
• hi2c: Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for I2C module
Return values
• HAL: mode
HAL_I2C_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_I2C_GetError (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c)
Return the I2C error code.
Parameters
I2C.
Return values
• I2C: Error Code
33.3 I2C Firmware driver defines

33.3.1 I2C
I2C
I2C Addressing Mode
I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT
I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT
I2C Dual Addressing Mode
I2C_DUALADDRESS_DISABLE
I2C_DUALADDRESS_ENABLE
I2C Error Code definition
HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR
BERR error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO
ARLO error
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 472/2236

UM1905
HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF
ACKF error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR
OVR error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT
Timeout error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE
Size Management error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA_PARAM
DMA Parameter Error
HAL_I2C_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM
Invalid Parameters error
I2C Exported Macros
__HAL_I2C_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset I2C handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the I2C Handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the specified I2C interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt source to enable. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– I2C_IT_ERRI Errors interrupt enable
– I2C_IT_TCI Transfer complete interrupt enable
– I2C_IT_STOPI STOP detection interrupt enable
– I2C_IT_NACKI NACK received interrupt enable
– I2C_IT_ADDRI Address match interrupt enable
– I2C_IT_RXI RX interrupt enable
– I2C_IT_TXI TX interrupt enable
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 473/2236

UM1905
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the specified I2C interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt source to disable. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Check whether the specified I2C interrupt source is enabled or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the I2C interrupt source to check. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
Return value:
• The: new state of __INTERRUPT__ (SET or RESET).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 474/2236

UM1905
I2C_FLAG_MASK
Description:
• Check whether the specified I2C flag is set or not.
Parameters:
– I2C_FLAG_TXE Transmit data register empty
– I2C_FLAG_TXIS Transmit interrupt status
– I2C_FLAG_RXNE Receive data register not empty
– I2C_FLAG_ADDR Address matched (slave mode)
– I2C_FLAG_AF Acknowledge failure received flag
– I2C_FLAG_STOPF STOP detection flag
– I2C_FLAG_TC Transfer complete (master mode)
– I2C_FLAG_TCR Transfer complete reload
– I2C_FLAG_BERR Bus error
– I2C_FLAG_ARLO Arbitration lost
– I2C_FLAG_OVR Overrun/Underrun
– I2C_FLAG_PECERR PEC error in reception
– I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT Timeout or Tlow detection flag
– I2C_FLAG_ALERT SMBus alert
– I2C_FLAG_BUSY Bus busy
– I2C_FLAG_DIR Transfer direction (slave mode)
Return value:
__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG
__HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the I2C pending flags which are cleared by writing 1 in a specific bit.
Parameters:
– I2C_FLAG_TXE Transmit data register empty
– I2C_FLAG_ADDR Address matched (slave mode)
– I2C_FLAG_AF Acknowledge failure received flag
– I2C_FLAG_STOPF STOP detection flag
– I2C_FLAG_BERR Bus error
– I2C_FLAG_ARLO Arbitration lost
– I2C_FLAG_OVR Overrun/Underrun
– I2C_FLAG_PECERR PEC error in reception
– I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT Timeout or Tlow detection flag
– I2C_FLAG_ALERT SMBus alert
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 475/2236

UM1905
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the specified I2C peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the specified I2C peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK
Description:
• Generate a Non-Acknowledge I2C peripheral in Slave mode.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
I2C Flag definition
I2C_FLAG_TXE
I2C_FLAG_TXIS
I2C_FLAG_RXNE
I2C_FLAG_ADDR
I2C_FLAG_AF
I2C_FLAG_STOPF
I2C_FLAG_TC
I2C_FLAG_TCR
I2C_FLAG_BERR
I2C_FLAG_ARLO
I2C_FLAG_OVR
I2C_FLAG_PECERR
I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 476/2236

UM1905
I2C_FLAG_ALERT
I2C_FLAG_BUSY
I2C_FLAG_DIR
I2C General Call Addressing Mode
I2C_GENERALCALL_DISABLE
I2C_GENERALCALL_ENABLE
I2C Interrupt configuration definition
I2C_IT_ERRI
I2C_IT_TCI
I2C_IT_STOPI
I2C_IT_NACKI
I2C_IT_ADDRI
I2C_IT_RXI
I2C_IT_TXI
I2C Memory Address Size
I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT
I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_16BIT
I2C No-Stretch Mode
I2C_NOSTRETCH_DISABLE
I2C_NOSTRETCH_ENABLE
I2C Own Address2 Masks
I2C_OA2_NOMASK
I2C_OA2_MASK01
I2C_OA2_MASK02
I2C_OA2_MASK03
I2C_OA2_MASK04
I2C_OA2_MASK05
I2C_OA2_MASK06
I2C_OA2_MASK07
I2C Reload End Mode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 477/2236

UM1905
I2C_RELOAD_MODE
I2C_AUTOEND_MODE
I2C_SOFTEND_MODE
I2C Start or Stop Mode
I2C_NO_STARTSTOP
I2C_GENERATE_STOP
I2C_GENERATE_START_READ
I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE
I2C Transfer Direction Master Point of View
I2C_DIRECTION_TRANSMIT
I2C_DIRECTION_RECEIVE
I2C Sequential Transfer Options
I2C_FIRST_FRAME
I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME
I2C_NEXT_FRAME
I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME
I2C_LAST_FRAME
I2C_LAST_FRAME_NO_STOP
I2C_OTHER_FRAME
I2C_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 478/2236

UM1905
HAL I2C Extension Driver
34 HAL I2C Extension Driver
34.1 I2CEx Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the I2CEx library.
34.1.1 I2C peripheral Extended features

Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32F7xx devices contains the following additional
features
• Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter
• Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter
• Disable or enable Fast Mode Plus

This driver provides functions to:
1. Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter()
2. Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter()
3. Configure the enable or disable of fast mode plus driving capability using the functions :
– HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus()
– HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus()

• Configure Noise Filters
• Configure Fast Mode Plus
• HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter
• HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter
• HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus
• HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus
HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
Configure I2C Analog noise filter.
Parameters
I2Cx peripheral.
• AnalogFilter: New state of the Analog filter.
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 479/2236

UM1905
I2CEx Firmware driver API description
HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter (I2C_HandleTypeDef * hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
Configure I2C Digital noise filter.
Parameters
I2Cx peripheral.
• DigitalFilter: Coefficient of digital noise filter between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x0F.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus
Function name
void HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus (uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
Enable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
Parameters
• ConfigFastModePlus: Selects the pin. This parameter can be one of the I2C Extended Fast Mode Plus
values
Return values
• None:
Notes
• For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled on all selected I2C1 pins using
I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8
and PB9.
• For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled only by using
I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
• For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled only by using
HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus
Function name
void HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus (uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
Disable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
Parameters
• ConfigFastModePlus: Selects the pin. This parameter can be one of the I2C Extended Fast Mode Plus
values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 480/2236

UM1905
I2CEx Firmware driver defines
Return values
• None:
Notes
• For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled on all selected I2C1 pins using
I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8
and PB9.
• For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled only by using
• For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled only by using
34.2 I2CEx Firmware driver defines

34.2.1 I2CEx
I2CEx
I2C Extended Analog Filter
I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE
I2C_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE
I2C Extended Fast Mode Plus
I2C_FMP_NOT_SUPPORTED
Fast Mode Plus not supported
I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB6
Enable Fast Mode Plus on PB6
I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1
Enable Fast Mode Plus on I2C1 pins
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 481/2236

UM1905
HAL I2S Generic Driver
35 HAL I2S Generic Driver
35.1 I2S Firmware driver registers structures
35.1.1 I2S_InitTypeDef
I2S_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_i2s.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Mode
• uint32_t Standard
• uint32_t DataFormat
• uint32_t MCLKOutput
• uint32_t AudioFreq
• uint32_t CPOL
• uint32_t ClockSource
Field Documentation
• uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the I2S operating mode. This parameter can be a value of I2S_Mode
• uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::Standard
Specifies the standard used for the I2S communication. This parameter can be a value of I2S_Standard
• uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::DataFormat
Specifies the data format for the I2S communication. This parameter can be a value of I2S_Data_Format
• uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::MCLKOutput
Specifies whether the I2S MCLK output is enabled or not. This parameter can be a value of
I2S_MCLK_Output
• uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::AudioFreq
Specifies the frequency selected for the I2S communication. This parameter can be a value of
I2S_Audio_Frequency
• uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::CPOL
Specifies the idle state of the I2S clock. This parameter can be a value of I2S_Clock_Polarity
• uint32_t I2S_InitTypeDef::ClockSource
Specifies the I2S Clock Source. This parameter can be a value of I2S_Clock_Source
35.1.2 I2S_HandleTypeDef
I2S_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_i2s.h
Data Fields
• SPI_TypeDef * Instance
• I2S_InitTypeDef Init
• __IO uint16_t TxXferSize
• __IO uint16_t TxXferCount
• uint16_t * pRxBuffPtr
• __IO uint16_t RxXferSize
• __IO uint16_t RxXferCount
• __IO HAL_LockTypeDef Lock
• __IO HAL_I2S_StateTypeDef State
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 482/2236

UM1905
I2S Firmware driver API description

Field Documentation
• SPI_TypeDef* I2S_HandleTypeDef::Instance
I2S registers base address
• I2S_InitTypeDef I2S_HandleTypeDef::Init
I2S communication parameters
• uint16_t* I2S_HandleTypeDef::pTxBuffPtr
Pointer to I2S Tx transfer buffer
• __IO uint16_t I2S_HandleTypeDef::TxXferSize
I2S Tx transfer size
• __IO uint16_t I2S_HandleTypeDef::TxXferCount
I2S Tx transfer Counter
• uint16_t* I2S_HandleTypeDef::pRxBuffPtr
Pointer to I2S Rx transfer buffer
• __IO uint16_t I2S_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
I2S Rx transfer size
• __IO uint16_t I2S_HandleTypeDef::RxXferCount
I2S Rx transfer counter (This field is initialized at the same value as transfer size at the beginning of the
transfer and decremented when a sample is received NbSamplesReceived = RxBufferSize-RxBufferCount)
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* I2S_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
I2S Tx DMA handle parameters
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* I2S_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
I2S Rx DMA handle parameters
• __IO HAL_LockTypeDef I2S_HandleTypeDef::Lock
I2S locking object
• __IO HAL_I2S_StateTypeDef I2S_HandleTypeDef::State
I2S communication state
• __IO uint32_t I2S_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
I2S Error code This parameter can be a value of I2S_Error
35.2 I2S Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the I2S library.

The I2S HAL driver can be used as follow:
1. Declare a I2S_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 483/2236

UM1905
2. Initialize the I2S low level resources by implement the HAL_I2S_MspInit() API:
a. Enable the SPIx interface clock.
b. I2S pins configuration:
◦ Enable the clock for the I2S GPIOs.
◦ Configure these I2S pins as alternate function pull-up.
c. NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT() and
HAL_I2S_Receive_IT() APIs).
◦ Configure the I2Sx interrupt priority.
◦ Enable the NVIC I2S IRQ handle.
d. DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA() and
HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA() APIs:
◦ Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx Stream/Channel.
◦ Enable the DMAx interface clock.
◦ Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters.
◦ Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Stream/Channel.
◦ Associate the initialized DMA handle to the I2S DMA Tx/Rx handle.
◦ Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx
Stream/Channel.
3. Program the Mode, Standard, Data Format, MCLK Output, Audio frequency and Polarity using
HAL_I2S_Init() function.
Note: The specific I2S interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be
managed using the macros __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and
receive process.
Note: Make sure that either:
– I2S clock is configured based on SYSCLK or
– External clock source is configured after setting correctly the define constant EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE
in the stm32f7xx_hal_conf.h file.
4. Three mode of operations are available within this driver :

• Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Transmit()
• Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Receive()

• Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT()
• At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
• At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
• Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Receive_IT()
• At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can add his own code
by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
• At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
• In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback

• Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA()
• At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 484/2236

UM1905
• At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
• Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA()
• At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can add his own code
by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
• At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
• In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
• Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAPause()
• Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAResume()
• Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAStop()
I2S HAL driver macros list

Below the list of most used macros in I2S HAL driver.
• __HAL_I2S_ENABLE: Enable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode)
• __HAL_I2S_DISABLE: Disable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode)
• __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT : Enable the specified I2S interrupts
• __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT : Disable the specified I2S interrupts
• __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified I2S flag is set or not
Note: You can refer to the I2S HAL driver header file for more useful macros
I2S HAL driver macros list

Callback registration:
1. The compilation flag USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1U allows the user to configure
dynamically the driver callbacks. Use Functions HAL_I2S_RegisterCallback() to register an interrupt
callback. Function HAL_I2S_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks: (+) TxCpltCallback :
I2S Tx Completed callback (+) RxCpltCallback : I2S Rx Completed callback (+) TxHalfCpltCallback : I2S Tx
Half Completed callback (+) RxHalfCpltCallback : I2S Rx Half Completed callback (+) ErrorCallback : I2S
Error callback (+) MspInitCallback : I2S Msp Init callback (+) MspDeInitCallback : I2S Msp DeInit callback
This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID and a pointer to the user
callback function.
2. Use function HAL_I2S_UnRegisterCallback to reset a callback to the default weak function.
HAL_I2S_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, and the Callback ID. This
function allows to reset following callbacks: (+) TxCpltCallback : I2S Tx Completed callback (+)
RxCpltCallback : I2S Rx Completed callback (+) TxHalfCpltCallback : I2S Tx Half Completed callback (+)
RxHalfCpltCallback : I2S Rx Half Completed callback (+) ErrorCallback : I2S Error callback (+)
MspInitCallback : I2S Msp Init callback (+) MspDeInitCallback : I2S Msp DeInit callback By default, after the
HAL_I2S_Init() and when the state is HAL_I2S_STATE_RESET all callbacks are set to the corresponding
weak functions: examples HAL_I2S_MasterTxCpltCallback(), HAL_I2S_MasterRxCpltCallback(). Exception
done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are reset to the legacy weak functions in the HAL_I2S_Init()/
HAL_I2S_DeInit() only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand). If MspInit or MspDeInit are
not null, the HAL_I2S_Init()/ HAL_I2S_DeInit() keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks
(registered beforehand) whatever the state. Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in
HAL_I2S_STATE_READY state only. Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit functions that can be registered/
unregistered in HAL_I2S_STATE_READY or HAL_I2S_STATE_RESET state, thus registered (user) MspInit/
DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit. Then, the user first registers the MspInit/MspDeInit user
callbacks using HAL_I2S_RegisterCallback() before calling HAL_I2S_DeInit() or HAL_I2S_Init() function.
When The compilation define USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the
Callback registration: (#) The compilation flag USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1U allows
the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks. Use Functions HAL_I2S_RegisterCallback() to register an
interrupt callback. Function HAL_I2S_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
• TxCpltCallback : I2S Tx Completed callback
• RxCpltCallback : I2S Rx Completed callback
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 485/2236

UM1905
• TxHalfCpltCallback : I2S Tx Half Completed callback

• RxHalfCpltCallback : I2S Rx Half Completed callback
• ErrorCallback : I2S Error callback
• MspInitCallback : I2S Msp Init callback
• MspDeInitCallback : I2S Msp DeInit callback This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
the Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function. (#) Use function HAL_I2S_UnRegisterCallback to
reset a callback to the default weak function. HAL_I2S_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL
peripheral handle, and the Callback ID. This function allows to reset following callbacks:
• TxCpltCallback : I2S Tx Completed callback
• RxCpltCallback : I2S Rx Completed callback
• TxHalfCpltCallback : I2S Tx Half Completed callback
• RxHalfCpltCallback : I2S Rx Half Completed callback
• ErrorCallback : I2S Error callback
• MspInitCallback : I2S Msp Init callback
• MspDeInitCallback : I2S Msp DeInit callback By default, after the HAL_I2S_Init() and when the state is
HAL_I2S_STATE_RESET all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions: examples
HAL_I2S_MasterTxCpltCallback(), HAL_I2S_MasterRxCpltCallback(). Exception done for MspInit and
MspDeInit functions that are reset to the legacy weak functions in the HAL_I2S_Init()/ HAL_I2S_DeInit() only
when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand). If MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the
HAL_I2S_Init()/ HAL_I2S_DeInit() keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered
beforehand) whatever the state. Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_I2S_STATE_READY state
only. Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit functions that can be registered/unregistered in
HAL_I2S_STATE_READY or HAL_I2S_STATE_RESET state, thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks
can be used during the Init/DeInit. Then, the user first registers the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks using
HAL_I2S_RegisterCallback() before calling HAL_I2S_DeInit() or HAL_I2S_Init() function. When The
compilation define USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the callback
registering feature is not available and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and de-initialize the I2Sx peripheral in simplex
mode:
• User must Implement HAL_I2S_MspInit() function in which he configures all related peripherals resources
• Call the function HAL_I2S_Init() to configure the selected device with the selected configuration:
– Mode
– Standard
– Data Format
– MCLK Output
– Audio frequency
– Polarity
• Call the function HAL_I2S_DeInit() to restore the default configuration of the selected I2Sx peripheral.
• HAL_I2S_Init
• HAL_I2S_DeInit
• HAL_I2S_MspInit
• HAL_I2S_MspDeInit

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2S data transfers.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 486/2236

UM1905

dedicated I2S IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode.
– HAL_I2S_Transmit()
– HAL_I2S_Receive()
– HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT()
– HAL_I2S_Receive_IT()
– HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA()
– HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA()
– HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback()
– HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback()
– HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback()
• HAL_I2S_Transmit
• HAL_I2S_Receive
• HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT
• HAL_I2S_Receive_IT
• HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA
• HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA
• HAL_I2S_DMAPause
• HAL_I2S_DMAResume
• HAL_I2S_DMAStop
• HAL_I2S_IRQHandler
• HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
• HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
• HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback

• HAL_I2S_GetState
• HAL_I2S_GetError
HAL_I2S_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Init (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Initializes the I2S according to the specified parameters in the I2S_InitTypeDef and create the associated
handle.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 487/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for I2S module
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2S_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DeInit (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
DeInitializes the I2S peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2S_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_I2S_MspInit (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
I2S MSP Init.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_I2S_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_I2S_MspDeInit (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
I2S MSP DeInit.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_I2S_Transmit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 488/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer.
• Size: number of data sample to be sent:
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S configuration phase,
the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame
or a 32-bit data frame is selected the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length.
• The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization between Master
and Slave(example: audio streaming).
HAL_I2S_Receive
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• In I2S Master Receiver mode, just after enabling the peripheral the clock will be generate in continuous
way and as the I2S is not disabled at the end of the I2S transaction.
HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 489/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_I2S_Receive_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive_IT (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters
• pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• It is recommended to use DMA for the I2S receiver to avoid de-synchronization between Master and Slave
otherwise the I2S interrupt should be optimized.
HAL_I2S_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_I2S_IRQHandler (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
This function handles I2S interrupt request.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 490/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s, uint16_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_I2S_DMAPause
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAPause (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Pauses the audio DMA Stream/Channel playing from the Media.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2S_DMAResume
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAResume (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 491/2236

UM1905
Resumes the audio DMA Stream/Channel playing from the Media.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2S_DMAStop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAStop (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Stops the audio DMA Stream/Channel playing from the Media.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Tx Transfer Half completed callbacks.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 492/2236

UM1905
Rx Transfer half completed callbacks.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
I2S error callbacks.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_I2S_GetState
Function name
HAL_I2S_StateTypeDef HAL_I2S_GetState (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
Return the I2S state.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: state
HAL_I2S_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_I2S_GetError (I2S_HandleTypeDef * hi2s)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 493/2236

UM1905
I2S Firmware driver defines
Return the I2S error code.
Parameters
Return values
• I2S: Error Code
35.3 I2S Firmware driver defines

35.3.1 I2S
I2S
I2S Audio Frequency
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_192K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_96K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_48K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_44K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_32K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_22K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_16K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_11K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_8K
I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT
I2S Clock Polarity
I2S_CPOL_LOW
I2S_CPOL_HIGH
I2S Clock Source Definition
I2S_CLOCK_EXTERNAL
I2S_CLOCK_PLL
I2S Data Format
I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B
I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B_EXTENDED
I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B
I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 494/2236

UM1905
I2S Error
HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_I2S_ERROR_TIMEOUT
Timeout error
HAL_I2S_ERROR_OVR
OVR error
HAL_I2S_ERROR_UDR
UDR error
HAL_I2S_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
HAL_I2S_ERROR_PRESCALER
Prescaler Calculation error
I2S Exported Macros
__HAL_I2S_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset I2S handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_I2S_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode).
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_I2S_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode).
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 495/2236

UM1905
__HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the specified I2S interrupts.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt source to enable or disable. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
– I2S_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt enable
– I2S_IT_RXNE: RX buffer not empty interrupt enable
– I2S_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable
Return value:
• None
__HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the specified I2S interrupts.
Parameters:
following values:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Checks if the specified I2S interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the I2S Handle. This parameter can be I2S where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the I2S
peripheral.
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the I2S interrupt source to check. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
Return value:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 496/2236

UM1905
__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Checks whether the specified I2S flag is set or not.
Parameters:
– I2S_FLAG_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty flag
– I2S_FLAG_TXE: Transmit buffer empty flag
– I2S_FLAG_UDR: Underrun flag
– I2S_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag
– I2S_FLAG_FRE: Frame error flag
– I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: Channel Side flag
– I2S_FLAG_BSY: Busy flag
Return value:
__HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG
Description:
• Clears the I2S OVR pending flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_I2S_CLEAR_UDRFLAG
Description:
• Clears the I2S UDR pending flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
I2S Flags Definition
I2S_FLAG_TXE
I2S_FLAG_RXNE
I2S_FLAG_UDR
I2S_FLAG_OVR
I2S_FLAG_FRE
I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE
I2S_FLAG_BSY
I2S_FLAG_MASK
I2S Interrupts Definition
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 497/2236

UM1905
I2S_IT_TXE
I2S_IT_RXNE
I2S_IT_ERR
I2S MCLK Output
I2S_MCLKOUTPUT_ENABLE
I2S_MCLKOUTPUT_DISABLE
I2S Mode
I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX
I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX
I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX
I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX
I2S Standard
I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS
I2S_STANDARD_MSB
I2S_STANDARD_LSB
I2S_STANDARD_PCM_SHORT
I2S_STANDARD_PCM_LONG
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 498/2236

UM1905
HAL IRDA Generic Driver
36 HAL IRDA Generic Driver
36.1 IRDA Firmware driver registers structures
36.1.1 IRDA_InitTypeDef
IRDA_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_irda.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t BaudRate
• uint32_t WordLength
• uint32_t Parity
• uint32_t Mode
• uint16_t PowerMode
Field Documentation
• uint32_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::BaudRate
This member configures the IRDA communication baud rate. The baud rate register is computed using the
following formula: Baud Rate Register = ((usart_ker_clk) / ((hirda->Init.BaudRate))) where usart_ker_clk is
the IRDA input clock
• uint32_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::WordLength
Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame. This parameter can be a value of
IRDAEx_Word_Length
• uint32_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::Parity
Specifies the parity mode. This parameter can be a value of IRDA_Parity
Note:
– When parity is enabled, the computed parity is inserted at the MSB position of the transmitted data (9th
bit when the word length is set to 9 data bits; 8th bit when the word length is set to 8 data bits).
• uint32_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies whether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled. This parameter can be a value of
IRDA_Transfer_Mode
• uint8_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::Prescaler
Specifies the Prescaler value for dividing the UART/USART source clock to achieve low-power frequency.
Note:
– Prescaler value 0 is forbidden
• uint16_t IRDA_InitTypeDef::PowerMode
Specifies the IRDA power mode. This parameter can be a value of IRDA_Low_Power
36.1.2 IRDA_HandleTypeDef
IRDA_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_irda.h
Data Fields
• USART_TypeDef * Instance
• IRDA_InitTypeDef Init
• uint16_t TxXferSize
• uint16_t Mask
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 499/2236

UM1905
IRDA Firmware driver API description
• __IO HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef gState
• __IO HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef RxState
Field Documentation
• USART_TypeDef* IRDA_HandleTypeDef::Instance
USART registers base address
• IRDA_InitTypeDef IRDA_HandleTypeDef::Init
IRDA communication parameters
• uint8_t* IRDA_HandleTypeDef::pTxBuffPtr
Pointer to IRDA Tx transfer Buffer
• uint16_t IRDA_HandleTypeDef::TxXferSize
IRDA Tx Transfer size
• __IO uint16_t IRDA_HandleTypeDef::TxXferCount
IRDA Tx Transfer Counter
• uint8_t* IRDA_HandleTypeDef::pRxBuffPtr
Pointer to IRDA Rx transfer Buffer
• uint16_t IRDA_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
IRDA Rx Transfer size
• __IO uint16_t IRDA_HandleTypeDef::RxXferCount
IRDA Rx Transfer Counter
• uint16_t IRDA_HandleTypeDef::Mask
USART RX RDR register mask
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* IRDA_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
IRDA Tx DMA Handle parameters
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* IRDA_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
IRDA Rx DMA Handle parameters
• HAL_LockTypeDef IRDA_HandleTypeDef::Lock
Locking object
• __IO HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef IRDA_HandleTypeDef::gState
IRDA state information related to global Handle management and also related to Tx operations. This
parameter can be a value of HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef
• __IO HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef IRDA_HandleTypeDef::RxState
IRDA state information related to Rx operations. This parameter can be a value of
HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef
• __IO uint32_t IRDA_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
IRDA Error code
36.2 IRDA Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the IRDA library.

The IRDA HAL driver can be used as follows:
1. Declare a IRDA_HandleTypeDef handle structure (eg. IRDA_HandleTypeDef hirda).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 500/2236

UM1905
2. Initialize the IRDA low level resources by implementing the HAL_IRDA_MspInit() API in setting the
associated USART or UART in IRDA mode:
– Enable the USARTx/UARTx interface clock.
– USARTx/UARTx pins configuration:
◦ Enable the clock for the USARTx/UARTx GPIOs.
◦ Configure these USARTx/UARTx pins (TX as alternate function pull-up, RX as alternate function
Input).
– NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT() and
HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT() APIs):
◦ Configure the USARTx/UARTx interrupt priority.
◦ Enable the NVIC USARTx/UARTx IRQ handle.
◦ The specific IRDA interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, RXNE interrupt and Error
Interrupts) will be managed using the macros __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT() and
__HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process.
– DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA() and
HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA() APIs):
◦ Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel.
◦ Configure the DMA Tx/Rx channel.
◦ Associate the initialized DMA handle to the IRDA DMA Tx/Rx handle.
channel.
3. Program the Baud Rate, Word Length and Parity and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter), the normal or low power
mode and the clock prescaler in the hirda handle Init structure.
4. Initialize the IRDA registers by calling the HAL_IRDA_Init() API:
– This API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) by calling the
customized HAL_IRDA_MspInit() API.
Note: The specific IRDA interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be
managed using the macros __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit
and receive process.

• Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Transmit()
• Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Receive()

• Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT()
• At transmission end of transfer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback()
• Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT()
• At reception end of transfer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback()
• In case of transfer Error, HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback()

• Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA()
• At transmission half of transfer HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own code
by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback()
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 501/2236

UM1905
• At transmission end of transfer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback()
• Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA()
• At reception half of transfer HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback()
• At reception end of transfer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback()
• In case of transfer Error, HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback()
IRDA HAL driver macros list

Below the list of most used macros in IRDA HAL driver.
• __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE: Enable the IRDA peripheral
• __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE: Disable the IRDA peripheral
• __HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG : Check whether the specified IRDA flag is set or not
• __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified IRDA pending flag
• __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified IRDA interrupt
• __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified IRDA interrupt
• __HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether or not the specified IRDA interrupt is enabled
Note: You can refer to the IRDA HAL driver header file for more useful macros
36.2.2 Callback registration

The compilation define USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows the user to configure
dynamically the driver callbacks.
Use Function @ref HAL_IRDA_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback. Function @ref
HAL_IRDA_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
• TxHalfCpltCallback : Tx Half Complete Callback.
• TxCpltCallback : Tx Complete Callback.
• RxHalfCpltCallback : Rx Half Complete Callback.
• RxCpltCallback : Rx Complete Callback.
• ErrorCallback : Error Callback.
• AbortCpltCallback : Abort Complete Callback.
• AbortTransmitCpltCallback : Abort Transmit Complete Callback.
• AbortReceiveCpltCallback : Abort Receive Complete Callback.
• MspInitCallback : IRDA MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : IRDA MspDeInit. This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the
Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function.
Use function @ref HAL_IRDA_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default weak (surcharged) function.
@ref HAL_IRDA_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, and the Callback ID. This
• MspInitCallback : IRDA MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : IRDA MspDeInit.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 502/2236

UM1905
By default, after the @ref HAL_IRDA_Init() and when the state is HAL_IRDA_STATE_RESET all callbacks are set
to the corresponding weak (surcharged) functions: examples @ref HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(), @ref
HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback(). Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are respectively reset
to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the @ref HAL_IRDA_Init() and @ref HAL_IRDA_DeInit() only when
these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand). If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref
HAL_IRDA_Init() and @ref HAL_IRDA_DeInit() keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered
beforehand).
Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY state only. Exception done MspInit/
MspDeInit that can be registered/unregistered in HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY or HAL_IRDA_STATE_RESET
state, thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit. In that case first register
the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks using @ref HAL_IRDA_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref
HAL_IRDA_DeInit() or @ref HAL_IRDA_Init() function.
When The compilation define USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the callback
registration feature is not available and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx in asynchronous IRDA mode.
• For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured:
– Baud Rate
– Word Length
– Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written in the data register is transmitted but
is changed by the parity bit.
– Power mode
– Prescaler setting
– Receiver/transmitter modes
The HAL_IRDA_Init() API follows the USART asynchronous configuration procedures (details for the procedures
are available in reference manual).
• HAL_IRDA_Init
• HAL_IRDA_DeInit
• HAL_IRDA_MspInit
• HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the IRDA data transfers.
IrDA is a half duplex communication protocol. If the Transmitter is busy, any data on the IrDA receive line will be
ignored by the IrDA decoder and if the Receiver is busy, data on the TX from the USART to IrDA will not be
encoded by IrDA. While receiving data, transmission should be avoided as the data to be transmitted could be
corrupted.
– Blocking mode: the communication is performed in polling mode. The HAL status of all data processing
– Non-Blocking mode: the communication is performed using Interrupts or DMA, these API's return the
HAL status. The end of the data processing will be indicated through the dedicated IRDA IRQ when
using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode. The HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(),
HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks will be executed respectively at the end of the Transmit or
Receive process The HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a
communication error is detected
2. Blocking mode APIs are :
– HAL_IRDA_Transmit()
– HAL_IRDA_Receive()
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 503/2236

UM1905
3. Non Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are :

– HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT()
– HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT()
– HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler()
4. Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
– HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA()
– HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA()
– HAL_IRDA_DMAPause()
– HAL_IRDA_DMAResume()
– HAL_IRDA_DMAStop()
5. A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in Non Blocking mode:
– HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback()
– HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback()
– HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback()
– HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback()
– HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback()
6. Non-Blocking mode transfers could be aborted using Abort API's :
– HAL_IRDA_Abort()
– HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmit()
– HAL_IRDA_AbortReceive()
– HAL_IRDA_Abort_IT()
– HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmit_IT()
– HAL_IRDA_AbortReceive_IT()
7. For Abort services based on interrupts (HAL_IRDA_Abortxxx_IT), a set of Abort Complete Callbacks are
provided:
– HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback()
– HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmitCpltCallback()
– HAL_IRDA_AbortReceiveCpltCallback()
8. In Non-Blocking mode transfers, possible errors are split into 2 categories. Errors are handled as follows :
– Error is considered as Recoverable and non blocking : Transfer could go till end, but error severity is to
be evaluated by user : this concerns Frame Error, Parity Error or Noise Error in Interrupt mode
reception . Received character is then retrieved and stored in Rx buffer, Error code is set to allow user
to identify error type, and HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed. Transfer is kept
ongoing on IRDA side. If user wants to abort it, Abort services should be called by user.
– Error is considered as Blocking : Transfer could not be completed properly and is aborted. This
concerns Overrun Error In Interrupt mode reception and all errors in DMA mode. Error code is set to
allow user to identify error type, and HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed.
• HAL_IRDA_Transmit
• HAL_IRDA_Receive
• HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT
• HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT
• HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA
• HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA
• HAL_IRDA_DMAPause
• HAL_IRDA_DMAResume
• HAL_IRDA_DMAStop
• HAL_IRDA_Abort
• HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmit
• HAL_IRDA_AbortReceive
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 504/2236

UM1905
• HAL_IRDA_Abort_IT
• HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmit_IT
• HAL_IRDA_AbortReceive_IT
• HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler
• HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback
• HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback
• HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback
• HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback
• HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmitCpltCallback
• HAL_IRDA_AbortReceiveCpltCallback

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to return the State of IrDA communication process and also
return Peripheral Errors occurred during communication process
• HAL_IRDA_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the IRDA peripheral handle.
• HAL_IRDA_GetError() checks in run-time errors that could occur during communication.
• HAL_IRDA_GetState
• HAL_IRDA_GetError
HAL_IRDA_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Init (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Initialize the IRDA mode according to the specified parameters in the IRDA_InitTypeDef and initialize the
associated handle.
Parameters
• hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified IRDA module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DeInit (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
DeInitialize the IRDA peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 505/2236

UM1905
HAL_IRDA_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_IRDA_MspInit (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Initialize the IRDA MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
DeInitialize the IRDA MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_IRDA_Transmit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
Send an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters
• pData: Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
• Size: Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent.
• Timeout: Specify timeout value.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), the
sent data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must reflect the number of u16 available through
pData.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 506/2236

UM1905
HAL_IRDA_Receive
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
Parameters
• Size: Amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received.
• Timeout: Specify timeout value.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
received data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must reflect the number of u16 available
through pData.
HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Send an amount of data in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
pData.
HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 507/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
through pData.
HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Send an amount of data in DMA mode.
Parameters
• pData: pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
pData.
HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Receive an amount of data in DMA mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 508/2236

UM1905
Notes
through pData.
• When the IRDA parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received data contains the parity bit (MSB position).
HAL_IRDA_DMAPause
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAPause (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Pause the DMA Transfer.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_DMAResume
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAResume (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Resume the DMA Transfer.
Parameters
specified UART module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_DMAStop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAStop (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Stop the DMA Transfer.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_IRDA_Abort
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Abort (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 509/2236

UM1905
Abort ongoing transfers (blocking mode).
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. This
procedure performs following operations : Disable IRDA Interrupts (Tx and Rx)Disable the DMA transfer in
the peripheral register (if enabled)Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in
DMA mode)Set handle State to READY
• This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed.
HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmit (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (blocking mode).
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Tx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. This
procedure performs following operations : Disable IRDA Interrupts (Tx)Disable the DMA transfer in the
peripheral register (if enabled)Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA
mode)Set handle State to READY
HAL_IRDA_AbortReceive
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_AbortReceive (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Abort ongoing Receive transfer (blocking mode).
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 510/2236

UM1905
Notes
• This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Rx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. This
procedure performs following operations : Disable IRDA Interrupts (Rx)Disable the DMA transfer in the
HAL_IRDA_Abort_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Abort_IT (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Abort ongoing transfers (Interrupt mode).
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
procedure performs following operations : Disable IRDA Interrupts (Tx and Rx)Disable the DMA transfer in
the peripheral register (if enabled)Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in
DMA mode)Set handle State to READYAt abort completion, call user abort complete callback
• This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be considered as
completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function).
HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmit_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmit_IT (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (Interrupt mode).
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
procedure performs following operations : Disable IRDA Interrupts (Tx)Disable the DMA transfer in the
peripheral register (if enabled)Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in
HAL_IRDA_AbortReceive_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_AbortReceive_IT (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 511/2236

UM1905
Abort ongoing Receive transfer (Interrupt mode).
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
procedure performs following operations : Disable IRDA Interrupts (Rx)Disable the DMA transfer in the
HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Handle IRDA interrupt request.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 512/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Tx Half Transfer completed callback.
Parameters
specified USART module.
Return values
• None:
HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Rx Half Transfer complete callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
IRDA error callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 513/2236

UM1905
IRDA Abort Complete callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmitCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmitCpltCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
IRDA Abort Complete callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_IRDA_AbortReceiveCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_IRDA_AbortReceiveCpltCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
IRDA Abort Receive Complete callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_IRDA_GetState
Function name
HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef HAL_IRDA_GetState (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Return the IRDA handle state.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: state
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 514/2236

UM1905
IRDA Firmware driver defines
HAL_IRDA_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_IRDA_GetError (IRDA_HandleTypeDef * hirda)
Return the IRDA handle error code.
Parameters
Return values
• IRDA: Error Code
36.3 IRDA Firmware driver defines

36.3.1 IRDA
IRDA
IRDA DMA Rx
IRDA_DMA_RX_DISABLE
IRDA DMA RX disabled
IRDA_DMA_RX_ENABLE
IRDA DMA RX enabled
IRDA DMA Tx
IRDA_DMA_TX_DISABLE
IRDA DMA TX disabled
IRDA_DMA_TX_ENABLE
IRDA DMA TX enabled
IRDA Error Code Definition
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_PE
Parity error
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NE
Noise error
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_FE
frame error
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_ORE
Overrun error
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 515/2236

UM1905
HAL_IRDA_ERROR_BUSY
Busy Error
IRDA Exported Macros
__HAL_IRDA_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset IRDA handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: IRDA handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_IRDA_FLUSH_DRREGISTER
Description:
• Flush the IRDA DR register.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the IRDA Handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the specified IRDA pending flag.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the flag to check. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
– IRDA_CLEAR_PEF
– IRDA_CLEAR_FEF
– IRDA_CLEAR_NEF
– IRDA_CLEAR_OREF
– IRDA_CLEAR_TCF
– IRDA_CLEAR_IDLEF
Return value:
• None
__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_PEFLAG
Description:
• Clear the IRDA PE pending flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 516/2236

UM1905
__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FEFLAG
Description:
• Clear the IRDA FE pending flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_NEFLAG
Description:
• Clear the IRDA NE pending flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_OREFLAG
Description:
• Clear the IRDA ORE pending flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_IDLEFLAG
Description:
• Clear the IRDA IDLE pending flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 517/2236

UM1905
__HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Check whether the specified IRDA flag is set or not.
Parameters:
– IRDA_FLAG_TEACK Transmit enable acknowledge flag
– IRDA_FLAG_BUSY Busy flag
– IRDA_FLAG_ABRF Auto Baud rate detection flag
– IRDA_FLAG_ABRE Auto Baud rate detection error flag
– IRDA_FLAG_TXE Transmit data register empty flag
– IRDA_FLAG_TC Transmission Complete flag
– IRDA_FLAG_RXNE Receive data register not empty flag
– IRDA_FLAG_ORE OverRun Error flag
– IRDA_FLAG_NE Noise Error flag
– IRDA_FLAG_FE Framing Error flag
– IRDA_FLAG_PE Parity Error flag
Return value:
__HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the specified IRDA interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the IRDA interrupt source to enable. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
– IRDA_IT_TXE Transmit Data Register empty interrupt
– IRDA_IT_TC Transmission complete interrupt
– IRDA_IT_RXNE Receive Data register not empty interrupt
– IRDA_IT_IDLE Idle line detection interrupt
– IRDA_IT_PE Parity Error interrupt
– IRDA_IT_ERR Error interrupt(Frame error, noise error, overrun error)
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 518/2236

UM1905
__HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the specified IRDA interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the IRDA interrupt source to disable. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
– IRDA_IT_ERR Error interrupt(Frame error, noise error, overrun error)
Return value:
• None
__HAL_IRDA_GET_IT
Description:
• Check whether the specified IRDA interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the IRDA interrupt source to check. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– IRDA_IT_ORE OverRun Error interrupt
– IRDA_IT_NE Noise Error interrupt
– IRDA_IT_FE Framing Error interrupt
Return value:
• The: new state of __IT__ (SET or RESET).
__HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Check whether the specified IRDA interrupt source is enabled or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the IRDA interrupt source to check. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– IRDA_IT_ERR Framing, overrun or noise error interrupt
Return value:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 519/2236

UM1905
__HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_IT
Description:
• Clear the specified IRDA ISR flag, in setting the proper ICR register flag.
Parameters:
• __IT_CLEAR__: specifies the interrupt clear register flag that needs to be set to clear the corresponding
interrupt This parameter can be one of the following values:
– IRDA_CLEAR_PEF Parity Error Clear Flag
– IRDA_CLEAR_FEF Framing Error Clear Flag
– IRDA_CLEAR_NEF Noise detected Clear Flag
– IRDA_CLEAR_OREF OverRun Error Clear Flag
– IRDA_CLEAR_TCF Transmission Complete Clear Flag
Return value:
• None
__HAL_IRDA_SEND_REQ
Description:
• Set a specific IRDA request flag.
Parameters:
• __REQ__: specifies the request flag to set This parameter can be one of the following values:
– IRDA_AUTOBAUD_REQUEST Auto-Baud Rate Request
– IRDA_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST Receive Data flush Request
– IRDA_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST Transmit data flush Request
Return value:
• None
__HAL_IRDA_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the IRDA one bit sample method.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_IRDA_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the IRDA one bit sample method.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 520/2236

UM1905
__HAL_IRDA_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable UART/USART associated to IRDA Handle.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_IRDA_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable UART/USART associated to IRDA Handle.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
IRDA Flags
IRDA_FLAG_TEACK
IRDA transmit enable acknowledge flag
IRDA_FLAG_BUSY
IRDA busy flag
IRDA_FLAG_ABRF
IRDA auto Baud rate flag
IRDA_FLAG_ABRE
IRDA auto Baud rate error
IRDA_FLAG_TXE
IRDA transmit data register empty
IRDA_FLAG_TC
IRDA transmission complete
IRDA_FLAG_RXNE
IRDA read data register not empty
IRDA_FLAG_ORE
IRDA overrun error
IRDA_FLAG_NE
IRDA noise error
IRDA_FLAG_FE
IRDA frame error
IRDA_FLAG_PE
IRDA parity error
IRDA interruptions flags mask
IRDA_IT_MASK
IRDA Interruptions flags mask
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 521/2236

UM1905
IRDA_CR_MASK
IRDA control register mask
IRDA_CR_POS
IRDA control register position
IRDA_ISR_MASK
IRDA ISR register mask
IRDA_ISR_POS
IRDA ISR register position
IRDA Interrupts Definition
IRDA_IT_PE
IRDA Parity error interruption
IRDA_IT_TXE
IRDA Transmit data register empty interruption
IRDA_IT_TC
IRDA Transmission complete interruption
IRDA_IT_RXNE
IRDA Read data register not empty interruption
IRDA_IT_IDLE
IRDA Idle interruption
IRDA_IT_ERR
IRDA Error interruption
IRDA_IT_ORE
IRDA Overrun error interruption
IRDA_IT_NE
IRDA Noise error interruption
IRDA_IT_FE
IRDA Frame error interruption
IRDA Interruption Clear Flags
IRDA_CLEAR_PEF
Parity Error Clear Flag
IRDA_CLEAR_FEF
Framing Error Clear Flag
IRDA_CLEAR_NEF
Noise Error detected Clear Flag
IRDA_CLEAR_OREF
OverRun Error Clear Flag
IRDA_CLEAR_IDLEF
IDLE line detected Clear Flag
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 522/2236

UM1905
IRDA_CLEAR_TCF
Transmission Complete Clear Flag
IRDA Low Power
IRDA_POWERMODE_NORMAL
IRDA normal power mode
IRDA_POWERMODE_LOWPOWER
IRDA low power mode
IRDA Mode
IRDA_MODE_DISABLE
Associated UART disabled in IRDA mode
IRDA_MODE_ENABLE
Associated UART enabled in IRDA mode
IRDA One Bit Sampling
IRDA_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_DISABLE
One-bit sampling disabled
IRDA_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_ENABLE
One-bit sampling enabled
IRDA Parity
IRDA_PARITY_NONE
No parity
IRDA_PARITY_EVEN
Even parity
IRDA_PARITY_ODD
Odd parity
IRDA Request Parameters
IRDA_AUTOBAUD_REQUEST
Auto-Baud Rate Request
IRDA_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST
Receive Data flush Request
IRDA_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST
Transmit data flush Request
IRDA State
IRDA_STATE_DISABLE
IRDA disabled
IRDA_STATE_ENABLE
IRDA enabled
IRDA State Code Definition
HAL_IRDA_STATE_RESET
Peripheral is not initialized Value is allowed for gState and RxState
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 523/2236

UM1905
HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY
HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY
An internal process is ongoing Value is allowed for gState only
HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX
HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX
HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX
Data Transmission and Reception process is ongoing Not to be used for neither gState nor RxState. Value is
result of combination (Or) between gState and RxState values
HAL_IRDA_STATE_TIMEOUT
Timeout state Value is allowed for gState only
HAL_IRDA_STATE_ERROR
IRDA Transfer Mode
IRDA_MODE_RX
RX mode
IRDA_MODE_TX
TX mode
IRDA_MODE_TX_RX
RX and TX mode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 524/2236

UM1905
HAL IRDA Extension Driver
37 HAL IRDA Extension Driver
37.1 IRDAEx Firmware driver defines

37.1.1 IRDAEx
IRDAEx
IRDAEx Word Length
IRDA_WORDLENGTH_7B
7-bit long frame
IRDA_WORDLENGTH_8B
8-bit long frame
IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B
9-bit long frame
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 525/2236

UM1905
HAL IWDG Generic Driver
38 HAL IWDG Generic Driver
38.1 IWDG Firmware driver registers structures
38.1.1 IWDG_InitTypeDef
IWDG_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_iwdg.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Reload
• uint32_t Window
Field Documentation
• uint32_t IWDG_InitTypeDef::Prescaler
Select the prescaler of the IWDG. This parameter can be a value of IWDG_Prescaler
• uint32_t IWDG_InitTypeDef::Reload
Specifies the IWDG down-counter reload value. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0
and Max_Data = 0x0FFF
• uint32_t IWDG_InitTypeDef::Window
Specifies the window value to be compared to the down-counter. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0x0FFF
38.1.2 IWDG_HandleTypeDef
IWDG_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_iwdg.h
Data Fields
• IWDG_TypeDef * Instance
• IWDG_InitTypeDef Init
Field Documentation
• IWDG_TypeDef* IWDG_HandleTypeDef::Instance
• IWDG_InitTypeDef IWDG_HandleTypeDef::Init
IWDG required parameters
38.2 IWDG Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the IWDG library.
38.2.1 IWDG Generic features

• The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable through option byte).
• The IWDG is clocked by Low-Speed clock (LSI) and thus stays active even if the main clock fails.
• Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and both can not be disabled. The counter starts counting
down from the reset value (0xFFF). When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) a reset signal is
generated (IWDG reset).
• Whenever the key value 0x0000 AAAA is written in the IWDG_KR register, the IWDG_RLR value is reloaded
in the counter and the watchdog reset is prevented.
• The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional in STOP and STANDBY mode
(IWDG reset can wake-up from STANDBY). IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform
when an IWDG reset occurs.
• Debug mode : When the microcontroller enters debug mode (core halted), the IWDG counter either
continues to work normally or stops, depending on DBG_IWDG_STOP configuration bit in DBG module,
accessible through __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_IWDG() and __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_IWDG()
macros.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 526/2236

UM1905
IWDG Firmware driver API description
Min-max timeout value @32KHz (LSI): ~125us / ~32.7s The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI frequency
dispersion. STM32F7xx devices provide the capability to measure the LSI frequency (LSI clock connected
internally to TIM16 CH1 input capture). The measured value can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an
acceptable accuracy.

1. Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to : (+) Enable instance by writing Start keyword in IWDG_KEY
register. LSI clock is forced ON and IWDG counter starts counting down. (+) Enable write access to
configuration registers: IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR. (+) Configure the IWDG prescaler and
counter reload value. This reload value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the watchdog is
reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value. (+) Wait for status flags to be reset. (+)
Depending on window parameter:
– If Window Init parameter is same as Window register value, nothing more is done but reload counter
value in order to exit function with exact time base.
– Else modify Window register. This will automatically reload watchdog counter.
2. Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular intervals during normal operation to
prevent an MCU reset, using HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function.
(#) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :
• Enable instance by writing Start keyword in IWDG_KEY register. LSI clock is forced ON and IWDG counter
starts counting down.
• Enable write access to configuration registers: IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR.
• Configure the IWDG prescaler and counter reload value. This reload value will be loaded in the IWDG
counter each time the watchdog is reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value.
• Wait for status flags to be reset.
• Depending on window parameter:
– If Window Init parameter is same as Window register value, nothing more is done but reload counter
value in order to exit function with exact time base.
– Else modify Window register. This will automatically reload watchdog counter. (#) Then the application
program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular intervals during normal operation to prevent an
MCU reset, using HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function.
IWDG HAL driver macros list

Below the list of most used macros in IWDG HAL driver:
• __HAL_IWDG_START: Enable the IWDG peripheral
• __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER: Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register
38.2.3 Initialization and Start functions

• Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the IWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
• Manage Window option.
• Once initialization is performed in HAL_IWDG_Init function, Watchdog is reloaded in order to exit function
with correct time base.
• HAL_IWDG_Init

• Refresh the IWDG.
• HAL_IWDG_Refresh
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 527/2236

UM1905
IWDG Firmware driver defines
HAL_IWDG_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Init (IWDG_HandleTypeDef * hiwdg)
Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the IWDG_InitTypeDef and start watchdog.
Parameters
• hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified IWDG module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_IWDG_Refresh
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Refresh (IWDG_HandleTypeDef * hiwdg)
Refresh the IWDG.
Parameters
• hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified IWDG module.
Return values
• HAL: status
38.3 IWDG Firmware driver defines

38.3.1 IWDG
IWDG
IWDG Exported Macros
__HAL_IWDG_START
Description:
• Enable the IWDG peripheral.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: IWDG handle
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 528/2236

UM1905
__HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER
Description:
• Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register (write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and
IWDG_WINR registers disabled).
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: IWDG handle
Return value:
• None
IWDG Prescaler
IWDG_PRESCALER_4
IWDG prescaler set to 4
IWDG_PRESCALER_8
IWDG_PRESCALER_16
IWDG_PRESCALER_32
IWDG_PRESCALER_64
IWDG_PRESCALER_128
IWDG_PRESCALER_256
IWDG Window option
IWDG_WINDOW_DISABLE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 529/2236

UM1905
HAL JPEG Generic Driver
39 HAL JPEG Generic Driver
39.1 JPEG Firmware driver registers structures
39.1.1 JPEG_ConfTypeDef
JPEG_ConfTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_jpeg.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t ColorSpace
• uint32_t ChromaSubsampling
• uint32_t ImageHeight
• uint32_t ImageWidth
• uint32_t ImageQuality
Field Documentation
• uint32_t JPEG_ConfTypeDef::ColorSpace
Image Color space : gray-scale, YCBCR, RGB or CMYK This parameter can be a value of
JPEG_ColorSpace
• uint32_t JPEG_ConfTypeDef::ChromaSubsampling
Chroma Subsampling in case of YCBCR or CMYK color space, 0-> 4:4:4 , 1-> 4:2:2, 2 -> 4:1:1, 3 -> 4:2:0
This parameter can be a value of JPEG_ChromaSubsampling
• uint32_t JPEG_ConfTypeDef::ImageHeight
Image height : number of lines
• uint32_t JPEG_ConfTypeDef::ImageWidth
Image width : number of pixels per line
• uint32_t JPEG_ConfTypeDef::ImageQuality
Quality of the JPEG encoding : from 1 to 100
39.1.2 JPEG_HandleTypeDef
JPEG_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_jpeg.h
Data Fields
• JPEG_TypeDef * Instance
• JPEG_ConfTypeDef Conf
• uint8_t * pJpegInBuffPtr
• uint8_t * pJpegOutBuffPtr
• __IO uint32_t JpegInCount
• __IO uint32_t JpegOutCount
• uint32_t InDataLength
• uint32_t OutDataLength
• DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmaout
• uint8_t CustomQuanTable
• uint8_t * QuantTable0
• __IO HAL_JPEG_STATETypeDef State
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 530/2236

UM1905
JPEG Firmware driver API description
• __IO uint32_t Context

Field Documentation
• JPEG_TypeDef* JPEG_HandleTypeDef::Instance
JPEG peripheral register base address
• JPEG_ConfTypeDef JPEG_HandleTypeDef::Conf
Current JPEG encoding/decoding parameters
• uint8_t* JPEG_HandleTypeDef::pJpegInBuffPtr
Pointer to JPEG processing (encoding, decoding,...) input buffer
• uint8_t* JPEG_HandleTypeDef::pJpegOutBuffPtr
Pointer to JPEG processing (encoding, decoding,...) output buffer
• __IO uint32_t JPEG_HandleTypeDef::JpegInCount
Internal Counter of input data
• __IO uint32_t JPEG_HandleTypeDef::JpegOutCount
Internal Counter of output data
• uint32_t JPEG_HandleTypeDef::InDataLength
Input Buffer Length in Bytes
• uint32_t JPEG_HandleTypeDef::OutDataLength
Output Buffer Length in Bytes
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* JPEG_HandleTypeDef::hdmain
JPEG In DMA handle parameters
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* JPEG_HandleTypeDef::hdmaout
JPEG Out DMA handle parameters
• uint8_t JPEG_HandleTypeDef::CustomQuanTable
If set to 1 specify that user customized quantization tables are used
• uint8_t* JPEG_HandleTypeDef::QuantTable0
Basic Quantization Table for component 0
• HAL_LockTypeDef JPEG_HandleTypeDef::Lock
JPEG locking object
• __IO HAL_JPEG_STATETypeDef JPEG_HandleTypeDef::State
JPEG peripheral state
• __IO uint32_t JPEG_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
JPEG Error code
• __IO uint32_t JPEG_HandleTypeDef::Context
JPEG Internal context
39.2 JPEG Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the JPEG library.

1. Initialize the JPEG peripheral using HAL_JPEG_Init : No initialization parameters are required. Only the call
to HAL_JPEG_Init is necessary to initialize the JPEG peripheral.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 531/2236

UM1905
2. If operation is JPEG encoding use function HAL_JPEG_ConfigEncoding to set the encoding parameters
(mandatory before calling the encoding function). the application can change the encoding parameter
ImageQuality from 1 to 100 to obtain a more or less quality (visual quality vs the original row image), and
inversely more or less jpg file size.
3. Note that for decoding operation the JPEG peripheral output data are organized in YCbCr blocks called
MCU (Minimum Coded Unit) as defioned in the JPEG specification ISO/IEC 10918-1 standard. It is up to the
application to transform these YCbCr blocks to RGB data that can be display. Respectively, for Encoding
operation the JPEG peripheral input should be organized in YCbCr MCU blocks. It is up to the application to
perform the necessary RGB to YCbCr MCU blocks transformation before feeding the JPEG peripheral with
data.
4. Use functions HAL_JPEG_Encode and HAL_JPEG_Decode to start respectively a JPEG encoding/decoding
operation in polling method (blocking).
5. Use functions HAL_JPEG_Encode_IT and HAL_JPEG_Decode_IT to start respectively a JPEG encoding/
decoding operation with Interrupt method (not blocking).
6. Use functions HAL_JPEG_Encode_DMA and HAL_JPEG_Decode_DMA to start respectively a JPEG
encoding/decoding operation with DMA method (not blocking).
7. Callback HAL_JPEG_InfoReadyCallback is asserted if the current operation is a JPEG decoding to provide
the application with JPEG image parameters. This callback is asserted when the JPEG peripheral
successfully parse the JPEG header.
8. Callback HAL_JPEG_GetDataCallback is asserted for both encoding and decoding operations to inform the
application that the input buffer has been consumed by the peripheral and to ask for a new data chunk if the
operation (encoding/decoding) has not been complete yet.
– This CallBack should be implemented in the application side. It should call the function
HAL_JPEG_ConfigInputBuffer if new input data are available, or call HAL_JPEG_Pause with
parameter XferSelection set to JPEG_PAUSE_RESUME_INPUT to inform the JPEG HAL driver that
the ongoing operation shall pause waiting for the application to provide a new input data chunk. Once
the application succeed getting new data and if the input has been paused, the application can call the
function HAL_JPEG_ConfigInputBuffer to set the new input buffer and size, then resume the JPEG
HAL input by calling new function HAL_JPEG_Resume. If the application has ended feeding the HAL
JPEG with input data (no more input data), the application Should call the function
HAL_JPEG_ConfigInputBuffer (within the callback HAL_JPEG_GetDataCallback) with the parameter
InDataLength set to zero.
– The mechanism of HAL_JPEG_ConfigInputBuffer/HAL_JPEG_Pause/HAL_JPEG_Resume allows to
the application to provide the input data (for encoding or decoding) by chunks. If the new input data
chunk is not available (because data should be read from an input file for example) the application can
pause the JPEG input (using function HAL_JPEG_Pause) Once the new input data chunk is available
( read from a file for example), the application can call the function HAL_JPEG_ConfigInputBuffer to
provide the HAL with the new chunk then resume the JPEG HAL input by calling function
HAL_JPEG_Resume.
– The application can call functions HAL_JPEG_ConfigInputBuffer then HAL_JPEG_Resume. any time
(outside the HAL_JPEG_GetDataCallback) Once the new input chunk data available. However, to keep
data coherency, the function HAL_JPEG_Pause must be imperatively called (if necessary) within the
callback HAL_JPEG_GetDataCallback, i.e when the HAL JPEG has ended Transferring the previous
chunk buffer to the JPEG peripheral.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 532/2236

UM1905
9. Callback HAL_JPEG_DataReadyCallback is asserted when the HAL JPEG driver has filled the given output
buffer with the given size.
– This CallBack should be implemented in the application side. It should call the function
HAL_JPEG_ConfigOutputBuffer to provide the HAL JPEG driver with the new output buffer location
and size to be used to store next data chunk. if the application is not ready to provide the output chunk
location then it can call the function HAL_JPEG_Pause with parameter XferSelection set to
JPEG_PAUSE_RESUME_OUTPUT to inform the JPEG HAL driver that it shall pause output data.
Once the application is ready to receive the new data chunk (output buffer location free or available) it
should call the function HAL_JPEG_ConfigOutputBuffer to provide the HAL JPEG driver with the new
output chunk buffer location and size, then call HAL_JPEG_Resume to inform the HAL that it shall
resume outputting data in the given output buffer.
– The mechanism of HAL_JPEG_ConfigOutputBuffer/HAL_JPEG_Pause/HAL_JPEG_Resume allows
the application to receive data from the JPEG peripheral by chunks. when a chunk is received, the
application can pause the HAL JPEG output data to be able to process these received data (YCbCr to
RGB conversion in case of decoding or data storage in case of encoding).
– The application can call functions HAL_JPEG_ ConfigOutputBuffer then HAL_JPEG_Resume. any
time (outside the HAL_JPEG_DataReadyCallback) Once the output data buffer is free to use.
However, to keep data coherency, the function HAL_JPEG_Pause must be imperatively called (if
necessary) within the callback HAL_JPEG_ DataReadyCallback, i.e when the HAL JPEG has ended
Transferring the previous chunk buffer from the JPEG peripheral to the application.
10. Callback HAL_JPEG_EncodeCpltCallback is asserted when the HAL JPEG driver has ended the current
JPEG encoding operation, and all output data has been transmitted to the application.
11. Callback HAL_JPEG_DecodeCpltCallback is asserted when the HAL JPEG driver has ended the current
JPEG decoding operation. and all output data has been transmitted to the application.
12. Callback HAL_JPEG_ErrorCallback is asserted when an error occurred during the current operation. the
application can call the function HAL_JPEG_GetError() to retrieve the error codes.
13. By default the HAL JPEG driver uses the default quantization tables as provide in the JPEG specification
(ISO/IEC 10918-1 standard) for encoding. User can change these default tables if necessary using the
function HAL_JPEG_SetUserQuantTables Note that for decoding the quantization tables are automatically
extracted from the JPEG header.
14. To control JPEG state you can use the following function: HAL_JPEG_GetState()
JPEG HAL driver macros list

Below the list of most used macros in JPEG HAL driver.
• __HAL_JPEG_RESET_HANDLE_STATE : Reset JPEG handle state.
• __HAL_JPEG_ENABLE : Enable the JPEG peripheral.
• __HAL_JPEG_DISABLE : Disable the JPEG peripheral.
• __HAL_JPEG_GET_FLAG : Check the specified JPEG status flag.
• __HAL_JPEG_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified JPEG status flag.
• __HAL_JPEG_ENABLE_IT : Enable the specified JPEG Interrupt.
• __HAL_JPEG_DISABLE_IT : Disable the specified JPEG Interrupt.
• __HAL_JPEG_GET_IT_SOURCE : returns the state of the specified JPEG Interrupt (Enabled or disabled).

• Initialize the JPEG peripheral and creates the associated handle
• DeInitialize the JPEG peripheral
• HAL_JPEG_Init
• HAL_JPEG_DeInit
• HAL_JPEG_MspInit
• HAL_JPEG_MspDeInit
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 533/2236

UM1905

• HAL_JPEG_ConfigEncoding() : JPEG encoding configuration
• HAL_JPEG_GetInfo() : Extract the image configuration from the JPEG header during the decoding
• HAL_JPEG_EnableHeaderParsing() : Enable JPEG Header parsing for decoding
• HAL_JPEG_DisableHeaderParsing() : Disable JPEG Header parsing for decoding
• HAL_JPEG_SetUserQuantTables : Modify the default Quantization tables used for JPEG encoding.
• HAL_JPEG_ConfigEncoding
• HAL_JPEG_GetInfo
• HAL_JPEG_EnableHeaderParsing
• HAL_JPEG_DisableHeaderParsing
• HAL_JPEG_SetUserQuantTables
39.2.4 JPEG processing functions

• HAL_JPEG_Encode() : JPEG encoding with polling process
• HAL_JPEG_Decode() : JPEG decoding with polling process
• HAL_JPEG_Encode_IT() : JPEG encoding with interrupt process
• HAL_JPEG_Decode_IT() : JPEG decoding with interrupt process
• HAL_JPEG_Encode_DMA() : JPEG encoding with DMA process
• HAL_JPEG_Decode_DMA() : JPEG decoding with DMA process
• HAL_JPEG_Pause() : Pause the Input/Output processing
• HAL_JPEG_Resume() : Resume the JPEG Input/Output processing
• HAL_JPEG_ConfigInputBuffer() : Config Encoding/Decoding Input Buffer
• HAL_JPEG_ConfigOutputBuffer() : Config Encoding/Decoding Output Buffer
• HAL_JPEG_Abort() : Aborts the JPEG Encoding/Decoding
• HAL_JPEG_Encode
• HAL_JPEG_Decode
• HAL_JPEG_Encode_IT
• HAL_JPEG_Decode_IT
• HAL_JPEG_Encode_DMA
• HAL_JPEG_Decode_DMA
• HAL_JPEG_Pause
• HAL_JPEG_Resume
• HAL_JPEG_ConfigInputBuffer
• HAL_JPEG_ConfigOutputBuffer
• HAL_JPEG_Abort
39.2.5 JPEG Decode and Encode callback functions

This section provides callback functions:
• HAL_JPEG_InfoReadyCallback() : Decoding JPEG Info ready callback
• HAL_JPEG_EncodeCpltCallback() : Encoding complete callback.
• HAL_JPEG_DecodeCpltCallback() : Decoding complete callback.
• HAL_JPEG_ErrorCallback() : JPEG error callback.
• HAL_JPEG_GetDataCallback() : Get New Data chunk callback.
• HAL_JPEG_DataReadyCallback() : Decoded/Encoded Data ready callback.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 534/2236

UM1905
• HAL_JPEG_InfoReadyCallback
• HAL_JPEG_EncodeCpltCallback
• HAL_JPEG_DecodeCpltCallback
• HAL_JPEG_ErrorCallback
• HAL_JPEG_GetDataCallback
• HAL_JPEG_DataReadyCallback
39.2.6 JPEG IRQ handler management

This section provides JPEG IRQ handler function.
• HAL_JPEG_IRQHandler() : handles JPEG interrupt request
• HAL_JPEG_IRQHandler

This section provides JPEG State and Errors function.
• HAL_JPEG_GetState() : permits to get in run-time the JPEG state.
• HAL_JPEG_GetError() : Returns the JPEG error code if any.
• HAL_JPEG_GetState
• HAL_JPEG_GetError
HAL_JPEG_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_JPEG_Init (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg)
Initializes the JPEG according to the specified parameters in the JPEG_InitTypeDef and creates the associated
handle.
Parameters
• hjpeg: pointer to a JPEG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for JPEG
module
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_JPEG_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_JPEG_DeInit (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg)
DeInitializes the JPEG peripheral.
Parameters
module
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 535/2236

UM1905
HAL_JPEG_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_JPEG_MspInit (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg)
Initializes the JPEG MSP.
Parameters
module
Return values
• None:
HAL_JPEG_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_JPEG_MspDeInit (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg)
DeInitializes JPEG MSP.
Parameters
module
Return values
• None:
HAL_JPEG_ConfigEncoding
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_JPEG_ConfigEncoding (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg, JPEG_ConfTypeDef *
pConf)
Set the JPEG encoding configuration.
Parameters
module
• pConf: pointer to a JPEG_ConfTypeDef structure that contains the encoding configuration
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_JPEG_GetInfo
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_JPEG_GetInfo (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg, JPEG_ConfTypeDef * pInfo)
Extract the image configuration from the JPEG header during the decoding.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 536/2236

UM1905
Parameters
module
• pInfo: pointer to a JPEG_ConfTypeDef structure that contains The JPEG decoded header informations
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_JPEG_EnableHeaderParsing
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_JPEG_EnableHeaderParsing (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg)
Enable JPEG Header parsing for decoding.
Parameters
• hjpeg: pointer to a JPEG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the
JPEG.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_JPEG_DisableHeaderParsing
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_JPEG_DisableHeaderParsing (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg)
Disable JPEG Header parsing for decoding.
Parameters
JPEG.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_JPEG_SetUserQuantTables
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_JPEG_SetUserQuantTables (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg, uint8_t * QTable0,
uint8_t * QTable1, uint8_t * QTable2, uint8_t * QTable3)
Modify the default Quantization tables used for JPEG encoding.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 537/2236

UM1905
Parameters
module
• QTable0: pointer to uint8_t , define the user quantification table for color component 1. If NULL assume no
need to update the table and no error return
need to update the table and no error return.
• QTable2: pointer to uint8_t , define the user quantification table for color component 3, If NULL assume no
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_JPEG_Encode
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_JPEG_Encode (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg, uint8_t * pDataInMCU, uint32_t
InDataLength, uint8_t * pDataOut, uint32_t OutDataLength, uint32_t Timeout)
Starts JPEG encoding with polling processing.
Parameters
module
• pDataInMCU: Pointer to the Input buffer
• InDataLength: size in bytes Input buffer
• pDataOut: Pointer to the jpeg output data buffer
• OutDataLength: size in bytes of the Output buffer
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_JPEG_Decode
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_JPEG_Decode (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg, uint8_t * pDataIn, uint32_t
InDataLength, uint8_t * pDataOutMCU, uint32_t OutDataLength, uint32_t Timeout)
Starts JPEG decoding with polling processing.
Parameters
module
• pDataIn: Pointer to the input data buffer
• pDataOutMCU: Pointer to the Output data buffer
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 538/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_JPEG_Encode_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_JPEG_Encode_IT (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg, uint8_t * pDataInMCU,
uint32_t InDataLength, uint8_t * pDataOut, uint32_t OutDataLength)
Starts JPEG encoding with interrupt processing.
Parameters
module
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_JPEG_Decode_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_JPEG_Decode_IT (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg, uint8_t * pDataIn, uint32_t
InDataLength, uint8_t * pDataOutMCU, uint32_t OutDataLength)
Starts JPEG decoding with interrupt processing.
Parameters
module
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_JPEG_Encode_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_JPEG_Encode_DMA (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg, uint8_t * pDataInMCU,
uint32_t InDataLength, uint8_t * pDataOut, uint32_t OutDataLength)
Starts JPEG encoding with DMA processing.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 539/2236

UM1905
Parameters
module
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_JPEG_Decode_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_JPEG_Decode_DMA (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg, uint8_t * pDataIn, uint32_t
InDataLength, uint8_t * pDataOutMCU, uint32_t OutDataLength)
Starts JPEG decoding with DMA processing.
Parameters
module
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_JPEG_Pause
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_JPEG_Pause (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg, uint32_t XferSelection)
Pause the JPEG Input/Output processing.
Parameters
module
• XferSelection: This parameter can be one of the following values : JPEG_PAUSE_RESUME_INPUT :
Pause Input processing JPEG_PAUSE_RESUME_OUTPUT: Pause Output processing
JPEG_PAUSE_RESUME_INPUT_OUTPUT: Pause Input and Output processing
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_JPEG_Resume
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_JPEG_Resume (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg, uint32_t XferSelection)
Resume the JPEG Input/Output processing.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 540/2236

UM1905
Parameters
module
• XferSelection: This parameter can be one of the following values : JPEG_PAUSE_RESUME_INPUT :
Resume Input processing JPEG_PAUSE_RESUME_OUTPUT: Resume Output processing
JPEG_PAUSE_RESUME_INPUT_OUTPUT: Resume Input and Output processing
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_JPEG_ConfigInputBuffer
Function name
void HAL_JPEG_ConfigInputBuffer (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg, uint8_t * pNewInputBuffer, uint32_t
InDataLength)
Config Encoding/Decoding Input Buffer.
Parameters
module.
• pNewInputBuffer: Pointer to the new input data buffer
• InDataLength: Size in bytes of the new Input data buffer
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_JPEG_ConfigOutputBuffer
Function name
void HAL_JPEG_ConfigOutputBuffer (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg, uint8_t * pNewOutputBuffer,
uint32_t OutDataLength)
Config Encoding/Decoding Output Buffer.
Parameters
module.
• pNewOutputBuffer: Pointer to the new output data buffer
• OutDataLength: Size in bytes of the new Output data buffer
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_JPEG_Abort
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_JPEG_Abort (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg)
Aborts the JPEG Encoding/Decoding.
Parameters
module
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 541/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_JPEG_InfoReadyCallback
Function name
void HAL_JPEG_InfoReadyCallback (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg, JPEG_ConfTypeDef * pInfo)
Decoding JPEG Info ready callback.
Parameters
module
• pInfo: pointer to a JPEG_ConfTypeDef structure that contains The JPEG decoded header informations
Return values
• None:
HAL_JPEG_EncodeCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_JPEG_EncodeCpltCallback (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg)
Encoding complete callback.
Parameters
module
Return values
• None:
HAL_JPEG_DecodeCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_JPEG_DecodeCpltCallback (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg)
Decoding complete callback.
Parameters
module
Return values
• None:
HAL_JPEG_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_JPEG_ErrorCallback (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg)
JPEG error callback.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 542/2236

UM1905
Parameters
module
Return values
• None:
HAL_JPEG_GetDataCallback
Function name
void HAL_JPEG_GetDataCallback (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg, uint32_t NbDecodedData)
Get New Data chunk callback.
Parameters
module
• NbDecodedData: Number of consummed data in the previous chunk in bytes
Return values
• None:
HAL_JPEG_DataReadyCallback
Function name
void HAL_JPEG_DataReadyCallback (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg, uint8_t * pDataOut, uint32_t
OutDataLength)
Decoded/Encoded Data ready callback.
Parameters
module
• pDataOut: pointer to the output data buffer
• OutDataLength: number in bytes of data available in the specified output buffer
Return values
• None:
HAL_JPEG_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_JPEG_IRQHandler (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg)
This function handles JPEG interrupt request.
Parameters
module
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 543/2236

UM1905
JPEG Firmware driver defines
HAL_JPEG_GetState
Function name
HAL_JPEG_STATETypeDef HAL_JPEG_GetState (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg)
Returns the JPEG state.
Parameters
module
Return values
• JPEG: state
HAL_JPEG_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_JPEG_GetError (JPEG_HandleTypeDef * hjpeg)
Return the JPEG error code.
Parameters
specified JPEG.
Return values
• JPEG: Error Code
39.3 JPEG Firmware driver defines

39.3.1 JPEG
JPEG
JPEG Chrominance Sampling
JPEG_444_SUBSAMPLING
Chroma Subsampling 4:4:4
JPEG ColorSpace
JPEG_GRAYSCALE_COLORSPACE
JPEG_YCBCR_COLORSPACE
JPEG_CMYK_COLORSPACE
JPEG Error Code definition
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 544/2236

UM1905
HAL_JPEG_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_JPEG_ERROR_HUFF_TABLE
HUffman Table programming error
HAL_JPEG_ERROR_QUANT_TABLE
Quantization Table programming error
HAL_JPEG_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
HAL_JPEG_ERROR_TIMEOUT
Timeout error
JPEG Exported Macros
__HAL_JPEG_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset JPEG handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the JPEG handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_JPEG_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the JPEG peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_JPEG_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the JPEG peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 545/2236

UM1905
__HAL_JPEG_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Check the specified JPEG status flag.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the flag to check This parameter can be one of the following values:
– JPEG_FLAG_IFTF : The input FIFO is not full and is bellow its threshold flag
– JPEG_FLAG_IFNFF : The input FIFO Not Full Flag, a data can be written
– JPEG_FLAG_OFTF : The output FIFO is not empty and has reach its threshold
– JPEG_FLAG_OFNEF : The output FIFO is not empty, a data is available
– JPEG_FLAG_EOCF : JPEG Codec core has finished the encoding or the decoding process and than
last data has been sent to the output FIFO
– JPEG_FLAG_HPDF : JPEG Codec has finished the parsing of the headers and the internal registers
have been updated
– JPEG_FLAG_COF : JPEG Codec operation on going flag
Return value:
• __HAL_JPEG_GET_FLAG: : returns The new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or FALSE)
__HAL_JPEG_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the specified JPEG status flag.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear This parameter can be one of the following values:
– JPEG_FLAG_EOCF : JPEG Codec core has finished the encoding or the decoding process and than
last data has been sent to the output FIFO
– JPEG_FLAG_HPDF : JPEG Codec has finished the parsing of the headers
Return value:
• None
__HAL_JPEG_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable Interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt to enable This parameter can be one of the following values:
– JPEG_IT_IFT : Input FIFO Threshold Interrupt
– JPEG_IT_IFNF : Input FIFO Not Full Interrupt
– JPEG_IT_OFT : Output FIFO Threshold Interrupt
– JPEG_IT_OFNE : Output FIFO Not empty Interrupt
– JPEG_IT_EOC : End of Conversion Interrupt
– JPEG_IT_HPD : Header Parsing Done Interrupt
Return value:
• No: retrun
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 546/2236

UM1905
__HAL_JPEG_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable Interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt to disable This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return value:
• No: retrun
Notes:
• To disable an IT we must use MODIFY_REG macro to avoid writing "1" to the FIFO flush bits located in the
same IT enable register (CR register).
__HAL_JPEG_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Get Interrupt state.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt to check This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return value:
• returns: The new state of __INTERRUPT__ (Enabled or disabled)
JPEG Flag definition
JPEG_FLAG_IFTF
Input FIFO is not full and is bellow its threshold flag
JPEG_FLAG_IFNFF
Input FIFO Not Full Flag, a data can be written
JPEG_FLAG_OFTF
Output FIFO is not empty and has reach its threshold
JPEG_FLAG_OFNEF
Output FIFO is not empty, a data is available
JPEG_FLAG_EOCF
JPEG Codec core has finished the encoding or the decoding process and than last data has been sent to the
output FIFO
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 547/2236

UM1905
JPEG_FLAG_HPDF
JPEG Codec has finished the parsing of the headers and the internal registers have been updated
JPEG_FLAG_COF
JPEG Codec operation on going flag
JPEG_FLAG_ALL
JPEG Codec All previous flag
JPEG Image Quality
JPEG_IMAGE_QUALITY_MIN
Minimum JPEG quality
JPEG_IMAGE_QUALITY_MAX
Maximum JPEG quality
JPEG Interrupt configuration definition
JPEG_IT_IFT
Input FIFO Threshold Interrupt
JPEG_IT_IFNF
Input FIFO Not Full Interrupt
JPEG_IT_OFT
Output FIFO Threshold Interrupt
JPEG_IT_OFNE
Output FIFO Not Empty Interrupt
JPEG_IT_EOC
End of Conversion Interrupt
JPEG_IT_HPD
Header Parsing Done Interrupt
JPEG Process Pause Resume definition
JPEG_PAUSE_RESUME_INPUT
Pause/Resume Input FIFO Xfer
JPEG_PAUSE_RESUME_OUTPUT
Pause/Resume Output FIFO Xfer
JPEG_PAUSE_RESUME_INPUT_OUTPUT
Pause/Resume Input and Output FIFO Xfer
JPEG Quantization Table Size
JPEG_QUANT_TABLE_SIZE
JPEG Quantization Table Size in bytes
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 548/2236

UM1905
HAL LPTIM Generic Driver
40 HAL LPTIM Generic Driver
40.1 LPTIM Firmware driver registers structures
40.1.1 LPTIM_ClockConfigTypeDef
LPTIM_ClockConfigTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_lptim.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Source
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LPTIM_ClockConfigTypeDef::Source
Selects the clock source. This parameter can be a value of LPTIM_Clock_Source
• uint32_t LPTIM_ClockConfigTypeDef::Prescaler
Specifies the counter clock Prescaler. This parameter can be a value of LPTIM_Clock_Prescaler
40.1.2 LPTIM_ULPClockConfigTypeDef
LPTIM_ULPClockConfigTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_lptim.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Polarity
• uint32_t SampleTime
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LPTIM_ULPClockConfigTypeDef::Polarity
Selects the polarity of the active edge for the counter unit if the ULPTIM input is selected. Note: This
parameter is used only when Ultra low power clock source is used. Note: If the polarity is configured on 'both
edges', an auxiliary clock (one of the Low power oscillator) must be active. This parameter can be a value of
LPTIM_Clock_Polarity
• uint32_t LPTIM_ULPClockConfigTypeDef::SampleTime
Selects the clock sampling time to configure the clock glitch filter. Note: This parameter is used only when
Ultra low power clock source is used. This parameter can be a value of LPTIM_Clock_Sample_Time
40.1.3 LPTIM_TriggerConfigTypeDef
LPTIM_TriggerConfigTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_lptim.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Source
• uint32_t ActiveEdge
• uint32_t SampleTime
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LPTIM_TriggerConfigTypeDef::Source
Selects the Trigger source. This parameter can be a value of LPTIM_Trigger_Source
• uint32_t LPTIM_TriggerConfigTypeDef::ActiveEdge
Selects the Trigger active edge. Note: This parameter is used only when an external trigger is used. This
parameter can be a value of LPTIM_External_Trigger_Polarity
• uint32_t LPTIM_TriggerConfigTypeDef::SampleTime
Selects the trigger sampling time to configure the clock glitch filter. Note: This parameter is used only when
an external trigger is used. This parameter can be a value of LPTIM_Trigger_Sample_Time
40.1.4 LPTIM_InitTypeDef
LPTIM_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_lptim.h
Data Fields
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 549/2236

UM1905
LPTIM Firmware driver API description
• LPTIM_ClockConfigTypeDef Clock
• LPTIM_ULPClockConfigTypeDef UltraLowPowerClock
• LPTIM_TriggerConfigTypeDef Trigger
• uint32_t OutputPolarity
• uint32_t UpdateMode
• uint32_t CounterSource
Field Documentation
• LPTIM_ClockConfigTypeDef LPTIM_InitTypeDef::Clock
Specifies the clock parameters
• LPTIM_ULPClockConfigTypeDef LPTIM_InitTypeDef::UltraLowPowerClock
Specifies the Ultra Low Power clock parameters
• LPTIM_TriggerConfigTypeDef LPTIM_InitTypeDef::Trigger
Specifies the Trigger parameters
• uint32_t LPTIM_InitTypeDef::OutputPolarity
Specifies the Output polarity. This parameter can be a value of LPTIM_Output_Polarity
• uint32_t LPTIM_InitTypeDef::UpdateMode
Specifies whether the update of the autoreload and the compare values is done immediately or after the end
of current period. This parameter can be a value of LPTIM_Updating_Mode
• uint32_t LPTIM_InitTypeDef::CounterSource
Specifies whether the counter is incremented each internal event or each external event. This parameter can
be a value of LPTIM_Counter_Source
40.1.5 LPTIM_HandleTypeDef
LPTIM_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_lptim.h
Data Fields
• LPTIM_TypeDef * Instance
• LPTIM_InitTypeDef Init
• HAL_StatusTypeDef Status
• __IO HAL_LPTIM_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation
• LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIM_HandleTypeDef::Instance
• LPTIM_InitTypeDef LPTIM_HandleTypeDef::Init
LPTIM required parameters
• HAL_StatusTypeDef LPTIM_HandleTypeDef::Status
LPTIM peripheral status
• HAL_LockTypeDef LPTIM_HandleTypeDef::Lock
LPTIM locking object
• __IO HAL_LPTIM_StateTypeDef LPTIM_HandleTypeDef::State
LPTIM peripheral state
40.2 LPTIM Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the LPTIM library.

The LPTIM HAL driver can be used as follows:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 550/2236

UM1905
1. Initialize the LPTIM low level resources by implementing the HAL_LPTIM_MspInit():

– Enable the LPTIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_LPTIMx_CLK_ENABLE().
– In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start_IT()):
◦ Configure the LPTIM interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority().
◦ Enable the LPTIM IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
◦ In LPTIM IRQ handler, call HAL_LPTIM_IRQHandler().
2. Initialize the LPTIM HAL using HAL_LPTIM_Init(). This function configures mainly:
– The instance: LPTIM1.
– Clock: the counter clock.
◦ Source : it can be either the ULPTIM input (IN1) or one of the internal clock; (APB, LSE, LSI or
MSI).
◦ Prescaler: select the clock divider.
– UltraLowPowerClock : To be used only if the ULPTIM is selected as counter clock source.
◦ Polarity: polarity of the active edge for the counter unit if the ULPTIM input is selected.
◦ SampleTime: clock sampling time to configure the clock glitch filter.
– Trigger: How the counter start.
◦ Source: trigger can be software or one of the hardware triggers.
◦ ActiveEdge : only for hardware trigger.
◦ SampleTime : trigger sampling time to configure the trigger glitch filter.
– OutputPolarity : 2 opposite polarities are possible.
– UpdateMode: specifies whether the update of the autoreload and the compare values is done
immediately or after the end of current period.
3. Six modes are available:
– PWM Mode: To generate a PWM signal with specified period and pulse, call HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start()
or HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start_IT() for interruption mode.
– One Pulse Mode: To generate pulse with specified width in response to a stimulus, call
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start() or HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start_IT() for interruption mode.
– Set once Mode: In this mode, the output changes the level (from low level to high level if the output
polarity is configured high, else the opposite) when a compare match occurs. To start this mode, call
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start() or HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start_IT() for interruption mode.
– Encoder Mode: To use the encoder interface call HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start() or
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start_IT() for interruption mode. Only available for LPTIM1 instance.
– Time out Mode: an active edge on one selected trigger input rests the counter. The first trigger event
will start the timer, any successive trigger event will reset the counter and the timer will restart. To start
this mode call HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start_IT() or HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start_IT() for interruption
mode.
– Counter Mode: counter can be used to count external events on the LPTIM Input1 or it can be used to
count internal clock cycles. To start this mode, call HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start() or
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start_IT() for interruption mode.
4. User can stop any process by calling the corresponding API: HAL_LPTIM_Xxx_Stop() or
HAL_LPTIM_Xxx_Stop_IT() if the process is already started in interruption mode.
5. De-initialize the LPTIM peripheral using HAL_LPTIM_DeInit().
The compilation define USE_HAL_LPTIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows the user to configure
Use Function @ref HAL_LPTIM_RegisterCallback() to register a callback. @ref HAL_LPTIM_RegisterCallback()
takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function.
Use function @ref HAL_LPTIM_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default weak function. @ref
HAL_LPTIM_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, and the Callback ID.
These functions allow to register/unregister following callbacks:
• MspInitCallback : LPTIM Base Msp Init Callback.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 551/2236

UM1905
• MspDeInitCallback : LPTIM Base Msp DeInit Callback.

• CompareMatchCallback : Compare match Callback.
• AutoReloadMatchCallback : Auto-reload match Callback.
• TriggerCallback : External trigger event detection Callback.
• CompareWriteCallback : Compare register write complete Callback.
• AutoReloadWriteCallback : Auto-reload register write complete Callback.
• DirectionUpCallback : Up-counting direction change Callback.
• DirectionDownCallback : Down-counting direction change Callback.
By default, after the Init and when the state is HAL_LPTIM_STATE_RESET all interrupt callbacks are set to the
corresponding weak functions: examples @ref HAL_LPTIM_TriggerCallback(), @ref
HAL_LPTIM_CompareMatchCallback().
Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are reset to the legacy weak functionalities in the Init/
DeInit only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand). If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the
Init/DeInit keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand)
Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY state only. Exception done MspInit/
MspDeInit that can be registered/unregistered in HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY or HAL_LPTIM_STATE_RESET
the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks using @ref HAL_LPTIM_RegisterCallback() before calling DeInit or Init
function.
When The compilation define USE_HAL_LPTIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the callback

• Initialize the LPTIM according to the specified parameters in the LPTIM_InitTypeDef and initialize the
associated handle.
• DeInitialize the LPTIM peripheral.
• Initialize the LPTIM MSP.
• DeInitialize the LPTIM MSP.
• HAL_LPTIM_Init
• HAL_LPTIM_DeInit
• HAL_LPTIM_MspInit
• HAL_LPTIM_MspDeInit
40.2.3 LPTIM Start Stop operation functions

• Start the PWM mode.
• Stop the PWM mode.
• Start the One pulse mode.
• Stop the One pulse mode.
• Start the Set once mode.
• Stop the Set once mode.
• Start the Encoder mode.
• Stop the Encoder mode.
• Start the Timeout mode.
• Stop the Timeout mode.
• Start the Counter mode.
• Stop the Counter mode.
• HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 552/2236

UM1905
• HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop
• HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start_IT
• HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop_IT
• HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start
• HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop
• HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start_IT
• HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT
• HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start
• HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop
• HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start_IT
• HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop_IT
• HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start
• HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop
• HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start_IT
• HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop_IT
• HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start
• HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop
• HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start_IT
• HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop_IT
• HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start
• HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop
• HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start_IT
• HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop_IT
40.2.4 LPTIM Read operation functions

This section provides LPTIM Reading functions.
• Read the counter value.
• Read the period (Auto-reload) value.
• Read the pulse (Compare)value.
• HAL_LPTIM_ReadCounter
• HAL_LPTIM_ReadAutoReload
• HAL_LPTIM_ReadCompare

This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
• HAL_LPTIM_GetState
HAL_LPTIM_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Init (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Initialize the LPTIM according to the specified parameters in the LPTIM_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated
handle.
Parameters
• hlptim: LPTIM handle
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 553/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_DeInit (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
DeInitialize the LPTIM peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_LPTIM_MspInit (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Initialize the LPTIM MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_LPTIM_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_LPTIM_MspDeInit (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
DeInitialize LPTIM MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t
Pulse)
Start the LPTIM PWM generation.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 554/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• Period: Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
• Pulse: Specifies the compare value. This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Stop the LPTIM PWM generation.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start_IT (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period,
uint32_t Pulse)
Start the LPTIM PWM generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters
• Period: Specifies the Autoreload value. This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF
• Pulse: Specifies the compare value. This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop_IT (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Stop the LPTIM PWM generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 555/2236

UM1905
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period,
uint32_t Pulse)
Start the LPTIM One pulse generation.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Stop the LPTIM One pulse generation.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start_IT (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period,
uint32_t Pulse)
Start the LPTIM One pulse generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Stop the LPTIM One pulse generation in interrupt mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 556/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period,
uint32_t Pulse)
Start the LPTIM in Set once mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Stop the LPTIM Set once mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start_IT (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period,
uint32_t Pulse)
Start the LPTIM Set once mode in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 557/2236

UM1905
HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop_IT (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Stop the LPTIM Set once mode in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period)
Start the Encoder interface.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Stop the Encoder interface.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start_IT (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period)
Start the Encoder interface in interrupt mode.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 558/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop_IT (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Stop the Encoder interface in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period,
uint32_t Timeout)
Start the Timeout function.
Parameters
• Timeout: Specifies the TimeOut value to reset the counter. This parameter must be a value between
0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• The first trigger event will start the timer, any successive trigger event will reset the counter and the timer
restarts.
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Stop the Timeout function.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 559/2236

UM1905
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start_IT (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period,
uint32_t Timeout)
Start the Timeout function in interrupt mode.
Parameters
• Timeout: Specifies the TimeOut value to reset the counter. This parameter must be a value between
0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
restarts.
HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop_IT (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Stop the Timeout function in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period)
Start the Counter mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 560/2236

UM1905
Stop the Counter mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start_IT (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim, uint32_t Period)
Start the Counter mode in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop_IT (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Stop the Counter mode in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LPTIM_ReadCounter
Function name
uint32_t HAL_LPTIM_ReadCounter (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Return the current counter value.
Parameters
Return values
• Counter: value.
HAL_LPTIM_ReadAutoReload
Function name
uint32_t HAL_LPTIM_ReadAutoReload (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 561/2236

UM1905
Return the current Autoreload (Period) value.
Parameters
Return values
• Autoreload: value.
HAL_LPTIM_ReadCompare
Function name
uint32_t HAL_LPTIM_ReadCompare (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Return the current Compare (Pulse) value.
Parameters
Return values
• Compare: value.
HAL_LPTIM_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_LPTIM_IRQHandler (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Handle LPTIM interrupt request.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_LPTIM_CompareMatchCallback
Function name
void HAL_LPTIM_CompareMatchCallback (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Compare match callback in non-blocking mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadMatchCallback
Function name
void HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadMatchCallback (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 562/2236

UM1905
Autoreload match callback in non-blocking mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_LPTIM_TriggerCallback
Function name
void HAL_LPTIM_TriggerCallback (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Trigger detected callback in non-blocking mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_LPTIM_CompareWriteCallback
Function name
void HAL_LPTIM_CompareWriteCallback (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Compare write callback in non-blocking mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadWriteCallback
Function name
void HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadWriteCallback (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Autoreload write callback in non-blocking mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_LPTIM_DirectionUpCallback
Function name
void HAL_LPTIM_DirectionUpCallback (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 563/2236

UM1905
Direction counter changed from Down to Up callback in non-blocking mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_LPTIM_DirectionDownCallback
Function name
void HAL_LPTIM_DirectionDownCallback (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Direction counter changed from Up to Down callback in non-blocking mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_LPTIM_GetState
Function name
HAL_LPTIM_StateTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_GetState (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Return the LPTIM handle state.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: state
LPTIM_Disable
Function name
void LPTIM_Disable (LPTIM_HandleTypeDef * hlptim)
Disable LPTIM HW instance.
Parameters
• hlptim: pointer to a LPTIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for LPTIM
module.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The following sequence is required to solve LPTIM disable HW limitation. Please check Errata Sheet
ES0335 for more details under "MCU may remain stuck in LPTIM interrupt when entering Stop mode"
section.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 564/2236

UM1905
LPTIM Firmware driver defines
40.3 LPTIM Firmware driver defines

40.3.1 LPTIM
LPTIM
LPTIM Clock Polarity
LPTIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_RISING
LPTIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_FALLING
LPTIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_RISING_FALLING
LPTIM Clock Prescaler
LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV1
LPTIM Clock Sample Time
LPTIM_CLOCKSAMPLETIME_DIRECTTRANSITION
LPTIM_CLOCKSAMPLETIME_2TRANSITIONS
LPTIM Clock Source
LPTIM_CLOCKSOURCE_APBCLOCK_LPOSC
LPTIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ULPTIM
LPTIM Counter Source
LPTIM_COUNTERSOURCE_INTERNAL
LPTIM_COUNTERSOURCE_EXTERNAL
LPTIM Exported Macros
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 565/2236

UM1905
__HAL_LPTIM_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset LPTIM handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: LPTIM handle
Return value:
• None
__HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the LPTIM peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the LPTIM peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
Notes:
section. Please call HAL_LPTIM_GetState() after a call to __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE to check for TIMEOUT.
__HAL_LPTIM_START_CONTINUOUS
Description:
• Start the LPTIM peripheral in Continuous mode.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_LPTIM_START_SINGLE
Description:
• Start the LPTIM peripheral in single mode.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 566/2236

UM1905
__HAL_LPTIM_AUTORELOAD_SET
Description:
• Write the passed parameter in the Autoreload register.
Parameters:
• __VALUE__: Autoreload value
Return value:
• None
Notes:
• The ARR register can only be modified when the LPTIM instance is enabled.
__HAL_LPTIM_COMPARE_SET
Description:
• Write the passed parameter in the Compare register.
Parameters:
• __VALUE__: Compare value
Return value:
• None
Notes:
• The CMP register can only be modified when the LPTIM instance is enabled.
__HAL_LPTIM_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Check whether the specified LPTIM flag is set or not.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: LPTIM flag to check This parameter can be a value of:
– LPTIM_FLAG_DOWN : Counter direction change up Flag.
– LPTIM_FLAG_UP : Counter direction change down to up Flag.
– LPTIM_FLAG_ARROK : Autoreload register update OK Flag.
– LPTIM_FLAG_CMPOK : Compare register update OK Flag.
– LPTIM_FLAG_EXTTRIG : External trigger edge event Flag.
– LPTIM_FLAG_ARRM : Autoreload match Flag.
– LPTIM_FLAG_CMPM : Compare match Flag.
Return value:
• The: state of the specified flag (SET or RESET).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 567/2236

UM1905
__HAL_LPTIM_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the specified LPTIM flag.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: LPTIM handle.
• __FLAG__: LPTIM flag to clear. This parameter can be a value of:
– LPTIM_FLAG_DOWN : Counter direction change up Flag.
– LPTIM_FLAG_UP : Counter direction change down to up Flag.
– LPTIM_FLAG_ARROK : Autoreload register update OK Flag.
– LPTIM_FLAG_CMPOK : Compare register update OK Flag.
– LPTIM_FLAG_EXTTRIG : External trigger edge event Flag.
– LPTIM_FLAG_ARRM : Autoreload match Flag.
– LPTIM_FLAG_CMPM : Compare match Flag.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the specified LPTIM interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: LPTIM interrupt to set. This parameter can be a value of:
– LPTIM_IT_DOWN : Counter direction change up Interrupt.
– LPTIM_IT_UP : Counter direction change down to up Interrupt.
– LPTIM_IT_ARROK : Autoreload register update OK Interrupt.
– LPTIM_IT_CMPOK : Compare register update OK Interrupt.
– LPTIM_IT_EXTTRIG : External trigger edge event Interrupt.
– LPTIM_IT_ARRM : Autoreload match Interrupt.
– LPTIM_IT_CMPM : Compare match Interrupt.
Return value:
• None.
Notes:
• The LPTIM interrupts can only be enabled when the LPTIM instance is disabled.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 568/2236

UM1905
__HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the specified LPTIM interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: LPTIM interrupt to set. This parameter can be a value of:
Return value:
• None.
Notes:
• The LPTIM interrupts can only be disabled when the LPTIM instance is disabled.
__HAL_LPTIM_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Check whether the specified LPTIM interrupt source is enabled or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: LPTIM interrupt to check. This parameter can be a value of:
Return value:
• Interrupt: status.
__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable interrupt on the LPTIM Wake-up Timer associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable interrupt on the LPTIM Wake-up Timer associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 569/2236

UM1905
__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT
Description:
• Enable event on the LPTIM Wake-up Timer associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT
Description:
• Disable event on the LPTIM Wake-up Timer associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE
Description:
• Enable falling edge trigger on the LPTIM Wake-up Timer associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE
Description:
• Disable falling edge trigger on the LPTIM Wake-up Timer associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE
Description:
• Enable rising edge trigger on the LPTIM Wake-up Timer associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE
Description:
• Disable rising edge trigger on the LPTIM Wake-up Timer associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE
Description:
• Enable rising & falling edge trigger on the LPTIM Wake-up Timer associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE
Description:
• Disable rising & falling edge trigger on the LPTIM Wake-up Timer associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 570/2236

UM1905
__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Check whether the LPTIM Wake-up Timer associated Exti line interrupt flag is set or not.
Return value:
• Line: Status.
__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the LPTIM Wake-up Timer associated Exti line flag.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_LPTIM_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
Description:
• Generate a Software interrupt on the LPTIM Wake-up Timer associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
LPTIM Exported Types
LPTIM_EXTI_LINE_WAKEUPTIMER_EVENT
External interrupt line 23 Connected to the LPTIM EXTI Line
LPTIM External Trigger Polarity
LPTIM_ACTIVEEDGE_RISING
LPTIM_ACTIVEEDGE_FALLING
LPTIM_ACTIVEEDGE_RISING_FALLING
LPTIM Flags Definition
LPTIM_FLAG_DOWN
LPTIM_FLAG_UP
LPTIM_FLAG_ARROK
LPTIM_FLAG_CMPOK
LPTIM_FLAG_EXTTRIG
LPTIM_FLAG_ARRM
LPTIM_FLAG_CMPM
LPTIM Interrupts Definition
LPTIM_IT_DOWN
LPTIM_IT_UP
LPTIM_IT_ARROK
LPTIM_IT_CMPOK
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 571/2236

UM1905
LPTIM_IT_EXTTRIG
LPTIM_IT_ARRM
LPTIM_IT_CMPM
LPTIM Output Polarity
LPTIM_OUTPUTPOLARITY_HIGH
LPTIM_OUTPUTPOLARITY_LOW
LPTIM Trigger Sample Time
LPTIM_TRIGSAMPLETIME_DIRECTTRANSITION
LPTIM_TRIGSAMPLETIME_2TRANSITIONS
LPTIM Trigger Source
LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_SOFTWARE
LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_0
LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_1
LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_2
LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_3
LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_4
LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_5
LPTIM Updating Mode
LPTIM_UPDATE_IMMEDIATE
LPTIM_UPDATE_ENDOFPERIOD
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 572/2236

UM1905
HAL LTDC Generic Driver
41 HAL LTDC Generic Driver
41.1 LTDC Firmware driver registers structures
41.1.1 LTDC_ColorTypeDef
LTDC_ColorTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_ltdc.h
Data Fields
• uint8_t Blue
• uint8_t Green
• uint8_t Red
• uint8_t Reserved
Field Documentation
• uint8_t LTDC_ColorTypeDef::Blue
Configures the blue value. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data =
0xFF.
• uint8_t LTDC_ColorTypeDef::Green
Configures the green value. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data =
0xFF.
• uint8_t LTDC_ColorTypeDef::Red
Configures the red value. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data =
0xFF.
• uint8_t LTDC_ColorTypeDef::Reserved
Reserved 0xFF
41.1.2 LTDC_InitTypeDef
LTDC_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_ltdc.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t PCPolarity
• uint32_t HorizontalSync
• uint32_t VerticalSync
• uint32_t AccumulatedHBP
• uint32_t AccumulatedVBP
• uint32_t AccumulatedActiveW
• uint32_t AccumulatedActiveH
• uint32_t TotalWidth
• uint32_t TotalHeigh
• LTDC_ColorTypeDef Backcolor
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::HSPolarity
configures the horizontal synchronization polarity. This parameter can be one value of
LTDC_HS_POLARITY
• uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::VSPolarity
configures the vertical synchronization polarity. This parameter can be one value of LTDC_VS_POLARITY
• uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::DEPolarity
configures the data enable polarity. This parameter can be one of value of LTDC_DE_POLARITY
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 573/2236

UM1905
LTDC Firmware driver registers structures
• uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::PCPolarity
configures the pixel clock polarity. This parameter can be one of value of LTDC_PC_POLARITY
• uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::HorizontalSync
configures the number of Horizontal synchronization width. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0x000 and Max_Data = 0xFFF.
• uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::VerticalSync
configures the number of Vertical synchronization height. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 0x000 and Max_Data = 0x7FF.
• uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::AccumulatedHBP
configures the accumulated horizontal back porch width. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = LTDC_HorizontalSync and Max_Data = 0xFFF.
• uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::AccumulatedVBP
configures the accumulated vertical back porch height. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = LTDC_VerticalSync and Max_Data = 0x7FF.
• uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::AccumulatedActiveW
configures the accumulated active width. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
LTDC_AccumulatedHBP and Max_Data = 0xFFF.
• uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::AccumulatedActiveH
configures the accumulated active height. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
LTDC_AccumulatedVBP and Max_Data = 0x7FF.
• uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::TotalWidth
configures the total width. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
LTDC_AccumulatedActiveW and Max_Data = 0xFFF.
• uint32_t LTDC_InitTypeDef::TotalHeigh
configures the total height. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
LTDC_AccumulatedActiveH and Max_Data = 0x7FF.
• LTDC_ColorTypeDef LTDC_InitTypeDef::Backcolor
Configures the background color.
41.1.3 LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef
LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_ltdc.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t WindowX0
• uint32_t WindowX1
• uint32_t WindowY0
• uint32_t WindowY1
• uint32_t PixelFormat
• uint32_t Alpha
• uint32_t Alpha0
• uint32_t BlendingFactor1
• uint32_t BlendingFactor2
• uint32_t FBStartAdress
• uint32_t ImageWidth
• uint32_t ImageHeight
• LTDC_ColorTypeDef Backcolor
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::WindowX0
Configures the Window Horizontal Start Position. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x000 and Max_Data = 0xFFF.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 574/2236

UM1905
LTDC Firmware driver registers structures
• uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::WindowX1
Configures the Window Horizontal Stop Position. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x000 and Max_Data = 0xFFF.
• uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::WindowY0
Configures the Window vertical Start Position. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x000 and Max_Data = 0x7FF.
• uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::WindowY1
Configures the Window vertical Stop Position. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x0000 and Max_Data = 0x7FF.
• uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::PixelFormat
Specifies the pixel format. This parameter can be one of value of LTDC_Pixelformat
• uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::Alpha
Specifies the constant alpha used for blending. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00
and Max_Data = 0xFF.
• uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::Alpha0
Configures the default alpha value. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and
Max_Data = 0xFF.
• uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::BlendingFactor1
Select the blending factor 1. This parameter can be one of value of LTDC_BlendingFactor1
• uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::BlendingFactor2
Select the blending factor 2. This parameter can be one of value of LTDC_BlendingFactor2
• uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::FBStartAdress
Configures the color frame buffer address
• uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::ImageWidth
Configures the color frame buffer line length. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x0000 and Max_Data = 0x1FFF.
• uint32_t LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::ImageHeight
Specifies the number of line in frame buffer. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x000
and Max_Data = 0x7FF.
• LTDC_ColorTypeDef LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef::Backcolor
Configures the layer background color.
41.1.4 LTDC_HandleTypeDef
LTDC_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_ltdc.h
Data Fields
• LTDC_TypeDef * Instance
• LTDC_InitTypeDef Init
• LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef LayerCfg
• __IO HAL_LTDC_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation
• LTDC_TypeDef* LTDC_HandleTypeDef::Instance
LTDC Register base address
• LTDC_InitTypeDef LTDC_HandleTypeDef::Init
LTDC parameters
• LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef LTDC_HandleTypeDef::LayerCfg[MAX_LAYER]
LTDC Layers parameters
• HAL_LockTypeDef LTDC_HandleTypeDef::Lock
LTDC Lock
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 575/2236

UM1905
LTDC Firmware driver API description
• __IO HAL_LTDC_StateTypeDef LTDC_HandleTypeDef::State

LTDC state
• __IO uint32_t LTDC_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
LTDC Error code
41.2 LTDC Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the LTDC library.

1. Program the required configuration through the following parameters: the LTDC timing, the horizontal and
vertical polarity, the pixel clock polarity, Data Enable polarity and the LTDC background color value using
HAL_LTDC_Init() function
2. Program the required configuration through the following parameters: the pixel format, the blending factors,
input alpha value, the window size and the image size using HAL_LTDC_ConfigLayer() function for
foreground or/and background layer.
3. Optionally, configure and enable the CLUT using HAL_LTDC_ConfigCLUT() and HAL_LTDC_EnableCLUT
functions.
4. Optionally, enable the Dither using HAL_LTDC_EnableDither().
5. Optionally, configure and enable the Color keying using HAL_LTDC_ConfigColorKeying() and
HAL_LTDC_EnableColorKeying functions.
6. Optionally, configure LineInterrupt using HAL_LTDC_ProgramLineEvent() function
7. If needed, reconfigure and change the pixel format value, the alpha value value, the window size, the
window position and the layer start address for foreground or/and background layer using respectively the
following functions: HAL_LTDC_SetPixelFormat(), HAL_LTDC_SetAlpha(), HAL_LTDC_SetWindowSize(),
HAL_LTDC_SetWindowPosition() and HAL_LTDC_SetAddress().
8. Variant functions with _NoReload suffix allows to set the LTDC configuration/settings without immediate
reload. This is useful in case when the program requires to modify serval LTDC settings (on one or both
layers) then applying(reload) these settings in one shot by calling the function HAL_LTDC_Reload(). After
calling the _NoReload functions to set different color/format/layer settings, the program shall call the function
HAL_LTDC_Reload() to apply(reload) these settings. Function HAL_LTDC_Reload() can be called with the
parameter ReloadType set to LTDC_RELOAD_IMMEDIATE if an immediate reload is required. Function
HAL_LTDC_Reload() can be called with the parameter ReloadType set to
LTDC_RELOAD_VERTICAL_BLANKING if the reload should be done in the next vertical blanking period,
this option allows to avoid display flicker by applying the new settings during the vertical blanking period.
9. To control LTDC state you can use the following function: HAL_LTDC_GetState()
LTDC HAL driver macros list

Below the list of most used macros in LTDC HAL driver.
• __HAL_LTDC_ENABLE: Enable the LTDC.
• __HAL_LTDC_DISABLE: Disable the LTDC.
• __HAL_LTDC_LAYER_ENABLE: Enable an LTDC Layer.
• __HAL_LTDC_LAYER_DISABLE: Disable an LTDC Layer.
• __HAL_LTDC_RELOAD_IMMEDIATE_CONFIG: Reload Layer Configuration.
• __HAL_LTDC_GET_FLAG: Get the LTDC pending flags.
• __HAL_LTDC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the LTDC pending flags.
• __HAL_LTDC_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified LTDC interrupts.
• __HAL_LTDC_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified LTDC interrupts.
• __HAL_LTDC_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified LTDC interrupt has occurred or not.
Note: You can refer to the LTDC HAL driver header file for more useful macros
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 576/2236

UM1905

• Initialize and configure the LTDC
• De-initialize the LTDC
• HAL_LTDC_Init
• HAL_LTDC_DeInit
• HAL_LTDC_MspInit
• HAL_LTDC_MspDeInit
• HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback
• HAL_LTDC_LineEventCallback
• HAL_LTDC_ReloadEventCallback

• Handle LTDC interrupt request
• HAL_LTDC_IRQHandler
• HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback
• HAL_LTDC_LineEventCallback
• HAL_LTDC_ReloadEventCallback

• Configure the LTDC foreground or/and background parameters.
• Set the active layer.
• Configure the color keying.
• Configure the C-LUT.
• Enable / Disable the color keying.
• Enable / Disable the C-LUT.
• Update the layer position.
• Update the layer size.
• Update pixel format on the fly.
• Update transparency on the fly.
• Update address on the fly.
• HAL_LTDC_ConfigLayer
• HAL_LTDC_ConfigColorKeying
• HAL_LTDC_ConfigCLUT
• HAL_LTDC_EnableColorKeying
• HAL_LTDC_DisableColorKeying
• HAL_LTDC_EnableCLUT
• HAL_LTDC_DisableCLUT
• HAL_LTDC_EnableDither
• HAL_LTDC_DisableDither
• HAL_LTDC_SetWindowSize
• HAL_LTDC_SetWindowPosition
• HAL_LTDC_SetPixelFormat
• HAL_LTDC_SetAlpha
• HAL_LTDC_SetAddress
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 577/2236

UM1905
• HAL_LTDC_SetPitch
• HAL_LTDC_ProgramLineEvent
• HAL_LTDC_Reload
• HAL_LTDC_ConfigLayer_NoReload
• HAL_LTDC_SetWindowSize_NoReload
• HAL_LTDC_SetWindowPosition_NoReload
• HAL_LTDC_SetPixelFormat_NoReload
• HAL_LTDC_SetAlpha_NoReload
• HAL_LTDC_SetAddress_NoReload
• HAL_LTDC_SetPitch_NoReload
• HAL_LTDC_ConfigColorKeying_NoReload
• HAL_LTDC_EnableColorKeying_NoReload
• HAL_LTDC_DisableColorKeying_NoReload
• HAL_LTDC_EnableCLUT_NoReload
• HAL_LTDC_DisableCLUT_NoReload

• Check the LTDC handle state.
• Get the LTDC handle error code.
• HAL_LTDC_GetState
• HAL_LTDC_GetError
HAL_LTDC_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_Init (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc)
Initialize the LTDC according to the specified parameters in the LTDC_InitTypeDef.
Parameters
• hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the LTDC.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_DeInit (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc)
De-initialize the LTDC peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 578/2236

UM1905
HAL_LTDC_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_LTDC_MspInit (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc)
Initialize the LTDC MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_LTDC_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_LTDC_MspDeInit (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc)
De-initialize the LTDC MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc)
Error LTDC callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_LTDC_LineEventCallback
Function name
void HAL_LTDC_LineEventCallback (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc)
Line Event callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 579/2236

UM1905
HAL_LTDC_ReloadEventCallback
Function name
void HAL_LTDC_ReloadEventCallback (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc)
Reload Event callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_LTDC_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_LTDC_IRQHandler (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc)
Handle LTDC interrupt request.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_ConfigLayer
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_ConfigLayer (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *
pLayerCfg, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Configure the LTDC Layer according to the specified parameters in the LTDC_InitTypeDef and create the
associated handle.
Parameters
• pLayerCfg: pointer to a LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for
the Layer.
• LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index. This parameter can be one of the following values: LTDC_LAYER_1 (0) or
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1)
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_SetWindowSize
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetWindowSize (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t XSize, uint32_t
YSize, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Set the LTDC window size.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 580/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• XSize: LTDC Pixel per line
• YSize: LTDC Line number
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1)
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_SetWindowPosition
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetWindowPosition (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t X0, uint32_t
Y0, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Set the LTDC window position.
Parameters
• X0: LTDC window X offset
• Y0: LTDC window Y offset
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1)
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_SetPixelFormat
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetPixelFormat (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t Pixelformat,
uint32_t LayerIdx)
Reconfigure the pixel format.
Parameters
• Pixelformat: new pixel format value.
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1).
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_SetAlpha
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetAlpha (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t Alpha, uint32_t
LayerIdx)
Reconfigure the layer alpha value.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 581/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• Alpha: new alpha value.
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1)
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_SetAddress
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetAddress (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t Address, uint32_t
LayerIdx)
Reconfigure the frame buffer Address.
Parameters
• Address: new address value.
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1).
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_SetPitch
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetPitch (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t LinePitchInPixels,
uint32_t LayerIdx)
Function used to reconfigure the pitch for specific cases where the attached LayerIdx buffer have a width that is
larger than the one intended to be displayed on screen.
Parameters
• LinePitchInPixels: New line pitch in pixels to configure for LTDC layer 'LayerIdx'.
• LayerIdx: LTDC layer index concerned by the modification of line pitch.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This function should be called only after a previous call to HAL_LTDC_ConfigLayer() to modify the default
pitch configured by HAL_LTDC_ConfigLayer() when required (refer to example described just above).
HAL_LTDC_ConfigColorKeying
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_ConfigColorKeying (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t RGBValue,
uint32_t LayerIdx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 582/2236

UM1905
Configure the color keying.
Parameters
• RGBValue: the color key value
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1)
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_ConfigCLUT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_ConfigCLUT (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t * pCLUT, uint32_t
CLUTSize, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Load the color lookup table.
Parameters
• pCLUT: pointer to the color lookup table address.
• CLUTSize: the color lookup table size.
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1)
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_EnableColorKeying
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_EnableColorKeying (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Enable the color keying.
Parameters
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1)
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_DisableColorKeying
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_DisableColorKeying (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Disable the color keying.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 583/2236

UM1905
Parameters
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1)
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_EnableCLUT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_EnableCLUT (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Enable the color lookup table.
Parameters
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1)
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_DisableCLUT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_DisableCLUT (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Disable the color lookup table.
Parameters
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1)
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_ProgramLineEvent
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_ProgramLineEvent (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t Line)
Define the position of the line interrupt.
Parameters
• Line: Line Interrupt Position.
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 584/2236

UM1905
Notes
• User application may resort to HAL_LTDC_LineEventCallback() at line interrupt generation.
HAL_LTDC_EnableDither
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_EnableDither (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc)
Enable Dither.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_DisableDither
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_DisableDither (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc)
Disable Dither.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_Reload
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_Reload (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t ReloadType)
Reload LTDC Layers configuration.
Parameters
• ReloadType: This parameter can be one of the following values : LTDC_RELOAD_IMMEDIATE :
Immediate Reload LTDC_RELOAD_VERTICAL_BLANKING : Reload in the next Vertical Blanking
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• User application may resort to HAL_LTDC_ReloadEventCallback() at reload interrupt generation.
HAL_LTDC_ConfigLayer_NoReload
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_ConfigLayer_NoReload (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc,
LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef * pLayerCfg, uint32_t LayerIdx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 585/2236

UM1905
Configure the LTDC Layer according to the specified without reloading parameters in the LTDC_InitTypeDef and
create the associated handle.
Parameters
• pLayerCfg: pointer to a LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for
the Layer.
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1)
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_SetWindowSize_NoReload
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetWindowSize_NoReload (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t
XSize, uint32_t YSize, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Set the LTDC window size without reloading.
Parameters
• XSize: LTDC Pixel per line
• YSize: LTDC Line number
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1)
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_SetWindowPosition_NoReload
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetWindowPosition_NoReload (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t
X0, uint32_t Y0, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Set the LTDC window position without reloading.
Parameters
• X0: LTDC window X offset
• Y0: LTDC window Y offset
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1)
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 586/2236

UM1905
HAL_LTDC_SetPixelFormat_NoReload
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetPixelFormat_NoReload (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t
Pixelformat, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Reconfigure the pixel format without reloading.
Parameters
• hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDfef structure that contains the configuration information for the
LTDC.
• Pixelformat: new pixel format value.
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1).
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_SetAlpha_NoReload
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetAlpha_NoReload (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t Alpha,
uint32_t LayerIdx)
Reconfigure the layer alpha value without reloading.
Parameters
• Alpha: new alpha value.
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1)
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_SetAddress_NoReload
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetAddress_NoReload (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t Address,
uint32_t LayerIdx)
Reconfigure the frame buffer Address without reloading.
Parameters
• Address: new address value.
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1).
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 587/2236

UM1905
HAL_LTDC_SetPitch_NoReload
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetPitch_NoReload (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t
LinePitchInPixels, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Function used to reconfigure the pitch for specific cases where the attached LayerIdx buffer have a width that is
larger than the one intended to be displayed on screen.
Parameters
• LinePitchInPixels: New line pitch in pixels to configure for LTDC layer 'LayerIdx'.
• LayerIdx: LTDC layer index concerned by the modification of line pitch.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This function should be called only after a previous call to HAL_LTDC_ConfigLayer() to modify the default
pitch configured by HAL_LTDC_ConfigLayer() when required (refer to example described just above).
Variant of the function HAL_LTDC_SetPitch without immediate reload.
HAL_LTDC_ConfigColorKeying_NoReload
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_ConfigColorKeying_NoReload (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t
RGBValue, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Configure the color keying without reloading.
Parameters
• RGBValue: the color key value
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1)
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_EnableColorKeying_NoReload
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_EnableColorKeying_NoReload (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t
LayerIdx)
Enable the color keying without reloading.
Parameters
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 588/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_DisableColorKeying_NoReload
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_DisableColorKeying_NoReload (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t
LayerIdx)
Disable the color keying without reloading.
Parameters
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1)
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_EnableCLUT_NoReload
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_EnableCLUT_NoReload (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t
LayerIdx)
Enable the color lookup table without reloading.
Parameters
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1)
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LTDC_DisableCLUT_NoReload
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_DisableCLUT_NoReload (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc, uint32_t
LayerIdx)
Disable the color lookup table without reloading.
Parameters
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1)
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 589/2236

UM1905
LTDC Firmware driver defines
HAL_LTDC_GetState
Function name
HAL_LTDC_StateTypeDef HAL_LTDC_GetState (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc)
Return the LTDC handle state.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: state
HAL_LTDC_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_LTDC_GetError (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc)
Return the LTDC handle error code.
Parameters
Return values
• LTDC: Error Code
41.3 LTDC Firmware driver defines

41.3.1 LTDC
LTDC
LTDC Alpha
LTDC_ALPHA
LTDC Constant Alpha mask
LTDC BACK COLOR
LTDC_COLOR
Color mask
LTDC Blending Factor1
LTDC_BLENDING_FACTOR1_CA
Blending factor : Cte Alpha
LTDC_BLENDING_FACTOR1_PAxCA
Blending factor : Cte Alpha x Pixel Alpha
LTDC Blending Factor2
LTDC_BLENDING_FACTOR2_CA
Blending factor : Cte Alpha
LTDC_BLENDING_FACTOR2_PAxCA
Blending factor : Cte Alpha x Pixel Alpha
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 590/2236

UM1905
LTDC DE POLARITY
LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AL
Data Enable, is active low.
LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AH
Data Enable, is active high.
LTDC Error Code
HAL_LTDC_ERROR_NONE
LTDC No error
HAL_LTDC_ERROR_TE
LTDC Transfer error
HAL_LTDC_ERROR_FU
LTDC FIFO Underrun
HAL_LTDC_ERROR_TIMEOUT
LTDC Timeout error
LTDC Exported Macros
__HAL_LTDC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset LTDC handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: LTDC handle
Return value:
• None
__HAL_LTDC_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the LTDC.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_LTDC_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the LTDC.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 591/2236

UM1905
__HAL_LTDC_LAYER_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the LTDC Layer.
Parameters:
• __LAYER__: Specify the layer to be enabled. This parameter can be LTDC_LAYER_1 (0) or
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1).
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_LTDC_LAYER_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the LTDC Layer.
Parameters:
• __LAYER__: Specify the layer to be disabled. This parameter can be LTDC_LAYER_1 (0) or
LTDC_LAYER_2 (1).
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_LTDC_RELOAD_IMMEDIATE_CONFIG
Description:
• Reload immediately all LTDC Layers.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_LTDC_VERTICAL_BLANKING_RELOAD_CONFIG
Description:
• Reload during vertical blanking period all LTDC Layers.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_LTDC_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Get the LTDC pending flags.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: Get the specified flag. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
– LTDC_FLAG_LI: Line Interrupt flag
– LTDC_FLAG_FU: FIFO Underrun Interrupt flag
– LTDC_FLAG_TE: Transfer Error interrupt flag
– LTDC_FLAG_RR: Register Reload Interrupt Flag
Return value:
• The: state of FLAG (SET or RESET).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 592/2236

UM1905
__HAL_LTDC_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clears the LTDC pending flags.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: Specify the flag to clear. This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
– LTDC_FLAG_LI: Line Interrupt flag
– LTDC_FLAG_FU: FIFO Underrun Interrupt flag
– LTDC_FLAG_TE: Transfer Error interrupt flag
– LTDC_FLAG_RR: Register Reload Interrupt Flag
Return value:
• None
__HAL_LTDC_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enables the specified LTDC interrupts.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: Specify the LTDC interrupt sources to be enabled. This parameter can be any
– LTDC_IT_LI: Line Interrupt flag
– LTDC_IT_FU: FIFO Underrun Interrupt flag
– LTDC_IT_TE: Transfer Error interrupt flag
– LTDC_IT_RR: Register Reload Interrupt Flag
Return value:
• None
__HAL_LTDC_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disables the specified LTDC interrupts.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: Specify the LTDC interrupt sources to be disabled. This parameter can be any
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 593/2236

UM1905
__HAL_LTDC_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Check whether the specified LTDC interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: Specify the LTDC interrupt source to check. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
Return value:
• The: state of INTERRUPT (SET or RESET).
LTDC Exported Types
MAX_LAYER
LTDC Flags
LTDC_FLAG_LI
LTDC Line Interrupt Flag
LTDC_FLAG_FU
LTDC FIFO Underrun interrupt Flag
LTDC_FLAG_TE
LTDC Transfer Error interrupt Flag
LTDC_FLAG_RR
LTDC Register Reload interrupt Flag
LTDC HS POLARITY
LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AL
Horizontal Synchronization is active low.
LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AH
Horizontal Synchronization is active high.
LTDC Interrupts
LTDC_IT_LI
LTDC Line Interrupt
LTDC_IT_FU
LTDC FIFO Underrun Interrupt
LTDC_IT_TE
LTDC Transfer Error Interrupt
LTDC_IT_RR
LTDC Register Reload Interrupt
LTDC Layer
LTDC_LAYER_1
LTDC Layer 1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 594/2236

UM1905
LTDC_LAYER_2
LTDC Layer 2
LTDC LAYER Config
LTDC_STOPPOSITION
LTDC Layer stop position
LTDC_STARTPOSITION
LTDC Layer start position
LTDC_COLOR_FRAME_BUFFER
LTDC Layer Line length
LTDC_LINE_NUMBER
LTDC Layer Line number
LTDC PC POLARITY
LTDC_PCPOLARITY_IPC
input pixel clock.
LTDC_PCPOLARITY_IIPC
inverted input pixel clock.
LTDC Pixel format
LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_ARGB8888
ARGB8888 LTDC pixel format
LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB888
RGB888 LTDC pixel format
LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB565
RGB565 LTDC pixel format
LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_L8
L8 LTDC pixel format
LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_AL44
AL44 LTDC pixel format
LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_AL88
AL88 LTDC pixel format
LTDC Reload Type
LTDC_RELOAD_IMMEDIATE
Immediate Reload
LTDC_RELOAD_VERTICAL_BLANKING
Vertical Blanking Reload
LTDC SYNC
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 595/2236

UM1905
LTDC_HORIZONTALSYNC
Horizontal synchronization width.
LTDC_VERTICALSYNC
Vertical synchronization height.
LTDC VS POLARITY
LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AL
Vertical Synchronization is active low.
LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AH
Vertical Synchronization is active high.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 596/2236

UM1905
HAL LTDC Extension Driver
42 HAL LTDC Extension Driver
42.1 LTDCEx Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the LTDCEx library.

• Initialize and configure the LTDC
• HAL_LTDCEx_StructInitFromVideoConfig
• HAL_LTDCEx_StructInitFromAdaptedCommandConfig
HAL_LTDCEx_StructInitFromVideoConfig
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDCEx_StructInitFromVideoConfig (LTDC_HandleTypeDef * hltdc,
DSI_VidCfgTypeDef * VidCfg)
Retrieve common parameters from DSI Video mode configuration structure.
Parameters
• VidCfg: pointer to a DSI_VidCfgTypeDef structure that contains the DSI video mode configuration
parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• The implementation of this function is taking into account the LTDC polarities inversion as described in the
current LTDC specification
HAL_LTDCEx_StructInitFromAdaptedCommandConfig
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDCEx_StructInitFromAdaptedCommandConfig (LTDC_HandleTypeDef *
hltdc, DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef * CmdCfg)
Retrieve common parameters from DSI Adapted command mode configuration structure.
Parameters
• CmdCfg: pointer to a DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef structure that contains the DSI command mode configuration
parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 597/2236

UM1905
LTDCEx Firmware driver API description
Notes
• The implementation of this function is taking into account the LTDC polarities inversion as described in the
current LTDC specification
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 598/2236

UM1905
HAL MDIOS Generic Driver
43 HAL MDIOS Generic Driver
43.1 MDIOS Firmware driver registers structures
43.1.1 MDIOS_InitTypeDef
MDIOS_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_mdios.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t PortAddress
• uint32_t PreambleCheck
Field Documentation
• uint32_t MDIOS_InitTypeDef::PortAddress
Specifies the MDIOS port address. This parameter can be a value from 0 to 31
• uint32_t MDIOS_InitTypeDef::PreambleCheck
Specifies whether the preamble check is enabled or disabled. This parameter can be a value of
MDIOS_Preamble_Check
43.1.2 MDIOS_HandleTypeDef
MDIOS_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_mdios.h
Data Fields
• MDIOS_TypeDef * Instance
• MDIOS_InitTypeDef Init
• __IO HAL_MDIOS_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation
• MDIOS_TypeDef* MDIOS_HandleTypeDef::Instance
• MDIOS_InitTypeDef MDIOS_HandleTypeDef::Init
MDIOS Init Structure
• __IO HAL_MDIOS_StateTypeDef MDIOS_HandleTypeDef::State
MDIOS communication state
• HAL_LockTypeDef MDIOS_HandleTypeDef::Lock
MDIOS Lock
43.2 MDIOS Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the MDIOS library.

The MDIOS HAL driver can be used as follows:
1. Declare a MDIOS_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
2. Initialize the MDIOS low level resources by implementing the HAL_MDIOS_MspInit() API:
a. Enable the MDIOS interface clock.
b. MDIOS pins configuration:
◦ Enable clocks for the MDIOS GPIOs.
◦ Configure the MDIOS pins as alternate function.
c. NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process:
◦ Configure the MDIOS interrupt priority.
◦ Enable the NVIC MDIOS IRQ handle.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 599/2236

UM1905
MDIOS Firmware driver API description
3. Program the Port Address and the Preamble Check in the Init structure.
4. Initialize the MDIOS registers by calling the HAL_MDIOS_Init() API.
5. Perform direct slave read/write operations using the following APIs:
a. Read the value of a DINn register: HAL_MDIOS_ReadReg()
b. Write a value to a DOUTn register: HAL_MDIOS_WriteReg()
6. Get the Master read/write operations flags using the following APIs:
a. Bit map of DOUTn registers read by Master: HAL_MDIOS_GetReadRegAddress()
b. Bit map of DINn registers written by Master : HAL_MDIOS_GetWrittenRegAddress()
7. Clear the read/write flags using the following APIs:
a. Clear read flags of a set of registers: HAL_MDIOS_ClearReadRegAddress()
b. Clear write flags of a set of registers: HAL_MDIOS_ClearWriteRegAddress()
8. Enable interrupts on events using HAL_MDIOS_EnableEvents(), when called the MDIOS will generate an
interrupt in the following cases:
a. a DINn register written by the Master
b. a DOUTn register read by the Master
c. an error occur
Note: A callback is executed for each genereted interrupt, so the driver provides the following
HAL_MDIOS_WriteCpltCallback(), HAL_MDIOS_ReadCpltCallback() and HAL_MDIOS_ErrorCallback()
Note: HAL_MDIOS_IRQHandler() must be called from the MDIOS IRQ Handler, to handle the interrupt and execute
the previous callbacks
9. Reset the MDIOS peripheral and all related ressources by calling the HAL_MDIOS_DeInit() API.
a. HAL_MDIOS_MspDeInit() must be implemented to reset low level ressources (GPIO, Clocks, NVIC
configuration ...)

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the MDIOS
• The following parameters can be configured:
– Port Address
– Preamble Check
• HAL_MDIOS_Init
• HAL_MDIOS_DeInit
• HAL_MDIOS_MspInit
• HAL_MDIOS_MspDeInit

• HAL_MDIOS_WriteReg
• HAL_MDIOS_ReadReg
• HAL_MDIOS_GetWrittenRegAddress
• HAL_MDIOS_GetReadRegAddress
• HAL_MDIOS_ClearWriteRegAddress
• HAL_MDIOS_ClearReadRegAddress
• HAL_MDIOS_EnableEvents
• HAL_MDIOS_IRQHandler
• HAL_MDIOS_WriteCpltCallback
• HAL_MDIOS_ReadCpltCallback
• HAL_MDIOS_ErrorCallback
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 600/2236

UM1905
• HAL_MDIOS_WakeUpCallback

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the MDIOS.
• HAL_MDIOS_GetState() API, helpful to check in run-time the state.
• HAL_MDIOS_GetError() API, returns the errors occurred during data transfer.
• HAL_MDIOS_GetError
• HAL_MDIOS_GetState
HAL_MDIOS_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_Init (MDIOS_HandleTypeDef * hmdios)
Initializes the MDIOS according to the specified parameters in the MDIOS_InitTypeDef and creates the
associated handle .
Parameters
• hmdios: pointer to a MDIOS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for
MDIOS module
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_MDIOS_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_DeInit (MDIOS_HandleTypeDef * hmdios)
DeInitializes the MDIOS peripheral.
Parameters
• hmdios: MDIOS handle
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_MDIOS_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_MDIOS_MspInit (MDIOS_HandleTypeDef * hmdios)
MDIOS MSP Init.
Parameters
• hmdios: mdios handle
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 601/2236

UM1905
HAL_MDIOS_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_MDIOS_MspDeInit (MDIOS_HandleTypeDef * hmdios)
MDIOS MSP DeInit.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_MDIOS_WriteReg
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_WriteReg (MDIOS_HandleTypeDef * hmdios, uint32_t RegNum,
uint16_t Data)
Writes to an MDIOS output register.
Parameters
• RegNum: MDIOS input register number
• Data: Data to write
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_MDIOS_ReadReg
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_ReadReg (MDIOS_HandleTypeDef * hmdios, uint32_t RegNum,
uint16_t * pData)
Reads an MDIOS input register.
Parameters
• RegNum: MDIOS input register number
• pData: pointer to Data
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_MDIOS_GetWrittenRegAddress
Function name
uint32_t HAL_MDIOS_GetWrittenRegAddress (MDIOS_HandleTypeDef * hmdios)
Gets Written registers by MDIO master.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 602/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• bit: map of written registers addresses
HAL_MDIOS_GetReadRegAddress
Function name
uint32_t HAL_MDIOS_GetReadRegAddress (MDIOS_HandleTypeDef * hmdios)
Gets Read registers by MDIO master.
Parameters
Return values
• bit: map of read registers addresses
HAL_MDIOS_ClearWriteRegAddress
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_ClearWriteRegAddress (MDIOS_HandleTypeDef * hmdios, uint32_t
RegNum)
Clears Write registers flag.
Parameters
• RegNum: registers addresses to be cleared
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_MDIOS_ClearReadRegAddress
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_ClearReadRegAddress (MDIOS_HandleTypeDef * hmdios, uint32_t
RegNum)
Clears Read register flag.
Parameters
• RegNum: registers addresses to be cleared
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_MDIOS_EnableEvents
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_EnableEvents (MDIOS_HandleTypeDef * hmdios)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 603/2236

UM1905
Enables Events for MDIOS peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_MDIOS_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_MDIOS_IRQHandler (MDIOS_HandleTypeDef * hmdios)
This function handles MDIOS interrupt request.
Parameters
• hmdios: MDIOS handle
Return values
• None:
HAL_MDIOS_WriteCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_MDIOS_WriteCpltCallback (MDIOS_HandleTypeDef * hmdios)
Write Complete Callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_MDIOS_ReadCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_MDIOS_ReadCpltCallback (MDIOS_HandleTypeDef * hmdios)
Read Complete Callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_MDIOS_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_MDIOS_ErrorCallback (MDIOS_HandleTypeDef * hmdios)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 604/2236

UM1905
MDIOS Firmware driver defines
Error Callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_MDIOS_WakeUpCallback
Function name
void HAL_MDIOS_WakeUpCallback (MDIOS_HandleTypeDef * hmdios)
MDIOS WAKEUP interrupt callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_MDIOS_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_MDIOS_GetError (MDIOS_HandleTypeDef * hmdios)
Gets MDIOS error flags.
Parameters
Return values
• bit: map of occurred errors
HAL_MDIOS_GetState
Function name
HAL_MDIOS_StateTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_GetState (MDIOS_HandleTypeDef * hmdios)
Return the MDIOS HAL state.
Parameters
Return values
• MDIOS: state
43.3 MDIOS Firmware driver defines

43.3.1 MDIOS
MDIOS
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 605/2236

UM1905
MDIOS Exported Macros
__HAL_MDIOS_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset MDIOS handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: MDIOS handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_MDIOS_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable/Disable the MDIOS peripheral.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the MDIOS handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_MDIOS_DISABLE
__HAL_MDIOS_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the MDIOS device interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the MDIOS interrupt sources to be enabled. This parameter can be one or a
– MDIOS_IT_WRITE: Register write interrupt
– MDIOS_IT_READ: Register read interrupt
– MDIOS_IT_ERROR: Error interrupt
Return value:
• None
__HAL_MDIOS_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the MDIOS device interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the MDIOS interrupt sources to be disabled. This parameter can be one or a
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 606/2236

UM1905
__HAL_MDIOS_GET_WRITE_FLAG
Description:
• Set MDIOS slave get write register flag.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the write register flag
Return value:
• The: state of write flag
__HAL_MDIOS_GET_READ_FLAG
Description:
• MDIOS slave get read register flag.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the read register flag
Return value:
• The: state of read flag
__HAL_MDIOS_GET_ERROR_FLAG
Description:
• MDIOS slave get interrupt.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the Error flag. This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values:
– MDIOS_TURNARROUND_ERROR_FLAG: Register write interrupt
– MDIOS_START_ERROR_FLAG: Register read interrupt
– MDIOS_PREAMBLE_ERROR_FLAG: Error interrupt
Return value:
• The: state of the error flag
__HAL_MDIOS_CLEAR_ERROR_FLAG
Description:
• MDIOS slave clear interrupt.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the Error flag. This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values:
– MDIOS_TURNARROUND_ERROR_FLAG: Register write interrupt
– MDIOS_START_ERROR_FLAG: Register read interrupt
– MDIOS_PREAMBLE_ERROR_FLAG: Error interrupt
Return value:
• none
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 607/2236

UM1905
__HAL_MDIOS_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Checks whether the specified MDIOS interrupt is set or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the MDIOS interrupt sources This parameter can be one or a combination of
the following values:
Return value:
• The: state of the interrupt source
__HAL_MDIOS_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the MDIOS WAKEUP Exti Line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_MDIOS_WAKEUP_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the MDIOS WAKEUP Exti Line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_MDIOS_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT
Description:
• Enable event on MDIOS WAKEUP Exti Line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_MDIOS_WAKEUP_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT
Description:
• Disable event on MDIOS WAKEUP Exti Line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_MDIOS_WAKEUP_EXTI_GET_FLAG
Description:
• checks whether the specified MDIOS WAKEUP Exti interrupt flag is set or not.
Return value:
• EXTI: MDIOS WAKEUP Line Status.
__HAL_MDIOS_WAKEUP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the MDIOS WAKEUP Exti flag.
Return value:
• None.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 608/2236

UM1905
__HAL_MDIOS_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE_TRIGGER
Description:
• Enables rising edge trigger to the MDIOS External interrupt line.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_MDIOS_WAKEUP_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE_TRIGGER
Description:
• Disables the rising edge trigger to the MDIOS External interrupt line.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_MDIOS_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE_TRIGGER
Description:
• Enables falling edge trigger to the MDIOS External interrupt line.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_MDIOS_WAKEUP_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE_TRIGGER
Description:
• Disables falling edge trigger to the MDIOS External interrupt line.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_MDIOS_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLINGRISING_TRIGGER
Description:
• Enables rising/falling edge trigger to the MDIOS External interrupt line.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_MDIOS_WAKEUP_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLINGRISING_TRIGGER
Description:
• Disables rising/falling edge trigger to the MDIOS External interrupt line.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_MDIOS_WAKEUP_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
Description:
• Generates a Software interrupt on selected EXTI line.
Return value:
• None
MDIOS Input Output Registers Definitions
MDIOS_REG0
MDIOS_REG1
MDIOS_REG2
MDIOS_REG3
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 609/2236

UM1905
MDIOS_REG4
MDIOS_REG5
MDIOS_REG6
MDIOS_REG7
MDIOS_REG8
MDIOS_REG9
MDIOS_REG10
MDIOS_REG11
MDIOS_REG12
MDIOS_REG13
MDIOS_REG14
MDIOS_REG15
MDIOS_REG16
MDIOS_REG17
MDIOS_REG18
MDIOS_REG19
MDIOS_REG20
MDIOS_REG21
MDIOS_REG22
MDIOS_REG23
MDIOS_REG24
MDIOS_REG25
MDIOS_REG26
MDIOS_REG27
MDIOS_REG28
MDIOS_REG29
MDIOS_REG30
MDIOS_REG31
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 610/2236

UM1905
MDIOS Interrupt Flags
MDIOS_TURNAROUND_ERROR_FLAG
MDIOS_START_ERROR_FLAG
MDIOS_PREAMBLE_ERROR_FLAG
Interrupt Sources
MDIOS_IT_WRITE
MDIOS_IT_READ
MDIOS_IT_ERROR
MDIOS Preamble Check
MDIOS_PREAMBLE_CHECK_ENABLE
MDIOS_PREAMBLE_CHECK_DISABLE
MDIOS Registers Flags
MDIOS_REG0_FLAG
MDIOS_REG1_FLAG
MDIOS_REG2_FLAG
MDIOS_REG3_FLAG
MDIOS_REG4_FLAG
MDIOS_REG5_FLAG
MDIOS_REG6_FLAG
MDIOS_REG7_FLAG
MDIOS_REG8_FLAG
MDIOS_REG9_FLAG
MDIOS_REG10_FLAG
MDIOS_REG11_FLAG
MDIOS_REG12_FLAG
MDIOS_REG13_FLAG
MDIOS_REG14_FLAG
MDIOS_REG15_FLAG
MDIOS_REG16_FLAG
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 611/2236

UM1905
MDIOS_REG17_FLAG
MDIOS_REG18_FLAG
MDIOS_REG19_FLAG
MDIOS_REG20_FLAG
MDIOS_REG21_FLAG
MDIOS_REG22_FLAG
MDIOS_REG23_FLAG
MDIOS_REG24_FLAG
MDIOS_REG25_FLAG
MDIOS_REG26_FLAG
MDIOS_REG27_FLAG
MDIOS_REG28_FLAG
MDIOS_REG29_FLAG
MDIOS_REG30_FLAG
MDIOS_REG31_FLAG
MDIOS_ALLREG_FLAG
MDIOS Wakeup Line
MDIOS_WAKEUP_EXTI_LINE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 612/2236

UM1905
HAL MMC Generic Driver
44 HAL MMC Generic Driver
44.1 MMC Firmware driver registers structures
44.1.1 HAL_MMC_CardInfoTypeDef
HAL_MMC_CardInfoTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_mmc.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t CardType
• uint32_t Class
• uint32_t RelCardAdd
• uint32_t BlockNbr
• uint32_t BlockSize
• uint32_t LogBlockNbr
• uint32_t LogBlockSize
Field Documentation
• uint32_t HAL_MMC_CardInfoTypeDef::CardType
Specifies the card Type
• uint32_t HAL_MMC_CardInfoTypeDef::Class
Specifies the class of the card class
• uint32_t HAL_MMC_CardInfoTypeDef::RelCardAdd
Specifies the Relative Card Address
• uint32_t HAL_MMC_CardInfoTypeDef::BlockNbr
Specifies the Card Capacity in blocks
• uint32_t HAL_MMC_CardInfoTypeDef::BlockSize
Specifies one block size in bytes
• uint32_t HAL_MMC_CardInfoTypeDef::LogBlockNbr
Specifies the Card logical Capacity in blocks
• uint32_t HAL_MMC_CardInfoTypeDef::LogBlockSize
Specifies logical block size in bytes
44.1.2 MMC_HandleTypeDef
MMC_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_mmc.h
Data Fields
• MMC_TypeDef * Instance
• MMC_InitTypeDef Init
• __IO HAL_MMC_StateTypeDef State
• HAL_MMC_CardInfoTypeDef MmcCard
• uint32_t CSD
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 613/2236

UM1905
MMC Firmware driver registers structures
• uint32_t CID
Field Documentation
• MMC_TypeDef* MMC_HandleTypeDef::Instance
MMC registers base address
• MMC_InitTypeDef MMC_HandleTypeDef::Init
MMC required parameters
• HAL_LockTypeDef MMC_HandleTypeDef::Lock
MMC locking object
• uint8_t* MMC_HandleTypeDef::pTxBuffPtr
Pointer to MMC Tx transfer Buffer
• uint32_t MMC_HandleTypeDef::TxXferSize
MMC Tx Transfer size
• uint8_t* MMC_HandleTypeDef::pRxBuffPtr
Pointer to MMC Rx transfer Buffer
• uint32_t MMC_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
MMC Rx Transfer size
• __IO uint32_t MMC_HandleTypeDef::Context
MMC transfer context
• __IO HAL_MMC_StateTypeDef MMC_HandleTypeDef::State
MMC card State
• __IO uint32_t MMC_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
MMC Card Error codes
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* MMC_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
MMC Rx DMA handle parameters
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* MMC_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
MMC Tx DMA handle parameters
• HAL_MMC_CardInfoTypeDef MMC_HandleTypeDef::MmcCard
MMC Card information
• uint32_t MMC_HandleTypeDef::CSD[4U]
MMC card specific data table
• uint32_t MMC_HandleTypeDef::CID[4U]
MMC card identification number table
44.1.3 HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef
HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_mmc.h
Data Fields
• __IO uint8_t CSDStruct
• __IO uint8_t SysSpecVersion
• __IO uint8_t Reserved1
• __IO uint8_t TAAC
• __IO uint8_t NSAC
• __IO uint8_t MaxBusClkFrec
• __IO uint16_t CardComdClasses
• __IO uint8_t RdBlockLen
• __IO uint8_t PartBlockRead
• __IO uint8_t WrBlockMisalign
• __IO uint8_t RdBlockMisalign
• __IO uint8_t DSRImpl
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 614/2236

UM1905
• __IO uint32_t DeviceSize

• __IO uint8_t MaxRdCurrentVDDMin
• __IO uint8_t MaxRdCurrentVDDMax
• __IO uint8_t MaxWrCurrentVDDMin
• __IO uint8_t MaxWrCurrentVDDMax
• __IO uint8_t DeviceSizeMul
• __IO uint8_t EraseGrSize
• __IO uint8_t EraseGrMul
• __IO uint8_t WrProtectGrSize
• __IO uint8_t WrProtectGrEnable
• __IO uint8_t ManDeflECC
• __IO uint8_t WrSpeedFact
• __IO uint8_t MaxWrBlockLen
• __IO uint8_t WriteBlockPaPartial
• __IO uint8_t ContentProtectAppli
• __IO uint8_t FileFormatGroup
• __IO uint8_t CopyFlag
• __IO uint8_t PermWrProtect
• __IO uint8_t TempWrProtect
• __IO uint8_t FileFormat
• __IO uint8_t ECC
• __IO uint8_t CSD_CRC
Field Documentation
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::CSDStruct
CSD structure
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::SysSpecVersion
System specification version
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::Reserved1
Reserved
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::TAAC
Data read access time 1
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::NSAC
Data read access time 2 in CLK cycles
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::MaxBusClkFrec
Max. bus clock frequency
• __IO uint16_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::CardComdClasses
Card command classes
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::RdBlockLen
Max. read data block length
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::PartBlockRead
Partial blocks for read allowed
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::WrBlockMisalign
Write block misalignment
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::RdBlockMisalign
Read block misalignment
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::DSRImpl
DSR implemented
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 615/2236

UM1905

Reserved
• __IO uint32_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::DeviceSize
Device Size
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::MaxRdCurrentVDDMin
Max. read current @ VDD min
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::MaxRdCurrentVDDMax
Max. read current @ VDD max
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::MaxWrCurrentVDDMin
Max. write current @ VDD min
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::MaxWrCurrentVDDMax
Max. write current @ VDD max
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::DeviceSizeMul
Device size multiplier
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::EraseGrSize
Erase group size
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::EraseGrMul
Erase group size multiplier
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::WrProtectGrSize
Write protect group size
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::WrProtectGrEnable
Write protect group enable
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::ManDeflECC
Manufacturer default ECC
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::WrSpeedFact
Write speed factor
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::MaxWrBlockLen
Max. write data block length
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::WriteBlockPaPartial
Partial blocks for write allowed
Reserved
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::ContentProtectAppli
Content protection application
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::FileFormatGroup
File format group
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::CopyFlag
Copy flag (OTP)
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::PermWrProtect
Permanent write protection
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::TempWrProtect
Temporary write protection
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::FileFormat
File format
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::ECC
ECC code
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef::CSD_CRC
CSD CRC
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 616/2236

UM1905
MMC Firmware driver API description

Always 1
44.1.4 HAL_MMC_CardCIDTypeDef
HAL_MMC_CardCIDTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_mmc.h
Data Fields
• __IO uint8_t ManufacturerID
• __IO uint16_t OEM_AppliID
• __IO uint32_t ProdName1
• __IO uint8_t ProdRev
• __IO uint32_t ProdSN
• __IO uint16_t ManufactDate
• __IO uint8_t CID_CRC
Field Documentation
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCIDTypeDef::ManufacturerID
Manufacturer ID
• __IO uint16_t HAL_MMC_CardCIDTypeDef::OEM_AppliID
OEM/Application ID
• __IO uint32_t HAL_MMC_CardCIDTypeDef::ProdName1
Product Name part1
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCIDTypeDef::ProdName2
Product Name part2
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCIDTypeDef::ProdRev
Product Revision
• __IO uint32_t HAL_MMC_CardCIDTypeDef::ProdSN
Product Serial Number
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCIDTypeDef::Reserved1
Reserved1
• __IO uint16_t HAL_MMC_CardCIDTypeDef::ManufactDate
Manufacturing Date
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCIDTypeDef::CID_CRC
CID CRC
• __IO uint8_t HAL_MMC_CardCIDTypeDef::Reserved2
Always 1
44.2 MMC Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the MMC library.

This driver implements a high level communication layer for read and write from/to this memory. The needed
STM32 hardware resources (SDMMC and GPIO) are performed by the user in HAL_MMC_MspInit() function
(MSP layer). Basically, the MSP layer configuration should be the same as we provide in the examples. You can
easily tailor this configuration according to hardware resources.
This driver is a generic layered driver for SDMMC memories which uses the HAL SDMMC driver functions to
interface with MMC and eMMC cards devices. It is used as follows:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 617/2236

UM1905
1. Initialize the SDMMC low level resources by implement the HAL_MMC_MspInit() API:
a. Enable the SDMMC interface clock using __HAL_RCC_SDMMC_CLK_ENABLE();
b. SDMMC pins configuration for MMC card
◦ Enable the clock for the SDMMC GPIOs using the functions
__HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE();
◦ Configure these SDMMC pins as alternate function pull-up using HAL_GPIO_Init() and according
to your pin assignment;
c. DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_MMC_ReadBlocks_DMA() and
HAL_MMC_WriteBlocks_DMA() APIs).
◦ Enable the DMAx interface clock using __HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE();
◦ Configure the DMA using the function HAL_DMA_Init() with predeclared and filled.
d. NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process when using DMA transfer.
◦ Configure the SDMMC and DMA interrupt priorities using function HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(); DMA
priority is superior to SDMMC's priority
◦ Enable the NVIC DMA and SDMMC IRQs using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
◦ SDMMC interrupts are managed using the macros __HAL_MMC_ENABLE_IT() and
__HAL_MMC_DISABLE_IT() inside the communication process.
◦ SDMMC interrupts pending bits are managed using the macros __HAL_MMC_GET_IT() and
__HAL_MMC_CLEAR_IT()
e. NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_MMC_ReadBlocks_IT() and
HAL_MMC_WriteBlocks_IT() APIs).
◦ Configure the SDMMC interrupt priorities using function HAL_NVIC_SetPriority();
◦ Enable the NVIC SDMMC IRQs using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
◦ SDMMC interrupts are managed using the macros __HAL_MMC_ENABLE_IT() and
__HAL_MMC_DISABLE_IT() inside the communication process.
◦ SDMMC interrupts pending bits are managed using the macros __HAL_MMC_GET_IT() and
__HAL_MMC_CLEAR_IT()
2. At this stage, you can perform MMC read/write/erase operations after MMC card initialization
MMC Card Initialization and configuration

To initialize the MMC Card, use the HAL_MMC_Init() function. It Initializes SDMMC Peripheral (STM32 side) and
the MMC Card, and put it into StandBy State (Ready for data transfer). This function provide the following
operations:
1. Initialize the SDMMC peripheral interface with defaullt configuration. The initialization process is done at
400KHz. You can change or adapt this frequency by adjusting the "ClockDiv" field. The MMC Card
frequency (SDMMC_CK) is computed as follows: SDMMC_CK = SDMMCCLK / (ClockDiv + 2) In
initialization mode and according to the MMC Card standard, make sure that the SDMMC_CK frequency
doesn't exceed 400KHz. This phase of initialization is done through SDMMC_Init() and
SDMMC_PowerState_ON() SDMMC low level APIs.
2. Initialize the MMC card. The API used is HAL_MMC_InitCard(). This phase allows the card initialization and
identification and check the MMC Card type (Standard Capacity or High Capacity) The initialization flow is
compatible with MMC standard. This API (HAL_MMC_InitCard()) could be used also to reinitialize the card in
case of plug-off plug-in.
3. Configure the MMC Card Data transfer frequency. By Default, the card transfer frequency is set to 24MHz.
You can change or adapt this frequency by adjusting the "ClockDiv" field. In transfer mode and according to
the MMC Card standard, make sure that the SDMMC_CK frequency doesn't exceed 25MHz and 50MHz in
High-speed mode switch. To be able to use a frequency higher than 24MHz, you should use the SDMMC
peripheral in bypass mode. Refer to the corresponding reference manual for more details.
4. Select the corresponding MMC Card according to the address read with the step 2.
5. Configure the MMC Card in wide bus mode: 4-bits data.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 618/2236

UM1905
MMC Card Read operation

• You can read from MMC card in polling mode by using function HAL_MMC_ReadBlocks(). This function
support only 512-bytes block length (the block size should be chosen as 512 bytes). You can choose either
one block read operation or multiple block read operation by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter.
After this, you have to ensure that the transfer is done correctly. The check is done through
HAL_MMC_GetCardState() function for MMC card state.
• You can read from MMC card in DMA mode by using function HAL_MMC_ReadBlocks_DMA(). This function
HAL_MMC_GetCardState() function for MMC card state. You could also check the DMA transfer process
through the MMC Rx interrupt event.
• You can read from MMC card in Interrupt mode by using function HAL_MMC_ReadBlocks_IT(). This
function allows the read of 512 bytes blocks. You can choose either one block read operation or multiple
block read operation by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. After this, you have to ensure that the
transfer is done correctly. The check is done through HAL_MMC_GetCardState() function for MMC card
state. You could also check the IT transfer process through the MMC Rx interrupt event.
MMC Card Write operation

• You can write to MMC card in polling mode by using function HAL_MMC_WriteBlocks(). This function
HAL_MMC_GetCardState() function for MMC card state.
• You can write to MMC card in DMA mode by using function HAL_MMC_WriteBlocks_DMA(). This function
support only 512-bytes block length (the block size should be chosen as 512 byte). You can choose either
HAL_MMC_GetCardState() function for MMC card state. You could also check the DMA transfer process
through the MMC Tx interrupt event.
• You can write to MMC card in Interrupt mode by using function HAL_MMC_WriteBlocks_IT(). This function
allows the read of 512 bytes blocks. You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read
operation by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. After this, you have to ensure that the transfer is
done correctly. The check is done through HAL_MMC_GetCardState() function for MMC card state. You
could also check the IT transfer process through the MMC Tx interrupt event.
MMC card information

• To get MMC card information, you can use the function HAL_MMC_GetCardInfo(). It returns useful
information about the MMC card such as block size, card type, block number ...
MMC card CSD register

• The HAL_MMC_GetCardCSD() API allows to get the parameters of the CSD register. Some of the CSD
parameters are useful for card initialization and identification.
MMC card CID register

• The HAL_MMC_GetCardCID() API allows to get the parameters of the CID register. Some of the CID
parameters are useful for card initialization and identification.
MMC HAL driver macros list

Below the list of most used macros in MMC HAL driver.
• __HAL_MMC_ENABLE : Enable the MMC device
• __HAL_MMC_DISABLE : Disable the MMC device
• __HAL_MMC_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the SDMMC DMA transfer
• __HAL_MMC_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the SDMMC DMA transfer
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 619/2236

UM1905
• __HAL_MMC_ENABLE_IT: Enable the MMC device interrupt

• __HAL_MMC_DISABLE_IT: Disable the MMC device interrupt
• __HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG:Check whether the specified MMC flag is set or not
• __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the MMC's pending flags
Note: You can refer to the MMC HAL driver header file for more useful macros
The compilation define USE_HAL_MMC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows the user to configure
dynamically the driver callbacks. Use Functions @ref HAL_MMC_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback, it
• TxCpltCallback : callback when a transmission transfer is completed.
• RxCpltCallback : callback when a reception transfer is completed.
• ErrorCallback : callback when error occurs.
• AbortCpltCallback : callback when abort is completed.
• MspInitCallback : MMC MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : MMC MspDeInit. This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the
Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function. Use function @ref HAL_MMC_UnRegisterCallback()
• MspInitCallback : MMC MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : MMC MspDeInit. This function) takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle and the
Callback ID. By default, after the @ref HAL_MMC_Init and if the state is HAL_MMC_STATE_RESET all
callbacks are reset to the corresponding legacy weak (surcharged) functions. Exception done for MspInit
and MspDeInit callbacks that are respectively reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the @ref
HAL_MMC_Init and @ref HAL_MMC_DeInit only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_MMC_Init and @ref HAL_MMC_DeInit keep and use
the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in
that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks using @ref HAL_MMC_RegisterCallback before
calling @ref HAL_MMC_DeInit or @ref HAL_MMC_Init function. When The compilation define
USE_HAL_MMC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the callback registering feature is not

This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize the MMC card device to be ready for use.
• HAL_MMC_Init
• HAL_MMC_InitCard
• HAL_MMC_DeInit
• HAL_MMC_MspInit
• HAL_MMC_MspDeInit

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the data transfer from/to MMC card.
• HAL_MMC_ReadBlocks
• HAL_MMC_WriteBlocks
• HAL_MMC_ReadBlocks_IT
• HAL_MMC_WriteBlocks_IT
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 620/2236

UM1905
• HAL_MMC_ReadBlocks_DMA
• HAL_MMC_WriteBlocks_DMA
• HAL_MMC_Erase
• HAL_MMC_IRQHandler
• HAL_MMC_GetState
• HAL_MMC_GetError
• HAL_MMC_TxCpltCallback
• HAL_MMC_RxCpltCallback
• HAL_MMC_ErrorCallback
• HAL_MMC_AbortCallback

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the MMC card operations and get the related
information
• HAL_MMC_GetCardCID
• HAL_MMC_GetCardCSD
• HAL_MMC_GetCardInfo
• HAL_MMC_ConfigWideBusOperation
• HAL_MMC_GetCardState
• HAL_MMC_Abort
• HAL_MMC_Abort_IT
HAL_MMC_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_Init (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc)
Initializes the MMC according to the specified parameters in the MMC_HandleTypeDef and create the
associated handle.
Parameters
• hmmc: Pointer to the MMC handle
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_MMC_InitCard
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_InitCard (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc)
Initializes the MMC Card.
Parameters
• hmmc: Pointer to MMC handle
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 621/2236

UM1905
Notes
• This function initializes the MMC card. It could be used when a card re-initialization is needed.
HAL_MMC_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_DeInit (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc)
De-Initializes the MMC card.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_MMC_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_MMC_MspInit (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc)
Initializes the MMC MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_MMC_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_MMC_MspDeInit (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc)
De-Initialize MMC MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_MMC_ReadBlocks
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_ReadBlocks (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc, uint8_t * pData, uint32_t
BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks, uint32_t Timeout)
Reads block(s) from a specified address in a card.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 622/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• pData: pointer to the buffer that will contain the received data
• BlockAdd: Block Address from where data is to be read
• NumberOfBlocks: Number of MMC blocks to read
• Timeout: Specify timeout value
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This API should be followed by a check on the card state through HAL_MMC_GetCardState().
HAL_MMC_WriteBlocks
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_WriteBlocks (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc, uint8_t * pData, uint32_t
BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks, uint32_t Timeout)
Allows to write block(s) to a specified address in a card.
Parameters
• pData: pointer to the buffer that will contain the data to transmit
• BlockAdd: Block Address where data will be written
• NumberOfBlocks: Number of MMC blocks to write
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_MMC_Erase
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_Erase (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc, uint32_t BlockStartAdd, uint32_t
BlockEndAdd)
Erases the specified memory area of the given MMC card.
Parameters
• BlockStartAdd: Start Block address
• BlockEndAdd: End Block address
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 623/2236

UM1905
HAL_MMC_ReadBlocks_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_ReadBlocks_IT (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc, uint8_t * pData, uint32_t
BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks)
Parameters
• pData: Pointer to the buffer that will contain the received data
• NumberOfBlocks: Number of blocks to read.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• You could also check the IT transfer process through the MMC Rx interrupt event.
HAL_MMC_WriteBlocks_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_WriteBlocks_IT (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc, uint8_t * pData, uint32_t
Writes block(s) to a specified address in a card.
Parameters
• pData: Pointer to the buffer that will contain the data to transmit
• NumberOfBlocks: Number of blocks to write
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• You could also check the IT transfer process through the MMC Tx interrupt event.
HAL_MMC_ReadBlocks_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_ReadBlocks_DMA (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc, uint8_t * pData,
uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 624/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• hmmc: Pointer MMC handle
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• You could also check the DMA transfer process through the MMC Rx interrupt event.
HAL_MMC_WriteBlocks_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_WriteBlocks_DMA (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc, uint8_t * pData,
uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• You could also check the DMA transfer process through the MMC Tx interrupt event.
HAL_MMC_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_MMC_IRQHandler (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc)
This function handles MMC card interrupt request.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_MMC_TxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_MMC_TxCpltCallback (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 625/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_MMC_RxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_MMC_RxCpltCallback (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_MMC_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_MMC_ErrorCallback (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc)
MMC error callbacks.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_MMC_AbortCallback
Function name
void HAL_MMC_AbortCallback (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc)
MMC Abort callbacks.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_MMC_ConfigWideBusOperation
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_ConfigWideBusOperation (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc, uint32_t
WideMode)
Enables wide bus operation for the requested card if supported by card.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 626/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• WideMode: Specifies the MMC card wide bus mode This parameter can be one of the following values:
– SDMMC_BUS_WIDE_8B: 8-bit data transfer
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_MMC_GetCardState
Function name
HAL_MMC_CardStateTypeDef HAL_MMC_GetCardState (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc)
Gets the current mmc card data state.
Parameters
• hmmc: pointer to MMC handle
Return values
• Card: state
HAL_MMC_GetCardCID
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_GetCardCID (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc, HAL_MMC_CardCIDTypeDef
* pCID)
Returns information the information of the card which are stored on the CID register.
Parameters
• pCID: Pointer to a HAL_MMC_CIDTypedef structure that contains all CID register parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_MMC_GetCardCSD
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_GetCardCSD (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc,
HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef * pCSD)
Returns information the information of the card which are stored on the CSD register.
Parameters
• pCSD: Pointer to a HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef structure that contains all CSD register parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 627/2236

UM1905
HAL_MMC_GetCardInfo
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_GetCardInfo (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc,
HAL_MMC_CardInfoTypeDef * pCardInfo)
Gets the MMC card info.
Parameters
• pCardInfo: Pointer to the HAL_MMC_CardInfoTypeDef structure that will contain the MMC card status
information
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_MMC_GetState
Function name
HAL_MMC_StateTypeDef HAL_MMC_GetState (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc)
return the MMC state
Parameters
• hmmc: Pointer to mmc handle
Return values
• HAL: state
HAL_MMC_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_MMC_GetError (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc)
Return the MMC error code.
Parameters
• hmmc: : Pointer to a MMC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information.
Return values
• MMC: Error Code
HAL_MMC_Abort
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_Abort (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc)
Abort the current transfer and disable the MMC.
Parameters
• hmmc: pointer to a MMC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for MMC
module.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 628/2236

UM1905
MMC Firmware driver defines
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_MMC_Abort_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_Abort_IT (MMC_HandleTypeDef * hmmc)
Abort the current transfer and disable the MMC (IT mode).
Parameters
• hmmc: pointer to a MMC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for MMC
module.
Return values
• HAL: status
44.3 MMC Firmware driver defines

44.3.1 MMC
MMC
MMC Error status enumeration Structure definition
HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_MMC_ERROR_CMD_CRC_FAIL
Command response received (but CRC check failed)
HAL_MMC_ERROR_DATA_CRC_FAIL
Data block sent/received (CRC check failed)
HAL_MMC_ERROR_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT
Command response timeout
HAL_MMC_ERROR_DATA_TIMEOUT
Data timeout
HAL_MMC_ERROR_TX_UNDERRUN
Transmit FIFO underrun
HAL_MMC_ERROR_RX_OVERRUN
Receive FIFO overrun
HAL_MMC_ERROR_ADDR_MISALIGNED
Misaligned address
HAL_MMC_ERROR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR
Transferred block length is not allowed for the card or the number of transferred bytes does not match the block
length
HAL_MMC_ERROR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR
An error in the sequence of erase command occurs
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 629/2236

UM1905
HAL_MMC_ERROR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM
An invalid selection for erase groups
HAL_MMC_ERROR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION
Attempt to program a write protect block
HAL_MMC_ERROR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED
Sequence or password error has been detected in unlock command or if there was an attempt to access a
locked card
HAL_MMC_ERROR_COM_CRC_FAILED
CRC check of the previous command failed
HAL_MMC_ERROR_ILLEGAL_CMD
Command is not legal for the card state
HAL_MMC_ERROR_CARD_ECC_FAILED
Card internal ECC was applied but failed to correct the data
HAL_MMC_ERROR_CC_ERR
Internal card controller error
HAL_MMC_ERROR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERR
General or unknown error
HAL_MMC_ERROR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN
The card could not sustain data reading in stream rmode
HAL_MMC_ERROR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN
The card could not sustain data programming in stream mode
HAL_MMC_ERROR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE
CID/CSD overwrite error
HAL_MMC_ERROR_WP_ERASE_SKIP
Only partial address space was erased
HAL_MMC_ERROR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED
Command has been executed without using internal ECC
HAL_MMC_ERROR_ERASE_RESET
Erase sequence was cleared before executing because an out of erase sequence command was received
HAL_MMC_ERROR_AKE_SEQ_ERR
Error in sequence of authentication
HAL_MMC_ERROR_INVALID_VOLTRANGE
Error in case of invalid voltage range
HAL_MMC_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE
Error when addressed block is out of range
HAL_MMC_ERROR_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE
Error when command request is not applicable
HAL_MMC_ERROR_PARAM
the used parameter is not valid
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 630/2236

UM1905
HAL_MMC_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE
Error when feature is not insupported
HAL_MMC_ERROR_BUSY
Error when transfer process is busy
HAL_MMC_ERROR_DMA
Error while DMA transfer
HAL_MMC_ERROR_TIMEOUT
Timeout error
MMC context enumeration
MMC_CONTEXT_NONE
None
MMC_CONTEXT_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK
Read single block operation
MMC_CONTEXT_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK
Read multiple blocks operation
MMC_CONTEXT_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK
Write single block operation
MMC_CONTEXT_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK
Write multiple blocks operation
MMC_CONTEXT_IT
Process in Interrupt mode
MMC_CONTEXT_DMA
Process in DMA mode
MMC Voltage mode
MMC_HIGH_VOLTAGE_RANGE
VALUE OF ARGUMENT
MMC_DUAL_VOLTAGE_RANGE
VALUE OF ARGUMENT
eMMC_HIGH_VOLTAGE_RANGE
for eMMC > 2Gb sector mode
eMMC_DUAL_VOLTAGE_RANGE
for eMMC > 2Gb sector mode
MMC_INVALID_VOLTAGE_RANGE
MMC Memory Cards
MMC_LOW_CAPACITY_CARD
MMC Card Capacity <=2Gbytes
MMC_HIGH_CAPACITY_CARD
MMC Card Capacity >2Gbytes and <2Tbytes
Exported Constants
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 631/2236

UM1905
MMC_BLOCKSIZE
Block size is 512 bytes
MMC Exported Macros
__HAL_MMC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset MMC handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: : MMC handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_MMC_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the MMC device.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_MMC_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the MMC device.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_MMC_DMA_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the SDMMC DMA transfer.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_MMC_DMA_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the SDMMC DMA transfer.
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 632/2236

UM1905
__HAL_MMC_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the MMC device interrupt.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: MMC Handle
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the SDMMC interrupt sources to be enabled. This parameter can be one or a
– SDMMC_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) interrupt
– SDMMC_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) interrupt
– SDMMC_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt
– SDMMC_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt
– SDMMC_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt
– SDMMC_IT_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error interrupt
– SDMMC_IT_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) interrupt
– SDMMC_IT_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) interrupt
– SDMMC_IT_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, DATACOUNT, is zero) interrupt
– SDMMC_IT_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed) interrupt
– SDMMC_IT_CMDACT: Command transfer in progress interrupt
– SDMMC_IT_TXACT: Data transmit in progress interrupt
– SDMMC_IT_RXACT: Data receive in progress interrupt
– SDMMC_IT_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty interrupt
– SDMMC_IT_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full interrupt
– SDMMC_IT_TXFIFOF: Transmit FIFO full interrupt
– SDMMC_IT_RXFIFOF: Receive FIFO full interrupt
– SDMMC_IT_TXFIFOE: Transmit FIFO empty interrupt
– SDMMC_IT_RXFIFOE: Receive FIFO empty interrupt
– SDMMC_IT_TXDAVL: Data available in transmit FIFO interrupt
– SDMMC_IT_RXDAVL: Data available in receive FIFO interrupt
– SDMMC_IT_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received interrupt
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 633/2236

UM1905
__HAL_MMC_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the MMC device interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the SDMMC interrupt sources to be disabled. This parameter can be one or a
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 634/2236

UM1905
__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Check whether the specified MMC flag is set or not.
Parameters:
– SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed)
– SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed)
– SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout
– SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout
– SDMMC_FLAG_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error
– SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error
– SDMMC_FLAG_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed)
– SDMMC_FLAG_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required)
– SDMMC_FLAG_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, DATACOUNT, is zero)
– SDMMC_FLAG_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed)
– SDMMC_FLAG_CMDACT: Command transfer in progress
– SDMMC_FLAG_TXACT: Data transmit in progress
– SDMMC_FLAG_RXACT: Data receive in progress
– SDMMC_FLAG_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty
– SDMMC_FLAG_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full
– SDMMC_FLAG_TXFIFOF: Transmit FIFO full
– SDMMC_FLAG_RXFIFOF: Receive FIFO full
– SDMMC_FLAG_TXFIFOE: Transmit FIFO empty
– SDMMC_FLAG_RXFIFOE: Receive FIFO empty
– SDMMC_FLAG_TXDAVL: Data available in transmit FIFO
– SDMMC_FLAG_RXDAVL: Data available in receive FIFO
– SDMMC_FLAG_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received
Return value:
• The: new state of MMC FLAG (SET or RESET).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 635/2236

UM1905
__HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the MMC's pending flags.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear. This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values:
– SDMMC_FLAG_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 636/2236

UM1905
__HAL_MMC_GET_IT
Description:
• Check whether the specified MMC interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the SDMMC interrupt source to check. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
Return value:
• The: new state of MMC IT (SET or RESET).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 637/2236

UM1905
__HAL_MMC_CLEAR_IT
Description:
• Clear the MMC's interrupt pending bits.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. This parameter can be one or a combination
Return value:
• None
MMC Card State enumeration structure
HAL_MMC_CARD_READY
Card state is ready
HAL_MMC_CARD_IDENTIFICATION
Card is in identification state
HAL_MMC_CARD_STANDBY
Card is in standby state
HAL_MMC_CARD_TRANSFER
Card is in transfer state
HAL_MMC_CARD_SENDING
Card is sending an operation
HAL_MMC_CARD_RECEIVING
Card is receiving operation information
HAL_MMC_CARD_PROGRAMMING
Card is in programming state
HAL_MMC_CARD_DISCONNECTED
Card is disconnected
HAL_MMC_CARD_ERROR
Card response Error
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 638/2236

UM1905
MMC Handle Structure definition
MMC_InitTypeDef
MMC_TypeDef
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 639/2236

UM1905
HAL NAND Generic Driver
45 HAL NAND Generic Driver
45.1 NAND Firmware driver registers structures
45.1.1 NAND_IDTypeDef
NAND_IDTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_nand.h
Data Fields
• uint8_t Maker_Id
• uint8_t Device_Id
• uint8_t Third_Id
• uint8_t Fourth_Id
Field Documentation
• uint8_t NAND_IDTypeDef::Maker_Id
• uint8_t NAND_IDTypeDef::Device_Id
• uint8_t NAND_IDTypeDef::Third_Id
• uint8_t NAND_IDTypeDef::Fourth_Id
45.1.2 NAND_AddressTypeDef
NAND_AddressTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_nand.h
Data Fields
• uint16_t Page
• uint16_t Plane
• uint16_t Block
Field Documentation
• uint16_t NAND_AddressTypeDef::Page
NAND memory Page address
• uint16_t NAND_AddressTypeDef::Plane
NAND memory Zone address
• uint16_t NAND_AddressTypeDef::Block
NAND memory Block address
45.1.3 NAND_DeviceConfigTypeDef
NAND_DeviceConfigTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_nand.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t PageSize
• uint32_t SpareAreaSize
• uint32_t PlaneNbr
• uint32_t PlaneSize
• FunctionalState ExtraCommandEnable
Field Documentation
• uint32_t NAND_DeviceConfigTypeDef::PageSize
NAND memory page (without spare area) size measured in bytes for 8 bits adressing or words for 16 bits
addressing
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 640/2236

UM1905
NAND Firmware driver API description
• uint32_t NAND_DeviceConfigTypeDef::SpareAreaSize
NAND memory spare area size measured in bytes for 8 bits adressing or words for 16 bits addressing
• uint32_t NAND_DeviceConfigTypeDef::BlockSize
NAND memory block size measured in number of pages
• uint32_t NAND_DeviceConfigTypeDef::BlockNbr
NAND memory number of total blocks
• uint32_t NAND_DeviceConfigTypeDef::PlaneNbr
NAND memory number of planes
• uint32_t NAND_DeviceConfigTypeDef::PlaneSize
NAND memory zone size measured in number of blocks
• FunctionalState NAND_DeviceConfigTypeDef::ExtraCommandEnable
NAND extra command needed for Page reading mode. This parameter is mandatory for some NAND parts
after the read command (NAND_CMD_AREA_TRUE1) and before DATA reading sequence. Example:
Toshiba THTH58BYG3S0HBAI6. This parameter could be ENABLE or DISABLE Please check the Read
Mode sequnece in the NAND device datasheet
45.1.4 NAND_HandleTypeDef
NAND_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_nand.h
Data Fields
• FMC_NAND_TypeDef * Instance
• FMC_NAND_InitTypeDef Init
• __IO HAL_NAND_StateTypeDef State
• NAND_DeviceConfigTypeDef Config
Field Documentation
• FMC_NAND_TypeDef* NAND_HandleTypeDef::Instance
• FMC_NAND_InitTypeDef NAND_HandleTypeDef::Init
NAND device control configuration parameters
• HAL_LockTypeDef NAND_HandleTypeDef::Lock
NAND locking object
• __IO HAL_NAND_StateTypeDef NAND_HandleTypeDef::State
NAND device access state
• NAND_DeviceConfigTypeDef NAND_HandleTypeDef::Config
NAND phusical characteristic information structure
45.2 NAND Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the NAND library.

This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to control NAND flash memories. It uses
the FMC/FSMC layer functions to interface with NAND devices. This driver is used as follows:
• NAND flash memory configuration sequence using the function HAL_NAND_Init() with control and timing
parameters for both common and attribute spaces.
• Read NAND flash memory maker and device IDs using the function HAL_NAND_Read_ID(). The read
information is stored in the NAND_ID_TypeDef structure declared by the function caller.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 641/2236

UM1905
• Access NAND flash memory by read/write operations using the functions HAL_NAND_Read_Page_8b()/
HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea_8b(), HAL_NAND_Write_Page_8b()/HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea_8b(),
HAL_NAND_Read_Page_16b()/HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea_16b(), HAL_NAND_Write_Page_16b()/
HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea_16b() to read/write page(s)/spare area(s). These functions use specific
device information (Block, page size..) predefined by the user in the NAND_DeviceConfigTypeDef structure.
The read/write address information is contained by the Nand_Address_Typedef structure passed as
parameter.
• Perform NAND flash Reset chip operation using the function HAL_NAND_Reset().
• Perform NAND flash erase block operation using the function HAL_NAND_Erase_Block(). The erase block
address information is contained in the Nand_Address_Typedef structure passed as parameter.
• Read the NAND flash status operation using the function HAL_NAND_Read_Status().
• You can also control the NAND device by calling the control APIs HAL_NAND_ECC_Enable()/
HAL_NAND_ECC_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the ECC code correction feature or the function
HAL_NAND_GetECC() to get the ECC correction code.
• You can monitor the NAND device HAL state by calling the function HAL_NAND_GetState()
Note: This driver is a set of generic APIs which handle standard NAND flash operations. If a NAND flash device
contains different operations and/or implementations, it should be implemented separately.
The compilation define USE_HAL_NAND_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows the user to configure
dynamically the driver callbacks. Use Functions @ref HAL_NAND_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback,
it allows to register following callbacks:
• MspInitCallback : NAND MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : NAND MspDeInit. This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the
Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function. Use function @ref
HAL_NAND_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default weak (surcharged) function. It allows to
reset following callbacks:
• MspInitCallback : NAND MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : NAND MspDeInit. This function) takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle and
the Callback ID. By default, after the @ref HAL_NAND_Init and if the state is HAL_NAND_STATE_RESET
all callbacks are reset to the corresponding legacy weak (surcharged) functions. Exception done for MspInit
HAL_NAND_Init and @ref HAL_NAND_DeInit only when these callbacks are null (not registered
beforehand). If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_NAND_Init and @ref
HAL_NAND_DeInit keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) Callbacks
HAL_NAND_RegisterCallback before calling @ref HAL_NAND_DeInit or @ref HAL_NAND_Init function.
When The compilation define USE_HAL_NAND_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the
45.2.2 NAND Initialization and de-initialization functions

This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize the NAND memory
• HAL_NAND_Init
• HAL_NAND_DeInit
• HAL_NAND_MspInit
• HAL_NAND_MspDeInit
• HAL_NAND_IRQHandler
• HAL_NAND_ITCallback
• HAL_NAND_ConfigDevice
• HAL_NAND_Read_ID
45.2.3 NAND Input and Output functions
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 642/2236

UM1905
This section provides functions allowing to use and control the NAND memory
• HAL_NAND_Read_ID
• HAL_NAND_Reset
• HAL_NAND_ConfigDevice
• HAL_NAND_Read_Page_8b
• HAL_NAND_Read_Page_16b
• HAL_NAND_Write_Page_8b
• HAL_NAND_Write_Page_16b
• HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea_8b
• HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea_16b
• HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea_8b
• HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea_16b
• HAL_NAND_Erase_Block
• HAL_NAND_Address_Inc
45.2.4 NAND Control functions

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically the NAND interface.
• HAL_NAND_ECC_Enable
• HAL_NAND_ECC_Disable
• HAL_NAND_GetECC
45.2.5 NAND State functions

This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the NAND controller and the data flow.
• HAL_NAND_GetState
• HAL_NAND_Read_Status
HAL_NAND_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Init (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *
ComSpace_Timing, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef * AttSpace_Timing)
Perform NAND memory Initialization sequence.
Parameters
• hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for NAND
module.
• ComSpace_Timing: pointer to Common space timing structure
• AttSpace_Timing: pointer to Attribute space timing structure
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NAND_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_DeInit (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 643/2236

UM1905
Perform NAND memory De-Initialization sequence.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NAND_ConfigDevice
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_ConfigDevice (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand,
NAND_DeviceConfigTypeDef * pDeviceConfig)
Configure the device: Enter the physical parameters of the device.
Parameters
module.
• pDeviceConfig: pointer to NAND_DeviceConfigTypeDef structure
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NAND_Read_ID
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_ID (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand, NAND_IDTypeDef *
pNAND_ID)
Read the NAND memory electronic signature.
Parameters
module.
• pNAND_ID: NAND ID structure
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NAND_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_NAND_MspInit (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
NAND MSP Init.
Parameters
module.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 644/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
HAL_NAND_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_NAND_MspDeInit (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
NAND MSP DeInit.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• None:
HAL_NAND_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_NAND_IRQHandler (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
This function handles NAND device interrupt request.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NAND_ITCallback
Function name
void HAL_NAND_ITCallback (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
NAND interrupt feature callback.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• None:
HAL_NAND_Reset
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Reset (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
NAND memory reset.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 645/2236

UM1905
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NAND_Read_Page_8b
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_Page_8b (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand,
NAND_AddressTypeDef * pAddress, uint8_t * pBuffer, uint32_t NumPageToRead)
Read Page(s) from NAND memory block (8-bits addressing)
Parameters
module.
• pAddress: pointer to NAND address structure
• pBuffer: pointer to destination read buffer
• NumPageToRead: number of pages to read from block
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NAND_Write_Page_8b
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Write_Page_8b (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand,
NAND_AddressTypeDef * pAddress, uint8_t * pBuffer, uint32_t NumPageToWrite)
Write Page(s) to NAND memory block (8-bits addressing)
Parameters
module.
• pBuffer: pointer to source buffer to write
• NumPageToWrite: number of pages to write to block
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea_8b
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea_8b (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand,
NAND_AddressTypeDef * pAddress, uint8_t * pBuffer, uint32_t NumSpareAreaToRead)
Read Spare area(s) from NAND memory (8-bits addressing)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 646/2236

UM1905
Parameters
module.
• NumSpareAreaToRead: Number of spare area to read
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea_8b
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea_8b (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand,
NAND_AddressTypeDef * pAddress, uint8_t * pBuffer, uint32_t NumSpareAreaTowrite)
Write Spare area(s) to NAND memory (8-bits addressing)
Parameters
module.
• NumSpareAreaTowrite: number of spare areas to write to block
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NAND_Read_Page_16b
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_Page_16b (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand,
NAND_AddressTypeDef * pAddress, uint16_t * pBuffer, uint32_t NumPageToRead)
Read Page(s) from NAND memory block (16-bits addressing)
Parameters
module.
• pBuffer: pointer to destination read buffer. pBuffer should be 16bits aligned
• NumPageToRead: number of pages to read from block
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NAND_Write_Page_16b
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Write_Page_16b (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand,
NAND_AddressTypeDef * pAddress, uint16_t * pBuffer, uint32_t NumPageToWrite)
Write Page(s) to NAND memory block (16-bits addressing)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 647/2236

UM1905
Parameters
module.
• pBuffer: pointer to source buffer to write. pBuffer should be 16bits aligned
• NumPageToWrite: number of pages to write to block
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea_16b
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea_16b (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand,
NAND_AddressTypeDef * pAddress, uint16_t * pBuffer, uint32_t NumSpareAreaToRead)
Read Spare area(s) from NAND memory (16-bits addressing)
Parameters
module.
• pBuffer: pointer to source buffer to write. pBuffer should be 16bits aligned.
• NumSpareAreaToRead: Number of spare area to read
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea_16b
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea_16b (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand,
NAND_AddressTypeDef * pAddress, uint16_t * pBuffer, uint32_t NumSpareAreaTowrite)
Write Spare area(s) to NAND memory (16-bits addressing)
Parameters
module.
• pBuffer: pointer to source buffer to write. pBuffer should be 16bits aligned.
• NumSpareAreaTowrite: number of spare areas to write to block
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NAND_Erase_Block
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Erase_Block (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *
pAddress)
NAND memory Block erase.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 648/2236

UM1905
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NAND_Address_Inc
Function name
uint32_t HAL_NAND_Address_Inc (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef * pAddress)
Increment the NAND memory address.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• The: new status of the increment address operation. It can be:
– NAND_VALID_ADDRESS: When the new address is valid address
– NAND_INVALID_ADDRESS: When the new address is invalid address
HAL_NAND_ECC_Enable
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_ECC_Enable (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
Enables dynamically NAND ECC feature.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NAND_ECC_Disable
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_ECC_Disable (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
Disables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 649/2236

UM1905
NAND Firmware driver defines
HAL_NAND_GetECC
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_GetECC (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand, uint32_t * ECCval, uint32_t
Timeout)
Disables dynamically NAND ECC feature.
Parameters
module.
• ECCval: pointer to ECC value
• Timeout: maximum timeout to wait
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NAND_GetState
Function name
HAL_NAND_StateTypeDef HAL_NAND_GetState (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
return the NAND state
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: state
HAL_NAND_Read_Status
Function name
uint32_t HAL_NAND_Read_Status (NAND_HandleTypeDef * hnand)
NAND memory read status.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• NAND: status
45.3 NAND Firmware driver defines

45.3.1 NAND
NAND
NAND Exported Macros
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 650/2236

UM1905
NAND Firmware driver defines
__HAL_NAND_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset NAND handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the NAND handle.
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 651/2236

UM1905
HAL NOR Generic Driver
46 HAL NOR Generic Driver
46.1 NOR Firmware driver registers structures
46.1.1 NOR_IDTypeDef
NOR_IDTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_nor.h
Data Fields
• uint16_t Manufacturer_Code
• uint16_t Device_Code1
Field Documentation
• uint16_t NOR_IDTypeDef::Manufacturer_Code
Defines the device's manufacturer code used to identify the memory
• uint16_t NOR_IDTypeDef::Device_Code1
Defines the device's codes used to identify the memory. These codes can be accessed by performing read
operations with specific control signals and addresses set.They can also be accessed by issuing an Auto
Select command
46.1.2 NOR_CFITypeDef
NOR_CFITypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_nor.h
Data Fields
• uint16_t CFI_1
• uint16_t CFI_2
• uint16_t CFI_3
• uint16_t CFI_4
Field Documentation
• uint16_t NOR_CFITypeDef::CFI_1
< Defines the information stored in the memory's Common flash interface which contains a description of
various electrical and timing parameters, density information and functions supported by the memory
46.1.3 NOR_HandleTypeDef
NOR_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_nor.h
Data Fields
• FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef * Instance
• FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef * Extended
• FMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef Init
• __IO HAL_NOR_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation
• FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef* NOR_HandleTypeDef::Instance
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 652/2236

UM1905
NOR Firmware driver API description
• FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef* NOR_HandleTypeDef::Extended
Extended mode register base address
• FMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef NOR_HandleTypeDef::Init
NOR device control configuration parameters
• HAL_LockTypeDef NOR_HandleTypeDef::Lock
NOR locking object
• __IO HAL_NOR_StateTypeDef NOR_HandleTypeDef::State
NOR device access state
46.2 NOR Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the NOR library.

This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to control NOR flash memories. It uses
the FMC layer functions to interface with NOR devices. This driver is used as follows:
• NOR flash memory configuration sequence using the function HAL_NOR_Init() with control and timing
parameters for both normal and extended mode.
• Read NOR flash memory manufacturer code and device IDs using the function HAL_NOR_Read_ID(). The
read information is stored in the NOR_ID_TypeDef structure declared by the function caller.
• Access NOR flash memory by read/write data unit operations using the functions HAL_NOR_Read(),
HAL_NOR_Program().
• Perform NOR flash erase block/chip operations using the functions HAL_NOR_Erase_Block() and
HAL_NOR_Erase_Chip().
• Read the NOR flash CFI (common flash interface) IDs using the function HAL_NOR_Read_CFI(). The read
information is stored in the NOR_CFI_TypeDef structure declared by the function caller.
• You can also control the NOR device by calling the control APIs HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Enable()/
HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the NOR write operation
• You can monitor the NOR device HAL state by calling the function HAL_NOR_GetState()
Note: This driver is a set of generic APIs which handle standard NOR flash operations. If a NOR flash device contains
different operations and/or implementations, it should be implemented separately.
NOR HAL driver macros list

Below the list of most used macros in NOR HAL driver.
• NOR_WRITE : NOR memory write data to specified address
The compilation define USE_HAL_NOR_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows the user to configure
dynamically the driver callbacks. Use Functions @ref HAL_NOR_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback, it
• MspInitCallback : NOR MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : NOR MspDeInit. This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the
Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function. Use function @ref HAL_NOR_UnRegisterCallback()
• MspInitCallback : NOR MspInit.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 653/2236

UM1905
• MspDeInitCallback : NOR MspDeInit. This function) takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle and the
Callback ID. By default, after the @ref HAL_NOR_Init and if the state is HAL_NOR_STATE_RESET all
HAL_NOR_Init and @ref HAL_NOR_DeInit only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_NOR_Init and @ref HAL_NOR_DeInit keep and use
that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks using @ref HAL_NOR_RegisterCallback before
calling @ref HAL_NOR_DeInit or @ref HAL_NOR_Init function. When The compilation define
USE_HAL_NOR_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the callback registering feature is not
46.2.2 NOR Initialization and de_initialization functions

This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize the NOR memory
• HAL_NOR_Init
• HAL_NOR_DeInit
• HAL_NOR_MspInit
• HAL_NOR_MspDeInit
• HAL_NOR_MspWait
46.2.3 NOR Input and Output functions

This section provides functions allowing to use and control the NOR memory
• HAL_NOR_Read_ID
• HAL_NOR_ReturnToReadMode
• HAL_NOR_Read
• HAL_NOR_Program
• HAL_NOR_ReadBuffer
• HAL_NOR_ProgramBuffer
• HAL_NOR_Erase_Block
• HAL_NOR_Erase_Chip
• HAL_NOR_Read_CFI
46.2.4 NOR Control functions

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically the NOR interface.
• HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Enable
• HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Disable
46.2.5 NOR State functions

This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the NOR controller and the data flow.
• HAL_NOR_GetState
• HAL_NOR_GetStatus
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 654/2236

UM1905
HAL_NOR_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Init (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *
Timing, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef * ExtTiming)
Perform the NOR memory Initialization sequence.
Parameters
• hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for NOR
module.
• Timing: pointer to NOR control timing structure
• ExtTiming: pointer to NOR extended mode timing structure
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NOR_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_DeInit (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor)
Perform NOR memory De-Initialization sequence.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NOR_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_NOR_MspInit (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor)
NOR MSP Init.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• None:
HAL_NOR_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_NOR_MspDeInit (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor)
NOR MSP DeInit.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 655/2236

UM1905
Parameters
module.
Return values
• None:
HAL_NOR_MspWait
Function name
void HAL_NOR_MspWait (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, uint32_t Timeout)
NOR MSP Wait for Ready/Busy signal.
Parameters
module.
• Timeout: Maximum timeout value
Return values
• None:
HAL_NOR_Read_ID
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Read_ID (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, NOR_IDTypeDef * pNOR_ID)
Read NOR flash IDs.
Parameters
module.
• pNOR_ID: pointer to NOR ID structure
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NOR_ReturnToReadMode
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_ReturnToReadMode (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor)
Returns the NOR memory to Read mode.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 656/2236

UM1905
HAL_NOR_Read
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Read (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, uint32_t * pAddress, uint16_t * pData)
Read data from NOR memory.
Parameters
module.
• pAddress: pointer to Device address
• pData: pointer to read data
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NOR_Program
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Program (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, uint32_t * pAddress, uint16_t *
pData)
Program data to NOR memory.
Parameters
module.
• pAddress: Device address
• pData: pointer to the data to write
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NOR_ReadBuffer
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_ReadBuffer (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, uint32_t uwAddress, uint16_t *
pData, uint32_t uwBufferSize)
Reads a half-word buffer from the NOR memory.
Parameters
• hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
• uwAddress: NOR memory internal address to read from.
• pData: pointer to the buffer that receives the data read from the NOR memory.
• uwBufferSize: number of Half word to read.
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 657/2236

UM1905
HAL_NOR_ProgramBuffer
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_ProgramBuffer (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, uint32_t uwAddress,
uint16_t * pData, uint32_t uwBufferSize)
Writes a half-word buffer to the NOR memory.
Parameters
• hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
• uwAddress: NOR memory internal start write address
• pData: pointer to source data buffer.
• uwBufferSize: Size of the buffer to write
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NOR_Erase_Block
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Erase_Block (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, uint32_t BlockAddress,
uint32_t Address)
Erase the specified block of the NOR memory.
Parameters
module.
• BlockAddress: Block to erase address
• Address: Device address
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NOR_Erase_Chip
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Erase_Chip (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, uint32_t Address)
Erase the entire NOR chip.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NOR_Read_CFI
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Read_CFI (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, NOR_CFITypeDef * pNOR_CFI)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 658/2236

UM1905
Read NOR flash CFI IDs.
Parameters
module.
• pNOR_CFI: pointer to NOR CFI IDs structure
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Enable
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Enable (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor)
Enables dynamically NOR write operation.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Disable
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Disable (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor)
Disables dynamically NOR write operation.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_NOR_GetState
Function name
HAL_NOR_StateTypeDef HAL_NOR_GetState (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor)
return the NOR controller state
Parameters
module.
Return values
• NOR: controller state
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 659/2236

UM1905
NOR Firmware driver defines
HAL_NOR_GetStatus
Function name
HAL_NOR_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_GetStatus (NOR_HandleTypeDef * hnor, uint32_t Address, uint32_t
Timeout)
Returns the NOR operation status.
Parameters
module.
• Timeout: NOR programming Timeout
Return values
• NOR_Status: The returned value can be: HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS, HAL_NOR_STATUS_ERROR
or HAL_NOR_STATUS_TIMEOUT
46.3 NOR Firmware driver defines

46.3.1 NOR
NOR
NOR Exported Macros
__HAL_NOR_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset NOR handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the NOR handle.
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 660/2236

UM1905
HAL PCD Generic Driver
47 HAL PCD Generic Driver
47.1 PCD Firmware driver registers structures
47.1.1 PCD_HandleTypeDef
PCD_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_pcd.h
Data Fields
• PCD_TypeDef * Instance
• PCD_InitTypeDef Init
• __IO uint8_t USB_Address
• PCD_EPTypeDef IN_ep
• PCD_EPTypeDef OUT_ep
• __IO PCD_StateTypeDef State
• uint32_t Setup
• PCD_LPM_StateTypeDef LPM_State
• uint32_t BESL
• uint32_t lpm_active
• void * pData
Field Documentation
• PCD_TypeDef* PCD_HandleTypeDef::Instance
• PCD_InitTypeDef PCD_HandleTypeDef::Init
PCD required parameters
• __IO uint8_t PCD_HandleTypeDef::USB_Address
USB Address
• PCD_EPTypeDef PCD_HandleTypeDef::IN_ep[16]
IN endpoint parameters
• PCD_EPTypeDef PCD_HandleTypeDef::OUT_ep[16]
OUT endpoint parameters
• HAL_LockTypeDef PCD_HandleTypeDef::Lock
PCD peripheral status
• __IO PCD_StateTypeDef PCD_HandleTypeDef::State
PCD communication state
• __IO uint32_t PCD_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
PCD Error code
• uint32_t PCD_HandleTypeDef::Setup[12]
Setup packet buffer
• PCD_LPM_StateTypeDef PCD_HandleTypeDef::LPM_State
LPM State
• uint32_t PCD_HandleTypeDef::BESL
• uint32_t PCD_HandleTypeDef::lpm_active
Enable or disable the Link Power Management . This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE
• void* PCD_HandleTypeDef::pData
Pointer to upper stack Handler
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 661/2236

UM1905
PCD Firmware driver API description
47.2 PCD Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the PCD library.

The PCD HAL driver can be used as follows:
1. Declare a PCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: PCD_HandleTypeDef hpcd;
2. Fill parameters of Init structure in HCD handle
3. Call HAL_PCD_Init() API to initialize the PCD peripheral (Core, Device core, ...)
4. Initialize the PCD low level resources through the HAL_PCD_MspInit() API:
a. Enable the PCD/USB Low Level interface clock using
◦ __HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_CLK_ENABLE();
◦ __HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_CLK_ENABLE(); (For High Speed Mode)
c. Configure PCD pin-out
d. Configure PCD NVIC interrupt
5. Associate the Upper USB device stack to the HAL PCD Driver:
a. hpcd.pData = pdev;
6. Enable PCD transmission and reception:
a. HAL_PCD_Start();

• HAL_PCD_Init
• HAL_PCD_DeInit
• HAL_PCD_MspInit
• HAL_PCD_MspDeInit

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the PCD data transfers.
• HAL_PCD_Start
• HAL_PCD_Stop
• HAL_PCD_IRQHandler
• HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback
• HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback
• HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback
• HAL_PCD_SOFCallback
• HAL_PCD_ResetCallback
• HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback
• HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback
• HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback
• HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback
• HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback
• HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PCD data transfers.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 662/2236

UM1905
• HAL_PCD_DevConnect
• HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect
• HAL_PCD_SetAddress
• HAL_PCD_EP_Open
• HAL_PCD_EP_Close
• HAL_PCD_EP_Receive
• HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount
• HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit
• HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall
• HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall
• HAL_PCD_EP_Flush
• HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup
• HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup

• HAL_PCD_GetState
HAL_PCD_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Init (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Initializes the PCD according to the specified parameters in the PCD_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated
handle.
Parameters
• hpcd: PCD handle
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_PCD_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeInit (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
DeInitializes the PCD peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_PCD_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_PCD_MspInit (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 663/2236

UM1905
Initializes the PCD MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_PCD_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_PCD_MspDeInit (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
DeInitializes PCD MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_PCD_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Start (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Start the USB device.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_PCD_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Stop (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Stop the USB device.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_PCD_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_PCD_IRQHandler (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 664/2236

UM1905
Handles PCD interrupt request.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_PCD_SOFCallback
Function name
void HAL_PCD_SOFCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
USB Start Of Frame callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback
Function name
void HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Setup stage callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_PCD_ResetCallback
Function name
void HAL_PCD_ResetCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
USB Reset callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback
Function name
void HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 665/2236

UM1905
Suspend event callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback
Function name
void HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Resume event callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback
Function name
void HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Connection event callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback
Function name
void HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Disconnection event callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback
Function name
void HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 666/2236

UM1905
Data OUT stage callback.
Parameters
• epnum: endpoint number
Return values
• None:
HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback
Function name
void HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
Data IN stage callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback
Function name
void HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
Incomplete ISO OUT callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback
Function name
void HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
Incomplete ISO IN callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 667/2236

UM1905
HAL_PCD_DevConnect
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevConnect (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Connect the USB device.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Disconnect the USB device.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_PCD_SetAddress
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_SetAddress (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t address)
Set the USB Device address.
Parameters
• address: new device address
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_PCD_EP_Open
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Open (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint16_t
ep_mps, uint8_t ep_type)
Open and configure an endpoint.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 668/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• ep_addr: endpoint address
• ep_mps: endpoint max packet size
• ep_type: endpoint type
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_PCD_EP_Close
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Close (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
Deactivate an endpoint.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_PCD_EP_Receive
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Receive (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t * pBuf,
uint32_t len)
Receive an amount of data.
Parameters
• pBuf: pointer to the reception buffer
• len: amount of data to be received
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t *
pBuf, uint32_t len)
Send an amount of data.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 669/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• pBuf: pointer to the transmission buffer
• len: amount of data to be sent
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount
Function name
uint32_t HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
Get Received Data Size.
Parameters
Return values
• Data: Size
HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
Set a STALL condition over an endpoint.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
Clear a STALL condition over in an endpoint.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 670/2236

UM1905
HAL_PCD_EP_Flush
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Flush (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
Flush an endpoint.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Activate remote wakeup signalling.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
De-activate remote wakeup signalling.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_PCD_GetState
Function name
PCD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCD_GetState (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Return the PCD handle state.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: state
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 671/2236

UM1905
PCD Firmware driver defines
47.3 PCD Firmware driver defines

47.3.1 PCD
PCD
PCD Exported Macros
__HAL_PCD_ENABLE
__HAL_PCD_DISABLE
__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG
__HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG
__HAL_PCD_IS_INVALID_INTERRUPT
__HAL_PCD_UNGATE_PHYCLOCK
__HAL_PCD_GATE_PHYCLOCK
__HAL_PCD_IS_PHY_SUSPENDED
__HAL_USB_OTG_HS_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
__HAL_USB_OTG_HS_WAKEUP_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
__HAL_USB_OTG_HS_WAKEUP_EXTI_GET_FLAG
__HAL_USB_OTG_HS_WAKEUP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
__HAL_USB_OTG_HS_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE
__HAL_USB_OTG_FS_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
__HAL_USB_OTG_FS_WAKEUP_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
__HAL_USB_OTG_FS_WAKEUP_EXTI_GET_FLAG
__HAL_USB_OTG_FS_WAKEUP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
__HAL_USB_OTG_FS_WAKEUP_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE
PCD PHY Module
PCD_PHY_ULPI
PCD_PHY_EMBEDDED
PCD_PHY_UTMI
PCD Speed
PCD_SPEED_HIGH
PCD_SPEED_HIGH_IN_FULL
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 672/2236

UM1905
PCD Firmware driver defines
PCD_SPEED_FULL
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 673/2236

UM1905
HAL PCD Extension Driver
48 HAL PCD Extension Driver
48.1 PCDEx Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the PCDEx library.

• Update FIFO configuration
• HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo
• HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo
• HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM
• HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM
• HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback
• HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback
HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint8_t fifo, uint16_t size)
Set Tx FIFO.
Parameters
• fifo: The number of Tx fifo
• size: Fifo size
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, uint16_t size)
Set Rx FIFO.
Parameters
• size: Size of Rx fifo
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 674/2236

UM1905
PCDEx Firmware driver API description
HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Activate LPM feature.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd)
Deactivate LPM feature.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback
Function name
void HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, PCD_LPM_MsgTypeDef msg)
Send LPM message to user layer callback.
Parameters
• msg: LPM message
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback
Function name
void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback (PCD_HandleTypeDef * hpcd, PCD_BCD_MsgTypeDef msg)
Send BatteryCharging message to user layer callback.
Parameters
• msg: LPM message
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 675/2236

UM1905
PCDEx Firmware driver API description
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 676/2236

UM1905
HAL PWR Generic Driver
49 HAL PWR Generic Driver
49.1 PWR Firmware driver registers structures
49.1.1 PWR_PVDTypeDef
PWR_PVDTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_pwr.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t PVDLevel
• uint32_t Mode
Field Documentation
• uint32_t PWR_PVDTypeDef::PVDLevel
PVDLevel: Specifies the PVD detection level. This parameter can be a value of PWR_PVD_detection_level
• uint32_t PWR_PVDTypeDef::Mode
Mode: Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins. This parameter can be a value of
PWR_PVD_Mode
49.2 PWR Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the PWR library.

After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data registers and backup SRAM) is protected
against possible unwanted write accesses. To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as
follows:
• Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE()
macro.
• Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
• HAL_PWR_DeInit
• HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess
• HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess
PVD configuration
• The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a threshold selected by the PVD Level
(PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR).
• A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower than the PVD threshold. This event is
internally connected to the EXTI line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro.
• The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
Wake-up pin configuration

• Wake-up pin is used to wake up the system from Standby mode. This pin is forced in input pull-down
configuration and is active on rising edges.
• There are up to 6 Wake-up pin in the STM32F7 devices family
Low Power modes configuration

The devices feature 3 low-power modes:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 677/2236

UM1905
PWR Firmware driver API description
• Sleep mode: Cortex-M7 core stopped, peripherals kept running.

• Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator in low power mode
• Standby mode: 1.2V domain powered off.
Sleep mode
• Entry: The Sleep mode is entered by using the
HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI) functions with
– PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
– PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
Note: The Regulator parameter is not used for the STM32F7 family and is kept as parameter just to maintain
compatibility with the lower power families (STM32L).
• Exit: Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt controller (NVIC) can wake up
the device from Sleep mode.
Stop mode
In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.2V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI, and the HSE RC oscillators are
disabled. Internal SRAM and register contents are preserved. The voltage regulator can be configured either in
normal or low-power mode. To minimize the consumption In Stop mode, FLASH can be powered off before
entering the Stop mode using the HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown() function. It can be switched on again
by software after exiting the Stop mode using the HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown() function.
• Entry: The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON)
function with:
– Main regulator ON.
– Low Power regulator ON.
• Exit: Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode.
Standby mode
• The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based on the Cortex-M7 deep
sleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled. The 1.2V domain is consequently powered off. The PLL, the
HSI oscillator and the HSE oscillator are also switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost except for
the RTC registers, RTC backup registers, backup SRAM and Standby circuitry. The voltage regulator is OFF.
– Entry:
◦ The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function.
– Exit:
◦ WKUP pin rising or falling edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wakeup, tamper event,
time stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset.
Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode

• The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC Wakeup event, a tamper
event or a time-stamp event, without depending on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode).
• RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop and Standby modes
– To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to configure the RTC to
generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
– To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it is necessary to configure
the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT() or
HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT() functions.
– To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to configure the RTC to
generate the RTC WakeUp event using the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
• HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD
• HAL_PWR_EnablePVD
• HAL_PWR_DisablePVD
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 678/2236

UM1905
• HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin
• HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin
• HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode
• HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode
• HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode
• HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler
• HAL_PWR_PVDCallback
• HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit
• HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit
• HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend
• HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend
HAL_PWR_DeInit
Function name
void HAL_PWR_DeInit (void )
Deinitializes the HAL PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
Return values
• None:
HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess
Function name
void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess (void )
Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data registers and backup SRAM).
Return values
• None:
Notes
• If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the Backup Domain Access should be kept
enabled.
HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess
Function name
void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess (void )
Disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data registers and backup SRAM).
Return values
• None:
Notes
• If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the Backup Domain Access should be kept
enabled.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 679/2236

UM1905
HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD
Function name
void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD (PWR_PVDTypeDef * sConfigPVD)
Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
Parameters
• sConfigPVD: pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the
PVD.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for more details about the voltage threshold
corresponding to each detection level.
HAL_PWR_EnablePVD
Function name
void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD (void )
Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
Return values
• None:
HAL_PWR_DisablePVD
Function name
void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD (void )
Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
Return values
• None:
HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin
Function name
void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin (uint32_t WakeUpPinPolarity)
Enable the WakeUp PINx functionality.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 680/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• WakeUpPinPolarity: Specifies which Wake-Up pin to enable. This parameter can be one of the following
legacy values, which sets the default polarity: detection on high level (rising edge):
– PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4,
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6 or one of the following value where the user can
explicitly states the enabled pin and the chosen polarity
– PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_LOW
Return values
• None:
Notes
• PWR_WAKEUP_PINx and PWR_WAKEUP_PINx_HIGH are equivalent.
HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin
Function name
void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin (uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
Disables the WakeUp PINx functionality.
Parameters
• WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
– PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2
– PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3
– PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4
– PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5
– PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6
Return values
• None:
HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode
Function name
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode (uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
Enters Stop mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 681/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with regulator ON
– PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with low power regulator ON
• STOPEntry: Specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. This parameter can be one of
– PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
– PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
Return values
• None:
Notes
• In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
• When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event, the HSI RC oscillator is selected as
system clock.
• When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional startup delay is incurred when
waking up from Stop mode. By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption is
higher although the startup time is reduced.
HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode
Function name
void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode (uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry)
Enters Sleep mode.
Parameters
• Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in SLEEP mode. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with regulator ON
– PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with low power regulator ON
• SLEEPEntry: Specifies if SLEEP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. This parameter can be one
– PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
– PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
Return values
• None:
Notes
• In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
• In Sleep mode, the systick is stopped to avoid exit from this mode with systick interrupt when used as time
base for Timeout
• This parameter is not used for the STM32F7 family and is kept as parameter just to maintain compatibility
with the lower power families.
HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode
Function name
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode (void )
Enters Standby mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 682/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes
• In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for: Reset pad (still available)RTC_AF1 pin
(PC13) if configured for tamper, time-stamp, RTC Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out.RTC_AF2 pin
(PI8) if configured for tamper or time-stamp.WKUP pins if enabled.
HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler (void )
This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler().
HAL_PWR_PVDCallback
Function name
void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback (void )
PWR PVD interrupt callback.
Return values
• None:
HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit
Function name
void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit (void )
Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor re-enters SLEEP mode when an
interruption handling is over. Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on
interruptions handling.
HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit
Function name
void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit (void )
Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 683/2236

UM1905
PWR Firmware driver defines
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor re-enters SLEEP mode when
an interruption handling is over.
HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend
Function name
void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend (void )
Enables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes WFE to wake up when an interrupt
moves from inactive to pended.
HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend
Function name
void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend (void )
Disables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes WFE to wake up when an
interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
49.3 PWR Firmware driver defines

49.3.1 PWR
PWR
PWR Enable WUP Mask
PWR_EWUP_MASK
PWR Exported Macro
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 684/2236

UM1905
__HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG
Description:
• macros configure the main internal regulator output voltage.
Parameters:
• __REGULATOR__: specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve a tradeoff between performance and
power consumption when the device does not operate at the maximum frequency (refer to the datasheets
for more details). This parameter can be one of the following values:
– PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode
Return value:
• None
__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Check PWR flag is set or not.
Parameters:
– PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag. This flag indicates that a wakeup event was received on the internal
wakeup line in standby mode (RTC alarm (Alarm A or Alarm B), RTC Tamper event, RTC TimeStamp
event or RTC Wakeup)).
– PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag. This flag indicates that the system was resumed from StandBy mode.
– PWR_FLAG_PVDO: PVD Output. This flag is valid only if PVD is enabled by the
HAL_PWR_EnablePVD() function. The PVD is stopped by Standby mode For this reason, this bit is
equal to 0 after Standby or reset until the PVDE bit is set.
– PWR_FLAG_BRR: Backup regulator ready flag. This bit is not reset when the device wakes up from
Standby mode or by a system reset or power reset.
– PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY: This flag indicates that the Regulator voltage scaling output selection is
ready.
Return value:
__HAL_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the PWR's pending flags.
Parameters:
– PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the PVD Exti Line 16.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the PVD EXTI Line 16.
Return value:
• None.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 685/2236

UM1905
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT
Description:
• Enable event on PVD Exti Line 16.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT
Description:
• Disable event on PVD Exti Line 16.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE
Description:
• Enable the PVD Extended Interrupt Rising Trigger.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE
Description:
• Disable the PVD Extended Interrupt Rising Trigger.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE
Description:
• Enable the PVD Extended Interrupt Falling Trigger.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE
Description:
• Disable the PVD Extended Interrupt Falling Trigger.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE
Description:
• PVD EXTI line configuration: set rising & falling edge trigger.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE
Description:
• Disable the PVD Extended Interrupt Rising & Falling Trigger.
Return value:
• None.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 686/2236

UM1905
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG
Description:
• checks whether the specified PVD Exti interrupt flag is set or not.
Return value:
• EXTI: PVD Line Status.
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the PVD Exti flag.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
Description:
• Generates a Software interrupt on PVD EXTI line.
Return value:
• None
PWR Flag
PWR_FLAG_WU
PWR_FLAG_SB
PWR_FLAG_PVDO
PWR_FLAG_BRR
PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY
PWR Private macros to check input parameters
IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL
IS_PWR_PVD_MODE
IS_PWR_REGULATOR
IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY
IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY
IS_PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE
PWR PVD detection level
PWR_PVDLEVEL_0
PWR_PVDLEVEL_1
PWR_PVDLEVEL_2
PWR_PVDLEVEL_3
PWR_PVDLEVEL_4
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 687/2236

UM1905
PWR_PVDLEVEL_5
PWR_PVDLEVEL_6
PWR_PVDLEVEL_7
PWR PVD EXTI Line
PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD
External interrupt line 16 Connected to the PVD EXTI Line
PWR PVD Mode
PWR_PVD_MODE_NORMAL
basic mode is used
PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING
External Interrupt Mode with Rising edge trigger detection
PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_FALLING
External Interrupt Mode with Falling edge trigger detection
PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING
External Interrupt Mode with Rising/Falling edge trigger detection
PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING
Event Mode with Rising edge trigger detection
PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_FALLING
Event Mode with Falling edge trigger detection
PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING_FALLING
Event Mode with Rising/Falling edge trigger detection
PWR PVD Mode Mask
PVD_MODE_IT
PVD_MODE_EVT
PVD_RISING_EDGE
PVD_FALLING_EDGE
PWR Regulator state in SLEEP/STOP mode
PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON
PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON
PWR Regulator Voltage Scale
PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1
PWR SLEEP mode entry
PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 688/2236

UM1905
PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE
PWR STOP mode entry
PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI
PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 689/2236

UM1905
HAL PWR Extension Driver
50 HAL PWR Extension Driver
50.1 PWREx Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the PWREx library.
50.1.1 Peripheral extended features functions
Main and Backup Regulators configuration

• The backup domain includes 4 Kbytes of backup SRAM accessible only from the CPU, and address in 32-
bit, 16-bit or 8-bit mode. Its content is retained even in Standby or VBAT mode when the low power backup
regulator is enabled. It can be considered as an internal EEPROM when VBAT is always present. You can
use the HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg() function to enable the low power backup regulator.
• When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD) the backup SRAM is
powered from VDD which replaces the VBAT power supply to save battery life.
• The backup SRAM is not mass erased by a tamper event. It is read protected to prevent confidential data,
such as cryptographic private key, from being accessed. The backup SRAM can be erased only through the
Flash interface when a protection level change from level 1 to level 0 is requested.
Note: Refer to the description of Read protection (RDP) in the Flash programming manual.
• The main internal regulator can be configured to have a tradeoff between performance and power
consumption when the device does not operate at the maximum frequency. This is done through
__HAL_PWR_MAINREGULATORMODE_CONFIG() macro which configure VOS bit in PWR_CR register
Refer to the product datasheets for more details.
FLASH Power Down configuration

• By setting the FPDS bit in the PWR_CR register by using the HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown()
function, the Flash memory also enters power down mode when the device enters Stop mode. When the
Flash memory is in power down mode, an additional startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop
mode.
Over-Drive and Under-Drive configuration

• In Run mode: the main regulator has 2 operating modes available:
– Normal mode: The CPU and core logic operate at maximum frequency at a given voltage scaling
(scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3)
– Over-drive mode: This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a higher frequency than
the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3). This mode is enabled through
HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive() function and disabled by HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive() function,
to enter or exit from Over-drive mode please follow the sequence described in Reference manual.
• In Stop mode: the main regulator or low power regulator supplies a low power voltage to the 1.2V domain,
thus preserving the content of registers and internal SRAM. 2 operating modes are available:
– Normal mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in nominal leakage mode. This mode is only available
when the main regulator or the low power regulator is used in Scale 3 or low voltage mode.
– Under-drive mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This mode is only available
when the main regulator or the low power regulator is in low voltage mode.
• HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg
• HAL_PWREx_DisableBkUpReg
• HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown
• HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown
• HAL_PWREx_EnableMainRegulatorLowVoltage
• HAL_PWREx_DisableMainRegulatorLowVoltage
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 690/2236

UM1905
PWREx Firmware driver API description
• HAL_PWREx_EnableLowRegulatorLowVoltage
• HAL_PWREx_DisableLowRegulatorLowVoltage
• HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive
• HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive
• HAL_PWREx_EnterUnderDriveSTOPMode
• HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange
• HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling
HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange
Function name
uint32_t HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange (void )
Returns Voltage Scaling Range.
Return values
• VOS: bit field (PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1, PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2 or
PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3)PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1
HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling (uint32_t VoltageScaling)
Configures the main internal regulator output voltage.
Parameters
• VoltageScaling: specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve a tradeoff between performance and
power consumption. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output range 1 mode, typical output
voltage at 1.4 V, system frequency up to 216 MHz.
Return values
• HAL: Status
Notes
• To update the system clock frequency(SYSCLK): Set the HSI or HSE as system clock frequency using the
HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().Call the HAL_RCC_OscConfig() to configure the PLL.Call
HAL_PWREx_ConfigVoltageScaling() API to adjust the voltage scale.Set the new system clock frequency
using the HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
• The scale can be modified only when the HSI or HSE clock source is selected as system clock source,
otherwise the API returns HAL_ERROR.
• When the PLL is OFF, the voltage scale 3 is automatically selected and the VOS bits value in the
PWR_CR1 register are not taken in account.
• This API forces the PLL state ON to allow the possibility to configure the voltage scale 1 or 2.
• The new voltage scale is active only when the PLL is ON.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 691/2236

UM1905
HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown
Function name
void HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown (void )
Enables the Flash Power Down in Stop mode.
Return values
• None:
HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown
Function name
void HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown (void )
Disables the Flash Power Down in Stop mode.
Return values
• None:
HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg (void )
Enables the Backup Regulator.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_PWREx_DisableBkUpReg
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableBkUpReg (void )
Disables the Backup Regulator.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_PWREx_EnableMainRegulatorLowVoltage
Function name
void HAL_PWREx_EnableMainRegulatorLowVoltage (void )
Enables Main Regulator low voltage mode.
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 692/2236

UM1905
HAL_PWREx_DisableMainRegulatorLowVoltage
Function name
void HAL_PWREx_DisableMainRegulatorLowVoltage (void )
Disables Main Regulator low voltage mode.
Return values
• None:
HAL_PWREx_EnableLowRegulatorLowVoltage
Function name
void HAL_PWREx_EnableLowRegulatorLowVoltage (void )
Enables Low Power Regulator low voltage mode.
Return values
• None:
HAL_PWREx_DisableLowRegulatorLowVoltage
Function name
void HAL_PWREx_DisableLowRegulatorLowVoltage (void )
Disables Low Power Regulator low voltage mode.
Return values
• None:
HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive (void )
Activates the Over-Drive mode.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a higher frequency than the normal mode for a
given voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3).
• It is recommended to enter or exit Over-drive mode when the application is not running critical tasks and
when the system clock source is either HSI or HSE. During the Over-drive switch activation, no peripheral
clocks should be enabled. The peripheral clocks must be enabled once the Over-drive mode is activated.
HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive (void )
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 693/2236

UM1905
PWREx Firmware driver defines
Deactivates the Over-Drive mode.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a higher frequency than the normal mode for a
given voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3).
• It is recommended to enter or exit Over-drive mode when the application is not running critical tasks and
when the system clock source is either HSI or HSE. During the Over-drive switch activation, no peripheral
clocks should be enabled. The peripheral clocks must be enabled once the Over-drive mode is activated.
HAL_PWREx_EnterUnderDriveSTOPMode
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnterUnderDriveSTOPMode (uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
Enters in Under-Drive STOP mode.
Parameters
• Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– PWR_MAINREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON: Main Regulator in under-drive mode and Flash
memory in power-down when the device is in Stop under-drive mode
– PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON: Low Power Regulator in under-drive mode
and Flash memory in power-down when the device is in Stop under-drive mode
• STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. This parameter can be one of
– PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction
– PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This mode can be selected only when the Under-Drive is already active
• This mode is enabled only with STOP low power mode. In this mode, the 1.2V domain is preserved in
reduced leakage mode. This mode is only available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is
in low voltage mode
• If the Under-drive mode was enabled, it is automatically disabled after exiting Stop mode. When the voltage
regulator operates in Under-drive mode, an additional startup delay is induced when waking up from Stop
mode.
• In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
• When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event, the HSI RC oscillator is selected as
system clock.
• When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional startup delay is incurred when
waking up from Stop mode. By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption is
higher although the startup time is reduced.
50.2 PWREx Firmware driver defines

50.2.1 PWREx
PWREx
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 694/2236

UM1905
PWREx Exported Macro
__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_ENABLE
__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_DISABLE
__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING_ENABLE
__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING_DISABLE
__HAL_PWR_UNDERDRIVE_ENABLE
Notes:
reduced leakage mode. This mode is only available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is
in low voltage mode. If the Under-drive mode was enabled, it is automatically disabled after exiting Stop
mode. When the voltage regulator operates in Under-drive mode, an additional startup delay is induced
when waking up from Stop mode.
__HAL_PWR_UNDERDRIVE_DISABLE
__HAL_PWR_GET_ODRUDR_FLAG
Description:
• Check PWR flag is set or not.
Parameters:
– PWR_FLAG_ODRDY: This flag indicates that the Over-drive mode is ready
– PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY: This flag indicates that the Over-drive mode switching is ready
– PWR_FLAG_UDRDY: This flag indicates that the Under-drive mode is enabled in Stop mode
Return value:
__HAL_PWR_CLEAR_ODRUDR_FLAG
__HAL_PWR_GET_WAKEUP_FLAG
Description:
• Check Wake Up flag is set or not.
Parameters:
• __WUFLAG__: specifies the Wake Up flag to check. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– PWR_WAKEUP_PIN_FLAG1: Wakeup Pin Flag for PA0
– PWR_WAKEUP_PIN_FLAG3: Wakeup Pin Flag for PC1
– PWR_WAKEUP_PIN_FLAG5: Wakeup Pin Flag for PI8
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 695/2236

UM1905
__HAL_PWR_CLEAR_WAKEUP_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the WakeUp pins flags.
Parameters:
• __WUFLAG__: specifies the Wake Up pin flag to clear. This parameter can be one of the following values:
PWREx Private macros to check input parameters
IS_PWR_REGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE
IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN
PWREx Over Under Drive Flag
PWR_FLAG_ODRDY
PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY
PWR_FLAG_UDRDY
PWREx Regulator state in UnderDrive mode
PWR_MAINREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON
PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON
PWREx Wake Up Pins
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_HIGH
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 696/2236

UM1905
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_LOW
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_LOW
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_LOW
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4_LOW
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5_LOW
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6_LOW
PWREx Wake Up Pin Flags
PWR_WAKEUP_PIN_FLAG1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 697/2236

UM1905
HAL QSPI Generic Driver
51 HAL QSPI Generic Driver
51.1 QSPI Firmware driver registers structures
51.1.1 QSPI_InitTypeDef
QSPI_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_qspi.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t FifoThreshold
• uint32_t SampleShifting
• uint32_t FlashSize
• uint32_t ChipSelectHighTime
• uint32_t ClockMode
• uint32_t FlashID
• uint32_t DualFlash
Field Documentation
• uint32_t QSPI_InitTypeDef::ClockPrescaler
• uint32_t QSPI_InitTypeDef::FifoThreshold
• uint32_t QSPI_InitTypeDef::SampleShifting
• uint32_t QSPI_InitTypeDef::FlashSize
• uint32_t QSPI_InitTypeDef::ChipSelectHighTime
• uint32_t QSPI_InitTypeDef::ClockMode
• uint32_t QSPI_InitTypeDef::FlashID
• uint32_t QSPI_InitTypeDef::DualFlash
51.1.2 QSPI_HandleTypeDef
QSPI_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_qspi.h
Data Fields
• QUADSPI_TypeDef * Instance
• QSPI_InitTypeDef Init
• __IO uint32_t TxXferSize
• DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma
• __IO HAL_QSPI_StateTypeDef State
• uint32_t Timeout
Field Documentation
• QUADSPI_TypeDef* QSPI_HandleTypeDef::Instance
• QSPI_InitTypeDef QSPI_HandleTypeDef::Init
• uint8_t* QSPI_HandleTypeDef::pTxBuffPtr
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 698/2236

UM1905
QSPI Firmware driver registers structures
• __IO uint32_t QSPI_HandleTypeDef::TxXferSize

• __IO uint32_t QSPI_HandleTypeDef::TxXferCount
• uint8_t* QSPI_HandleTypeDef::pRxBuffPtr
• __IO uint32_t QSPI_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
• __IO uint32_t QSPI_HandleTypeDef::RxXferCount
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* QSPI_HandleTypeDef::hdma
• __IO HAL_LockTypeDef QSPI_HandleTypeDef::Lock
• __IO HAL_QSPI_StateTypeDef QSPI_HandleTypeDef::State
• __IO uint32_t QSPI_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
• uint32_t QSPI_HandleTypeDef::Timeout
51.1.3 QSPI_CommandTypeDef
QSPI_CommandTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_qspi.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Instruction
• uint32_t Address
• uint32_t AlternateBytes
• uint32_t AddressSize
• uint32_t AlternateBytesSize
• uint32_t DummyCycles
• uint32_t InstructionMode
• uint32_t AddressMode
• uint32_t AlternateByteMode
• uint32_t DataMode
• uint32_t NbData
• uint32_t DdrMode
• uint32_t DdrHoldHalfCycle
• uint32_t SIOOMode
Field Documentation
• uint32_t QSPI_CommandTypeDef::Instruction
• uint32_t QSPI_CommandTypeDef::Address
• uint32_t QSPI_CommandTypeDef::AlternateBytes
• uint32_t QSPI_CommandTypeDef::AddressSize
• uint32_t QSPI_CommandTypeDef::AlternateBytesSize
• uint32_t QSPI_CommandTypeDef::DummyCycles
• uint32_t QSPI_CommandTypeDef::InstructionMode
• uint32_t QSPI_CommandTypeDef::AddressMode
• uint32_t QSPI_CommandTypeDef::AlternateByteMode
• uint32_t QSPI_CommandTypeDef::DataMode
• uint32_t QSPI_CommandTypeDef::NbData
• uint32_t QSPI_CommandTypeDef::DdrMode
• uint32_t QSPI_CommandTypeDef::DdrHoldHalfCycle
• uint32_t QSPI_CommandTypeDef::SIOOMode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 699/2236

UM1905
QSPI Firmware driver API description
51.1.4 QSPI_AutoPollingTypeDef
QSPI_AutoPollingTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_qspi.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Match
• uint32_t Mask
• uint32_t Interval
• uint32_t StatusBytesSize
• uint32_t MatchMode
• uint32_t AutomaticStop
Field Documentation
• uint32_t QSPI_AutoPollingTypeDef::Match
• uint32_t QSPI_AutoPollingTypeDef::Mask
• uint32_t QSPI_AutoPollingTypeDef::Interval
• uint32_t QSPI_AutoPollingTypeDef::StatusBytesSize
• uint32_t QSPI_AutoPollingTypeDef::MatchMode
• uint32_t QSPI_AutoPollingTypeDef::AutomaticStop
51.1.5 QSPI_MemoryMappedTypeDef
QSPI_MemoryMappedTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_qspi.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t TimeOutPeriod
• uint32_t TimeOutActivation
Field Documentation
• uint32_t QSPI_MemoryMappedTypeDef::TimeOutPeriod
• uint32_t QSPI_MemoryMappedTypeDef::TimeOutActivation
51.2 QSPI Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the QSPI library.
Initialization
1. As prerequisite, fill in the HAL_QSPI_MspInit() :
– Enable QuadSPI clock interface with __HAL_RCC_QSPI_CLK_ENABLE().
– Reset QuadSPI Peripheral with __HAL_RCC_QSPI_FORCE_RESET() and
__HAL_RCC_QSPI_RELEASE_RESET().
– Enable the clocks for the QuadSPI GPIOS with __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
– Configure these QuadSPI pins in alternate mode using HAL_GPIO_Init().
– If interrupt mode is used, enable and configure QuadSPI global interrupt with HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
– If DMA mode is used, enable the clocks for the QuadSPI DMA channel with
__HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE(), configure DMA with HAL_DMA_Init(), link it with QuadSPI
handle using __HAL_LINKDMA(), enable and configure DMA channel global interrupt with
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
2. Configure the flash size, the clock prescaler, the fifo threshold, the clock mode, the sample shifting and the
CS high time using the HAL_QSPI_Init() function.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 700/2236

UM1905
Indirect functional mode

1. Configure the command sequence using the HAL_QSPI_Command() or HAL_QSPI_Command_IT()
functions :
– Instruction phase : the mode used and if present the instruction opcode.
– Address phase : the mode used and if present the size and the address value.
– Alternate-bytes phase : the mode used and if present the size and the alternate bytes values.
– Dummy-cycles phase : the number of dummy cycles (mode used is same as data phase).
– Data phase : the mode used and if present the number of bytes.
– Double Data Rate (DDR) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode and the delay if activated.
– Sending Instruction Only Once (SIOO) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode.
2. If no data is required for the command, it is sent directly to the memory :
– In polling mode, the output of the function is done when the transfer is complete.
– In interrupt mode, HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete.
3. For the indirect write mode, use HAL_QSPI_Transmit(), HAL_QSPI_Transmit_DMA() or
HAL_QSPI_Transmit_IT() after the command configuration :
– In interrupt mode, HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback() will be called when the fifo threshold is reached
and HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete.
– In DMA mode, HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback() will be called at the half transfer and
HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete.
4. For the indirect read mode, use HAL_QSPI_Receive(), HAL_QSPI_Receive_DMA() or
HAL_QSPI_Receive_IT() after the command configuration :
– In interrupt mode, HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback() will be called when the fifo threshold is reached
and HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete.
– In DMA mode, HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback() will be called at the half transfer and
HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete.
Auto-polling functional mode

1. Configure the command sequence and the auto-polling functional mode using the HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling()
or HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling_IT() functions :
– Address phase : the mode used and if present the size and the address value.
– Data phase : the mode used.
– The size of the status bytes, the match value, the mask used, the match mode (OR/AND), the polling
interval and the automatic stop activation.
2. After the configuration :
– In polling mode, the output of the function is done when the status match is reached. The automatic
stop is activated to avoid an infinite loop.
– In interrupt mode, HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback() will be called each time the status match is
reached.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 701/2236

UM1905
Memory-mapped functional mode

1. Configure the command sequence and the memory-mapped functional mode using the
HAL_QSPI_MemoryMapped() functions :
– Address phase : the mode used and the size.
– Data phase : the mode used.
– The timeout activation and the timeout period.
2. After the configuration, the QuadSPI will be used as soon as an access on the AHB is done on the address
range. HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback() will be called when the timeout expires.
Errors management and abort functionality

1. HAL_QSPI_GetError() function gives the error raised during the last operation.
2. HAL_QSPI_Abort() and HAL_QSPI_AbortIT() functions aborts any on-going operation and flushes the fifo :
– In polling mode, the output of the function is done when the transfer complete bit is set and the busy bit
cleared.
– In interrupt mode, HAL_QSPI_AbortCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer complete bit is set.
Control functions
1. HAL_QSPI_GetState() function gives the current state of the HAL QuadSPI driver.
2. HAL_QSPI_SetTimeout() function configures the timeout value used in the driver.
3. HAL_QSPI_SetFifoThreshold() function configures the threshold on the Fifo of the QSPI IP.
4. HAL_QSPI_GetFifoThreshold() function gives the current of the Fifo's threshold
5. HAL_QSPI_SetFlashID() function configures the index of the flash memory to be accessed.
The compilation define USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows the user to configure
dynamically the driver callbacks. Use Functions @ref HAL_QSPI_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback, it
• FifoThresholdCallback : callback when the fifo threshold is reached.
• CmdCpltCallback : callback when a command without data is completed.
• RxHalfCpltCallback : callback when half of the reception transfer is completed.
• TxHalfCpltCallback : callback when half of the transmission transfer is completed.
• StatusMatchCallback : callback when a status match occurs.
• TimeOutCallback : callback when the timeout perioed expires.
• MspInitCallback : QSPI MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : QSPI MspDeInit. This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the
Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function. Use function @ref HAL_QSPI_UnRegisterCallback()
• FifoThresholdCallback : callback when the fifo threshold is reached.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 702/2236

UM1905
• CmdCpltCallback : callback when a command without data is completed.

• RxHalfCpltCallback : callback when half of the reception transfer is completed.
• TxHalfCpltCallback : callback when half of the transmission transfer is completed.
• StatusMatchCallback : callback when a status match occurs.
• TimeOutCallback : callback when the timeout perioed expires.
• MspInitCallback : QSPI MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : QSPI MspDeInit. This function) takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle and the
Callback ID. By default, after the @ref HAL_QSPI_Init and if the state is HAL_QSPI_STATE_RESET all
HAL_QSPI_Init and @ref HAL_QSPI_DeInit only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_QSPI_Init and @ref HAL_QSPI_DeInit keep and use
that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks using @ref HAL_QSPI_RegisterCallback before
calling @ref HAL_QSPI_DeInit or @ref HAL_QSPI_Init function. When The compilation define
USE_HAL_QSPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the callback registering feature is not
Workarounds linked to Silicon Limitation

1. Workarounds Implemented inside HAL Driver
– Extra data written in the FIFO at the end of a read transfer

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to :
• Initialize the QuadSPI.
• De-initialize the QuadSPI.
• HAL_QSPI_Init
• HAL_QSPI_DeInit
• HAL_QSPI_MspInit
• HAL_QSPI_MspDeInit

• Handle the interrupts.
• Handle the command sequence.
• Transmit data in blocking, interrupt or DMA mode.
• Receive data in blocking, interrupt or DMA mode.
• Manage the auto-polling functional mode.
• Manage the memory-mapped functional mode.
• HAL_QSPI_IRQHandler
• HAL_QSPI_Command
• HAL_QSPI_Command_IT
• HAL_QSPI_Transmit
• HAL_QSPI_Receive
• HAL_QSPI_Transmit_IT
• HAL_QSPI_Receive_IT
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 703/2236

UM1905
• HAL_QSPI_Transmit_DMA
• HAL_QSPI_Receive_DMA
• HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling
• HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling_IT
• HAL_QSPI_MemoryMapped
• HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback
• HAL_QSPI_AbortCpltCallback
• HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback
• HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback
• HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback
• HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback
• HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback
• HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback
51.2.4 Peripheral Control and State functions

• Check in run-time the state of the driver.
• Check the error code set during last operation.
• Abort any operation.
• HAL_QSPI_GetState
• HAL_QSPI_GetError
• HAL_QSPI_Abort
• HAL_QSPI_Abort_IT
• HAL_QSPI_SetTimeout
• HAL_QSPI_SetFifoThreshold
• HAL_QSPI_GetFifoThreshold
• HAL_QSPI_SetFlashID
HAL_QSPI_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Init (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi)
Initialize the QSPI mode according to the specified parameters in the QSPI_InitTypeDef and initialize the
associated handle.
Parameters
• hqspi: : QSPI handle
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_QSPI_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_DeInit (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 704/2236

UM1905
De-Initialize the QSPI peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_QSPI_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_QSPI_MspInit (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi)
Initialize the QSPI MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_QSPI_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_QSPI_MspDeInit (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi)
DeInitialize the QSPI MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_QSPI_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_QSPI_IRQHandler (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi)
Handle QSPI interrupt request.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_QSPI_Command
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Command (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *
cmd, uint32_t Timeout)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 705/2236

UM1905
Set the command configuration.
Parameters
• cmd: : structure that contains the command configuration information
• Timeout: : Timeout duration
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This function is used only in Indirect Read or Write Modes
HAL_QSPI_Transmit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Transmit (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi, uint8_t * pData, uint32_t
Timeout)
Parameters
• pData: : pointer to data buffer
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This function is used only in Indirect Write Mode
HAL_QSPI_Receive
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Receive (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi, uint8_t * pData, uint32_t
Timeout)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This function is used only in Indirect Read Mode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 706/2236

UM1905
HAL_QSPI_Command_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Command_IT (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *
cmd)
Set the command configuration in interrupt mode.
Parameters
• cmd: : structure that contains the command configuration information
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This function is used only in Indirect Read or Write Modes
HAL_QSPI_Transmit_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Transmit_IT (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi, uint8_t * pData)
Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode with interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_QSPI_Receive_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Receive_IT (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi, uint8_t * pData)
Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 707/2236

UM1905
HAL_QSPI_Transmit_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Transmit_DMA (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi, uint8_t * pData)
Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• If DMA peripheral access is configured as halfword, the number of data and the fifo threshold should be
aligned on halfword
• If DMA peripheral access is configured as word, the number of data and the fifo threshold should be
aligned on word
HAL_QSPI_Receive_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Receive_DMA (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi, uint8_t * pData)
Parameters
• pData: : pointer to data buffer.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• If DMA peripheral access is configured as halfword, the number of data and the fifo threshold should be
aligned on halfword
• If DMA peripheral access is configured as word, the number of data and the fifo threshold should be
aligned on word
HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *
cmd, QSPI_AutoPollingTypeDef * cfg, uint32_t Timeout)
Configure the QSPI Automatic Polling Mode in blocking mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 708/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• cmd: : structure that contains the command configuration information.
• cfg: : structure that contains the polling configuration information.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This function is used only in Automatic Polling Mode
HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling_IT (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *
cmd, QSPI_AutoPollingTypeDef * cfg)
Configure the QSPI Automatic Polling Mode in non-blocking mode.
Parameters
• cfg: : structure that contains the polling configuration information.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This function is used only in Automatic Polling Mode
HAL_QSPI_MemoryMapped
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_MemoryMapped (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef
* cmd, QSPI_MemoryMappedTypeDef * cfg)
Configure the Memory Mapped mode.
Parameters
• cfg: : structure that contains the memory mapped configuration information.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This function is used only in Memory mapped Mode
HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 709/2236

UM1905
Transfer Error callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_QSPI_AbortCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_QSPI_AbortCpltCallback (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi)
Abort completed callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback
Function name
void HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi)
FIFO Threshold callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi)
Command completed callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 710/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi)
Rx Half Transfer completed callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback
Function name
void HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 711/2236

UM1905
Status Match callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback
Function name
void HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi)
Timeout callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_QSPI_GetState
Function name
HAL_QSPI_StateTypeDef HAL_QSPI_GetState (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi)
Return the QSPI handle state.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: state
HAL_QSPI_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_QSPI_GetError (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi)
Return the QSPI error code.
Parameters
Return values
• QSPI: Error Code
HAL_QSPI_Abort
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Abort (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 712/2236

UM1905
Abort the current transmission.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_QSPI_Abort_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Abort_IT (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi)
Abort the current transmission (non-blocking function)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_QSPI_SetTimeout
Function name
void HAL_QSPI_SetTimeout (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi, uint32_t Timeout)
Set QSPI timeout.
Parameters
• hqspi: : QSPI handle.
• Timeout: : Timeout for the QSPI memory access.
Return values
• None:
HAL_QSPI_SetFifoThreshold
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_SetFifoThreshold (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi, uint32_t Threshold)
Set QSPI Fifo threshold.
Parameters
• Threshold: : Threshold of the Fifo (value between 1 and 16).
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_QSPI_GetFifoThreshold
Function name
uint32_t HAL_QSPI_GetFifoThreshold (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 713/2236

UM1905
QSPI Firmware driver defines
Get QSPI Fifo threshold.
Parameters
Return values
• Fifo: threshold (value between 1 and 16)
HAL_QSPI_SetFlashID
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_SetFlashID (QSPI_HandleTypeDef * hqspi, uint32_t FlashID)
Set FlashID.
Parameters
• FlashID: : Index of the flash memory to be accessed. This parameter can be a value of QSPI Flash Select.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• The FlashID is ignored when dual flash mode is enabled.
51.3 QSPI Firmware driver defines

51.3.1 QSPI
QSPI
QSPI Address Mode
QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE
No address
QSPI_ADDRESS_1_LINE
Address on a single line
QSPI_ADDRESS_2_LINES
Address on two lines
QSPI_ADDRESS_4_LINES
Address on four lines
QSPI Address Size
QSPI_ADDRESS_8_BITS
8-bit address
QSPI_ADDRESS_16_BITS
16-bit address
24-bit address
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 714/2236

UM1905
32-bit address
QSPI Alternate Bytes Mode
QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE
No alternate bytes
QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_1_LINE
Alternate bytes on a single line
QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_2_LINES
Alternate bytes on two lines
QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_4_LINES
Alternate bytes on four lines
QSPI Alternate Bytes Size
QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_8_BITS
8-bit alternate bytes
QSPI Automatic Stop
QSPI_AUTOMATIC_STOP_DISABLE
AutoPolling stops only with abort or QSPI disabling
QSPI_AUTOMATIC_STOP_ENABLE
AutoPolling stops as soon as there is a match
QSPI ChipSelect High Time
QSPI_CS_HIGH_TIME_1_CYCLE
nCS stay high for at least 1 clock cycle between commands
nCS stay high for at least 2 clock cycles between commands
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 715/2236

UM1905
QSPI Clock Mode
QSPI_CLOCK_MODE_0
Clk stays low while nCS is released
QSPI_CLOCK_MODE_3
Clk goes high while nCS is released
QSPI Data Mode
QSPI_DATA_NONE
No data
QSPI_DATA_1_LINE
Data on a single line
QSPI_DATA_2_LINES
Data on two lines
QSPI_DATA_4_LINES
Data on four lines
QSPI DDR Data Output Delay
QSPI_DDR_HHC_ANALOG_DELAY
Delay the data output using analog delay in DDR mode
QSPI_DDR_HHC_HALF_CLK_DELAY
Delay the data output by one half of system clock in DDR mode
QSPI DDR Mode
QSPI_DDR_MODE_DISABLE
Double data rate mode disabled
QSPI_DDR_MODE_ENABLE
Double data rate mode enabled
QSPI Dual Flash Mode
QSPI_DUALFLASH_ENABLE
Dual-flash mode enabled
QSPI_DUALFLASH_DISABLE
Dual-flash mode disabled
QSPI Error Code
HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_QSPI_ERROR_TIMEOUT
Timeout error
HAL_QSPI_ERROR_TRANSFER
Transfer error
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 716/2236

UM1905
HAL_QSPI_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
HAL_QSPI_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM
Invalid parameters error
QSPI Exported Macros
__HAL_QSPI_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset QSPI handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: : QSPI handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_QSPI_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the QSPI peripheral.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: : specifies the QSPI Handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_QSPI_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the QSPI peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the specified QSPI interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: : specifies the QSPI interrupt source to enable. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
– QSPI_IT_TO: QSPI Timeout interrupt
– QSPI_IT_SM: QSPI Status match interrupt
– QSPI_IT_FT: QSPI FIFO threshold interrupt
– QSPI_IT_TC: QSPI Transfer complete interrupt
– QSPI_IT_TE: QSPI Transfer error interrupt
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 717/2236

UM1905
__HAL_QSPI_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the specified QSPI interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: : specifies the QSPI interrupt source to disable. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_QSPI_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Check whether the specified QSPI interrupt source is enabled or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: : specifies the QSPI interrupt source to check. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
Return value:
• The: new state of __INTERRUPT__ (TRUE or FALSE).
__HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Check whether the selected QSPI flag is set or not.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: : specifies the QSPI flag to check. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– QSPI_FLAG_BUSY: QSPI Busy flag
– QSPI_FLAG_TO: QSPI Timeout flag
– QSPI_FLAG_SM: QSPI Status match flag
– QSPI_FLAG_FT: QSPI FIFO threshold flag
– QSPI_FLAG_TC: QSPI Transfer complete flag
– QSPI_FLAG_TE: QSPI Transfer error flag
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 718/2236

UM1905
__HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clears the specified QSPI's flag status.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: : specifies the QSPI clear register flag that needs to be set This parameter can be one of the
following values:
– QSPI_FLAG_TO: QSPI Timeout flag
– QSPI_FLAG_SM: QSPI Status match flag
– QSPI_FLAG_TC: QSPI Transfer complete flag
– QSPI_FLAG_TE: QSPI Transfer error flag
Return value:
• None
QSPI Flags
QSPI_FLAG_BUSY
Busy flag: operation is ongoing
QSPI_FLAG_TO
Timeout flag: timeout occurs in memory-mapped mode
QSPI_FLAG_SM
Status match flag: received data matches in autopolling mode
QSPI_FLAG_FT
Fifo threshold flag: Fifo threshold reached or data left after read from memory is complete
QSPI_FLAG_TC
Transfer complete flag: programmed number of data have been transferred or the transfer has been aborted
QSPI_FLAG_TE
Transfer error flag: invalid address is being accessed
QSPI Flash Select
QSPI_FLASH_ID_1
FLASH 1 selected
QSPI_FLASH_ID_2
FLASH 2 selected
QSPI Instruction Mode
QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE
No instruction
QSPI_INSTRUCTION_1_LINE
Instruction on a single line
QSPI_INSTRUCTION_2_LINES
Instruction on two lines
QSPI_INSTRUCTION_4_LINES
Instruction on four lines
QSPI Interrupts
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 719/2236

UM1905
QSPI_IT_TO
Interrupt on the timeout flag
QSPI_IT_SM
Interrupt on the status match flag
QSPI_IT_FT
Interrupt on the fifo threshold flag
QSPI_IT_TC
Interrupt on the transfer complete flag
QSPI_IT_TE
Interrupt on the transfer error flag
QSPI Match Mode
QSPI_MATCH_MODE_AND
AND match mode between unmasked bits
QSPI_MATCH_MODE_OR
OR match mode between unmasked bits
QSPI Sample Shifting
QSPI_SAMPLE_SHIFTING_NONE
No clock cycle shift to sample data
QSPI_SAMPLE_SHIFTING_HALFCYCLE
1/2 clock cycle shift to sample data
QSPI Send Instruction Mode
QSPI_SIOO_INST_EVERY_CMD
Send instruction on every transaction
QSPI_SIOO_INST_ONLY_FIRST_CMD
Send instruction only for the first command
QSPI Timeout Activation
QSPI_TIMEOUT_COUNTER_DISABLE
Timeout counter disabled, nCS remains active
QSPI_TIMEOUT_COUNTER_ENABLE
Timeout counter enabled, nCS released when timeout expires
QSPI Timeout definition
HAL_QSPI_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT_VALUE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 720/2236

UM1905
HAL RCC Generic Driver
52 HAL RCC Generic Driver
52.1 RCC Firmware driver registers structures
52.1.1 RCC_OscInitTypeDef
RCC_OscInitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_rcc.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t OscillatorType
• uint32_t HSEState
• uint32_t LSEState
• uint32_t HSIState
• uint32_t HSICalibrationValue
• uint32_t LSIState
• RCC_PLLInitTypeDef PLL
Field Documentation
• uint32_t RCC_OscInitTypeDef::OscillatorType
The oscillators to be configured. This parameter can be a value of RCC_Oscillator_Type
• uint32_t RCC_OscInitTypeDef::HSEState
The new state of the HSE. This parameter can be a value of RCC_HSE_Config
• uint32_t RCC_OscInitTypeDef::LSEState
The new state of the LSE. This parameter can be a value of RCC_LSE_Config
• uint32_t RCC_OscInitTypeDef::HSIState
The new state of the HSI. This parameter can be a value of RCC_HSI_Config
• uint32_t RCC_OscInitTypeDef::HSICalibrationValue
The HSI calibration trimming value (default is RCC_HSICALIBRATION_DEFAULT). This parameter must be
a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0x1F
• uint32_t RCC_OscInitTypeDef::LSIState
The new state of the LSI. This parameter can be a value of RCC_LSI_Config
• RCC_PLLInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitTypeDef::PLL
PLL structure parameters
52.1.2 RCC_ClkInitTypeDef
RCC_ClkInitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_rcc.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t ClockType
• uint32_t SYSCLKSource
• uint32_t AHBCLKDivider
• uint32_t APB1CLKDivider
Field Documentation
• uint32_t RCC_ClkInitTypeDef::ClockType
The clock to be configured. This parameter can be a value of RCC_System_Clock_Type
• uint32_t RCC_ClkInitTypeDef::SYSCLKSource
The clock source (SYSCLKS) used as system clock. This parameter can be a value of
RCC_System_Clock_Source
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 721/2236

UM1905
RCC Firmware driver API description
• uint32_t RCC_ClkInitTypeDef::AHBCLKDivider
The AHB clock (HCLK) divider. This clock is derived from the system clock (SYSCLK). This parameter can
be a value of RCC_AHB_Clock_Source
• uint32_t RCC_ClkInitTypeDef::APB1CLKDivider
The APB1 clock (PCLK1) divider. This clock is derived from the AHB clock (HCLK). This parameter can be a
value of RCC_APB1_APB2_Clock_Source
• uint32_t RCC_ClkInitTypeDef::APB2CLKDivider
value of RCC_APB1_APB2_Clock_Source
52.2 RCC Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the RCC library.
52.2.1 RCC specific features

After reset the device is running from Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI 16MHz) with Flash 0 wait state, Flash
prefetch buffer, D-Cache and I-Cache are disabled, and all peripherals are off except internal SRAM, Flash and
JTAG.
• There is no prescaler on High speed (AHB) and Low speed (APB) busses; all peripherals mapped on these
busses are running at HSI speed.
• The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and FLASH.
• All GPIOs are in input floating state, except the JTAG pins which are assigned to be used for debug
purpose.
Once the device started from reset, the user application has to:
• Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock (if the application needs higher frequency/
performance)
• Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings
• Configure the AHB and APB busses prescalers
• Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used
• Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals which clocks are not derived from the System clock (I2S, RTC,
ADC, USB OTG FS/SDIO/RNG)
52.2.2 RCC Limitations

A delay between an RCC peripheral clock enable and the effective peripheral enabling should be taken into
account in order to manage the peripheral read/write from/to registers.
• This delay depends on the peripheral mapping.
• If peripheral is mapped on AHB: the delay is 2 AHB clock cycle after the clock enable bit is set on the
hardware register
• If peripheral is mapped on APB: the delay is 2 APB clock cycle after the clock enable bit is set on the
hardware register
Implemented Workaround:
• For AHB & APB peripherals, a dummy read to the peripheral register has been inserted in each
__HAL_RCC_PPP_CLK_ENABLE() macro.

This section provides functions allowing to configure the internal/external oscillators (HSE, HSI, LSE, LSI, PLL,
CSS and MCO) and the System buses clocks (SYSCLK, AHB, APB1 and APB2).
Internal/external clock and PLL configuration
1. HSI (high-speed internal), 16 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly or through the PLL as System clock
source.
2. LSI (low-speed internal), 32 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG and/or RTC clock source.
3. HSE (high-speed external), 4 to 26 MHz crystal oscillator used directly or through the PLL as System clock
source. Can be used also as RTC clock source.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 722/2236

UM1905
4. LSE (low-speed external), 32 KHz oscillator used as RTC clock source.

5. PLL (clocked by HSI or HSE), featuring two different output clocks:
– The first output is used to generate the high speed system clock (up to 216 MHz)
– The second output is used to generate the clock for the USB OTG FS (48 MHz), the random analog
generator (<=48 MHz) and the SDIO (<= 48 MHz).
6. CSS (Clock security system), once enable using the function HAL_RCC_EnableCSS() and if a HSE clock
failure occurs(HSE used directly or through PLL as System clock source), the System clock is automatically
switched to HSI and an interrupt is generated if enabled. The interrupt is linked to the Cortex-M7 NMI (Non-
Maskable Interrupt) exception vector.
7. MCO1 (microcontroller clock output), used to output HSI, LSE, HSE or PLL clock (through a configurable
prescaler) on PA8 pin.
8. MCO2 (microcontroller clock output), used to output HSE, PLL, SYSCLK or PLLI2S clock (through a
configurable prescaler) on PC9 pin.
System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration
1. Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK): HSI, HSE and PLL. The AHB clock
(HCLK) is derived from System clock through configurable prescaler and used to clock the CPU, memory
and peripherals mapped on AHB bus (DMA, GPIO...). APB1 (PCLK1) and APB2 (PCLK2) clocks are derived
from AHB clock through configurable prescalers and used to clock the peripherals mapped on these busses.
You can use "HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq()" function to retrieve the frequencies of these clocks.
Note: All the peripheral clocks are derived from the System clock (SYSCLK) except:
– I2S: the I2S clock can be derived either from a specific PLL (PLLI2S) or from an external clock mapped on
the I2S_CKIN pin. You have to use __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG() macro to configure this clock.
– SAI: the SAI clock can be derived either from a specific PLL (PLLI2S) or (PLLSAI) or from an external clock
mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin. You have to use __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG() macro to configure this
clock.
– RTC: the RTC clock can be derived either from the LSI, LSE or HSE clock divided by 2 to 31. You have to
use __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG() and __HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE() macros to configure this clock.
– USB OTG FS, SDIO and RTC: USB OTG FS require a frequency equal to 48 MHz to work correctly, while
the SDIO require a frequency equal or lower than to 48. This clock is derived of the main PLL through
PLLQ divider.
– IWDG clock which is always the LSI clock.
• HAL_RCC_DeInit
• HAL_RCC_OscConfig
• HAL_RCC_ClockConfig

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks frequencies.
• HAL_RCC_MCOConfig
• HAL_RCC_EnableCSS
• HAL_RCC_DisableCSS
• HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq
• HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq
• HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq
• HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq
• HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig
• HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig
• HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler
• HAL_RCC_CSSCallback
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 723/2236

UM1905
HAL_RCC_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_DeInit (void )
Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below: HSI ON and used as system clock
sourceHSE, PLL, PLLI2S and PLLSAI OFFAHB, APB1 and APB2 prescaler set to 1.CSS, MCO1 and
MCO2 OFFAll interrupts disabled
• This function doesn't modify the configuration of the Peripheral clocksLSI, LSE and RTC clocks
HAL_RCC_OscConfig
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig (RCC_OscInitTypeDef * RCC_OscInitStruct)
Initializes the RCC Oscillators according to the specified parameters in the RCC_OscInitTypeDef.
Parameters
• RCC_OscInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
information for the RCC Oscillators.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• The PLL is not disabled when used as system clock.
• Transitions LSE Bypass to LSE On and LSE On to LSE Bypass are not supported by this function. User
should request a transition to LSE Off first and then LSE On or LSE Bypass.
• Transition HSE Bypass to HSE On and HSE On to HSE Bypass are not supported by this function. User
should request a transition to HSE Off first and then HSE On or HSE Bypass.
HAL_RCC_ClockConfig
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_ClockConfig (RCC_ClkInitTypeDef * RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t
FLatency)
Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks according to the specified parameters in the RCC_ClkInitStruct.
Parameters
• RCC_ClkInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
information for the RCC peripheral.
• FLatency: FLASH Latency, this parameter depend on device selected
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 724/2236

UM1905
Notes
• The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency and updated by
HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() function called within this function
• The HSI is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after startup from Reset, wake-up from
STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock (if
the Clock Security System CSS is enabled).
• A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the target clock source is ready (clock stable after
startup delay or PLL locked). If a clock source which is not yet ready is selected, the switch will occur when
the clock source will be ready. You can use HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig() function to know which clock is
currently used as system clock source.
• Depending on the device voltage range, the software has to set correctly HPRE[3:0] bits to ensure that
HCLK not exceed the maximum allowed frequency (for more details refer to section above "Initialization/de-
initialization functions")
HAL_RCC_MCOConfig
Function name
void HAL_RCC_MCOConfig (uint32_t RCC_MCOx, uint32_t RCC_MCOSource, uint32_t RCC_MCODiv)
Selects the clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8) or on MCO2 pin(PC9).
Parameters
• RCC_MCOx: specifies the output direction for the clock source. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– RCC_MCO1: Clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8).
– RCC_MCO2: Clock source to output on MCO2 pin(PC9).
• RCC_MCOSource: specifies the clock source to output. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI: HSI clock selected as MCO1 source
– RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSE: LSE clock selected as MCO1 source
– RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE: HSE clock selected as MCO1 source
– RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK: main PLL clock selected as MCO1 source
– RCC_MCO2SOURCE_SYSCLK: System clock (SYSCLK) selected as MCO2 source
– RCC_MCO2SOURCE_PLLI2SCLK: PLLI2S clock selected as MCO2 source
• RCC_MCODiv: specifies the MCOx prescaler. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– RCC_MCODIV_1: no division applied to MCOx clock
– RCC_MCODIV_2: division by 2 applied to MCOx clock
Return values
• None:
Notes
• PA8/PC9 should be configured in alternate function mode.
HAL_RCC_EnableCSS
Function name
void HAL_RCC_EnableCSS (void )
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 725/2236

UM1905
Enables the Clock Security System.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this oscillator is automatically disabled and an interrupt is
generated to inform the software about the failure (Clock Security System Interrupt, CSSI), allowing the
MCU to perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to the Cortex-M7 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt)
exception vector.
HAL_RCC_DisableCSS
Function name
void HAL_RCC_DisableCSS (void )
Disables the Clock Security System.
Return values
• None:
HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq
Function name
uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq (void )
Returns the SYSCLK frequency.
Return values
• SYSCLK: frequency
Notes
• The system frequency computed by this function is not the real frequency in the chip. It is calculated based
on the predefined constant and the selected clock source:
• If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(*)
• If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**)
• If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**) or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied/
divided by the PLL factors.
• (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f7xx_hal_conf.h file (default value 16 MHz) but the real value
may vary depending on the variations in voltage and temperature.
• (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f7xx_hal_conf.h file (default value 25 MHz), user has to
ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may
have wrong result.
• The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional value for HSE crystal.
• This function can be used by the user application to compute the baudrate for the communication
peripherals or configure other parameters.
• Each time SYSCLK changes, this function must be called to update the right SYSCLK value. Otherwise,
any configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq
Function name
uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq (void )
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 726/2236

UM1905
Returns the HCLK frequency.
Return values
• HCLK: frequency
Notes
• Each time HCLK changes, this function must be called to update the right HCLK value. Otherwise, any
configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
• The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency.
HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq
Function name
uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq (void )
Returns the PCLK1 frequency.
Return values
• PCLK1: frequency
Notes
• Each time PCLK1 changes, this function must be called to update the right PCLK1 value. Otherwise, any
HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq
Function name
uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq (void )
Returns the PCLK2 frequency.
Return values
• PCLK2: frequency
Notes
• Each time PCLK2 changes, this function must be called to update the right PCLK2 value. Otherwise, any
HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig
Function name
void HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig (RCC_OscInitTypeDef * RCC_OscInitStruct)
Configures the RCC_OscInitStruct according to the internal RCC configuration registers.
Parameters
• RCC_OscInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that will be configured.
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 727/2236

UM1905
RCC Firmware driver defines
HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig
Function name
void HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig (RCC_ClkInitTypeDef * RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t * pFLatency)
Configures the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal RCC configuration registers.
Parameters
• RCC_ClkInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_ClkInitTypeDef structure that will be configured.
• pFLatency: Pointer on the Flash Latency.
Return values
• None:
HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler (void )
This function handles the RCC CSS interrupt request.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This API should be called under the NMI_Handler().
HAL_RCC_CSSCallback
Function name
void HAL_RCC_CSSCallback (void )
RCC Clock Security System interrupt callback.
Return values
• None:
52.3 RCC Firmware driver defines

52.3.1 RCC
RCC
AHB1 Peripheral Clock Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_DMA1_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_DMA1_CLK_DISABLE
AHB1 Peripheral Clock Sleep Enable Disable Status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 728/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_CRC_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_DMA1_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_CRC_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_DMA1_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
AHB1 Peripheral Clock Enable Disable Status
__HAL_RCC_CRC_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_DMA1_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_CRC_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_DMA1_IS_CLK_DISABLED
RCC AHB Clock Source
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV2
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV4
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV8
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV16
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV64
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV128
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV256
RCC_SYSCLK_DIV512
RCC APB1/APB2 Clock Source
RCC_HCLK_DIV1
RCC_HCLK_DIV2
RCC_HCLK_DIV4
RCC_HCLK_DIV8
RCC_HCLK_DIV16
APB1 Peripheral Clock Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_DISABLE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 729/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE
APB1 Peripheral Clock Enable Disable Status
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED
APB1 Peripheral Clock Sleep Enable Disable Status
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
APB1 Force Release Reset
__HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET
APB2 Peripheral Clock Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_DISABLE
APB2 Peripheral Clock Enable Disable Status
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_IS_CLK_DISABLED
APB2 Peripheral Clock Sleep Enable Disable Status
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
APB2 Force Release Reset
__HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 730/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_RELEASE_RESET
RCC BitAddress Alias
RCC_CIR_BYTE1_ADDRESS
RCC_CIR_BYTE2_ADDRESS
RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE
RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE
AHB/APB Peripheral Clock Sleep Enable Disable Status
__HAL_RCC_FLITF_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
Notes:
• Peripheral clock gating in SLEEP mode can be used to further reduce power consumption. After wakeup
from SLEEP mode, the peripheral clock is enabled again. By default, all peripheral clocks are enabled
during SLEEP mode.
__HAL_RCC_AXI_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_SRAM1_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_SRAM2_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_BKPSRAM_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_DTCM_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_DMA2_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOD_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOE_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOF_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOG_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOH_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOI_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_FLITF_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 731/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_AXI_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_SRAM1_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_SRAM2_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_BKPSRAM_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_DTCM_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_DMA2_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOD_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOE_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOF_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOG_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOH_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOI_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_DMA2D_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_ETHMAC_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACTX_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACRX_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACPTP_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOJ_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOK_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_DMA2D_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_ETHMAC_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACTX_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACRX_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 732/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACPTP_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOJ_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOK_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_DCMI_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
Notes:
during SLEEP mode.
__HAL_RCC_DCMI_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_JPEG_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_JPEG_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_RNG_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_RNG_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_CRYP_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_HASH_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_CRYP_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_HASH_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_FMC_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
Notes:
during SLEEP mode.
__HAL_RCC_FMC_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_QSPI_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_QSPI_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
Notes:
during SLEEP mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 733/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_RTC_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_CAN3_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_SPI2_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_USART2_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_UART4_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_DAC_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 734/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_RTC_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_CAN3_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_SPI2_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_USART2_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_UART4_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_DAC_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_SPDIFRX_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_CEC_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_SPDIFRX_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_CEC_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 735/2236

UM1905
Notes:
during SLEEP mode.
__HAL_RCC_ADC1_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_SDMMC1_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_SAI1_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_SAI2_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_LTDC_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_DSI_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_SDMMC2_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_DFSDM1_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_MDIO_IS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_ADC1_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 736/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_SDMMC1_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_SAI1_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_SAI2_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_LTDC_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_DSI_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_SDMMC2_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_DFSDM1_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_MDIO_IS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLED
RCC Flags
RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY
RCC_FLAG_HSERDY
RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY
RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY
RCC_FLAG_PLLSAIRDY
RCC_FLAG_LSERDY
RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY
RCC_FLAG_BORRST
RCC_FLAG_PINRST
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 737/2236

UM1905
RCC_FLAG_PORRST
RCC_FLAG_SFTRST
RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST
RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST
RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST
Flags Interrupts Management
__HAL_RCC_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable RCC interrupt (Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[14:8] bits to enable the selected interrupts).
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the RCC interrupt sources to be enabled. This parameter can be any
– RCC_IT_LSIRDY: LSI ready interrupt.
– RCC_IT_LSERDY: LSE ready interrupt.
– RCC_IT_HSIRDY: HSI ready interrupt.
– RCC_IT_HSERDY: HSE ready interrupt.
– RCC_IT_PLLRDY: Main PLL ready interrupt.
– RCC_IT_PLLI2SRDY: PLLI2S ready interrupt.
__HAL_RCC_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable RCC interrupt (Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[14:8] bits to disable the selected interrupts).
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the RCC interrupt sources to be disabled. This parameter can be any
__HAL_RCC_CLEAR_IT
Description:
• Clear the RCC's interrupt pending bits (Perform Byte access to RCC_CIR[23:16] bits to clear the selected
interrupt pending bits.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. This parameter can be any combination of
– RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 738/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_GET_IT
Description:
• Check the RCC's interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the RCC interrupt source to check. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– RCC_IT_CSS: Clock Security System interrupt
Return value:
__HAL_RCC_CLEAR_RESET_FLAGS
RCC_FLAG_MASK
Description:
• Check RCC flag is set or not.
Parameters:
– RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY: HSI oscillator clock ready.
– RCC_FLAG_HSERDY: HSE oscillator clock ready.
– RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY: Main PLL clock ready.
– RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY: PLLI2S clock ready.
– RCC_FLAG_LSERDY: LSE oscillator clock ready.
– RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY: LSI oscillator clock ready.
– RCC_FLAG_BORRST: POR/PDR or BOR reset.
– RCC_FLAG_PINRST: Pin reset.
– RCC_FLAG_PORRST: POR/PDR reset.
– RCC_FLAG_SFTRST: Software reset.
– RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST: Independent Watchdog reset.
– RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST: Window Watchdog reset.
– RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST: Low Power reset.
Return value:
__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG
Get Clock source
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 739/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_SYSCLK_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the system clock source.
Parameters:
• __RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE__: specifies the system clock source. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
– RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSI: HSI oscillator is used as system clock source.
– RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE: HSE oscillator is used as system clock source.
– RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK: PLL output is used as system clock source.
__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE
Description:
• Macro to get the clock source used as system clock.
Return value:
• The: clock source used as system clock. The returned value can be one of the following:
– RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI: HSI used as system clock.
– RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE: HSE used as system clock.
– RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK: PLL used as system clock.
__HAL_RCC_LSEDRIVE_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configures the External Low Speed oscillator (LSE) drive capability.
Parameters:
• __RCC_LSEDRIVE__: specifies the new state of the LSE drive capability. This parameter can be one of
– RCC_LSEDRIVE_LOW: LSE oscillator low drive capability.
– RCC_LSEDRIVE_MEDIUMLOW: LSE oscillator medium low drive capability.
– RCC_LSEDRIVE_MEDIUMHIGH: LSE oscillator medium high drive capability.
– RCC_LSEDRIVE_HIGH: LSE oscillator high drive capability.
Return value:
• None
Notes:
• As the LSE is in the Backup domain and write access is denied to this domain after reset, you have to
enable write access using HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function before to configure the LSE (to be
done once after reset).
__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE
Description:
• Macro to get the oscillator used as PLL clock source.
Return value:
• The: oscillator used as PLL clock source. The returned value can be one of the following:
– RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI: HSI oscillator is used as PLL clock source.
– RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE: HSE oscillator is used as PLL clock source.
RCC HSE Config
RCC_HSE_OFF
RCC_HSE_ON
RCC_HSE_BYPASS
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 740/2236

UM1905
HSE Configuration
__HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the External High Speed oscillator (HSE).
Parameters:
• __STATE__: specifies the new state of the HSE. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– RCC_HSE_OFF: turn OFF the HSE oscillator, HSERDY flag goes low after 6 HSE oscillator clock
cycles.
– RCC_HSE_ON: turn ON the HSE oscillator.
– RCC_HSE_BYPASS: HSE oscillator bypassed with external clock.
Notes:
• Transitions HSE Bypass to HSE On and HSE On to HSE Bypass are not supported by this macro. User
should request a transition to HSE Off first and then HSE On or HSE Bypass. After enabling the HSE
(RCC_HSE_ON or RCC_HSE_Bypass), the application software should wait on HSERDY flag to be set
indicating that HSE clock is stable and can be used to clock the PLL and/or system clock. HSE state can
not be changed if it is used directly or through the PLL as system clock. In this case, you have to select
another source of the system clock then change the HSE state (ex. disable it). The HSE is stopped by
hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. This function reset the CSSON bit, so if the clock
security system(CSS) was previously enabled you have to enable it again after calling this function.
RCC HSI Config
RCC_HSI_OFF
RCC_HSI_ON
RCC_HSICALIBRATION_DEFAULT
HSI Configuration
__HAL_RCC_HSI_ENABLE
Notes:
• The HSI is stopped by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes. It is used (enabled by
hardware) as system clock source after startup from Reset, wakeup from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in
case of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock (if the Clock Security System CSS is
enabled). HSI can not be stopped if it is used as system clock source. In this case, you have to select
another source of the system clock then stop the HSI. After enabling the HSI, the application software
should wait on HSIRDY flag to be set indicating that HSI clock is stable and can be used as system clock
source. When the HSI is stopped, HSIRDY flag goes low after 6 HSI oscillator clock cycles.
__HAL_RCC_HSI_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST
Description:
• Macro to adjust the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.
Parameters:
• __HSICALIBRATIONVALUE__: specifies the calibration trimming value. (default is
RCC_HSICALIBRATION_DEFAULT).
Notes:
• The calibration is used to compensate for the variations in voltage and temperature that influence the
frequency of the internal HSI RC.
RTC Clock Configuration
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 741/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE
Notes:
• These macros must be used only after the RTC clock source was selected.
__HAL_RCC_RTC_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_RTC_CLKPRESCALER
Description:
• Macros to configure the RTC clock (RTCCLK).
Parameters:
• __RTCCLKSource__: specifies the RTC clock source. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_NO_CLK: No clock selected as RTC clock.
– RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE: LSE selected as RTC clock.
– RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI: LSI selected as RTC clock.
– RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIVX: HSE clock divided by x selected as RTC clock, where x:[2,31]
Notes:
• As the RTC clock configuration bits are in the Backup domain and write access is denied to this domain
after reset, you have to enable write access using the Power Backup Access macro before to configure the
RTC clock source (to be done once after reset). Once the RTC clock is configured it can't be changed
unless the Backup domain is reset using __HAL_RCC_BackupReset_RELEASE() macro, or by a Power
On Reset (POR).
• If the LSE or LSI is used as RTC clock source, the RTC continues to work in STOP and STANDBY modes,
and can be used as wakeup source. However, when the HSE clock is used as RTC clock source, the RTC
cannot be used in STOP and STANDBY modes. The maximum input clock frequency for RTC is 1MHz
(when using HSE as RTC clock source).
__HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG
__HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE
Description:
• Macro to get the RTC clock source.
Return value:
• The: clock source can be one of the following values:
– RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_NO_CLK No clock selected as RTC clock
– RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE LSE selected as RTC clock
– RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI LSI selected as RTC clock
– RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIVX HSE divided by X selected as RTC clock (X can be retrieved
thanks to __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_HSE_PRESCALER()
__HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_HSE_PRESCALER
Description:
• Get the RTC and HSE clock divider (RTCPRE).
Return value:
• Returned: value can be one of the following values:
– RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIVX: HSE clock divided by x selected as RTC clock, where x:[2,31]
__HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE
Notes:
• This function resets the RTC peripheral (including the backup registers) and the RTC clock source
selection in RCC_CSR register. The BKPSRAM is not affected by this reset.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 742/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE
RCC Interrupt
RCC_IT_LSIRDY
RCC_IT_LSERDY
RCC_IT_HSIRDY
RCC_IT_HSERDY
RCC_IT_PLLRDY
RCC_IT_PLLI2SRDY
RCC_IT_PLLSAIRDY
RCC_IT_CSS
RCC Private macros to check input parameters
IS_RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE
IS_RCC_HSE
IS_RCC_LSE
IS_RCC_HSI
IS_RCC_LSI
IS_RCC_PLL
IS_RCC_PLLSOURCE
IS_RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE
IS_RCC_PLLM_VALUE
IS_RCC_PLLN_VALUE
IS_RCC_PLLP_VALUE
IS_RCC_PLLQ_VALUE
IS_RCC_HCLK
IS_RCC_CLOCKTYPE
IS_RCC_PCLK
IS_RCC_MCO
IS_RCC_MCO1SOURCE
IS_RCC_MCO2SOURCE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 743/2236

UM1905
IS_RCC_MCODIV
IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE
IS_RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE
IS_RCC_LSE_DRIVE
RCC LSE Drive configurations
RCC_LSEDRIVE_LOW
RCC_LSEDRIVE_MEDIUMLOW
RCC_LSEDRIVE_MEDIUMHIGH
RCC_LSEDRIVE_HIGH
RCC LSE Config
RCC_LSE_OFF
RCC_LSE_ON
RCC_LSE_BYPASS
LSE Configuration
__HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the External Low Speed oscillator (LSE).
Parameters:
• __STATE__: specifies the new state of the LSE. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– RCC_LSE_OFF: turn OFF the LSE oscillator, LSERDY flag goes low after 6 LSE oscillator clock
cycles.
– RCC_LSE_ON: turn ON the LSE oscillator.
– RCC_LSE_BYPASS: LSE oscillator bypassed with external clock.
Notes:
• Transitions LSE Bypass to LSE On and LSE On to LSE Bypass are not supported by this macro. User
should request a transition to LSE Off first and then LSE On or LSE Bypass. As the LSE is in the Backup
domain and write access is denied to this domain after reset, you have to enable write access using
HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function before to configure the LSE (to be done once after reset). After
enabling the LSE (RCC_LSE_ON or RCC_LSE_BYPASS), the application software should wait on
LSERDY flag to be set indicating that LSE clock is stable and can be used to clock the RTC.
RCC LSI Config
RCC_LSI_OFF
RCC_LSI_ON
LSI Configuration
__HAL_RCC_LSI_ENABLE
Notes:
• After enabling the LSI, the application software should wait on LSIRDY flag to be set indicating that LSI
clock is stable and can be used to clock the IWDG and/or the RTC. LSI can not be disabled if the IWDG is
running. When the LSI is stopped, LSIRDY flag goes low after 6 LSI oscillator clock cycles.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 744/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_LSI_DISABLE
RCC MCO1 Clock Source
RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI
RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSE
RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE
RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK
RCC MCO2 Clock Source
RCC_MCO2SOURCE_SYSCLK
RCC_MCO2SOURCE_PLLI2SCLK
RCC_MCO2SOURCE_HSE
RCC_MCO2SOURCE_PLLCLK
RCC MCO1 Clock Prescaler
RCC_MCODIV_1
RCC_MCODIV_2
RCC_MCODIV_3
RCC_MCODIV_4
RCC_MCODIV_5
RCC MCO Index
RCC_MCO1
RCC_MCO2
Oscillator Type
RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_NONE
RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE
RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI
RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE
RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI
RCC Peripheral Clock Force Release
__HAL_RCC_AHB1_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_CRC_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_DMA1_FORCE_RESET
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 745/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_AHB1_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_CRC_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_DMA1_RELEASE_RESET
RCC Peripheral Clock Sleep Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_DMA1_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_DMA1_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
Notes:
during SLEEP mode.
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
Notes:
during SLEEP mode.
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
PLLP Clock Divider
RCC_PLLP_DIV2
RCC_PLLP_DIV4
RCC_PLLP_DIV6
RCC_PLLP_DIV8
PLL Clock Source
RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI
RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE
RCC PLL Config
RCC_PLL_NONE
RCC_PLL_OFF
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 746/2236

UM1905
RCC_PLL_ON
PLL Configuration
__HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE
Notes:
• After enabling the main PLL, the application software should wait on PLLRDY flag to be set indicating that
PLL clock is stable and can be used as system clock source. The main PLL can not be disabled if it is used
as system clock source The main PLL is disabled by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY
modes.
__HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_PLL_PLLSOURCE_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the PLL clock source.
Parameters:
• __PLLSOURCE__: specifies the PLL entry clock source. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI: HSI oscillator clock selected as PLL clock entry
– RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE: HSE oscillator clock selected as PLL clock entry
Notes:
• This function must be used only when the main PLL is disabled.
__HAL_RCC_PLL_PLLM_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the PLL multiplication factor.
Parameters:
• __PLLM__: specifies the division factor for PLL VCO input clock This parameter must be a number
between Min_Data = 2 and Max_Data = 63.
Notes:
• You have to set the PLLM parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO input frequency ranges from 1 to 2
MHz. It is recommended to select a frequency of 2 MHz to limit PLL jitter.
PLL I2S Configuration
__HAL_RCC_I2S_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the I2S clock source (I2SCLK).
Parameters:
• __SOURCE__: specifies the I2S clock source. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE_PLLI2S: PLLI2S clock used as I2S clock source.
– RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE_EXT: External clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin used as I2S clock source.
Notes:
• This function must be called before enabling the I2S APB clock.
__HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_ENABLE
Notes:
• The PLLI2S is disabled by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes.
__HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_DISABLE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 747/2236

UM1905
RCC RTC Clock Source
RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_NO_CLK
RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE
RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI
RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIVX
RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV2
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 748/2236

UM1905
RCC System Clock Source
RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSI
RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE
RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK
System Clock Source Status
RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI
HSI used as system clock
RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE
HSE used as system clock
RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK
PLL used as system clock
RCC System Clock Type
RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK
RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK
RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1
RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 749/2236

UM1905
HAL RCC Extension Driver
53 HAL RCC Extension Driver
53.1 RCCEx Firmware driver registers structures
53.1.1 RCC_PLLInitTypeDef
RCC_PLLInitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_rcc_ex.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t PLLState
• uint32_t PLLSource
• uint32_t PLLM
• uint32_t PLLN
• uint32_t PLLP
• uint32_t PLLQ
• uint32_t PLLR
Field Documentation
• uint32_t RCC_PLLInitTypeDef::PLLState
The new state of the PLL. This parameter can be a value of RCC_PLL_Config
• uint32_t RCC_PLLInitTypeDef::PLLSource
RCC_PLLSource: PLL entry clock source. This parameter must be a value of RCC_PLL_Clock_Source
• uint32_t RCC_PLLInitTypeDef::PLLM
PLLM: Division factor for PLL VCO input clock. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 2
and Max_Data = 63
• uint32_t RCC_PLLInitTypeDef::PLLN
PLLN: Multiplication factor for PLL VCO output clock. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data
= 50 and Max_Data = 432
• uint32_t RCC_PLLInitTypeDef::PLLP
PLLP: Division factor for main system clock (SYSCLK). This parameter must be a value of
RCC_PLLP_Clock_Divider
• uint32_t RCC_PLLInitTypeDef::PLLQ
PLLQ: Division factor for OTG FS, SDMMC and RNG clocks. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 2 and Max_Data = 15
• uint32_t RCC_PLLInitTypeDef::PLLR
PLLR: Division factor for DSI clock. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 2 and Max_Data
=7
53.1.2 RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef
RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_rcc_ex.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t PLLI2SN
• uint32_t PLLI2SR
• uint32_t PLLI2SQ
• uint32_t PLLI2SP
Field Documentation
• uint32_t RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef::PLLI2SN
Specifies the multiplication factor for PLLI2S VCO output clock. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 50 and Max_Data = 432. This parameter will be used only when PLLI2S is selected as Clock
Source I2S or SAI
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 750/2236

UM1905
RCCEx Firmware driver registers structures
• uint32_t RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef::PLLI2SR
Specifies the division factor for I2S clock. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 2 and
Max_Data = 7. This parameter will be used only when PLLI2S is selected as Clock Source I2S or SAI
• uint32_t RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef::PLLI2SQ
Specifies the division factor for SAI1 clock. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 2 and
Max_Data = 15. This parameter will be used only when PLLI2S is selected as Clock Source SAI
• uint32_t RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef::PLLI2SP
Specifies the division factor for SPDIF-RX clock. This parameter must be a value of
RCCEx_PLLI2SP_Clock_Divider. This parameter will be used only when PLLI2S is selected as Clock
Source SPDIF-RX
53.1.3 RCC_PLLSAIInitTypeDef
RCC_PLLSAIInitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_rcc_ex.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t PLLSAIN
• uint32_t PLLSAIQ
• uint32_t PLLSAIR
• uint32_t PLLSAIP
Field Documentation
• uint32_t RCC_PLLSAIInitTypeDef::PLLSAIN
Specifies the multiplication factor for PLLI2S VCO output clock. This parameter must be a number between
Min_Data = 50 and Max_Data = 432. This parameter will be used only when PLLSAI is selected as Clock
Source SAI or LTDC
• uint32_t RCC_PLLSAIInitTypeDef::PLLSAIQ
Specifies the division factor for SAI1 clock. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 2 and
Max_Data = 15. This parameter will be used only when PLLSAI is selected as Clock Source SAI or LTDC
• uint32_t RCC_PLLSAIInitTypeDef::PLLSAIR
specifies the division factor for LTDC clock This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 2 and
Max_Data = 7. This parameter will be used only when PLLSAI is selected as Clock Source LTDC
• uint32_t RCC_PLLSAIInitTypeDef::PLLSAIP
Specifies the division factor for 48MHz clock. This parameter must be a value of
RCCEx_PLLSAIP_Clock_Divider This parameter will be used only when PLLSAI is disabled
53.1.4 RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef
RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_rcc_ex.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t PeriphClockSelection
• RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef PLLI2S
• RCC_PLLSAIInitTypeDef PLLSAI
• uint32_t PLLI2SDivQ
• uint32_t PLLSAIDivQ
• uint32_t PLLSAIDivR
• uint32_t RTCClockSelection
• uint32_t I2sClockSelection
• uint32_t TIMPresSelection
• uint32_t Sai1ClockSelection
• uint32_t Sai2ClockSelection
• uint32_t Usart1ClockSelection
• uint32_t Uart4ClockSelection
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 751/2236

UM1905
RCCEx Firmware driver registers structures
• uint32_t I2c1ClockSelection
• uint32_t Lptim1ClockSelection
• uint32_t CecClockSelection
• uint32_t Clk48ClockSelection
• uint32_t Sdmmc1ClockSelection
• uint32_t Sdmmc2ClockSelection
• uint32_t Dfsdm1ClockSelection
• uint32_t Dfsdm1AudioClockSelection
Field Documentation
• uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::PeriphClockSelection
The Extended Clock to be configured. This parameter can be a value of RCCEx_Periph_Clock_Selection
• RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::PLLI2S
PLL I2S structure parameters. This parameter will be used only when PLLI2S is selected as Clock Source
I2S or SAI
• RCC_PLLSAIInitTypeDef RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::PLLSAI
PLL SAI structure parameters. This parameter will be used only when PLLI2S is selected as Clock Source
SAI or LTDC
• uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::PLLI2SDivQ
Specifies the PLLI2S division factor for SAI1 clock. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
1 and Max_Data = 32 This parameter will be used only when PLLI2S is selected as Clock Source SAI
• uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::PLLSAIDivQ
Specifies the PLLI2S division factor for SAI1 clock. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
1 and Max_Data = 32 This parameter will be used only when PLLSAI is selected as Clock Source SAI
• uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::PLLSAIDivR
Specifies the PLLSAI division factor for LTDC clock. This parameter must be one value of
RCCEx_PLLSAI_DIVR
• uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::RTCClockSelection
Specifies RTC Clock source Selection. This parameter can be a value of RCC_RTC_Clock_Source
• uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::I2sClockSelection
Specifies I2S Clock source Selection. This parameter can be a value of RCCEx_I2S_Clock_Source
• uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::TIMPresSelection
Specifies TIM Clock Prescalers Selection. This parameter can be a value of
RCCEx_TIM_Prescaler_Selection
• uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::Sai1ClockSelection
Specifies SAI1 Clock Prescalers Selection This parameter can be a value of RCCEx_SAI1_Clock_Source
• uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::Sai2ClockSelection
Specifies SAI2 Clock Prescalers Selection This parameter can be a value of RCCEx_SAI2_Clock_Source
• uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::Usart1ClockSelection
USART1 clock source This parameter can be a value of RCCEx_USART1_Clock_Source
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 752/2236

UM1905
RCCEx Firmware driver API description
• uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::Uart4ClockSelection
UART4 clock source This parameter can be a value of RCCEx_UART4_Clock_Source
• uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::I2c1ClockSelection
I2C1 clock source This parameter can be a value of RCCEx_I2C1_Clock_Source
• uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::Lptim1ClockSelection
Specifies LPTIM1 clock source This parameter can be a value of RCCEx_LPTIM1_Clock_Source
• uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::CecClockSelection
CEC clock source This parameter can be a value of RCCEx_CEC_Clock_Source
• uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::Clk48ClockSelection
Specifies 48Mhz clock source used by USB OTG FS, RNG and SDMMC This parameter can be a value of
RCCEx_CLK48_Clock_Source
• uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::Sdmmc1ClockSelection
SDMMC1 clock source This parameter can be a value of RCCEx_SDMMC1_Clock_Source
• uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::Sdmmc2ClockSelection
SDMMC2 clock source This parameter can be a value of RCCEx_SDMMC2_Clock_Source
• uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::Dfsdm1ClockSelection
DFSDM1 clock source This parameter can be a value of RCCEx_DFSDM1_Kernel_Clock_Source
• uint32_t RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef::Dfsdm1AudioClockSelection
DFSDM1 clock source This parameter can be a value of RCCEx_DFSDM1_AUDIO_Clock_Source
53.2 RCCEx Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the RCCEx library.
53.2.1 Extended Peripheral Control functions

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks frequencies.
Note: Important note: Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to select the RTC clock
source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence
RTC registers (including the backup registers) and RCC_BDCR register will be set to their reset values.
• HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig
• HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig
• HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq
• HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLLI2S
• HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLI2S
• HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLLSAI
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 753/2236

UM1905
• HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLSAI
53.2.2 Extended clock management functions

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the activation or deactivation of PLLI2S, PLLSAI.
• HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLLI2S
• HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLI2S
• HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLLSAI
• HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLSAI
HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig (RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef * PeriphClkInit)
Initializes the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the specified parameters in the
RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef.
Parameters
• PeriphClkInit: pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
information for the Extended Peripherals clocks(I2S, SAI, LTDC, RTC, TIM, UARTs, USARTs, LTPIM,
SDMMC...).
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to select the RTC clock source; in this
case the Backup domain will be reset in order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC
registers (including the backup registers) are set to their reset values.
HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig
Function name
void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig (RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef * PeriphClkInit)
Get the RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef according to the internal RCC configuration registers.
Parameters
• PeriphClkInit: pointer to the configured RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure
Return values
• None:
HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq
Function name
uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq (uint32_t PeriphClk)
Return the peripheral clock frequency for a given peripheral(SAI..)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 754/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• PeriphClk: Peripheral clock identifier This parameter can be one of the following values:
– RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1: SAI1 peripheral clock
– RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2: SAI2 peripheral clock
Return values
• Frequency: in KHz
Notes
• Return 0 if peripheral clock identifier not managed by this API
HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLLI2S
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLLI2S (RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef * PLLI2SInit)
Enable PLLI2S.
Parameters
• PLLI2SInit: pointer to an RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for
the PLLI2S
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLI2S
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLI2S (void )
Disable PLLI2S.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLLSAI
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLLSAI (RCC_PLLSAIInitTypeDef * PLLSAIInit)
Enable PLLSAI.
Parameters
• PLLSAIInit: pointer to an RCC_PLLSAIInitTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for
the PLLSAI
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLSAI
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLSAI (void )
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 755/2236

UM1905
RCCEx Firmware driver defines
Disable PLLSAI.
Return values
• HAL: status
53.3 RCCEx Firmware driver defines

53.3.1 RCCEx
RCCEx
RCCEx CEC Clock Source
RCC_CECCLKSOURCE_LSE
RCC_CECCLKSOURCE_HSI
RCCEx CLK48 Clock Source
RCC_CLK48SOURCE_PLL
RCC_CLK48SOURCE_PLLSAIP
RCCEx DFSDM1 AUDIO Clock Source
RCC_DFSDM1AUDIOCLKSOURCE_SAI1
RCC_DFSDM1AUDIOCLKSOURCE_SAI2
RCCEx DFSDM1 Kernel Clock Source
RCC_DFSDM1CLKSOURCE_PCLK2
RCC_DFSDM1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
RCC DSI Clock Source
RCC_DSICLKSOURCE_DSIPHY
RCC_DSICLKSOURCE_PLLR
RCCEx Exported Macros
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 756/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_PLL_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the main PLL clock source, multiplication and division factors.
Parameters:
• __RCC_PLLSource__: specifies the PLL entry clock source. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI: HSI oscillator clock selected as PLL clock entry
– RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE: HSE oscillator clock selected as PLL clock entry
• __PLLM__: specifies the division factor for PLL VCO input clock This parameter must be a number
• __PLLN__: specifies the multiplication factor for PLL VCO output clock This parameter must be a number
• __PLLP__: specifies the division factor for main system clock (SYSCLK) This parameter must be a number
in the range {2, 4, 6, or 8}.
• __PLLQ__: specifies the division factor for OTG FS, SDMMC and RNG clocks This parameter must be a
• __PLLR__: specifies the division factor for DSI clock This parameter must be a number between Min_Data
= 2 and Max_Data = 7.
Notes:
• This clock source (RCC_PLLSource) is common for the main PLL and PLLI2S.
• You have to set the PLLM parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO input frequency ranges from 1 to 2
MHz. It is recommended to select a frequency of 2 MHz to limit PLL jitter.
• You have to set the PLLN parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO output frequency is between 100 and
432 MHz.
• You have to set the PLLP parameter correctly to not exceed 216 MHz on the System clock frequency.
• If the USB OTG FS is used in your application, you have to set the PLLQ parameter correctly to have 48
MHz clock for the USB. However, the SDMMC and RNG need a frequency lower than or equal to 48 MHz
to work correctly.
__HAL_RCC_TIMCLKPRESCALER
Description:
• Macro to configure the Timers clocks prescalers.
Parameters:
• __PRESC__: specifies the Timers clocks prescalers selection This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– RCC_TIMPRES_DESACTIVATED: The Timers kernels clocks prescaler is equal to HPRE if PPREx is
corresponding to division by 1 or 2, else it is equal to [(HPRE * PPREx) / 2] if PPREx is corresponding
to division by 4 or more.
– RCC_TIMPRES_ACTIVATED: The Timers kernels clocks prescaler is equal to HPRE if PPREx is
corresponding to division by 1, 2 or 4, else it is equal to [(HPRE * PPREx) / 4] if PPREx is
corresponding to division by 8 or more.
__HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_ENABLE
Notes:
• The PLLSAI is disabled by hardware when entering STOP and STANDBY modes.
__HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_DISABLE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 757/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the PLLSAI clock multiplication and division factors.
Parameters:
• __PLLSAIN__: specifies the multiplication factor for PLLSAI VCO output clock. This parameter must be a
• __PLLSAIP__: specifies the division factor for USB, RNG, SDMMC clocks This parameter can be a value
of
• __PLLSAIQ__: specifies the division factor for SAI clock This parameter must be a number between
• __PLLSAIR__: specifies the division factor for LTDC clock This parameter must be a number between
Notes:
• This function must be used only when the PLLSAI is disabled. PLLSAI clock source is common with the
main PLL (configured in RCC_PLLConfig function )
• You have to set the PLLSAIN parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO output frequency is between
Min_Data = 100 and Max_Data = 432 MHz.
__HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the PLLI2S clock multiplication and division factors.
Parameters:
• __PLLI2SN__: specifies the multiplication factor for PLLI2S VCO output clock. This parameter must be a
• __PLLI2SP__: specifies the division factor for SPDDIF-RX clock. This parameter can be a value of
• __PLLI2SQ__: specifies the division factor for SAI clock. This parameter must be a number between
• __PLLI2SR__: specifies the division factor for I2S clock This parameter must be a number between
Notes:
• This macro must be used only when the PLLI2S is disabled. PLLI2S clock source is common with the main
PLL (configured in HAL_RCC_ClockConfig() API)
• You have to set the PLLI2SN parameter correctly to ensure that the VCO output frequency is between
Min_Data = 100 and Max_Data = 432 MHz.
• You have to set the PLLI2SR parameter correctly to not exceed 192 MHz on the I2S clock frequency.
__HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_PLLSAICLKDIVQ_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the SAI clock Divider coming from PLLI2S.
Parameters:
• __PLLI2SDivQ__: specifies the PLLI2S division factor for SAI1 clock . This parameter must be a number
between 1 and 32. SAI1 clock frequency = f(PLLI2SQ) / __PLLI2SDivQ__
Notes:
• This function must be called before enabling the PLLI2S.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 758/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_PLLSAICLKDIVQ_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the SAI clock Divider coming from PLLSAI.
Parameters:
• __PLLSAIDivQ__: specifies the PLLSAI division factor for SAI1 clock . This parameter must be a number
between Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = 32. SAI1 clock frequency = f(PLLSAIQ) / __PLLSAIDivQ__
Notes:
• This function must be called before enabling the PLLSAI.
__HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_PLLSAICLKDIVR_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the LTDC clock Divider coming from PLLSAI.
Parameters:
• __PLLSAIDivR__: specifies the PLLSAI division factor for LTDC clock . This parameter can be a value of
Notes:
• This function must be called before enabling the PLLSAI.
__HAL_RCC_SAI1_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure SAI1 clock source selection.
Parameters:
• __SOURCE__: specifies the SAI1 clock source. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S: PLLI2S_Q clock divided by PLLI2SDIVQ used as SAI1 clock.
– RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI: PLLISAI_Q clock divided by PLLSAIDIVQ used as SAI1 clock.
– RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PIN: External clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin used as SAI1 clock.
– RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSRC: HSI or HSE depending from PLL Source clock used as SAI1
clock.
Notes:
• This function must be called before enabling PLLSAI, PLLI2S and the SAI clock.
• The RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSRC value is only available with STM32F767/769/777/779xx Devices
__HAL_RCC_GET_SAI1_SOURCE
Description:
• Macro to get the SAI1 clock source.
Return value:
clock.
Notes:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 759/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_SAI2_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure SAI2 clock source selection.
Parameters:
• __SOURCE__: specifies the SAI2 clock source. This parameter can be one of the following values:
clock.
Notes:
• This function must be called before enabling PLLSAI, PLLI2S and the SAI clock.
__HAL_RCC_GET_SAI2_SOURCE
Description:
• Macro to get the SAI2 clock source.
Return value:
clock.
Notes:
__HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_ENABLE_IT
__HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_DISABLE_IT
__HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_CLEAR_IT
__HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_GET_IT
Description:
• Check the PLLSAI RDY interrupt has occurred or not.
Return value:
• The: new state (TRUE or FALSE).
__HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Check PLLSAI RDY flag is set or not.
Return value:
• The: new state (TRUE or FALSE).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 760/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_GET_I2SCLKSOURCE
Description:
• Macro to Get I2S clock source selection.
Return value:
– RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE_PLLI2S: PLLI2S VCO output clock divided by PLLI2SR used as I2S clock.
– RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE_EXT: External clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin used as I2S clock source
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the I2C1 clock (I2C1CLK).
Parameters:
• __I2C1_CLKSOURCE__: specifies the I2C1 clock source. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: PCLK1 selected as I2C1 clock
– RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_HSI: HSI selected as I2C1 clock
– RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: System Clock selected as I2C1 clock
__HAL_RCC_GET_I2C1_SOURCE
Description:
• Macro to get the I2C1 clock source.
Return value:
Description:
Parameters:
values:
Description:
• Macro to get the I2C2 clock source.
Return value:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 761/2236

UM1905
Description:
Parameters:
values:
Description:
• macro to get the I2C3 clock source.
Return value:
Description:
Parameters:
values:
Description:
• macro to get the I2C4 clock source.
Return value:
__HAL_RCC_USART1_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the USART1 clock (USART1CLK).
Parameters:
• __USART1_CLKSOURCE__: specifies the USART1 clock source. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
– RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_PCLK2: PCLK2 selected as USART1 clock
– RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_HSI: HSI selected as USART1 clock
– RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: System Clock selected as USART1 clock
– RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_LSE: LSE selected as USART1 clock
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 762/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_GET_USART1_SOURCE
Description:
• macro to get the USART1 clock source.
Return value:
Description:
Parameters:
following values:
Description:
Return value:
Description:
Parameters:
following values:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 763/2236

UM1905
Description:
Return value:
__HAL_RCC_UART4_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the UART4 clock (UART4CLK).
Parameters:
• __UART4_CLKSOURCE__: specifies the UART4 clock source. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: PCLK1 selected as UART4 clock
– RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_HSI: HSI selected as UART4 clock
– RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: System Clock selected as UART4 clock
– RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_LSE: LSE selected as UART4 clock
__HAL_RCC_GET_UART4_SOURCE
Description:
• macro to get the UART4 clock source.
Return value:
Description:
Parameters:
values:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 764/2236

UM1905
Description:
Return value:
Description:
Parameters:
following values:
Description:
Return value:
Description:
Parameters:
values:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 765/2236

UM1905
Description:
Return value:
Description:
Parameters:
values:
Description:
Return value:
__HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the LPTIM1 clock (LPTIM1CLK).
Parameters:
• __LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE__: specifies the LPTIM1 clock source. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
– RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: PCLK selected as LPTIM1 clock
– RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_HSI: HSI selected as LPTIM1 clock
– RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LSI: LSI selected as LPTIM1 clock
– RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LSE: LSE selected as LPTIM1 clock
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 766/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_GET_LPTIM1_SOURCE
Description:
• macro to get the LPTIM1 clock source.
Return value:
– RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: PCLK selected as LPTIM1 clock
– RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_HSI: HSI selected as LPTIM1 clock
– RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LSI: LSI selected as LPTIM1 clock
– RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LSE: LSE selected as LPTIM1 clock
__HAL_RCC_CEC_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the CEC clock (CECCLK).
Parameters:
• __CEC_CLKSOURCE__: specifies the CEC clock source. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– RCC_CECCLKSOURCE_LSE: LSE selected as CEC clock
– RCC_CECCLKSOURCE_HSI: HSI divided by 488 selected as CEC clock
__HAL_RCC_GET_CEC_SOURCE
Description:
• macro to get the CEC clock source.
Return value:
– RCC_CECCLKSOURCE_LSE: LSE selected as CEC clock
– RCC_CECCLKSOURCE_HSI: HSI selected as CEC clock
__HAL_RCC_CLK48_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the CLK48 source (CLK48CLK).
Parameters:
• __CLK48_SOURCE__: specifies the CLK48 clock source. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– RCC_CLK48SOURCE_PLL: PLL selected as CLK48 source
– RCC_CLK48SOURCE_PLLSAIP: PLLSAIP selected as CLK48 source
__HAL_RCC_GET_CLK48_SOURCE
Description:
• macro to get the CLK48 source.
Return value:
– RCC_CLK48SOURCE_PLL: PLL used as CLK48 source
– RCC_CLK48SOURCE_PLLSAIP: PLLSAIP used as CLK48 source
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 767/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_SDMMC1_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the SDMMC1 clock (SDMMC1CLK).
Parameters:
• __SDMMC1_CLKSOURCE__: specifies the SDMMC1 clock source. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
– RCC_SDMMC1CLKSOURCE_CLK48: CLK48 selected as SDMMC clock
– RCC_SDMMC1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: SYSCLK selected as SDMMC clock
__HAL_RCC_GET_SDMMC1_SOURCE
Description:
• macro to get the SDMMC1 clock source.
Return value:
– RCC_SDMMC1CLKSOURCE_CLK48: CLK48 selected as SDMMC1 clock
– RCC_SDMMC1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: SYSCLK selected as SDMMC1 clock
__HAL_RCC_SDMMC2_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the SDMMC2 clock (SDMMC2CLK).
Parameters:
• __SDMMC2_CLKSOURCE__: specifies the SDMMC2 clock source. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
__HAL_RCC_GET_SDMMC2_SOURCE
Description:
• macro to get the SDMMC2 clock source.
Return value:
__HAL_RCC_DFSDM1_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the DFSDM1 clock.
Parameters:
• __DFSDM1_CLKSOURCE__: specifies the DFSDM1 clock source. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
– RCC_DFSDM1CLKSOURCE_PCLK2: PCLK2 Clock selected as DFSDM clock
– RCC_DFSDMCLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: System Clock selected as DFSDM clock
__HAL_RCC_GET_DFSDM1_SOURCE
Description:
• Macro to get the DFSDM1 clock source.
Return value:
– RCC_DFSDM1CLKSOURCE_PCLK2: PCLK2 Clock selected as DFSDM1 clock
– RCC_DFSDM1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: System Clock selected as DFSDM1 clock
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 768/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_DFSDM1AUDIO_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the DFSDM1 Audio clock.
Parameters:
• __DFSDM1AUDIO_CLKSOURCE__: specifies the DFSDM1 Audio clock source. This parameter can be
one of the following values:
– RCC_DFSDM1AUDIOCLKSOURCE_SAI1: SAI1 Clock selected as DFSDM1 Audio clock
__HAL_RCC_GET_DFSDM1AUDIO_SOURCE
Description:
• Macro to get the DFSDM1 Audio clock source.
Return value:
__HAL_RCC_DSI_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the DSI clock.
Parameters:
• __DSI_CLKSOURCE__: specifies the DSI clock source. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– RCC_DSICLKSOURCE_PLLR: PLLR output used as DSI clock.
– RCC_DSICLKSOURCE_DSIPHY: DSI-PHY output used as DSI clock.
__HAL_RCC_GET_DSI_SOURCE
Description:
• Macro to Get the DSI clock.
Return value:
– RCC_DSICLKSOURCE_PLLR: PLLR output used as DSI clock.
– RCC_DSICLKSOURCE_DSIPHY: DSI-PHY output used as DSI clock.
RCCEx Force Release Peripheral Reset
__HAL_RCC_DMA2_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOD_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOE_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOF_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOG_FORCE_RESET
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 769/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_GPIOH_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOI_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_DMA2_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOD_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOE_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOF_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOG_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOH_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOI_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_DMA2D_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_ETHMAC_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOJ_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOK_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_DMA2D_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_ETHMAC_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOJ_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_GPIOK_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_RNG_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_RNG_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_JPEG_FORCE_RESET
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 770/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_JPEG_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_CRYP_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_HASH_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_CRYP_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_HASH_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_DCMI_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_DCMI_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_FMC_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_QSPI_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_FMC_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_QSPI_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_CAN3_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SPI2_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_USART2_FORCE_RESET
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 771/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_UART4_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_DAC_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_CAN3_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SPI2_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_USART2_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_UART4_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_RELEASE_RESET
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 772/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_DAC_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SPDIFRX_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_CEC_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SPDIFRX_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_CEC_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_ADC_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SDMMC1_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SAI1_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SAI2_FORCE_RESET
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 773/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_LTDC_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_ADC_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SDMMC1_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SAI1_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SAI2_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_LTDC_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_DSI_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_DSI_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SDMMC2_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_SDMMC2_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_DFSDM1_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_MDIO_FORCE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_DFSDM1_RELEASE_RESET
__HAL_RCC_MDIO_RELEASE_RESET
RCCEx I2C1 Clock Source
RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 774/2236

UM1905
RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_HSI
RCCEx I2S Clock Source
RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE_PLLI2S
RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE_EXT
RCC Private macros to check input parameters
IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK
IS_RCC_PLLI2SN_VALUE
IS_RCC_PLLI2SP_VALUE
IS_RCC_PLLI2SQ_VALUE
IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE
IS_RCC_PLLSAIN_VALUE
IS_RCC_PLLSAIP_VALUE
IS_RCC_PLLSAIQ_VALUE
IS_RCC_PLLSAIR_VALUE
IS_RCC_PLLSAI_DIVQ_VALUE
IS_RCC_PLLI2S_DIVQ_VALUE
IS_RCC_PLLSAI_DIVR_VALUE
IS_RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 775/2236

UM1905
IS_RCC_SDMMC1CLKSOURCE
IS_RCC_CECCLKSOURCE
IS_RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE
IS_RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE
IS_RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE
IS_RCC_LPTIM1CLK
IS_RCC_CLK48SOURCE
IS_RCC_TIMPRES
IS_RCC_PLLR_VALUE
IS_RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE
IS_RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE
IS_RCC_DFSDM1CLKSOURCE
IS_RCC_DFSDM1AUDIOCLKSOURCE
IS_RCC_SDMMC2CLKSOURCE
IS_RCC_DSIBYTELANECLKSOURCE
RCCEx LPTIM1 Clock Source
RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LSI
RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_HSI
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 776/2236

UM1905
RCC_LPTIM1CLKSOURCE_LSE
RCC Extended MCOx Clock Config
__HAL_RCC_MCO1_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the MCO1 clock.
Parameters:
• __MCOCLKSOURCE__: specifies the MCO clock source. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI: HSI clock selected as MCO1 source
– RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSE: LSE clock selected as MCO1 source
• __MCODIV__: specifies the MCO clock prescaler. This parameter can be one of the following values:
__HAL_RCC_MCO2_CONFIG
Description:
• Macro to configure the MCO2 clock.
Parameters:
• __MCOCLKSOURCE__: specifies the MCO clock source. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– RCC_MCO2SOURCE_SYSCLK: System clock (SYSCLK) selected as MCO2 source
– RCC_MCO2SOURCE_PLLI2SCLK: PLLI2S clock selected as MCO2 source
• __MCODIV__: specifies the MCO clock prescaler. This parameter can be one of the following values:
RCCEx_Peripheral_Clock_Enable_Disable
__HAL_RCC_BKPSRAM_CLK_ENABLE
Notes:
• After reset, the peripheral clock (used for registers read/write access) is disabled and the application
software has to enable this clock before using it.
__HAL_RCC_DTCMRAMEN_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_DMA2_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_CLK_ENABLE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 777/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOD_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOE_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOF_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOG_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOH_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOI_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOJ_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOK_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_DMA2D_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_BKPSRAM_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_DTCMRAMEN_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_DMA2_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOD_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOE_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOF_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOG_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOH_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOI_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOJ_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOK_CLK_DISABLE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 778/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_DMA2D_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_ETHMAC_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACTX_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACRX_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACPTP_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_ETH_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_ETHMAC_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACTX_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACRX_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACPTP_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_ETH_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_DCMI_CLK_ENABLE
Notes:
__HAL_RCC_DCMI_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_JPEG_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_JPEG_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_RNG_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_RNG_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_CRYP_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_HASH_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_CRYP_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_HASH_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_FMC_CLK_ENABLE
Notes:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 779/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_QSPI_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_FMC_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_QSPI_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_CLK_ENABLE
Notes:
__HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_RTC_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_CAN3_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SPI2_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART2_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_UART4_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_DAC_CLK_ENABLE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 780/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_SPDIFRX_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_CEC_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_RTC_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_CAN3_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_SPI2_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART2_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_UART4_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_CLK_DISABLE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 781/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_DAC_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_SPDIFRX_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_CEC_CLK_DISABLE
Notes:
__HAL_RCC_SDMMC2_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_ADC1_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SDMMC1_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SAI1_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SAI2_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_LTDC_CLK_ENABLE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 782/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_DSI_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_DFSDM1_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_MDIO_CLK_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SDMMC2_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_ADC1_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_SDMMC1_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_SAI1_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_SAI2_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_LTDC_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_DSI_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_DFSDM1_CLK_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_MDIO_CLK_DISABLE
Peripheral Clock Enable Disable Status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 783/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_BKPSRAM_IS_CLK_ENABLED
Notes:
__HAL_RCC_DTCMRAMEN_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_DMA2_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOD_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOE_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOF_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOG_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOH_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOI_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOJ_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOK_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_DMA2D_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_BKPSRAM_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_DTCMRAMEN_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_DMA2_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOD_IS_CLK_DISABLED
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 784/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_GPIOE_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOF_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOG_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOH_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOI_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOJ_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_GPIOK_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_DMA2D_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_ETHMAC_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACTX_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACRX_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACPTP_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_ETH_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_ETHMAC_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACTX_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACRX_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACPTP_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_ETH_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_RNG_IS_CLK_ENABLED
Notes:
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_RNG_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_USB_IS_OTG_FS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_CRYP_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_HASH_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_CRYP_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_HASH_IS_CLK_DISABLED
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 785/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_DCMI_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_DCMI_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_JPEG_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_JPEG_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_FMC_IS_CLK_ENABLED
Notes:
__HAL_RCC_QSPI_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_FMC_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_QSPI_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_IS_CLK_ENABLED
Notes:
__HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_CAN3_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_SPI2_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_USART2_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_UART4_IS_CLK_ENABLED
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 786/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_DAC_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_CAN3_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_SPI2_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_USART2_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_UART4_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_IS_CLK_DISABLED
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 787/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_DAC_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_SPDIFRX_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_CEC_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_SPDIFRX_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_CEC_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_RTC_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_RTC_IS_CLK_DISABLED
Notes:
__HAL_RCC_ADC1_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_SDMMC1_IS_CLK_ENABLED
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 788/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_SAI1_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_SAI2_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_LTDC_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_DSI_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_SDMMC2_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_DFSDM1_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_MDIO_IS_CLK_ENABLED
__HAL_RCC_ADC1_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_SDMMC1_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_SAI1_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_SAI2_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_LTDC_IS_CLK_DISABLED
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 789/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_DSI_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_SDMMC2_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_DFSDM1_IS_CLK_DISABLED
__HAL_RCC_MDIO_IS_CLK_DISABLED
RCCEx Peripheral Clock Sleep Enable Disable
__HAL_RCC_FLITF_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_AXI_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SRAM1_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SRAM2_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_BKPSRAM_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_DTCM_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_DMA2_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOD_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOE_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOF_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOG_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOH_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOI_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_FLITF_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_AXI_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_SRAM1_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_SRAM2_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_BKPSRAM_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 790/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_DTCM_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_DMA2_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_HS_ULPI_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOB_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOC_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOD_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOE_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOF_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOG_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOH_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOI_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_DMA2D_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_ETHMAC_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACTX_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACRX_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACPTP_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOJ_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOK_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_DMA2D_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_ETHMAC_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACTX_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACRX_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_ETHMACPTP_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOJ_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_GPIOK_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 791/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_DCMI_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
Notes:
during SLEEP mode.
__HAL_RCC_DCMI_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_JPEG_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_JPEG_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_RNG_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_RNG_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_CRYP_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_HASH_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_CRYP_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_HASH_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_FMC_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
Notes:
during SLEEP mode.
__HAL_RCC_FMC_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_QSPI_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_QSPI_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
Notes:
during SLEEP mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 792/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_CAN3_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SPI2_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART2_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_UART4_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_DAC_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_TIM2_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 793/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_CAN3_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_SPI2_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_USART2_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_UART4_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_I2C1_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_DAC_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_RTC_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_RTC_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_SPDIFRX_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_CEC_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SPDIFRX_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_CEC_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
Notes:
during SLEEP mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 794/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_ADC1_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SDMMC1_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SAI1_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SAI2_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_LTDC_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_ADC1_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_SDMMC1_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 795/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RCC_SAI1_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_SAI2_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_LTDC_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_DSI_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_DSI_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_DFSDM1_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_MDIO_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_DFSDM1_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_MDIO_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
__HAL_RCC_SDMMC2_CLK_SLEEP_ENABLE
__HAL_RCC_SDMMC2_CLK_SLEEP_DISABLE
RCC Periph Clock Selection
RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S
RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC
RCC_PERIPHCLK_TIM
RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC
RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1
RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4
RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5
RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART7
RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART8
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 796/2236

UM1905
RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1
RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2
RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3
RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4
RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1
RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1
RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2
RCC_PERIPHCLK_CLK48
RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC
RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1
RCC_PERIPHCLK_SPDIFRX
RCC_PERIPHCLK_PLLI2S
RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC2
RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1
RCC_PERIPHCLK_DFSDM1_AUDIO
RCCEx PLLI2SP Clock Divider
RCC_PLLI2SP_DIV2
RCC_PLLI2SP_DIV4
RCC_PLLI2SP_DIV6
RCC_PLLI2SP_DIV8
RCCEx PLLSAIP Clock Divider
RCC_PLLSAIP_DIV2
RCC_PLLSAIP_DIV4
RCC_PLLSAIP_DIV6
RCC_PLLSAIP_DIV8
RCCEx PLLSAI DIVR
RCC_PLLSAIDIVR_2
RCC_PLLSAIDIVR_4
RCC_PLLSAIDIVR_8
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 797/2236

UM1905
RCC_PLLSAIDIVR_16
RCCEx SAI1 Clock Source
RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI
RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S
RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PIN
RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSRC
RCCEx SAI2 Clock Source
RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI
RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S
RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PIN
RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLSRC
RCCEx SDMMC1 Clock Source
RCC_SDMMC1CLKSOURCE_CLK48
RCC_SDMMC1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
RCCEx SDMMC2 Clock Source
RCC_SDMMC2CLKSOURCE_CLK48
RCC_SDMMC2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
RCCEx TIM Prescaler Selection
RCC_TIMPRES_DESACTIVATED
RCC_TIMPRES_ACTIVATED
RCCEx UART4 Clock Source
RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_HSI
RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE_LSE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 798/2236

UM1905
RCCEx USART1 Clock Source
RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_PCLK2
RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_HSI
RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_LSE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 799/2236

UM1905
HAL RNG Generic Driver
54 HAL RNG Generic Driver
54.1 RNG Firmware driver registers structures
54.1.1 RNG_HandleTypeDef
RNG_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_rng.h
Data Fields
• RNG_TypeDef * Instance
• __IO HAL_RNG_StateTypeDef State
• uint32_t RandomNumber
Field Documentation
• RNG_TypeDef* RNG_HandleTypeDef::Instance
• HAL_LockTypeDef RNG_HandleTypeDef::Lock
RNG locking object
• __IO HAL_RNG_StateTypeDef RNG_HandleTypeDef::State
RNG communication state
• __IO uint32_t RNG_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
RNG Error code
• uint32_t RNG_HandleTypeDef::RandomNumber
Last Generated RNG Data
54.2 RNG Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the RNG library.

The RNG HAL driver can be used as follows:
1. Enable the RNG controller clock using __HAL_RCC_RNG_CLK_ENABLE() macro in HAL_RNG_MspInit().
2. Activate the RNG peripheral using HAL_RNG_Init() function.
3. Wait until the 32 bit Random Number Generator contains a valid random data using (polling/interrupt) mode.
4. Get the 32 bit random number using HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber() function.

The compilation define USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows the user to configure
Use Function @ref HAL_RNG_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback. Function @ref
HAL_RNG_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
• ErrorCallback : RNG Error Callback.
• MspInitCallback : RNG MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : RNG MspDeInit. This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the
Use function @ref HAL_RNG_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default weak (surcharged) function.
@ref HAL_RNG_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, and the Callback ID. This
• ErrorCallback : RNG Error Callback.
• MspInitCallback : RNG MspInit.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 800/2236

UM1905
RNG Firmware driver API description
• MspDeInitCallback : RNG MspDeInit.

For specific callback ReadyDataCallback, use dedicated register callbacks: respectively @ref
HAL_RNG_RegisterReadyDataCallback() , @ref HAL_RNG_UnRegisterReadyDataCallback().
By default, after the @ref HAL_RNG_Init() and when the state is HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET all callbacks are set
to the corresponding weak (surcharged) functions: example @ref HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback(). Exception done for
MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are respectively reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the @ref
HAL_RNG_Init() and @ref HAL_RNG_DeInit() only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand). If
not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_RNG_Init() and @ref HAL_RNG_DeInit() keep and use the
user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand).
Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_RNG_STATE_READY state only. Exception done MspInit/
MspDeInit that can be registered/unregistered in HAL_RNG_STATE_READY or HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET state,
thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit. In that case first register the
MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks using @ref HAL_RNG_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref
HAL_RNG_DeInit() or @ref HAL_RNG_Init() function.
When The compilation define USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the callback
54.2.3 Initialization and configuration functions

• Initialize the RNG according to the specified parameters in the RNG_InitTypeDef and create the associated
handle
• DeInitialize the RNG peripheral
• Initialize the RNG MSP
• DeInitialize RNG MSP
• HAL_RNG_Init
• HAL_RNG_DeInit
• HAL_RNG_MspInit
• HAL_RNG_MspDeInit

• Get the 32 bit Random number
• Get the 32 bit Random number with interrupt enabled
• Handle RNG interrupt request
• HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber
• HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT
• HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber
• HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber_IT
• HAL_RNG_IRQHandler
• HAL_RNG_ReadLastRandomNumber
• HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback
• HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback

• HAL_RNG_GetState
• HAL_RNG_GetError
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 801/2236

UM1905
HAL_RNG_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_Init (RNG_HandleTypeDef * hrng)
Initializes the RNG peripheral and creates the associated handle.
Parameters
• hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for RNG.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RNG_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_DeInit (RNG_HandleTypeDef * hrng)
DeInitializes the RNG peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RNG_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_RNG_MspInit (RNG_HandleTypeDef * hrng)
Initializes the RNG MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_RNG_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_RNG_MspDeInit (RNG_HandleTypeDef * hrng)
DeInitializes the RNG MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 802/2236

UM1905
HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber
Function name
uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber (RNG_HandleTypeDef * hrng)
Returns generated random number in polling mode (Obsolete) Use HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber() API
instead.
Parameters
Return values
• Random: value
HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber_IT
Function name
uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber_IT (RNG_HandleTypeDef * hrng)
Returns a 32-bit random number with interrupt enabled (Obsolete), Use
HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT() API instead.
Parameters
Return values
• 32-bit: random number
HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber (RNG_HandleTypeDef * hrng, uint32_t *
random32bit)
Generates a 32-bit random number.
Parameters
• random32bit: pointer to generated random number variable if successful.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This function checks value of RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag to know if valid random number is available in the
DR register (RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag set whenever a random number is available through the RNG_DR
register). After transitioning from 0 to 1 (random number available), RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag remains high
until output buffer becomes empty after reading four words from the RNG_DR register, i.e. further function
calls will immediately return a new u32 random number (additional words are available and can be read by
the application, till RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag remains high).
• When no more random number data is available in DR register, RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag is automatically
cleared.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 803/2236

UM1905
HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT (RNG_HandleTypeDef * hrng)
Generates a 32-bit random number in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RNG_ReadLastRandomNumber
Function name
uint32_t HAL_RNG_ReadLastRandomNumber (RNG_HandleTypeDef * hrng)
Read latest generated random number.
Parameters
Return values
• random: value
HAL_RNG_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_RNG_IRQHandler (RNG_HandleTypeDef * hrng)
Handles RNG interrupt request.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• In the case of a clock error, the RNG is no more able to generate random numbers because the PLL48CLK
clock is not correct. User has to check that the clock controller is correctly configured to provide the RNG
clock and clear the CEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(). The clock error has no impact on the
previously generated random numbers, and the RNG_DR register contents can be used.
• In the case of a seed error, the generation of random numbers is interrupted as long as the SECS bit is '1'.
If a number is available in the RNG_DR register, it must not be used because it may not have enough
entropy. In this case, it is recommended to clear the SEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(), then disable
and enable the RNG peripheral to reinitialize and restart the RNG.
• User-written HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback() API is called once whether SEIS or CEIS are set.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 804/2236

UM1905
HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback (RNG_HandleTypeDef * hrng)
RNG error callbacks.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback
Function name
void HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback (RNG_HandleTypeDef * hrng, uint32_t random32bit)
Data Ready callback in non-blocking mode.
Parameters
• random32bit: generated random number.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• When RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag value is set, first random number has been read from DR register in IRQ
Handler and is provided as callback parameter. Depending on valid data available in the conditioning
output buffer, additional words can be read by the application from DR register till DRDY bit remains high.
HAL_RNG_GetState
Function name
HAL_RNG_StateTypeDef HAL_RNG_GetState (RNG_HandleTypeDef * hrng)
Returns the RNG state.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: state
HAL_RNG_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetError (RNG_HandleTypeDef * hrng)
Return the RNG handle error code.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 805/2236

UM1905
RNG Firmware driver defines
Parameters
• hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure.
Return values
• RNG: Error Code
54.3 RNG Firmware driver defines

54.3.1 RNG
RNG
RNG Error Definition
HAL_RNG_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_RNG_ERROR_TIMEOUT
Timeout error
HAL_RNG_ERROR_BUSY
Busy error
HAL_RNG_ERROR_SEED
Seed error
HAL_RNG_ERROR_CLOCK
Clock error
RNG Interrupt definition
RNG_IT_DRDY
Data Ready interrupt
RNG_IT_CEI
Clock error interrupt
RNG_IT_SEI
Seed error interrupt
RNG Flag definition
RNG_FLAG_DRDY
Data ready
RNG_FLAG_CECS
Clock error current status
RNG_FLAG_SECS
Seed error current status
RNG Exported Macros
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 806/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RNG_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset RNG handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: RNG Handle
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RNG_ENABLE
Description:
• Enables the RNG peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RNG_DISABLE
Description:
• Disables the RNG peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RNG_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Check the selected RNG flag status.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: RNG flag This parameter can be one of the following values:
– RNG_FLAG_DRDY: Data ready
– RNG_FLAG_CECS: Clock error current status
– RNG_FLAG_SECS: Seed error current status
Return value:
__HAL_RNG_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clears the selected RNG flag status.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: RNG handle
• __FLAG__: RNG flag to clear
Return value:
• None
Notes:
• WARNING: This is a dummy macro for HAL code alignment, flags RNG_FLAG_DRDY, RNG_FLAG_CECS
and RNG_FLAG_SECS are read-only.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 807/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RNG_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enables the RNG interrupts.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RNG_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disables the RNG interrupts.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RNG_GET_IT
Description:
• Checks whether the specified RNG interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the RNG interrupt status flag to check. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
– RNG_IT_DRDY: Data ready interrupt
– RNG_IT_CEI: Clock error interrupt
– RNG_IT_SEI: Seed error interrupt
Return value:
__HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT
Description:
• Clear the RNG interrupt status flags.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the RNG interrupt status flag to clear. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
– RNG_IT_CEI: Clock error interrupt
– RNG_IT_SEI: Seed error interrupt
Return value:
• None
Notes:
• RNG_IT_DRDY flag is read-only, reading RNG_DR register automatically clears RNG_IT_DRDY.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 808/2236

UM1905
HAL RTC Generic Driver
55 HAL RTC Generic Driver
55.1 RTC Firmware driver registers structures
55.1.1 RTC_InitTypeDef
RTC_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_rtc.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t HourFormat
• uint32_t AsynchPrediv
• uint32_t SynchPrediv
• uint32_t OutPut
• uint32_t OutPutPolarity
• uint32_t OutPutType
Field Documentation
• uint32_t RTC_InitTypeDef::HourFormat
Specifies the RTC Hour Format. This parameter can be a value of RTC_Hour_Formats
• uint32_t RTC_InitTypeDef::AsynchPrediv
Specifies the RTC Asynchronous Predivider value. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x00 and Max_Data = 0x7F
• uint32_t RTC_InitTypeDef::SynchPrediv
Specifies the RTC Synchronous Predivider value. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x00 and Max_Data = 0x7FFF
• uint32_t RTC_InitTypeDef::OutPut
Specifies which signal will be routed to the RTC output. This parameter can be a value of
RTCEx_Output_selection_Definitions
• uint32_t RTC_InitTypeDef::OutPutPolarity
Specifies the polarity of the output signal. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_Output_Polarity_Definitions
• uint32_t RTC_InitTypeDef::OutPutType
Specifies the RTC Output Pin mode. This parameter can be a value of RTC_Output_Type_ALARM_OUT
55.1.2 RTC_TimeTypeDef
RTC_TimeTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_rtc.h
Data Fields
• uint8_t Hours
• uint8_t Minutes
• uint8_t Seconds
• uint32_t SubSeconds
• uint32_t SecondFraction
• uint8_t TimeFormat
• uint32_t DayLightSaving
• uint32_t StoreOperation
Field Documentation
• uint8_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::Hours
Specifies the RTC Time Hour. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 12
if the RTC_HourFormat_12 is selected. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and
Max_Data = 23 if the RTC_HourFormat_24 is selected
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 809/2236

UM1905
RTC Firmware driver registers structures
• uint8_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::Minutes
Specifies the RTC Time Minutes. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data =
59
• uint8_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::Seconds
Specifies the RTC Time Seconds. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data
= 59
• uint32_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::SubSeconds
Specifies the RTC_SSR RTC Sub Second register content. This parameter corresponds to a time unit range
between [0-1] Second with [1 Sec / SecondFraction +1] granularity
• uint32_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::SecondFraction
Specifies the range or granularity of Sub Second register content corresponding to Synchronous pre-scaler
factor value (PREDIV_S) This parameter corresponds to a time unit range between [0-1] Second with [1
Sec / SecondFraction +1] granularity. This field will be used only by HAL_RTC_GetTime function
• uint8_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::TimeFormat
Specifies the RTC AM/PM Time. This parameter can be a value of RTC_AM_PM_Definitions
• uint32_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::DayLightSaving
Specifies RTC_DayLightSaveOperation: the value of hour adjustment. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_DayLightSaving_Definitions
• uint32_t RTC_TimeTypeDef::StoreOperation
Specifies RTC_StoreOperation value to be written in the BKP bit in CR register to store the operation. This
parameter can be a value of RTC_StoreOperation_Definitions
55.1.3 RTC_DateTypeDef
RTC_DateTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_rtc.h
Data Fields
• uint8_t WeekDay
• uint8_t Month
• uint8_t Date
• uint8_t Year
Field Documentation
• uint8_t RTC_DateTypeDef::WeekDay
Specifies the RTC Date WeekDay. This parameter can be a value of RTC_WeekDay_Definitions
• uint8_t RTC_DateTypeDef::Month
Specifies the RTC Date Month (in BCD format). This parameter can be a value of
RTC_Month_Date_Definitions
• uint8_t RTC_DateTypeDef::Date
Specifies the RTC Date. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = 31
• uint8_t RTC_DateTypeDef::Year
Specifies the RTC Date Year. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 99
55.1.4 RTC_AlarmTypeDef
RTC_AlarmTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_rtc.h
Data Fields
• RTC_TimeTypeDef AlarmTime
• uint32_t AlarmMask
• uint32_t AlarmSubSecondMask
• uint32_t AlarmDateWeekDaySel
• uint8_t AlarmDateWeekDay
• uint32_t Alarm
Field Documentation
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 810/2236

UM1905
RTC Firmware driver API description
• RTC_TimeTypeDef RTC_AlarmTypeDef::AlarmTime
Specifies the RTC Alarm Time members
• uint32_t RTC_AlarmTypeDef::AlarmMask
Specifies the RTC Alarm Masks. This parameter can be a value of RTC_AlarmMask_Definitions
• uint32_t RTC_AlarmTypeDef::AlarmSubSecondMask
Specifies the RTC Alarm SubSeconds Masks. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_Alarm_Sub_Seconds_Masks_Definitions
• uint32_t RTC_AlarmTypeDef::AlarmDateWeekDaySel
Specifies the RTC Alarm is on Date or WeekDay. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_AlarmDateWeekDay_Definitions
• uint8_t RTC_AlarmTypeDef::AlarmDateWeekDay
Specifies the RTC Alarm Date/WeekDay. If the Alarm Date is selected, this parameter must be set to a value
in the 1-31 range. If the Alarm WeekDay is selected, this parameter can be a value of
RTC_WeekDay_Definitions
• uint32_t RTC_AlarmTypeDef::Alarm
Specifies the alarm . This parameter can be a value of RTC_Alarms_Definitions
55.1.5 RTC_HandleTypeDef
RTC_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_rtc.h
Data Fields
• RTC_TypeDef * Instance
• RTC_InitTypeDef Init
• __IO HAL_RTCStateTypeDef State
Field Documentation
• RTC_TypeDef* RTC_HandleTypeDef::Instance
• RTC_InitTypeDef RTC_HandleTypeDef::Init
RTC required parameters
• HAL_LockTypeDef RTC_HandleTypeDef::Lock
RTC locking object
• __IO HAL_RTCStateTypeDef RTC_HandleTypeDef::State
Time communication state
55.2 RTC Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the RTC library.
55.2.1 Backup Domain Operating Condition

The real-time clock (RTC), the RTC backup registers, and the backup SRAM (BKP SRAM) can be powered from
the VBAT voltage when the main VDD supply is powered off. To retain the content of the RTC backup registers,
backup SRAM, and supply the RTC when VDD is turned off, VBAT pin can be connected to an optional standby
voltage supplied by a battery or by another source.
To allow the RTC operating even when the main digital supply (VDD) is turned off, the VBAT pin powers the
following blocks:
1. The RTC
2. The LSE oscillator
3. The backup SRAM when the low power backup regulator is enabled
4. PC13 to PC15 I/Os, plus PI8 and PC1 I/Os (when available)
When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD), the following pins are available:
1. PC14 and PC15 can be used as either GPIO or LSE pins
2. PC13 can be used as a GPIO or as the RTC_AF1 pin
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 811/2236

UM1905
3. PI8 can be used as a GPIO or as the RTC_AF2 pin

When the backup domain is supplied by VBAT (analog switch connected to VBAT because VDD is not present),
the following pins are available:
1. PC14 and PC15 can be used as LSE pins only
2. PC13 can be used as the RTC_AF1 pin
3. PI8 can be used as the RTC_AF2 pin
4. PC1 can be used as a GPIO or as the RTC_AF3 pin
55.2.2 Backup Domain Reset

The backup domain reset sets all RTC registers and the RCC_BDCR register to their reset values. The
BKPSRAM is not affected by this reset. The only way to reset the BKPSRAM is through the Flash interface by
requesting a protection level change from 1 to 0.
A backup domain reset is generated when one of the following events occurs:
1. Software reset, triggered by setting the BDRST bit in the RCC Backup domain control register
(RCC_BDCR).
2. VDD or VBAT power on, if both supplies have previously been powered off.
55.2.3 Backup Domain Access

After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data registers and backup SRAM) is protected
against possible unwanted write accesses.
To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:
• Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE()
function.
• Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
• Select the RTC clock source using the __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG() function.
• Enable RTC Clock using the __HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE() function.

• Enable the RTC domain access (see description in the section above).
• Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and RTC hour format using the
HAL_RTC_Init() function.
Time and Date configuration

• To configure the RTC Calendar (Time and Date) use the HAL_RTC_SetTime() and HAL_RTC_SetDate()
functions.
• To read the RTC Calendar, use the HAL_RTC_GetTime() and HAL_RTC_GetDate() functions.
Alarm configuration
• To configure the RTC Alarm use the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm() function. You can also configure the RTC Alarm
with interrupt mode using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
• To read the RTC Alarm, use the HAL_RTC_GetAlarm() function.
55.2.5 RTC and low power modes

The MCU can be woken up from a low power mode by an RTC alternate function.
The RTC alternate functions are the RTC alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wake-up, RTC tamper event
detection and RTC time stamp event detection. These RTC alternate functions can wake up the system from the
Stop and Standby low power modes.
The system can also wake up from low power modes without depending on an external interrupt (Auto-wake-up
mode), by using the RTC alarm or the RTC wake-up events.
The RTC provides a programmable time base for waking up from the Stop or Standby mode at regular intervals.
Wake-up from STOP and STANDBY modes is possible only when the RTC clock source is LSE or LSI.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 812/2236

UM1905

This section provides functions allowing to initialize and configure the RTC Prescaler (Synchronous and
Asynchronous), RTC Hour format, disable RTC registers Write protection, enter and exit the RTC initialization
mode, RTC registers synchronization check and reference clock detection enable.
1. The RTC Prescaler is programmed to generate the RTC 1Hz time base. It is split into 2 programmable
prescalers to minimize power consumption.
– A 7-bit asynchronous prescaler and a 13-bit synchronous prescaler.
– When both prescalers are used, it is recommended to configure the asynchronous prescaler to a high
value to minimize power consumption.
2. All RTC registers are Write protected. Writing to the RTC registers is enabled by writing a key into the Write
Protection register, RTC_WPR.
3. To configure the RTC Calendar, user application should enter initialization mode. In this mode, the calendar
counter is stopped and its value can be updated. When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar
restarts counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles.
4. To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar initialization, calendar update or after
wake-up from low power modes the software must first clear the RSF flag. The software must then wait until
it is set again before reading the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been correctly
copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.The HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro() function
implements the above software sequence (RSF clear and RSF check).
• HAL_RTC_Init
• HAL_RTC_DeInit
• HAL_RTC_MspInit
• HAL_RTC_MspDeInit
55.2.7 RTC Time and Date functions

This section provides functions allowing to configure Time and Date features
• HAL_RTC_SetTime
• HAL_RTC_GetTime
• HAL_RTC_SetDate
• HAL_RTC_GetDate
55.2.8 RTC Alarm functions

This section provides functions allowing to configure Alarm feature
• HAL_RTC_SetAlarm
• HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT
• HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm
• HAL_RTC_GetAlarm
• HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler
• HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback
• HAL_RTC_PollForAlarmAEvent

• Wait for RTC Time and Date Synchronization
• HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 813/2236

UM1905
• Get RTC state

• HAL_RTC_GetState
HAL_RTC_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_Init (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Initializes the RTC peripheral.
Parameters
• hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for RTC.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RTC_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_DeInit (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
DeInitializes the RTC peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This function doesn't reset the RTC Backup Data registers.
HAL_RTC_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_RTC_MspInit (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Initializes the RTC MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_RTC_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_RTC_MspDeInit (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 814/2236

UM1905
DeInitializes the RTC MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_RTC_SetTime
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetTime (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef * sTime, uint32_t
Format)
Sets RTC current time.
Parameters
• sTime: Pointer to Time structure
• Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format
– FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RTC_GetTime
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetTime (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef * sTime, uint32_t
Format)
Gets RTC current time.
Parameters
• hrtc: RTC handle
• sTime: Pointer to Time structure with Hours, Minutes and Seconds fields returned with input format (BIN or
BCD), also SubSeconds field returning the RTC_SSR register content and SecondFraction field the
Synchronous pre-scaler factor to be used for second fraction ratio computation.
values:
– RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format
– RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 815/2236

UM1905
Notes
• You can use SubSeconds and SecondFraction (sTime structure fields returned) to convert SubSeconds
value in second fraction ratio with time unit following generic formula: Second fraction ratio * time_unit=
[(SecondFraction-SubSeconds)/(SecondFraction+1)] * time_unit This conversion can be performed only if
no shift operation is pending (ie. SHFP=0) when PREDIV_S >= SS
• You must call HAL_RTC_GetDate() after HAL_RTC_GetTime() to unlock the values in the higher-order
calendar shadow registers to ensure consistency between the time and date values. Reading RTC current
time locks the values in calendar shadow registers until Current date is read to ensure consistency
between the time and date values.
HAL_RTC_SetDate
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetDate (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, RTC_DateTypeDef * sDate, uint32_t
Format)
Sets RTC current date.
Parameters
• sDate: Pointer to date structure
• Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RTC_GetDate
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetDate (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, RTC_DateTypeDef * sDate, uint32_t
Format)
Gets RTC current date.
Parameters
• sDate: Pointer to Date structure
values:
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• You must call HAL_RTC_GetDate() after HAL_RTC_GetTime() to unlock the values in the higher-order
calendar shadow registers to ensure consistency between the time and date values. Reading RTC current
time locks the values in calendar shadow registers until Current date is read.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 816/2236

UM1905
HAL_RTC_SetAlarm
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetAlarm (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef * sAlarm,
uint32_t Format)
Sets the specified RTC Alarm.
Parameters
• sAlarm: Pointer to Alarm structure
values:
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef * sAlarm,
uint32_t Format)
Sets the specified RTC Alarm with Interrupt.
Parameters
• sAlarm: Pointer to Alarm structure
values:
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm is disabled (Use the
HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm()).
• The HAL_RTC_SetTime() must be called before enabling the Alarm feature.
HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t Alarm)
Deactivate the specified RTC Alarm.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 817/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• Alarm: Specifies the Alarm. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– RTC_ALARM_A: AlarmA
– RTC_ALARM_B: AlarmB
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RTC_GetAlarm
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetAlarm (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef * sAlarm,
uint32_t Alarm, uint32_t Format)
Gets the RTC Alarm value and masks.
Parameters
• sAlarm: Pointer to Date structure
• Alarm: Specifies the Alarm. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– RTC_ALARM_A: AlarmA
– RTC_ALARM_B: AlarmB
values:
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
This function handles Alarm interrupt request.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_RTC_PollForAlarmAEvent
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_PollForAlarmAEvent (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
This function handles AlarmA Polling request.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 818/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback
Function name
void HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Alarm A callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Waits until the RTC Time and Date registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are synchronized with RTC APB clock.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE() before calling this function.
• To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar initialization, calendar update or after
wake-up from low power modes the software must first clear the RSF flag. The software must then wait
until it is set again before reading the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been
correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.
HAL_RTC_GetState
Function name
HAL_RTCStateTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetState (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Returns the RTC state.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: state
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 819/2236

UM1905
RTC Firmware driver defines
RTC_EnterInitMode
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef RTC_EnterInitMode (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Enters the RTC Initialization mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE()
before calling this function.
RTC_ByteToBcd2
Function name
uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2 (uint8_t Value)
Converts a 2 digit decimal to BCD format.
Parameters
• Value: Byte to be converted
Return values
• Converted: byte
RTC_Bcd2ToByte
Function name
uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte (uint8_t Value)
Converts from 2 digit BCD to Binary.
Parameters
• Value: BCD value to be converted
Return values
• Converted: word
55.3 RTC Firmware driver defines

55.3.1 RTC
RTC
RTC Alarm Date WeekDay Definitions
RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 820/2236

UM1905
RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_WEEKDAY
RTC Alarm Mask Definitions
RTC_ALARMMASK_NONE
RTC_ALARMMASK_DATEWEEKDAY
RTC_ALARMMASK_HOURS
RTC_ALARMMASK_MINUTES
RTC_ALARMMASK_SECONDS
RTC_ALARMMASK_ALL
RTC Alarms Definitions
RTC_ALARM_A
RTC_ALARM_B
RTC Alarm Sub Seconds Masks Definitions
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_ALL
All Alarm SS fields are masked. There is no comparison on sub seconds for Alarm
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14_1
SS[14:1] are don't care in Alarm comparison. Only SS[0] is compared.
SS[14:2] are don't care in Alarm comparison. Only SS[1:0] are compared
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 821/2236

UM1905
SS[14:12] are don't care in Alarm comparison.Only SS[11:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_SS14
SS[14] is don't care in Alarm comparison.Only SS[13:0] are compared
RTC_ALARMSUBSECONDMASK_NONE
SS[14:0] are compared and must match to activate alarm.
RTC AM PM Definitions
RTC_HOURFORMAT12_AM
RTC_HOURFORMAT12_PM
RTC DayLight Saving Definitions
RTC_DAYLIGHTSAVING_SUB1H
RTC_DAYLIGHTSAVING_ADD1H
RTC_DAYLIGHTSAVING_NONE
RTC Exported Macros
__HAL_RTC_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset RTC handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the RTC handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the write protection for RTC registers.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the write protection for RTC registers.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 822/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RTC_ALARMA_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the RTC ALARMA peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the RTC ALARMA peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_ALARMB_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the RTC ALARMB peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_ALARMB_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the RTC ALARMB peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the RTC Alarm interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC Alarm interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. This parameter
– RTC_IT_ALRA: Alarm A interrupt
– RTC_IT_ALRB: Alarm B interrupt
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 823/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the RTC Alarm interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC Alarm interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. This parameter
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_IT
Description:
• Check whether the specified RTC Alarm interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC Alarm interrupt to check. This parameter can be:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Get the selected RTC Alarm's flag status.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the RTC Alarm Flag to check. This parameter can be:
– RTC_FLAG_ALRAF
– RTC_FLAG_ALRBF
– RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF
– RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the RTC Alarm's pending flags.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the RTC Alarm Flag sources to be enabled or disabled. This parameter can be:
– RTC_FLAG_ALRAF
– RTC_FLAG_ALRBF
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 824/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Check whether the specified RTC Alarm interrupt has been enabled or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC Alarm interrupt sources to check. This parameter can be:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable interrupt on the RTC Alarm associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable interrupt on the RTC Alarm associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT
Description:
• Enable event on the RTC Alarm associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT
Description:
• Disable event on the RTC Alarm associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE
Description:
• Enable falling edge trigger on the RTC Alarm associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE
Description:
• Disable falling edge trigger on the RTC Alarm associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 825/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE
Description:
• Enable rising edge trigger on the RTC Alarm associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE
Description:
• Disable rising edge trigger on the RTC Alarm associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE
Description:
• Enable rising & falling edge trigger on the RTC Alarm associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE
Description:
• Disable rising & falling edge trigger on the RTC Alarm associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Check whether the RTC Alarm associated Exti line interrupt flag is set or not.
Return value:
• Line: Status.
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the RTC Alarm associated Exti line flag.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
Description:
• Generate a Software interrupt on RTC Alarm associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
RTC Flags Definitions
RTC_FLAG_RECALPF
RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F
RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F
RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 826/2236

UM1905
RTC_FLAG_TSOVF
RTC_FLAG_TSF
RTC_FLAG_ITSF
RTC_FLAG_WUTF
RTC_FLAG_ALRBF
RTC_FLAG_ALRAF
RTC_FLAG_INITF
RTC_FLAG_RSF
RTC_FLAG_INITS
RTC_FLAG_SHPF
RTC_FLAG_WUTWF
RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF
RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF
RTC Hour Formats
RTC_HOURFORMAT_24
RTC_HOURFORMAT_12
RTC Input Parameter Format Definitions
RTC_FORMAT_BIN
RTC_FORMAT_BCD
RTC Interrupts Definitions
RTC_IT_TS
RTC_IT_WUT
RTC_IT_ALRA
RTC_IT_ALRB
RTC_IT_TAMP
RTC_IT_TAMP1
RTC_IT_TAMP2
RTC_IT_TAMP3
RTC Private macros to check input parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 827/2236

UM1905
IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT
IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL
IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE
IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV
IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV
IS_RTC_HOUR12
IS_RTC_HOUR24
IS_RTC_MINUTES
IS_RTC_SECONDS
IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12
IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING
IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION
IS_RTC_FORMAT
IS_RTC_YEAR
IS_RTC_MONTH
IS_RTC_DATE
IS_RTC_WEEKDAY
IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE
IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY
IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL
IS_RTC_ALARM_MASK
IS_RTC_ALARM
IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE
IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK
RTC Month Date Definitions
RTC_MONTH_JANUARY
RTC_MONTH_FEBRUARY
RTC_MONTH_MARCH
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 828/2236

UM1905
RTC_MONTH_APRIL
RTC_MONTH_MAY
RTC_MONTH_JUNE
RTC_MONTH_JULY
RTC_MONTH_AUGUST
RTC_MONTH_SEPTEMBER
RTC_MONTH_OCTOBER
RTC_MONTH_NOVEMBER
RTC_MONTH_DECEMBER
RTC Output Polarity Definitions
RTC_OUTPUT_POLARITY_HIGH
RTC_OUTPUT_POLARITY_LOW
RTC Output Type ALARM OUT
RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE_OPENDRAIN
RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE_PUSHPULL
RTC Store Operation Definitions
RTC_STOREOPERATION_RESET
RTC_STOREOPERATION_SET
RTC WeekDay Definitions
RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY
RTC_WEEKDAY_TUESDAY
RTC_WEEKDAY_WEDNESDAY
RTC_WEEKDAY_THURSDAY
RTC_WEEKDAY_FRIDAY
RTC_WEEKDAY_SATURDAY
RTC_WEEKDAY_SUNDAY
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 829/2236

UM1905
HAL RTC Extension Driver
56 HAL RTC Extension Driver
56.1 RTCEx Firmware driver registers structures
56.1.1 RTC_TamperTypeDef
RTC_TamperTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_rtc_ex.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Tamper
• uint32_t Interrupt
• uint32_t NoErase
• uint32_t MaskFlag
• uint32_t Filter
• uint32_t SamplingFrequency
• uint32_t PrechargeDuration
• uint32_t TamperPullUp
• uint32_t TimeStampOnTamperDetection
Field Documentation
• uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::Tamper
Specifies the Tamper Pin. This parameter can be a value of RTCEx_Tamper_Pins_Definitions
• uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::Interrupt
Specifies the Tamper Interrupt. This parameter can be a value of RTCEx_Tamper_Interrupt_Definitions
• uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::Trigger
Specifies the Tamper Trigger. This parameter can be a value of RTCEx_Tamper_Trigger_Definitions
• uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::NoErase
Specifies the Tamper no erase mode. This parameter can be a value of
RTCEx_Tamper_EraseBackUp_Definitions
• uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::MaskFlag
Specifies the Tamper Flag masking. This parameter can be a value of
RTCEx_Tamper_MaskFlag_Definitions
• uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::Filter
Specifies the RTC Filter Tamper. This parameter can be a value of RTCEx_Tamper_Filter_Definitions
• uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::SamplingFrequency
Specifies the sampling frequency. This parameter can be a value of
RTCEx_Tamper_Sampling_Frequencies_Definitions
• uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::PrechargeDuration
Specifies the Precharge Duration . This parameter can be a value of
RTCEx_Tamper_Pin_Precharge_Duration_Definitions
• uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::TamperPullUp
Specifies the Tamper PullUp . This parameter can be a value of RTCEx_Tamper_Pull_UP_Definitions
• uint32_t RTC_TamperTypeDef::TimeStampOnTamperDetection
Specifies the TimeStampOnTamperDetection. This parameter can be a value of
RTCEx_Tamper_TimeStampOnTamperDetection_Definitions
56.2 RTCEx Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the RTCEx library.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 830/2236

UM1905
RTCEx Firmware driver API description
• Enable the RTC domain access.

• Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and RTC hour format using the
HAL_RTC_Init() function.
RTC Wakeup configuration

• To configure the RTC Wakeup Clock source and Counter use the HAL_RTC_SetWakeUpTimer() function.
You can also configure the RTC Wakeup timer in interrupt mode using the HAL_RTC_SetWakeUpTimer_IT()
function.
• To read the RTC WakeUp Counter register, use the HAL_RTC_GetWakeUpTimer() function.
TimeStamp configuration
• Enables the RTC TimeStamp using the HAL_RTC_SetTimeStamp() function. You can also configure the
RTC TimeStamp with interrupt mode using the HAL_RTC_SetTimeStamp_IT() function.
• To read the RTC TimeStamp Time and Date register, use the HAL_RTC_GetTimeStamp() function.
Internal TimeStamp configuration

• Enables the RTC internal TimeStamp using the HAL_RTC_SetInternalTimeStamp() function.
• To read the RTC TimeStamp Time and Date register, use the HAL_RTC_GetTimeStamp() function.
Tamper configuration
• Enable the RTC Tamper and Configure the Tamper filter count, trigger Edge or Level according to the
Tamper filter (if equal to 0 Edge else Level) value, sampling frequency, NoErase, MaskFlag, precharge or
discharge and Pull-UP using the HAL_RTC_SetTamper() function. You can configure RTC Tamper with
interrupt mode using HAL_RTC_SetTamper_IT() function.
• The default configuration of the Tamper erases the backup registers. To avoid erase, enable the NoErase
field on the RTC_TAMPCR register.
Backup Data Registers configuration

• To write to the RTC Backup Data registers, use the HAL_RTC_BKUPWrite() function.
• To read the RTC Backup Data registers, use the HAL_RTC_BKUPRead() function.
56.2.2 RTC TimeStamp and Tamper functions

This section provides functions allowing to configure TimeStamp feature
• HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp
• HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT
• HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTimeStamp
• HAL_RTCEx_SetInternalTimeStamp
• HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateInternalTimeStamp
• HAL_RTCEx_GetTimeStamp
• HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper
• HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT
• HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTamper
• HAL_RTCEx_TamperTimeStampIRQHandler
• HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback
• HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback
• HAL_RTCEx_PollForTimeStampEvent
• HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper1Event
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 831/2236

UM1905
56.2.3 RTC Wake-up functions

This section provides functions allowing to configure Wake-up feature
• HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer
• HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT
• HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateWakeUpTimer
• HAL_RTCEx_GetWakeUpTimer
• HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerIRQHandler
• HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback
• HAL_RTCEx_PollForWakeUpTimerEvent
56.2.4 Extension Peripheral Control functions

• Write a data in a specified RTC Backup data register
• Read a data in a specified RTC Backup data register
• Set the Coarse calibration parameters.
• Deactivate the Coarse calibration parameters
• Set the Smooth calibration parameters.
• Configure the Synchronization Shift Control Settings.
• Configure the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz).
• Deactivate the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz).
• Enable the RTC reference clock detection.
• Disable the RTC reference clock detection.
• Enable the Bypass Shadow feature.
• Disable the Bypass Shadow feature.
• HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite
• HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead
• HAL_RTCEx_SetSmoothCalib
• HAL_RTCEx_SetSynchroShift
• HAL_RTCEx_SetCalibrationOutPut
• HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateCalibrationOutPut
• HAL_RTCEx_SetRefClock
• HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateRefClock
• HAL_RTCEx_EnableBypassShadow
• HAL_RTCEx_DisableBypassShadow

• RTC Alram B callback
• RTC Poll for Alarm B request
• HAL_RTCEx_AlarmBEventCallback
• HAL_RTCEx_PollForAlarmBEvent
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 832/2236

UM1905
HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t TimeStampEdge,
uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin)
Sets TimeStamp.
Parameters
• TimeStampEdge: Specifies the pin edge on which the TimeStamp is activated. This parameter can be one
– RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_RISING: the Time stamp event occurs on the rising edge of the related pin.
– RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_FALLING: the Time stamp event occurs on the falling edge of the related
pin.
• RTC_TimeStampPin: specifies the RTC TimeStamp Pin. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_PC13: PC13 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin.
– RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_PI8: PI8 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This API must be called before enabling the TimeStamp feature.
HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t
TimeStampEdge, uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin)
Sets TimeStamp with Interrupt.
Parameters
• TimeStampEdge: Specifies the pin edge on which the TimeStamp is activated. This parameter can be one
– RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_RISING: the Time stamp event occurs on the rising edge of the related pin.
– RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_FALLING: the Time stamp event occurs on the falling edge of the related
pin.
• RTC_TimeStampPin: Specifies the RTC TimeStamp Pin. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_PI8: PI8 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin.
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 833/2236

UM1905
Notes
• This API must be called before enabling the TimeStamp feature.
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTimeStamp
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTimeStamp (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Deactivates TimeStamp.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_SetInternalTimeStamp
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetInternalTimeStamp (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Sets Internal TimeStamp.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This API must be called before enabling the internal TimeStamp feature.
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateInternalTimeStamp
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateInternalTimeStamp (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Deactivates internal TimeStamp.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_GetTimeStamp
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_GetTimeStamp (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef *
sTimeStamp, RTC_DateTypeDef * sTimeStampDate, uint32_t Format)
Gets the RTC TimeStamp value.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 834/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• sTimeStamp: Pointer to Time structure
• sTimeStampDate: Pointer to Date structure
• Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. This parameter can be one of the following values:
FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef *
sTamper)
Sets Tamper.
Parameters
• sTamper: Pointer to Tamper Structure.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• By calling this API we disable the tamper interrupt for all tampers.
HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef *
sTamper)
Sets Tamper with interrupt.
Parameters
• sTamper: Pointer to RTC Tamper.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• By calling this API we force the tamper interrupt for all tampers.
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTamper
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTamper (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t Tamper)
Deactivates Tamper.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 835/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• Tamper: Selected tamper pin. This parameter can be RTC_Tamper_1 and/or RTC_TAMPER_2.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_TamperTimeStampIRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_RTCEx_TamperTimeStampIRQHandler (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
This function handles TimeStamp interrupt request.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback
Function name
void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Tamper 1 callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Function name
Tamper 2 callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Function name
Tamper 3 callback.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 836/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback
Function name
void HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
TimeStamp callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTimeStampEvent
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTimeStampEvent (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t
Timeout)
This function handles TimeStamp polling request.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper1Event
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper1Event (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
This function handles Tamper1 Polling.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Function name
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 837/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t
WakeUpCounter, uint32_t WakeUpClock)
Sets wake up timer.
Parameters
• WakeUpCounter: Wake up counter
• WakeUpClock: Wake up clock
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t
WakeUpCounter, uint32_t WakeUpClock)
Sets wake up timer with interrupt.
Parameters
• WakeUpCounter: Wake up counter
• WakeUpClock: Wake up clock
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 838/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateWakeUpTimer
Function name
uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateWakeUpTimer (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Deactivates wake up timer counter.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_GetWakeUpTimer
Function name
uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_GetWakeUpTimer (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Gets wake up timer counter.
Parameters
Return values
• Counter: value
HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerIRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerIRQHandler (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
This function handles Wake Up Timer interrupt request.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Unlike alarm interrupt line (shared by AlarmA and AlarmB) and tamper interrupt line (shared by timestamp
and tampers) wakeup timer interrupt line is exclusive to the wakeup timer. There is no need in this case to
check on the interrupt enable status via __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_IT_SOURCE().
HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback
Function name
void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Wake Up Timer callback.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 839/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_RTCEx_PollForWakeUpTimerEvent
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForWakeUpTimerEvent (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t
Timeout)
This function handles Wake Up Timer Polling.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite
Function name
void HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t BackupRegister, uint32_t Data)
Writes a data in a specified RTC Backup data register.
Parameters
• BackupRegister: RTC Backup data Register number. This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x
can be from 0 to 19 to specify the register.
• Data: Data to be written in the specified RTC Backup data register.
Return values
• None:
HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead
Function name
uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t BackupRegister)
Reads data from the specified RTC Backup data Register.
Parameters
• BackupRegister: RTC Backup data Register number. This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x
can be from 0 to 19 to specify the register.
Return values
• Read: value
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 840/2236

UM1905
HAL_RTCEx_SetSmoothCalib
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSmoothCalib (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t
SmoothCalibPeriod, uint32_t SmoothCalibPlusPulses, uint32_t SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue)
Sets the Smooth calibration parameters.
Parameters
• SmoothCalibPeriod: Select the Smooth Calibration Period. This parameter can be can be one of the
following values :
– RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_32SEC: The smooth calibration period is 32s.
• SmoothCalibPlusPulses: Select to Set or reset the CALP bit. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_SET: Add one RTCCLK pulses every 2*11 pulses.
– RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_RESET: No RTCCLK pulses are added.
• SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue: Select the value of CALM[80] bits. This parameter can be one any value
from 0 to 0x000001FF.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• To deactivate the smooth calibration, the field SmoothCalibPlusPulses must be equal to
SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_RESET and the field SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue must be equal to 0.
HAL_RTCEx_SetSynchroShift
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSynchroShift (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t ShiftAdd1S,
uint32_t ShiftSubFS)
Configures the Synchronization Shift Control Settings.
Parameters
• ShiftAdd1S: Select to add or not 1 second to the time calendar. This parameter can be one of the following
values :
– RTC_SHIFTADD1S_SET: Add one second to the clock calendar.
– RTC_SHIFTADD1S_RESET: No effect.
• ShiftSubFS: Select the number of Second Fractions to substitute. This parameter can be one any value
from 0 to 0x7FFF.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• When REFCKON is set, firmware must not write to Shift control register.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 841/2236

UM1905
HAL_RTCEx_SetCalibrationOutPut
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetCalibrationOutPut (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t
CalibOutput)
Configures the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz).
Parameters
• CalibOutput: Select the Calibration output Selection . This parameter can be one of the following values:
– RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_512HZ: A signal has a regular waveform at 512Hz.
– RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_1HZ: A signal has a regular waveform at 1Hz.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateCalibrationOutPut
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateCalibrationOutPut (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Deactivates the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz).
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_SetRefClock
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetRefClock (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Enables the RTC reference clock detection.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateRefClock
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateRefClock (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Disable the RTC reference clock detection.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 842/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_RTCEx_EnableBypassShadow
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_EnableBypassShadow (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Enables the Bypass Shadow feature.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are taken directly from the Calendar counter.
HAL_RTCEx_DisableBypassShadow
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DisableBypassShadow (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Disables the Bypass Shadow feature.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are taken directly from the Calendar counter.
HAL_RTCEx_AlarmBEventCallback
Function name
void HAL_RTCEx_AlarmBEventCallback (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc)
Alarm B callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_RTCEx_PollForAlarmBEvent
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForAlarmBEvent (RTC_HandleTypeDef * hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 843/2236

UM1905
RTCEx Firmware driver defines
This function handles AlarmB Polling request.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
56.3 RTCEx Firmware driver defines

56.3.1 RTCEx
RTCEx
RTCEx Add 1 Second Parameter Definitions
RTC_SHIFTADD1S_RESET
RTC_SHIFTADD1S_SET
RTC Backup Registers Definitions
RTC_BKP_DR0
RTC_BKP_DR1
RTC_BKP_DR2
RTC_BKP_DR3
RTC_BKP_DR4
RTC_BKP_DR5
RTC_BKP_DR6
RTC_BKP_DR7
RTC_BKP_DR8
RTC_BKP_DR9
RTC_BKP_DR10
RTC_BKP_DR11
RTC_BKP_DR12
RTC_BKP_DR13
RTC_BKP_DR14
RTC_BKP_DR15
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 844/2236

UM1905
RTC_BKP_DR16
RTC_BKP_DR17
RTC_BKP_DR18
RTC_BKP_DR19
RTC_BKP_DR20
RTC_BKP_DR21
RTC_BKP_DR22
RTC_BKP_DR23
RTC_BKP_DR24
RTC_BKP_DR25
RTC_BKP_DR26
RTC_BKP_DR27
RTC_BKP_DR28
RTC_BKP_DR29
RTC_BKP_DR30
RTC_BKP_DR31
RTCEx Calib Output selection Definitions
RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_512HZ
RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_1HZ
RTCEx Exported Macros
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the RTC WakeUp Timer peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 845/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the RTC WakeUp Timer peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the RTC WakeUpTimer interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC WakeUpTimer interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. This
parameter can be:
– RTC_IT_WUT: WakeUpTimer interrupt
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the RTC WakeUpTimer interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC WakeUpTimer interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. This
parameter can be:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_IT
Description:
• Check whether the specified RTC WakeUpTimer interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC WakeUpTimer interrupt sources to check. This parameter can be:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 846/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Check whether the specified RTC Wake Up timer interrupt has been enabled or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC Wake Up timer interrupt sources to check. This parameter can be:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Get the selected RTC WakeUpTimer's flag status.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the RTC WakeUpTimer Flag is pending or not. This parameter can be:
– RTC_FLAG_WUTF
– RTC_FLAG_WUTWF
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the RTC Wake Up timer's pending flags.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the RTC WakeUpTimer Flag to clear. This parameter can be:
– RTC_FLAG_WUTF
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER1_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the RTC Tamper1 input detection.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER1_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the RTC Tamper1 input detection.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 847/2236

UM1905
Description:
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
Description:
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
Description:
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
Description:
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_IT
Description:
• Check whether the specified RTC Tamper interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC Tamper interrupt to check. This parameter can be:
– RTC_IT_TAMP: All tampers interrupts
– RTC_IT_TAMP1: Tamper1 interrupt
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 848/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Check whether the specified RTC Tamper interrupt has been enabled or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC Tamper interrupt source to check. This parameter can be:
– RTC_IT_TAMP: All tampers interrupts
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Get the selected RTC Tamper's flag status.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the RTC Tamper Flag is pending or not. This parameter can be:
– RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F: Tamper1 flag
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the RTC Tamper's pending flags.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the RTC Tamper Flag sources to clear. This parameter can be:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the RTC TimeStamp peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 849/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the RTC TimeStamp peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the RTC TimeStamp interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC TimeStamp interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. This
parameter can be:
– RTC_IT_TS: TimeStamp interrupt
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the RTC TimeStamp interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC TimeStamp interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. This
parameter can be:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_IT
Description:
• Check whether the specified RTC TimeStamp interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC TimeStamp interrupt sources to check. This parameter can be:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 850/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Check whether the specified RTC Time Stamp interrupt has been enabled or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the RTC Time Stamp interrupt source to check. This parameter can be:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Get the selected RTC TimeStamp's flag status.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the RTC TimeStamp Flag is pending or not. This parameter can be:
– RTC_FLAG_TSF
– RTC_FLAG_TSOVF
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the RTC Time Stamp's pending flags.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the RTC Alarm Flag sources to clear. This parameter can be:
– RTC_FLAG_TSF
– RTC_FLAG_TSOVF
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_INTERNAL_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the RTC internal TimeStamp peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_INTERNAL_TIMESTAMP_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the RTC internal TimeStamp peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 851/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RTC_INTERNAL_TIMESTAMP_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Get the selected RTC Internal Time Stamp's flag status.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the RTC Internal Time Stamp Flag is pending or not. This parameter can be:
– RTC_FLAG_ITSF
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_INTERNAL_TIMESTAMP_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the RTC Internal Time Stamp's pending flags.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the RTC Internal Time Stamp Flag source to clear. This parameter can be:
– RTC_FLAG_ITSF
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_CALIBRATION_OUTPUT_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the RTC calibration output.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_CALIBRATION_OUTPUT_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the calibration output.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_CLOCKREF_DETECTION_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the clock reference detection.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 852/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RTC_CLOCKREF_DETECTION_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the clock reference detection.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_SHIFT_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Get the selected RTC shift operation's flag status.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the RTC shift operation Flag is pending or not. This parameter can be:
– RTC_FLAG_SHPF
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable interrupt on the RTC WakeUp Timer associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable interrupt on the RTC WakeUp Timer associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT
Description:
• Enable event on the RTC WakeUp Timer associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT
Description:
• Disable event on the RTC WakeUp Timer associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE
Description:
• Enable falling edge trigger on the RTC WakeUp Timer associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 853/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE
Description:
• Disable falling edge trigger on the RTC WakeUp Timer associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE
Description:
• Enable rising edge trigger on the RTC WakeUp Timer associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE
Description:
• Disable rising edge trigger on the RTC WakeUp Timer associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE
Description:
• Enable rising & falling edge trigger on the RTC WakeUp Timer associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE
Description:
• Disable rising & falling edge trigger on the RTC WakeUp Timer associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Check whether the RTC WakeUp Timer associated Exti line interrupt flag is set or not.
Return value:
• Line: Status.
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the RTC WakeUp Timer associated Exti line flag.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
Description:
• Generate a Software interrupt on the RTC WakeUp Timer associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 854/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable interrupt on the RTC Tamper and Timestamp associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable interrupt on the RTC Tamper and Timestamp associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT
Description:
• Enable event on the RTC Tamper and Timestamp associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT
Description:
• Disable event on the RTC Tamper and Timestamp associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE
Description:
• Enable falling edge trigger on the RTC Tamper and Timestamp associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE
Description:
• Disable falling edge trigger on the RTC Tamper and Timestamp associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE
Description:
• Enable rising edge trigger on the RTC Tamper and Timestamp associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE
Description:
• Disable rising edge trigger on the RTC Tamper and Timestamp associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 855/2236

UM1905
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE
Description:
• Enable rising & falling edge trigger on the RTC Tamper and Timestamp associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE
Description:
• Disable rising & falling edge trigger on the RTC Tamper and Timestamp associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Check whether the RTC Tamper and Timestamp associated Exti line interrupt flag is set or not.
Return value:
• Line: Status.
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the RTC Tamper and Timestamp associated Exti line flag.
Return value:
• None.
__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT
Description:
• Generate a Software interrupt on the RTC Tamper and Timestamp associated Exti line.
Return value:
• None.
Private macros to check input parameters
IS_RTC_OUTPUT
IS_RTC_BKP
IS_TIMESTAMP_EDGE
IS_RTC_TAMPER
IS_RTC_TAMPER_INTERRUPT
IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_PIN
IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER
IS_RTC_TAMPER_ERASE_MODE
IS_RTC_TAMPER_MASKFLAG_STATE
IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER
IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 856/2236

UM1905
IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION
IS_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMPONTAMPER_DETECTION
IS_RTC_TAMPER_PULLUP_STATE
IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK
IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER
IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PERIOD
IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PLUS
IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS
IS_RTC_SHIFT_ADD1S
IS_RTC_SHIFT_SUBFS
IS_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT
RTCEx Output selection Definitions
RTC_OUTPUT_DISABLE
RTC_OUTPUT_ALARMA
RTC_OUTPUT_ALARMB
RTC_OUTPUT_WAKEUP
RTCEx Smooth calib period Definitions
RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_32SEC
If RTCCLK = 32768 Hz, Smooth calibration period is 32s, else 2exp20 RTCCLK seconds
RTCEx Smooth calib Plus pulses Definitions
RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_SET
The number of RTCCLK pulses added during a X -second window = Y - CALM[8:0] with Y = 512, 256, 128 when
X = 32, 16, 8
RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_RESET
The number of RTCCLK pulses subbstited during a 32-second window = CALM[8:0]
RTCEx Tamper EraseBackUp Definitions
RTC_TAMPER_ERASE_BACKUP_ENABLE
RTC_TAMPER_ERASE_BACKUP_DISABLE
RTCEx Tamper Filter Definitions
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 857/2236

UM1905
RTC_TAMPERFILTER_DISABLE
Tamper filter is disabled
RTC_TAMPERFILTER_2SAMPLE
Tamper is activated after 2 consecutive samples at the active level
Tamper is activated after 8 consecutive samples at the active leve.
RTCEx Tamper Interrupt Definitions
RTC_TAMPER1_INTERRUPT
RTC_ALL_TAMPER_INTERRUPT
RTCEx Tamper MaskFlag Definitions
RTC_TAMPERMASK_FLAG_DISABLE
RTC_TAMPERMASK_FLAG_ENABLE
RTCEx Tamper Pins Definitions
RTC_TAMPER_1
RTC_TAMPER_2
RTC_TAMPER_3
RTCEx Tamper Pin Precharge Duration Definitions
RTC_TAMPERPRECHARGEDURATION_1RTCCLK
Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling during 1 RTCCLK cycle
Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling during 2 RTCCLK cycles
RTCEx Tamper Pull UP Definitions
RTC_TAMPER_PULLUP_ENABLE
TimeStamp on Tamper Detection event saved
RTC_TAMPER_PULLUP_DISABLE
TimeStamp on Tamper Detection event is not saved
RTCEx Tamper Sampling Frequencies Definitions
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 858/2236

UM1905
RTC_TAMPERSAMPLINGFREQ_RTCCLK_DIV32768
Each of the tamper inputs are sampled with a frequency = RTCCLK / 32768
RTCEx Tamper TimeStampOnTamperDetection Definitions
RTC_TIMESTAMPONTAMPERDETECTION_ENABLE
TimeStamp on Tamper Detection event saved
RTC_TIMESTAMPONTAMPERDETECTION_DISABLE
TimeStamp on Tamper Detection event is not saved
RTCEx Tamper Trigger Definitions
RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_RISINGEDGE
RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_FALLINGEDGE
RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_LOWLEVEL
RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_HIGHLEVEL
RTCEx TimeStamp Pin Selection
RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_DEFAULT
RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_POS1
RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_POS2
RTCEx Time Stamp Edges definitions
RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_RISING
RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_FALLING
RTCEx Wakeup Timer Definitions
RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_RTCCLK_DIV16
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 859/2236

UM1905
RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_CK_SPRE_16BITS
RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_CK_SPRE_17BITS
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 860/2236

UM1905
HAL SAI Generic Driver
57 HAL SAI Generic Driver
57.1 SAI Firmware driver registers structures
57.1.1 SAI_InitTypeDef
SAI_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_sai.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t AudioMode
• uint32_t Synchro
• uint32_t SynchroExt
• uint32_t OutputDrive
• uint32_t NoDivider
• uint32_t AudioFrequency
• uint32_t Mckdiv
• uint32_t MonoStereoMode
• uint32_t CompandingMode
• uint32_t TriState
• uint32_t Protocol
• uint32_t DataSize
• uint32_t FirstBit
• uint32_t ClockStrobing
Field Documentation
• uint32_t SAI_InitTypeDef::AudioMode
Specifies the SAI Block audio Mode. This parameter can be a value of SAI_Block_Mode
• uint32_t SAI_InitTypeDef::Synchro
Specifies SAI Block synchronization This parameter can be a value of SAI_Block_Synchronization
• uint32_t SAI_InitTypeDef::SynchroExt
Specifies SAI external output synchronization, this setup is common for BlockA and BlockB This parameter
can be a value of SAI_Block_SyncExt
Note:
– : If both audio blocks of same SAI are used, this parameter has to be set to the same value for each
audio block
• uint32_t SAI_InitTypeDef::OutputDrive
Specifies when SAI Block outputs are driven. This parameter can be a value of SAI_Block_Output_Drive
Note:
– this value has to be set before enabling the audio block but after the audio block configuration.
• uint32_t SAI_InitTypeDef::NoDivider
Specifies whether master clock will be divided or not. This parameter can be a value of
SAI_Block_NoDivider
Note:
– : If bit NODIV in the SAI_xCR1 register is cleared, the frame length should be aligned to a number
equal to a power of 2, from 8 to 256. If bit NODIV in the SAI_xCR1 register is set, the frame length can
take any of the values without constraint since the input clock of the audio block should be equal to the
bit clock. There is no MCLK_x clock which can be output.
• uint32_t SAI_InitTypeDef::FIFOThreshold
Specifies SAI Block FIFO threshold. This parameter can be a value of SAI_Block_Fifo_Threshold
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 861/2236

UM1905
SAI Firmware driver registers structures
• uint32_t SAI_InitTypeDef::AudioFrequency
Specifies the audio frequency sampling. This parameter can be a value of SAI_Audio_Frequency
• uint32_t SAI_InitTypeDef::Mckdiv
Specifies the master clock divider. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data
= 15.
Note:
– This parameter is used only if AudioFrequency is set to SAI_AUDIO_FREQUENCY_MCKDIV
otherwise it is internally computed.
• uint32_t SAI_InitTypeDef::MonoStereoMode
Specifies if the mono or stereo mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of
SAI_Mono_Stereo_Mode
• uint32_t SAI_InitTypeDef::CompandingMode
Specifies the companding mode type. This parameter can be a value of SAI_Block_Companding_Mode
• uint32_t SAI_InitTypeDef::TriState
Specifies the companding mode type. This parameter can be a value of SAI_TRIState_Management
• uint32_t SAI_InitTypeDef::Protocol
Specifies the SAI Block protocol. This parameter can be a value of SAI_Block_Protocol
• uint32_t SAI_InitTypeDef::DataSize
Specifies the SAI Block data size. This parameter can be a value of SAI_Block_Data_Size
• uint32_t SAI_InitTypeDef::FirstBit
Specifies whether data transfers start from MSB or LSB bit. This parameter can be a value of
SAI_Block_MSB_LSB_transmission
• uint32_t SAI_InitTypeDef::ClockStrobing
Specifies the SAI Block clock strobing edge sensitivity. This parameter can be a value of
SAI_Block_Clock_Strobing
57.1.2 SAI_FrameInitTypeDef
SAI_FrameInitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_sai.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t FrameLength
• uint32_t ActiveFrameLength
• uint32_t FSDefinition
• uint32_t FSPolarity
• uint32_t FSOffset
Field Documentation
• uint32_t SAI_FrameInitTypeDef::FrameLength
Specifies the Frame length, the number of SCK clocks for each audio frame. This parameter must be a
Note:
– : If master clock MCLK_x pin is declared as an output, the frame length should be aligned to a number
equal to power of 2 in order to keep in an audio frame, an integer number of MCLK pulses by bit Clock.
• uint32_t SAI_FrameInitTypeDef::ActiveFrameLength
Specifies the Frame synchronization active level length. This Parameter specifies the length in number of bit
clock (SCK + 1) of the active level of FS signal in audio frame. This parameter must be a number between
• uint32_t SAI_FrameInitTypeDef::FSDefinition
Specifies the Frame synchronization definition. This parameter can be a value of SAI_Block_FS_Definition
• uint32_t SAI_FrameInitTypeDef::FSPolarity
Specifies the Frame synchronization Polarity. This parameter can be a value of SAI_Block_FS_Polarity
• uint32_t SAI_FrameInitTypeDef::FSOffset
Specifies the Frame synchronization Offset. This parameter can be a value of SAI_Block_FS_Offset
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 862/2236

UM1905
SAI Firmware driver registers structures
57.1.3 SAI_SlotInitTypeDef
SAI_SlotInitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_sai.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t FirstBitOffset
• uint32_t SlotSize
• uint32_t SlotNumber
• uint32_t SlotActive
Field Documentation
• uint32_t SAI_SlotInitTypeDef::FirstBitOffset
Specifies the position of first data transfer bit in the slot. This parameter must be a number between
• uint32_t SAI_SlotInitTypeDef::SlotSize
Specifies the Slot Size. This parameter can be a value of SAI_Block_Slot_Size
• uint32_t SAI_SlotInitTypeDef::SlotNumber
Specifies the number of slot in the audio frame. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 1
and Max_Data = 16
• uint32_t SAI_SlotInitTypeDef::SlotActive
Specifies the slots in audio frame that will be activated. This parameter can be a value of
SAI_Block_Slot_Active
57.1.4 __SAI_HandleTypeDef
__SAI_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_sai.h
Data Fields
• SAI_Block_TypeDef * Instance
• SAI_InitTypeDef Init
• SAI_FrameInitTypeDef FrameInit
• SAI_SlotInitTypeDef SlotInit
• uint16_t XferCount
• SAIcallback mutecallback
• void(* InterruptServiceRoutine
• __IO HAL_SAI_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation
• SAI_Block_TypeDef* __SAI_HandleTypeDef::Instance
SAI Blockx registers base address
• SAI_InitTypeDef __SAI_HandleTypeDef::Init
SAI communication parameters
• SAI_FrameInitTypeDef __SAI_HandleTypeDef::FrameInit
SAI Frame configuration parameters
• SAI_SlotInitTypeDef __SAI_HandleTypeDef::SlotInit
SAI Slot configuration parameters
• uint8_t* __SAI_HandleTypeDef::pBuffPtr
Pointer to SAI transfer Buffer
• uint16_t __SAI_HandleTypeDef::XferSize
SAI transfer size
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 863/2236

UM1905
SAI Firmware driver API description
• uint16_t __SAI_HandleTypeDef::XferCount
SAI transfer counter
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* __SAI_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
SAI Tx DMA handle parameters
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* __SAI_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
SAI Rx DMA handle parameters
• SAIcallback __SAI_HandleTypeDef::mutecallback
SAI mute callback
• void(* __SAI_HandleTypeDef::InterruptServiceRoutine)(struct __SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
• HAL_LockTypeDef __SAI_HandleTypeDef::Lock
SAI locking object
• __IO HAL_SAI_StateTypeDef __SAI_HandleTypeDef::State
SAI communication state
• __IO uint32_t __SAI_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
SAI Error code
57.2 SAI Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the SAI library.

The SAI HAL driver can be used as follows:
1. Declare a SAI_HandleTypeDef handle structure (eg. SAI_HandleTypeDef hsai).
2. Initialize the SAI low level resources by implementing the HAL_SAI_MspInit() API:
a. Enable the SAI interface clock.
b. SAI pins configuration:
◦ Enable the clock for the SAI GPIOs.
◦ Configure these SAI pins as alternate function pull-up.
c. NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_SAI_Transmit_IT() and
HAL_SAI_Receive_IT() APIs):
◦ Configure the SAI interrupt priority.
◦ Enable the NVIC SAI IRQ handle.
d. DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_SAI_Transmit_DMA() and
HAL_SAI_Receive_DMA() APIs):
◦ Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx stream.
◦ Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
◦ Associate the initialized DMA handle to the SAI DMA Tx/Rx handle.
Stream.
3. The initialization can be done by two ways
a. Expert mode : Initialize the structures Init, FrameInit and SlotInit and call HAL_SAI_Init().
b. Simplified mode : Initialize the high part of Init Structure and call HAL_SAI_InitProtocol().
Note: The specific SAI interrupts (FIFO request and Overrun underrun interrupt) will be managed using the macros
__HAL_SAI_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 864/2236

UM1905
Note: Make sure that either:

• I2S PLL is configured or
• SAI PLL is configured or
• External clock source is configured after setting correctly the define constant EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE
in the stm32f7xx_hal_conf.h file.
Note: In master Tx mode: enabling the audio block immediately generates the bit clock for the external slaves even if
there is no data in the FIFO, However FS signal generation is conditioned by the presence of data in the FIFO.
Note: In master Rx mode: enabling the audio block immediately generates the bit clock and FS signal for the external
slaves.
Note: It is mandatory to respect the following conditions in order to avoid bad SAI behavior:
• First bit Offset <= (SLOT size - Data size)
• Data size <= SLOT size
• Number of SLOT x SLOT size = Frame length
• The number of slots should be even when SAI_FS_CHANNEL_IDENTIFICATION is selected.
Three operation modes are available within this driver :

• Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_SAI_Transmit()
• Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_SAI_Receive()

• Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_SAI_Transmit_IT()
• At transmission end of transfer HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback()
• Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_SAI_Receive_IT()
• At reception end of transfer HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback()
• In case of flag error, HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback()

• Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SAI_Transmit_DMA()
• At transmission end of transfer HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback()
• Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SAI_Receive_DMA()
• At reception end of transfer HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback()
• In case of flag error, HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback()
• Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_SAI_DMAPause()
• Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_SAI_DMAResume()
• Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_SAI_DMAStop()
SAI HAL driver additional function list

Below the list the others API available SAI HAL driver :
• HAL_SAI_EnableTxMuteMode(): Enable the mute in tx mode
• HAL_SAI_DisableTxMuteMode(): Disable the mute in tx mode
• HAL_SAI_EnableRxMuteMode(): Enable the mute in Rx mode
• HAL_SAI_DisableRxMuteMode(): Disable the mute in Rx mode
• HAL_SAI_FlushRxFifo(): Flush the rx fifo.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 865/2236

UM1905
• HAL_SAI_Abort(): Abort the current transfer
SAI HAL driver macros list

Below the list of most used macros in SAI HAL driver :
• __HAL_SAI_ENABLE(): Enable the SAI peripheral
• __HAL_SAI_DISABLE(): Disable the SAI peripheral
• __HAL_SAI_ENABLE_IT(): Enable the specified SAI interrupts
• __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(): Disable the specified SAI interrupts
• __HAL_SAI_GET_IT_SOURCE(): Check if the specified SAI interrupt source is enabled or disabled
• __HAL_SAI_GET_FLAG(): Check whether the specified SAI flag is set or not
The compilation define USE_HAL_SAI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows the user to configure
dynamically the driver callbacks. Use functions HAL_SAI_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback.
Function HAL_SAI_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
• RxCpltCallback : SAI receive complete.
• RxHalfCpltCallback : SAI receive half complete.
• TxCpltCallback : SAI transmit complete.
• TxHalfCpltCallback : SAI transmit half complete.
• ErrorCallback : SAI error.
• MspInitCallback : SAI MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : SAI MspDeInit.
This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the callback ID and a pointer to the user callback
function.
Use function HAL_SAI_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default weak (surcharged) function.
HAL_SAI_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, and the callback ID.
• RxCpltCallback : SAI receive complete.
• RxHalfCpltCallback : SAI receive half complete.
• TxCpltCallback : SAI transmit complete.
• TxHalfCpltCallback : SAI transmit half complete.
• ErrorCallback : SAI error.
• MspInitCallback : SAI MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : SAI MspDeInit.
By default, after the HAL_SAI_Init and if the state is HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET all callbacks are reset to the
corresponding legacy weak (surcharged) functions: examples HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback(),
HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(). Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit callbacks that are respectively reset to the
legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the HAL_SAI_Init and HAL_SAI_DeInit only when these callbacks are null
(not registered beforehand). If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the HAL_SAI_Init and HAL_SAI_DeInit keep
and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand).
Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in READY state only. Exception done for MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks
that can be registered/unregistered in READY or RESET state, thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can
be used during the Init/DeInit. In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks using
HAL_SAI_RegisterCallback before calling HAL_SAI_DeInit or HAL_SAI_Init function.
When the compilation define USE_HAL_SAI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the callback
registering feature is not available and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and de-initialize the SAIx peripheral:
• User must implement HAL_SAI_MspInit() function in which he configures all related peripherals resources
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 866/2236

UM1905
• Call the function HAL_SAI_Init() to configure the selected device with the selected configuration:
– Mode (Master/slave TX/RX)
– Protocol
– Data Size
– MCLK Output
– Audio frequency
– FIFO Threshold
– Frame Config
– Slot Config
• Call the function HAL_SAI_DeInit() to restore the default configuration of the selected SAI peripheral.
• HAL_SAI_InitProtocol
• HAL_SAI_Init
• HAL_SAI_DeInit
• HAL_SAI_MspInit
• HAL_SAI_MspDeInit

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SAI data transfers.
• There are two modes of transfer:
dedicated SAI IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode.
• Blocking mode functions are :
– HAL_SAI_Transmit()
– HAL_SAI_Receive()
• Non Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :
– HAL_SAI_Transmit_IT()
– HAL_SAI_Receive_IT()
• Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
– HAL_SAI_Transmit_DMA()
– HAL_SAI_Receive_DMA()
• A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:
– HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback()
– HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback()
– HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback()
• HAL_SAI_Transmit
• HAL_SAI_Receive
• HAL_SAI_Transmit_IT
• HAL_SAI_Receive_IT
• HAL_SAI_DMAPause
• HAL_SAI_DMAResume
• HAL_SAI_DMAStop
• HAL_SAI_Abort
• HAL_SAI_Transmit_DMA
• HAL_SAI_Receive_DMA
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 867/2236

UM1905
• HAL_SAI_EnableTxMuteMode
• HAL_SAI_DisableTxMuteMode
• HAL_SAI_EnableRxMuteMode
• HAL_SAI_DisableRxMuteMode
• HAL_SAI_IRQHandler
• HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback
• HAL_SAI_TxHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback
• HAL_SAI_RxHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback

• HAL_SAI_GetState
• HAL_SAI_GetError
HAL_SAI_InitProtocol
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_InitProtocol (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai, uint32_t protocol, uint32_t
datasize, uint32_t nbslot)
Initialize the structure FrameInit, SlotInit and the low part of Init according to the specified parameters and call
the function HAL_SAI_Init to initialize the SAI block.
Parameters
• hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for SAI module.
• protocol: one of the supported protocol SAI Supported protocol
• datasize: one of the supported datasize SAI protocol data size the configuration information for SAI
module.
• nbslot: Number of slot.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SAI_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Init (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai)
Initialize the SAI according to the specified parameters.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 868/2236

UM1905
HAL_SAI_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DeInit (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai)
DeInitialize the SAI peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SAI_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_SAI_MspInit (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai)
Initialize the SAI MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SAI_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_SAI_MspDeInit (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai)
DeInitialize the SAI MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SAI_Transmit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Transmit (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 869/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SAI_Receive
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Receive (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
Parameters
• Size: Amount of data to be received
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SAI_Transmit_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Transmit_IT (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SAI_Receive_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Receive_IT (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 870/2236

UM1905
HAL_SAI_Transmit_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Transmit_DMA (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SAI_Receive_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Receive_DMA (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SAI_DMAPause
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DMAPause (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai)
Pause the audio stream playing from the Media.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SAI_DMAResume
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DMAResume (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai)
Resume the audio stream playing from the Media.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 871/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SAI_DMAStop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DMAStop (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai)
Stop the audio stream playing from the Media.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SAI_Abort
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Abort (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai)
Abort the current transfer and disable the SAI.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SAI_EnableTxMuteMode
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_EnableTxMuteMode (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai, uint16_t val)
Enable the Tx mute mode.
Parameters
• val: value sent during the mute SAI Block Mute Value
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SAI_DisableTxMuteMode
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DisableTxMuteMode (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai)
Disable the Tx mute mode.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 872/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SAI_EnableRxMuteMode
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_EnableRxMuteMode (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai, SAIcallback callback,
uint16_t counter)
Enable the Rx mute detection.
Parameters
• callback: function called when the mute is detected.
• counter: number a data before mute detection max 63.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SAI_DisableRxMuteMode
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DisableRxMuteMode (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai)
Disable the Rx mute detection.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SAI_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_SAI_IRQHandler (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai)
Handle SAI interrupt request.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SAI_TxHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SAI_TxHalfCpltCallback (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai)
Tx Transfer Half completed callback.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 873/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SAI_RxHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SAI_RxHalfCpltCallback (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai)
Rx Transfer half completed callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai)
SAI error callback.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 874/2236

UM1905
SAI Firmware driver defines
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SAI_GetState
Function name
HAL_SAI_StateTypeDef HAL_SAI_GetState (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai)
Return the SAI handle state.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: state
HAL_SAI_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_SAI_GetError (SAI_HandleTypeDef * hsai)
Return the SAI error code.
Parameters
• hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the specified
SAI Block.
Return values
• SAI: Error Code
57.3 SAI Firmware driver defines

57.3.1 SAI
SAI
SAI Audio Frequency
SAI_AUDIO_FREQUENCY_192K
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 875/2236

UM1905
SAI_AUDIO_FREQUENCY_MCKDIV
SAI Block Clock Strobing
SAI_CLOCKSTROBING_FALLINGEDGE
SAI_CLOCKSTROBING_RISINGEDGE
SAI Block Companding Mode
SAI_NOCOMPANDING
SAI_ULAW_1CPL_COMPANDING
SAI_ALAW_1CPL_COMPANDING
SAI_ULAW_2CPL_COMPANDING
SAI_ALAW_2CPL_COMPANDING
SAI Block Data Size
SAI_DATASIZE_8
SAI_DATASIZE_10
SAI_DATASIZE_16
SAI_DATASIZE_20
SAI_DATASIZE_24
SAI_DATASIZE_32
SAI Block Fifo Status Level
SAI_FIFOSTATUS_EMPTY
SAI_FIFOSTATUS_LESS1QUARTERFULL
SAI_FIFOSTATUS_1QUARTERFULL
SAI_FIFOSTATUS_HALFFULL
SAI_FIFOSTATUS_3QUARTERFULL
SAI_FIFOSTATUS_FULL
SAI Block Fifo Threshold
SAI_FIFOTHRESHOLD_EMPTY
SAI_FIFOTHRESHOLD_1QF
SAI_FIFOTHRESHOLD_HF
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 876/2236

UM1905
SAI_FIFOTHRESHOLD_3QF
SAI_FIFOTHRESHOLD_FULL
SAI Block Flags Definition
SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR
SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET
SAI_FLAG_WCKCFG
SAI_FLAG_FREQ
SAI_FLAG_CNRDY
SAI_FLAG_AFSDET
SAI_FLAG_LFSDET
SAI Block FS Definition
SAI_FS_STARTFRAME
SAI_FS_CHANNEL_IDENTIFICATION
SAI Block FS Offset
SAI_FS_FIRSTBIT
SAI_FS_BEFOREFIRSTBIT
SAI Block FS Polarity
SAI_FS_ACTIVE_LOW
SAI_FS_ACTIVE_HIGH
SAI Block Interrupts Definition
SAI_IT_OVRUDR
SAI_IT_MUTEDET
SAI_IT_WCKCFG
SAI_IT_FREQ
SAI_IT_CNRDY
SAI_IT_AFSDET
SAI_IT_LFSDET
SAI Block Mode
SAI_MODEMASTER_TX
SAI_MODEMASTER_RX
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 877/2236

UM1905
SAI_MODESLAVE_TX
SAI_MODESLAVE_RX
SAI Block MSB LSB transmission
SAI_FIRSTBIT_MSB
SAI_FIRSTBIT_LSB
SAI Block Mute Value
SAI_ZERO_VALUE
SAI_LAST_SENT_VALUE
SAI Block NoDivider
SAI_MASTERDIVIDER_ENABLE
SAI_MASTERDIVIDER_DISABLE
SAI Block Output Drive
SAI_OUTPUTDRIVE_DISABLE
SAI_OUTPUTDRIVE_ENABLE
SAI Block Protocol
SAI_FREE_PROTOCOL
SAI_SPDIF_PROTOCOL
SAI_AC97_PROTOCOL
SAI Block Slot Active
SAI_SLOT_NOTACTIVE
SAI_SLOTACTIVE_0
SAI_SLOTACTIVE_1
SAI_SLOTACTIVE_2
SAI_SLOTACTIVE_3
SAI_SLOTACTIVE_4
SAI_SLOTACTIVE_5
SAI_SLOTACTIVE_6
SAI_SLOTACTIVE_7
SAI_SLOTACTIVE_8
SAI_SLOTACTIVE_9
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 878/2236

UM1905
SAI_SLOTACTIVE_10
SAI_SLOTACTIVE_11
SAI_SLOTACTIVE_12
SAI_SLOTACTIVE_13
SAI_SLOTACTIVE_14
SAI_SLOTACTIVE_15
SAI_SLOTACTIVE_ALL
SAI Block Slot Size
SAI_SLOTSIZE_DATASIZE
SAI_SLOTSIZE_16B
SAI_SLOTSIZE_32B
SAI External synchronisation
SAI_SYNCEXT_DISABLE
SAI_SYNCEXT_OUTBLOCKA_ENABLE
SAI_SYNCEXT_OUTBLOCKB_ENABLE
SAI Block Synchronization
SAI_ASYNCHRONOUS
Asynchronous
SAI_SYNCHRONOUS
Synchronous with other block of same SAI
SAI_SYNCHRONOUS_EXT_SAI1
Synchronous with other SAI, SAI1
SAI_SYNCHRONOUS_EXT_SAI2
Synchronous with other SAI, SAI2
SAI Error Code
HAL_SAI_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_SAI_ERROR_OVR
Overrun Error
HAL_SAI_ERROR_UDR
Underrun error
HAL_SAI_ERROR_AFSDET
Anticipated Frame synchronisation detection
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 879/2236

UM1905
HAL_SAI_ERROR_LFSDET
Late Frame synchronisation detection
HAL_SAI_ERROR_CNREADY
codec not ready
HAL_SAI_ERROR_WCKCFG
Wrong clock configuration
HAL_SAI_ERROR_TIMEOUT
Timeout error
HAL_SAI_ERROR_DMA
DMA error
SAI Exported Macros
__HAL_SAI_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset SAI handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the SAI Handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SAI_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable or disable the specified SAI interrupts.
Parameters:
following values:
– SAI_IT_OVRUDR: Overrun underrun interrupt enable
– SAI_IT_MUTEDET: Mute detection interrupt enable
– SAI_IT_WCKCFG: Wrong Clock Configuration interrupt enable
– SAI_IT_FREQ: FIFO request interrupt enable
– SAI_IT_CNRDY: Codec not ready interrupt enable
– SAI_IT_AFSDET: Anticipated frame synchronization detection interrupt enable
– SAI_IT_LFSDET: Late frame synchronization detection interrupt enable
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 880/2236

UM1905
__HAL_SAI_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Check whether the specified SAI interrupt source is enabled or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the SAI interrupt source to check. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– SAI_IT_OVRUDR: Overrun underrun interrupt enable
– SAI_IT_MUTEDET: Mute detection interrupt enable
– SAI_IT_WCKCFG: Wrong Clock Configuration interrupt enable
– SAI_IT_FREQ: FIFO request interrupt enable
– SAI_IT_CNRDY: Codec not ready interrupt enable
– SAI_IT_AFSDET: Anticipated frame synchronization detection interrupt enable
– SAI_IT_LFSDET: Late frame synchronization detection interrupt enable
Return value:
__HAL_SAI_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Check whether the specified SAI flag is set or not.
Parameters:
– SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR: Overrun underrun flag.
– SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET: Mute detection flag.
– SAI_FLAG_WCKCFG: Wrong Clock Configuration flag.
– SAI_FLAG_FREQ: FIFO request flag.
– SAI_FLAG_CNRDY: Codec not ready flag.
– SAI_FLAG_AFSDET: Anticipated frame synchronization detection flag.
– SAI_FLAG_LFSDET: Late frame synchronization detection flag.
Return value:
__HAL_SAI_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the specified SAI pending flag.
Parameters:
– SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR: Clear Overrun underrun
– SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET: Clear Mute detection
– SAI_FLAG_WCKCFG: Clear Wrong Clock Configuration
– SAI_FLAG_FREQ: Clear FIFO request
– SAI_FLAG_CNRDY: Clear Codec not ready
– SAI_FLAG_AFSDET: Clear Anticipated frame synchronization detection
– SAI_FLAG_LFSDET: Clear Late frame synchronization detection
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 881/2236

UM1905
__HAL_SAI_ENABLE
__HAL_SAI_DISABLE
SAI Mono Stereo Mode
SAI_STEREOMODE
SAI_MONOMODE
SAI Supported protocol
SAI_I2S_STANDARD
SAI_I2S_MSBJUSTIFIED
SAI_I2S_LSBJUSTIFIED
SAI_PCM_LONG
SAI_PCM_SHORT
SAI protocol data size
SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_16BIT
SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_16BITEXTENDED
SAI TRIState Management
SAI_OUTPUT_NOTRELEASED
SAI_OUTPUT_RELEASED
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 882/2236

UM1905
HAL SDRAM Generic Driver
58 HAL SDRAM Generic Driver
58.1 SDRAM Firmware driver registers structures
58.1.1 SDRAM_HandleTypeDef
SDRAM_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_sdram.h
Data Fields
• FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef * Instance
• FMC_SDRAM_InitTypeDef Init
• __IO HAL_SDRAM_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation
• FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef* SDRAM_HandleTypeDef::Instance
• FMC_SDRAM_InitTypeDef SDRAM_HandleTypeDef::Init
SDRAM device configuration parameters
• __IO HAL_SDRAM_StateTypeDef SDRAM_HandleTypeDef::State
SDRAM access state
• HAL_LockTypeDef SDRAM_HandleTypeDef::Lock
SDRAM locking object
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* SDRAM_HandleTypeDef::hdma
Pointer DMA handler
58.2 SDRAM Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the SDRAM library.

This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to control SDRAM memories. It uses the
FMC layer functions to interface with SDRAM devices. The following sequence should be followed to configure
the FMC to interface with SDRAM memories:
1. Declare a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: SDRAM_HandleTypeDef hdsram
– Fill the SDRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Init" field with the allowed values of the structure member.
– Fill the SDRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Instance" field with a predefined base register instance for
NOR or SDRAM device
2. Declare a FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef structure; for example: FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef Timing; and
fill its fields with the allowed values of the structure member.
3. Initialize the SDRAM Controller by calling the function HAL_SDRAM_Init(). This function performs the
following sequence:
a. MSP hardware layer configuration using the function HAL_SDRAM_MspInit()
b. Control register configuration using the FMC SDRAM interface function FMC_SDRAM_Init()
c. Timing register configuration using the FMC SDRAM interface function FMC_SDRAM_Timing_Init()
d. Program the SDRAM external device by applying its initialization sequence according to the device
plugged in your hardware. This step is mandatory for accessing the SDRAM device.
4. At this stage you can perform read/write accesses from/to the memory connected to the SDRAM Bank. You
can perform either polling or DMA transfer using the following APIs:
– HAL_SDRAM_Read()/HAL_SDRAM_Write() for polling read/write access
– HAL_SDRAM_Read_DMA()/HAL_SDRAM_Write_DMA() for DMA read/write transfer
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 883/2236

UM1905
SDRAM Firmware driver API description
5. You can also control the SDRAM device by calling the control APIs HAL_SDRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/
HAL_SDRAM_WriteOperation_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the SDRAM write operation or the
function HAL_SDRAM_SendCommand() to send a specified command to the SDRAM device. The
command to be sent must be configured with the FMC_SDRAM_CommandTypeDef structure.
6. You can continuously monitor the SDRAM device HAL state by calling the function HAL_SDRAM_GetState()
The compilation define USE_HAL_SDRAM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows the user to configure
dynamically the driver callbacks. Use Functions @ref HAL_SDRAM_RegisterCallback() to register a user
callback, it allows to register following callbacks:
• MspInitCallback : SDRAM MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : SDRAM MspDeInit. This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the
HAL_SDRAM_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default weak (surcharged) function. It allows
to reset following callbacks:
• MspInitCallback : SDRAM MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : SDRAM MspDeInit. This function) takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle and
the Callback ID. By default, after the @ref HAL_SDRAM_Init and if the state is
HAL_SDRAM_STATE_RESET all callbacks are reset to the corresponding legacy weak (surcharged)
functions. Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit callbacks that are respectively reset to the legacy weak
(surcharged) functions in the @ref HAL_SDRAM_Init and @ref HAL_SDRAM_DeInit only when these
callbacks are null (not registered beforehand). If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref
HAL_SDRAM_Init and @ref HAL_SDRAM_DeInit keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks
(registered beforehand) Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in READY state only. Exception done for
MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks that can be registered/unregistered in READY or RESET state, thus registered
(user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit. In that case first register the MspInit/
MspDeInit user callbacks using @ref HAL_SDRAM_RegisterCallback before calling @ref
HAL_SDRAM_DeInit or @ref HAL_SDRAM_Init function. When The compilation define
USE_HAL_SDRAM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the callback registering feature is
58.2.2 SDRAM Initialization and de_initialization functions

This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize the SDRAM memory
• HAL_SDRAM_Init
• HAL_SDRAM_DeInit
• HAL_SDRAM_MspInit
• HAL_SDRAM_MspDeInit
• HAL_SDRAM_IRQHandler
• HAL_SDRAM_RefreshErrorCallback
• HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback
• HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback
58.2.3 SDRAM Input and Output functions

This section provides functions allowing to use and control the SDRAM memory
• HAL_SDRAM_Read_8b
• HAL_SDRAM_Write_8b
• HAL_SDRAM_Read_DMA
• HAL_SDRAM_Write_DMA
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 884/2236

UM1905
58.2.4 SDRAM Control functions

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically the SDRAM interface.
• HAL_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Enable
• HAL_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Disable
• HAL_SDRAM_SendCommand
• HAL_SDRAM_ProgramRefreshRate
• HAL_SDRAM_SetAutoRefreshNumber
• HAL_SDRAM_GetModeStatus
58.2.5 SDRAM State functions

This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the SDRAM controller and the data flow.
• HAL_SDRAM_GetState
HAL_SDRAM_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Init (SDRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsdram, FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef
* Timing)
Performs the SDRAM device initialization sequence.
Parameters
• hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for
SDRAM module.
• Timing: Pointer to SDRAM control timing structure
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SDRAM_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_DeInit (SDRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsdram)
Perform the SDRAM device initialization sequence.
Parameters
SDRAM module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SDRAM_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_SDRAM_MspInit (SDRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsdram)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 885/2236

UM1905
SDRAM MSP Init.
Parameters
SDRAM module.
Return values
• None:
HAL_SDRAM_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_SDRAM_MspDeInit (SDRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsdram)
SDRAM MSP DeInit.
Parameters
SDRAM module.
Return values
• None:
HAL_SDRAM_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_SDRAM_IRQHandler (SDRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsdram)
This function handles SDRAM refresh error interrupt request.
Parameters
SDRAM module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SDRAM_RefreshErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_SDRAM_RefreshErrorCallback (SDRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsdram)
SDRAM Refresh error callback.
Parameters
SDRAM module.
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 886/2236

UM1905
HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
DMA transfer complete callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
DMA transfer complete error callback.
Parameters
• hdma: DMA handle
Return values
• None:
HAL_SDRAM_Read_8b
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_8b (SDRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsdram, uint32_t * pAddress,
uint8_t * pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
Reads 8-bit data buffer from the SDRAM memory.
Parameters
SDRAM module.
• pAddress: Pointer to read start address
• pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
• BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SDRAM_Write_8b
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_8b (SDRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsdram, uint32_t * pAddress,
uint8_t * pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
Writes 8-bit data buffer to SDRAM memory.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 887/2236

UM1905
Parameters
SDRAM module.
• pAddress: Pointer to write start address
• pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
• BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SDRAM_Read_16b
Function name
Parameters
SDRAM module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SDRAM_Write_16b
Function name
Parameters
SDRAM module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SDRAM_Read_32b
Function name
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 888/2236

UM1905
Parameters
SDRAM module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SDRAM_Write_32b
Function name
Parameters
SDRAM module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SDRAM_Read_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_DMA (SDRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsdram, uint32_t * pAddress,
Reads a Words data from the SDRAM memory using DMA transfer.
Parameters
SDRAM module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SDRAM_Write_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_DMA (SDRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsdram, uint32_t * pAddress,
Writes a Words data buffer to SDRAM memory using DMA transfer.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 889/2236

UM1905
Parameters
SDRAM module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Enable
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Enable (SDRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsdram)
Enables dynamically SDRAM write protection.
Parameters
SDRAM module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Disable
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Disable (SDRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsdram)
Disables dynamically SDRAM write protection.
Parameters
SDRAM module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SDRAM_SendCommand
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_SendCommand (SDRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsdram,
FMC_SDRAM_CommandTypeDef * Command, uint32_t Timeout)
Sends Command to the SDRAM bank.
Parameters
SDRAM module.
• Command: SDRAM command structure
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 890/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SDRAM_ProgramRefreshRate
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_ProgramRefreshRate (SDRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsdram, uint32_t
RefreshRate)
Programs the SDRAM Memory Refresh rate.
Parameters
SDRAM module.
• RefreshRate: The SDRAM refresh rate value
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SDRAM_SetAutoRefreshNumber
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_SetAutoRefreshNumber (SDRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsdram, uint32_t
AutoRefreshNumber)
Sets the Number of consecutive SDRAM Memory auto Refresh commands.
Parameters
SDRAM module.
• AutoRefreshNumber: The SDRAM auto Refresh number
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SDRAM_GetModeStatus
Function name
uint32_t HAL_SDRAM_GetModeStatus (SDRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsdram)
Returns the SDRAM memory current mode.
Parameters
SDRAM module.
Return values
• The: SDRAM memory mode.
HAL_SDRAM_GetState
Function name
HAL_SDRAM_StateTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_GetState (SDRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsdram)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 891/2236

UM1905
SDRAM Firmware driver defines
Returns the SDRAM state.
Parameters
SDRAM module.
Return values
• HAL: state
58.3 SDRAM Firmware driver defines

58.3.1 SDRAM
SDRAM
SDRAM Exported Macros
__HAL_SDRAM_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset SDRAM handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the SDRAM handle.
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 892/2236

UM1905
HAL SD Generic Driver
59 HAL SD Generic Driver
59.1 SD Firmware driver registers structures
59.1.1 HAL_SD_CardInfoTypeDef
HAL_SD_CardInfoTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_sd.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t CardType
• uint32_t CardVersion
• uint32_t Class
• uint32_t RelCardAdd
• uint32_t LogBlockNbr
• uint32_t LogBlockSize
Field Documentation
• uint32_t HAL_SD_CardInfoTypeDef::CardType
Specifies the card Type
• uint32_t HAL_SD_CardInfoTypeDef::CardVersion
Specifies the card version
• uint32_t HAL_SD_CardInfoTypeDef::Class
Specifies the class of the card class
• uint32_t HAL_SD_CardInfoTypeDef::RelCardAdd
Specifies the Relative Card Address
• uint32_t HAL_SD_CardInfoTypeDef::BlockNbr
Specifies the Card Capacity in blocks
• uint32_t HAL_SD_CardInfoTypeDef::BlockSize
Specifies one block size in bytes
• uint32_t HAL_SD_CardInfoTypeDef::LogBlockNbr
Specifies the Card logical Capacity in blocks
• uint32_t HAL_SD_CardInfoTypeDef::LogBlockSize
Specifies logical block size in bytes
59.1.2 SD_HandleTypeDef
SD_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_sd.h
Data Fields
• SD_TypeDef * Instance
• SD_InitTypeDef Init
• __IO HAL_SD_StateTypeDef State
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 893/2236

UM1905
SD Firmware driver registers structures
• HAL_SD_CardInfoTypeDef SdCard
• uint32_t CSD
• uint32_t CID
Field Documentation
• SD_TypeDef* SD_HandleTypeDef::Instance
SD registers base address
• SD_InitTypeDef SD_HandleTypeDef::Init
SD required parameters
• HAL_LockTypeDef SD_HandleTypeDef::Lock
SD locking object
• uint8_t* SD_HandleTypeDef::pTxBuffPtr
Pointer to SD Tx transfer Buffer
• uint32_t SD_HandleTypeDef::TxXferSize
SD Tx Transfer size
• uint8_t* SD_HandleTypeDef::pRxBuffPtr
Pointer to SD Rx transfer Buffer
• uint32_t SD_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
SD Rx Transfer size
• __IO uint32_t SD_HandleTypeDef::Context
SD transfer context
• __IO HAL_SD_StateTypeDef SD_HandleTypeDef::State
SD card State
• __IO uint32_t SD_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
SD Card Error codes
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* SD_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
SD Tx DMA handle parameters
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* SD_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
SD Rx DMA handle parameters
• HAL_SD_CardInfoTypeDef SD_HandleTypeDef::SdCard
SD Card information
• uint32_t SD_HandleTypeDef::CSD[4]
SD card specific data table
• uint32_t SD_HandleTypeDef::CID[4]
SD card identification number table
59.1.3 HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef
HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_sd.h
Data Fields
• __IO uint8_t CSDStruct
• __IO uint8_t SysSpecVersion
• __IO uint8_t TAAC
• __IO uint8_t NSAC
• __IO uint8_t MaxBusClkFrec
• __IO uint16_t CardComdClasses
• __IO uint8_t RdBlockLen
• __IO uint8_t PartBlockRead
• __IO uint8_t WrBlockMisalign
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 894/2236

UM1905
• __IO uint8_t RdBlockMisalign

• __IO uint8_t DSRImpl
• __IO uint32_t DeviceSize
• __IO uint8_t MaxRdCurrentVDDMin
• __IO uint8_t MaxRdCurrentVDDMax
• __IO uint8_t MaxWrCurrentVDDMin
• __IO uint8_t MaxWrCurrentVDDMax
• __IO uint8_t DeviceSizeMul
• __IO uint8_t EraseGrSize
• __IO uint8_t EraseGrMul
• __IO uint8_t WrProtectGrSize
• __IO uint8_t WrProtectGrEnable
• __IO uint8_t ManDeflECC
• __IO uint8_t WrSpeedFact
• __IO uint8_t MaxWrBlockLen
• __IO uint8_t WriteBlockPaPartial
• __IO uint8_t ContentProtectAppli
• __IO uint8_t FileFormatGroup
• __IO uint8_t CopyFlag
• __IO uint8_t PermWrProtect
• __IO uint8_t TempWrProtect
• __IO uint8_t FileFormat
• __IO uint8_t ECC
• __IO uint8_t CSD_CRC
Field Documentation
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::CSDStruct
CSD structure
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::SysSpecVersion
System specification version
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::Reserved1
Reserved
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::TAAC
Data read access time 1
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::NSAC
Data read access time 2 in CLK cycles
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::MaxBusClkFrec
Max. bus clock frequency
• __IO uint16_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::CardComdClasses
Card command classes
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::RdBlockLen
Max. read data block length
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::PartBlockRead
Partial blocks for read allowed
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::WrBlockMisalign
Write block misalignment
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 895/2236

UM1905
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::RdBlockMisalign

Read block misalignment
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::DSRImpl
DSR implemented
Reserved
• __IO uint32_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::DeviceSize
Device Size
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::MaxRdCurrentVDDMin
Max. read current @ VDD min
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::MaxRdCurrentVDDMax
Max. read current @ VDD max
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::MaxWrCurrentVDDMin
Max. write current @ VDD min
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::MaxWrCurrentVDDMax
Max. write current @ VDD max
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::DeviceSizeMul
Device size multiplier
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::EraseGrSize
Erase group size
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::EraseGrMul
Erase group size multiplier
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::WrProtectGrSize
Write protect group size
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::WrProtectGrEnable
Write protect group enable
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::ManDeflECC
Manufacturer default ECC
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::WrSpeedFact
Write speed factor
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::MaxWrBlockLen
Max. write data block length
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::WriteBlockPaPartial
Partial blocks for write allowed
Reserved
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::ContentProtectAppli
Content protection application
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::FileFormatGroup
File format group
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::CopyFlag
Copy flag (OTP)
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::PermWrProtect
Permanent write protection
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::TempWrProtect
Temporary write protection
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::FileFormat
File format
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 896/2236

UM1905
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::ECC

ECC code
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef::CSD_CRC
CSD CRC
Always 1
59.1.4 HAL_SD_CardCIDTypeDef
HAL_SD_CardCIDTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_sd.h
Data Fields
• __IO uint8_t ManufacturerID
• __IO uint16_t OEM_AppliID
• __IO uint8_t ProdRev
• __IO uint32_t ProdSN
• __IO uint16_t ManufactDate
• __IO uint8_t CID_CRC
Field Documentation
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCIDTypeDef::ManufacturerID
Manufacturer ID
• __IO uint16_t HAL_SD_CardCIDTypeDef::OEM_AppliID
OEM/Application ID
• __IO uint32_t HAL_SD_CardCIDTypeDef::ProdName1
Product Name part1
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCIDTypeDef::ProdName2
Product Name part2
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCIDTypeDef::ProdRev
Product Revision
• __IO uint32_t HAL_SD_CardCIDTypeDef::ProdSN
Product Serial Number
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCIDTypeDef::Reserved1
Reserved1
• __IO uint16_t HAL_SD_CardCIDTypeDef::ManufactDate
Manufacturing Date
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCIDTypeDef::CID_CRC
CID CRC
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardCIDTypeDef::Reserved2
Always 1
59.1.5 HAL_SD_CardStatusTypeDef
HAL_SD_CardStatusTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_sd.h
Data Fields
• __IO uint8_t DataBusWidth
• __IO uint8_t SecuredMode
• __IO uint16_t CardType
• __IO uint32_t ProtectedAreaSize
• __IO uint8_t SpeedClass
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 897/2236

UM1905
SD Firmware driver API description
• __IO uint8_t PerformanceMove

• __IO uint8_t AllocationUnitSize
• __IO uint16_t EraseSize
• __IO uint8_t EraseTimeout
• __IO uint8_t EraseOffset
Field Documentation
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardStatusTypeDef::DataBusWidth
Shows the currently defined data bus width
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardStatusTypeDef::SecuredMode
Card is in secured mode of operation
• __IO uint16_t HAL_SD_CardStatusTypeDef::CardType
Carries information about card type
• __IO uint32_t HAL_SD_CardStatusTypeDef::ProtectedAreaSize
Carries information about the capacity of protected area
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardStatusTypeDef::SpeedClass
Carries information about the speed class of the card
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardStatusTypeDef::PerformanceMove
Carries information about the card's performance move
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardStatusTypeDef::AllocationUnitSize
Carries information about the card's allocation unit size
• __IO uint16_t HAL_SD_CardStatusTypeDef::EraseSize
Determines the number of AUs to be erased in one operation
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardStatusTypeDef::EraseTimeout
Determines the timeout for any number of AU erase
• __IO uint8_t HAL_SD_CardStatusTypeDef::EraseOffset
Carries information about the erase offset
59.2 SD Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the SD library.

This driver implements a high level communication layer for read and write from/to this memory. The needed
STM32 hardware resources (SDMMC and GPIO) are performed by the user in HAL_SD_MspInit() function (MSP
layer). Basically, the MSP layer configuration should be the same as we provide in the examples. You can easily
tailor this configuration according to hardware resources.
This driver is a generic layered driver for SDMMC memories which uses the HAL SDMMC driver functions to
interface with SD and uSD cards devices. It is used as follows:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 898/2236

UM1905
1. Initialize the SDMMC low level resources by implementing the HAL_SD_MspInit() API:
a. Enable the SDMMC interface clock using __HAL_RCC_SDMMC_CLK_ENABLE();
b. SDMMC pins configuration for SD card
◦ Enable the clock for the SDMMC GPIOs using the functions
◦ Configure these SDMMC pins as alternate function pull-up using HAL_GPIO_Init() and according
to your pin assignment;
c. DMA configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA() and
HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA() APIs).
◦ Enable the DMAx interface clock using __HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE();
◦ Configure the DMA using the function HAL_DMA_Init() with predeclared and filled.
d. NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process when using DMA transfer.
◦ Configure the SDMMC and DMA interrupt priorities using functions HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(); DMA
priority is superior to SDMMC's priority
◦ Enable the NVIC DMA and SDMMC IRQs using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
◦ SDMMC interrupts are managed using the macros __HAL_SD_ENABLE_IT() and
__HAL_SD_DISABLE_IT() inside the communication process.
◦ SDMMC interrupts pending bits are managed using the macros __HAL_SD_GET_IT() and
__HAL_SD_CLEAR_IT()
e. NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_IT() and
HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_IT() APIs).
◦ Configure the SDMMC interrupt priorities using function HAL_NVIC_SetPriority();
◦ Enable the NVIC SDMMC IRQs using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
◦ SDMMC interrupts are managed using the macros __HAL_SD_ENABLE_IT() and
__HAL_SD_DISABLE_IT() inside the communication process.
◦ SDMMC interrupts pending bits are managed using the macros __HAL_SD_GET_IT() and
__HAL_SD_CLEAR_IT()
2. At this stage, you can perform SD read/write/erase operations after SD card initialization
SD Card Initialization and configuration

To initialize the SD Card, use the HAL_SD_Init() function. It Initializes SDMMC Peripheral(STM32 side) and the
SD Card, and put it into StandBy State (Ready for data transfer). This function provide the following operations:
1. Apply the SD Card initialization process at 400KHz and check the SD Card type (Standard Capacity or High
Capacity). You can change or adapt this frequency by adjusting the "ClockDiv" field. The SD Card frequency
(SDMMC_CK) is computed as follows: SDMMC_CK = SDMMCCLK / (ClockDiv + 2) In initialization mode
and according to the SD Card standard, make sure that the SDMMC_CK frequency doesn't exceed 400KHz.
This phase of initialization is done through SDMMC_Init() and SDMMC_PowerState_ON() SDMMC low level
APIs.
2. Initialize the SD card. The API used is HAL_SD_InitCard(). This phase allows the card initialization and
identification and check the SD Card type (Standard Capacity or High Capacity) The initialization flow is
compatible with SD standard. This API (HAL_SD_InitCard()) could be used also to reinitialize the card in
case of plug-off plug-in.
3. Configure the SD Card Data transfer frequency. You can change or adapt this frequency by adjusting the
"ClockDiv" field. In transfer mode and according to the SD Card standard, make sure that the SDMMC_CK
frequency doesn't exceed 25MHz and 50MHz in High-speed mode switch. To be able to use a frequency
higher than 24MHz, you should use the SDMMC peripheral in bypass mode. Refer to the corresponding
reference manual for more details.
4. Select the corresponding SD Card according to the address read with the step 2.
5. Configure the SD Card in wide bus mode: 4-bits data.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 899/2236

UM1905
SD Card Read operation

• You can read from SD card in polling mode by using function HAL_SD_ReadBlocks(). This function support
only 512-bytes block length (the block size should be chosen as 512 bytes). You can choose either one
block read operation or multiple block read operation by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. After
this, you have to ensure that the transfer is done correctly. The check is done through
HAL_SD_GetCardState() function for SD card state.
• You can read from SD card in DMA mode by using function HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA(). This function
HAL_SD_GetCardState() function for SD card state. You could also check the DMA transfer process through
the SD Rx interrupt event.
• You can read from SD card in Interrupt mode by using function HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_IT(). This function
HAL_SD_GetCardState() function for SD card state. You could also check the IT transfer process through
the SD Rx interrupt event.
SD Card Write operation

• You can write to SD card in polling mode by using function HAL_SD_WriteBlocks(). This function support
only 512-bytes block length (the block size should be chosen as 512 bytes). You can choose either one
block read operation or multiple block read operation by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. After
this, you have to ensure that the transfer is done correctly. The check is done through
HAL_SD_GetCardState() function for SD card state.
• You can write to SD card in DMA mode by using function HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA(). This function
HAL_SD_GetCardState() function for SD card state. You could also check the DMA transfer process through
the SD Tx interrupt event.
• You can write to SD card in Interrupt mode by using function HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_IT(). This function
HAL_SD_GetCardState() function for SD card state. You could also check the IT transfer process through
the SD Tx interrupt event.
SD card status
• The SD Status contains status bits that are related to the SD Memory Card proprietary features. To get SD
card status use the HAL_SD_GetCardStatus().
SD card information
• To get SD card information, you can use the function HAL_SD_GetCardInfo(). It returns useful information
about the SD card such as block size, card type, block number ...
SD card CSD register
SD card CID register
SD HAL driver macros list

Note: You can refer to the SD HAL driver header file for more useful macros
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 900/2236

UM1905
The compilation define USE_HAL_SD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows the user to configure
dynamically the driver callbacks. Use Functions @ref HAL_SD_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback, it
• MspInitCallback : SD MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : SD MspDeInit. This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the
Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function. Use function @ref HAL_SD_UnRegisterCallback() to
reset a callback to the default weak (surcharged) function. It allows to reset following callbacks:
• MspInitCallback : SD MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : SD MspDeInit. This function) takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle and the
Callback ID. By default, after the @ref HAL_SD_Init and if the state is HAL_SD_STATE_RESET all
HAL_SD_Init and @ref HAL_SD_DeInit only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand). If
not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_SD_Init and @ref HAL_SD_DeInit keep and use the
user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in
that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks using @ref HAL_SD_RegisterCallback before
calling @ref HAL_SD_DeInit or @ref HAL_SD_Init function. When The compilation define
USE_HAL_SD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the callback registering feature is not

This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize the SD card device to be ready for use.
• HAL_SD_Init
• HAL_SD_InitCard
• HAL_SD_DeInit
• HAL_SD_MspInit
• HAL_SD_MspDeInit

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the data transfer from/to SD card.
• HAL_SD_ReadBlocks
• HAL_SD_WriteBlocks
• HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_IT
• HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_IT
• HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA
• HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA
• HAL_SD_Erase
• HAL_SD_IRQHandler
• HAL_SD_GetState
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 901/2236

UM1905
• HAL_SD_GetError
• HAL_SD_TxCpltCallback
• HAL_SD_RxCpltCallback
• HAL_SD_ErrorCallback
• HAL_SD_AbortCallback

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SD card operations and get the related
information
• HAL_SD_GetCardCID
• HAL_SD_GetCardCSD
• HAL_SD_GetCardStatus
• HAL_SD_GetCardInfo
• HAL_SD_ConfigWideBusOperation
• HAL_SD_GetCardState
• HAL_SD_Abort
• HAL_SD_Abort_IT
HAL_SD_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_Init (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd)
Initializes the SD according to the specified parameters in the SD_HandleTypeDef and create the associated
handle.
Parameters
• hsd: Pointer to the SD handle
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SD_InitCard
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_InitCard (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd)
Initializes the SD Card.
Parameters
• hsd: Pointer to SD handle
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This function initializes the SD card. It could be used when a card re-initialization is needed.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 902/2236

UM1905
HAL_SD_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_DeInit (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd)
De-Initializes the SD card.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SD_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_SD_MspInit (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd)
Initializes the SD MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SD_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_SD_MspDeInit (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd)
De-Initialize SD MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SD_ReadBlocks
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_ReadBlocks (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd, uint8_t * pData, uint32_t BlockAdd,
uint32_t NumberOfBlocks, uint32_t Timeout)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 903/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• pData: pointer to the buffer that will contain the received data
• NumberOfBlocks: Number of SD blocks to read
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This API should be followed by a check on the card state through HAL_SD_GetCardState().
HAL_SD_WriteBlocks
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_WriteBlocks (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd, uint8_t * pData, uint32_t BlockAdd,
uint32_t NumberOfBlocks, uint32_t Timeout)
Allows to write block(s) to a specified address in a card.
Parameters
• pData: pointer to the buffer that will contain the data to transmit
• NumberOfBlocks: Number of SD blocks to write
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_SD_Erase
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_Erase (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd, uint32_t BlockStartAdd, uint32_t
BlockEndAdd)
Erases the specified memory area of the given SD card.
Parameters
• BlockStartAdd: Start Block address
• BlockEndAdd: End Block address
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 904/2236

UM1905
HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_IT (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd, uint8_t * pData, uint32_t
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• You could also check the IT transfer process through the SD Rx interrupt event.
HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_IT (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd, uint8_t * pData, uint32_t
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• You could also check the IT transfer process through the SD Tx interrupt event.
HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd, uint8_t * pData, uint32_t
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 905/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• hsd: Pointer SD handle
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• You could also check the DMA transfer process through the SD Rx interrupt event.
HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd, uint8_t * pData, uint32_t
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• You could also check the DMA transfer process through the SD Tx interrupt event.
HAL_SD_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_SD_IRQHandler (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd)
This function handles SD card interrupt request.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SD_TxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SD_TxCpltCallback (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 906/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SD_RxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SD_RxCpltCallback (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SD_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_SD_ErrorCallback (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd)
SD error callbacks.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SD_AbortCallback
Function name
void HAL_SD_AbortCallback (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd)
SD Abort callbacks.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SD_ConfigWideBusOperation
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_ConfigWideBusOperation (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd, uint32_t WideMode)
Enables wide bus operation for the requested card if supported by card.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 907/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• WideMode: Specifies the SD card wide bus mode This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SD_SendSDStatus
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_SendSDStatus (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd, uint32_t * pSDstatus)
HAL_SD_GetCardState
Function name
HAL_SD_CardStateTypeDef HAL_SD_GetCardState (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd)
Gets the current sd card data state.
Parameters
• hsd: pointer to SD handle
Return values
• Card: state
HAL_SD_GetCardCID
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_GetCardCID (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd, HAL_SD_CardCIDTypeDef * pCID)
Returns information the information of the card which are stored on the CID register.
Parameters
• pCID: Pointer to a HAL_SD_CardCIDTypeDef structure that contains all CID register parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SD_GetCardCSD
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_GetCardCSD (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd, HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef *
pCSD)
Returns information the information of the card which are stored on the CSD register.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 908/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• pCSD: Pointer to a HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef structure that contains all CSD register parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SD_GetCardStatus
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_GetCardStatus (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd, HAL_SD_CardStatusTypeDef *
pStatus)
Gets the SD status info.
Parameters
• pStatus: Pointer to the HAL_SD_CardStatusTypeDef structure that will contain the SD card status
information
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SD_GetCardInfo
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_GetCardInfo (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd, HAL_SD_CardInfoTypeDef *
pCardInfo)
Gets the SD card info.
Parameters
• pCardInfo: Pointer to the HAL_SD_CardInfoTypeDef structure that will contain the SD card status
information
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SD_GetState
Function name
HAL_SD_StateTypeDef HAL_SD_GetState (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd)
return the SD state
Parameters
• hsd: Pointer to sd handle
Return values
• HAL: state
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 909/2236

UM1905
SD Firmware driver defines
HAL_SD_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_SD_GetError (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd)
Return the SD error code.
Parameters
• hsd: : Pointer to a SD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information.
Return values
• SD: Error Code
HAL_SD_Abort
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_Abort (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd)
Abort the current transfer and disable the SD.
Parameters
• hsd: pointer to a SD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for SD module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SD_Abort_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_Abort_IT (SD_HandleTypeDef * hsd)
Abort the current transfer and disable the SD (IT mode).
Parameters
• hsd: pointer to a SD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for SD module.
Return values
• HAL: status
59.3 SD Firmware driver defines

59.3.1 SD
SD
SD Error status enumeration Structure definition
HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_SD_ERROR_CMD_CRC_FAIL
Command response received (but CRC check failed)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 910/2236

UM1905
HAL_SD_ERROR_DATA_CRC_FAIL
Data block sent/received (CRC check failed)
HAL_SD_ERROR_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT
Command response timeout
HAL_SD_ERROR_DATA_TIMEOUT
Data timeout
HAL_SD_ERROR_TX_UNDERRUN
Transmit FIFO underrun
HAL_SD_ERROR_RX_OVERRUN
Receive FIFO overrun
HAL_SD_ERROR_ADDR_MISALIGNED
Misaligned address
HAL_SD_ERROR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR
Transferred block length is not allowed for the card or the number of transferred bytes does not match the block
length
HAL_SD_ERROR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR
An error in the sequence of erase command occurs
HAL_SD_ERROR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM
An invalid selection for erase groups
HAL_SD_ERROR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION
Attempt to program a write protect block
HAL_SD_ERROR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED
Sequence or password error has been detected in unlock command or if there was an attempt to access a
locked card
HAL_SD_ERROR_COM_CRC_FAILED
CRC check of the previous command failed
HAL_SD_ERROR_ILLEGAL_CMD
Command is not legal for the card state
HAL_SD_ERROR_CARD_ECC_FAILED
Card internal ECC was applied but failed to correct the data
HAL_SD_ERROR_CC_ERR
Internal card controller error
HAL_SD_ERROR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERR
General or unknown error
HAL_SD_ERROR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN
The card could not sustain data reading in stream rmode
HAL_SD_ERROR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN
The card could not sustain data programming in stream mode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 911/2236

UM1905
HAL_SD_ERROR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE
CID/CSD overwrite error
HAL_SD_ERROR_WP_ERASE_SKIP
Only partial address space was erased
HAL_SD_ERROR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED
Command has been executed without using internal ECC
HAL_SD_ERROR_ERASE_RESET
Erase sequence was cleared before executing because an out of erase sequence command was received
HAL_SD_ERROR_AKE_SEQ_ERR
Error in sequence of authentication
HAL_SD_ERROR_INVALID_VOLTRANGE
Error in case of invalid voltage range
HAL_SD_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE
Error when addressed block is out of range
HAL_SD_ERROR_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE
Error when command request is not applicable
HAL_SD_ERROR_PARAM
the used parameter is not valid
HAL_SD_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE
Error when feature is not insupported
HAL_SD_ERROR_BUSY
Error when transfer process is busy
HAL_SD_ERROR_DMA
Error while DMA transfer
HAL_SD_ERROR_TIMEOUT
Timeout error
SD context enumeration
SD_CONTEXT_NONE
None
SD_CONTEXT_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK
Read single block operation
SD_CONTEXT_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK
Read multiple blocks operation
SD_CONTEXT_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK
Write single block operation
SD_CONTEXT_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK
Write multiple blocks operation
SD_CONTEXT_IT
Process in Interrupt mode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 912/2236

UM1905
SD_CONTEXT_DMA
Process in DMA mode
SD Supported Memory Cards
CARD_SDSC
SD Standard Capacity <2Go
CARD_SDHC_SDXC
SD High Capacity <32Go, SD Extended Capacity <2To
CARD_SECURED
SD Supported Version
CARD_V1_X
CARD_V2_X
Exported Constants
BLOCKSIZE
Block size is 512 bytes
SD Exported Macros
__HAL_SD_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset SD handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: : SD handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SD_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the SD device.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SD_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the SD device.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SD_DMA_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the SDMMC DMA transfer.
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 913/2236

UM1905
__HAL_SD_DMA_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the SDMMC DMA transfer.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SD_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the SD device interrupt.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: SD Handle
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the SDMMC interrupt sources to be enabled. This parameter can be one or a
– SDMMC_IT_SDIOIT: SDIO interrupt received interrupt
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 914/2236

UM1905
__HAL_SD_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the SD device interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the SDMMC interrupt sources to be disabled. This parameter can be one or a
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 915/2236

UM1905
__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Check whether the specified SD flag is set or not.
Parameters:
– SDMMC_FLAG_CMDACT: Command transfer in progress
– SDMMC_FLAG_TXACT: Data transmit in progress
– SDMMC_FLAG_RXACT: Data receive in progress
– SDMMC_FLAG_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty
– SDMMC_FLAG_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full
– SDMMC_FLAG_TXFIFOF: Transmit FIFO full
– SDMMC_FLAG_RXFIFOF: Receive FIFO full
– SDMMC_FLAG_TXFIFOE: Transmit FIFO empty
– SDMMC_FLAG_RXFIFOE: Receive FIFO empty
– SDMMC_FLAG_TXDAVL: Data available in transmit FIFO
– SDMMC_FLAG_RXDAVL: Data available in receive FIFO
– SDMMC_FLAG_SDIOIT: SDIO interrupt received
Return value:
• The: new state of SD FLAG (SET or RESET).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 916/2236

UM1905
__HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the SD's pending flags.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the flag to clear. This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values:
– SDMMC_FLAG_SDIOIT: SDIO interrupt received
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 917/2236

UM1905
__HAL_SD_GET_IT
Description:
• Check whether the specified SD interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the SDMMC interrupt source to check. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
Return value:
• The: new state of SD IT (SET or RESET).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 918/2236

UM1905
__HAL_SD_CLEAR_IT
Description:
• Clear the SD's interrupt pending bits.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. This parameter can be one or a combination
Return value:
• None
SD Card State enumeration structure
HAL_SD_CARD_READY
Card state is ready
HAL_SD_CARD_IDENTIFICATION
Card is in identification state
HAL_SD_CARD_STANDBY
Card is in standby state
HAL_SD_CARD_TRANSFER
Card is in transfer state
HAL_SD_CARD_SENDING
Card is sending an operation
HAL_SD_CARD_RECEIVING
Card is receiving operation information
HAL_SD_CARD_PROGRAMMING
Card is in programming state
HAL_SD_CARD_DISCONNECTED
Card is disconnected
HAL_SD_CARD_ERROR
Card response Error
SD Handle Structure definition
SD_InitTypeDef
SD_TypeDef
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 919/2236

UM1905
HAL SMARTCARD Generic Driver
60 HAL SMARTCARD Generic Driver
60.1 SMARTCARD Firmware driver registers structures
60.1.1 SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef
SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_smartcard.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t StopBits
• uint16_t Parity
• uint16_t Mode
• uint16_t CLKPolarity
• uint16_t CLKPhase
• uint16_t CLKLastBit
• uint16_t OneBitSampling
• uint8_t GuardTime
• uint16_t NACKEnable
• uint32_t TimeOutEnable
• uint32_t TimeOutValue
• uint8_t BlockLength
• uint8_t AutoRetryCount
Field Documentation
• uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::BaudRate
Configures the SmartCard communication baud rate. The baud rate register is computed using the following
formula: Baud Rate Register = ((usart_ker_ckpres) / ((hsmartcard->Init.BaudRate))) where usart_ker_ckpres
is the USART input clock divided by a prescaler
• uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::WordLength
Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame. This parameter
SMARTCARD_Word_Length can only be set to 9 (8 data + 1 parity bits).
• uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::StopBits
Specifies the number of stop bits. This parameter can be a value of SMARTCARD_Stop_Bits.
• uint16_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::Parity
Specifies the parity mode. This parameter can be a value of SMARTCARD_Parity
Note:
– The parity is enabled by default (PCE is forced to 1). Since the WordLength is forced to 8 bits + parity,
M is forced to 1 and the parity bit is the 9th bit.
• uint16_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::Mode
SMARTCARD_Mode
• uint16_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::CLKPolarity
Specifies the steady state of the serial clock. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARD_Clock_Polarity
• uint16_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::CLKPhase
Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARD_Clock_Phase
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 920/2236

UM1905
SMARTCARD Firmware driver registers structures
• uint16_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::CLKLastBit
Specifies whether the clock pulse corresponding to the last transmitted data bit (MSB) has to be output on
the SCLK pin in synchronous mode. This parameter can be a value of SMARTCARD_Last_Bit
• uint16_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::OneBitSampling
Specifies whether a single sample or three samples' majority vote is selected. Selecting the single sample
method increases the receiver tolerance to clock deviations. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARD_OneBit_Sampling.
• uint8_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::Prescaler
Specifies the SmartCard Prescaler. This parameter can be any value from 0x01 to 0x1F. Prescaler value is
multiplied by 2 to give the division factor of the source clock frequency
• uint8_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::GuardTime
Specifies the SmartCard Guard Time applied after stop bits.
• uint16_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::NACKEnable
Specifies whether the SmartCard NACK transmission is enabled in case of parity error. This parameter can
be a value of SMARTCARD_NACK_Enable
• uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::TimeOutEnable
Specifies whether the receiver timeout is enabled. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARD_Timeout_Enable
• uint32_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::TimeOutValue
Specifies the receiver time out value in number of baud blocks: it is used to implement the Character Wait
Time (CWT) and Block Wait Time (BWT). It is coded over 24 bits.
• uint8_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::BlockLength
Specifies the SmartCard Block Length in T=1 Reception mode. This parameter can be any value from 0x0 to
0xFF
• uint8_t SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef::AutoRetryCount
Specifies the SmartCard auto-retry count (number of retries in receive and transmit mode). When set to 0,
retransmission is disabled. Otherwise, its maximum value is 7 (before signalling an error)
60.1.2 SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef
SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_smartcard.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t AdvFeatureInit
• uint32_t TxPinLevelInvert
• uint32_t RxPinLevelInvert
• uint32_t DataInvert
• uint32_t Swap
• uint32_t OverrunDisable
• uint32_t DMADisableonRxError
• uint32_t MSBFirst
• uint16_t TxCompletionIndication
Field Documentation
• uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::AdvFeatureInit
Specifies which advanced SMARTCARD features is initialized. Several advanced features may be initialized
at the same time. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARDEx_Advanced_Features_Initialization_Type
• uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::TxPinLevelInvert
Specifies whether the TX pin active level is inverted. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARD_Tx_Inv
• uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::RxPinLevelInvert
Specifies whether the RX pin active level is inverted. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARD_Rx_Inv
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 921/2236

UM1905
SMARTCARD Firmware driver registers structures
• uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::DataInvert
Specifies whether data are inverted (positive/direct logic vs negative/inverted logic). This parameter can be a
value of SMARTCARD_Data_Inv
• uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::Swap
Specifies whether TX and RX pins are swapped. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARD_Rx_Tx_Swap
• uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::OverrunDisable
Specifies whether the reception overrun detection is disabled. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARD_Overrun_Disable
• uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::DMADisableonRxError
Specifies whether the DMA is disabled in case of reception error. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARD_DMA_Disable_on_Rx_Error
• uint32_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::MSBFirst
Specifies whether MSB is sent first on UART line. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARD_MSB_First
• uint16_t SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::TxCompletionIndication
Specifies which transmission completion indication is used: before (when relevant flag is available) or once
guard time period has elapsed. This parameter can be a value of
SMARTCARDEx_Transmission_Completion_Indication.
60.1.3 __SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef
__SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_smartcard.h
Data Fields
• SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef Init
• SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef AdvancedInit
• void(* RxISR
• void(* TxISR
• __IO HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef gState
• __IO HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef RxState
Field Documentation
• USART_TypeDef* __SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::Instance
• SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef __SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::Init
SmartCard communication parameters
• SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef __SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::AdvancedInit
SmartCard advanced features initialization parameters
• uint8_t* __SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::pTxBuffPtr
Pointer to SmartCard Tx transfer Buffer
• uint16_t __SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::TxXferSize
SmartCard Tx Transfer size
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 922/2236

UM1905
SMARTCARD Firmware driver API description
• __IO uint16_t __SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::TxXferCount

SmartCard Tx Transfer Counter
• uint8_t* __SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::pRxBuffPtr
Pointer to SmartCard Rx transfer Buffer
• uint16_t __SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
SmartCard Rx Transfer size
• __IO uint16_t __SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::RxXferCount
SmartCard Rx Transfer Counter
• void(* __SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::RxISR)(struct __SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *huart)
Function pointer on Rx IRQ handler
• void(* __SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::TxISR)(struct __SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *huart)
Function pointer on Tx IRQ handler
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* __SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
SmartCard Tx DMA Handle parameters
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* __SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
SmartCard Rx DMA Handle parameters
• HAL_LockTypeDef __SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::Lock
Locking object
• __IO HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef __SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::gState
SmartCard state information related to global Handle management and also related to Tx operations. This
parameter can be a value of HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef
• __IO HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef __SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::RxState
SmartCard state information related to Rx operations. This parameter can be a value of
HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef
• __IO uint32_t __SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
SmartCard Error code
60.2 SMARTCARD Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the SMARTCARD library.

The SMARTCARD HAL driver can be used as follows:
1. Declare a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef handle structure (eg. SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef hsmartcard).
2. Associate a USART to the SMARTCARD handle hsmartcard.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 923/2236

UM1905
3. Initialize the SMARTCARD low level resources by implementing the HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit() API:
– Enable the USARTx interface clock.
– USART pins configuration:
◦ Enable the clock for the USART GPIOs.
◦ Configure the USART pins (TX as alternate function pull-up, RX as alternate function Input).
– NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT() and
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT() APIs):
◦ Configure the USARTx interrupt priority.
◦ Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle.
– DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA() and
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA() APIs):
◦ Associate the initialized DMA handle to the SMARTCARD DMA Tx/Rx handle.
channel.
4. Program the Baud Rate, Parity, Mode(Receiver/Transmitter), clock enabling/disabling and accordingly, the
clock parameters (parity, phase, last bit), prescaler value, guard time and NACK on transmission error
enabling or disabling in the hsmartcard handle Init structure.
5. If required, program SMARTCARD advanced features (TX/RX pins swap, TimeOut, auto-retry counter,...) in
the hsmartcard handle AdvancedInit structure.
6. Initialize the SMARTCARD registers by calling the HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() API:
customized HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit() API.
Note: The specific SMARTCARD interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will
be managed using the macros __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT()
inside the transmit and receive process.
Three operation modes are available within this driver :

• Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit()
• Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive()

• Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT()
• At transmission end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback()
• Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT()
• At reception end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback()
• In case of transfer Error, HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback()

• Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA()
• At transmission end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback()
• Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA()
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 924/2236

UM1905
• At reception end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback()
• In case of transfer Error, HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback()
SMARTCARD HAL driver macros list

Below the list of most used macros in SMARTCARD HAL driver.
• __HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_FLAG : Check whether or not the specified SMARTCARD flag is set
• __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified SMARTCARD pending flag
• __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified SMARTCARD interrupt
• __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified SMARTCARD interrupt
• __HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether or not the specified SMARTCARD interrupt is
enabled
Note: You can refer to the SMARTCARD HAL driver header file for more useful macros

The compilation define USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows the user to
configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
Use Function HAL_SMARTCARD_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback. Function
HAL_SMARTCARD_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
• MspInitCallback : SMARTCARD MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : SMARTCARD MspDeInit. This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
Use function HAL_SMARTCARD_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default weak (surcharged)
function. HAL_SMARTCARD_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, and the
Callback ID. This function allows to reset following callbacks:
• MspInitCallback : SMARTCARD MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : SMARTCARD MspDeInit.
By default, after the HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() and when the state is HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_RESET all
callbacks are set to the corresponding weak (surcharged) functions: examples
HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback(). Exception done for MspInit and
MspDeInit functions that are respectively reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the
HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() and HAL_SMARTCARD_DeInit() only when these callbacks are null (not registered
beforehand). If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() and
HAL_SMARTCARD_DeInit() keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 925/2236

UM1905
Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY state only. Exception done

MspInit/MspDeInit that can be registered/unregistered in HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY or
HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_RESET state, thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the
Init/DeInit. In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks using
HAL_SMARTCARD_RegisterCallback() before calling HAL_SMARTCARD_DeInit() or HAL_SMARTCARD_Init()
function.
When The compilation define USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the
callback registration feature is not available and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx associated to the SmartCard.
• These parameters can be configured:
– Baud Rate
– Parity: parity should be enabled, frame Length is fixed to 8 bits plus parity
– Synchronous mode (and if enabled, phase, polarity and last bit parameters)
– Prescaler value
– Guard bit time
– NACK enabling or disabling on transmission error
• The following advanced features can be configured as well:
– TX and/or RX pin level inversion
– data logical level inversion
– RX and TX pins swap
– RX overrun detection disabling
– DMA disabling on RX error
– MSB first on communication line
– Time out enabling (and if activated, timeout value)
– Block length
– Auto-retry counter
The HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() API follows the USART synchronous configuration procedures (details for the
procedures are available in reference manual).
• HAL_SMARTCARD_Init
• HAL_SMARTCARD_DeInit
• HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit
• HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SMARTCARD data transfers.
Smartcard is a single wire half duplex communication protocol. The Smartcard interface is designed to support
asynchronous protocol Smartcards as defined in the ISO 7816-3 standard. The USART should be configured as:
• 8 bits plus parity: where M=1 and PCE=1 in the USART_CR1 register
• 1.5 stop bits when transmitting and receiving: where STOP=11 in the USART_CR2 register.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 926/2236

UM1905

a. Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. The HAL status of all data
processing is returned by the same function after finishing transfer.
b. Non-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts or DMA, the relevant API's
return the HAL status. The end of the data processing will be indicated through the dedicated
SMARTCARD IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode.
c. The HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks will
be executed respectively at the end of the Transmit or Receive process The
HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a communication error is
detected.
2. Blocking mode APIs are :
a. HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit()
b. HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive()
3. Non Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are :
a. HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT()
b. HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT()
c. HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler()
4. Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
a. HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA()
b. HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA()
a. HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback()
b. HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback()
c. HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback()
a. HAL_SMARTCARD_Abort()
b. HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmit()
c. HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceive()
d. HAL_SMARTCARD_Abort_IT()
e. HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmit_IT()
f. HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceive_IT()
2. For Abort services based on interrupts (HAL_SMARTCARD_Abortxxx_IT), a set of Abort Complete
Callbacks are provided:
a. HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback()
b. HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmitCpltCallback()
c. HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceiveCpltCallback()
a. Error is considered as Recoverable and non blocking : Transfer could go till end, but error severity is to
to identify error type, and HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed. Transfer is
kept ongoing on SMARTCARD side. If user wants to abort it, Abort services should be called by user.
b. Error is considered as Blocking : Transfer could not be completed properly and is aborted. This
concerns Frame Error in Interrupt mode tranmission, Overrun Error in Interrupt mode reception and all
errors in DMA mode. Error code is set to allow user to identify error type, and
HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed.
• HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit
• HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive
• HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT
• HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT
• HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 927/2236

UM1905
• HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA
• HAL_SMARTCARD_Abort
• HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmit
• HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceive
• HAL_SMARTCARD_Abort_IT
• HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmit_IT
• HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceive_IT
• HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler
• HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback
• HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback
• HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback
• HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback
• HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmitCpltCallback
• HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceiveCpltCallback

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to return the State of SmartCard handle and also return
Peripheral Errors occurred during communication process
• HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the SMARTCARD
peripheral.
• HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError() checks in run-time errors that could occur during communication.
• HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState
• HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError
HAL_SMARTCARD_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Init (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
Initialize the SMARTCARD mode according to the specified parameters in the SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef
and initialize the associated handle.
Parameters
• hsmartcard: Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SMARTCARD_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_DeInit (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
DeInitialize the SMARTCARD peripheral.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 928/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
Initialize the SMARTCARD MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
DeInitialize the SMARTCARD MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard, uint8_t *
pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Parameters
• pData: pointer to data buffer.
• Size: amount of data to be sent.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard, uint8_t *
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 929/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• Size: amount of data to be received.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard,
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard, uint8_t
* pData, uint16_t Size)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard,
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 930/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard,
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• The SMARTCARD-associated USART parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received data contain the parity bit
(MSB position).
HAL_SMARTCARD_Abort
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Abort (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
procedure performs following operations : Disable SMARTCARD Interrupts (Tx and Rx)Disable the DMA
transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of
transfer in DMA mode)Set handle State to READY
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 931/2236

UM1905
HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmit (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
procedure performs following operations : Disable SMARTCARD Interrupts (Tx)Disable the DMA transfer in
HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceive
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceive (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
procedure performs following operations : Disable SMARTCARD Interrupts (Rx)Disable the DMA transfer in
HAL_SMARTCARD_Abort_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Abort_IT (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 932/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
procedure performs following operations : Disable SMARTCARD Interrupts (Tx and Rx)Disable the DMA
transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of
transfer in DMA mode)Set handle State to READYAt abort completion, call user abort complete callback
HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmit_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmit_IT (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
procedure performs following operations : Disable SMARTCARD Interrupts (Tx)Disable the DMA transfer in
HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceive_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceive_IT (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
procedure performs following operations : Disable SMARTCARD Interrupts (Rx)Disable the DMA transfer in
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 933/2236

UM1905
HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
Handle SMARTCARD interrupt requests.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
SMARTCARD error callback.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 934/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
SMARTCARD Abort Complete callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmitCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmitCpltCallback (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
SMARTCARD Abort Complete callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceiveCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceiveCpltCallback (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
SMARTCARD Abort Receive Complete callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState
Function name
HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *
hsmartcard)
Return the SMARTCARD handle state.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 935/2236

UM1905
SMARTCARD Firmware driver defines
Parameters
Return values
• SMARTCARD: handle state
HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard)
Return the SMARTCARD handle error code.
Parameters
Return values
• SMARTCARD: handle Error Code
60.3 SMARTCARD Firmware driver defines

60.3.1 SMARTCARD
SMARTCARD
SMARTCARD Clock Phase
SMARTCARD_PHASE_1EDGE
SMARTCARD frame phase on first clock transition
SMARTCARD_PHASE_2EDGE
SMARTCARD frame phase on second clock transition
SMARTCARD Clock Polarity
SMARTCARD_POLARITY_LOW
SMARTCARD frame low polarity
SMARTCARD_POLARITY_HIGH
SMARTCARD frame high polarity
SMARTCARD advanced feature Binary Data inversion
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DATAINV_DISABLE
Binary data inversion disable
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DATAINV_ENABLE
Binary data inversion enable
SMARTCARD advanced feature DMA Disable on Rx Error
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DMA_ENABLEONRXERROR
DMA enable on Reception Error
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DMA_DISABLEONRXERROR
DMA disable on Reception Error
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 936/2236

UM1905
SMARTCARD Error Code Definition
HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_PE
Parity error
HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NE
Noise error
HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_FE
frame error
HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_ORE
Overrun error
HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_RTO
Receiver TimeOut error
SMARTCARD Exported Macros
__HAL_SMARTCARD_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset SMARTCARD handle states.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: SMARTCARD handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SMARTCARD_FLUSH_DRREGISTER
Description:
• Flush the Smartcard Data registers.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the SMARTCARD Handle.
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 937/2236

UM1905
__HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the specified SMARTCARD pending flag.
Parameters:
– SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF Parity error clear flag
– SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF Framing error clear flag
– SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF Noise detected clear flag
– SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF OverRun error clear flag
– SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IDLEF Idle line detected clear flag
– SMARTCARD_CLEAR_TCF Transmission complete clear flag
– SMARTCARD_CLEAR_TCBGTF Transmission complete before guard time clear flag
– SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF Receiver timeout clear flag
– SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF End of block clear flag
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEFLAG
Description:
• Clear the SMARTCARD PE pending flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEFLAG
Description:
• Clear the SMARTCARD FE pending flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEFLAG
Description:
• Clear the SMARTCARD NE pending flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 938/2236

UM1905
__HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREFLAG
Description:
• Clear the SMARTCARD ORE pending flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IDLEFLAG
Description:
• Clear the SMARTCARD IDLE pending flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Check whether the specified Smartcard flag is set or not.
Parameters:
– SMARTCARD_FLAG_TCBGT Transmission complete before guard time flag (when flag available)
– SMARTCARD_FLAG_TEACK Transmit enable acknowledge flag
– SMARTCARD_FLAG_BUSY Busy flag
– SMARTCARD_FLAG_EOBF End of block flag
– SMARTCARD_FLAG_RTOF Receiver timeout flag
– SMARTCARD_FLAG_TXE Transmit data register empty flag
– SMARTCARD_FLAG_TC Transmission complete flag
– SMARTCARD_FLAG_RXNE Receive data register not empty flag
– SMARTCARD_FLAG_IDLE Idle line detection flag
– SMARTCARD_FLAG_ORE Overrun error flag
– SMARTCARD_FLAG_NE Noise error flag
– SMARTCARD_FLAG_FE Framing error flag
– SMARTCARD_FLAG_PE Parity error flag
Return value:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 939/2236

UM1905
__HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the specified SmartCard interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the SMARTCARD interrupt to enable. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
– SMARTCARD_IT_EOB End of block interrupt
– SMARTCARD_IT_RTO Receive timeout interrupt
– SMARTCARD_IT_TXE Transmit data register empty interrupt
– SMARTCARD_IT_TC Transmission complete interrupt
– SMARTCARD_IT_TCBGT Transmission complete before guard time interrupt (when interruption
available)
– SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE Receive data register not empty interrupt
– SMARTCARD_IT_IDLE Idle line detection interrupt
– SMARTCARD_IT_PE Parity error interrupt
– SMARTCARD_IT_ERR Error interrupt(frame error, noise error, overrun error)
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the specified SmartCard interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the SMARTCARD interrupt to disable. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
available)
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 940/2236

UM1905
__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT
Description:
• Check whether the specified SmartCard interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the SMARTCARD interrupt to check. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
available)
Return value:
__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Check whether the specified SmartCard interrupt source is enabled or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the SMARTCARD interrupt source to check. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
available)
Return value:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 941/2236

UM1905
__HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IT
Description:
• Clear the specified SMARTCARD ISR flag, in setting the proper ICR register flag.
Parameters:
interrupt. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF Parity error clear flag
– SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF Framing error clear flag
– SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF Noise detected clear flag
– SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF OverRun error clear flag
– SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IDLEF Idle line detection clear flag
– SMARTCARD_CLEAR_TCF Transmission complete clear flag
– SMARTCARD_CLEAR_TCBGTF Transmission complete before guard time clear flag (when flag
available)
– SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF Receiver timeout clear flag
– SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF End of block clear flag
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SMARTCARD_SEND_REQ
Description:
• Set a specific SMARTCARD request flag.
Parameters:
– SMARTCARD_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST Receive data flush Request
– SMARTCARD_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST Transmit data flush Request
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SMARTCARD_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the SMARTCARD one bit sample method.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SMARTCARD_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the SMARTCARD one bit sample method.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 942/2236

UM1905
__HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the USART associated to the SMARTCARD Handle.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the USART associated to the SMARTCARD Handle.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
SMARTCARD interruptions flags mask
SMARTCARD_IT_MASK
SMARTCARD interruptions flags mask
SMARTCARD_CR_MASK
SMARTCARD control register mask
SMARTCARD_CR_POS
SMARTCARD control register position
SMARTCARD_ISR_MASK
SMARTCARD ISR register mask
SMARTCARD_ISR_POS
SMARTCARD ISR register position
SMARTCARD Last Bit
SMARTCARD_LASTBIT_DISABLE
SMARTCARD frame last data bit clock pulse not output to SCLK pin
SMARTCARD_LASTBIT_ENABLE
SMARTCARD frame last data bit clock pulse output to SCLK pin
SMARTCARD Transfer Mode
SMARTCARD_MODE_RX
SMARTCARD RX mode
SMARTCARD_MODE_TX
SMARTCARD TX mode
SMARTCARD_MODE_TX_RX
SMARTCARD RX and TX mode
SMARTCARD advanced feature MSB first
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_DISABLE
Most significant bit sent/received first disable
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 943/2236

UM1905
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_ENABLE
Most significant bit sent/received first enable
SMARTCARD NACK Enable
SMARTCARD_NACK_DISABLE
SMARTCARD NACK transmission disabled
SMARTCARD_NACK_ENABLE
SMARTCARD NACK transmission enabled
SMARTCARD One Bit Sampling Method
SMARTCARD_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_DISABLE
SMARTCARD frame one-bit sample disabled
SMARTCARD_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_ENABLE
SMARTCARD frame one-bit sample enabled
SMARTCARD advanced feature Overrun Disable
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_OVERRUN_ENABLE
RX overrun enable
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_OVERRUN_DISABLE
RX overrun disable
SMARTCARD Parity
SMARTCARD_PARITY_EVEN
SMARTCARD frame even parity
SMARTCARD_PARITY_ODD
SMARTCARD frame odd parity
SMARTCARD Request Parameters
SMARTCARD_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST
Receive data flush request
SMARTCARD_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST
Transmit data flush request
SMARTCARD advanced feature RX pin active level inversion
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_RXINV_DISABLE
RX pin active level inversion disable
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_RXINV_ENABLE
RX pin active level inversion enable
SMARTCARD advanced feature RX TX pins swap
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_DISABLE
TX/RX pins swap disable
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_ENABLE
TX/RX pins swap enable
SMARTCARD State Code Definition
HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_RESET
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 944/2236

UM1905
HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY
HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY
HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX
HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX
HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX
HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_TIMEOUT
HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_ERROR
SMARTCARD Number of Stop Bits
SMARTCARD_STOPBITS_0_5
SMARTCARD frame with 0.5 stop bit
SMARTCARD_STOPBITS_1_5
SMARTCARD frame with 1.5 stop bits
SMARTCARD Timeout Enable
SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_DISABLE
SMARTCARD receiver timeout disabled
SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_ENABLE
SMARTCARD receiver timeout enabled
SMARTCARD advanced feature TX pin active level inversion
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_TXINV_DISABLE
TX pin active level inversion disable
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_TXINV_ENABLE
TX pin active level inversion enable
SMARTCARD Word Length
SMARTCARD_WORDLENGTH_9B
SMARTCARD frame length
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 945/2236

UM1905
HAL SMARTCARD Extension Driver
61 HAL SMARTCARD Extension Driver
61.1 SMARTCARDEx Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the SMARTCARDEx library.
61.1.1 SMARTCARD peripheral extended features

The Extended SMARTCARD HAL driver can be used as follows:
1. After having configured the SMARTCARD basic features with HAL_SMARTCARD_Init(), then program
SMARTCARD advanced features if required (TX/RX pins swap, TimeOut, auto-retry counter,...) in the
hsmartcard AdvancedInit structure.

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SMARTCARD.
• HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config() API allows to configure the Block Length on the fly
• HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config() API allows to configure the receiver timeout value on the fly
• HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut() API enables the receiver timeout feature
• HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut() API disables the receiver timeout feature
• HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config
• HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config
• HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut
• HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut
HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config
Function name
void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard, uint8_t
BlockLength)
Update on the fly the SMARTCARD block length in RTOR register.
Parameters
• BlockLength: SMARTCARD block length (8-bit long at most)
Return values
• None:
HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config
Function name
void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef * hsmartcard, uint32_t
TimeOutValue)
Update on the fly the receiver timeout value in RTOR register.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 946/2236

UM1905
SMARTCARDEx Firmware driver defines
Parameters
• TimeOutValue: receiver timeout value in number of baud blocks. The timeout value must be less or equal
to 0x0FFFFFFFF.
Return values
• None:
HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *
hsmartcard)
Enable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *
hsmartcard)
Disable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
61.2 SMARTCARDEx Firmware driver defines

61.2.1 SMARTCARDEx
SMARTCARDEx
SMARTCARD advanced feature initialization type
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT
No advanced feature initialization
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_TXINVERT_INIT
TX pin active level inversion
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_RXINVERT_INIT
RX pin active level inversion
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 947/2236

UM1905
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DATAINVERT_INIT
Binary data inversion
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_INIT
TX/RX pins swap
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_RXOVERRUNDISABLE_INIT
RX overrun disable
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DMADISABLEONERROR_INIT
SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_INIT
Most significant bit sent/received first
SMARTCARD Flags
SMARTCARD_FLAG_TEACK
SMARTCARD transmit enable acknowledge flag
SMARTCARD_FLAG_BUSY
SMARTCARD busy flag
SMARTCARD_FLAG_EOBF
SMARTCARD end of block flag
SMARTCARD_FLAG_RTOF
SMARTCARD receiver timeout flag
SMARTCARD_FLAG_TXE
SMARTCARD transmit data register empty
SMARTCARD_FLAG_TC
SMARTCARD transmission complete
SMARTCARD_FLAG_RXNE
SMARTCARD read data register not empty
SMARTCARD_FLAG_IDLE
SMARTCARD idle line detection
SMARTCARD_FLAG_ORE
SMARTCARD overrun error
SMARTCARD_FLAG_NE
SMARTCARD noise error
SMARTCARD_FLAG_FE
SMARTCARD frame error
SMARTCARD_FLAG_PE
SMARTCARD parity error
SMARTCARD Interrupts Definition
SMARTCARD_IT_PE
SMARTCARD parity error interruption
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 948/2236

UM1905
SMARTCARD_IT_TXE
SMARTCARD transmit data register empty interruption
SMARTCARD_IT_TC
SMARTCARD transmission complete interruption
SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE
SMARTCARD read data register not empty interruption
SMARTCARD_IT_IDLE
SMARTCARD idle line detection interruption
SMARTCARD_IT_ERR
SMARTCARD error interruption
SMARTCARD_IT_ORE
SMARTCARD overrun error interruption
SMARTCARD_IT_NE
SMARTCARD noise error interruption
SMARTCARD_IT_FE
SMARTCARD frame error interruption
SMARTCARD_IT_EOB
SMARTCARD end of block interruption
SMARTCARD_IT_RTO
SMARTCARD receiver timeout interruption
SMARTCARD Interruption Clear Flags
SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF
SMARTCARD parity error clear flag
SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF
SMARTCARD framing error clear flag
SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF
SMARTCARD noise error detected clear flag
SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF
SMARTCARD overrun error clear flag
SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IDLEF
SMARTCARD idle line detected clear flag
SMARTCARD_CLEAR_TCF
SMARTCARD transmission complete clear flag
SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF
SMARTCARD receiver time out clear flag
SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF
SMARTCARD end of block clear flag
SMARTCARD Transmission Completion Indication
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 949/2236

UM1905
SMARTCARD_TC
SMARTCARD transmission complete (flag raised when guard time has elapsed)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 950/2236

UM1905
HAL SMBUS Generic Driver
62 HAL SMBUS Generic Driver
62.1 SMBUS Firmware driver registers structures
62.1.1 SMBUS_InitTypeDef
SMBUS_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_smbus.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Timing
• uint32_t AnalogFilter
• uint32_t AddressingMode
• uint32_t DualAddressMode
• uint32_t OwnAddress2Masks
• uint32_t GeneralCallMode
• uint32_t NoStretchMode
• uint32_t PacketErrorCheckMode
• uint32_t PeripheralMode
• uint32_t SMBusTimeout
Field Documentation
• uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::Timing
Specifies the SMBUS_TIMINGR_register value. This parameter calculated by referring to SMBUS
initialization section in Reference manual
• uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::AnalogFilter
Specifies if Analog Filter is enable or not. This parameter can be a value of SMBUS_Analog_Filter
• uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress1
Specifies the first device own address. This parameter can be a 7-bit or 10-bit address.
• uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::AddressingMode
Specifies if 7-bit or 10-bit addressing mode for master is selected. This parameter can be a value of
SMBUS_addressing_mode
• uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::DualAddressMode
Specifies if dual addressing mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of
SMBUS_dual_addressing_mode
• uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress2
Specifies the second device own address if dual addressing mode is selected This parameter can be a 7-bit
address.
• uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress2Masks
Specifies the acknoledge mask address second device own address if dual addressing mode is selected
This parameter can be a value of SMBUS_own_address2_masks.
• uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::GeneralCallMode
Specifies if general call mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of
SMBUS_general_call_addressing_mode.
• uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::NoStretchMode
Specifies if nostretch mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of SMBUS_nostretch_mode
• uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::PacketErrorCheckMode
Specifies if Packet Error Check mode is selected. This parameter can be a value of
SMBUS_packet_error_check_mode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 951/2236

UM1905
SMBUS Firmware driver API description
• uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::PeripheralMode
Specifies which mode of Periphal is selected. This parameter can be a value of SMBUS_peripheral_mode
• uint32_t SMBUS_InitTypeDef::SMBusTimeout
Specifies the content of the 32 Bits SMBUS_TIMEOUT_register value. (Enable bits and different timeout
values) This parameter calculated by referring to SMBUS initialization section in Reference manual
62.1.2 __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef
__SMBUS_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_smbus.h
Data Fields
• I2C_TypeDef * Instance
• SMBUS_InitTypeDef Init
• __IO uint32_t XferOptions
• __IO uint32_t PreviousState
• __IO uint32_t State
Field Documentation
• I2C_TypeDef* __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef::Instance
SMBUS registers base address
• SMBUS_InitTypeDef __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef::Init
SMBUS communication parameters
• uint8_t* __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef::pBuffPtr
Pointer to SMBUS transfer buffer
• uint16_t __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef::XferSize
SMBUS transfer size
• __IO uint16_t __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef::XferCount
SMBUS transfer counter
• __IO uint32_t __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef::XferOptions
SMBUS transfer options
• __IO uint32_t __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef::PreviousState
SMBUS communication Previous state
• HAL_LockTypeDef __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef::Lock
SMBUS locking object
• __IO uint32_t __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef::State
SMBUS communication state
• __IO uint32_t __SMBUS_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
SMBUS Error code
62.2 SMBUS Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the SMBUS library.

The SMBUS HAL driver can be used as follows:
1. Declare a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: SMBUS_HandleTypeDef hsmbus;
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 952/2236

UM1905
2. Initialize the SMBUS low level resources by implementing the @ref HAL_SMBUS_MspInit() API:
a. Enable the SMBUSx interface clock
b. SMBUS pins configuration
◦ Enable the clock for the SMBUS GPIOs
◦ Configure SMBUS pins as alternate function open-drain
◦ Configure the SMBUSx interrupt priority
◦ Enable the NVIC SMBUS IRQ Channel
3. Configure the Communication Clock Timing, Bus Timeout, Own Address1, Master Addressing mode, Dual
Addressing mode, Own Address2, Own Address2 Mask, General call, Nostretch mode, Peripheral mode and
Packet Error Check mode in the hsmbus Init structure.
4. Initialize the SMBUS registers by calling the @ref HAL_SMBUS_Init() API:
– These API's configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) by calling the
customized @ref HAL_SMBUS_MspInit(&hsmbus) API.
5. To check if target device is ready for communication, use the function @ref HAL_SMBUS_IsDeviceReady()
6. For SMBUS IO operations, only one mode of operations is available within this driver

• Transmit in master/host SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref
HAL_SMBUS_Master_Transmit_IT()
– At transmission end of transfer @ref HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback()
• Receive in master/host SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref
HAL_SMBUS_Master_Receive_IT()
– At reception end of transfer @ref HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add
his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback()
• Abort a master/host SMBUS process communication with Interrupt using @ref
HAL_SMBUS_Master_Abort_IT()
– The associated previous transfer callback is called at the end of abort process
– mean @ref HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback() in case of previous state was master transmit
– mean @ref HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback() in case of previous state was master receive
• Enable/disable the Address listen mode in slave/device or host/slave SMBUS mode using @ref
HAL_SMBUS_EnableListen_IT() @ref HAL_SMBUS_DisableListen_IT()
– When address slave/device SMBUS match, @ref HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback() is executed and user
can add his own code to check the Address Match Code and the transmission direction request by
master/host (Write/Read).
– At Listen mode end @ref HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback() is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback()
• Transmit in slave/device SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref
HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Transmit_IT()
– At transmission end of transfer @ref HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can
add his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
• Receive in slave/device SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using @ref
HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Receive_IT()
– At reception end of transfer @ref HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can add
his own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
• Enable/Disable the SMBUS alert mode using @ref HAL_SMBUS_EnableAlert_IT() @ref
HAL_SMBUS_DisableAlert_IT()
– When SMBUS Alert is generated @ref HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback() is executed and user can add his
own code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback() to check the Alert
Error Code using function @ref HAL_SMBUS_GetError()
• Get HAL state machine or error values using @ref HAL_SMBUS_GetState() or @ref
HAL_SMBUS_GetError()
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 953/2236

UM1905
• In case of transfer Error, @ref HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer @ref HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback() to check the Error Code using
function @ref HAL_SMBUS_GetError()
SMBUS HAL driver macros list

Below the list of most used macros in SMBUS HAL driver.
• @ref __HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE: Enable the SMBUS peripheral
• @ref __HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE: Disable the SMBUS peripheral
• @ref __HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified SMBUS flag is set or not
• @ref __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the specified SMBUS pending flag
• @ref __HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified SMBUS interrupt
• @ref __HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified SMBUS interrupt
The compilation flag USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows the user to configure
dynamically the driver callbacks. Use Functions @ref HAL_SMBUS_RegisterCallback() or @ref
HAL_SMBUS_RegisterAddrCallback() to register an interrupt callback.
Function @ref HAL_SMBUS_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
• MspDeInitCallback : callback for Msp DeInit. This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
For specific callback AddrCallback use dedicated register callbacks : @ref HAL_SMBUS_RegisterAddrCallback.
Use function @ref HAL_SMBUS_UnRegisterCallback to reset a callback to the default weak function. @ref
HAL_SMBUS_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, and the Callback ID. This
• MspDeInitCallback : callback for Msp DeInit.
For callback AddrCallback use dedicated register callbacks : @ref HAL_SMBUS_UnRegisterAddrCallback.
By default, after the @ref HAL_SMBUS_Init() and when the state is @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET all callbacks
are set to the corresponding weak functions: examples @ref HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback(), @ref
HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback(). Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are reset to the
legacy weak functions in the @ref HAL_SMBUS_Init()/ @ref HAL_SMBUS_DeInit() only when these callbacks are
null (not registered beforehand). If MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_SMBUS_Init()/ @ref
HAL_SMBUS_DeInit() keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) whatever the
state.
Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_READY state only. Exception done MspInit/
MspDeInit functions that can be registered/unregistered in @ref HAL_I2C_STATE_READY or @ref
HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET state, thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
Then, the user first registers the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks using @ref HAL_SMBUS_RegisterCallback()
before calling @ref HAL_SMBUS_DeInit() or @ref HAL_SMBUS_Init() function.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 954/2236

UM1905
When the compilation flag USE_HAL_SMBUS_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the callback
Note: You can refer to the SMBUS HAL driver header file for more useful macros

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and deinitialize the SMBUSx peripheral:
• User must Implement HAL_SMBUS_MspInit() function in which he configures all related peripherals
resources (CLOCK, GPIO, IT and NVIC ).
• Call the function HAL_SMBUS_Init() to configure the selected device with the selected configuration:
– Clock Timing
– Bus Timeout
– Analog Filer mode
– Own Address 1
– Addressing mode (Master, Slave)
– Dual Addressing mode
– Own Address 2
– Own Address 2 Mask
– General call mode
– Nostretch mode
– Packet Error Check mode
– Peripheral mode
• Call the function HAL_SMBUS_DeInit() to restore the default configuration of the selected SMBUSx
peripheral.
• Enable/Disable Analog/Digital filters with HAL_SMBUS_ConfigAnalogFilter() and
HAL_SMBUS_ConfigDigitalFilter().
• HAL_SMBUS_Init
• HAL_SMBUS_DeInit
• HAL_SMBUS_MspInit
• HAL_SMBUS_MspDeInit
• HAL_SMBUS_ConfigAnalogFilter
• HAL_SMBUS_ConfigDigitalFilter

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SMBUS data transfers.
1. Blocking mode function to check if device is ready for usage is :
– HAL_SMBUS_IsDeviceReady()
2. There is only one mode of transfer:
– Non-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts. These functions return the
status of the transfer startup. The end of the data processing will be indicated through the dedicated
SMBUS IRQ when using Interrupt mode.
3. Non-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :
– HAL_SMBUS_Master_Transmit_IT()
– HAL_SMBUS_Master_Receive_IT()
– HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Transmit_IT()
– HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Receive_IT()
– HAL_SMBUS_EnableListen_IT() or alias HAL_SMBUS_EnableListen_IT()
– HAL_SMBUS_DisableListen_IT()
– HAL_SMBUS_EnableAlert_IT()
– HAL_SMBUS_DisableAlert_IT()
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 955/2236

UM1905
4. A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non-Blocking mode:

– HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback()
– HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback()
– HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
– HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
– HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback()
– HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback()
– HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback()
• HAL_SMBUS_Master_Transmit_IT
• HAL_SMBUS_Master_Receive_IT
• HAL_SMBUS_Master_Abort_IT
• HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Transmit_IT
• HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Receive_IT
• HAL_SMBUS_EnableListen_IT
• HAL_SMBUS_DisableListen_IT
• HAL_SMBUS_EnableAlert_IT
• HAL_SMBUS_DisableAlert_IT
• HAL_SMBUS_IsDeviceReady

• HAL_SMBUS_GetState
• HAL_SMBUS_GetError
HAL_SMBUS_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Init (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Initialize the SMBUS according to the specified parameters in the SMBUS_InitTypeDef and initialize the
associated handle.
Parameters
• hsmbus: Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified SMBUS.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SMBUS_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_DeInit (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
DeInitialize the SMBUS peripheral.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 956/2236

UM1905
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SMBUS_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_SMBUS_MspInit (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Initialize the SMBUS MSP.
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
Return values
• None:
HAL_SMBUS_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_SMBUS_MspDeInit (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
DeInitialize the SMBUS MSP.
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
Return values
• None:
HAL_SMBUS_ConfigAnalogFilter
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_ConfigAnalogFilter (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus, uint32_t
AnalogFilter)
Configure Analog noise filter.
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
• AnalogFilter: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– SMBUS_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE
– SMBUS_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 957/2236

UM1905
HAL_SMBUS_ConfigDigitalFilter
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_ConfigDigitalFilter (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus, uint32_t
DigitalFilter)
Configure Digital noise filter.
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
• DigitalFilter: Coefficient of digital noise filter between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x0F.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SMBUS_IsDeviceReady
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_IsDeviceReady (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus, uint16_t
DevAddress, uint32_t Trials, uint32_t Timeout)
Check if target device is ready for communication.
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
• Trials: Number of trials
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SMBUS_Master_Transmit_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Master_Transmit_IT (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus, uint16_t
Transmit in master/host SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
• XferOptions: Options of Transfer, value of SMBUS XferOptions definition
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 958/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SMBUS_Master_Receive_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Master_Receive_IT (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus, uint16_t
Receive in master/host SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SMBUS_Master_Abort_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Master_Abort_IT (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus, uint16_t
DevAddress)
Abort a master/host SMBUS process communication with Interrupt.
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This abort can be called only if state is ready
HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Transmit_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Transmit_IT (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus, uint8_t *
pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions)
Transmit in slave/device SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 959/2236

UM1905
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Receive_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Receive_IT (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus, uint8_t * pData,
Receive in slave/device SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SMBUS_EnableAlert_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_EnableAlert_IT (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Enable the SMBUS alert mode with Interrupt.
Parameters
specified SMBUSx peripheral.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SMBUS_DisableAlert_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_DisableAlert_IT (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Disable the SMBUS alert mode with Interrupt.
Parameters
specified SMBUSx peripheral.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 960/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SMBUS_EnableListen_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_EnableListen_IT (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Enable the Address listen mode with Interrupt.
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SMBUS_DisableListen_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_DisableListen_IT (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Disable the Address listen mode with Interrupt.
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SMBUS_EV_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_SMBUS_EV_IRQHandler (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Handle SMBUS event interrupt request.
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
Return values
• None:
HAL_SMBUS_ER_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_SMBUS_ER_IRQHandler (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Handle SMBUS error interrupt request.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 961/2236

UM1905
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
Return values
• None:
HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Master Tx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
Return values
• None:
HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Master Rx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
Return values
• None:
HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Slave Tx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
Return values
• None:
HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 962/2236

UM1905
Slave Rx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
Return values
• None:
HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback
Function name
void HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus, uint8_t TransferDirection, uint16_t
AddrMatchCode)
Slave Address Match callback.
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
• TransferDirection: Master request Transfer Direction (Write/Read)
• AddrMatchCode: Address Match Code
Return values
• None:
HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Listen Complete callback.
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
Return values
• None:
HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
SMBUS error callback.
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 963/2236

UM1905
SMBUS Firmware driver defines
HAL_SMBUS_GetState
Function name
uint32_t HAL_SMBUS_GetState (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Return the SMBUS handle state.
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
Return values
• HAL: state
HAL_SMBUS_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_SMBUS_GetError (SMBUS_HandleTypeDef * hsmbus)
Return the SMBUS error code.
Parameters
specified SMBUS.
Return values
• SMBUS: Error Code
62.3 SMBUS Firmware driver defines

62.3.1 SMBUS
SMBUS
SMBUS addressing mode
SMBUS_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT
SMBUS_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT
SMBUS Analog Filter
SMBUS_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE
SMBUS_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE
SMBUS dual addressing mode
SMBUS_DUALADDRESS_DISABLE
SMBUS_DUALADDRESS_ENABLE
SMBUS Error Code definition
HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_NONE
No error
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 964/2236

UM1905
HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_BERR
BERR error
HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_ARLO
ARLO error
HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_ACKF
ACKF error
HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_OVR
OVR error
HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_HALTIMEOUT
Timeout error
HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_BUSTIMEOUT
Bus Timeout error
HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_ALERT
Alert error
HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_PECERR
PEC error
HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM
Invalid Parameters error
SMBUS Exported Macros
__HAL_SMBUS_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset SMBUS handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the SMBUS Handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the specified SMBUS interrupts.
Parameters:
values:
– SMBUS_IT_ERRI Errors interrupt enable
– SMBUS_IT_TCI Transfer complete interrupt enable
– SMBUS_IT_STOPI STOP detection interrupt enable
– SMBUS_IT_NACKI NACK received interrupt enable
– SMBUS_IT_ADDRI Address match interrupt enable
– SMBUS_IT_RXI RX interrupt enable
– SMBUS_IT_TXI TX interrupt enable
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 965/2236

UM1905
__HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the specified SMBUS interrupts.
Parameters:
values:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SMBUS_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Check whether the specified SMBUS interrupt source is enabled or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the SMBUS interrupt source to check. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
Return value:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 966/2236

UM1905
SMBUS_FLAG_MASK
Description:
• Check whether the specified SMBUS flag is set or not.
Parameters:
– SMBUS_FLAG_TXE Transmit data register empty
– SMBUS_FLAG_TXIS Transmit interrupt status
– SMBUS_FLAG_RXNE Receive data register not empty
– SMBUS_FLAG_ADDR Address matched (slave mode)
– SMBUS_FLAG_AF NACK received flag
– SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF STOP detection flag
– SMBUS_FLAG_TC Transfer complete (master mode)
– SMBUS_FLAG_TCR Transfer complete reload
– SMBUS_FLAG_BERR Bus error
– SMBUS_FLAG_ARLO Arbitration lost
– SMBUS_FLAG_OVR Overrun/Underrun
– SMBUS_FLAG_PECERR PEC error in reception
– SMBUS_FLAG_TIMEOUT Timeout or Tlow detection flag
– SMBUS_FLAG_ALERT SMBus alert
– SMBUS_FLAG_BUSY Bus busy
– SMBUS_FLAG_DIR Transfer direction (slave mode)
Return value:
__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG
__HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the SMBUS pending flags which are cleared by writing 1 in a specific bit.
Parameters:
– SMBUS_FLAG_ADDR Address matched (slave mode)
– SMBUS_FLAG_AF NACK received flag
– SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF STOP detection flag
– SMBUS_FLAG_BERR Bus error
– SMBUS_FLAG_ARLO Arbitration lost
– SMBUS_FLAG_OVR Overrun/Underrun
– SMBUS_FLAG_PECERR PEC error in reception
– SMBUS_FLAG_TIMEOUT Timeout or Tlow detection flag
– SMBUS_FLAG_ALERT SMBus alert
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 967/2236

UM1905
__HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the specified SMBUS peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the specified SMBUS peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SMBUS_GENERATE_NACK
Description:
• Generate a Non-Acknowledge SMBUS peripheral in Slave mode.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
SMBUS Flag definition
SMBUS_FLAG_TXE
SMBUS_FLAG_TXIS
SMBUS_FLAG_RXNE
SMBUS_FLAG_ADDR
SMBUS_FLAG_AF
SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF
SMBUS_FLAG_TC
SMBUS_FLAG_TCR
SMBUS_FLAG_BERR
SMBUS_FLAG_ARLO
SMBUS_FLAG_OVR
SMBUS_FLAG_PECERR
SMBUS_FLAG_TIMEOUT
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 968/2236

UM1905
SMBUS_FLAG_ALERT
SMBUS_FLAG_BUSY
SMBUS_FLAG_DIR
SMBUS general call addressing mode
SMBUS_GENERALCALL_DISABLE
SMBUS_GENERALCALL_ENABLE
SMBUS Interrupt configuration definition
SMBUS_IT_ERRI
SMBUS_IT_TCI
SMBUS_IT_STOPI
SMBUS_IT_NACKI
SMBUS_IT_ADDRI
SMBUS_IT_RXI
SMBUS_IT_TXI
SMBUS_IT_TX
SMBUS_IT_RX
SMBUS_IT_ALERT
SMBUS_IT_ADDR
SMBUS nostretch mode
SMBUS_NOSTRETCH_DISABLE
SMBUS_NOSTRETCH_ENABLE
SMBUS ownaddress2 masks
SMBUS_OA2_NOMASK
SMBUS_OA2_MASK01
SMBUS_OA2_MASK02
SMBUS_OA2_MASK03
SMBUS_OA2_MASK04
SMBUS_OA2_MASK05
SMBUS_OA2_MASK06
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 969/2236

UM1905
SMBUS_OA2_MASK07
SMBUS packet error check mode
SMBUS_PEC_DISABLE
SMBUS_PEC_ENABLE
SMBUS peripheral mode
SMBUS_PERIPHERAL_MODE_SMBUS_HOST
SMBUS_PERIPHERAL_MODE_SMBUS_SLAVE
SMBUS_PERIPHERAL_MODE_SMBUS_SLAVE_ARP
SMBUS ReloadEndMode definition
SMBUS_SOFTEND_MODE
SMBUS_RELOAD_MODE
SMBUS_AUTOEND_MODE
SMBUS_SENDPEC_MODE
SMBUS StartStopMode definition
SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP
SMBUS_GENERATE_STOP
SMBUS_GENERATE_START_READ
SMBUS_GENERATE_START_WRITE
SMBUS XferOptions definition
SMBUS_FIRST_FRAME
SMBUS_NEXT_FRAME
SMBUS_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME_NO_PEC
SMBUS_LAST_FRAME_NO_PEC
SMBUS_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME_WITH_PEC
SMBUS_LAST_FRAME_WITH_PEC
SMBUS_OTHER_FRAME_NO_PEC
SMBUS_OTHER_FRAME_WITH_PEC
SMBUS_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME_NO_PEC
SMBUS_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME_WITH_PEC
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 970/2236

UM1905
HAL SPDIFRX Generic Driver
63 HAL SPDIFRX Generic Driver
63.1 SPDIFRX Firmware driver registers structures
63.1.1 SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef
SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_spdifrx.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t InputSelection
• uint32_t Retries
• uint32_t WaitForActivity
• uint32_t ChannelSelection
• uint32_t StereoMode
• uint32_t PreambleTypeMask
• uint32_t ChannelStatusMask
• uint32_t ValidityBitMask
• uint32_t ParityErrorMask
Field Documentation
• uint32_t SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef::InputSelection
Specifies the SPDIF input selection. This parameter can be a value of SPDIFRX_Input_Selection
• uint32_t SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef::Retries
Specifies the Maximum allowed re-tries during synchronization phase. This parameter can be a value of
SPDIFRX_Max_Retries
• uint32_t SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef::WaitForActivity
Specifies the wait for activity on SPDIF selected input. This parameter can be a value of
SPDIFRX_Wait_For_Activity.
• uint32_t SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef::ChannelSelection
Specifies whether the control flow will take the channel status from channel A or B. This parameter can be a
value of SPDIFRX_Channel_Selection
• uint32_t SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef::DataFormat
Specifies the Data samples format (LSB, MSB, ...). This parameter can be a value of
SPDIFRX_Data_Format
• uint32_t SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef::StereoMode
Specifies whether the peripheral is in stereo or mono mode. This parameter can be a value of
SPDIFRX_Stereo_Mode
• uint32_t SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef::PreambleTypeMask
Specifies whether The preamble type bits are copied or not into the received frame. This parameter can be a
value of SPDIFRX_PT_Mask
• uint32_t SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef::ChannelStatusMask
Specifies whether the channel status and user bits are copied or not into the received frame. This parameter
can be a value of SPDIFRX_ChannelStatus_Mask
• uint32_t SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef::ValidityBitMask
Specifies whether the validity bit is copied or not into the received frame. This parameter can be a value of
SPDIFRX_V_Mask
• uint32_t SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef::ParityErrorMask
Specifies whether the parity error bit is copied or not into the received frame. This parameter can be a value
of SPDIFRX_PE_Mask
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 971/2236

UM1905
SPDIFRX Firmware driver registers structures
63.1.2 SPDIFRX_SetDataFormatTypeDef
SPDIFRX_SetDataFormatTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_spdifrx.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t StereoMode
• uint32_t PreambleTypeMask
• uint32_t ChannelStatusMask
• uint32_t ValidityBitMask
• uint32_t ParityErrorMask
Field Documentation
• uint32_t SPDIFRX_SetDataFormatTypeDef::DataFormat
Specifies the Data samples format (LSB, MSB, ...). This parameter can be a value of
SPDIFRX_Data_Format
• uint32_t SPDIFRX_SetDataFormatTypeDef::StereoMode
Specifies whether the peripheral is in stereo or mono mode. This parameter can be a value of
SPDIFRX_Stereo_Mode
• uint32_t SPDIFRX_SetDataFormatTypeDef::PreambleTypeMask
Specifies whether The preamble type bits are copied or not into the received frame. This parameter can be a
value of SPDIFRX_PT_Mask
• uint32_t SPDIFRX_SetDataFormatTypeDef::ChannelStatusMask
Specifies whether the channel status and user bits are copied or not into the received frame. This parameter
can be a value of SPDIFRX_ChannelStatus_Mask
• uint32_t SPDIFRX_SetDataFormatTypeDef::ValidityBitMask
Specifies whether the validity bit is copied or not into the received frame. This parameter can be a value of
SPDIFRX_V_Mask
• uint32_t SPDIFRX_SetDataFormatTypeDef::ParityErrorMask
Specifies whether the parity error bit is copied or not into the received frame. This parameter can be a value
of SPDIFRX_PE_Mask
63.1.3 SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef
SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_spdifrx.h
Data Fields
• SPDIFRX_TypeDef * Instance
• SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef Init
• uint32_t * pCsBuffPtr
• __IO uint16_t CsXferSize
• __IO uint16_t CsXferCount
• DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmaCsRx
• DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdmaDrRx
• __IO HAL_SPDIFRX_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation
• SPDIFRX_TypeDef* SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef::Instance
• SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef::Init
• uint32_t* SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef::pRxBuffPtr
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 972/2236

UM1905
SPDIFRX Firmware driver API description
• uint32_t* SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef::pCsBuffPtr
• __IO uint16_t SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
• __IO uint16_t SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef::RxXferCount
• __IO uint16_t SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef::CsXferSize
• __IO uint16_t SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef::CsXferCount
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef::hdmaCsRx
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef::hdmaDrRx
• __IO HAL_LockTypeDef SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef::Lock
• __IO HAL_SPDIFRX_StateTypeDef SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef::State
• __IO uint32_t SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
63.2 SPDIFRX Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the SPDIFRX library.

The SPDIFRX HAL driver can be used as follow:
1. Declare SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
2. Initialize the SPDIFRX low level resources by implement the HAL_SPDIFRX_MspInit() API:
a. Enable the SPDIFRX interface clock.
b. SPDIFRX pins configuration:
◦ Enable the clock for the SPDIFRX GPIOs.
◦ Configure these SPDIFRX pins as alternate function pull-up.
c. NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT() and
HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT() API's).
◦ Configure the SPDIFRX interrupt priority.
◦ Enable the NVIC SPDIFRX IRQ handle.
d. DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_DMA() and
HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_DMA() API's).
◦ Declare a DMA handle structure for the reception of the Data Flow channel.
◦ Declare a DMA handle structure for the reception of the Control Flow channel.
◦ Configure the declared DMA handle structure CtrlRx/DataRx with the required parameters.
◦ Configure the DMA Channel.
◦ Associate the initialized DMA handle to the SPDIFRX DMA CtrlRx/DataRx handle.
◦ Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA CtrlRx/
DataRx channel.
3. Program the input selection, re-tries number, wait for activity, channel status selection, data format, stereo
mode and masking of user bits using HAL_SPDIFRX_Init() function.
Note: The specific SPDIFRX interrupts (RXNE/CSRNE and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
__SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT() and __SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT() inside the receive process.
Note: Make sure that ck_spdif clock is configured.
Polling mode for reception operation (for debug purpose)

• Receive data flow in blocking mode using HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow()
• Receive control flow of data in blocking mode using HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow()
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 973/2236

UM1905
Interrupt mode for reception operation

• Receive an amount of data (Data Flow) in non blocking mode using HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT()
• Receive an amount of data (Control Flow) in non blocking mode using
HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT()
• At reception end of half transfer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback
• At reception end of transfer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback
• In case of transfer Error, HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback
DMA mode for reception operation

• Receive an amount of data (Data Flow) in non blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_DMA()
• Receive an amount of data (Control Flow) in non blocking mode (DMA) using
HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_DMA()
• At reception end of half transfer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback
• At reception end of transfer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can add his own code by
customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback
• In case of transfer Error, HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can add his own
code by customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback
• Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_SPDIFRX_DMAStop()
SPDIFRX HAL driver macros list

Below the list of most used macros in SPDIFRX HAL driver.
• __HAL_SPDIFRX_IDLE: Disable the specified SPDIFRX peripheral (IDEL State)
• __HAL_SPDIFRX_SYNC: Enable the synchronization state of the specified SPDIFRX peripheral (SYNC
State)
• __HAL_SPDIFRX_RCV: Enable the receive state of the specified SPDIFRX peripheral (RCV State)
• __HAL_SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT : Enable the specified SPDIFRX interrupts
• __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT : Disable the specified SPDIFRX interrupts
• __HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified SPDIFRX flag is set or not.
Note: You can refer to the SPDIFRX HAL driver header file for more useful macros

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and de-initialize the SPDIFRX peripheral:
• User must Implement HAL_SPDIFRX_MspInit() function in which he configures all related peripherals
resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
• Call the function HAL_SPDIFRX_Init() to configure the SPDIFRX peripheral with the selected configuration:
– Input Selection (IN0, IN1,...)
– Maximum allowed re-tries during synchronization phase
– Wait for activity on SPDIF selected input
– Channel status selection (from channel A or B)
– Data format (LSB, MSB, ...)
– Stereo mode
– User bits masking (PT,C,U,V,...)
• Call the function HAL_SPDIFRX_DeInit() to restore the default configuration of the selected SPDIFRXx
peripheral.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 974/2236

UM1905

• HAL_SPDIFRX_Init
• HAL_SPDIFRX_DeInit
• HAL_SPDIFRX_MspInit
• HAL_SPDIFRX_MspDeInit
• HAL_SPDIFRX_SetDataFormat

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPDIFRX data transfers.
1. There is two mode of transfer:
the status of the transfer start-up. The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
dedicated SPDIFRX IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode.
– HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow()
– HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow() (+@) Do not use blocking mode to receive both control and
data flow at the same time.
– HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT()
– HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT()
– HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_DMA()
– HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_DMA()
5. A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in No_Blocking mode:
– HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback()
– HAL_SPDIFRX_CxCpltCallback()
• HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow
• HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow
• HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT
• HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT
• HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_DMA
• HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_DMA
• HAL_SPDIFRX_DMAStop
• HAL_SPDIFRX_IRQHandler
• HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback
• HAL_SPDIFRX_CxHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_SPDIFRX_CxCpltCallback
• HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback

This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral and the data flow.
• HAL_SPDIFRX_GetState
• HAL_SPDIFRX_GetError
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 975/2236

UM1905
HAL_SPDIFRX_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_Init (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef * hspdif)
Initializes the SPDIFRX according to the specified parameters in the SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef and create the
associated handle.
Parameters
• hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SPDIFRX_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_DeInit (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef * hspdif)
DeInitializes the SPDIFRX peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SPDIFRX_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_SPDIFRX_MspInit (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef * hspdif)
SPDIFRX MSP Init.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SPDIFRX_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_SPDIFRX_MspDeInit (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef * hspdif)
SPDIFRX MSP DeInit.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 976/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
HAL_SPDIFRX_SetDataFormat
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_SetDataFormat (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef * hspdif,
SPDIFRX_SetDataFormatTypeDef sDataFormat)
Set the SPDIFRX data format according to the specified parameters in the SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef.
Parameters
• sDataFormat: SPDIFRX data format
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef * hspdif, uint32_t *
Receives an amount of data (Data Flow) in blocking mode.
Parameters
• hspdif: pointer to SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for
SPDIFRX module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef * hspdif, uint32_t *
Receives an amount of data (Control Flow) in blocking mode.
Parameters
• hspdif: pointer to a SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for
SPDIFRX module.
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 977/2236

UM1905
HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef * hspdif, uint32_t
Receive an amount of data (Control Flow) with Interrupt.
Parameters
• Size: number of data sample (Control Flow) to be received
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef * hspdif, uint32_t *
pData, uint16_t Size)
Receive an amount of data (Data Flow) in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters
• Size: number of data sample to be received .
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SPDIFRX_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_SPDIFRX_IRQHandler (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef * hspdif)
This function handles SPDIFRX interrupt request.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_DMA (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef * hspdif,
Receive an amount of data (Control Flow) with DMA.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 978/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• Size: number of data (Control Flow) sample to be received
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_DMA (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef * hspdif, uint32_t
Receive an amount of data (Data Flow) mode with DMA.
Parameters
• Size: number of data sample to be received
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SPDIFRX_DMAStop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_DMAStop (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef * hspdif)
stop the audio stream receive from the Media.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef * hspdif)
Rx Transfer (Data flow) half completed callbacks.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 979/2236

UM1905
HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef * hspdif)
Rx Transfer (Data flow) completed callbacks.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef * hspdif)
SPDIFRX error callbacks.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SPDIFRX_CxHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SPDIFRX_CxHalfCpltCallback (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef * hspdif)
Rx (Control flow) Transfer half completed callbacks.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SPDIFRX_CxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SPDIFRX_CxCpltCallback (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef * hspdif)
Rx Transfer (Control flow) completed callbacks.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 980/2236

UM1905
SPDIFRX Firmware driver defines
HAL_SPDIFRX_GetState
Function name
HAL_SPDIFRX_StateTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_GetState (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef const *const hspdif)
Return the SPDIFRX state.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: state
HAL_SPDIFRX_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_SPDIFRX_GetError (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef const *const hspdif)
Return the SPDIFRX error code.
Parameters
Return values
• SPDIFRX: Error Code
63.3 SPDIFRX Firmware driver defines

63.3.1 SPDIFRX
SPDIFRX
SPDIFRX Channel Status Mask
SPDIFRX_CHANNELSTATUS_OFF
SPDIFRX_CHANNELSTATUS_ON
SPDIFRX Channel Selection
SPDIFRX_CHANNEL_A
SPDIFRX_CHANNEL_B
SPDIFRX Data Format
SPDIFRX_DATAFORMAT_LSB
SPDIFRX_DATAFORMAT_MSB
SPDIFRX_DATAFORMAT_32BITS
SPDIFRX Error Code
HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_NONE
No error
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 981/2236

UM1905
HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_TIMEOUT
Timeout error
HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_OVR
OVR error
HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_PE
Parity error
HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_UNKNOWN
Unknown Error error
SPDIFRX Exported Macros
__HAL_SPDIFRX_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset SPDIFRX handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: SPDIFRX handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SPDIFRX_IDLE
Description:
• Disable the specified SPDIFRX peripheral (IDLE State).
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the SPDIFRX Handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SPDIFRX_SYNC
Description:
• Enable the specified SPDIFRX peripheral (SYNC State).
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SPDIFRX_RCV
Description:
• Enable the specified SPDIFRX peripheral (RCV State).
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 982/2236

UM1905
__HAL_SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable or disable the specified SPDIFRX interrupts.
Parameters:
following values:
– SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE
– SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE
– SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE
– SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE
– SPDIFRX_IT_SBLKIE
– SPDIFRX_IT_SYNCDIE
– SPDIFRX_IT_IFEIE
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT
__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Checks if the specified SPDIFRX interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the SPDIFRX interrupt source to check. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
– SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE
– SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE
– SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE
– SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE
– SPDIFRX_IT_SBLKIE
– SPDIFRX_IT_SYNCDIE
– SPDIFRX_IT_IFEIE
Return value:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 983/2236

UM1905
__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Checks whether the specified SPDIFRX flag is set or not.
Parameters:
– SPDIFRX_FLAG_RXNE
– SPDIFRX_FLAG_CSRNE
– SPDIFRX_FLAG_PERR
– SPDIFRX_FLAG_OVR
– SPDIFRX_FLAG_SBD
– SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD
– SPDIFRX_FLAG_FERR
– SPDIFRX_FLAG_SERR
– SPDIFRX_FLAG_TERR
Return value:
__HAL_SPDIFRX_CLEAR_IT
Description:
• Clears the specified SPDIFRX SR flag, in setting the proper IFCR register bit.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the USART Handle.
– SPDIFRX_FLAG_PERR
– SPDIFRX_FLAG_OVR
– SPDIFRX_SR_SBD
– SPDIFRX_SR_SYNCD
Return value:
• None
SPDIFRX Flags Definition
SPDIFRX_FLAG_RXNE
SPDIFRX_FLAG_CSRNE
SPDIFRX_FLAG_PERR
SPDIFRX_FLAG_OVR
SPDIFRX_FLAG_SBD
SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD
SPDIFRX_FLAG_FERR
SPDIFRX_FLAG_SERR
SPDIFRX_FLAG_TERR
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 984/2236

UM1905
SPDIFRX Input Selection
SPDIFRX_INPUT_IN0
SPDIFRX_INPUT_IN1
SPDIFRX_INPUT_IN2
SPDIFRX_INPUT_IN3
SPDIFRX Interrupts Definition
SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE
SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE
SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE
SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE
SPDIFRX_IT_SBLKIE
SPDIFRX_IT_SYNCDIE
SPDIFRX_IT_IFEIE
SPDIFRX Maximum Retries
SPDIFRX_MAXRETRIES_NONE
SPDIFRX_MAXRETRIES_3
SPDIFRX Parity Error Mask
SPDIFRX_PARITYERRORMASK_OFF
SPDIFRX_PARITYERRORMASK_ON
SPDIFRX Preamble Type Mask
SPDIFRX_PREAMBLETYPEMASK_OFF
SPDIFRX_PREAMBLETYPEMASK_ON
SPDIFRX State
SPDIFRX_STATE_IDLE
SPDIFRX_STATE_SYNC
SPDIFRX_STATE_RCV
SPDIFRX Stereo Mode
SPDIFRX_STEREOMODE_DISABLE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 985/2236

UM1905
SPDIFRX_STEREOMODE_ENABLE
SPDIFRX Validity Mask
SPDIFRX_VALIDITYMASK_OFF
SPDIFRX_VALIDITYMASK_ON
SPDIFRX Wait For Activity
SPDIFRX_WAITFORACTIVITY_OFF
SPDIFRX_WAITFORACTIVITY_ON
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 986/2236

UM1905
HAL SPI Generic Driver
64 HAL SPI Generic Driver
64.1 SPI Firmware driver registers structures
64.1.1 SPI_InitTypeDef
SPI_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_spi.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Mode
• uint32_t DataSize
• uint32_t NSS
• uint32_t BaudRatePrescaler
• uint32_t FirstBit
• uint32_t TIMode
• uint32_t CRCCalculation
• uint32_t CRCPolynomial
• uint32_t CRCLength
• uint32_t NSSPMode
Field Documentation
• uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the SPI operating mode. This parameter can be a value of SPI_Mode
• uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::Direction
Specifies the SPI bidirectional mode state. This parameter can be a value of SPI_Direction
• uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::DataSize
Specifies the SPI data size. This parameter can be a value of SPI_Data_Size
• uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::CLKPolarity
Specifies the serial clock steady state. This parameter can be a value of SPI_Clock_Polarity
• uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::CLKPhase
Specifies the clock active edge for the bit capture. This parameter can be a value of SPI_Clock_Phase
• uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::NSS
Specifies whether the NSS signal is managed by hardware (NSS pin) or by software using the SSI bit. This
parameter can be a value of SPI_Slave_Select_management
• uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::BaudRatePrescaler
Specifies the Baud Rate prescaler value which will be used to configure the transmit and receive SCK clock.
This parameter can be a value of SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler
Note:
– The communication clock is derived from the master clock. The slave clock does not need to be set.
• uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::FirstBit
SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission
• uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::TIMode
Specifies if the TI mode is enabled or not. This parameter can be a value of SPI_TI_mode
• uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::CRCCalculation
Specifies if the CRC calculation is enabled or not. This parameter can be a value of SPI_CRC_Calculation
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 987/2236

UM1905
SPI Firmware driver registers structures
• uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::CRCPolynomial
Specifies the polynomial used for the CRC calculation. This parameter must be an odd number between
• uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::CRCLength
Specifies the CRC Length used for the CRC calculation. CRC Length is only used with Data8 and Data16,
not other data size This parameter can be a value of SPI_CRC_length
• uint32_t SPI_InitTypeDef::NSSPMode
Specifies whether the NSSP signal is enabled or not . This parameter can be a value of SPI_NSSP_Mode
This mode is activated by the NSSP bit in the SPIx_CR2 register and it takes effect only if the SPI interface
is configured as Motorola SPI master (FRF=0) with capture on the first edge (SPIx_CR1 CPHA = 0, CPOL
setting is ignored)..
64.1.2 __SPI_HandleTypeDef
__SPI_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_spi.h
Data Fields
• SPI_TypeDef * Instance
• SPI_InitTypeDef Init
• uint32_t CRCSize
• void(* RxISR
• void(* TxISR
• __IO HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation
• SPI_TypeDef* __SPI_HandleTypeDef::Instance
SPI registers base address
• SPI_InitTypeDef __SPI_HandleTypeDef::Init
SPI communication parameters
• uint8_t* __SPI_HandleTypeDef::pTxBuffPtr
Pointer to SPI Tx transfer Buffer
• uint16_t __SPI_HandleTypeDef::TxXferSize
SPI Tx Transfer size
• __IO uint16_t __SPI_HandleTypeDef::TxXferCount
SPI Tx Transfer Counter
• uint8_t* __SPI_HandleTypeDef::pRxBuffPtr
Pointer to SPI Rx transfer Buffer
• uint16_t __SPI_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
SPI Rx Transfer size
• __IO uint16_t __SPI_HandleTypeDef::RxXferCount
SPI Rx Transfer Counter
• uint32_t __SPI_HandleTypeDef::CRCSize
SPI CRC size used for the transfer
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 988/2236

UM1905
SPI Firmware driver API description
• void(* __SPI_HandleTypeDef::RxISR)(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)

function pointer on Rx ISR
• void(* __SPI_HandleTypeDef::TxISR)(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
function pointer on Tx ISR
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* __SPI_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
SPI Tx DMA Handle parameters
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* __SPI_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
SPI Rx DMA Handle parameters
• HAL_LockTypeDef __SPI_HandleTypeDef::Lock
Locking object
• __IO HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef __SPI_HandleTypeDef::State
SPI communication state
• __IO uint32_t __SPI_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
SPI Error code
64.2 SPI Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the SPI library.

The SPI HAL driver can be used as follows:
1. Declare a SPI_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: SPI_HandleTypeDef hspi;
2. Initialize the SPI low level resources by implementing the HAL_SPI_MspInit() API:
a. Enable the SPIx interface clock
b. SPI pins configuration
◦ Enable the clock for the SPI GPIOs
◦ Configure these SPI pins as alternate function push-pull
◦ Configure the SPIx interrupt priority
◦ Enable the NVIC SPI IRQ handle
d. DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process
◦ Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive Stream/Channel
◦ Enable the DMAx clock
◦ Configure the DMA handle parameters
◦ Configure the DMA Tx or Rx Stream/Channel
◦ Associate the initialized hdma_tx(or _rx) handle to the hspi DMA Tx or Rx handle
◦ Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx or
Rx Stream/Channel
3. Program the Mode, BidirectionalMode , Data size, Baudrate Prescaler, NSS management, Clock polarity
and phase, FirstBit and CRC configuration in the hspi Init structure.
4. Initialize the SPI registers by calling the HAL_SPI_Init() API:
customized HAL_SPI_MspInit() API.
Circular mode restriction:
1. The DMA circular mode cannot be used when the SPI is configured in these modes:
a. Master 2Lines RxOnly
b. Master 1Line Rx
2. The CRC feature is not managed when the DMA circular mode is enabled
3. When the SPI DMA Pause/Stop features are used, we must use the following APIs the
HAL_SPI_DMAPause()/ HAL_SPI_DMAStop() only under the SPI callbacks
Master Receive mode restriction:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 989/2236

UM1905
1. In Master unidirectional receive-only mode (MSTR =1, BIDIMODE=0, RXONLY=1) or bidirectional receive
mode (MSTR=1, BIDIMODE=1, BIDIOE=0), to ensure that the SPI does not initiate a new transfer the
following procedure has to be respected:
a. HAL_SPI_DeInit()
b. HAL_SPI_Init()
Callback registration:
1. The compilation flag USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1U allows the user to configure
dynamically the driver callbacks. Use Functions HAL_SPI_RegisterCallback() to register an interrupt
callback. Function HAL_SPI_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks: (+) TxCpltCallback :
SPI Tx Completed callback (+) RxCpltCallback : SPI Rx Completed callback (+) TxRxCpltCallback : SPI
TxRx Completed callback (+) TxHalfCpltCallback : SPI Tx Half Completed callback (+) RxHalfCpltCallback :
SPI Rx Half Completed callback (+) TxRxHalfCpltCallback : SPI TxRx Half Completed callback (+)
ErrorCallback : SPI Error callback (+) AbortCpltCallback : SPI Abort callback (+) MspInitCallback : SPI Msp
Init callback (+) MspDeInitCallback : SPI Msp DeInit callback This function takes as parameters the HAL
peripheral handle, the Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function.
2. Use function HAL_SPI_UnRegisterCallback to reset a callback to the default weak function.
HAL_SPI_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, and the Callback ID. This
function allows to reset following callbacks: (+) TxCpltCallback : SPI Tx Completed callback (+)
RxCpltCallback : SPI Rx Completed callback (+) TxRxCpltCallback : SPI TxRx Completed callback (+)
TxHalfCpltCallback : SPI Tx Half Completed callback (+) RxHalfCpltCallback : SPI Rx Half Completed
callback (+) TxRxHalfCpltCallback : SPI TxRx Half Completed callback (+) ErrorCallback : SPI Error callback
(+) AbortCpltCallback : SPI Abort callback (+) MspInitCallback : SPI Msp Init callback (+)
MspDeInitCallback : SPI Msp DeInit callback By default, after the HAL_SPI_Init() and when the state is
HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions: examples
HAL_SPI_MasterTxCpltCallback(), HAL_SPI_MasterRxCpltCallback(). Exception done for MspInit and
MspDeInit functions that are reset to the legacy weak functions in the HAL_SPI_Init()/ HAL_SPI_DeInit()
only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand). If MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the
HAL_SPI_Init()/ HAL_SPI_DeInit() keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered
beforehand) whatever the state. Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_SPI_STATE_READY
state only. Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit functions that can be registered/unregistered in
HAL_SPI_STATE_READY or HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET state, thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit
callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit. Then, the user first registers the MspInit/MspDeInit user
callbacks using HAL_SPI_RegisterCallback() before calling HAL_SPI_DeInit() or HAL_SPI_Init() function.
When The compilation define USE_HAL_PPP_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the
Callback registration: (#) The compilation flag USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1U allows
the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks. Use Functions HAL_SPI_RegisterCallback() to register an
interrupt callback. Function HAL_SPI_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
• TxCpltCallback : SPI Tx Completed callback
• RxCpltCallback : SPI Rx Completed callback
• TxRxCpltCallback : SPI TxRx Completed callback
• TxHalfCpltCallback : SPI Tx Half Completed callback
• RxHalfCpltCallback : SPI Rx Half Completed callback
• TxRxHalfCpltCallback : SPI TxRx Half Completed callback
• ErrorCallback : SPI Error callback
• AbortCpltCallback : SPI Abort callback
• MspInitCallback : SPI Msp Init callback
• MspDeInitCallback : SPI Msp DeInit callback This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
the Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function. (#) Use function HAL_SPI_UnRegisterCallback
to reset a callback to the default weak function. HAL_SPI_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL
peripheral handle, and the Callback ID. This function allows to reset following callbacks:
• TxCpltCallback : SPI Tx Completed callback
• RxCpltCallback : SPI Rx Completed callback
• TxRxCpltCallback : SPI TxRx Completed callback
• TxHalfCpltCallback : SPI Tx Half Completed callback
• RxHalfCpltCallback : SPI Rx Half Completed callback
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 990/2236

UM1905
• TxRxHalfCpltCallback : SPI TxRx Half Completed callback

• ErrorCallback : SPI Error callback
• AbortCpltCallback : SPI Abort callback
• MspInitCallback : SPI Msp Init callback
• MspDeInitCallback : SPI Msp DeInit callback By default, after the HAL_SPI_Init() and when the state is
HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions: examples
HAL_SPI_MasterTxCpltCallback(), HAL_SPI_MasterRxCpltCallback(). Exception done for MspInit and
MspDeInit functions that are reset to the legacy weak functions in the HAL_SPI_Init()/ HAL_SPI_DeInit()
only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand). If MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the
HAL_SPI_Init()/ HAL_SPI_DeInit() keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered
beforehand) whatever the state. Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_SPI_STATE_READY
state only. Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit functions that can be registered/unregistered in
HAL_SPI_STATE_READY or HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET state, thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit
callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit. Then, the user first registers the MspInit/MspDeInit user
callbacks using HAL_SPI_RegisterCallback() before calling HAL_SPI_DeInit() or HAL_SPI_Init() function.
When The compilation define USE_HAL_PPP_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the
Using the HAL it is not possible to reach all supported SPI frequency with the different SPI Modes, the following
table resume the max SPI frequency reached with data size 8bits/16bits, according to frequency of the APBx
Peripheral Clock (fPCLK) used by the SPI instance.

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and de-initialize the SPIx peripheral:
• User must implement HAL_SPI_MspInit() function in which he configures all related peripherals resources
• Call the function HAL_SPI_Init() to configure the selected device with the selected configuration:
– Mode
– Direction
– Data Size
– Clock Polarity and Phase
– NSS Management
– BaudRate Prescaler
– FirstBit
– TIMode
– CRC Calculation
– CRC Polynomial if CRC enabled
– CRC Length, used only with Data8 and Data16
– FIFO reception threshold
• Call the function HAL_SPI_DeInit() to restore the default configuration of the selected SPIx peripheral.
• HAL_SPI_Init
• HAL_SPI_DeInit
• HAL_SPI_MspInit
• HAL_SPI_MspDeInit

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI data transfers.
The SPI supports master and slave mode :
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 991/2236

UM1905

– Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. The HAL status of all data
– No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts or DMA, These APIs return the
HAL status. The end of the data processing will be indicated through the dedicated SPI IRQ when
using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode. The HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(),
HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() and HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback() user callbacks will be executed
respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process The HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback()user callback
will be executed when a communication error is detected
2. APIs provided for these 2 transfer modes (Blocking mode or Non blocking mode using either Interrupt or
DMA) exist for 1Line (simplex) and 2Lines (full duplex) modes.
• HAL_SPI_Transmit
• HAL_SPI_Receive
• HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive
• HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT
• HAL_SPI_Receive_IT
• HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT
• HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA
• HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA
• HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA
• HAL_SPI_Abort
• HAL_SPI_Abort_IT
• HAL_SPI_DMAPause
• HAL_SPI_DMAResume
• HAL_SPI_DMAStop
• HAL_SPI_IRQHandler
• HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback
• HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback
• HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback
• HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback
• HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SPI.
• HAL_SPI_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the SPI peripheral
• HAL_SPI_GetError() check in run-time Errors occurring during communication
• HAL_SPI_GetState
• HAL_SPI_GetError
HAL_SPI_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Init (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 992/2236

UM1905
Initialize the SPI according to the specified parameters in the SPI_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated
handle.
Parameters
• hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for SPI module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SPI_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DeInit (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
De-Initialize the SPI peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SPI_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_SPI_MspInit (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Initialize the SPI MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SPI_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_SPI_MspDeInit (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
De-Initialize the SPI MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SPI_Transmit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 993/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• pData: pointer to data buffer
• Size: amount of data to be sent
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SPI_Receive
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
Parameters
• Size: amount of data to be received
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi, uint8_t * pTxData, uint8_t *
pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Transmit and Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters
• pTxData: pointer to transmission data buffer
• pRxData: pointer to reception data buffer
• Size: amount of data to be sent and received
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 994/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SPI_Receive_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_IT (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi, uint8_t * pTxData, uint8_t
* pRxData, uint16_t Size)
Transmit and Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt.
Parameters
• Size: amount of data to be sent and received
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 995/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• In case of MASTER mode and SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES direction, hdmatx shall be defined.
• When the CRC feature is enabled the pData Length must be Size + 1.
HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi, uint8_t * pTxData,
uint8_t * pRxData, uint16_t Size)
Transmit and Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• When the CRC feature is enabled the pRxData Length must be Size + 1
HAL_SPI_DMAPause
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAPause (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 996/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the specified
SPI module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SPI_DMAResume
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAResume (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Parameters
SPI module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SPI_DMAStop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAStop (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Parameters
SPI module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SPI_Abort
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Abort (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Abort ongoing transfer (blocking mode).
Parameters
• hspi: SPI handle.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer (Tx and Rx), started in Interrupt or DMA
mode. This procedure performs following operations : Disable SPI Interrupts (depending of transfer
direction)Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)Abort DMA transfer by calling
HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode)Set handle State to READY
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 997/2236

UM1905
HAL_SPI_Abort_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Abort_IT (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Abort ongoing transfer (Interrupt mode).
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer (Tx and Rx), started in Interrupt or DMA
mode. This procedure performs following operations : Disable SPI Interrupts (depending of transfer
direction)Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled)Abort DMA transfer by calling
HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode)Set handle State to READYAt abort completion, call
user abort complete callback
HAL_SPI_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_SPI_IRQHandler (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Handle SPI interrupt request.
Parameters
SPI module.
Return values
• None:
HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 998/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Tx and Rx Transfer completed callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 999/2236

UM1905
Tx and Rx Half Transfer callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
SPI error callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
SPI Abort Complete callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_SPI_GetState
Function name
HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef HAL_SPI_GetState (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Return the SPI handle state.
Parameters
Return values
• SPI: state
HAL_SPI_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_SPI_GetError (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1000/2236

UM1905
SPI Firmware driver defines
Return the SPI error code.
Parameters
Return values
• SPI: error code in bitmap format
64.3 SPI Firmware driver defines

64.3.1 SPI
SPI
SPI BaudRate Prescaler
SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_2
SPI Clock Phase
SPI_PHASE_1EDGE
SPI_PHASE_2EDGE
SPI Clock Polarity
SPI_POLARITY_LOW
SPI_POLARITY_HIGH
SPI CRC Calculation
SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE
SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE
SPI CRC Length
SPI_CRC_LENGTH_DATASIZE
SPI_CRC_LENGTH_8BIT
SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT
SPI Data Size
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1001/2236

UM1905
SPI_DATASIZE_4BIT
SPI_DATASIZE_5BIT
SPI_DATASIZE_6BIT
SPI_DATASIZE_7BIT
SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT
SPI_DATASIZE_9BIT
SPI_DATASIZE_10BIT
SPI_DATASIZE_11BIT
SPI_DATASIZE_12BIT
SPI_DATASIZE_13BIT
SPI_DATASIZE_14BIT
SPI_DATASIZE_15BIT
SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT
SPI Direction Mode
SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES
SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY
SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE
SPI Error Code
HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_SPI_ERROR_MODF
MODF error
HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC
CRC error
HAL_SPI_ERROR_OVR
OVR error
HAL_SPI_ERROR_FRE
FRE error
HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG
Error on RXNE/TXE/BSY/FTLVL/FRLVL Flag
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1002/2236

UM1905
HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT
Error during SPI Abort procedure
SPI Exported Macros
__HAL_SPI_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset SPI handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the SPI Handle. This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI
peripheral.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the specified SPI interrupts.
Parameters:
peripheral.
values:
– SPI_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt enable
– SPI_IT_RXNE: RX buffer not empty interrupt enable
– SPI_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the specified SPI interrupts.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the SPI handle. This parameter can be SPIx where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI
peripheral.
values:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1003/2236

UM1905
__HAL_SPI_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Check whether the specified SPI interrupt source is enabled or not.
Parameters:
peripheral.
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the SPI interrupt source to check. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
Return value:
__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Check whether the specified SPI flag is set or not.
Parameters:
peripheral.
– SPI_FLAG_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty flag
– SPI_FLAG_TXE: Transmit buffer empty flag
– SPI_FLAG_CRCERR: CRC error flag
– SPI_FLAG_MODF: Mode fault flag
– SPI_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag
– SPI_FLAG_BSY: Busy flag
– SPI_FLAG_FRE: Frame format error flag
– SPI_FLAG_FTLVL: SPI fifo transmission level
– SPI_FLAG_FRLVL: SPI fifo reception level
Return value:
__HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG
Description:
• Clear the SPI CRCERR pending flag.
Parameters:
peripheral.
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1004/2236

UM1905
__HAL_SPI_CLEAR_MODFFLAG
Description:
• Clear the SPI MODF pending flag.
Parameters:
peripheral.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG
Description:
• Clear the SPI OVR pending flag.
Parameters:
peripheral.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG
Description:
• Clear the SPI FRE pending flag.
Parameters:
peripheral.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SPI_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the SPI peripheral.
Parameters:
peripheral.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_SPI_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the SPI peripheral.
Parameters:
peripheral.
Return value:
• None
SPI FIFO Reception Threshold
SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD
SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_QF
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1005/2236

UM1905
SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_HF
SPI Flags Definition
SPI_FLAG_RXNE
SPI_FLAG_TXE
SPI_FLAG_BSY
SPI_FLAG_CRCERR
SPI_FLAG_MODF
SPI_FLAG_OVR
SPI_FLAG_FRE
SPI_FLAG_FTLVL
SPI_FLAG_FRLVL
SPI_FLAG_MASK
SPI Interrupt Definition
SPI_IT_TXE
SPI_IT_RXNE
SPI_IT_ERR
SPI Mode
SPI_MODE_SLAVE
SPI_MODE_MASTER
SPI MSB LSB Transmission
SPI_FIRSTBIT_MSB
SPI_FIRSTBIT_LSB
SPI NSS Pulse Mode
SPI_NSS_PULSE_ENABLE
SPI_NSS_PULSE_DISABLE
SPI Reception FIFO Status Level
SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY
SPI_FRLVL_QUARTER_FULL
SPI_FRLVL_HALF_FULL
SPI_FRLVL_FULL
SPI Slave Select Management
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1006/2236

UM1905
SPI_NSS_SOFT
SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT
SPI_NSS_HARD_OUTPUT
SPI TI Mode
SPI_TIMODE_DISABLE
SPI_TIMODE_ENABLE
SPI Transmission FIFO Status Level
SPI_FTLVL_EMPTY
SPI_FTLVL_QUARTER_FULL
SPI_FTLVL_HALF_FULL
SPI_FTLVL_FULL
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1007/2236

UM1905
HAL SPI Extension Driver
65 HAL SPI Extension Driver
65.1 SPIEx Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the SPIEx library.

This subsection provides a set of extended functions to manage the SPI data transfers.
1. Rx data flush function:
– HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo()
• HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo
HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo (SPI_HandleTypeDef * hspi)
Flush the RX fifo.
Parameters
SPI module.
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1008/2236

UM1905
HAL SRAM Generic Driver
66 HAL SRAM Generic Driver
66.1 SRAM Firmware driver registers structures
66.1.1 SRAM_HandleTypeDef
SRAM_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_sram.h
Data Fields
• FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef * Instance
• FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef * Extended
• FMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef Init
• __IO HAL_SRAM_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation
• FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef* SRAM_HandleTypeDef::Instance
• FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef* SRAM_HandleTypeDef::Extended
Extended mode register base address
• FMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef SRAM_HandleTypeDef::Init
SRAM device control configuration parameters
• HAL_LockTypeDef SRAM_HandleTypeDef::Lock
SRAM locking object
• __IO HAL_SRAM_StateTypeDef SRAM_HandleTypeDef::State
SRAM device access state
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* SRAM_HandleTypeDef::hdma
Pointer DMA handler
66.2 SRAM Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the SRAM library.

This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to control SRAM memories. It uses the
FMC layer functions to interface with SRAM devices. The following sequence should be followed to configure the
FMC to interface with SRAM/PSRAM memories:
1. Declare a SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: SRAM_HandleTypeDef hsram; and:
– Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Init" field with the allowed values of the structure member.
– Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Instance" field with a predefined base register instance for NOR
or SRAM device
– Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Extended" field with a predefined base register instance for
NOR or SRAM extended mode
2. Declare two FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef structures, for both normal and extended mode timings; for
example: FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef Timing and FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef ExTiming; and fill
its fields with the allowed values of the structure member.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1009/2236

UM1905
SRAM Firmware driver API description
3. Initialize the SRAM Controller by calling the function HAL_SRAM_Init(). This function performs the following
sequence:
a. MSP hardware layer configuration using the function HAL_SRAM_MspInit()
b. Control register configuration using the FMC NORSRAM interface function FMC_NORSRAM_Init()
c. Timing register configuration using the FMC NORSRAM interface function
FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init()
d. Extended mode Timing register configuration using the FMC NORSRAM interface function
FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init()
e. Enable the SRAM device using the macro __FMC_NORSRAM_ENABLE()
4. At this stage you can perform read/write accesses from/to the memory connected to the NOR/SRAM Bank.
You can perform either polling or DMA transfer using the following APIs:
– HAL_SRAM_Read()/HAL_SRAM_Write() for polling read/write access
– HAL_SRAM_Read_DMA()/HAL_SRAM_Write_DMA() for DMA read/write transfer
5. You can also control the SRAM device by calling the control APIs HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/
HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the SRAM write operation
6. You can continuously monitor the SRAM device HAL state by calling the function HAL_SRAM_GetState()
The compilation define USE_HAL_SRAM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows the user to configure
dynamically the driver callbacks. Use Functions @ref HAL_SRAM_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback,
it allows to register following callbacks:
• MspInitCallback : SRAM MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : SRAM MspDeInit. This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the
HAL_SRAM_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default weak (surcharged) function. It allows to
reset following callbacks:
• MspInitCallback : SRAM MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : SRAM MspDeInit. This function) takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle and
the Callback ID. By default, after the @ref HAL_SRAM_Init and if the state is HAL_SRAM_STATE_RESET
all callbacks are reset to the corresponding legacy weak (surcharged) functions. Exception done for MspInit
HAL_SRAM_Init and @ref HAL_SRAM_DeInit only when these callbacks are null (not registered
beforehand). If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref HAL_SRAM_Init and @ref
HAL_SRAM_DeInit keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand) Callbacks
HAL_SRAM_RegisterCallback before calling @ref HAL_SRAM_DeInit or @ref HAL_SRAM_Init function.
When The compilation define USE_HAL_SRAM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the
66.2.2 SRAM Initialization and de_initialization functions

This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize the SRAM memory
• HAL_SRAM_Init
• HAL_SRAM_DeInit
• HAL_SRAM_MspInit
• HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit
• HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback
• HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback
66.2.3 SRAM Input and Output functions

This section provides functions allowing to use and control the SRAM memory
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1010/2236

UM1905
• HAL_SRAM_Read_8b
• HAL_SRAM_Write_8b
• HAL_SRAM_Read_DMA
• HAL_SRAM_Write_DMA
• HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback
• HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback
66.2.4 SRAM Control functions

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically the SRAM interface.
• HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Enable
• HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Disable
66.2.5 SRAM State functions

This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the SRAM controller and the data flow.
• HAL_SRAM_GetState
HAL_SRAM_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Init (SRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsram, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *
Timing, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef * ExtTiming)
Performs the SRAM device initialization sequence.
Parameters
• hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for SRAM
module.
• Timing: Pointer to SRAM control timing structure
• ExtTiming: Pointer to SRAM extended mode timing structure
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SRAM_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_DeInit (SRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsram)
Performs the SRAM device De-initialization sequence.
Parameters
module.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1011/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SRAM_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_SRAM_MspInit (SRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsram)
SRAM MSP Init.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• None:
HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit (SRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsram)
SRAM MSP DeInit.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• None:
HAL_SRAM_Read_8b
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_8b (SRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsram, uint32_t * pAddress, uint8_t *
pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
Reads 8-bit buffer from SRAM memory.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SRAM_Write_8b
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_8b (SRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsram, uint32_t * pAddress, uint8_t *
pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1012/2236

UM1905
Writes 8-bit buffer to SRAM memory.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SRAM_Read_16b
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_16b (SRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsram, uint32_t * pAddress,
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SRAM_Write_16b
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_16b (SRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsram, uint32_t * pAddress,
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SRAM_Read_32b
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_32b (SRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsram, uint32_t * pAddress,
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1013/2236

UM1905
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SRAM_Write_32b
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_32b (SRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsram, uint32_t * pAddress,
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SRAM_Read_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_DMA (SRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsram, uint32_t * pAddress,
Reads a Words data from the SRAM memory using DMA transfer.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SRAM_Write_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_DMA (SRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsram, uint32_t * pAddress,
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1014/2236

UM1905
Writes a Words data buffer to SRAM memory using DMA transfer.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
DMA transfer complete callback.
Parameters
• hdma: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for SRAM
module.
Return values
• None:
HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
DMA transfer complete error callback.
Parameters
• hdma: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for SRAM
module.
Return values
• None:
HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Enable
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Enable (SRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsram)
Enables dynamically SRAM write operation.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1015/2236

UM1905
SRAM Firmware driver defines
HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Disable
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Disable (SRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsram)
Disables dynamically SRAM write operation.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_SRAM_GetState
Function name
HAL_SRAM_StateTypeDef HAL_SRAM_GetState (SRAM_HandleTypeDef * hsram)
Returns the SRAM controller state.
Parameters
module.
Return values
• HAL: state
66.3 SRAM Firmware driver defines

66.3.1 SRAM
SRAM
SRAM Exported Macros
__HAL_SRAM_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset SRAM handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: SRAM handle
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1016/2236

UM1905
HAL TIM Generic Driver
67 HAL TIM Generic Driver
67.1 TIM Firmware driver registers structures
67.1.1 TIM_Base_InitTypeDef
TIM_Base_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_tim.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t CounterMode
• uint32_t Period
• uint32_t ClockDivision
• uint32_t RepetitionCounter
• uint32_t AutoReloadPreload
Field Documentation
• uint32_t TIM_Base_InitTypeDef::Prescaler
Specifies the prescaler value used to divide the TIM clock. This parameter can be a number between
Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF
• uint32_t TIM_Base_InitTypeDef::CounterMode
Specifies the counter mode. This parameter can be a value of TIM_Counter_Mode
• uint32_t TIM_Base_InitTypeDef::Period
Specifies the period value to be loaded into the active Auto-Reload Register at the next update event. This
parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF.
• uint32_t TIM_Base_InitTypeDef::ClockDivision
Specifies the clock division. This parameter can be a value of TIM_ClockDivision
• uint32_t TIM_Base_InitTypeDef::RepetitionCounter
Specifies the repetition counter value. Each time the RCR downcounter reaches zero, an update event is
generated and counting restarts from the RCR value (N). This means in PWM mode that (N+1) corresponds
to:
– the number of PWM periods in edge-aligned mode
– the number of half PWM period in center-aligned mode GP timers: this parameter must be a number
between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF. Advanced timers: this parameter must be a number
between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF.
• uint32_t TIM_Base_InitTypeDef::AutoReloadPreload
Specifies the auto-reload preload. This parameter can be a value of TIM_AutoReloadPreload
67.1.2 TIM_OC_InitTypeDef
TIM_OC_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_tim.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t OCMode
• uint32_t Pulse
• uint32_t OCPolarity
• uint32_t OCNPolarity
• uint32_t OCFastMode
• uint32_t OCIdleState
• uint32_t OCNIdleState
Field Documentation
• uint32_t TIM_OC_InitTypeDef::OCMode
Specifies the TIM mode. This parameter can be a value of TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1017/2236

UM1905
TIM Firmware driver registers structures
• uint32_t TIM_OC_InitTypeDef::Pulse
Specifies the pulse value to be loaded into the Capture Compare Register. This parameter can be a number
between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF
• uint32_t TIM_OC_InitTypeDef::OCPolarity
Specifies the output polarity. This parameter can be a value of TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity
• uint32_t TIM_OC_InitTypeDef::OCNPolarity
Specifies the complementary output polarity. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_Output_Compare_N_Polarity
Note:
– This parameter is valid only for timer instances supporting break feature.
• uint32_t TIM_OC_InitTypeDef::OCFastMode
Specifies the Fast mode state. This parameter can be a value of TIM_Output_Fast_State
Note:
– This parameter is valid only in PWM1 and PWM2 mode.
• uint32_t TIM_OC_InitTypeDef::OCIdleState
Specifies the TIM Output Compare pin state during Idle state. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_Output_Compare_Idle_State
Note:
• uint32_t TIM_OC_InitTypeDef::OCNIdleState
TIM_Output_Compare_N_Idle_State
Note:
67.1.3 TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef
TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_tim.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t OCMode
• uint32_t Pulse
• uint32_t ICPolarity
• uint32_t ICSelection
• uint32_t ICFilter
Field Documentation
• uint32_t TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef::OCMode
Specifies the TIM mode. This parameter can be a value of TIM_Output_Compare_and_PWM_modes
• uint32_t TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef::Pulse
• uint32_t TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef::OCPolarity
Specifies the output polarity. This parameter can be a value of TIM_Output_Compare_Polarity
• uint32_t TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef::OCNPolarity
TIM_Output_Compare_N_Polarity
Note:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1018/2236

UM1905
• uint32_t TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef::OCIdleState
TIM_Output_Compare_Idle_State
Note:
• uint32_t TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef::OCNIdleState
TIM_Output_Compare_N_Idle_State
Note:
• uint32_t TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef::ICPolarity
Specifies the active edge of the input signal. This parameter can be a value of TIM_Input_Capture_Polarity
• uint32_t TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef::ICSelection
Specifies the input. This parameter can be a value of TIM_Input_Capture_Selection
• uint32_t TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef::ICFilter
Specifies the input capture filter. This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0 and Max_Data =
0xF
67.1.4 TIM_IC_InitTypeDef
TIM_IC_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_tim.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t ICSelection
• uint32_t ICPrescaler
Field Documentation
• uint32_t TIM_IC_InitTypeDef::ICPolarity
• uint32_t TIM_IC_InitTypeDef::ICSelection
• uint32_t TIM_IC_InitTypeDef::ICPrescaler
Specifies the Input Capture Prescaler. This parameter can be a value of TIM_Input_Capture_Prescaler
• uint32_t TIM_IC_InitTypeDef::ICFilter
0xF
67.1.5 TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef
TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_tim.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t EncoderMode
• uint32_t IC1Polarity
• uint32_t IC1Selection
• uint32_t IC1Prescaler
• uint32_t IC1Filter
• uint32_t IC2Selection
Field Documentation
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1019/2236

UM1905
• uint32_t TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef::EncoderMode
Specifies the active edge of the input signal. This parameter can be a value of TIM_Encoder_Mode
• uint32_t TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef::IC1Polarity
Specifies the active edge of the input signal. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_Encoder_Input_Polarity
• uint32_t TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef::IC1Selection
• uint32_t TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef::IC1Prescaler
• uint32_t TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef::IC1Filter
0xF
• uint32_t TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef::IC2Polarity
TIM_Encoder_Input_Polarity
• uint32_t TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef::IC2Selection
• uint32_t TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef::IC2Prescaler
• uint32_t TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef::IC2Filter
0xF
67.1.6 TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef
TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_tim.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t ClockPolarity
• uint32_t ClockFilter
Field Documentation
• uint32_t TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef::ClockSource
TIM clock sources This parameter can be a value of TIM_Clock_Source
• uint32_t TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef::ClockPolarity
TIM clock polarity This parameter can be a value of TIM_Clock_Polarity
• uint32_t TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef::ClockPrescaler
TIM clock prescaler This parameter can be a value of TIM_Clock_Prescaler
• uint32_t TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef::ClockFilter
TIM clock filter This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0 and Max_Data = 0xF
67.1.7 TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef
TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_tim.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t ClearInputState
• uint32_t ClearInputSource
• uint32_t ClearInputPolarity
• uint32_t ClearInputPrescaler
• uint32_t ClearInputFilter
Field Documentation
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1020/2236

UM1905
• uint32_t TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef::ClearInputState
TIM clear Input state This parameter can be ENABLE or DISABLE
• uint32_t TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef::ClearInputSource
TIM clear Input sources This parameter can be a value of TIM_ClearInput_Source
• uint32_t TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef::ClearInputPolarity
TIM Clear Input polarity This parameter can be a value of TIM_ClearInput_Polarity
• uint32_t TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef::ClearInputPrescaler
TIM Clear Input prescaler This parameter must be 0: When OCRef clear feature is used with ETR source,
ETR prescaler must be off
• uint32_t TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef::ClearInputFilter
TIM Clear Input filter This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0 and Max_Data = 0xF
67.1.8 TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef
TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_tim.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t MasterOutputTrigger
• uint32_t MasterOutputTrigger2
• uint32_t MasterSlaveMode
Field Documentation
• uint32_t TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef::MasterOutputTrigger
Trigger output (TRGO) selection This parameter can be a value of TIM_Master_Mode_Selection
• uint32_t TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef::MasterOutputTrigger2
Trigger output2 (TRGO2) selection This parameter can be a value of TIM_Master_Mode_Selection_2
• uint32_t TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef::MasterSlaveMode
Master/slave mode selection This parameter can be a value of TIM_Master_Slave_Mode
Note:
– When the Master/slave mode is enabled, the effect of an event on the trigger input (TRGI) is delayed to
allow a perfect synchronization between the current timer and its slaves (through TRGO). It is not
mandatory in case of timer synchronization mode.
67.1.9 TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef
TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_tim.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t SlaveMode
• uint32_t InputTrigger
• uint32_t TriggerPolarity
• uint32_t TriggerPrescaler
• uint32_t TriggerFilter
Field Documentation
• uint32_t TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef::SlaveMode
Slave mode selection This parameter can be a value of TIM_Slave_Mode
• uint32_t TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef::InputTrigger
Input Trigger source This parameter can be a value of TIM_Trigger_Selection
• uint32_t TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef::TriggerPolarity
Input Trigger polarity This parameter can be a value of TIM_Trigger_Polarity
• uint32_t TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef::TriggerPrescaler
Input trigger prescaler This parameter can be a value of TIM_Trigger_Prescaler
• uint32_t TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef::TriggerFilter
Input trigger filter This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0 and Max_Data = 0xF
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1021/2236

UM1905
67.1.10 TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef
TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_tim.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t OffStateRunMode
• uint32_t OffStateIDLEMode
• uint32_t LockLevel
• uint32_t DeadTime
• uint32_t BreakState
• uint32_t BreakPolarity
• uint32_t BreakFilter
• uint32_t Break2State
• uint32_t Break2Polarity
• uint32_t Break2Filter
• uint32_t AutomaticOutput
Field Documentation
• uint32_t TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef::OffStateRunMode
TIM off state in run mode This parameter can be a value of
TIM_OSSR_Off_State_Selection_for_Run_mode_state
• uint32_t TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef::OffStateIDLEMode
TIM off state in IDLE mode This parameter can be a value of
TIM_OSSI_Off_State_Selection_for_Idle_mode_state
• uint32_t TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef::LockLevel
TIM Lock level This parameter can be a value of TIM_Lock_level
• uint32_t TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef::DeadTime
TIM dead Time This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF
• uint32_t TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef::BreakState
TIM Break State This parameter can be a value of TIM_Break_Input_enable_disable
• uint32_t TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef::BreakPolarity
TIM Break input polarity This parameter can be a value of TIM_Break_Polarity
• uint32_t TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef::BreakFilter
Specifies the break input filter. This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0 and Max_Data =
0xF
• uint32_t TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef::Break2State
TIM Break2 State This parameter can be a value of TIM_Break2_Input_enable_disable
• uint32_t TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef::Break2Polarity
TIM Break2 input polarity This parameter can be a value of TIM_Break2_Polarity
• uint32_t TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef::Break2Filter
TIM break2 input filter. This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0 and Max_Data = 0xF
• uint32_t TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef::AutomaticOutput
TIM Automatic Output Enable state This parameter can be a value of TIM_AOE_Bit_Set_Reset
67.1.11 TIM_HandleTypeDef
TIM_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_tim.h
Data Fields
• TIM_TypeDef * Instance
• TIM_Base_InitTypeDef Init
• HAL_TIM_ActiveChannel Channel
• __IO HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef State
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1022/2236

UM1905
TIM Firmware driver API description
• __IO HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef ChannelState

• __IO HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef ChannelNState
• __IO HAL_TIM_DMABurstStateTypeDef DMABurstState
Field Documentation
• TIM_TypeDef* TIM_HandleTypeDef::Instance
• TIM_Base_InitTypeDef TIM_HandleTypeDef::Init
TIM Time Base required parameters
• HAL_TIM_ActiveChannel TIM_HandleTypeDef::Channel
Active channel
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* TIM_HandleTypeDef::hdma[7]
DMA Handlers array This array is accessed by a DMA_Handle_index
• HAL_LockTypeDef TIM_HandleTypeDef::Lock
Locking object
• __IO HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef TIM_HandleTypeDef::State
TIM operation state
• __IO HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef TIM_HandleTypeDef::ChannelState[6]
TIM channel operation state
• __IO HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef TIM_HandleTypeDef::ChannelNState[4]
TIM complementary channel operation state
• __IO HAL_TIM_DMABurstStateTypeDef TIM_HandleTypeDef::DMABurstState
DMA burst operation state
67.2 TIM Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the TIM library.
67.2.1 TIMER Generic features

The Timer features include:
1. 16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter.
2. 16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the counter clock frequency either by any
factor between 1 and 65536.
3. Up to 4 independent channels for:
– Input Capture
– Output Compare
– PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode)
– One-pulse mode output
4. Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to interconnect several timers together.
5. Supports incremental encoder for positioning purposes

1. Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions depending on the selected
feature:
– Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit()
– Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit()
– Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit()
– PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit()
– One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit()
– Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit()
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1023/2236

UM1905
2. Initialize the TIM low level resources :

a. Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE();
b. TIM pins configuration
◦ Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function:
◦ Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init();
3. The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the internal clock from the APBx), using
the following function: HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before any
start function.
4. Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the Initialization function of this driver:
– HAL_TIM_Base_Init: to use the Timer to generate a simple time base
– HAL_TIM_OC_Init and HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate an Output
Compare signal.
– HAL_TIM_PWM_Init and HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate a PWM signal.
– HAL_TIM_IC_Init and HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to measure an external signal.
– HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init and HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer in One Pulse
Mode.
– HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init: to use the Timer Encoder Interface.
5. Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions depending from the feature used:
– Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_Start(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT()
– Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_Start(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT()
– Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_Start(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT()
– PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT()
– One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(), HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT()
– Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(),
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT().
6. The DMA Burst is managed with the two following functions: HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart()
HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart()
The compilation define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows the user to configure
Use Function @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() to register a callback. @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() takes
as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function.
Use function @ref HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default weak function. @ref
HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, and the Callback ID.
These functions allow to register/unregister following callbacks:
• Base_MspInitCallback : TIM Base Msp Init Callback.
• Base_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Base Msp DeInit Callback.
• IC_MspInitCallback : TIM IC Msp Init Callback.
• IC_MspDeInitCallback : TIM IC Msp DeInit Callback.
• OC_MspInitCallback : TIM OC Msp Init Callback.
• OC_MspDeInitCallback : TIM OC Msp DeInit Callback.
• PWM_MspInitCallback : TIM PWM Msp Init Callback.
• PWM_MspDeInitCallback : TIM PWM Msp DeInit Callback.
• OnePulse_MspInitCallback : TIM One Pulse Msp Init Callback.
• OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback : TIM One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback.
• Encoder_MspInitCallback : TIM Encoder Msp Init Callback.
• Encoder_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Encoder Msp DeInit Callback.
• HallSensor_MspInitCallback : TIM Hall Sensor Msp Init Callback.
• HallSensor_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Hall Sensor Msp DeInit Callback.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1024/2236

UM1905
• PeriodElapsedCallback : TIM Period Elapsed Callback.

• PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback : TIM Period Elapsed half complete Callback.
• TriggerCallback : TIM Trigger Callback.
• TriggerHalfCpltCallback : TIM Trigger half complete Callback.
• IC_CaptureCallback : TIM Input Capture Callback.
• IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback : TIM Input Capture half complete Callback.
• OC_DelayElapsedCallback : TIM Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback.
• PWM_PulseFinishedCallback : TIM PWM Pulse Finished Callback.
• PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback : TIM PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback.
• ErrorCallback : TIM Error Callback.
• CommutationCallback : TIM Commutation Callback.
• CommutationHalfCpltCallback : TIM Commutation half complete Callback.
• BreakCallback : TIM Break Callback.
• Break2Callback : TIM Break2 Callback.
By default, after the Init and when the state is HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET all interrupt callbacks are set to the
corresponding weak functions: examples @ref HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(), @ref HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback().
Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are reset to the legacy weak functionalities in the Init /
DeInit only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand). If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the
Init / DeInit keep and use the user MspInit / MspDeInit callbacks(registered beforehand)
Callbacks can be registered / unregistered in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY state only. Exception done MspInit /
MspDeInit that can be registered / unregistered in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY or HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET state,
thus registered(user) MspInit / DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init / DeInit. In that case first register the
MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks using @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() before calling DeInit or Init function.
When The compilation define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the callback
67.2.3 Time Base functions

• Initialize and configure the TIM base.
• De-initialize the TIM base.
• Start the Time Base.
• Stop the Time Base.
• Start the Time Base and enable interrupt.
• Stop the Time Base and disable interrupt.
• Start the Time Base and enable DMA transfer.
• Stop the Time Base and disable DMA transfer.
• HAL_TIM_Base_Init
• HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit
• HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit
• HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit
• HAL_TIM_Base_Start
• HAL_TIM_Base_Stop
• HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT
• HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT
• HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA
• HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA
67.2.4 TIM Output Compare functions

• Initialize and configure the TIM Output Compare.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1025/2236

UM1905
• De-initialize the TIM Output Compare.

• Start the TIM Output Compare.
• Stop the TIM Output Compare.
• Start the TIM Output Compare and enable interrupt.
• Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable interrupt.
• Start the TIM Output Compare and enable DMA transfer.
• Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable DMA transfer.
• HAL_TIM_OC_Init
• HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit
• HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit
• HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit
• HAL_TIM_OC_Start
• HAL_TIM_OC_Stop
• HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT
• HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT
• HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA
• HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA
67.2.5 TIM PWM functions

• Initialize and configure the TIM PWM.
• De-initialize the TIM PWM.
• Start the TIM PWM.
• Stop the TIM PWM.
• Start the TIM PWM and enable interrupt.
• Stop the TIM PWM and disable interrupt.
• Start the TIM PWM and enable DMA transfer.
• Stop the TIM PWM and disable DMA transfer.
• HAL_TIM_PWM_Init
• HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit
• HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit
• HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit
• HAL_TIM_PWM_Start
• HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop
• HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT
• HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT
• HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA
• HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA
67.2.6 TIM Input Capture functions

• Initialize and configure the TIM Input Capture.
• De-initialize the TIM Input Capture.
• Start the TIM Input Capture.
• Stop the TIM Input Capture.
• Start the TIM Input Capture and enable interrupt.
• Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable interrupt.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1026/2236

UM1905
• Start the TIM Input Capture and enable DMA transfer.

• Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable DMA transfer.
• HAL_TIM_IC_Init
• HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit
• HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit
• HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit
• HAL_TIM_IC_Start
• HAL_TIM_IC_Stop
• HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT
• HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT
• HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA
• HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA
67.2.7 TIM One Pulse functions

• Initialize and configure the TIM One Pulse.
• De-initialize the TIM One Pulse.
• Start the TIM One Pulse.
• Stop the TIM One Pulse.
• Start the TIM One Pulse and enable interrupt.
• Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable interrupt.
• Start the TIM One Pulse and enable DMA transfer.
• Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable DMA transfer.
• HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init
• HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit
• HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit
• HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit
• HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start
• HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop
• HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT
• HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT
67.2.8 TIM Encoder functions

• Initialize and configure the TIM Encoder.
• De-initialize the TIM Encoder.
• Start the TIM Encoder.
• Stop the TIM Encoder.
• Start the TIM Encoder and enable interrupt.
• Stop the TIM Encoder and disable interrupt.
• Start the TIM Encoder and enable DMA transfer.
• Stop the TIM Encoder and disable DMA transfer.
• HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init
• HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit
• HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit
• HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1027/2236

UM1905
• HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start
• HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop
• HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT
• HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT
• HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA
• HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA
67.2.9 TIM Callbacks functions

This section provides TIM callback functions:
• TIM Period elapsed callback
• TIM Output Compare callback
• TIM Input capture callback
• TIM Trigger callback
• TIM Error callback
• HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback
• HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback
• HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback
• HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback
• HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback
• HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback
HAL_TIM_Base_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Initializes the TIM Time base Unit according to the specified parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initialize
the associated handle.
Parameters
• htim: TIM Base handle
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) requires a timer reset to
avoid unexpected direction due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. Ex: call
HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Base_Init()
HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1028/2236

UM1905
DeInitializes the TIM Base peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Initializes the TIM Base MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
DeInitializes TIM Base MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIM_Base_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Starts the TIM Base generation.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Base_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1029/2236

UM1905
Stops the TIM Base generation.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Starts the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Stops the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t * pData, uint16_t
Length)
Starts the TIM Base generation in DMA mode.
Parameters
• pData: The source Buffer address.
• Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to peripheral.
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1030/2236

UM1905
HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Stops the TIM Base generation in DMA mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OC_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Initializes the TIM Output Compare according to the specified parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and
initializes the associated handle.
Parameters
• htim: TIM Output Compare handle
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
avoid unexpected direction due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. Ex: call HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit()
before HAL_TIM_OC_Init()
HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
DeInitializes the TIM peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Initializes the TIM Output Compare MSP.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1031/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
DeInitializes TIM Output Compare MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIM_OC_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation.
Parameters
• Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled This parameter can be one of the following values:
– TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OC_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1032/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1033/2236

UM1905
HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *
pData, uint16_t Length)
Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode.
Parameters
• Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_PWM_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Initializes the TIM PWM Time Base according to the specified parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and
Parameters
• htim: TIM PWM handle
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1034/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_PWM_Init()
HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Initializes the TIM PWM MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
DeInitializes TIM PWM MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIM_PWM_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Starts the PWM signal generation.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1035/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• htim: TIM handle
• Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Stops the PWM signal generation.
Parameters
• Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1036/2236

UM1905
HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *
Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1037/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_IC_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Initializes the TIM Input Capture Time base according to the specified parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef
and initializes the associated handle.
Parameters
• htim: TIM Input Capture handle
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
avoid unexpected direction due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. Ex: call HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit()
before HAL_TIM_IC_Init()
HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Initializes the TIM Input Capture MSP.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1038/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
DeInitializes TIM Input Capture MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIM_IC_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_IC_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1039/2236

UM1905
HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *
Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1040/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• Length: The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode)
Initializes the TIM One Pulse Time Base according to the specified parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and
Parameters
• htim: TIM One Pulse handle
• OnePulseMode: Select the One pulse mode. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE: Only one pulse will be generated.
– TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE: Repetitive pulses will be generated.
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1041/2236

UM1905
Notes
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init()
• When the timer instance is initialized in One Pulse mode, timer channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and
cannot be used for other purpose.
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
DeInitializes the TIM One Pulse.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Initializes the TIM One Pulse MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
DeInitializes TIM One Pulse MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1042/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• OutputChannel: TIM Channels to be enabled This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation.
Parameters
• OutputChannel: TIM Channels to be disable This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1043/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef *
sConfig)
Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface and initialize the associated handle.
Parameters
• htim: TIM Encoder Interface handle
• sConfig: TIM Encoder Interface configuration structure
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init()
• Encoder mode and External clock mode 2 are not compatible and must not be selected together Ex: A call
for HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init will erase the settings of HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource using
TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2 and vice versa
• When the timer instance is initialized in Encoder mode, timer channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and
cannot be used for other purpose.
HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
DeInitializes the TIM Encoder interface.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface MSP.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1044/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
DeInitializes TIM Encoder Interface MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Starts the TIM Encoder Interface.
Parameters
– TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Stops the TIM Encoder Interface.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1045/2236

UM1905
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel,
uint32_t * pData1, uint32_t * pData2, uint16_t Length)
Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode.
Parameters
• pData1: The destination Buffer address for IC1.
• pData2: The destination Buffer address for IC2.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1046/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
This function handles TIM interrupts requests.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *
sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef.
Parameters
• sConfig: TIM Output Compare configuration structure
• Channel: TIM Channels to configure This parameter can be one of the following values:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1047/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *
Initializes the TIM PWM channels according to the specified parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef.
Parameters
• sConfig: TIM PWM configuration structure
• Channel: TIM Channels to be configured This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *
Initializes the TIM Input Capture Channels according to the specified parameters in the TIM_IC_InitTypeDef.
Parameters
• htim: TIM IC handle
• sConfig: TIM Input Capture configuration structure
• Channel: TIM Channel to configure This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim,
TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef * sConfig, uint32_t OutputChannel, uint32_t InputChannel)
Initializes the TIM One Pulse Channels according to the specified parameters in the TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1048/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• sConfig: TIM One Pulse configuration structure
• OutputChannel: TIM output channel to configure This parameter can be one of the following values:
• InputChannel: TIM input Channel to configure This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• To output a waveform with a minimum delay user can enable the fast mode by calling the
__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_OCxFAST macro. Then CCx output is forced in response to the edge detection on
TIx input, without taking in account the comparison.
HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim,
TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef * sClearInputConfig, uint32_t Channel)
Configures the OCRef clear feature.
Parameters
• sClearInputConfig: pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that contains the OCREF clear
feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral.
• Channel: specifies the TIM Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
– TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef
* sClockSourceConfig)
Configures the clock source to be used.
Parameters
• sClockSourceConfig: pointer to a TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef structure that contains the clock source
information for the TIM peripheral.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1049/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection)
Selects the signal connected to the TI1 input: direct from CH1_input or a XOR combination between CH1_input,
CH2_input & CH3_input.
Parameters
• htim: TIM handle.
• TI1_Selection: Indicate whether or not channel 1 is connected to the output of a XOR gate. This parameter
– TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input
– TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION: The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins are connected to the
TI1 input (XOR combination)
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim,
TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig)
Configures the TIM in Slave mode.
Parameters
• sSlaveConfig: pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that contains the selected trigger (internal
trigger input, filtered timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode (Disable, Reset, Gated,
Trigger, External clock mode 1).
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim,
TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig)
Configures the TIM in Slave mode in interrupt mode.
Parameters
• sSlaveConfig: pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that contains the selected trigger (internal
trigger input, filtered timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode (Disable, Reset, Gated,
Trigger, External clock mode 1).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1050/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t
BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t * BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength)
Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral.
Parameters
• BurstBaseAddress: TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write This parameter can
be one of the following values:
– TIM_DMABASE_CR1
– TIM_DMABASE_CR2
– TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
– TIM_DMABASE_DIER
– TIM_DMABASE_SR
– TIM_DMABASE_EGR
– TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
– TIM_DMABASE_CCER
– TIM_DMABASE_CNT
– TIM_DMABASE_PSC
– TIM_DMABASE_ARR
– TIM_DMABASE_RCR
– TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
– TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
– TIM_DMABASE_OR
– TIM_DMABASE_AF1 (*)
– TIM_DMABASE_AF2 (*) (*) value not defined in all devices
• BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources This parameter can be one of the following values:
– TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
– TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
– TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
– TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
• BurstBuffer: The Buffer address.
• BurstLength: DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value between:
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1051/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length.
HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t
BurstRequestSrc)
Stops the TIM DMA Burst mode.
Parameters
• BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources to disable
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t
BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t * BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength)
Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1052/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• BurstBaseAddress: TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data read This parameter can
be one of the following values:
– TIM_DMABASE_CR1
– TIM_DMABASE_CR2
– TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
– TIM_DMABASE_DIER
– TIM_DMABASE_SR
– TIM_DMABASE_EGR
– TIM_DMABASE_CCER
– TIM_DMABASE_CNT
– TIM_DMABASE_PSC
– TIM_DMABASE_ARR
– TIM_DMABASE_RCR
– TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
– TIM_DMABASE_OR
– TIM_DMABASE_AF1 (*)
– TIM_DMABASE_AF2 (*) (*) value not defined in all devices
• BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources This parameter can be one of the following values:
– TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
– TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
– TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
• BurstBuffer: The Buffer address.
• BurstLength: DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value between:
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length.
HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t
BurstRequestSrc)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1053/2236

UM1905
Stop the DMA burst reading.
Parameters
• BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources to disable.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t EventSource)
Generate a software event.
Parameters
• EventSource: specifies the event source. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: Timer update Event source
– TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source
– TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM: Timer COM event source
– TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER: Timer Trigger Event source
– TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK: Timer Break event source
– TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK2: Timer Break2 event source
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Basic timers can only generate an update event.
• TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM is relevant only with advanced timer instances.
• TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK and TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK2 are relevant only for timer instances
supporting break input(s).
HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue
Function name
uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Read the captured value from Capture Compare unit.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1054/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• Captured: value
HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback
Function name
void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Period elapsed callback in non-blocking mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Period elapsed half complete callback in non-blocking mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback
Function name
void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Output Compare callback in non-blocking mode.
Parameters
• htim: TIM OC handle
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1055/2236

UM1905
HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback
Function name
void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Input Capture callback in non-blocking mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Input Capture half complete callback in non-blocking mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback
Function name
void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
PWM Pulse finished callback in non-blocking mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
PWM Pulse finished half complete callback in non-blocking mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1056/2236

UM1905
HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback
Function name
void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Hall Trigger detection callback in non-blocking mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Hall Trigger detection half complete callback in non-blocking mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Timer error callback in non-blocking mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIM_Base_GetState
Function name
HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Return the TIM Base handle state.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: state
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1057/2236

UM1905
HAL_TIM_OC_GetState
Function name
HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Return the TIM OC handle state.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: state
HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState
Function name
HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Return the TIM PWM handle state.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: state
HAL_TIM_IC_GetState
Function name
HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Return the TIM Input Capture handle state.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: state
HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState
Function name
HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Return the TIM One Pulse Mode handle state.
Parameters
• htim: TIM OPM handle
Return values
• HAL: state
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1058/2236

UM1905
HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState
Function name
HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: state
HAL_TIM_GetActiveChannel
Function name
HAL_TIM_ActiveChannel HAL_TIM_GetActiveChannel (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state.
Parameters
Return values
• Active: channel
HAL_TIM_GetChannelState
Function name
HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_GetChannelState (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t
Channel)
Return actual state of the TIM channel.
Parameters
• Channel: TIM Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• TIM: Channel state
HAL_TIM_DMABurstState
Function name
HAL_TIM_DMABurstStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurstState (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1059/2236

UM1905
Return actual state of a DMA burst operation.
Parameters
Return values
• DMA: burst state
TIM_Base_SetConfig
Function name
void TIM_Base_SetConfig (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef * Structure)
Time Base configuration.
Parameters
• TIMx: TIM peripheral
• Structure: TIM Base configuration structure
Return values
• None:
TIM_TI1_SetConfig
Function name
void TIM_TI1_SetConfig (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, uint32_t
TIM_ICFilter)
Configure the TI1 as Input.
Parameters
• TIMx: to select the TIM peripheral.
• TIM_ICPolarity: The Input Polarity. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
– TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
– TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
• TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1.
– TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2.
– TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC.
• TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI2FP1 (on channel2 path) is used as
the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1060/2236

UM1905
TIM_OC2_SetConfig
Function name
void TIM_OC2_SetConfig (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef * OC_Config)
Timer Output Compare 2 configuration.
Parameters
• TIMx: to select the TIM peripheral
• OC_Config: The ouput configuration structure
Return values
• None:
TIM_ETR_SetConfig
Function name
void TIM_ETR_SetConfig (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint32_t
TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter)
Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR).
Parameters
• TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
– TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
• TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED: active low or falling edge active.
– TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED: active high or rising edge active.
• ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
Return values
• None:
TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt
Function name
void TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
TIM DMA Delay Pulse half complete callback.
Parameters
• hdma: pointer to DMA handle.
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1061/2236

UM1905
TIM_DMAError
Function name
void TIM_DMAError (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
TIM DMA error callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
TIM_DMACaptureCplt
Function name
void TIM_DMACaptureCplt (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
TIM DMA Capture complete callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt
Function name
void TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
TIM DMA Capture half complete callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
TIM_CCxChannelCmd
Function name
void TIM_CCxChannelCmd (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState)
Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1062/2236

UM1905
TIM Firmware driver defines
Parameters
• Channel: specifies the TIM Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
• ChannelState: specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state. This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_ENABLE
or TIM_CCx_DISABLE.
Return values
• None:
67.3 TIM Firmware driver defines

67.3.1 TIM
TIM
TIM Automatic Output Enable
TIM_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_DISABLE
MOE can be set only by software
TIM_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_ENABLE
MOE can be set by software or automatically at the next update event (if none of the break inputs BRK and
BRK2 is active)
TIM Auto-Reload Preload
TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD_DISABLE
TIMx_ARR register is not buffered
TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD_ENABLE
TIMx_ARR register is buffered
TIM Break input 2 Enable
TIM_BREAK2_DISABLE
Break input BRK2 is disabled
TIM_BREAK2_ENABLE
Break input BRK2 is enabled
TIM Break Input 2 Polarity
TIM_BREAK2POLARITY_LOW
Break input BRK2 is active low
TIM_BREAK2POLARITY_HIGH
Break input BRK2 is active high
TIM Break Input Enable
TIM_BREAK_ENABLE
Break input BRK is enabled
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1063/2236

UM1905
TIM_BREAK_DISABLE
Break input BRK is disabled
TIM Break Input Polarity
TIM_BREAKPOLARITY_LOW
Break input BRK is active low
TIM_BREAKPOLARITY_HIGH
Break input BRK is active high
TIM Break System
TIM_BREAK_SYSTEM_ECC
Enables and locks the ECC error signal with Break Input of TIM1/8/15/16/17
TIM_BREAK_SYSTEM_PVD
Enables and locks the PVD connection with TIM1/8/15/16/17 Break Input and also the PVDE and PLS bits of the
Power Control Interface
TIM_BREAK_SYSTEM_SRAM_PARITY_ERROR
Enables and locks the SRAM_PARITY error signal with Break Input of TIM1/8/15/16/17
TIM_BREAK_SYSTEM_LOCKUP
Enables and locks the LOCKUP output of CortexM4 with Break Input of TIM1/8/15/16/17
TIM Channel
TIM_CHANNEL_1
Capture/compare channel 1 identifier
TIM_CHANNEL_2
TIM_CHANNEL_3
TIM_CHANNEL_4
TIM_CHANNEL_5
Compare channel 5 identifier
TIM_CHANNEL_6
Compare channel 6 identifier
TIM_CHANNEL_ALL
Global Capture/compare channel identifier
TIM Clear Input Polarity
TIM_CLEARINPUTPOLARITY_INVERTED
Polarity for ETRx pin
TIM_CLEARINPUTPOLARITY_NONINVERTED
Polarity for ETRx pin
TIM Clear Input Prescaler
TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV1
No prescaler is used
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1064/2236

UM1905
Prescaler for External ETR pin: Capture performed once every 2 events.
TIM Clear Input Source
TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE
OCREF_CLR is disabled
TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR
OCREF_CLR is connected to ETRF input
TIM Clock Division
TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV1
Clock division: tDTS=tCK_INT
Clock division: tDTS=2*tCK_INT
Clock division: tDTS=4*tCK_INT
TIM Clock Polarity
TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_INVERTED
Polarity for ETRx clock sources
TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_NONINVERTED
Polarity for ETRx clock sources
TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_RISING
Polarity for TIx clock sources
TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_FALLING
TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
TIM Clock Prescaler
TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER_DIV1
Prescaler for External ETR Clock: Capture performed once every 2 events.
TIM Clock Source
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1065/2236

UM1905
TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2
External clock source mode 2
TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL
Internal clock source
TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0
External clock source mode 1 (ITR0)
TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED
External clock source mode 1 (TTI1FP1 + edge detect.)
TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1
External clock source mode 1 (TTI1FP1)
TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2
External clock source mode 1 (TTI2FP2)
TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1
External clock source mode 1 (ETRF)
TIM Commutation Source
TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI
When Capture/compare control bits are preloaded, they are updated by setting the COMG bit or when an rising
edge occurs on trigger input
TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE
When Capture/compare control bits are preloaded, they are updated by setting the COMG bit
TIM Counter Mode
TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP
Counter used as up-counter
TIM_COUNTERMODE_DOWN
Counter used as down-counter
TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTERALIGNED1
Center-aligned mode 1
TIM DMA Base Address
TIM_DMABASE_CR1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1066/2236

UM1905
TIM_DMABASE_CR2
TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
TIM_DMABASE_DIER
TIM_DMABASE_SR
TIM_DMABASE_EGR
TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
TIM_DMABASE_CCER
TIM_DMABASE_CNT
TIM_DMABASE_PSC
TIM_DMABASE_ARR
TIM_DMABASE_RCR
TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
TIM_DMABASE_DCR
TIM_DMABASE_DMAR
TIM_DMABASE_OR
TIM_DMABASE_CCMR3
TIM_DMABASE_CCR5
TIM_DMABASE_CCR6
TIM_DMABASE_AF1
TIM_DMABASE_AF2
TIM DMA Burst Length
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER
The transfer is done to 1 register starting trom TIMx_CR1 + TIMx_DCR.DBA
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1067/2236

UM1905
TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_2TRANSFERS
The transfer is done to 2 registers starting trom TIMx_CR1 + TIMx_DCR.DBA
TIM DMA Sources
TIM_DMA_UPDATE
DMA request is triggered by the update event
TIM_DMA_CC1
DMA request is triggered by the capture/compare macth 1 event
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1068/2236

UM1905
TIM_DMA_CC2
DMA request is triggered by the capture/compare macth 2 event event
TIM_DMA_CC3
TIM_DMA_CC4
TIM_DMA_COM
DMA request is triggered by the commutation event
TIM_DMA_TRIGGER
DMA request is triggered by the trigger event
TIM Encoder Input Polarity
TIM_ENCODERINPUTPOLARITY_RISING
Encoder input with rising edge polarity
TIM_ENCODERINPUTPOLARITY_FALLING
Encoder input with falling edge polarity
TIM Encoder Mode
TIM_ENCODERMODE_TI1
Quadrature encoder mode 1, x2 mode, counts up/down on TI1FP1 edge depending on TI2FP2 level
TIM_ENCODERMODE_TI2
Quadrature encoder mode 2, x2 mode, counts up/down on TI2FP2 edge depending on TI1FP1 level.
TIM_ENCODERMODE_TI12
Quadrature encoder mode 3, x4 mode, counts up/down on both TI1FP1 and TI2FP2 edges depending on the
level of the other input.
TIM ETR Polarity
TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED
Polarity for ETR source
TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED
Polarity for ETR source
TIM ETR Prescaler
TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1
ETR input source is divided by 2
TIM Event Source
TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE
Reinitialize the counter and generates an update of the registers
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1069/2236

UM1905
TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1
A capture/compare event is generated on channel 1
TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2
TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3
TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4
TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM
A commutation event is generated
TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER
A trigger event is generated
TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK
A break event is generated
TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK2
A break 2 event is generated
TIM Exported Macros
__HAL_TIM_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset TIM handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: TIM handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_TIM_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the TIM peripheral.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: TIM handle
Return value:
• None
__HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the TIM main Output.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1070/2236

UM1905
__HAL_TIM_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the TIM peripheral.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the TIM main Output.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
Notes:
• The Main Output Enable of a timer instance is disabled only if all the CCx and CCxN channels have been
disabled
__HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE_UNCONDITIONALLY
Description:
• Disable the TIM main Output.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
Notes:
• The Main Output Enable of a timer instance is disabled unconditionally
__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the specified TIM interrupt.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the TIM Handle.
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the TIM interrupt source to enable. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– TIM_IT_UPDATE: Update interrupt
– TIM_IT_CC1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt
– TIM_IT_COM: Commutation interrupt
– TIM_IT_TRIGGER: Trigger interrupt
– TIM_IT_BREAK: Break interrupt
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1071/2236

UM1905
__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the specified TIM interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the TIM interrupt source to disable. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA
Description:
• Enable the specified DMA request.
Parameters:
• __DMA__: specifies the TIM DMA request to enable. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– TIM_DMA_UPDATE: Update DMA request
– TIM_DMA_CC1: Capture/Compare 1 DMA request
– TIM_DMA_COM: Commutation DMA request
– TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: Trigger DMA request
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1072/2236

UM1905
__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA
Description:
• Disable the specified DMA request.
Parameters:
• __DMA__: specifies the TIM DMA request to disable. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– TIM_DMA_UPDATE: Update DMA request
– TIM_DMA_COM: Commutation DMA request
– TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: Trigger DMA request
Return value:
• None
__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Check whether the specified TIM interrupt flag is set or not.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the TIM interrupt flag to check. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– TIM_FLAG_UPDATE: Update interrupt flag
– TIM_FLAG_CC1: Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag
– TIM_FLAG_CC5: Compare 5 interrupt flag
– TIM_FLAG_COM: Commutation interrupt flag
– TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER: Trigger interrupt flag
– TIM_FLAG_BREAK: Break interrupt flag
– TIM_FLAG_BREAK2: Break 2 interrupt flag
– TIM_FLAG_SYSTEM_BREAK: System Break interrupt flag
– TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: Capture/Compare 1 overcapture flag
Return value:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1073/2236

UM1905
__HAL_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the specified TIM interrupt flag.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the TIM interrupt flag to clear. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– TIM_FLAG_UPDATE: Update interrupt flag
– TIM_FLAG_COM: Commutation interrupt flag
– TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER: Trigger interrupt flag
– TIM_FLAG_BREAK: Break interrupt flag
– TIM_FLAG_BREAK2: Break 2 interrupt flag
– TIM_FLAG_SYSTEM_BREAK: System Break interrupt flag
Return value:
__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Check whether the specified TIM interrupt source is enabled or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the TIM interrupt source to check. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
Return value:
• The: state of TIM_IT (SET or RESET).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1074/2236

UM1905
__HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT
Description:
• Clear the TIM interrupt pending bits.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_TIM_UIFREMAP_ENABLE
Description:
• Force a continuous copy of the update interrupt flag (UIF) into the timer counter register (bit 31).
Parameters:
Return value:
• None: mode.
Notes:
• This allows both the counter value and a potential roll-over condition signalled by the UIFCPY flag to be
read in an atomic way.
__HAL_TIM_UIFREMAP_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable update interrupt flag (UIF) remapping.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None: mode.
__HAL_TIM_GET_UIFCPY
Description:
• Get update interrupt flag (UIF) copy status.
Parameters:
• __COUNTER__: Counter value.
Return value:
• The: state of UIFCPY (TRUE or FALSE). mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1075/2236

UM1905
__HAL_TIM_IS_TIM_COUNTING_DOWN
Description:
• Indicates whether or not the TIM Counter is used as downcounter.
Parameters:
Return value:
• False: (Counter used as upcounter) or True (Counter used as downcounter)
Notes:
• This macro is particularly useful to get the counting mode when the timer operates in Center-aligned mode
or Encoder mode.
__HAL_TIM_SET_PRESCALER
Description:
• Set the TIM Prescaler on runtime.
Parameters:
• __PRESC__: specifies the Prescaler new value.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_TIM_SET_COUNTER
Description:
• Set the TIM Counter Register value on runtime.
Parameters:
• __COUNTER__: specifies the Counter register new value.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_TIM_GET_COUNTER
Description:
• Get the TIM Counter Register value on runtime.
Parameters:
Return value:
• 16-bit: or 32-bit value of the timer counter register (TIMx_CNT)
__HAL_TIM_SET_AUTORELOAD
Description:
• Set the TIM Autoreload Register value on runtime without calling another time any Init function.
Parameters:
• __AUTORELOAD__: specifies the Counter register new value.
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1076/2236

UM1905
__HAL_TIM_GET_AUTORELOAD
Description:
• Get the TIM Autoreload Register value on runtime.
Parameters:
Return value:
• 16-bit: or 32-bit value of the timer auto-reload register(TIMx_ARR)
__HAL_TIM_SET_CLOCKDIVISION
Description:
• Set the TIM Clock Division value on runtime without calling another time any Init function.
Parameters:
• __CKD__: specifies the clock division value. This parameter can be one of the following value:
– TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV1: tDTS=tCK_INT
– TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV2: tDTS=2*tCK_INT
Return value:
• None
__HAL_TIM_GET_CLOCKDIVISION
Description:
• Get the TIM Clock Division value on runtime.
Parameters:
Return value:
• The: clock division can be one of the following values:
– TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV1: tDTS=tCK_INT
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1077/2236

UM1905
__HAL_TIM_SET_ICPRESCALER
Description:
• Set the TIM Input Capture prescaler on runtime without calling another time
Parameters:
• __CHANNEL__: TIM Channels to be configured. This parameter can be one of the following values:
• __ICPSC__: specifies the Input Capture4 prescaler new value. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler
– TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events
Return value:
• None
__HAL_TIM_GET_ICPRESCALER
Description:
• Get the TIM Input Capture prescaler on runtime.
Parameters:
– TIM_CHANNEL_1: get input capture 1 prescaler value
Return value:
• The: input capture prescaler can be one of the following values:
– TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1078/2236

UM1905
__HAL_TIM_SET_COMPARE
Description:
• Set the TIM Capture Compare Register value on runtime without calling another time ConfigChannel
function.
Parameters:
• __COMPARE__: specifies the Capture Compare register new value.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_TIM_GET_COMPARE
Description:
• Get the TIM Capture Compare Register value on runtime.
Parameters:
• __CHANNEL__: TIM Channel associated with the capture compare register This parameter can be one of
– TIM_CHANNEL_1: get capture/compare 1 register value
Return value:
• 16-bit: or 32-bit value of the capture/compare register (TIMx_CCRy)
__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_OCxPRELOAD
Description:
• Set the TIM Output compare preload.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1079/2236

UM1905
__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_OCxPRELOAD
Description:
• Reset the TIM Output compare preload.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_OCxFAST
Description:
• Enable fast mode for a given channel.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
Notes:
• When fast mode is enabled an active edge on the trigger input acts like a compare match on CCx output.
Delay to sample the trigger input and to activate CCx output is reduced to 3 clock cycles. Fast mode acts
only if the channel is configured in PWM1 or PWM2 mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1080/2236

UM1905
__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_OCxFAST
Description:
• Disable fast mode for a given channel.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
Notes:
• When fast mode is disabled CCx output behaves normally depending on counter and CCRx values even
when the trigger is ON. The minimum delay to activate CCx output when an active edge occurs on the
trigger input is 5 clock cycles.
__HAL_TIM_URS_ENABLE
Description:
• Set the Update Request Source (URS) bit of the TIMx_CR1 register.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
Notes:
• When the URS bit of the TIMx_CR1 register is set, only counter overflow/underflow generates an update
interrupt or DMA request (if enabled)
__HAL_TIM_URS_DISABLE
Description:
• Reset the Update Request Source (URS) bit of the TIMx_CR1 register.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
Notes:
• When the URS bit of the TIMx_CR1 register is reset, any of the following events generate an update
interrupt or DMA request (if enabled): _ Counter overflow underflow _ Setting the UG bit _ Update
generation through the slave mode controller
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1081/2236

UM1905
__HAL_TIM_SET_CAPTUREPOLARITY
Description:
• Set the TIM Capture x input polarity on runtime.
Parameters:
• __POLARITY__: Polarity for TIx source
– TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_RISING: Rising Edge
– TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_FALLING: Falling Edge
– TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE: Rising and Falling Edge
Return value:
• None
TIM Flag Definition
TIM_FLAG_UPDATE
Update interrupt flag
TIM_FLAG_CC1
Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag
TIM_FLAG_CC2
TIM_FLAG_CC3
TIM_FLAG_CC4
TIM_FLAG_CC5
TIM_FLAG_CC6
TIM_FLAG_COM
Commutation interrupt flag
TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER
Trigger interrupt flag
TIM_FLAG_BREAK
Break interrupt flag
TIM_FLAG_BREAK2
Break 2 interrupt flag
TIM_FLAG_SYSTEM_BREAK
System Break interrupt flag
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1082/2236

UM1905
TIM_FLAG_CC1OF
Capture 1 overcapture flag
TIM_FLAG_CC2OF
TIM_FLAG_CC3OF
TIM_FLAG_CC4OF
Group Channel 5 and Channel 1, 2 or 3
TIM_GROUPCH5_NONE
TIM_GROUPCH5_OC1REFC
TIM Input Capture Polarity
TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING
Capture triggered by rising edge on timer input
TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING
Capture triggered by falling edge on timer input
TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
Capture triggered by both rising and falling edges on timer input
TIM Input Capture Prescaler
TIM_ICPSC_DIV1
Capture performed each time an edge is detected on the capture input
TIM_ICPSC_DIV2
Capture performed once every 2 events
TIM_ICPSC_DIV4
TIM_ICPSC_DIV8
TIM Input Capture Selection
TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI
TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be connected to IC1, IC2, IC3 or IC4, respectively
TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI
TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be connected to IC2, IC1, IC4 or IC3, respectively
TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC
TIM Input 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected to be connected to TRC
TIM Input Channel polarity
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1083/2236

UM1905
TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_RISING
Polarity for TIx source
TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_FALLING
TIM_INPUTCHANNELPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
TIM interrupt Definition
TIM_IT_UPDATE
Update interrupt
TIM_IT_CC1
Capture/Compare 1 interrupt
TIM_IT_CC2
TIM_IT_CC3
TIM_IT_CC4
TIM_IT_COM
Commutation interrupt
TIM_IT_TRIGGER
Trigger interrupt
TIM_IT_BREAK
Break interrupt
TIM Lock level
TIM_LOCKLEVEL_OFF
LOCK OFF
TIM_LOCKLEVEL_1
LOCK Level 1
TIM_LOCKLEVEL_2
LOCK Level 2
TIM_LOCKLEVEL_3
LOCK Level 3
TIM Master Mode Selection
TIM_TRGO_RESET
TIMx_EGR.UG bit is used as trigger output (TRGO)
TIM_TRGO_ENABLE
TIMx_CR1.CEN bit is used as trigger output (TRGO)
TIM_TRGO_UPDATE
Update event is used as trigger output (TRGO)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1084/2236

UM1905
TIM_TRGO_OC1
Capture or a compare match 1 is used as trigger output (TRGO)
TIM_TRGO_OC1REF
OC1REF signal is used as trigger output (TRGO)
TIM_TRGO_OC2REF
OC2REF signal is used as trigger output(TRGO)
TIM_TRGO_OC3REF
TIM_TRGO_OC4REF
TIM Master Mode Selection 2 (TRGO2)
TIM_TRGO2_RESET
TIMx_EGR.UG bit is used as trigger output (TRGO2)
TIM_TRGO2_ENABLE
TIMx_CR1.CEN bit is used as trigger output (TRGO2)
TIM_TRGO2_UPDATE
Update event is used as trigger output (TRGO2)
TIM_TRGO2_OC1
Capture or a compare match 1 is used as trigger output (TRGO2)
TIM_TRGO2_OC1REF
OC1REF signal is used as trigger output (TRGO2)
TIM_TRGO2_OC2REF
TIM_TRGO2_OC3REF
TIM_TRGO2_OC4REF
TIM_TRGO2_OC5REF
TIM_TRGO2_OC6REF
TIM_TRGO2_OC4REF_RISINGFALLING
OC4REF rising or falling edges generate pulses on TRGO2
TIM_TRGO2_OC6REF_RISINGFALLING
OC6REF rising or falling edges generate pulses on TRGO2
TIM_TRGO2_OC4REF_RISING_OC6REF_RISING
OC4REF or OC6REF rising edges generate pulses on TRGO2
TIM_TRGO2_OC4REF_RISING_OC6REF_FALLING
OC4REF rising or OC6REF falling edges generate pulses on TRGO2
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1085/2236

UM1905
TIM_TRGO2_OC5REF_RISING_OC6REF_RISING
TIM_TRGO2_OC5REF_RISING_OC6REF_FALLING
TIM Master/Slave Mode
TIM_MASTERSLAVEMODE_ENABLE
No action
TIM_MASTERSLAVEMODE_DISABLE
Master/slave mode is selected
TIM One Pulse Mode
TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE
Counter stops counting at the next update event
TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE
Counter is not stopped at update event
TIM OSSI OffState Selection for Idle mode state
TIM_OSSI_ENABLE
When inactive, OC/OCN outputs are enabled (still controlled by the timer)
TIM_OSSI_DISABLE
When inactive, OC/OCN outputs are disabled (not controlled any longer by the timer)
TIM OSSR OffState Selection for Run mode state
TIM_OSSR_ENABLE
When inactive, OC/OCN outputs are enabled (still controlled by the timer)
TIM_OSSR_DISABLE
When inactive, OC/OCN outputs are disabled (not controlled any longer by the timer)
TIM Output Compare and PWM Modes
TIM_OCMODE_TIMING
Frozen
TIM_OCMODE_ACTIVE
Set channel to active level on match
TIM_OCMODE_INACTIVE
Set channel to inactive level on match
TIM_OCMODE_TOGGLE
Toggle
TIM_OCMODE_PWM1
PWM mode 1
TIM_OCMODE_PWM2
PWM mode 2
TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_ACTIVE
Force active level
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1086/2236

UM1905
TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_INACTIVE
Force inactive level
TIM_OCMODE_RETRIGERRABLE_OPM1
Retrigerrable OPM mode 1
TIM_OCMODE_RETRIGERRABLE_OPM2
TIM_OCMODE_COMBINED_PWM1
Combined PWM mode 1
TIM_OCMODE_COMBINED_PWM2
Combined PWM mode 2
TIM_OCMODE_ASSYMETRIC_PWM1
Asymmetric PWM mode 1
TIM_OCMODE_ASSYMETRIC_PWM2
TIM Output Compare Idle State
TIM_OCIDLESTATE_SET
Output Idle state: OCx=1 when MOE=0
TIM_OCIDLESTATE_RESET
Output Idle state: OCx=0 when MOE=0
TIM Complementary Output Compare Idle State
TIM_OCNIDLESTATE_SET
Complementary output Idle state: OCxN=1 when MOE=0
TIM_OCNIDLESTATE_RESET
Complementary output Idle state: OCxN=0 when MOE=0
TIM Complementary Output Compare Polarity
TIM_OCNPOLARITY_HIGH
Capture/Compare complementary output polarity
TIM_OCNPOLARITY_LOW
Capture/Compare complementary output polarity
TIM Complementary Output Compare State
TIM_OUTPUTNSTATE_DISABLE
OCxN is disabled
TIM_OUTPUTNSTATE_ENABLE
OCxN is enabled
TIM Output Compare Polarity
TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH
Capture/Compare output polarity
TIM_OCPOLARITY_LOW
Capture/Compare output polarity
TIM Output Compare State
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1087/2236

UM1905
TIM_OUTPUTSTATE_DISABLE
Capture/Compare 1 output disabled
TIM_OUTPUTSTATE_ENABLE
Capture/Compare 1 output enabled
TIM Output Fast State
TIM_OCFAST_DISABLE
Output Compare fast disable
TIM_OCFAST_ENABLE
Output Compare fast enable
TIM Slave mode
TIM_SLAVEMODE_DISABLE
Slave mode disabled
TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET
Reset Mode
TIM_SLAVEMODE_GATED
Gated Mode
TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER
Trigger Mode
TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1
External Clock Mode 1
TIM_SLAVEMODE_COMBINED_RESETTRIGGER
Combined reset + trigger mode
TIM TI1 Input Selection
TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1
The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input
TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION
The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins are connected to the TI1 input (XOR combination)
TIM Trigger Polarity
TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY_INVERTED
Polarity for ETRx trigger sources
TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY_NONINVERTED
Polarity for ETRx trigger sources
TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY_RISING
Polarity for TIxFPx or TI1_ED trigger sources
TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY_FALLING
TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE
TIM Trigger Prescaler
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1088/2236

UM1905
TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER_DIV1
Prescaler for External ETR Trigger: Capture performed once every 2 events.
TIM Trigger Selection
TIM_TS_ITR0
Internal Trigger 0 (ITR0)
TIM_TS_ITR1
TIM_TS_ITR2
TIM_TS_ITR3
TIM_TS_TI1F_ED
TI1 Edge Detector (TI1F_ED)
TIM_TS_TI1FP1
Filtered Timer Input 1 (TI1FP1)
TIM_TS_TI2FP2
Filtered Timer Input 2 (TI2FP2)
TIM_TS_ETRF
Filtered External Trigger input (ETRF)
TIM_TS_NONE
No trigger selected
TIM Update Interrupt Flag Remap
TIM_UIFREMAP_DISABLE
Update interrupt flag remap disabled
TIM_UIFREMAP_ENABLE
Update interrupt flag remap enabled
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1089/2236

UM1905
HAL TIM Extension Driver
68 HAL TIM Extension Driver
68.1 TIMEx Firmware driver registers structures
68.1.1 TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef
TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_tim_ex.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Commutation_Delay
Field Documentation
• uint32_t TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef::IC1Polarity
• uint32_t TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef::IC1Prescaler
• uint32_t TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef::IC1Filter
0xF
• uint32_t TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef::Commutation_Delay
68.1.2 TIMEx_BreakInputConfigTypeDef
TIMEx_BreakInputConfigTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_tim_ex.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Source
• uint32_t Enable
Field Documentation
• uint32_t TIMEx_BreakInputConfigTypeDef::Source
Specifies the source of the timer break input. This parameter can be a value of
TIMEx_Break_Input_Source
• uint32_t TIMEx_BreakInputConfigTypeDef::Enable
Specifies whether or not the break input source is enabled. This parameter can be a value of
TIMEx_Break_Input_Source_Enable
• uint32_t TIMEx_BreakInputConfigTypeDef::Polarity
Specifies the break input source polarity. This parameter can be a value of
TIMEx_Break_Input_Source_Polarity Not relevant when analog watchdog output of the DFSDM1 used as
break input source
68.2 TIMEx Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the TIMEx library.
68.2.1 TIMER Extended features

The Timer Extended features include:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1090/2236

UM1905
TIMEx Firmware driver API description
1. Complementary outputs with programmable dead-time for :

– Output Compare
– PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode)
– One-pulse mode output
2. Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to interconnect several timers together.
3. Break input to put the timer output signals in reset state or in a known state.
4. Supports incremental (quadrature) encoder and hall-sensor circuitry for positioning purposes

1. Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions depending on the selected
feature:
– Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit()
2. Initialize the TIM low level resources :
a. Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE();
b. TIM pins configuration
◦ Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function:
◦ Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init();
3. The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the internal clock from the APBx), using
the following function: HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before any
start function.
4. Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the initialization function of this driver:
– HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init() and HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent(): to use the Timer Hall Sensor
Interface and the commutation event with the corresponding Interrupt and DMA request if needed
(Note that One Timer is used to interface with the Hall sensor Interface and another Timer should be
used to use the commutation event).
5. Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions:
– Complementary Output Compare : HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(),
HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT()
– Complementary PWM generation : HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(),
HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT()
– Complementary One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(),
HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT()
– Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(),
HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT().
68.2.3 Timer Hall Sensor functions

• Initialize and configure TIM HAL Sensor.
• De-initialize TIM HAL Sensor.
• Start the Hall Sensor Interface.
• Stop the Hall Sensor Interface.
• Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable interrupts.
• Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable interrupts.
• Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable DMA transfers.
• Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable DMA transfers.
• HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init
• HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_DeInit
• HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit
• HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit
• HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1091/2236

UM1905
• HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop
• HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT
• HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_IT
• HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA
• HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_DMA
68.2.4 Timer Complementary Output Compare functions

• Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM.
• Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM.
• Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable interrupts.
• Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable interrupts.
• Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable DMA transfers.
• Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable DMA transfers.
• HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start
• HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop
• HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT
• HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_IT
• HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA
• HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_DMA
68.2.5 Timer Complementary PWM functions

• Start the Complementary PWM.
• Stop the Complementary PWM.
• Start the Complementary PWM and enable interrupts.
• Stop the Complementary PWM and disable interrupts.
• Start the Complementary PWM and enable DMA transfers.
• Stop the Complementary PWM and disable DMA transfers.
• Start the Complementary Input Capture measurement.
• Stop the Complementary Input Capture.
• Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable interrupts.
• Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable interrupts.
• Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable DMA transfers.
• Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable DMA transfers.
• Start the Complementary One Pulse generation.
• Stop the Complementary One Pulse.
• Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts.
• Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts.
• HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start
• HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop
• HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT
• HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_IT
• HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA
• HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_DMA
68.2.6 Timer Complementary One Pulse functions
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1092/2236

UM1905

• Start the Complementary One Pulse generation.
• Stop the Complementary One Pulse.
• Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts.
• Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts.
• HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start
• HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop
• HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT
• HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop_IT

• Configure the commutation event in case of use of the Hall sensor interface.
• Configure Output channels for OC and PWM mode.
• Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time.
• Configure Master synchronization.
• Configure timer remapping capabilities.
• Enable or disable channel grouping.
• HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent
• HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent_IT
• HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent_DMA
• HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization
• HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakDeadTime
• HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakInput
• HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig
• HAL_TIMEx_GroupChannel5
68.2.8 Extended Callbacks functions

This section provides Extended TIM callback functions:
• Timer Commutation callback
• Timer Break callback
• HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback
• HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback
• HAL_TIMEx_Break2Callback
68.2.9 Extended Peripheral State functions

• HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_GetState
• HAL_TIMEx_GetChannelNState
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1093/2236

UM1905
HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim,
TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef * sConfig)
Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor Interface and initialize the associated handle.
Parameters
• htim: TIM Hall Sensor Interface handle
• sConfig: TIM Hall Sensor configuration structure
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• When the timer instance is initialized in Hall Sensor Interface mode, timer channels 1 and channel 2 are
reserved and cannot be used for other purpose.
HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_DeInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
DeInitializes the TIM Hall Sensor interface.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
DeInitializes TIM Hall Sensor MSP.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1094/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Stops the TIM Hall sensor Interface.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1095/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t * pData,
uint16_t Length)
Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_DMA (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary output.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1096/2236

UM1905
HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary output.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode on the complementary output.
Parameters
• htim: TIM OC handle
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode on the complementary output.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1097/2236

UM1905
HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel,
uint32_t * pData, uint16_t Length)
Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode on the complementary output.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_DMA (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode on the complementary output.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Starts the PWM signal generation on the complementary output.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1098/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Stops the PWM signal generation on the complementary output.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the complementary output.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the complementary output.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1099/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel,
uint32_t * pData, uint16_t Length)
Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the complementary output.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_DMA (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channel)
Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the complementary output.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complementary output.
Parameters
• OutputChannel: TIM Channel to be enabled This parameter can be one of the following values:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1100/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complementary output.
Parameters
• OutputChannel: TIM Channel to be disabled This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t
OutputChannel)
Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the complementary channel.
Parameters
• OutputChannel: TIM Channel to be enabled This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t
OutputChannel)
Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the complementary channel.
Parameters
• OutputChannel: TIM Channel to be disabled This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1101/2236

UM1905
HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t InputTrigger,
uint32_t CommutationSource)
Configure the TIM commutation event sequence.
Parameters
• InputTrigger: the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor This
parameter can be one of the following values:
– TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected
– TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed
• CommutationSource: the Commutation Event source This parameter can be one of the following values:
– TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer
– TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to update the configuration at each
commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer, the typical use of this feature is with the use of
another Timer(interface Timer) configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the
commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time the TI1 of the
Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1.
HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t
InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource)
Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with interrupt.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1102/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutEvent_DMA (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t
InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource)
Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with DMA.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• The user should configure the DMA in his own software, in This function only the COMDE bit is set
HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim,
TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef * sMasterConfig)
Configures the TIM in master mode.
Parameters
• sMasterConfig: pointer to a TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef structure that contains the selected trigger output
(TRGO) and the Master/Slave mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1103/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakDeadTime
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakDeadTime (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim,
TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef * sBreakDeadTimeConfig)
Configures the Break feature, dead time, Lock level, OSSI/OSSR State and the AOE(automatic output enable).
Parameters
• sBreakDeadTimeConfig: pointer to a TIM_ConfigBreakDeadConfigTypeDef structure that contains the
BDTR Register configuration information for the TIM peripheral.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Interrupts can be generated when an active level is detected on the break input, the break 2 input or the
system break input. Break interrupt can be enabled by calling the __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT macro.
HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakInput
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakInput (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t BreakInput,
TIMEx_BreakInputConfigTypeDef * sBreakInputConfig)
Configures the break input source.
Parameters
• BreakInput: Break input to configure This parameter can be one of the following values:
– TIM_BREAKINPUT_BRK: Timer break input
– TIM_BREAKINPUT_BRK2: Timer break 2 input
• sBreakInputConfig: Break input source configuration
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_GroupChannel5
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_GroupChannel5 (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Channels)
Group channel 5 and channel 1, 2 or 3.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1104/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• Channels: specifies the reference signal(s) the OC5REF is combined with. This parameter can be any
combination of the following values: TIM_GROUPCH5_NONE: No effect of OC5REF on OC1REFC,
OC2REFC and OC3REFC TIM_GROUPCH5_OC1REFC: OC1REFC is the logical AND of OC1REFC and
OC5REF TIM_GROUPCH5_OC2REFC: OC2REFC is the logical AND of OC2REFC and OC5REF
TIM_GROUPCH5_OC3REFC: OC3REFC is the logical AND of OC3REFC and OC5REF
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t Remap)
Configures the TIMx Remapping input capabilities.
Parameters
• Remap: specifies the TIM remapping source. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– TIM_TIM2_TIM8_TRGO: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to TIM8 Trigger output(default)
– TIM_TIM2_ETH_PTP: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to ETH PTP trigger output.
– TIM_TIM2_USBFS_SOF: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to USB FS SOF.
– TIM_TIM2_USBHS_SOF: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to USB HS SOF.
– TIM_TIM5_GPIO: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default)
– TIM_TIM5_LSI: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to LSI clock.
– TIM_TIM5_LSE: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to LSE clock.
– TIM_TIM5_RTC: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to RTC Output event.
– TIM_TIM11_GPIO: TIM11 CH4 input is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default)
– TIM_TIM11_SPDIF: SPDIF Frame synchronous
– TIM_TIM11_HSE: TIM11 CH4 input is connected to HSE_RTC clock (HSE divided by a
programmable prescaler)
– TIM_TIM11_MCO1: TIM11 CH1 input is connected to MCO1
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback
Function name
void HAL_TIMEx_CommutCallback (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Hall commutation changed callback in non-blocking mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1105/2236

UM1905
HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_TIMEx_CommutHalfCpltCallback (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Hall commutation changed half complete callback in non-blocking mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback
Function name
void HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Hall Break detection callback in non-blocking mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIMEx_Break2Callback
Function name
void HAL_TIMEx_Break2Callback (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Hall Break2 detection callback in non blocking mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_GetState
Function name
HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_GetState (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim)
Return the TIM Hall Sensor interface handle state.
Parameters
• htim: TIM Hall Sensor handle
Return values
• HAL: state
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1106/2236

UM1905
TIMEx Firmware driver defines
HAL_TIMEx_GetChannelNState
Function name
HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_GetChannelNState (TIM_HandleTypeDef * htim, uint32_t
ChannelN)
Return actual state of the TIM complementary channel.
Parameters
• ChannelN: TIM Complementary channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• TIM: Complementary channel state
TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt
Function name
void TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
TIM DMA Commutation callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt
Function name
void TIMEx_DMACommutationHalfCplt (DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma)
TIM DMA Commutation half complete callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
68.3 TIMEx Firmware driver defines

68.3.1 TIMEx
TIMEx
TIM Extended Break input
TIM_BREAKINPUT_BRK
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1107/2236

UM1905
TIMEx Firmware driver defines
TIM_BREAKINPUT_BRK2
TIM Extended Break input source
TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_BKIN
TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_DFSDM1
TIM Extended Break input source enabling
TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_DISABLE
TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_ENABLE
TIM Extended Break input polarity
TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_POLARITY_LOW
TIM_BREAKINPUTSOURCE_POLARITY_HIGH
TIM Extended Remapping
TIM_TIM2_TIM8_TRGO
TIM_TIM2_ETH_PTP
TIM_TIM2_USBFS_SOF
TIM_TIM2_USBHS_SOF
TIM_TIM5_GPIO
TIM_TIM5_LSI
TIM_TIM5_LSE
TIM_TIM5_RTC
TIM_TIM11_GPIO
TIM_TIM11_SPDIFRX
TIM_TIM11_HSE
TIM_TIM11_MCO1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1108/2236

UM1905
HAL UART Generic Driver
69 HAL UART Generic Driver
69.1 UART Firmware driver registers structures
69.1.1 UART_InitTypeDef
UART_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_uart.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Parity
• uint32_t Mode
• uint32_t HwFlowCtl
• uint32_t OverSampling
• uint32_t OneBitSampling
Field Documentation
• uint32_t UART_InitTypeDef::BaudRate
This member configures the UART communication baud rate. The baud rate register is computed using the
following formula:
– If oversampling is 16 or in LIN mode, Baud Rate Register = ((uart_ker_ck) / ((huart->Init.BaudRate)))
– If oversampling is 8, Baud Rate Register[15:4] = ((2 * uart_ker_ck) / ((huart->Init.BaudRate)))[15:4]
Baud Rate Register[3] = 0 Baud Rate Register[2:0] = (((2 * uart_ker_ck) / ((huart->Init.BaudRate)))
[3:0]) >> 1 where uart_ker_ck is the UART input clock
• uint32_t UART_InitTypeDef::WordLength
UARTEx_Word_Length.
• uint32_t UART_InitTypeDef::StopBits
Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted. This parameter can be a value of UART_Stop_Bits.
• uint32_t UART_InitTypeDef::Parity
Specifies the parity mode. This parameter can be a value of UART_Parity
Note:
• uint32_t UART_InitTypeDef::Mode
UART_Mode.
• uint32_t UART_InitTypeDef::HwFlowCtl
Specifies whether the hardware flow control mode is enabled or disabled. This parameter can be a value of
UART_Hardware_Flow_Control.
• uint32_t UART_InitTypeDef::OverSampling
Specifies whether the Over sampling 8 is enabled or disabled, to achieve higher speed (up to f_PCLK/8).
This parameter can be a value of UART_Over_Sampling.
• uint32_t UART_InitTypeDef::OneBitSampling
Specifies whether a single sample or three samples' majority vote is selected. Selecting the single sample
method increases the receiver tolerance to clock deviations. This parameter can be a value of
UART_OneBit_Sampling.
69.1.2 UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef
UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_uart.h
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1109/2236

UM1905
UART Firmware driver registers structures
Data Fields
• uint32_t AdvFeatureInit
• uint32_t TxPinLevelInvert
• uint32_t RxPinLevelInvert
• uint32_t DataInvert
• uint32_t Swap
• uint32_t OverrunDisable
• uint32_t DMADisableonRxError
• uint32_t AutoBaudRateEnable
• uint32_t AutoBaudRateMode
• uint32_t MSBFirst
Field Documentation
• uint32_t UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::AdvFeatureInit
Specifies which advanced UART features is initialized. Several Advanced Features may be initialized at the
same time . This parameter can be a value of UART_Advanced_Features_Initialization_Type.
• uint32_t UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::TxPinLevelInvert
Specifies whether the TX pin active level is inverted. This parameter can be a value of UART_Tx_Inv.
• uint32_t UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::RxPinLevelInvert
Specifies whether the RX pin active level is inverted. This parameter can be a value of UART_Rx_Inv.
• uint32_t UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::DataInvert
Specifies whether data are inverted (positive/direct logic vs negative/inverted logic). This parameter can be a
value of UART_Data_Inv.
• uint32_t UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::Swap
Specifies whether TX and RX pins are swapped. This parameter can be a value of UART_Rx_Tx_Swap.
• uint32_t UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::OverrunDisable
Specifies whether the reception overrun detection is disabled. This parameter can be a value of
UART_Overrun_Disable.
• uint32_t UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::DMADisableonRxError
Specifies whether the DMA is disabled in case of reception error. This parameter can be a value of
UART_DMA_Disable_on_Rx_Error.
• uint32_t UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::AutoBaudRateEnable
Specifies whether auto Baud rate detection is enabled. This parameter can be a value of
UART_AutoBaudRate_Enable.
• uint32_t UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::AutoBaudRateMode
If auto Baud rate detection is enabled, specifies how the rate detection is carried out. This parameter can be
a value of UART_AutoBaud_Rate_Mode.
• uint32_t UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef::MSBFirst
Specifies whether MSB is sent first on UART line. This parameter can be a value of UART_MSB_First.
69.1.3 __UART_HandleTypeDef
__UART_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_uart.h
Data Fields
• UART_InitTypeDef Init
• UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef AdvancedInit
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1110/2236

UM1905
UART Firmware driver registers structures

• uint16_t Mask
• void(* RxISR
• void(* TxISR
• __IO HAL_UART_StateTypeDef gState
• __IO HAL_UART_StateTypeDef RxState
Field Documentation
• USART_TypeDef* __UART_HandleTypeDef::Instance
UART registers base address
• UART_InitTypeDef __UART_HandleTypeDef::Init
UART communication parameters
• UART_AdvFeatureInitTypeDef __UART_HandleTypeDef::AdvancedInit
UART Advanced Features initialization parameters
• uint8_t* __UART_HandleTypeDef::pTxBuffPtr
Pointer to UART Tx transfer Buffer
• uint16_t __UART_HandleTypeDef::TxXferSize
UART Tx Transfer size
• __IO uint16_t __UART_HandleTypeDef::TxXferCount
UART Tx Transfer Counter
• uint8_t* __UART_HandleTypeDef::pRxBuffPtr
Pointer to UART Rx transfer Buffer
• uint16_t __UART_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
UART Rx Transfer size
• __IO uint16_t __UART_HandleTypeDef::RxXferCount
UART Rx Transfer Counter
• uint16_t __UART_HandleTypeDef::Mask
UART Rx RDR register mask
• void(* __UART_HandleTypeDef::RxISR)(struct __UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
• void(* __UART_HandleTypeDef::TxISR)(struct __UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* __UART_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
UART Tx DMA Handle parameters
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* __UART_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
UART Rx DMA Handle parameters
• HAL_LockTypeDef __UART_HandleTypeDef::Lock
Locking object
• __IO HAL_UART_StateTypeDef __UART_HandleTypeDef::gState
UART state information related to global Handle management and also related to Tx operations. This
parameter can be a value of HAL_UART_StateTypeDef
• __IO HAL_UART_StateTypeDef __UART_HandleTypeDef::RxState
UART state information related to Rx operations. This parameter can be a value of
HAL_UART_StateTypeDef
• __IO uint32_t __UART_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
UART Error code
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1111/2236

UM1905
UART Firmware driver API description
69.2 UART Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the UART library.

The UART HAL driver can be used as follows:
1. Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure (eg. UART_HandleTypeDef huart).
2. Initialize the UART low level resources by implementing the HAL_UART_MspInit() API:
– UART pins configuration:
◦ Enable the clock for the UART GPIOs.
◦ Configure these UART pins as alternate function pull-up.
– NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() and
HAL_UART_Receive_IT() APIs):
– UART interrupts handling:
Note: The specific UART interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, RXNE interrupt, RX/TX FIFOs related interrupts
and Error Interrupts) are managed using the macros __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT() and
__HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive processes.
– DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() and
HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() APIs):
◦ Associate the initialized DMA handle to the UART DMA Tx/Rx handle.
channel.
3. Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware flow control and Mode (Receiver/
Transmitter) in the huart handle Init structure.
4. If required, program UART advanced features (TX/RX pins swap, auto Baud rate detection,...) in the huart
handle AdvancedInit structure.
5. For the UART asynchronous mode, initialize the UART registers by calling the HAL_UART_Init() API.
6. For the UART Half duplex mode, initialize the UART registers by calling the HAL_HalfDuplex_Init() API.
7. For the UART LIN (Local Interconnection Network) mode, initialize the UART registers by calling the
HAL_LIN_Init() API.
8. For the UART Multiprocessor mode, initialize the UART registers by calling the HAL_MultiProcessor_Init()
API.
9. For the UART RS485 Driver Enabled mode, initialize the UART registers by calling the HAL_RS485Ex_Init()
API.
Note: These API's (HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), HAL_LIN_Init(), HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(), also
configure the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) by calling the customized
HAL_UART_MspInit() API.

The compilation define USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows the user to configure
Use Function @ref HAL_UART_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback. Function @ref
HAL_UART_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1112/2236

UM1905

• WakeupCallback : Wakeup Callback.
• RxFifoFullCallback : Rx Fifo Full Callback.
• TxFifoEmptyCallback : Tx Fifo Empty Callback.
• MspInitCallback : UART MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : UART MspDeInit. This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the
Use function @ref HAL_UART_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default weak (surcharged)
function. @ref HAL_UART_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, and the
• WakeupCallback : Wakeup Callback.
• RxFifoFullCallback : Rx Fifo Full Callback.
• TxFifoEmptyCallback : Tx Fifo Empty Callback.
• MspInitCallback : UART MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : UART MspDeInit.
By default, after the @ref HAL_UART_Init() and when the state is HAL_UART_STATE_RESET all callbacks are
set to the corresponding weak (surcharged) functions: examples @ref HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(), @ref
HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(). Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are respectively reset
to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the @ref HAL_UART_Init() and @ref HAL_UART_DeInit() only when
these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand). If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref
HAL_UART_Init() and @ref HAL_UART_DeInit() keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered
beforehand).
Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_UART_STATE_READY state only. Exception done MspInit/
MspDeInit that can be registered/unregistered in HAL_UART_STATE_READY or HAL_UART_STATE_RESET
the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks using @ref HAL_UART_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref
HAL_UART_DeInit() or @ref HAL_UART_Init() function.
When The compilation define USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the callback

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy in asynchronous mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1113/2236

UM1905
• For the asynchronous mode the parameters below can be configured:

– Baud Rate
– Word Length
– Stop Bit
– Hardware flow control
– Over Sampling Method
– One-Bit Sampling Method
• For the asynchronous mode, the following advanced features can be configured as well:
– auto Baud rate detection
The HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), HAL_LIN_Init()and HAL_MultiProcessor_Init()API follow
respectively the UART asynchronous, UART Half duplex, UART LIN mode and UART multiprocessor mode
configuration procedures (details for the procedures are available in reference manual).
• HAL_UART_Init
• HAL_HalfDuplex_Init
• HAL_LIN_Init
• HAL_MultiProcessor_Init
• HAL_UART_DeInit
• HAL_UART_MspInit
• HAL_UART_MspDeInit

• HAL_UART_Transmit
• HAL_UART_Receive
• HAL_UART_Transmit_IT
• HAL_UART_Receive_IT
• HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA
• HAL_UART_Receive_DMA
• HAL_UART_DMAPause
• HAL_UART_DMAResume
• HAL_UART_DMAStop
• HAL_UART_Abort
• HAL_UART_AbortTransmit
• HAL_UART_AbortReceive
• HAL_UART_Abort_IT
• HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT
• HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT
• HAL_UART_IRQHandler
• HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback
• HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1114/2236

UM1905
• HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback
• HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_UART_ErrorCallback
• HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback
• HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback
• HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback
• Section 69.2.7 HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback()

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the UART.
• HAL_UART_ReceiverTimeout_Config() API allows to configure the receiver timeout value on the fly
• HAL_UART_EnableReceiverTimeout() API enables the receiver timeout feature
• HAL_UART_DisableReceiverTimeout() API disables the receiver timeout feature
• HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode() API enables mute mode
• HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode() API disables mute mode
• HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API enters mute mode
• UART_SetConfig() API configures the UART peripheral
• UART_AdvFeatureConfig() API optionally configures the UART advanced features
• UART_CheckIdleState() API ensures that TEACK and/or REACK are set after initialization
• HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter() API disables receiver and enables transmitter
• HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver() API disables transmitter and enables receiver
• HAL_LIN_SendBreak() API transmits the break characters
• HAL_UART_ReceiverTimeout_Config
• HAL_UART_EnableReceiverTimeout
• HAL_UART_DisableReceiverTimeout
• HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode
• HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode
• HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode
• HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter
• HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver
• HAL_LIN_SendBreak

• Return the UART handle state.
• Return the UART handle error code
• HAL_UART_GetState
• HAL_UART_GetError
HAL_UART_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Init (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Initialize the UART mode according to the specified parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and initialize the
associated handle.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1115/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• huart: UART handle.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_HalfDuplex_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_Init (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Initialize the half-duplex mode according to the specified parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the
associated handle.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LIN_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_Init (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart, uint32_t BreakDetectLength)
Initialize the LIN mode according to the specified parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the
associated handle.
Parameters
• BreakDetectLength: Specifies the LIN break detection length. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_10B 10-bit break detection
– UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_11B 11-bit break detection
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_MultiProcessor_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_Init (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart, uint8_t Address, uint32_t
WakeUpMethod)
Initialize the multiprocessor mode according to the specified parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and initialize
the associated handle.
Parameters
• Address: UART node address (4-, 6-, 7- or 8-bit long).
• WakeUpMethod: Specifies the UART wakeup method. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_IDLELINE WakeUp by an idle line detection
– UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK WakeUp by an address mark
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1116/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• If the user resorts to idle line detection wake up, the Address parameter is useless and ignored by the
initialization function.
• If the user resorts to address mark wake up, the address length detection is configured by default to 4 bits
only. For the UART to be able to manage 6-, 7- or 8-bit long addresses detection, the API
HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set() must be called after HAL_MultiProcessor_Init().
HAL_UART_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DeInit (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
DeInitialize the UART peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_UART_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_UART_MspInit (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Initialize the UART MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_UART_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_UART_MspDeInit (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
DeInitialize the UART MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_UART_Transmit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1117/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
sent data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number of u16 provided through
pData.
HAL_UART_Receive
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t Size,
uint32_t Timeout)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
received data is handled as a set of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number of u16 available
through pData.
HAL_UART_Transmit_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_IT (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1118/2236

UM1905
Notes
pData.
HAL_UART_Receive_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_IT (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
through pData.
HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
pData.
HAL_UART_Receive_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_DMA (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart, uint8_t * pData, uint16_t
Size)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1119/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• When the UART parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received data contain the parity bit (MSB position).
through pData.
HAL_UART_DMAPause
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAPause (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_UART_DMAResume
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAResume (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_UART_DMAStop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAStop (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1120/2236

UM1905
HAL_UART_Abort
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Abort (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
procedure performs following operations : Disable UART Interrupts (Tx and Rx)Disable the DMA transfer in
HAL_UART_AbortTransmit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortTransmit (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
procedure performs following operations : Disable UART Interrupts (Tx)Disable the DMA transfer in the
HAL_UART_AbortReceive
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortReceive (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1121/2236

UM1905
Notes
procedure performs following operations : Disable UART Interrupts (Rx)Disable the DMA transfer in the
HAL_UART_Abort_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Abort_IT (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
procedure performs following operations : Disable UART Interrupts (Tx and Rx)Disable the DMA transfer in
HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
procedure performs following operations : Disable UART Interrupts (Tx)Disable the DMA transfer in the
HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1122/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
procedure performs following operations : Disable UART Interrupts (Rx)Disable the DMA transfer in the
HAL_UART_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_UART_IRQHandler (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Handle UART interrupt request.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1123/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_UART_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
UART error callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
UART Abort Complete callback.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1124/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
UART Abort Complete callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
UART Abort Receive Complete callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_UART_ReceiverTimeout_Config
Function name
void HAL_UART_ReceiverTimeout_Config (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart, uint32_t TimeoutValue)
Update on the fly the receiver timeout value in RTOR register.
Parameters
• huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the
• TimeoutValue: receiver timeout value in number of baud blocks. The timeout value must be less or equal
to 0x0FFFFFFFF.
Return values
• None:
HAL_UART_EnableReceiverTimeout
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_EnableReceiverTimeout (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Enable the UART receiver timeout feature.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1125/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_UART_DisableReceiverTimeout
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DisableReceiverTimeout (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Disable the UART receiver timeout feature.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_LIN_SendBreak
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_SendBreak (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Transmit break characters.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Enable UART in mute mode (does not mean UART enters mute mode; to enter mute mode,
HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API must be called).
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1126/2236

UM1905
Disable UART mute mode (does not mean the UART actually exits mute mode as it may not have been in mute
mode at this very moment).
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode
Function name
void HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Enter UART mute mode (means UART actually enters mute mode).
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• To exit from mute mode, HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode() API must be called.
HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Enable the UART transmitter and disable the UART receiver.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Enable the UART receiver and disable the UART transmitter.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1127/2236

UM1905
HAL_UART_GetState
Function name
HAL_UART_StateTypeDef HAL_UART_GetState (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Return the UART handle state.
Parameters
specified UART.
Return values
• HAL: state
HAL_UART_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_UART_GetError (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Return the UART handle error code.
Parameters
specified UART.
Return values
• UART: Error Code
UART_SetConfig
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_SetConfig (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Initialize the callbacks to their default values.
Parameters
Return values
• none: Configure the UART peripheral.
• HAL: status
UART_CheckIdleState
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_CheckIdleState (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Check the UART Idle State.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1128/2236

UM1905
UART Firmware driver defines
Return values
• HAL: status
UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart, uint32_t Flag,
FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout)
Handle UART Communication Timeout.
Parameters
• Flag: Specifies the UART flag to check
• Status: Flag status (SET or RESET)
• Tickstart: Tick start value
Return values
• HAL: status
UART_AdvFeatureConfig
Function name
void UART_AdvFeatureConfig (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Configure the UART peripheral advanced features.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
69.3 UART Firmware driver defines

69.3.1 UART
UART
UART Advanced Feature Initialization Type
UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT
No advanced feature initialization
UART_ADVFEATURE_TXINVERT_INIT
TX pin active level inversion
UART_ADVFEATURE_RXINVERT_INIT
RX pin active level inversion
UART_ADVFEATURE_DATAINVERT_INIT
Binary data inversion
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1129/2236

UM1905
UART_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_INIT
TX/RX pins swap
UART_ADVFEATURE_RXOVERRUNDISABLE_INIT
RX overrun disable
UART_ADVFEATURE_DMADISABLEONERROR_INIT
UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_INIT
Auto Baud rate detection initialization
UART_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_INIT
Most significant bit sent/received first
UART Advanced Feature Auto BaudRate Enable
UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_DISABLE
RX Auto Baud rate detection enable
UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_ENABLE
RX Auto Baud rate detection disable
UART Advanced Feature AutoBaud Rate Mode
UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_ONSTARTBIT
Auto Baud rate detection on start bit
UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_ONFALLINGEDGE
Auto Baud rate detection on falling edge
UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_ON0X7FFRAME
Auto Baud rate detection on 0x7F frame detection
UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_ON0X55FRAME
Auto Baud rate detection on 0x55 frame detection
UART Driver Enable Assertion Time LSB Position In CR1 Register
UART_CR1_DEAT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS
UART Driver Enable assertion time LSB position in CR1 register
UART Driver Enable DeAssertion Time LSB Position In CR1 Register
UART_CR1_DEDT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS
UART Driver Enable de-assertion time LSB position in CR1 register
UART Address-matching LSB Position In CR2 Register
UART_CR2_ADDRESS_LSB_POS
UART address-matching LSB position in CR2 register
UART Advanced Feature Binary Data Inversion
UART_ADVFEATURE_DATAINV_DISABLE
Binary data inversion disable
UART_ADVFEATURE_DATAINV_ENABLE
Binary data inversion enable
UART Advanced Feature DMA Disable On Rx Error
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1130/2236

UM1905
UART_ADVFEATURE_DMA_ENABLEONRXERROR
DMA enable on Reception Error
UART_ADVFEATURE_DMA_DISABLEONRXERROR
UART DMA Rx
UART_DMA_RX_DISABLE
UART DMA RX disabled
UART_DMA_RX_ENABLE
UART DMA RX enabled
UART DMA Tx
UART_DMA_TX_DISABLE
UART DMA TX disabled
UART_DMA_TX_ENABLE
UART DMA TX enabled
UART DriverEnable Polarity
UART_DE_POLARITY_HIGH
Driver enable signal is active high
UART_DE_POLARITY_LOW
Driver enable signal is active low
UART Error Definition
HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_UART_ERROR_PE
Parity error
HAL_UART_ERROR_NE
Noise error
HAL_UART_ERROR_FE
Frame error
HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE
Overrun error
HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
HAL_UART_ERROR_RTO
Receiver Timeout error
UART Exported Macros
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1131/2236

UM1905
__HAL_UART_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset UART handle states.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: UART handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_UART_FLUSH_DRREGISTER
Description:
• Flush the UART Data registers.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the UART Handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the specified UART pending flag.
Parameters:
– UART_CLEAR_PEF Parity Error Clear Flag
– UART_CLEAR_FEF Framing Error Clear Flag
– UART_CLEAR_NEF Noise detected Clear Flag
– UART_CLEAR_OREF Overrun Error Clear Flag
– UART_CLEAR_IDLEF IDLE line detected Clear Flag
– UART_CLEAR_TCF Transmission Complete Clear Flag
– UART_CLEAR_RTOF Receiver Timeout clear flag
– UART_CLEAR_LBDF LIN Break Detection Clear Flag
– UART_CLEAR_CTSF CTS Interrupt Clear Flag
– UART_CLEAR_CMF Character Match Clear Flag #if defined(USART_CR1_UESM)
– UART_CLEAR_WUF Wake Up from stop mode Clear Flag #endif
Return value:
• None
__HAL_UART_CLEAR_PEFLAG
Description:
• Clear the UART PE pending flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1132/2236

UM1905
__HAL_UART_CLEAR_FEFLAG
Description:
• Clear the UART FE pending flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_UART_CLEAR_NEFLAG
Description:
• Clear the UART NE pending flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG
Description:
• Clear the UART ORE pending flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_UART_CLEAR_IDLEFLAG
Description:
• Clear the UART IDLE pending flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1133/2236

UM1905
__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Check whether the specified UART flag is set or not.
Parameters:
• __FLAG__: specifies the flag to check. This parameter can be one of the following values: #if
defined(USART_ISR_REACK)
– UART_FLAG_REACK Receive enable acknowledge flag #endif
– UART_FLAG_TEACK Transmit enable acknowledge flag #if defined(USART_CR1_UESM)
– UART_FLAG_WUF Wake up from stop mode flag #endif
– UART_FLAG_RWU Receiver wake up flag (if the UART in mute mode)
– UART_FLAG_SBKF Send Break flag
– UART_FLAG_CMF Character match flag
– UART_FLAG_BUSY Busy flag
– UART_FLAG_ABRF Auto Baud rate detection flag
– UART_FLAG_ABRE Auto Baud rate detection error flag
– UART_FLAG_CTS CTS Change flag
– UART_FLAG_LBDF LIN Break detection flag
– UART_FLAG_TXE Transmit data register empty flag
– UART_FLAG_TC Transmission Complete flag
– UART_FLAG_RXNE Receive data register not empty flag
– UART_FLAG_RTOF Receiver Timeout flag
– UART_FLAG_IDLE Idle Line detection flag
– UART_FLAG_ORE Overrun Error flag
– UART_FLAG_NE Noise Error flag
– UART_FLAG_FE Framing Error flag
– UART_FLAG_PE Parity Error flag
Return value:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1134/2236

UM1905
__HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the specified UART interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the UART interrupt source to enable. This parameter can be one of the
following values: #if defined(USART_CR1_UESM)
– UART_IT_WUF Wakeup from stop mode interrupt #endif
– UART_IT_CM Character match interrupt
– UART_IT_CTS CTS change interrupt
– UART_IT_LBD LIN Break detection interrupt
– UART_IT_TXE Transmit Data Register empty interrupt
– UART_IT_TC Transmission complete interrupt
– UART_IT_RXNE Receive Data register not empty interrupt
– UART_IT_RTO Receive Timeout interrupt
– UART_IT_IDLE Idle line detection interrupt
– UART_IT_PE Parity Error interrupt
– UART_IT_ERR Error interrupt (frame error, noise error, overrun error)
Return value:
• None
__HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the specified UART interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the UART interrupt source to disable. This parameter can be one of the
– UART_IT_ERR Error interrupt (Frame error, noise error, overrun error)
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1135/2236

UM1905
__HAL_UART_GET_IT
Description:
• Check whether the specified UART interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the UART interrupt to check. This parameter can be one of the following
values: #if defined(USART_CR1_UESM)
Return value:
__HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Check whether the specified UART interrupt source is enabled or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the UART interrupt source to check. This parameter can be one of the
Return value:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1136/2236

UM1905
__HAL_UART_CLEAR_IT
Description:
• Clear the specified UART ISR flag, in setting the proper ICR register flag.
Parameters:
– UART_CLEAR_PEF Parity Error Clear Flag
– UART_CLEAR_FEF Framing Error Clear Flag
– UART_CLEAR_NEF Noise detected Clear Flag
– UART_CLEAR_OREF Overrun Error Clear Flag
– UART_CLEAR_IDLEF IDLE line detected Clear Flag
– UART_CLEAR_RTOF Receiver timeout clear flag
– UART_CLEAR_TCF Transmission Complete Clear Flag
– UART_CLEAR_LBDF LIN Break Detection Clear Flag
– UART_CLEAR_CTSF CTS Interrupt Clear Flag
– UART_CLEAR_CMF Character Match Clear Flag #if defined(USART_CR1_UESM)
– UART_CLEAR_WUF Wake Up from stop mode Clear Flag #endif
Return value:
• None
__HAL_UART_SEND_REQ
Description:
• Set a specific UART request flag.
Parameters:
– UART_AUTOBAUD_REQUEST Auto-Baud Rate Request
– UART_SENDBREAK_REQUEST Send Break Request
– UART_MUTE_MODE_REQUEST Mute Mode Request
– UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST Receive Data flush Request
– UART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST Transmit data flush Request
Return value:
• None
__HAL_UART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the UART one bit sample method.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1137/2236

UM1905
__HAL_UART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the UART one bit sample method.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_UART_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable UART.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_UART_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable UART.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_UART_HWCONTROL_CTS_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable CTS flow control.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
Notes:
• This macro allows to enable CTS hardware flow control for a given UART instance, without need to call
HAL_UART_Init() function. As involving direct access to UART registers, usage of this macro should be
fully endorsed by user. As macro is expected to be used for modifying CTS Hw flow control feature
activation, without need for USART instance Deinit/Init, following conditions for macro call should be
fulfilled : UART instance should have already been initialised (through call of HAL_UART_Init() )macro
could only be called when corresponding UART instance is disabled (i.e.
__HAL_UART_DISABLE(__HANDLE__)) and should be followed by an Enable macro (i.e.
__HAL_UART_ENABLE(__HANDLE__)).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1138/2236

UM1905
__HAL_UART_HWCONTROL_CTS_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable CTS flow control.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
Notes:
• This macro allows to disable CTS hardware flow control for a given UART instance, without need to call
fully endorsed by user. As macro is expected to be used for modifying CTS Hw flow control feature
__HAL_UART_HWCONTROL_RTS_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable RTS flow control.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
Notes:
• This macro allows to enable RTS hardware flow control for a given UART instance, without need to call
fully endorsed by user. As macro is expected to be used for modifying RTS Hw flow control feature
__HAL_UART_HWCONTROL_RTS_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable RTS flow control.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
Notes:
• This macro allows to disable RTS hardware flow control for a given UART instance, without need to call
fully endorsed by user. As macro is expected to be used for modifying RTS Hw flow control feature
UART Status Flags
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1139/2236

UM1905
UART_FLAG_REACK
UART receive enable acknowledge flag
UART_FLAG_TEACK
UART transmit enable acknowledge flag
UART_FLAG_WUF
UART wake-up from stop mode flag
UART_FLAG_RWU
UART receiver wake-up from mute mode flag
UART_FLAG_SBKF
UART send break flag
UART_FLAG_CMF
UART character match flag
UART_FLAG_BUSY
UART busy flag
UART_FLAG_ABRF
UART auto Baud rate flag
UART_FLAG_ABRE
UART auto Baud rate error
UART_FLAG_RTOF
UART receiver timeout flag
UART_FLAG_CTS
UART clear to send flag
UART_FLAG_CTSIF
UART clear to send interrupt flag
UART_FLAG_LBDF
UART LIN break detection flag
UART_FLAG_TXE
UART transmit data register empty
UART_FLAG_TC
UART transmission complete
UART_FLAG_RXNE
UART read data register not empty
UART_FLAG_IDLE
UART idle flag
UART_FLAG_ORE
UART overrun error
UART_FLAG_NE
UART noise error
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1140/2236

UM1905
UART_FLAG_FE
UART frame error
UART_FLAG_PE
UART parity error
UART Half Duplex Selection
UART_HALF_DUPLEX_DISABLE
UART half-duplex disabled
UART_HALF_DUPLEX_ENABLE
UART half-duplex enabled
UART Hardware Flow Control
UART_HWCONTROL_NONE
No hardware control
UART_HWCONTROL_RTS
Request To Send
UART_HWCONTROL_CTS
Clear To Send
UART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS
Request and Clear To Send
UART Interruptions Flag Mask
UART_IT_MASK
UART interruptions flags mask
UART Interrupts Definition
UART_IT_PE
UART parity error interruption
UART_IT_TXE
UART transmit data register empty interruption
UART_IT_TC
UART transmission complete interruption
UART_IT_RXNE
UART read data register not empty interruption
UART_IT_IDLE
UART idle interruption
UART_IT_LBD
UART LIN break detection interruption
UART_IT_CTS
UART CTS interruption
UART_IT_CM
UART character match interruption
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1141/2236

UM1905
UART_IT_WUF
UART wake-up from stop mode interruption
UART_IT_RTO
UART receiver timeout interruption
UART_IT_ERR
UART error interruption
UART_IT_ORE
UART overrun error interruption
UART_IT_NE
UART noise error interruption
UART_IT_FE
UART frame error interruption
UART Interruption Clear Flags
UART_CLEAR_PEF
UART_CLEAR_FEF
UART_CLEAR_NEF
UART_CLEAR_OREF
Overrun Error Clear Flag
UART_CLEAR_IDLEF
UART_CLEAR_TCF
UART_CLEAR_LBDF
LIN Break Detection Clear Flag
UART_CLEAR_CTSF
CTS Interrupt Clear Flag
UART_CLEAR_CMF
Character Match Clear Flag
UART_CLEAR_WUF
Wake Up from stop mode Clear Flag
UART_CLEAR_RTOF
UART receiver timeout clear flag
UART Local Interconnection Network mode
UART_LIN_DISABLE
Local Interconnect Network disable
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1142/2236

UM1905
UART_LIN_ENABLE
Local Interconnect Network enable
UART LIN Break Detection
UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_10B
LIN 10-bit break detection length
UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_11B
LIN 11-bit break detection length
UART Transfer Mode
UART_MODE_RX
RX mode
UART_MODE_TX
TX mode
UART_MODE_TX_RX
RX and TX mode
UART Advanced Feature MSB First
UART_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_DISABLE
Most significant bit sent/received first disable
UART_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_ENABLE
Most significant bit sent/received first enable
UART Advanced Feature Mute Mode Enable
UART_ADVFEATURE_MUTEMODE_DISABLE
UART mute mode disable
UART_ADVFEATURE_MUTEMODE_ENABLE
UART mute mode enable
UART One Bit Sampling Method
UART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_DISABLE
One-bit sampling disable
UART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_ENABLE
One-bit sampling enable
UART Advanced Feature Overrun Disable
UART_ADVFEATURE_OVERRUN_ENABLE
RX overrun enable
UART_ADVFEATURE_OVERRUN_DISABLE
RX overrun disable
UART Over Sampling
UART_OVERSAMPLING_16
Oversampling by 16
UART_OVERSAMPLING_8
Oversampling by 8
UART Parity
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1143/2236

UM1905
UART_PARITY_NONE
No parity
UART_PARITY_EVEN
Even parity
UART_PARITY_ODD
Odd parity
UART Receiver Timeout
UART_RECEIVER_TIMEOUT_DISABLE
UART Receiver Timeout disable
UART_RECEIVER_TIMEOUT_ENABLE
UART Receiver Timeout enable
UART Request Parameters
UART_AUTOBAUD_REQUEST
Auto-Baud Rate Request
UART_SENDBREAK_REQUEST
Send Break Request
UART_MUTE_MODE_REQUEST
Mute Mode Request
UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST
UART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST
UART Advanced Feature RX Pin Active Level Inversion
UART_ADVFEATURE_RXINV_DISABLE
RX pin active level inversion disable
UART_ADVFEATURE_RXINV_ENABLE
RX pin active level inversion enable
UART Advanced Feature RX TX Pins Swap
UART_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_DISABLE
TX/RX pins swap disable
UART_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_ENABLE
TX/RX pins swap enable
UART State
UART_STATE_DISABLE
UART disabled
UART_STATE_ENABLE
UART enabled
UART State Code Definition
HAL_UART_STATE_RESET
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1144/2236

UM1905
HAL_UART_STATE_READY
HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY
HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX
HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX
HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX
HAL_UART_STATE_TIMEOUT
HAL_UART_STATE_ERROR
UART Number of Stop Bits
UART_STOPBITS_0_5
UART frame with 0.5 stop bit
UART_STOPBITS_1
UART frame with 1 stop bit
UART_STOPBITS_1_5
UART frame with 1.5 stop bits
UART_STOPBITS_2
UART frame with 2 stop bits
UART Advanced Feature Stop Mode Enable
UART_ADVFEATURE_STOPMODE_DISABLE
UART stop mode disable
UART_ADVFEATURE_STOPMODE_ENABLE
UART stop mode enable
UART polling-based communications time-out value
HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE
UART polling-based communications time-out value
UART Advanced Feature TX Pin Active Level Inversion
UART_ADVFEATURE_TXINV_DISABLE
TX pin active level inversion disable
UART_ADVFEATURE_TXINV_ENABLE
TX pin active level inversion enable
UART WakeUp From Stop Selection
UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS
UART wake-up on address
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1145/2236

UM1905
UART_WAKEUP_ON_STARTBIT
UART wake-up on start bit
UART_WAKEUP_ON_READDATA_NONEMPTY
UART wake-up on receive data register not empty or RXFIFO is not empty
UART WakeUp Methods
UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_IDLELINE
UART wake-up on idle line
UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK
UART wake-up on address mark
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1146/2236

UM1905
HAL UART Extension Driver
70 HAL UART Extension Driver
70.1 UARTEx Firmware driver registers structures
70.1.1 UART_WakeUpTypeDef
UART_WakeUpTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_uart_ex.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t WakeUpEvent
• uint16_t AddressLength
• uint8_t Address
Field Documentation
• uint32_t UART_WakeUpTypeDef::WakeUpEvent
Specifies which event will activate the Wakeup from Stop mode flag (WUF). This parameter can be a value
of UART_WakeUp_from_Stop_Selection. If set to UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS, the two other fields
below must be filled up.
• uint16_t UART_WakeUpTypeDef::AddressLength
Specifies whether the address is 4 or 7-bit long. This parameter can be a value of
UARTEx_WakeUp_Address_Length.
• uint8_t UART_WakeUpTypeDef::Address
UART/USART node address (7-bit long max).
70.2 UARTEx Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the UARTEx library.
70.2.1 UART peripheral extended features

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy in asynchronous mode.
• For the asynchronous mode the parameters below can be configured:
– Baud Rate
– Word Length
– Stop Bit
– Hardware flow control
– Over Sampling Method
– One-Bit Sampling Method
• For the asynchronous mode, the following advanced features can be configured as well:
– auto Baud rate detection
The HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API follows the UART RS485 mode configuration procedures (details for the
procedures are available in reference manual).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1147/2236

UM1905
UARTEx Firmware driver API description

• HAL_RS485Ex_Init

This section provides the following functions:
• HAL_UARTEx_EnableClockStopMode() API enables the UART clock (HSI or LSE only) during stop mode
• HAL_UARTEx_DisableClockStopMode() API disables the above functionality
• HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set() API optionally sets the UART node address detection length
to more than 4 bits for multiprocessor address mark wake up. #if defined(USART_CR1_UESM)
• HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig() API defines the wake-up from stop mode trigger: address
match, Start Bit detection or RXNE bit status.
• HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode() API enables the UART to wake up the MCU from stop mode
• HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode() API disables the above functionality #endif
• HAL_UARTEx_EnableClockStopMode
• HAL_UARTEx_DisableClockStopMode
• HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set
• HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig
• HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode
• HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode
HAL_RS485Ex_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RS485Ex_Init (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart, uint32_t Polarity, uint32_t
AssertionTime, uint32_t DeassertionTime)
Initialize the RS485 Driver enable feature according to the specified parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and
creates the associated handle.
Parameters
• Polarity: Select the driver enable polarity. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– UART_DE_POLARITY_HIGH DE signal is active high
– UART_DE_POLARITY_LOW DE signal is active low
• AssertionTime: Driver Enable assertion time: 5-bit value defining the time between the activation of the
DE (Driver Enable) signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16
bit time, depending on the oversampling rate)
• DeassertionTime: Driver Enable deassertion time: 5-bit value defining the time between the end of the last
stop bit, in a transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal. It is expressed in
sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate).
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback
Function name
void HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1148/2236

UM1905
UART wakeup from Stop mode callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart,
UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection)
Set Wakeup from Stop mode interrupt flag selection.
Parameters
• WakeUpSelection: Address match, Start Bit detection or RXNE/RXFNE bit status. This parameter can be
– UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS
– UART_WAKEUP_ON_STARTBIT
– UART_WAKEUP_ON_READDATA_NONEMPTY
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• It is the application responsibility to enable the interrupt used as usart_wkup interrupt source before
entering low-power mode.
HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Enable UART Stop Mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• The UART is able to wake up the MCU from Stop 1 mode as long as UART clock is HSI or LSE.
HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1149/2236

UM1905
Disable UART Stop Mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_UARTEx_EnableClockStopMode
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableClockStopMode (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Keep UART Clock enabled when in Stop Mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• When the USART clock source is configured to be LSE or HSI, it is possible to keep enabled this clock
during STOP mode by setting the UCESM bit in USART_CR3 control register.
• When LPUART is used to wakeup from stop with LSE is selected as LPUART clock source, and desired
baud rate is 9600 baud, the bit UCESM bit in LPUART_CR3 control register must be set.
HAL_UARTEx_DisableClockStopMode
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableClockStopMode (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart)
Disable UART Clock when in Stop Mode.
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set (UART_HandleTypeDef * huart, uint32_t
AddressLength)
By default in multiprocessor mode, when the wake up method is set to address mark, the UART handles only 4-
bit long addresses detection; this API allows to enable longer addresses detection (6-, 7- or 8-bit long).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1150/2236

UM1905
UARTEx Firmware driver defines
Parameters
• AddressLength: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_4B 4-bit long address
– UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_7B 6-, 7- or 8-bit long address
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• Addresses detection lengths are: 6-bit address detection in 7-bit data mode, 7-bit address detection in 8-bit
data mode, 8-bit address detection in 9-bit data mode.
70.3 UARTEx Firmware driver defines

70.3.1 UARTEx
UARTEx
UARTEx WakeUp Address Length
UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_4B
4-bit long wake-up address
UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_7B
7-bit long wake-up address
UARTEx Word Length
UART_WORDLENGTH_7B
7-bit long UART frame
UART_WORDLENGTH_8B
UART_WORDLENGTH_9B
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1151/2236

UM1905
HAL USART Generic Driver
71 HAL USART Generic Driver
71.1 USART Firmware driver registers structures
71.1.1 USART_InitTypeDef
USART_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_usart.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Parity
• uint32_t Mode
• uint32_t CLKLastBit
Field Documentation
• uint32_t USART_InitTypeDef::BaudRate
This member configures the Usart communication baud rate. The baud rate is computed using the following
formula: Baud Rate Register[15:4] = ((2 * fclk_pres) / ((huart->Init.BaudRate)))[15:4] Baud Rate Register[3] =
0 Baud Rate Register[2:0] = (((2 * fclk_pres) / ((huart->Init.BaudRate)))[3:0]) >> 1 where fclk_pres is the
USART input clock frequency
Note:
– Oversampling by 8 is systematically applied to achieve high baud rates.
• uint32_t USART_InitTypeDef::WordLength
USARTEx_Word_Length.
• uint32_t USART_InitTypeDef::StopBits
Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted. This parameter can be a value of USART_Stop_Bits.
• uint32_t USART_InitTypeDef::Parity
Specifies the parity mode. This parameter can be a value of USART_Parity
Note:
• uint32_t USART_InitTypeDef::Mode
USART_Mode.
• uint32_t USART_InitTypeDef::CLKPolarity
Specifies the steady state of the serial clock. This parameter can be a value of USART_Clock_Polarity.
• uint32_t USART_InitTypeDef::CLKPhase
USART_Clock_Phase.
• uint32_t USART_InitTypeDef::CLKLastBit
the SCLK pin in synchronous mode. This parameter can be a value of USART_Last_Bit.
71.1.2 __USART_HandleTypeDef
__USART_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_usart.h
Data Fields
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1152/2236

UM1905
USART Firmware driver registers structures
• USART_InitTypeDef Init
• uint16_t Mask
• void(* RxISR
• void(* TxISR
• __IO HAL_USART_StateTypeDef State
Field Documentation
• USART_TypeDef* __USART_HandleTypeDef::Instance
• USART_InitTypeDef __USART_HandleTypeDef::Init
USART communication parameters
• uint8_t* __USART_HandleTypeDef::pTxBuffPtr
Pointer to USART Tx transfer Buffer
• uint16_t __USART_HandleTypeDef::TxXferSize
USART Tx Transfer size
• __IO uint16_t __USART_HandleTypeDef::TxXferCount
USART Tx Transfer Counter
• uint8_t* __USART_HandleTypeDef::pRxBuffPtr
Pointer to USART Rx transfer Buffer
• uint16_t __USART_HandleTypeDef::RxXferSize
USART Rx Transfer size
• __IO uint16_t __USART_HandleTypeDef::RxXferCount
USART Rx Transfer Counter
• uint16_t __USART_HandleTypeDef::Mask
USART Rx RDR register mask
• void(* __USART_HandleTypeDef::RxISR)(struct __USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
• void(* __USART_HandleTypeDef::TxISR)(struct __USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* __USART_HandleTypeDef::hdmatx
USART Tx DMA Handle parameters
• DMA_HandleTypeDef* __USART_HandleTypeDef::hdmarx
USART Rx DMA Handle parameters
• HAL_LockTypeDef __USART_HandleTypeDef::Lock
Locking object
• __IO HAL_USART_StateTypeDef __USART_HandleTypeDef::State
USART communication state
• __IO uint32_t __USART_HandleTypeDef::ErrorCode
USART Error code
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1153/2236

UM1905
USART Firmware driver API description
71.2 USART Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the USART library.

The USART HAL driver can be used as follows:
1. Declare a USART_HandleTypeDef handle structure (eg. USART_HandleTypeDef husart).
2. Initialize the USART low level resources by implementing the HAL_USART_MspInit() API:
– USART pins configuration:
◦ Enable the clock for the USART GPIOs.
◦ Configure these USART pins as alternate function pull-up.
– NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_USART_Transmit_IT(),
HAL_USART_Receive_IT() and HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT() APIs):
– USART interrupts handling:
Note: The specific USART interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be
managed using the macros __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT() inside the
transmit and receive process.
– DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA()
HAL_USART_Receive_DMA() and HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA() APIs):
◦ Associate the initialized DMA handle to the USART DMA Tx/Rx handle.
channel.
3. Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Stop Bit, Parity, and Mode (Receiver/Transmitter) in the husart
handle Init structure.
4. Initialize the USART registers by calling the HAL_USART_Init() API:
customized HAL_USART_MspInit(&husart) API.
Note: To configure and enable/disable the USART to wake up the MCU from stop mode, resort to UART API's
HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig(), HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode() and
HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode() in casting the USART handle to UART type UART_HandleTypeDef.

The compilation define USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows the user to configure
Use Function @ref HAL_USART_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback. Function @ref
HAL_USART_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
• TxRxCpltCallback : Tx Rx Complete Callback.
• MspInitCallback : USART MspInit.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1154/2236

UM1905
• MspDeInitCallback : USART MspDeInit. This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the
Use function @ref HAL_USART_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default weak (surcharged)
function. @ref HAL_USART_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, and the
• TxRxCpltCallback : Tx Rx Complete Callback.
• MspInitCallback : USART MspInit.
• MspDeInitCallback : USART MspDeInit.
By default, after the @ref HAL_USART_Init() and when the state is HAL_USART_STATE_RESET all callbacks
are set to the corresponding weak (surcharged) functions: examples @ref HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(), @ref
HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback(). Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are respectively
reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the @ref HAL_USART_Init() and @ref HAL_USART_DeInit()
only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand). If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the @ref
HAL_USART_Init() and @ref HAL_USART_DeInit() keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks
(registered beforehand).
Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_USART_STATE_READY state only. Exception done MspInit/
MspDeInit that can be registered/unregistered in HAL_USART_STATE_READY or HAL_USART_STATE_RESET
the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks using @ref HAL_USART_RegisterCallback() before calling @ref
HAL_USART_DeInit() or @ref HAL_USART_Init() function.
When The compilation define USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or not defined, the
callback registration feature is not available and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USART in asynchronous and in synchronous
modes.
• For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured:
– Baud Rate
– Word Length
– Stop Bit
– USART polarity
– USART phase
– USART LastBit
The HAL_USART_Init() function follows the USART synchronous configuration procedure (details for the
procedure are available in reference manual).
• HAL_USART_Init
• HAL_USART_DeInit
• HAL_USART_MspInit
• HAL_USART_MspDeInit

This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART synchronous data transfers.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1155/2236

UM1905
The USART supports master mode only: it cannot receive or send data related to an input clock (SCLK is always
an output).
– Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. The HAL status of all data
– No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts or DMA, These API's return the
HAL status. The end of the data processing will be indicated through the dedicated USART IRQ when
using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when using DMA mode. The HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(),
HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback() and HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback() user callbacks will be executed
respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process The HAL_USART_ErrorCallback()user
callback will be executed when a communication error is detected
2. Blocking mode API's are :
– HAL_USART_Transmit() in simplex mode
– HAL_USART_Receive() in full duplex receive only
– HAL_USART_TransmitReceive() in full duplex mode
3. Non-Blocking mode API's with Interrupt are :
– HAL_USART_Transmit_IT() in simplex mode
– HAL_USART_Receive_IT() in full duplex receive only
– HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT() in full duplex mode
– HAL_USART_IRQHandler()
4. No-Blocking mode API's with DMA are :
– HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA() in simplex mode
– HAL_USART_Receive_DMA() in full duplex receive only
– HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA() in full duplex mode
– HAL_USART_DMAPause()
– HAL_USART_DMAResume()
– HAL_USART_DMAStop()
5. A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in Non_Blocking mode:
– HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback()
– HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback()
– HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback()
– HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback()
– HAL_USART_ErrorCallback()
– HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback()
– HAL_USART_Abort()
– HAL_USART_Abort_IT()
7. For Abort services based on interrupts (HAL_USART_Abort_IT), a Abort Complete Callbacks is provided:
– HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback()
– Error is considered as Recoverable and non blocking : Transfer could go till end, but error severity is to
to identify error type, and HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed. Transfer is kept
ongoing on USART side. If user wants to abort it, Abort services should be called by user.
– Error is considered as Blocking : Transfer could not be completed properly and is aborted. This
concerns Overrun Error In Interrupt mode reception and all errors in DMA mode. Error code is set to
allow user to identify error type, and HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed.
• HAL_USART_Transmit
• HAL_USART_Receive
• HAL_USART_TransmitReceive
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1156/2236

UM1905
• HAL_USART_Transmit_IT
• HAL_USART_Receive_IT
• HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT
• HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA
• HAL_USART_Receive_DMA
• HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA
• HAL_USART_DMAPause
• HAL_USART_DMAResume
• HAL_USART_DMAStop
• HAL_USART_Abort
• HAL_USART_Abort_IT
• HAL_USART_IRQHandler
• HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback
• HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback
• HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback
• HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback
• HAL_USART_ErrorCallback
• HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback

• Return the USART handle state
• Return the USART handle error code
• HAL_USART_GetState
• HAL_USART_GetError
HAL_USART_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Init (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Initialize the USART mode according to the specified parameters in the USART_InitTypeDef and initialize the
associated handle.
Parameters
• husart: USART handle.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_USART_DeInit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DeInit (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
DeInitialize the USART peripheral.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1157/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_USART_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_USART_MspInit (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Initialize the USART MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_USART_MspDeInit
Function name
void HAL_USART_MspDeInit (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
DeInitialize the USART MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_USART_Transmit
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart, uint8_t * pTxData, uint16_t
Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Simplex send an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters
• pTxData: Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
pTxData.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1158/2236

UM1905
HAL_USART_Receive
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart, uint8_t * pRxData, uint16_t
Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Parameters
• pRxData: Pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• To receive synchronous data, dummy data are simultaneously transmitted.
through pRxData.
HAL_USART_TransmitReceive
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart, uint8_t * pTxData,
uint8_t * pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
Full-Duplex Send and Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
Parameters
• pTxData: pointer to TX data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
• pRxData: pointer to RX data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
• Size: amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent (same amount to be received).
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
sent data and the received data are handled as sets of u16. In this case, Size must indicate the number of
u16 available through pTxData and through pRxData.
HAL_USART_Transmit_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit_IT (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart, uint8_t * pTxData,
uint16_t Size)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1159/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• pTxData: pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
• Size: amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
pTxData.
HAL_USART_Receive_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive_IT (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart, uint8_t * pRxData,
uint16_t Size)
Parameters
• pRxData: pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
• Size: amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• To receive synchronous data, dummy data are simultaneously transmitted.
through pRxData.
HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart, uint8_t *
pTxData, uint8_t * pRxData, uint16_t Size)
Full-Duplex Send and Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode.
Parameters
• Size: amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent (same amount to be received).
Return values
• HAL: status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1160/2236

UM1905
Notes
HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart, uint8_t * pTxData,
uint16_t Size)
Parameters
• pTxData: pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
• Size: amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be sent.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
pTxData.
HAL_USART_Receive_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive_DMA (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart, uint8_t * pRxData,
uint16_t Size)
Parameters
• pRxData: pointer to data buffer (u8 or u16 data elements).
• Size: amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• When the USART parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received data contain the parity bit (MSB position).
• The USART DMA transmit channel must be configured in order to generate the clock for the slave.
through pRxData.
HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart, uint8_t *
pTxData, uint8_t * pRxData, uint16_t Size)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1161/2236

UM1905
Full-Duplex Transmit Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode.
Parameters
• Size: amount of data elements (u8 or u16) to be received/sent.
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
• When the USART parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the data received contain the parity bit.
HAL_USART_DMAPause
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAPause (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_USART_DMAResume
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAResume (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_USART_DMAStop
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAStop (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1162/2236

UM1905
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_USART_Abort
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Abort (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
procedure performs following operations : Disable USART Interrupts (Tx and Rx)Disable the DMA transfer
in the peripheral register (if enabled)Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in
HAL_USART_Abort_IT
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Abort_IT (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Parameters
Return values
• HAL: status
Notes
procedure performs following operations : Disable USART Interrupts (Tx and Rx)Disable the DMA transfer
in the peripheral register (if enabled)Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer
in DMA mode)Set handle State to READYAt abort completion, call user abort complete callback
HAL_USART_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_USART_IRQHandler (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Handle USART interrupt request.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1163/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1164/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Tx/Rx Transfers completed callback for the non-blocking process.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_USART_ErrorCallback
Function name
void HAL_USART_ErrorCallback (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
USART error callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback
Function name
void HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
USART Abort Complete callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
HAL_USART_GetState
Function name
HAL_USART_StateTypeDef HAL_USART_GetState (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Return the USART handle state.
Parameters
• husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified USART.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1165/2236

UM1905
USART Firmware driver defines
Return values
• USART: handle state
HAL_USART_GetError
Function name
uint32_t HAL_USART_GetError (USART_HandleTypeDef * husart)
Return the USART error code.
Parameters
• husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified USART.
Return values
• USART: handle Error Code
71.3 USART Firmware driver defines

71.3.1 USART
USART
USART Clock
USART_CLOCK_DISABLE
USART clock disable
USART_CLOCK_ENABLE
USART clock enable
USART Clock Phase
USART_PHASE_1EDGE
USART frame phase on first clock transition
USART_PHASE_2EDGE
USART frame phase on second clock transition
USART Clock Polarity
USART_POLARITY_LOW
Driver enable signal is active high
USART_POLARITY_HIGH
Driver enable signal is active low
USART Error Definition
HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE
No error
HAL_USART_ERROR_PE
Parity error
HAL_USART_ERROR_NE
Noise error
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1166/2236

UM1905
HAL_USART_ERROR_FE
Frame error
HAL_USART_ERROR_ORE
Overrun error
HAL_USART_ERROR_DMA
DMA transfer error
HAL_USART_ERROR_RTO
Receiver Timeout error
USART Exported Macros
__HAL_USART_RESET_HANDLE_STATE
Description:
• Reset USART handle state.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: USART handle.
Return value:
• None
__HAL_USART_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Check whether the specified USART flag is set or not.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: specifies the USART Handle
– USART_FLAG_REACK Receive enable acknowledge flag
– USART_FLAG_TEACK Transmit enable acknowledge flag
– USART_FLAG_BUSY Busy flag
– USART_FLAG_TXE Transmit data register empty flag
– USART_FLAG_TC Transmission Complete flag
– USART_FLAG_RXNE Receive data register not empty flag
– USART_FLAG_RTOF Receiver Timeout flag
– USART_FLAG_IDLE Idle Line detection flag
– USART_FLAG_ORE OverRun Error flag
– USART_FLAG_NE Noise Error flag
– USART_FLAG_FE Framing Error flag
– USART_FLAG_PE Parity Error flag
Return value:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1167/2236

UM1905
__HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the specified USART pending flag.
Parameters:
– USART_CLEAR_PEF Parity Error Clear Flag
– USART_CLEAR_FEF Framing Error Clear Flag
– USART_CLEAR_NEF Noise detected Clear Flag
– USART_CLEAR_OREF Overrun Error Clear Flag
– USART_CLEAR_IDLEF IDLE line detected Clear Flag
– USART_CLEAR_TCF Transmission Complete Clear Flag
– USART_CLEAR_RTOF Receiver Timeout clear flag
Return value:
• None
__HAL_USART_CLEAR_PEFLAG
Description:
• Clear the USART PE pending flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_USART_CLEAR_FEFLAG
Description:
• Clear the USART FE pending flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_USART_CLEAR_NEFLAG
Description:
• Clear the USART NE pending flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_USART_CLEAR_OREFLAG
Description:
• Clear the USART ORE pending flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1168/2236

UM1905
__HAL_USART_CLEAR_IDLEFLAG
Description:
• Clear the USART IDLE pending flag.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the specified USART interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the USART interrupt source to enable. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
– USART_IT_TXE Transmit Data Register empty interrupt
– USART_IT_TC Transmission complete interrupt
– USART_IT_RXNE Receive Data register not empty interrupt
– USART_IT_IDLE Idle line detection interrupt
– USART_IT_PE Parity Error interrupt
– USART_IT_ERR Error interrupt(Frame error, noise error, overrun error)
Return value:
• None
__HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT
Description:
• Disable the specified USART interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the USART interrupt source to disable. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
– USART_IT_ERR Error interrupt(Frame error, noise error, overrun error)
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1169/2236

UM1905
__HAL_USART_GET_IT
Description:
• Check whether the specified USART interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the USART interrupt source to check. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
– USART_IT_ORE OverRun Error interrupt
– USART_IT_NE Noise Error interrupt
– USART_IT_FE Framing Error interrupt
Return value:
__HAL_USART_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Check whether the specified USART interrupt source is enabled or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the USART interrupt source to check. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
– USART_IT_ORE OverRun Error interrupt
– USART_IT_NE Noise Error interrupt
– USART_IT_FE Framing Error interrupt
Return value:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1170/2236

UM1905
__HAL_USART_CLEAR_IT
Description:
• Clear the specified USART ISR flag, in setting the proper ICR register flag.
Parameters:
interrupt. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– USART_CLEAR_PEF Parity Error Clear Flag
– USART_CLEAR_FEF Framing Error Clear Flag
– USART_CLEAR_NEF Noise detected Clear Flag
– USART_CLEAR_OREF Overrun Error Clear Flag
– USART_CLEAR_IDLEF IDLE line detected Clear Flag
– USART_CLEAR_RTOF Receiver timeout clear flag
– USART_CLEAR_TCF Transmission Complete Clear Flag
Return value:
• None
__HAL_USART_SEND_REQ
Description:
• Set a specific USART request flag.
Parameters:
• __REQ__: specifies the request flag to set. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– USART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST Receive Data flush Request
– USART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST Transmit data flush Request
Return value:
• None
__HAL_USART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the USART one bit sample method.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_USART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable the USART one bit sample method.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1171/2236

UM1905
__HAL_USART_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable USART.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_USART_DISABLE
Description:
• Disable USART.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
USART Flags
USART_FLAG_REACK
USART receive enable acknowledge flag
USART_FLAG_TEACK
USART transmit enable acknowledge flag
USART_FLAG_BUSY
USART busy flag
USART_FLAG_TXE
USART transmit data register empty
USART_FLAG_RTOF
USART receiver timeout flag
USART_FLAG_TC
USART transmission complete
USART_FLAG_RXNE
USART read data register not empty
USART_FLAG_IDLE
USART idle flag
USART_FLAG_ORE
USART overrun error
USART_FLAG_NE
USART noise error
USART_FLAG_FE
USART frame error
USART_FLAG_PE
USART parity error
USART Interruption Flags Mask
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1172/2236

UM1905
USART_IT_MASK
USART interruptions flags mask
USART_CR_MASK
USART control register mask
USART_CR_POS
USART control register position
USART_ISR_MASK
USART ISR register mask
USART_ISR_POS
USART ISR register position
USART Interrupts Definition
USART_IT_PE
USART parity error interruption
USART_IT_TXE
USART transmit data register empty interruption
USART_IT_TC
USART transmission complete interruption
USART_IT_RXNE
USART read data register not empty interruption
USART_IT_IDLE
USART idle interruption
USART_IT_ERR
USART error interruption
USART_IT_ORE
USART overrun error interruption
USART_IT_NE
USART noise error interruption
USART_IT_FE
USART frame error interruption
USART Interruption Clear Flags
USART_CLEAR_PEF
USART_CLEAR_FEF
USART_CLEAR_NEF
USART_CLEAR_OREF
OverRun Error Clear Flag
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1173/2236

UM1905
USART_CLEAR_IDLEF
USART_CLEAR_TCF
USART_CLEAR_RTOF
USART receiver timeout clear flag
USART Last Bit
USART_LASTBIT_DISABLE
USART frame last data bit clock pulse not output to SCLK pin
USART_LASTBIT_ENABLE
USART frame last data bit clock pulse output to SCLK pin
USART Mode
USART_MODE_RX
RX mode
USART_MODE_TX
TX mode
USART_MODE_TX_RX
RX and TX mode
USART Over Sampling
USART_OVERSAMPLING_16
Oversampling by 16
USART_OVERSAMPLING_8
Oversampling by 8
USART Parity
USART_PARITY_NONE
No parity
USART_PARITY_EVEN
Even parity
USART_PARITY_ODD
Odd parity
USART Request Parameters
USART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST
USART_TXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST
USART Number of Stop Bits
USART_STOPBITS_0_5
USART frame with 0.5 stop bit
USART_STOPBITS_1
USART frame with 1 stop bit
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1174/2236

UM1905
USART_STOPBITS_1_5
USART frame with 1.5 stop bits
USART_STOPBITS_2
USART frame with 2 stop bits
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1175/2236

UM1905
HAL USART Extension Driver
72 HAL USART Extension Driver
72.1 USARTEx Firmware driver defines

72.1.1 USARTEx
USARTEx
USARTEx Word Length
USART_WORDLENGTH_7B
7-bit long USART frame
USART_WORDLENGTH_8B
USART_WORDLENGTH_9B
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1176/2236

UM1905
HAL WWDG Generic Driver
73 HAL WWDG Generic Driver
73.1 WWDG Firmware driver registers structures
73.1.1 WWDG_InitTypeDef
WWDG_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_wwdg.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Window
• uint32_t Counter
• uint32_t EWIMode
Field Documentation
• uint32_t WWDG_InitTypeDef::Prescaler
Specifies the prescaler value of the WWDG. This parameter can be a value of WWDG_Prescaler
• uint32_t WWDG_InitTypeDef::Window
Specifies the WWDG window value to be compared to the downcounter. This parameter must be a number
Min_Data = 0x40 and Max_Data = 0x7F
• uint32_t WWDG_InitTypeDef::Counter
Specifies the WWDG free-running downcounter value. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data
= 0x40 and Max_Data = 0x7F
• uint32_t WWDG_InitTypeDef::EWIMode
Specifies if WWDG Early Wakeup Interupt is enable or not. This parameter can be a value of
WWDG_EWI_Mode
73.1.2 WWDG_HandleTypeDef
WWDG_HandleTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_hal_wwdg.h
Data Fields
• WWDG_TypeDef * Instance
• WWDG_InitTypeDef Init
Field Documentation
• WWDG_TypeDef* WWDG_HandleTypeDef::Instance
• WWDG_InitTypeDef WWDG_HandleTypeDef::Init
WWDG required parameters
73.2 WWDG Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the WWDG library.

• Initialize and start the WWDG according to the specified parameters in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of
associated handle.
• Initialize the WWDG MSP.
• HAL_WWDG_Init
• HAL_WWDG_MspInit
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1177/2236

UM1905
WWDG Firmware driver API description

• Refresh the WWDG.
• Handle WWDG interrupt request and associated function callback.
• HAL_WWDG_Refresh
• HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler
• HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback
HAL_WWDG_Init
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Init (WWDG_HandleTypeDef * hwwdg)
Initialize the WWDG according to the specified.
Parameters
• hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for the
specified WWDG module.
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_WWDG_MspInit
Function name
void HAL_WWDG_MspInit (WWDG_HandleTypeDef * hwwdg)
Initialize the WWDG MSP.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• When rewriting this function in user file, mechanism may be added to avoid multiple initialize when
HAL_WWDG_Init function is called again to change parameters.
HAL_WWDG_Refresh
Function name
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Refresh (WWDG_HandleTypeDef * hwwdg)
Refresh the WWDG.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1178/2236

UM1905
WWDG Firmware driver defines
Return values
• HAL: status
HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler
Function name
void HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler (WWDG_HandleTypeDef * hwwdg)
Handle WWDG interrupt request.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety operations or data logging must be
performed before the actual reset is generated. The EWI interrupt is enabled by calling HAL_WWDG_Init
function with EWIMode set to WWDG_EWI_ENABLE. When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, and
EWI interrupt is generated and the corresponding Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) can be used to trigger
specific actions (such as communications or data logging), before resetting the device.
HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback
Function name
void HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback (WWDG_HandleTypeDef * hwwdg)
WWDG Early Wakeup callback.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
73.3 WWDG Firmware driver defines

73.3.1 WWDG
WWDG
WWDG Early Wakeup Interrupt Mode
WWDG_EWI_DISABLE
EWI Disable
WWDG_EWI_ENABLE
EWI Enable
WWDG Exported Macros
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1179/2236

UM1905
__HAL_WWDG_ENABLE
Description:
• Enable the WWDG peripheral.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: WWDG handle
Return value:
• None
__HAL_WWDG_ENABLE_IT
Description:
• Enable the WWDG early wakeup interrupt.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt to enable. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– WWDG_IT_EWI: Early wakeup interrupt
Return value:
• None
Notes:
• Once enabled this interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
__HAL_WWDG_GET_IT
Description:
• Check whether the selected WWDG interrupt has occurred or not.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the it to check. This parameter can be one of the following values:
– WWDG_FLAG_EWIF: Early wakeup interrupt IT
Return value:
• The: new state of WWDG_FLAG (SET or RESET).
__HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_IT
Description:
• Clear the WWDG interrupt pending bits.
Parameters:
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. This parameter can be one of the following
values:
– WWDG_FLAG_EWIF: Early wakeup interrupt flag
__HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG
Description:
• Check whether the specified WWDG flag is set or not.
Parameters:
Return value:
• The: new state of WWDG_FLAG (SET or RESET).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1180/2236

UM1905
__HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG
Description:
• Clear the WWDG's pending flags.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
__HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE
Description:
• Check whether the specified WWDG interrupt source is enabled or not.
Parameters:
• __HANDLE__: WWDG Handle.
• __INTERRUPT__: specifies the WWDG interrupt source to check. This parameter can be one of the
following values:
– WWDG_IT_EWI: Early Wakeup Interrupt
Return value:
• state: of __INTERRUPT__ (TRUE or FALSE).
WWDG Flag definition
WWDG_FLAG_EWIF
Early wakeup interrupt flag
WWDG Interrupt definition
WWDG_IT_EWI
Early wakeup interrupt
WWDG Prescaler
WWDG_PRESCALER_1
WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/1
WWDG_PRESCALER_2
WWDG_PRESCALER_4
WWDG_PRESCALER_8
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1181/2236

UM1905
LL ADC Generic Driver
74 LL ADC Generic Driver
74.1 ADC Firmware driver registers structures
74.1.1 LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef
LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_adc.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t CommonClock
• uint32_t Multimode
• uint32_t MultiDMATransfer
• uint32_t MultiTwoSamplingDelay
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef::CommonClock
Set parameter common to several ADC: Clock source and prescaler. This parameter can be a value of
ADC_LL_EC_COMMON_CLOCK_SOURCEThis feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_ADC_SetCommonClock().
• uint32_t LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef::Multimode
Set ADC multimode configuration to operate in independent mode or multimode (for devices with several
ADC instances). This parameter can be a value of ADC_LL_EC_MULTI_MODEThis feature can be modified
afterwards using unitary function LL_ADC_SetMultimode().
• uint32_t LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef::MultiDMATransfer
Set ADC multimode conversion data transfer: no transfer or transfer by DMA. This parameter can be a value
of ADC_LL_EC_MULTI_DMA_TRANSFERThis feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_ADC_SetMultiDMATransfer().
• uint32_t LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef::MultiTwoSamplingDelay
Set ADC multimode delay between 2 sampling phases. This parameter can be a value of
ADC_LL_EC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAYThis feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_ADC_SetMultiTwoSamplingDelay().
74.1.2 LL_ADC_InitTypeDef
LL_ADC_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_adc.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Resolution
• uint32_t DataAlignment
• uint32_t SequencersScanMode
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_ADC_InitTypeDef::Resolution
Set ADC resolution. This parameter can be a value of ADC_LL_EC_RESOLUTIONThis feature can be
modified afterwards using unitary function LL_ADC_SetResolution().
• uint32_t LL_ADC_InitTypeDef::DataAlignment
Set ADC conversion data alignment. This parameter can be a value of ADC_LL_EC_DATA_ALIGNThis
feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_ADC_SetDataAlignment().
• uint32_t LL_ADC_InitTypeDef::SequencersScanMode
Set ADC scan selection. This parameter can be a value of ADC_LL_EC_SCAN_SELECTIONThis feature
can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_ADC_SetSequencersScanMode().
74.1.3 LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef
LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_adc.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t TriggerSource
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1182/2236

UM1905
• uint32_t SequencerLength
• uint32_t SequencerDiscont
• uint32_t ContinuousMode
• uint32_t DMATransfer
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef::TriggerSource
Set ADC group regular conversion trigger source: internal (SW start) or from external IP (timer event,
external interrupt line). This parameter can be a value of ADC_LL_EC_REG_TRIGGER_SOURCE
Note:
– On this STM32 serie, setting of external trigger edge is performed using function
LL_ADC_REG_StartConversionExtTrig().
This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource().
• uint32_t LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef::SequencerLength
Set ADC group regular sequencer length. This parameter can be a value of
ADC_LL_EC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH
Note:
– This parameter is discarded if scan mode is disabled (refer to parameter
'ADC_SequencersScanMode').
This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength().
• uint32_t LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef::SequencerDiscont
Set ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode: sequence subdivided and scan conversions
interrupted every selected number of ranks. This parameter can be a value of
ADC_LL_EC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE
Note:
– This parameter has an effect only if group regular sequencer is enabled (scan length of 2 ranks or
more).
This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerDiscont().
• uint32_t LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef::ContinuousMode
Set ADC continuous conversion mode on ADC group regular, whether ADC conversions are performed in
single mode (one conversion per trigger) or in continuous mode (after the first trigger, following conversions
launched successively automatically). This parameter can be a value of
ADC_LL_EC_REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE Note: It is not possible to enable both ADC group regular
continuous mode and discontinuous mode.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_ADC_REG_SetContinuousMode().
• uint32_t LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef::DMATransfer
Set ADC group regular conversion data transfer: no transfer or transfer by DMA, and DMA requests mode.
This parameter can be a value of ADC_LL_EC_REG_DMA_TRANSFERThis feature can be modified
afterwards using unitary function LL_ADC_REG_SetDMATransfer().
74.1.4 LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef
LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_adc.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t SequencerLength
• uint32_t SequencerDiscont
• uint32_t TrigAuto
Field Documentation
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1183/2236

UM1905
• uint32_t LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef::TriggerSource
Set ADC group injected conversion trigger source: internal (SW start) or from external IP (timer event,
external interrupt line). This parameter can be a value of ADC_LL_EC_INJ_TRIGGER_SOURCE
Note:
– On this STM32 serie, setting of external trigger edge is performed using function
LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversionExtTrig().
This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerSource().
• uint32_t LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef::SequencerLength
Set ADC group injected sequencer length. This parameter can be a value of
ADC_LL_EC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH
Note:
– This parameter is discarded if scan mode is disabled (refer to parameter
'ADC_SequencersScanMode').
This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerLength().
• uint32_t LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef::SequencerDiscont
Set ADC group injected sequencer discontinuous mode: sequence subdivided and scan conversions
interrupted every selected number of ranks. This parameter can be a value of
ADC_LL_EC_INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE
Note:
– This parameter has an effect only if group injected sequencer is enabled (scan length of 2 ranks or
more).
This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerDiscont().
• uint32_t LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef::TrigAuto
Set ADC group injected conversion trigger: independent or from ADC group regular. This parameter can be
a value of ADC_LL_EC_INJ_TRIG_AUTO Note: This parameter must be set to set to independent trigger if
injected trigger source is set to an external trigger.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary
function LL_ADC_INJ_SetTrigAuto().
74.2 ADC Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the ADC library.
LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t Register)
Function to help to configure DMA transfer from ADC: retrieve the ADC register address from ADC instance and
a list of ADC registers intended to be used (most commonly) with DMA transfer.
Parameters
• ADCx: ADC instance
• Register: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_DMA_REG_REGULAR_DATA
– LL_ADC_DMA_REG_REGULAR_DATA_MULTI (1)
(1) Available on devices with several ADC instances.
Return values
• ADC: register address
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1184/2236

UM1905
Notes
• These ADC registers are data registers: when ADC conversion data is available in ADC data registers,
ADC generates a DMA transfer request.
• This macro is intended to be used with LL DMA driver, refer to function "LL_DMA_ConfigAddresses()".
Example: LL_DMA_ConfigAddresses(DMA1, LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1, LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr(ADC1,
LL_ADC_DMA_REG_REGULAR_DATA), (uint32_t)&< array or variable >,
LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY);
• For devices with several ADC: in multimode, some devices use a different data register outside of ADC
instance scope (common data register). This macro manages this register difference, only ADC instance
has to be set as parameter.
Reference Manual to LL API cross reference:

• DR RDATA LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr
• CDR RDATA_MST LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr
• CDR RDATA_SLV LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr
LL_ADC_SetCommonClock
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_SetCommonClock (ADC_Common_TypeDef * ADCxy_COMMON,
uint32_t CommonClock)
Set parameter common to several ADC: Clock source and prescaler.
Parameters
• ADCxy_COMMON: ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition or by using helper
macro __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE() )
• CommonClock: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV2
Return values
• None:

• CCR ADCPRE LL_ADC_SetCommonClock
LL_ADC_GetCommonClock
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_GetCommonClock (ADC_Common_TypeDef * ADCxy_COMMON)
Get parameter common to several ADC: Clock source and prescaler.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1185/2236

UM1905
Return values

• CCR ADCPRE LL_ADC_GetCommonClock
LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh (ADC_Common_TypeDef *
ADCxy_COMMON, uint32_t PathInternal)
Set parameter common to several ADC: measurement path to internal channels (VrefInt, temperature
sensor, ...).
Parameters
• PathInternal: This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
– LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_NONE
– LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VREFINT
– LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_TEMPSENSOR
– LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VBAT
Return values
• None:
Notes
• One or several values can be selected. Example: (LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VREFINT |
LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_TEMPSENSOR)
• Stabilization time of measurement path to internal channel: After enabling internal paths, before starting
ADC conversion, a delay is required for internal voltage reference and temperature sensor stabilization
time. Refer to device datasheet. Refer to literal LL_ADC_DELAY_VREFINT_STAB_US. Refer to literal
LL_ADC_DELAY_TEMPSENSOR_STAB_US.
• ADC internal channel sampling time constraint: For ADC conversion of internal channels, a sampling time
minimum value is required. Refer to device datasheet.

• CCR TSVREFE LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh
• CCR VBATE LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh
LL_ADC_GetCommonPathInternalCh
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_GetCommonPathInternalCh (ADC_Common_TypeDef *
ADCxy_COMMON)
Get parameter common to several ADC: measurement path to internal channels (VrefInt, temperature
sensor, ...).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1186/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• Returned: value can be a combination of the following values:
– LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_NONE
– LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VREFINT
– LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_TEMPSENSOR
– LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VBAT
Notes
• One or several values can be selected. Example: (LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VREFINT |
LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_TEMPSENSOR)

• CCR TSVREFE LL_ADC_GetCommonPathInternalCh
• CCR VBATE LL_ADC_GetCommonPathInternalCh
LL_ADC_SetResolution
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_SetResolution (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t Resolution)
Set ADC resolution.
Parameters
• Resolution: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_12B
Return values
• None:

• CR1 RES LL_ADC_SetResolution
LL_ADC_GetResolution
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_GetResolution (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get ADC resolution.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1187/2236

UM1905
Return values

• CR1 RES LL_ADC_GetResolution
LL_ADC_SetDataAlignment
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_SetDataAlignment (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t DataAlignment)
Set ADC conversion data alignment.
Parameters
• DataAlignment: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT
– LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_LEFT
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Refer to reference manual for alignments formats dependencies to ADC resolutions.

• CR2 ALIGN LL_ADC_SetDataAlignment
LL_ADC_GetDataAlignment
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_GetDataAlignment (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get ADC conversion data alignment.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT
– LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_LEFT
Notes
• Refer to reference manual for alignments formats dependencies to ADC resolutions.

• CR2 ALIGN LL_ADC_SetDataAlignment
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1188/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_SetSequencersScanMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_SetSequencersScanMode (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t ScanMode)
Set ADC sequencers scan mode, for all ADC groups (group regular, group injected).
Parameters
• ScanMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE
– LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE
Return values
• None:
Notes
• According to sequencers scan mode : If disabled: ADC conversion is performed in unitary conversion mode
(one channel converted, that defined in rank 1). Configuration of sequencers of all ADC groups (sequencer
scan length, ...) is discarded: equivalent to scan length of 1 rank.If enabled: ADC conversions are
performed in sequence conversions mode, according to configuration of sequencers of each ADC group
(sequencer scan length, ...). Refer to function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() and to function
LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerLength().

• CR1 SCAN LL_ADC_SetSequencersScanMode
LL_ADC_GetSequencersScanMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_GetSequencersScanMode (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get ADC sequencers scan mode, for all ADC groups (group regular, group injected).
Parameters
Return values
– LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE
– LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE
Notes
• According to sequencers scan mode : If disabled: ADC conversion is performed in unitary conversion mode
(one channel converted, that defined in rank 1). Configuration of sequencers of all ADC groups (sequencer
scan length, ...) is discarded: equivalent to scan length of 1 rank.If enabled: ADC conversions are
performed in sequence conversions mode, according to configuration of sequencers of each ADC group
(sequencer scan length, ...). Refer to function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength() and to function
LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerLength().

• CR1 SCAN LL_ADC_GetSequencersScanMode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1189/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t TriggerSource)
Set ADC group regular conversion trigger source: internal (SW start) or from external IP (timer event, external
interrupt line).
Parameters
• TriggerSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE
– LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH1
– LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_TRGO
– LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO2
– LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE11
Return values
• None:
Notes
• On this STM32 serie, setting of external trigger edge is performed using function
• Availability of parameters of trigger sources from timer depends on timers availability on the selected
device.

• CR2 EXTSEL LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource
• CR2 EXTEN LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource
LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerSource (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get ADC group regular conversion trigger source: internal (SW start) or from external IP (timer event, external
interrupt line).
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1190/2236

UM1905
Return values
– LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE
– LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE11
Notes
• To determine whether group regular trigger source is internal (SW start) or external, without detail of which
peripheral is selected as external trigger, (equivalent to "if(LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerSource(ADC1) ==
LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE)") use function LL_ADC_REG_IsTriggerSourceSWStart.
device.

• CR2 EXTSEL LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerSource
• CR2 EXTEN LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerSource
LL_ADC_REG_IsTriggerSourceSWStart
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_REG_IsTriggerSourceSWStart (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get ADC group regular conversion trigger source internal (SW start) or external.
Parameters
Return values
• Value: "0" if trigger source external trigger Value "1" if trigger source SW start.
Notes
• In case of group regular trigger source set to external trigger, to determine which peripheral is selected as
external trigger, use function LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerSource().

• CR2 EXTEN LL_ADC_REG_IsTriggerSourceSWStart
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1191/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerEdge
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerEdge (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get ADC group regular conversion trigger polarity.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_RISING
– LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_FALLING
– LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_RISINGFALLING
Notes
• Applicable only for trigger source set to external trigger.

• CR2 EXTEN LL_ADC_REG_GetTriggerEdge
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t
SequencerNbRanks)
Set ADC group regular sequencer length and scan direction.
Parameters
• SequencerNbRanks: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE
– LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_2RANKS
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1192/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Description of ADC group regular sequencer features: For devices with sequencer fully configurable
(function "LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks()" available): sequencer length and each rank affectation to
a channel are configurable. This function performs configuration of: Sequence length: Number of ranks in
the scan sequence.Sequence direction: Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan direction is
forward (from rank 1 to rank n). Sequencer ranks are selected using function
"LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks()". For devices with sequencer not fully configurable (function
"LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels()" available): sequencer length and each rank affectation to a
channel are defined by channel number. This function performs configuration of: Sequence length: Number
of ranks in the scan sequence is defined by number of channels set in the sequence, rank of each channel
is fixed by channel HW number. (channel 0 fixed on rank 0, channel 1 fixed on rank1, ...).Sequence
direction: Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan direction is forward (from lowest channel number
to highest channel number). Sequencer ranks are selected using function
"LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels()".
• On this STM32 serie, group regular sequencer configuration is conditioned to ADC instance sequencer
mode. If ADC instance sequencer mode is disabled, sequencers of all groups (group regular, group
injected) can be configured but their execution is disabled (limited to rank 1). Refer to function
LL_ADC_SetSequencersScanMode().
• Sequencer disabled is equivalent to sequencer of 1 rank: ADC conversion on only 1 channel.

• SQR1 L LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength
LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerLength
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerLength (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get ADC group regular sequencer length and scan direction.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1193/2236

UM1905
Notes
• Description of ADC group regular sequencer features: For devices with sequencer fully configurable
(function "LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks()" available): sequencer length and each rank affectation to
a channel are configurable. This function retrieves: Sequence length: Number of ranks in the scan
sequence.Sequence direction: Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan direction is forward (from
rank 1 to rank n). Sequencer ranks are selected using function "LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks()".
For devices with sequencer not fully configurable (function "LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels()"
available): sequencer length and each rank affectation to a channel are defined by channel number. This
function retrieves: Sequence length: Number of ranks in the scan sequence is defined by number of
channels set in the sequence, rank of each channel is fixed by channel HW number. (channel 0 fixed on
rank 0, channel 1 fixed on rank1, ...).Sequence direction: Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan
direction is forward (from lowest channel number to highest channel number). Sequencer ranks are
selected using function "LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels()".
• On this STM32 serie, group regular sequencer configuration is conditioned to ADC instance sequencer

• SQR1 L LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerDiscont
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerDiscont (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t
SeqDiscont)
Set ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode: sequence subdivided and scan conversions interrupted
every selected number of ranks.
Parameters
• SeqDiscont: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE
– LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_1RANK
– LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_2RANKS
Return values
• None:
Notes
• It is not possible to enable both ADC group regular continuous mode and sequencer discontinuous mode.
• It is not possible to enable both ADC auto-injected mode and ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous
mode.

• CR1 DISCEN LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerDiscont
• CR1 DISCNUM LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerDiscont
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1194/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerDiscont
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerDiscont (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode: sequence subdivided and scan conversions interrupted
Parameters
Return values
– LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE
– LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_1RANK

• CR1 DISCEN LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerDiscont
• CR1 DISCNUM LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerDiscont
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t Rank,
uint32_t Channel)
Set ADC group regular sequence: channel on the selected scan sequence rank.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1195/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• Rank: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_REG_RANK_1
• Channel: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0
– LL_ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT (1)
– LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR (1)(2)
– LL_ADC_CHANNEL_VBAT (1)
(1) On STM32F7, parameter available only on ADC instance: ADC1.
• (2) On devices STM32F75x, STM32F74x, STM32F76x, STM32F77x, STM32F72x and STM32F73x: this
internal channel is shared between temperature sensor and Vbat, only 1 measurement path must be
enabled.
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1196/2236

UM1905
Notes
• This function performs configuration of: Channels ordering into each rank of scan sequence: whatever
channel can be placed into whatever rank.
• On this STM32 serie, ADC group regular sequencer is fully configurable: sequencer length and each rank
affectation to a channel are configurable. Refer to description of function
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength().
• Depending on devices and packages, some channels may not be available. Refer to device datasheet for
channels availability.
• On this STM32 serie, to measure internal channels (VrefInt, TempSensor, ...), measurement paths to
internal channels must be enabled separately. This can be done using function
LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh().

• SQR3 SQ1 LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks
LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t Rank)
Get ADC group regular sequence: channel on the selected scan sequence rank.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1197/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• (2) On devices STM32F75x, STM32F74x, STM32F76x, STM32F77x, STM32F72x and STM32F73x
limitation: this internal channel is shared between temperature sensor and Vbat, only 1 measurement path
must be enabled.
• (1) For ADC channel read back from ADC register, comparison with internal channel parameter to be done
using helper macro __LL_ADC_CHANNEL_INTERNAL_TO_EXTERNAL().
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1198/2236

UM1905
Notes
• On this STM32 serie, ADC group regular sequencer is fully configurable: sequencer length and each rank
affectation to a channel are configurable. Refer to description of function
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength().
• Usage of the returned channel number: To reinject this channel into another function LL_ADC_xxx: the
returned channel number is only partly formatted on definition of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x. Therefore,
it has to be compared with parts of literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x or using helper macro
__LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB(). Then the selected literal LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x can be used
as parameter for another function.To get the channel number in decimal format: process the returned value
with the helper macro __LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB().

• SQR3 SQ1 LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerRanks
LL_ADC_REG_SetContinuousMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_REG_SetContinuousMode (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t Continuous)
Set ADC continuous conversion mode on ADC group regular.
Parameters
• Continuous: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE
– LL_ADC_REG_CONV_CONTINUOUS
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Description of ADC continuous conversion mode: single mode: one conversion per triggercontinuous
mode: after the first trigger, following conversions launched successively automatically.
• It is not possible to enable both ADC group regular continuous mode and sequencer discontinuous mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1199/2236

UM1905

• CR2 CONT LL_ADC_REG_SetContinuousMode
LL_ADC_REG_GetContinuousMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_REG_GetContinuousMode (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get ADC continuous conversion mode on ADC group regular.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE
– LL_ADC_REG_CONV_CONTINUOUS
Notes
• Description of ADC continuous conversion mode: single mode: one conversion per triggercontinuous
mode: after the first trigger, following conversions launched successively automatically.

• CR2 CONT LL_ADC_REG_GetContinuousMode
LL_ADC_REG_SetDMATransfer
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_REG_SetDMATransfer (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t DMATransfer)
Set ADC group regular conversion data transfer: no transfer or transfer by DMA, and DMA requests mode.
Parameters
• DMATransfer: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE
– LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_LIMITED
– LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_UNLIMITED
Return values
• None:
Notes
• If transfer by DMA selected, specifies the DMA requests mode: Limited mode (One shot mode): DMA
transfer requests are stopped when number of DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions) is
reached. This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA mode non-circular.Unlimited mode: DMA
transfer requests are unlimited, whatever number of DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions).
This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA mode circular.
• If ADC DMA requests mode is set to unlimited and DMA is set to mode non-circular: when DMA transfers
size will be reached, DMA will stop transfers of ADC conversions data ADC will raise an overrun error
(overrun flag and interruption if enabled).
• For devices with several ADC instances: ADC multimode DMA settings are available using function
LL_ADC_SetMultiDMATransfer().
• To configure DMA source address (peripheral address), use function LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr().
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1200/2236

UM1905

• CR2 DMA LL_ADC_REG_SetDMATransfer
• CR2 DDS LL_ADC_REG_SetDMATransfer
LL_ADC_REG_GetDMATransfer
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_REG_GetDMATransfer (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get ADC group regular conversion data transfer: no transfer or transfer by DMA, and DMA requests mode.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE
– LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_LIMITED
– LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_UNLIMITED
Notes
• If transfer by DMA selected, specifies the DMA requests mode: Limited mode (One shot mode): DMA
• For devices with several ADC instances: ADC multimode DMA settings are available using function
LL_ADC_GetMultiDMATransfer().
• To configure DMA source address (peripheral address), use function LL_ADC_DMA_GetRegAddr().

• CR2 DMA LL_ADC_REG_GetDMATransfer
• CR2 DDS LL_ADC_REG_GetDMATransfer
LL_ADC_REG_SetFlagEndOfConversion
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_REG_SetFlagEndOfConversion (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t
EocSelection)
Specify which ADC flag between EOC (end of unitary conversion) or EOS (end of sequence conversions) is
used to indicate the end of conversion.
Parameters
• EocSelection: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_REG_FLAG_EOC_SEQUENCE_CONV
– LL_ADC_REG_FLAG_EOC_UNITARY_CONV
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1201/2236

UM1905
Notes
• This feature is aimed to be set when using ADC with programming model by polling or interruption
(programming model by DMA usually uses DMA interruptions to indicate end of conversion and data
transfer).
• For ADC group injected, end of conversion (flag&IT) is raised only at the end of the sequence.

• CR2 EOCS LL_ADC_REG_SetFlagEndOfConversion
LL_ADC_REG_GetFlagEndOfConversion
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_REG_GetFlagEndOfConversion (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get which ADC flag between EOC (end of unitary conversion) or EOS (end of sequence conversions) is used to
indicate the end of conversion.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_ADC_REG_FLAG_EOC_SEQUENCE_CONV
– LL_ADC_REG_FLAG_EOC_UNITARY_CONV

• CR2 EOCS LL_ADC_REG_GetFlagEndOfConversion
LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerSource (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t TriggerSource)
Set ADC group injected conversion trigger source: internal (SW start) or from external IP (timer event, external
interrupt line).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1202/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE
– LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO
– LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4
– LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO2
Return values
• None:
Notes
LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversionExtTrig().
device.

• CR2 JEXTSEL LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerSource
• CR2 JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerSource
LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerSource (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get ADC group injected conversion trigger source: internal (SW start) or from external IP (timer event, external
interrupt line).
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1203/2236

UM1905
Return values
– LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE
Notes
• To determine whether group injected trigger source is internal (SW start) or external, without detail of which
peripheral is selected as external trigger, (equivalent to "if(LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerSource(ADC1) ==
LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE)") use function LL_ADC_INJ_IsTriggerSourceSWStart.
device.

• CR2 JEXTSEL LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerSource
• CR2 JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerSource
LL_ADC_INJ_IsTriggerSourceSWStart
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_INJ_IsTriggerSourceSWStart (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get ADC group injected conversion trigger source internal (SW start) or external.
Parameters
Return values
• Value: "0" if trigger source external trigger Value "1" if trigger source SW start.
Notes
• In case of group injected trigger source set to external trigger, to determine which peripheral is selected as
external trigger, use function LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerSource.

• CR2 JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_IsTriggerSourceSWStart
LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerEdge
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerEdge (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1204/2236

UM1905
Get ADC group injected conversion trigger polarity.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_RISING
– LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_FALLING
– LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_RISINGFALLING

• CR2 JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_GetTriggerEdge
LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerLength
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerLength (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t
SequencerNbRanks)
Set ADC group injected sequencer length and scan direction.
Parameters
• SequencerNbRanks: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE
– LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_2RANKS
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This function performs configuration of: Sequence length: Number of ranks in the scan
sequence.Sequence direction: Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan direction is forward (from
rank 1 to rank n).
• On this STM32 serie, group injected sequencer configuration is conditioned to ADC instance sequencer

• JSQR JL LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerLength
LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerLength
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerLength (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get ADC group injected sequencer length and scan direction.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1205/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
– LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE
Notes
• This function retrieves: Sequence length: Number of ranks in the scan sequence.Sequence direction:
Unless specified in parameters, sequencer scan direction is forward (from rank 1 to rank n).
• On this STM32 serie, group injected sequencer configuration is conditioned to ADC instance sequencer

• JSQR JL LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerLength
LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerDiscont
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerDiscont (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t SeqDiscont)
Set ADC group injected sequencer discontinuous mode: sequence subdivided and scan conversions interrupted
Parameters
• SeqDiscont: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE
– LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_1RANK
Return values
• None:
Notes
• It is not possible to enable both ADC group injected auto-injected mode and sequencer discontinuous
mode.

• CR1 DISCEN LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerDiscont
LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerDiscont
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerDiscont (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get ADC group injected sequencer discontinuous mode: sequence subdivided and scan conversions interrupted
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1206/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
– LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE
– LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_1RANK

• CR1 DISCEN LL_ADC_REG_GetSequencerDiscont
LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t Rank, uint32_t
Channel)
Set ADC group injected sequence: channel on the selected sequence rank.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1207/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_ADC_INJ_RANK_1
enabled.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• On this STM32 serie, to measure internal channels (VrefInt, TempSensor, ...), measurement paths to
internal channels must be enabled separately. This can be done using function
LL_ADC_SetCommonPathInternalCh().

• JSQR JSQ1 LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1208/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerRanks
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_INJ_GetSequencerRanks (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t Rank)
Get ADC group injected sequence: channel on the selected sequence rank.
Parameters
Return values
• (2) On devices STM32F75x, STM32F74x, STM32F76x, STM32F77x, STM32F72x and STM32F73x
limitation: this internal channel is shared between temperature sensor and Vbat, only 1 measurement path
must be enabled.
• (1) For ADC channel read back from ADC register, comparison with internal channel parameter to be done
using helper macro __LL_ADC_CHANNEL_INTERNAL_TO_EXTERNAL().
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1209/2236

UM1905
Notes
with the helper macro __LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB().

LL_ADC_INJ_SetTrigAuto
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_INJ_SetTrigAuto (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t TrigAuto)
Set ADC group injected conversion trigger: independent or from ADC group regular.
Parameters
• TrigAuto: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_INDEPENDENT
– LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_FROM_GRP_REGULAR
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This mode can be used to extend number of data registers updated after one ADC conversion trigger and
with data permanently kept (not erased by successive conversions of scan of ADC sequencer ranks), up to
5 data registers: 1 data register on ADC group regular, 4 data registers on ADC group injected.
• If ADC group injected injected trigger source is set to an external trigger, this feature must be must be set
to independent trigger. ADC group injected automatic trigger is compliant only with group injected trigger
source set to SW start, without any further action on ADC group injected conversion start or stop: in this
case, ADC group injected is controlled only from ADC group regular.
• It is not possible to enable both ADC group injected auto-injected mode and sequencer discontinuous
mode.

• CR1 JAUTO LL_ADC_INJ_SetTrigAuto
LL_ADC_INJ_GetTrigAuto
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_INJ_GetTrigAuto (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get ADC group injected conversion trigger: independent or from ADC group regular.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1210/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
– LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_INDEPENDENT
– LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_FROM_GRP_REGULAR

• CR1 JAUTO LL_ADC_INJ_GetTrigAuto
LL_ADC_INJ_SetOffset
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_INJ_SetOffset (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t Rank, uint32_t
OffsetLevel)
Set ADC group injected offset.
Parameters
• OffsetLevel: Value between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
Return values
• None:
Notes
• It sets: ADC group injected rank to which the offset programmed will be appliedOffset level (offset to be
subtracted from the raw converted data). Caution: Offset format is dependent to ADC resolution: offset has
to be left-aligned on bit 11, the LSB (right bits) are set to 0.
• Offset cannot be enabled or disabled. To emulate offset disabled, set an offset value equal to 0.

• JOFR1 JOFFSET1 LL_ADC_INJ_SetOffset
LL_ADC_INJ_GetOffset
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_INJ_GetOffset (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t Rank)
Get ADC group injected offset.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1211/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• Value: between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
Notes
• It gives offset level (offset to be subtracted from the raw converted data). Caution: Offset format is
dependent to ADC resolution: offset has to be left-aligned on bit 11, the LSB (right bits) are set to 0.

• JOFR1 JOFFSET1 LL_ADC_INJ_GetOffset
LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t Channel,
uint32_t SamplingTime)
Set sampling time of the selected ADC channel Unit: ADC clock cycles.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1212/2236

UM1905
Parameters
enabled.
• SamplingTime: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_SAMPLINGTIME_3CYCLES
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1213/2236

UM1905
Notes
• On this device, sampling time is on channel scope: independently of channel mapped on ADC group
regular or injected.
• In case of internal channel (VrefInt, TempSensor, ...) to be converted: sampling time constraints must be
respected (sampling time can be adjusted in function of ADC clock frequency and sampling time setting).
Refer to device datasheet for timings values (parameters TS_vrefint, TS_temp, ...).
• Conversion time is the addition of sampling time and processing time. Refer to reference manual for ADC
processing time of this STM32 serie.
• In case of ADC conversion of internal channel (VrefInt, temperature sensor, ...), a sampling time minimum
value is required. Refer to device datasheet.

• SMPR1 SMP18 LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime
LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t Channel)
Get sampling time of the selected ADC channel Unit: ADC clock cycles.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1214/2236

UM1905
Parameters
enabled.
Return values
Notes
• On this device, sampling time is on channel scope: independently of channel mapped on ADC group
regular or injected.
• Conversion time is the addition of sampling time and processing time. Refer to reference manual for ADC
processing time of this STM32 serie.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1215/2236

UM1905

• SMPR1 SMP18 LL_ADC_GetChannelSamplingTime
LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDMonitChannels
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDMonitChannels (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t
AWDChannelGroup)
Set ADC analog watchdog monitored channels: a single channel or all channels, on ADC groups regular and-or
injected.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1216/2236

UM1905
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1217/2236

UM1905
• AWDChannelGroup: This parameter can be one of the following values:

– LL_ADC_AWD_DISABLE
– LL_ADC_AWD_ALL_CHANNELS_REG
– LL_ADC_AWD_ALL_CHANNELS_INJ
– LL_ADC_AWD_ALL_CHANNELS_REG_INJ
– LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL_0_REG
– LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL_0_INJ
– LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL_0_REG_INJ
UM1905 - Rev 4 – LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL_15_REG_INJ page 1218/2236
UM1905
• (2) On devices STM32F7xx,a limitation: this internal channel is shared between temperature sensor and
Vbat, only 1 measurement path must be enabled.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Once monitored channels are selected, analog watchdog is enabled.
• In case of need to define a single channel to monitor with analog watchdog from sequencer channel
definition, use helper macro __LL_ADC_ANALOGWD_CHANNEL_GROUP().
• On this STM32 serie, there is only 1 kind of analog watchdog instance: AWD standard (instance AWD1):
channels monitored: can monitor 1 channel or all channels.groups monitored: ADC groups regular and-or
injected.resolution: resolution is not limited (corresponds to ADC resolution configured).

• CR1 AWD1CH LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDMonitChannels
• CR1 AWD1SGL LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDMonitChannels
• CR1 AWD1EN LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDMonitChannels
LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDMonitChannels
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDMonitChannels (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get ADC analog watchdog monitored channel.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1219/2236

UM1905
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 – LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL_15_INJ page 1220/2236
UM1905
Notes
with the helper macro __LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB(). Applicable only when the analog
watchdog is set to monitor one channel.

• CR1 AWD1CH LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDMonitChannels
• CR1 AWD1SGL LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDMonitChannels
• CR1 AWD1EN LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDMonitChannels
LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t
AWDThresholdsHighLow, uint32_t AWDThresholdValue)
Set ADC analog watchdog threshold value of threshold high or low.
Parameters
• AWDThresholdsHighLow: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_AWD_THRESHOLD_HIGH
– LL_ADC_AWD_THRESHOLD_LOW
• AWDThresholdValue: Value between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
Return values
• None:
Notes
• In case of ADC resolution different of 12 bits, analog watchdog thresholds data require a specific shift. Use
helper macro __LL_ADC_ANALOGWD_SET_THRESHOLD_RESOLUTION().

• HTR HT LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
• LTR LT LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds
LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t
AWDThresholdsHighLow)
Get ADC analog watchdog threshold value of threshold high or threshold low.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1221/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• AWDThresholdsHighLow: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_AWD_THRESHOLD_HIGH
– LL_ADC_AWD_THRESHOLD_LOW
Return values
Notes
• In case of ADC resolution different of 12 bits, analog watchdog thresholds data require a specific shift. Use
helper macro __LL_ADC_ANALOGWD_GET_THRESHOLD_RESOLUTION().

• HTR HT LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
• LTR LT LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds
LL_ADC_SetMultimode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_SetMultimode (ADC_Common_TypeDef * ADCxy_COMMON, uint32_t
Multimode)
Set ADC multimode configuration to operate in independent mode or multimode (for devices with several ADC
instances).
Parameters
• Multimode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT
– LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIMULT
– LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INTERL
– LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_SIMULT
– LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_ALTERN
– LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIM_INJ_SIM
– LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIM_INJ_ALT
– LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INT_INJ_SIM
– LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_REG_SIM_INJ_SIM
– LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_REG_SIM_INJ_ALT
– LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_INJ_SIMULT
– LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_REG_SIMULT
– LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_REG_INTERL
– LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_INJ_ALTERN
Return values
• None:
Notes
• If multimode configuration: the selected ADC instance is either master or slave depending on hardware.
Refer to reference manual.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1222/2236

UM1905

• CCR MULTI LL_ADC_SetMultimode
LL_ADC_GetMultimode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_GetMultimode (ADC_Common_TypeDef * ADCxy_COMMON)
Get ADC multimode configuration to operate in independent mode or multimode (for devices with several ADC
instances).
Parameters
Return values
– LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT
– LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIMULT
– LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INTERL
– LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_SIMULT
– LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_ALTERN
– LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIM_INJ_SIM
– LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIM_INJ_ALT
– LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INT_INJ_SIM
– LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_REG_SIM_INJ_SIM
– LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_REG_SIM_INJ_ALT
– LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_INJ_SIMULT
– LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_REG_SIMULT
– LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_REG_INTERL
– LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_INJ_ALTERN
Notes
• If multimode configuration: the selected ADC instance is either master or slave depending on hardware.
Refer to reference manual.

• CCR MULTI LL_ADC_GetMultimode
LL_ADC_SetMultiDMATransfer
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_SetMultiDMATransfer (ADC_Common_TypeDef * ADCxy_COMMON,
uint32_t MultiDMATransfer)
Set ADC multimode conversion data transfer: no transfer or transfer by DMA.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1223/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• MultiDMATransfer: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_EACH_ADC
– LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_LIMIT_1
– LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_UNLMT_1
Return values
• None:
Notes
• If ADC multimode transfer by DMA is not selected: each ADC uses its own DMA channel, with its individual
DMA transfer settings. If ADC multimode transfer by DMA is selected: One DMA channel is used for both
ADC (DMA of ADC master) Specifies the DMA requests mode: Limited mode (One shot mode): DMA
• How to retrieve multimode conversion data: Whatever multimode transfer by DMA setting: using function
LL_ADC_REG_ReadMultiConversionData32(). If ADC multimode transfer by DMA is selected: conversion
data is a raw data with ADC master and slave concatenated. A macro is available to get the conversion
data of ADC master or ADC slave: see helper macro
__LL_ADC_MULTI_CONV_DATA_MASTER_SLAVE().

• CCR MDMA LL_ADC_SetMultiDMATransfer
• CCR DDS LL_ADC_SetMultiDMATransfer
LL_ADC_GetMultiDMATransfer
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_GetMultiDMATransfer (ADC_Common_TypeDef * ADCxy_COMMON)
Get ADC multimode conversion data transfer: no transfer or transfer by DMA.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1224/2236

UM1905
Return values
– LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_EACH_ADC
Notes
• If ADC multimode transfer by DMA is not selected: each ADC uses its own DMA channel, with its individual
DMA transfer settings. If ADC multimode transfer by DMA is selected: One DMA channel is used for both
ADC (DMA of ADC master) Specifies the DMA requests mode: Limited mode (One shot mode): DMA
• How to retrieve multimode conversion data: Whatever multimode transfer by DMA setting: using function
LL_ADC_REG_ReadMultiConversionData32(). If ADC multimode transfer by DMA is selected: conversion
data is a raw data with ADC master and slave concatenated. A macro is available to get the conversion
__LL_ADC_MULTI_CONV_DATA_MASTER_SLAVE().

• CCR MDMA LL_ADC_GetMultiDMATransfer
• CCR DDS LL_ADC_GetMultiDMATransfer
LL_ADC_SetMultiTwoSamplingDelay
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_SetMultiTwoSamplingDelay (ADC_Common_TypeDef *
ADCxy_COMMON, uint32_t MultiTwoSamplingDelay)
Set ADC multimode delay between 2 sampling phases.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1225/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• MultiTwoSamplingDelay: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_5CYCLES
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The sampling delay range depends on ADC resolution: ADC resolution 12 bits can have maximum delay of
12 cycles.ADC resolution 10 bits can have maximum delay of 10 cycles.ADC resolution 8 bits can have
maximum delay of 8 cycles.ADC resolution 6 bits can have maximum delay of 6 cycles.

• CCR DELAY LL_ADC_SetMultiTwoSamplingDelay
LL_ADC_GetMultiTwoSamplingDelay
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_GetMultiTwoSamplingDelay (ADC_Common_TypeDef *
ADCxy_COMMON)
Get ADC multimode delay between 2 sampling phases.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1226/2236

UM1905
Return values

• CCR DELAY LL_ADC_GetMultiTwoSamplingDelay
LL_ADC_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_Enable (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Enable the selected ADC instance.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• On this STM32 serie, after ADC enable, a delay for ADC internal analog stabilization is required before
performing a ADC conversion start. Refer to device datasheet, parameter tSTAB.

• CR2 ADON LL_ADC_Enable
LL_ADC_Disable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_Disable (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Disable the selected ADC instance.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1227/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• CR2 ADON LL_ADC_Disable
LL_ADC_IsEnabled
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_IsEnabled (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get the selected ADC instance enable state.
Parameters
Return values
• 0: ADC is disabled, 1: ADC is enabled.

• CR2 ADON LL_ADC_IsEnabled
LL_ADC_REG_StartConversionSWStart
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_REG_StartConversionSWStart (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Start ADC group regular conversion.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• On this STM32 serie, this function is relevant only for internal trigger (SW start), not for external trigger: If
ADC trigger has been set to software start, ADC conversion starts immediately.If ADC trigger has been set
to external trigger, ADC conversion start must be performed using function
LL_ADC_REG_StartConversionExtTrig(). (if external trigger edge would have been set during ADC other
settings, ADC conversion would start at trigger event as soon as ADC is enabled).

• CR2 SWSTART LL_ADC_REG_StartConversionSWStart
LL_ADC_REG_StartConversionExtTrig
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_REG_StartConversionExtTrig (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t
ExternalTriggerEdge)
Start ADC group regular conversion from external trigger.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1228/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• ExternalTriggerEdge: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_RISING
– LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_FALLING
– LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_RISINGFALLING
Return values
• None:
Notes
• ADC conversion will start at next trigger event (on the selected trigger edge) following the ADC start
conversion command.
• On this STM32 serie, this function is relevant for ADC conversion start from external trigger. If internal
trigger (SW start) is needed, perform ADC conversion start using function
LL_ADC_REG_StartConversionSWStart().

• CR2 EXTEN LL_ADC_REG_StartConversionExtTrig
LL_ADC_REG_StopConversionExtTrig
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_REG_StopConversionExtTrig (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Stop ADC group regular conversion from external trigger.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• No more ADC conversion will start at next trigger event following the ADC stop conversion command. If a
conversion is on-going, it will be completed.
• On this STM32 serie, there is no specific command to stop a conversion on-going or to stop ADC
converting in continuous mode. These actions can be performed using function LL_ADC_Disable().

• CR2 EXTEN LL_ADC_REG_StopConversionExtTrig
LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData32
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData32 (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for all ADC configurations: all ADC resolutions and all
oversampling increased data width (for devices with feature oversampling).
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1229/2236

UM1905
Return values
• Value: between Min_Data=0x00000000 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF

• DR RDATA LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData32
Function name
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for ADC resolution 12 bits.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• For devices with feature oversampling: Oversampling can increase data width, function for extended range
may be needed: LL_ADC_REG_ReadConversionData32.

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• Value: between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0x3FF
Notes

Function name
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1230/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• Value: between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF
Notes

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• Value: between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x3F
Notes

LL_ADC_REG_ReadMultiConversionData32
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_REG_ReadMultiConversionData32 (ADC_Common_TypeDef *
ADCxy_COMMON, uint32_t ConversionData)
Get ADC multimode conversion data of ADC master, ADC slave or raw data with ADC master and slave
concatenated.
Parameters
• ConversionData: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_MULTI_MASTER
– LL_ADC_MULTI_SLAVE
– LL_ADC_MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1231/2236

UM1905
Notes
• If raw data with ADC master and slave concatenated is retrieved, a macro is available to get the conversion
__LL_ADC_MULTI_CONV_DATA_MASTER_SLAVE(). (however this macro is mainly intended for
multimode transfer by DMA, because this function can do the same by getting multimode conversion data
of ADC master or ADC slave separately).

• CDR DATA1 LL_ADC_REG_ReadMultiConversionData32
• CDR DATA2 LL_ADC_REG_ReadMultiConversionData32
LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversionSWStart
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversionSWStart (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Start ADC group injected conversion.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• On this STM32 serie, this function is relevant only for internal trigger (SW start), not for external trigger: If
ADC trigger has been set to software start, ADC conversion starts immediately.If ADC trigger has been set
to external trigger, ADC conversion start must be performed using function
LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversionExtTrig(). (if external trigger edge would have been set during ADC other
settings, ADC conversion would start at trigger event as soon as ADC is enabled).

• CR2 JSWSTART LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversionSWStart
LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversionExtTrig
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversionExtTrig (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t
ExternalTriggerEdge)
Start ADC group injected conversion from external trigger.
Parameters
• ExternalTriggerEdge: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_RISING
– LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_FALLING
– LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_RISINGFALLING
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1232/2236

UM1905
Notes
• ADC conversion will start at next trigger event (on the selected trigger edge) following the ADC start
conversion command.
• On this STM32 serie, this function is relevant for ADC conversion start from external trigger. If internal
trigger (SW start) is needed, perform ADC conversion start using function
LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversionSWStart().

• CR2 JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversionExtTrig
LL_ADC_INJ_StopConversionExtTrig
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_INJ_StopConversionExtTrig (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Stop ADC group injected conversion from external trigger.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• No more ADC conversion will start at next trigger event following the ADC stop conversion command. If a
conversion is on-going, it will be completed.
• On this STM32 serie, there is no specific command to stop a conversion on-going or to stop ADC
converting in continuous mode. These actions can be performed using function LL_ADC_Disable().

• CR2 JEXTEN LL_ADC_INJ_StopConversionExtTrig
LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData32
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData32 (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, uint32_t Rank)
Get ADC group regular conversion data, range fit for all ADC configurations: all ADC resolutions and all
oversampling increased data width (for devices with feature oversampling).
Parameters
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1233/2236

UM1905

• JDR1 JDATA LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData32
Function name
Get ADC group injected conversion data, range fit for ADC resolution 12 bits.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
may be needed: LL_ADC_INJ_ReadConversionData32.

Function name
Parameters
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1234/2236

UM1905
Notes

Function name
Parameters
Return values
Notes

Function name
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1235/2236

UM1905
Return values
Notes

LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOCS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOCS (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get flag ADC group regular end of unitary conversion or end of sequence conversions, depending on ADC
configuration.
Parameters
Return values
• State: of bit (1 or 0).
Notes
• To configure flag of end of conversion, use function LL_ADC_REG_SetFlagEndOfConversion().

• SR EOC LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_EOCS
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_OVR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_OVR (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get flag ADC group regular overrun.
Parameters
Return values

• SR OVR LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_OVR
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_JEOS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_JEOS (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1236/2236

UM1905
Get flag ADC group injected end of sequence conversions.
Parameters
Return values

• SR JEOC LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_JEOS
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_AWD1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_AWD1 (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get flag ADC analog watchdog 1 flag.
Parameters
Return values

• SR AWD LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_AWD1
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOCS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOCS (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Clear flag ADC group regular end of unitary conversion or end of sequence conversions, depending on ADC
configuration.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• SR EOC LL_ADC_ClearFlag_EOCS
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_OVR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_ClearFlag_OVR (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Clear flag ADC group regular overrun.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1237/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• SR OVR LL_ADC_ClearFlag_OVR
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_JEOS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_ClearFlag_JEOS (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Clear flag ADC group injected end of sequence conversions.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• SR JEOC LL_ADC_ClearFlag_JEOS
LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD1 (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Clear flag ADC analog watchdog 1.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• SR AWD LL_ADC_ClearFlag_AWD1
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_EOCS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_EOCS (ADC_Common_TypeDef *
ADCxy_COMMON)
Get flag multimode ADC group regular end of unitary conversion or end of sequence conversions, depending on
ADC configuration, of the ADC master.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1238/2236

UM1905
Return values
Notes

• CSR EOC1 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_EOCS
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV1_EOCS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV1_EOCS (ADC_Common_TypeDef *
ADCxy_COMMON)
ADC configuration, of the ADC slave 1.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• CSR EOC2 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV1_EOCS
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV2_EOCS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV2_EOCS (ADC_Common_TypeDef *
ADCxy_COMMON)
ADC configuration, of the ADC slave 2.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• CSR EOC3 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV2_EOCS
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1239/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_OVR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_OVR (ADC_Common_TypeDef *
ADCxy_COMMON)
Get flag multimode ADC group regular overrun of the ADC master.
Parameters
Return values

• CSR OVR1 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_OVR
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV1_OVR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV1_OVR (ADC_Common_TypeDef *
ADCxy_COMMON)
Get flag multimode ADC group regular overrun of the ADC slave 1.
Parameters
Return values

• CSR OVR2 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV1_OVR
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV2_OVR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV2_OVR (ADC_Common_TypeDef *
ADCxy_COMMON)
Get flag multimode ADC group regular overrun of the ADC slave 2.
Parameters
Return values

• CSR OVR3 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV2_OVR
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1240/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_JEOS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_JEOS (ADC_Common_TypeDef *
ADCxy_COMMON)
Get flag multimode ADC group injected end of sequence conversions of the ADC master.
Parameters
Return values

• CSR JEOC LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_EOCS
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV1_JEOS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV1_JEOS (ADC_Common_TypeDef *
ADCxy_COMMON)
Get flag multimode ADC group injected end of sequence conversions of the ADC slave 1.
Parameters
Return values

• CSR JEOC2 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV1_JEOS
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV2_JEOS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV2_JEOS (ADC_Common_TypeDef *
ADCxy_COMMON)
Get flag multimode ADC group injected end of sequence conversions of the ADC slave 2.
Parameters
Return values

• CSR JEOC3 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV2_JEOS
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1241/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_AWD1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_AWD1 (ADC_Common_TypeDef *
ADCxy_COMMON)
Get flag multimode ADC analog watchdog 1 of the ADC master.
Parameters
Return values

• CSR AWD1 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_MST_AWD1
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV1_AWD1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV1_AWD1 (ADC_Common_TypeDef *
ADCxy_COMMON)
Get flag multimode analog watchdog 1 of the ADC slave 1.
Parameters
Return values

• CSR AWD2 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV1_AWD1
LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV2_AWD1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV2_AWD1 (ADC_Common_TypeDef *
ADCxy_COMMON)
Get flag multimode analog watchdog 1 of the ADC slave 2.
Parameters
Return values

• CSR AWD3 LL_ADC_IsActiveFlag_SLV2_AWD1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1242/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOCS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOCS (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Enable interruption ADC group regular end of unitary conversion or end of sequence conversions, depending on
ADC configuration.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR1 EOCIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_EOCS
LL_ADC_EnableIT_OVR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_EnableIT_OVR (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Enable ADC group regular interruption overrun.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 OVRIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_OVR
LL_ADC_EnableIT_JEOS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_EnableIT_JEOS (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Enable interruption ADC group injected end of sequence conversions.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 JEOCIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_JEOS
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1243/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD1 (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Enable interruption ADC analog watchdog 1.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 AWDIE LL_ADC_EnableIT_AWD1
LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOCS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOCS (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Disable interruption ADC group regular end of unitary conversion or end of sequence conversions, depending on
ADC configuration.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR1 EOCIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_EOCS
LL_ADC_DisableIT_OVR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_DisableIT_OVR (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Disable interruption ADC group regular overrun.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 OVRIE LL_ADC_DisableIT_OVR
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1244/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_DisableIT_JEOS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_DisableIT_JEOS (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Disable interruption ADC group injected end of sequence conversions.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

LL_ADC_DisableIT_AWD1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_ADC_DisableIT_AWD1 (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Disable interruption ADC analog watchdog 1.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOCS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOCS (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get state of interruption ADC group regular end of unitary conversion or end of sequence conversions,
depending on ADC configuration.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• To configure flag of end of conversion, use function LL_ADC_REG_SetFlagEndOfConversion(). (0:
interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled)

• CR1 EOCIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_EOCS
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1245/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_OVR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_OVR (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get state of interruption ADC group regular overrun (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 OVRIE LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_OVR
LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_JEOS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_JEOS (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get state of interruption ADC group injected end of sequence conversions (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt
enabled).
Parameters
Return values

LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_AWD1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_ADC_IsEnabledIT_AWD1 (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
Get state of interruption ADC analog watchdog 1 (0: interrupt disabled, 1: interrupt enabled).
Parameters
Return values

LL_ADC_CommonDeInit
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_CommonDeInit (ADC_Common_TypeDef * ADCxy_COMMON)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1246/2236

UM1905
De-initialize registers of all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance to their default reset
values.
Parameters
Return values
• An: ErrorStatus enumeration value:
– SUCCESS: ADC common registers are de-initialized
– ERROR: not applicable
LL_ADC_CommonInit
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_CommonInit (ADC_Common_TypeDef * ADCxy_COMMON,
LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef * ADC_CommonInitStruct)
Initialize some features of ADC common parameters (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common
instance) and multimode (for devices with several ADC instances available).
Parameters
• ADC_CommonInitStruct: Pointer to a LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure
Return values
– SUCCESS: ADC common registers are initialized
– ERROR: ADC common registers are not initialized
Notes
• The setting of ADC common parameters is conditioned to ADC instances state: All ADC instances
belonging to the same ADC common instance must be disabled.
LL_ADC_CommonStructInit
Function name
void LL_ADC_CommonStructInit (LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef * ADC_CommonInitStruct)
Set each LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef field to default value.
Parameters
• ADC_CommonInitStruct: Pointer to a LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure whose fields will be set to
default values.
Return values
• None:
LL_ADC_DeInit
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_DeInit (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1247/2236

UM1905
De-initialize registers of the selected ADC instance to their default reset values.
Parameters
Return values
– SUCCESS: ADC registers are de-initialized
– ERROR: ADC registers are not de-initialized
Notes
• To reset all ADC instances quickly (perform a hard reset), use function LL_ADC_CommonDeInit().
LL_ADC_Init
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_Init (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, LL_ADC_InitTypeDef * ADC_InitStruct)
Initialize some features of ADC instance.
Parameters
• ADC_InitStruct: Pointer to a LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
Return values
– SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized
– ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized
Notes
• These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC instance. Affects both group regular and group
injected (availability of ADC group injected depends on STM32 families). Refer to corresponding unitary
functions into Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: ADC instance .
• The setting of these parameters by function LL_ADC_Init() is conditioned to ADC state: ADC instance must
be disabled. This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency and compatibility over all STM32
families. However, the different features can be set under different ADC state conditions (setting possible
with ADC enabled without conversion on going, ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...) Each feature
can be updated afterwards with a unitary function and potentially with ADC in a different state than
disabled, refer to description of each function for setting conditioned to ADC state.
• After using this function, some other features must be configured using LL unitary functions. The minimum
configuration remaining to be done is: Set ADC group regular or group injected sequencer: map channel on
the selected sequencer rank. Refer to function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks().Set ADC channel
sampling time Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
LL_ADC_StructInit
Function name
void LL_ADC_StructInit (LL_ADC_InitTypeDef * ADC_InitStruct)
Set each LL_ADC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
Parameters
• ADC_InitStruct: Pointer to a LL_ADC_InitTypeDef structure whose fields will be set to default values.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1248/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
LL_ADC_REG_Init
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_REG_Init (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef * ADC_REG_InitStruct)
Initialize some features of ADC group regular.
Parameters
• ADC_REG_InitStruct: Pointer to a LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
Return values
Notes
• These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC group regular. Refer to corresponding unitary
functions into Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: group regular (functions with prefix "REG").
• After using this function, other features must be configured using LL unitary functions. The minimum
configuration remaining to be done is: Set ADC group regular or group injected sequencer: map channel on
the selected sequencer rank. Refer to function LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks().Set ADC channel
sampling time Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
LL_ADC_REG_StructInit
Function name
void LL_ADC_REG_StructInit (LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef * ADC_REG_InitStruct)
Set each LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef field to default value.
Parameters
• ADC_REG_InitStruct: Pointer to a LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure whose fields will be set to default
values.
Return values
• None:
LL_ADC_INJ_Init
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_INJ_Init (ADC_TypeDef * ADCx, LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef * ADC_INJ_InitStruct)
Initialize some features of ADC group injected.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1249/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• ADC_INJ_InitStruct: Pointer to a LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef structure
Return values
Notes
• These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC group injected. Refer to corresponding unitary
functions into Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: group regular (functions with prefix "INJ").
• After using this function, other features must be configured using LL unitary functions. The minimum
configuration remaining to be done is: Set ADC group injected sequencer: map channel on the selected
sequencer rank. Refer to function LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks().Set ADC channel sampling time
Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
LL_ADC_INJ_StructInit
Function name
void LL_ADC_INJ_StructInit (LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef * ADC_INJ_InitStruct)
Set each LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef field to default value.
Parameters
• ADC_INJ_InitStruct: Pointer to a LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef structure whose fields will be set to default
values.
Return values
• None:
74.3 ADC Firmware driver defines

74.3.1 ADC
ADC
Analog watchdog - Monitored channels
LL_ADC_AWD_DISABLE
ADC analog watchdog monitoring disabled
LL_ADC_AWD_ALL_CHANNELS_REG
ADC analog watchdog monitoring of all channels, converted by group regular only
LL_ADC_AWD_ALL_CHANNELS_INJ
ADC analog watchdog monitoring of all channels, converted by group injected only
LL_ADC_AWD_ALL_CHANNELS_REG_INJ
ADC analog watchdog monitoring of all channels, converted by either group regular or injected
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1250/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL_0_REG
ADC analog watchdog monitoring of ADC external channel (channel connected to GPIO pin) ADCx_IN0,
converted by group regular only
LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL_0_INJ
converted by group injected only
LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL_0_REG_INJ
converted by either group regular or injected
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1251/2236

UM1905
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1252/2236

UM1905
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1253/2236

UM1905
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1254/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_AWD_CH_VREFINT_REG
ADC analog watchdog monitoring of ADC internal channel connected to VrefInt: Internal voltage reference,
LL_ADC_AWD_CH_VREFINT_INJ
LL_ADC_AWD_CH_VREFINT_REG_INJ
LL_ADC_AWD_CH_VBAT_REG
ADC analog watchdog monitoring of ADC internal channel connected to Vbat/3: Vbat voltage through a divider
ladder of factor 1/3 to have Vbat always below Vdda, converted by group regular only
LL_ADC_AWD_CH_VBAT_INJ
ladder of factor 1/3 to have Vbat always below Vdda, converted by group injected only
LL_ADC_AWD_CH_VBAT_REG_INJ
ladder of factor 1/3 to have Vbat always below Vdda
LL_ADC_AWD_CH_TEMPSENSOR_REG
ADC analog watchdog monitoring of ADC internal channel connected to Temperature sensor, converted by
group regular only. This internal channel is shared between temperature sensor and Vbat, only 1 measurement
path must be enabled.
LL_ADC_AWD_CH_TEMPSENSOR_INJ
group injected only. This internal channel is shared between temperature sensor and Vbat, only 1 measurement
path must be enabled.
LL_ADC_AWD_CH_TEMPSENSOR_REG_INJ
either group regular or injected. This internal channel is shared between temperature sensor and Vbat, only 1
measurement path must be enabled.
Analog watchdog - Analog watchdog number
LL_ADC_AWD1
ADC analog watchdog number 1
Analog watchdog - Thresholds
LL_ADC_AWD_THRESHOLD_HIGH
ADC analog watchdog threshold high
LL_ADC_AWD_THRESHOLD_LOW
ADC analog watchdog threshold low
ADC instance - Channel number
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_0
ADC external channel (channel connected to GPIO pin) ADCx_IN0
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1255/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_3
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_5
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_6
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_7
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_8
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_9
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_10
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_11
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_12
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_13
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_14
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_15
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_16
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_17
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_18
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT
ADC internal channel connected to VrefInt: Internal voltage reference. On STM32F7, ADC channel available
only on ADC instance: ADC1.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1256/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_VBAT
ADC internal channel connected to Vbat/3: Vbat voltage through a divider ladder of factor 1/3 to have Vbat
always below Vdda. On STM32F7, ADC channel available only on ADC instance: ADC1.
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR
ADC internal channel connected to Temperature sensor. On STM32F7, ADC channel available only on ADC
instance: ADC1.
Channel - Sampling time
LL_ADC_SAMPLINGTIME_3CYCLES
Sampling time 3 ADC clock cycles
ADC common - Clock source
LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV2
ADC synchronous clock derived from AHB clock with prescaler division by 2
ADC common - Measurement path to internal channels
LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_NONE
ADC measurement pathes all disabled
LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VREFINT
ADC measurement path to internal channel VrefInt
LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_TEMPSENSOR
ADC measurement path to internal channel temperature sensor
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1257/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_PATH_INTERNAL_VBAT
ADC measurement path to internal channel Vbat
ADC instance - Data alignment
LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT
ADC conversion data alignment: right aligned (alignment on data register LSB bit 0)
LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_LEFT
ADC conversion data alignment: left aligned (aligment on data register MSB bit 15)
ADC flags
LL_ADC_FLAG_STRT
ADC flag ADC group regular conversion start
LL_ADC_FLAG_EOCS
ADC flag ADC group regular end of unitary conversion or sequence conversions (to configure flag of end of
conversion, use function
LL_ADC_FLAG_OVR
ADC flag ADC group regular overrun
LL_ADC_FLAG_JSTRT
ADC flag ADC group injected conversion start
LL_ADC_FLAG_JEOS
ADC flag ADC group injected end of sequence conversions (Note: on this STM32 serie, there is no flag ADC
group injected end of unitary conversion. Flag noted as "JEOC" is corresponding to flag "JEOS" in other STM32
families)
LL_ADC_FLAG_AWD1
ADC flag ADC analog watchdog 1
LL_ADC_FLAG_EOCS_MST
ADC flag ADC multimode master group regular end of unitary conversion or sequence conversions (to configure
flag of end of conversion, use function
LL_ADC_FLAG_EOCS_SLV1
ADC flag ADC multimode slave 1 group regular end of unitary conversion or sequence conversions (to configure
LL_ADC_FLAG_EOCS_SLV2
ADC flag ADC multimode slave 2 group regular end of unitary conversion or sequence conversions (to configure
LL_ADC_FLAG_OVR_MST
ADC flag ADC multimode master group regular overrun
LL_ADC_FLAG_OVR_SLV1
ADC flag ADC multimode slave 1 group regular overrun
LL_ADC_FLAG_OVR_SLV2
ADC flag ADC multimode slave 2 group regular overrun
LL_ADC_FLAG_JEOS_MST
ADC flag ADC multimode master group injected end of sequence conversions (Note: on this STM32 serie, there
is no flag ADC group injected end of unitary conversion. Flag noted as "JEOC" is corresponding to flag "JEOS"
in other STM32 families)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1258/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_FLAG_JEOS_SLV1
ADC flag ADC multimode slave 1 group injected end of sequence conversions (Note: on this STM32 serie, there
LL_ADC_FLAG_JEOS_SLV2
ADC flag ADC multimode slave 2 group injected end of sequence conversions (Note: on this STM32 serie, there
LL_ADC_FLAG_AWD1_MST
ADC flag ADC multimode master analog watchdog 1 of the ADC master
LL_ADC_FLAG_AWD1_SLV1
ADC flag ADC multimode slave 1 analog watchdog 1
LL_ADC_FLAG_AWD1_SLV2
ADC flag ADC multimode slave 2 analog watchdog 1
ADC instance - Groups
LL_ADC_GROUP_REGULAR
ADC group regular (available on all STM32 devices)
LL_ADC_GROUP_INJECTED
ADC group injected (not available on all STM32 devices)
LL_ADC_GROUP_REGULAR_INJECTED
ADC both groups regular and injected
Definitions of ADC hardware constraints delays
LL_ADC_DELAY_VREFINT_STAB_US
Delay for internal voltage reference stabilization time
LL_ADC_DELAY_TEMPSENSOR_STAB_US
Delay for internal voltage reference stabilization time
ADC group injected - Sequencer discontinuous mode
LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE
ADC group injected sequencer discontinuous mode disable
LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_1RANK
ADC group injected sequencer discontinuous mode enable with sequence interruption every rank
ADC group injected - Sequencer ranks
LL_ADC_INJ_RANK_1
ADC group injected sequencer rank 1
LL_ADC_INJ_RANK_2
LL_ADC_INJ_RANK_3
LL_ADC_INJ_RANK_4
ADC group injected - Sequencer scan length
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1259/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE
ADC group injected sequencer disable (equivalent to sequencer of 1 rank: ADC conversion on only 1 channel)
LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_2RANKS
ADC group injected sequencer enable with 2 ranks in the sequence
ADC group injected - Trigger edge
LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_RISING
ADC group injected conversion trigger polarity set to rising edge
LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_FALLING
ADC group injected conversion trigger polarity set to falling edge
LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_RISINGFALLING
ADC group injected conversion trigger polarity set to both rising and falling edges
ADC group injected - Trigger source
LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE
ADC group injected conversion trigger internal: SW start.
LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO
ADC group injected conversion trigger from external IP: TIM1 TRGO. Trigger edge set to rising edge (default
setting).
LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4
ADC group injected conversion trigger from external IP: TIM1 channel 4 event (capture compare: input capture
or output capture). Trigger edge set to rising edge (default setting).
setting).
setting).
LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO2
ADC group injected conversion trigger from external IP: TIM1 TRGO2. Trigger edge set to rising edge (default
setting).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1260/2236

UM1905
setting).
LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO2
ADC group injected conversion trigger from external IP: TIM8 TRGO2. Trigger edge set to rising edge (default
setting).
setting).
setting).
ADC group injected - Automatic trigger mode
LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_INDEPENDENT
ADC group injected conversion trigger independent. Setting mandatory if ADC group injected injected trigger
source is set to an external trigger.
LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_FROM_GRP_REGULAR
ADC group injected conversion trigger from ADC group regular. Setting compliant only with group injected trigger
source set to SW start, without any further action on ADC group injected conversion start or stop: in this case,
ADC group injected is controlled only from ADC group regular.
ADC interruptions for configuration (interruption enable or disable)
LL_ADC_IT_EOCS
ADC interruption ADC group regular end of unitary conversion or sequence conversions (to configure flag of end
of conversion, use function
LL_ADC_IT_OVR
ADC interruption ADC group regular overrun
LL_ADC_IT_JEOS
ADC interruption ADC group injected end of sequence conversions (Note: on this STM32 serie, there is no flag
ADC group injected end of unitary conversion. Flag noted as "JEOC" is corresponding to flag "JEOS" in other
STM32 families)
LL_ADC_IT_AWD1
ADC interruption ADC analog watchdog 1
Multimode - DMA transfer
LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_EACH_ADC
ADC multimode group regular conversions are transferred by DMA: each ADC uses its own DMA channel, with
its individual DMA transfer settings
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1261/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_LIMIT_1
ADC multimode group regular conversions are transferred by DMA, one DMA channel for all ADC instances
(DMA of ADC master), in limited mode (one shot mode): DMA transfer requests are stopped when number of
DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions) is reached. This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA
mode non-circular. Setting of DMA mode 1: 2 or 3 (dual or triple mode) half-words one by one, ADC1 then ADC2
then ADC3.
mode non-circular. Setting of DMA mode 2: 2 or 3 (dual or triple mode) half-words one by one, ADC2&1 then
ADC1&3 then ADC3&2.
mode non-circular. Setting of DMA mode 3: 2 or 3 (dual or triple mode) bytes one by one, ADC2&1 then
ADC1&3 then ADC3&2.
LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_UNLMT_1
(DMA of ADC master), in unlimited mode: DMA transfer requests are unlimited, whatever number of DMA data
transferred (number of ADC conversions) is reached. This ADC mode is intended to be used with DMA mode
non-circular. Setting of DMA mode 1: 2 or 3 (dual or triple mode) half-words one by one, ADC1 then ADC2 then
ADC3.
non-circular. Setting of DMA mode 2: 2 or 3 (dual or triple mode) half-words by pairs, ADC2&1 then ADC1&3
then ADC3&2.
non-circular. Setting of DMA mode 3: 2 or 3 (dual or triple mode) bytes one by one, ADC2&1 then ADC1&3 then
ADC3&2.
Multimode - ADC master or slave
LL_ADC_MULTI_MASTER
In multimode, selection among several ADC instances: ADC master
LL_ADC_MULTI_SLAVE
In multimode, selection among several ADC instances: ADC slave
LL_ADC_MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE
In multimode, selection among several ADC instances: both ADC master and ADC slave
Multimode - Mode
LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT
ADC dual mode disabled (ADC independent mode)
LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIMULT
ADC dual mode enabled: group regular simultaneous
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1262/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INTERL
ADC dual mode enabled: Combined group regular interleaved
LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_SIMULT
ADC dual mode enabled: group injected simultaneous
LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_ALTERN
ADC dual mode enabled: group injected alternate trigger. Works only with external triggers (not internal SW
start)
LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIM_INJ_SIM
ADC dual mode enabled: Combined group regular simultaneous + group injected simultaneous
LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIM_INJ_ALT
ADC dual mode enabled: Combined group regular simultaneous + group injected alternate trigger
LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INT_INJ_SIM
ADC dual mode enabled: Combined group regular interleaved + group injected simultaneous
LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_REG_SIM_INJ_SIM
ADC triple mode enabled: Combined group regular simultaneous + group injected simultaneous
LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_REG_SIM_INJ_ALT
ADC triple mode enabled: Combined group regular simultaneous + group injected alternate trigger
LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_INJ_SIMULT
ADC triple mode enabled: group injected simultaneous
LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_REG_SIMULT
ADC triple mode enabled: group regular simultaneous
LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_REG_INTERL
ADC triple mode enabled: Combined group regular interleaved
LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_INJ_ALTERN
ADC triple mode enabled: group injected alternate trigger. Works only with external triggers (not internal SW
start)
Multimode - Delay between two sampling phases
LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_5CYCLES
ADC multimode delay between two sampling phases: 5 ADC clock cycles
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1263/2236

UM1905
ADC registers compliant with specific purpose
LL_ADC_DMA_REG_REGULAR_DATA
LL_ADC_DMA_REG_REGULAR_DATA_MULTI
ADC group regular - Continuous mode
LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE
ADC conversions are performed in single mode: one conversion per trigger
LL_ADC_REG_CONV_CONTINUOUS
ADC conversions are performed in continuous mode: after the first trigger, following conversions launched
successively automatically
ADC group regular - DMA transfer of ADC conversion data
LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE
ADC conversions are not transferred by DMA
LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_LIMITED
ADC conversion data are transferred by DMA, in limited mode (one shot mode): DMA transfer requests are
stopped when number of DMA data transfers (number of ADC conversions) is reached. This ADC mode is
intended to be used with DMA mode non-circular.
LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_UNLIMITED
ADC conversion data are transferred by DMA, in unlimited mode: DMA transfer requests are unlimited, whatever
number of DMA data transferred (number of ADC conversions). This ADC mode is intended to be used with
DMA mode circular.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1264/2236

UM1905
ADC group regular - Flag EOC selection (unitary or sequence conversions)
LL_ADC_REG_FLAG_EOC_SEQUENCE_CONV
ADC flag EOC (end of unitary conversion) selected
LL_ADC_REG_FLAG_EOC_UNITARY_CONV
ADC flag EOS (end of sequence conversions) selected
ADC group regular - Sequencer discontinuous mode
LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE
ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode disable
LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_1RANK
ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode enable with sequence interruption every rank
LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_2RANKS
ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode enabled with sequence interruption every 2 ranks
ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode enable with sequence interruption every 3 ranks
ADC group regular - Sequencer ranks
LL_ADC_REG_RANK_1
ADC group regular sequencer rank 1
LL_ADC_REG_RANK_2
LL_ADC_REG_RANK_3
LL_ADC_REG_RANK_4
LL_ADC_REG_RANK_5
LL_ADC_REG_RANK_6
LL_ADC_REG_RANK_7
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1265/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_REG_RANK_8
LL_ADC_REG_RANK_9
LL_ADC_REG_RANK_10
LL_ADC_REG_RANK_11
LL_ADC_REG_RANK_12
LL_ADC_REG_RANK_13
LL_ADC_REG_RANK_14
LL_ADC_REG_RANK_15
LL_ADC_REG_RANK_16
ADC group regular - Sequencer scan length
LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE
ADC group regular sequencer disable (equivalent to sequencer of 1 rank: ADC conversion on only 1 channel)
LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_2RANKS
ADC group regular sequencer enable with 2 ranks in the sequence
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1266/2236

UM1905
ADC group regular - Trigger edge
LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_RISING
ADC group regular conversion trigger polarity set to rising edge
LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_FALLING
ADC group regular conversion trigger polarity set to falling edge
LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_RISINGFALLING
ADC group regular conversion trigger polarity set to both rising and falling edges
ADC group regular - Trigger source
LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE
ADC group regular conversion trigger internal: SW start.
LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH1
ADC group regular conversion trigger from external IP: TIM1 channel 1 event (capture compare: input capture or
output capture). Trigger edge set to rising edge (default setting).
LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_TRGO
ADC group regular conversion trigger from external IP: TIM5 TRGO. Trigger edge set to rising edge (default
setting).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1267/2236

UM1905
setting).
LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO2
ADC group regular conversion trigger from external IP: TIM8 TRGO2. Trigger edge set to rising edge (default
setting).
setting).
LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO2
ADC group regular conversion trigger from external IP: TIM1 TRGO2. Trigger edge set to rising edge (default
setting).
setting).
setting).
setting).
LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE11
ADC group regular conversion trigger from external IP: external interrupt line 11. Trigger edge set to rising edge
(default setting).
ADC instance - Resolution
LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_12B
ADC resolution 12 bits
ADC instance - Scan selection
LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE
ADC conversion is performed in unitary conversion mode (one channel converted, that defined in rank 1).
Configuration of both groups regular and injected sequencers (sequence length, ...) is discarded: equivalent to
length of 1 rank.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1268/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE
ADC conversions are performed in sequence conversions mode, according to configuration of both groups
regular and injected sequencers (sequence length, ...).
ADC helper macro
__LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB
Description:
• Helper macro to get ADC channel number in decimal format from literals LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x.
Parameters:
• __CHANNEL__: This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return value:
• Value: between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=18
Notes:
• Example: __LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB(LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4) will return decimal number
"4". The input can be a value from functions where a channel number is returned, either defined with
number or with bitfield (only one bit must be set).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1269/2236

UM1905
__LL_ADC_DECIMAL_NB_TO_CHANNEL
Description:
• Helper macro to get ADC channel in literal format LL_ADC_CHANNEL_x from number in decimal format.
Parameters:
• __DECIMAL_NB__: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=18
Return value:
Notes:
• Example: __LL_ADC_DECIMAL_NB_TO_CHANNEL(4) will return a data equivalent to
"LL_ADC_CHANNEL_4".
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1270/2236

UM1905
__LL_ADC_IS_CHANNEL_INTERNAL
Description:
• Helper macro to determine whether the selected channel corresponds to literal definitions of driver.
Parameters:
Return value:
• Value: "0" if the channel corresponds to a parameter definition of a ADC external channel (channel
connected to a GPIO pin). Value "1" if the channel corresponds to a parameter definition of a ADC internal
channel.
Notes:
• The different literal definitions of ADC channels are: ADC internal channel: LL_ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT,
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR, ...ADC external channel (channel connected to a GPIO pin):
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1, LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2, ... The channel parameter must be a value defined from
literal definition of a ADC internal channel (LL_ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT,
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR, ...), ADC external channel (LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1,
LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2, ...), must not be a value from functions where a channel number is returned from
ADC registers, because internal and external channels share the same channel number in ADC registers.
The differentiation is made only with parameters definitions of driver.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1271/2236

UM1905
__LL_ADC_CHANNEL_INTERNAL_TO_EXTERNAL
Description:
• Helper macro to convert a channel defined from parameter definition of a ADC internal channel
(LL_ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT, LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR, ...), to its equivalent parameter
definition of a ADC external channel (LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1, LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2, ...).
Parameters:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1272/2236

UM1905
Return value:
Notes:
• The channel parameter can be, additionally to a value defined from parameter definition of a ADC internal
channel (LL_ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT, LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR, ...), a value defined from
parameter definition of ADC external channel (LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1, LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2, ...) or a
value from functions where a channel number is returned from ADC registers.
__LL_ADC_IS_CHANNEL_INTERNAL_AVAILABLE
Description:
• Helper macro to determine whether the internal channel selected is available on the ADC instance
selected.
Parameters:
• __ADC_INSTANCE__: ADC instance
Return value:
• Value: "0" if the internal channel selected is not available on the ADC instance selected. Value "1" if the
internal channel selected is available on the ADC instance selected.
Notes:
• The channel parameter must be a value defined from parameter definition of a ADC internal channel
(LL_ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT, LL_ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR, ...), must not be a value defined
from parameter definition of ADC external channel (LL_ADC_CHANNEL_1, LL_ADC_CHANNEL_2, ...) or
a value from functions where a channel number is returned from ADC registers, because internal and
external channels share the same channel number in ADC registers. The differentiation is made only with
parameters definitions of driver.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1273/2236

UM1905
__LL_ADC_ANALOGWD_CHANNEL_GROUP
Description:
• Helper macro to define ADC analog watchdog parameter: define a single channel to monitor with analog
watchdog from sequencer channel and groups definition.
Parameters:
• __GROUP__: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_GROUP_REGULAR
– LL_ADC_GROUP_INJECTED
– LL_ADC_GROUP_REGULAR_INJECTED
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1274/2236

UM1905
Return value:
UM1905 - Rev 4 – LL_ADC_AWD_CHANNEL_15_INJ page 1275/2236
UM1905
Notes:
• To be used with function LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDMonitChannels(). Example:
LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDMonitChannels( ADC1, LL_ADC_AWD1,
__LL_ADC_ANALOGWD_CHANNEL_GROUP(LL_ADC_CHANNEL4, LL_ADC_GROUP_REGULAR))
__LL_ADC_ANALOGWD_SET_THRESHOLD_RESOLUTION
Description:
• Helper macro to set the value of ADC analog watchdog threshold high or low in function of ADC resolution,
when ADC resolution is different of 12 bits.
Parameters:
• __ADC_RESOLUTION__: This parameter can be one of the following values:
• __AWD_THRESHOLD__: Value between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
Return value:
Notes:
• To be used with function LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds(). Example, with a ADC resolution of 8 bits, to
set the value of analog watchdog threshold high (on 8 bits): LL_ADC_SetAnalogWDThresholds (< ADCx
param >, __LL_ADC_ANALOGWD_SET_THRESHOLD_RESOLUTION(LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_8B,
<threshold_value_8_bits>) );
__LL_ADC_ANALOGWD_GET_THRESHOLD_RESOLUTION
Description:
• Helper macro to get the value of ADC analog watchdog threshold high or low in function of ADC resolution,
when ADC resolution is different of 12 bits.
Parameters:
• __AWD_THRESHOLD_12_BITS__: Value between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
Return value:
Notes:
• To be used with function LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds(). Example, with a ADC resolution of 8 bits, to
get the value of analog watchdog threshold high (on 8 bits): < threshold_value_6_bits > =
__LL_ADC_ANALOGWD_GET_THRESHOLD_RESOLUTION (LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_8B,
LL_ADC_GetAnalogWDThresholds(<ADCx param>, LL_ADC_AWD_THRESHOLD_HIGH) );
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1276/2236

UM1905
__LL_ADC_MULTI_CONV_DATA_MASTER_SLAVE
Description:
• Helper macro to get the ADC multimode conversion data of ADC master or ADC slave from raw value with
both ADC conversion data concatenated.
Parameters:
• __ADC_MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE__: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_ADC_MULTI_MASTER
– LL_ADC_MULTI_SLAVE
• __ADC_MULTI_CONV_DATA__: Value between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
Return value:
Notes:
• This macro is intended to be used when multimode transfer by DMA is enabled: refer to function
LL_ADC_SetMultiDMATransfer(). In this case the transferred data need to processed with this macro to
separate the conversion data of ADC master and ADC slave.
__LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE
Description:
• Helper macro to select the ADC common instance to which is belonging the selected ADC instance.
Parameters:
• __ADCx__: ADC instance
Return value:
• ADC: common register instance
Notes:
• ADC common register instance can be used for: Set parameters common to several ADC
instancesMultimode (for devices with several ADC instances) Refer to functions having argument
"ADCxy_COMMON" as parameter.
__LL_ADC_IS_ENABLED_ALL_COMMON_INSTANCE
Description:
• Helper macro to check if all ADC instances sharing the same ADC common instance are disabled.
Parameters:
• __ADCXY_COMMON__: ADC common instance (can be set directly from CMSIS definition or by using
helper macro
Return value:
• Value: "0" if all ADC instances sharing the same ADC common instance are disabled. Value "1" if at least
one ADC instance sharing the same ADC common instance is enabled.
Notes:
• This check is required by functions with setting conditioned to ADC state: All ADC instances of the ADC
common group must be disabled. Refer to functions having argument "ADCxy_COMMON" as parameter.
On devices with only 1 ADC common instance, parameter of this macro is useless and can be ignored
(parameter kept for compatibility with devices featuring several ADC common instances).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1277/2236

UM1905
__LL_ADC_DIGITAL_SCALE
Description:
• Helper macro to define the ADC conversion data full-scale digital value corresponding to the selected ADC
resolution.
Parameters:
Return value:
• ADC: conversion data equivalent voltage value (unit: mVolt)
Notes:
• ADC conversion data full-scale corresponds to voltage range determined by analog voltage references Vref
+ and Vref- (refer to reference manual).
__LL_ADC_CONVERT_DATA_RESOLUTION
Description:
• Helper macro to convert the ADC conversion data from a resolution to another resolution.
Parameters:
• __DATA__: ADC conversion data to be converted
• __ADC_RESOLUTION_CURRENT__: Resolution of to the data to be converted This parameter can be
• __ADC_RESOLUTION_TARGET__: Resolution of the data after conversion This parameter can be one of
Return value:
• ADC: conversion data to the requested resolution
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1278/2236

UM1905
__LL_ADC_CALC_DATA_TO_VOLTAGE
Description:
• Helper macro to calculate the voltage (unit: mVolt) corresponding to a ADC conversion data (unit: digital
value).
Parameters:
• __VREFANALOG_VOLTAGE__: Analog reference voltage (unit mV)
• __ADC_DATA__: ADC conversion data (resolution 12 bits) (unit: digital value).
Return value:
Notes:
• Analog reference voltage (Vref+) must be either known from user board environment or can be calculated
using ADC measurement and ADC helper macro __LL_ADC_CALC_VREFANALOG_VOLTAGE().
__LL_ADC_CALC_VREFANALOG_VOLTAGE
Description:
• Helper macro to calculate analog reference voltage (Vref+) (unit: mVolt) from ADC conversion data of
internal voltage reference VrefInt.
Parameters:
• __VREFINT_ADC_DATA__: ADC conversion data (resolution 12 bits) of internal voltage reference VrefInt
(unit: digital value).
Return value:
• Analog: reference voltage (unit: mV)
Notes:
• Computation is using VrefInt calibration value stored in system memory for each device during production.
This voltage depends on user board environment: voltage level connected to pin Vref+. On devices with
small package, the pin Vref+ is not present and internally bonded to pin Vdda. On this STM32 serie,
calibration data of internal voltage reference VrefInt corresponds to a resolution of 12 bits, this is the
recommended ADC resolution to convert voltage of internal voltage reference VrefInt. Otherwise, this
macro performs the processing to scale ADC conversion data to 12 bits.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1279/2236

UM1905
__LL_ADC_CALC_TEMPERATURE
Description:
• Helper macro to calculate the temperature (unit: degree Celsius) from ADC conversion data of internal
temperature sensor.
Parameters:
• __VREFANALOG_VOLTAGE__: Analog reference voltage (unit mV)
• __TEMPSENSOR_ADC_DATA__: ADC conversion data of internal temperature sensor (unit: digital value).
• __ADC_RESOLUTION__: ADC resolution at which internal temperature sensor voltage has been
measured. This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return value:
• Temperature: (unit: degree Celsius)
Notes:
• Computation is using temperature sensor calibration values stored in system memory for each device
during production. Calculation formula: Temperature = ((TS_ADC_DATA - TS_CAL1) * (TS_CAL2_TEMP -
TS_CAL1_TEMP)) / (TS_CAL2 - TS_CAL1) + TS_CAL1_TEMP with TS_ADC_DATA = temperature sensor
raw data measured by ADC Avg_Slope = (TS_CAL2 - TS_CAL1) / (TS_CAL2_TEMP - TS_CAL1_TEMP)
TS_CAL1 = equivalent TS_ADC_DATA at temperature TEMP_DEGC_CAL1 (calibrated in factory)
TS_CAL2 = equivalent TS_ADC_DATA at temperature TEMP_DEGC_CAL2 (calibrated in factory) Caution:
Calculation relevancy under reserve that calibration parameters are correct (address and data). To
calculate temperature using temperature sensor datasheet typical values (generic values less, therefore
less accurate than calibrated values), use helper macro
__LL_ADC_CALC_TEMPERATURE_TYP_PARAMS(). As calculation input, the analog reference voltage
(Vref+) must be defined as it impacts the ADC LSB equivalent voltage. Analog reference voltage (Vref+)
must be either known from user board environment or can be calculated using ADC measurement and
ADC helper macro __LL_ADC_CALC_VREFANALOG_VOLTAGE(). On this STM32 serie, calibration data
of temperature sensor corresponds to a resolution of 12 bits, this is the recommended ADC resolution to
convert voltage of temperature sensor. Otherwise, this macro performs the processing to scale ADC
conversion data to 12 bits.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1280/2236

UM1905
__LL_ADC_CALC_TEMPERATURE_TYP_PARAMS
Description:
• Helper macro to calculate the temperature (unit: degree Celsius) from ADC conversion data of internal
temperature sensor.
Parameters:
• __TEMPSENSOR_TYP_AVGSLOPE__: Device datasheet data Temperature sensor slope typical value
(unit uV/DegCelsius). On STM32F7, refer to device datasheet parameter "Avg_Slope".
• __TEMPSENSOR_TYP_CALX_V__: Device datasheet data Temperature sensor voltage typical value (at
temperature and Vref+ defined in parameters below) (unit mV). On STM32F4, refer to device datasheet
parameter "V25".
• __TEMPSENSOR_CALX_TEMP__: Device datasheet data Temperature at which temperature sensor
voltage (see parameter above) is corresponding (unit mV)
• __VREFANALOG_VOLTAGE__: Analog voltage reference (Vref+) voltage (unit mV)
• __TEMPSENSOR_ADC_DATA__: ADC conversion data of internal temperature sensor (unit digital value).
• __ADC_RESOLUTION__: ADC resolution at which internal temperature sensor voltage has been
measured. This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return value:
• Temperature: (unit: degree Celsius)
Notes:
• Computation is using temperature sensor typical values (refer to device datasheet). Calculation formula:
Temperature = (TS_TYP_CALx_VOLT(uV) - TS_ADC_DATA * Conversion_uV) / Avg_Slope + CALx_TEMP
with TS_ADC_DATA = temperature sensor raw data measured by ADC (unit: digital value) Avg_Slope =
temperature sensor slope (unit: uV/Degree Celsius) TS_TYP_CALx_VOLT = temperature sensor digital
value at temperature CALx_TEMP (unit: mV) Caution: Calculation relevancy under reserve the temperature
sensor of the current device has characteristics in line with datasheet typical values. If temperature sensor
calibration values are available on on this device (presence of macro
__LL_ADC_CALC_TEMPERATURE()), temperature calculation will be more accurate using helper macro
__LL_ADC_CALC_TEMPERATURE(). As calculation input, the analog reference voltage (Vref+) must be
defined as it impacts the ADC LSB equivalent voltage. Analog reference voltage (Vref+) must be either
known from user board environment or can be calculated using ADC measurement and ADC helper macro
__LL_ADC_CALC_VREFANALOG_VOLTAGE(). ADC measurement data must correspond to a resolution
of 12bits (full scale digital value 4095). If not the case, the data must be preliminarily rescaled to an
equivalent resolution of 12 bits.
Common write and read registers Macros
LL_ADC_WriteReg
Description:
• Write a value in ADC register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: ADC Instance
• __REG__: Register to be written
• __VALUE__: Value to be written in the register
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1281/2236

UM1905
LL_ADC_ReadReg
Description:
• Read a value in ADC register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: ADC Instance
• __REG__: Register to be read
Return value:
• Register: value
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1282/2236

UM1905
LL BUS Generic Driver
75 LL BUS Generic Driver
75.1 BUS Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the BUS library.
LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock (uint32_t Periphs)
Enable AHB1 peripherals clock.
Parameters
• Periphs: This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOG
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOH
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOI
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOJ (*)
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOK (*)
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRC
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_BKPSRAM
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DTCMRAM
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA1
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA2D (*)
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_ETHMAC (*)
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_ETHMACTX (*)
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_ETHMACRX (*)
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_ETHMACPTP (*)
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_OTGHS
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_OTGHSULPI
(*) value not defined in all devices.
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1283/2236

UM1905
BUS Firmware driver API description

• AHB1ENR GPIOAEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOBEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOCEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB1ENR GPIODEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOEEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOFEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOGEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOHEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOIEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOJEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOKEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB1ENR CRCEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB1ENR BKPSRAMEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB1ENR DTCMRAMEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB1ENR DMA1EN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB1ENR DMA2EN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB1ENR DMA2DEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB1ENR ETHMACEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB1ENR ETHMACTXEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB1ENR ETHMACRXEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB1ENR ETHMACPTPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB1ENR OTGHSEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB1ENR OTGHSULPIEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClock
LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock (uint32_t Periphs)
Check if AHB1 peripheral clock is enabled or not.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1284/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• State: of Periphs (1 or 0).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1285/2236

UM1905

• AHB1ENR GPIOAEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOBEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOCEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB1ENR GPIODEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOEEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOFEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOGEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOHEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOIEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOJEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOKEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB1ENR CRCEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB1ENR BKPSRAMEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB1ENR DTCMRAMEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB1ENR DMA1EN LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB1ENR DMA2EN LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB1ENR DMA2DEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB1ENR ETHMACEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB1ENR ETHMACTXEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB1ENR ETHMACRXEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB1ENR ETHMACPTPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB1ENR OTGHSEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB1ENR OTGHSULPIENDEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock (uint32_t Periphs)
Disable AHB1 peripherals clock.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1286/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1287/2236

UM1905

• AHB1ENR GPIOAEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOBEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOCEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB1ENR GPIODEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOEEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOFEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOGEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOHEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOIEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOJEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB1ENR GPIOKEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB1ENR CRCEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB1ENR BKPSRAMEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB1ENR DTCMRAMEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB1ENR DMA1EN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB1ENR DMA2EN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB1ENR DMA2DEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB1ENR ETHMACEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB1ENR ETHMACTXEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB1ENR ETHMACRXEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB1ENR ETHMACPTPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB1ENR OTGHSEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB1ENR OTGHSULPIENDEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClock
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset (uint32_t Periphs)
Force AHB1 peripherals reset.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1288/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_ALL
Return values
• None:

• AHB1RSTR GPIOARST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• AHB1RSTR GPIOBRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• AHB1RSTR GPIOCRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• AHB1RSTR GPIODRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• AHB1RSTR GPIOERST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• AHB1RSTR GPIOFRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• AHB1RSTR GPIOGRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• AHB1RSTR GPIOHRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• AHB1RSTR GPIOIRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• AHB1RSTR GPIOJRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• AHB1RSTR GPIOKRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• AHB1RSTR CRCRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• AHB1RSTR DMA1RST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• AHB1RSTR DMA2RST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• AHB1RSTR DMA2DRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• AHB1RSTR ETHMACRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• AHB1RSTR OTGHSRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset (uint32_t Periphs)
Release AHB1 peripherals reset.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1289/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• AHB1RSTR GPIOARST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• AHB1RSTR GPIOBRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• AHB1RSTR GPIOCRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• AHB1RSTR GPIODRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• AHB1RSTR GPIOERST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• AHB1RSTR GPIOFRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• AHB1RSTR GPIOGRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• AHB1RSTR GPIOHRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• AHB1RSTR GPIOIRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• AHB1RSTR GPIOJRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• AHB1RSTR GPIOKRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• AHB1RSTR CRCRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• AHB1RSTR DMA1RST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• AHB1RSTR DMA2RST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• AHB1RSTR DMA2DRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• AHB1RSTR ETHMACRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• AHB1RSTR OTGHSRST LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower (uint32_t Periphs)
Enable AHB1 peripheral clocks in low-power mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1290/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_AXI
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_FLITF
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SRAM1
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1291/2236

UM1905

• AHB1LPENR GPIOALPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR GPIOBLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR GPIOCLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR GPIODLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR GPIOELPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR GPIOFLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR GPIOGLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR GPIOHLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR GPIOILPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR GPIOJLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR GPIOKLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR CRCLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR AXILPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR FLITFLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR SRAM1LPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR SRAM2LPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR BKPSRAMLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR DTCMRAMLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR DMA1LPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR DMA2LPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR DMA2DLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR ETHMACLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR ETHMACTXLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR ETHMACRXLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR ETHMACPTPLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR OTGHSLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR OTGHSULPILPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower (uint32_t Periphs)
Disable AHB1 peripheral clocks in low-power mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1292/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_AXI
– LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_FLITF
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1293/2236

UM1905

• AHB1LPENR GPIOALPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR GPIOBLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR GPIOCLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR GPIODLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR GPIOELPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR GPIOFLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR GPIOGLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR GPIOHLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR GPIOILPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR GPIOJLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR GPIOKLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR CRCLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR AXILPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR FLITFLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR SRAM1LPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR SRAM2LPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR BKPSRAMLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR DTCMRAMLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR DMA1LPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR DMA2LPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR DMA2DLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR ETHMACLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR ETHMACTXLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR ETHMACRXLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR ETHMACPTPLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR OTGHSLPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB1LPENR OTGHSULPILPEN LL_AHB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
Function name
Parameters
– LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_DCMI (*)
– LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_JPEG (*)
– LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_CRYP (*)
– LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_AES (*)
– LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_HASH (*)
– LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_RNG
– LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_OTGFS
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1294/2236

UM1905

• AHB2ENR DCMIEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB2ENR JPEGEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB2ENR CRYPEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB2ENR AESEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB2ENR HASHEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB2ENR RNGEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB2ENR OTGFSEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_EnableClock
Function name
Parameters
Return values

• AHB2ENR DCMIEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB2ENR JPEGEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB2ENR CRYPEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB2ENR AESEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB2ENR HASHEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB2ENR RNGEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB2ENR OTGFSEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
Function name
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1295/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• AHB2ENR DCMIEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB2ENR JPEGEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB2ENR CRYPEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB2ENR AESEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB2ENR HASHEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB2ENR RNGEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB2ENR OTGFSEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_DisableClock
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1296/2236

UM1905

• AHB2RSTR DCMIRST LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset
• AHB2RSTR JPEGRST LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset
• AHB2RSTR CRYPRST LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset
• AHB2RSTR AESRST LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset
• AHB2RSTR HASHRST LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset
• AHB2RSTR RNGRST LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset
• AHB2RSTR OTGFSRST LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• AHB2RSTR DCMIRST LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• AHB2RSTR JPEGRST LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• AHB2RSTR CRYPRST LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• AHB2RSTR AESRST LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• AHB2RSTR HASHRST LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• AHB2RSTR RNGRST LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• AHB2RSTR OTGFSRST LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset
Function name
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1297/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• AHB2LPENR DCMILPEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB2LPENR JPEGLPEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB2LPENR CRYPLPEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB2LPENR AESLPEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB2LPENR HASHLPEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB2LPENR RNGLPEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB2LPENR OTGFSLPEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1298/2236

UM1905

• AHB2LPENR DCMILPEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB2LPENR JPEGLPEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB2LPENR CRYPLPEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB2LPENR AESLPEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB2LPENR HASHLPEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB2LPENR RNGLPEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB2LPENR OTGFSLPEN LL_AHB2_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
Function name
Parameters
– LL_AHB3_GRP1_PERIPH_FMC (*)
– LL_AHB3_GRP1_PERIPH_QSPI
Return values
• None:

• AHB3ENR FMCEN LL_AHB3_GRP1_EnableClock
• AHB3ENR QSPIEN LL_AHB3_GRP1_EnableClock
Function name
Parameters
Return values

• AHB3ENR FMCEN LL_AHB3_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• AHB3ENR QSPIEN LL_AHB3_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1299/2236

UM1905
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• AHB3ENR FMCEN LL_AHB3_GRP1_DisableClock
• AHB3ENR QSPIEN LL_AHB3_GRP1_DisableClock
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• AHB3RSTR FMCRST LL_AHB3_GRP1_ForceReset
• AHB3RSTR QSPIRST LL_AHB3_GRP1_ForceReset
Function name
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1300/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• AHB3RSTR FMCRST LL_AHB3_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• AHB3RSTR QSPIRST LL_AHB3_GRP1_ReleaseReset
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• AHB3LPENR FMCLPEN LL_AHB3_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• AHB3LPENR QSPILPEN LL_AHB3_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1301/2236

UM1905

• AHB3LPENR FMCLPEN LL_AHB3_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• AHB3LPENR QSPILPEN LL_AHB3_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClock
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClock (uint32_t Periphs)
Enable APB1 peripherals clock.
Parameters
– LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM2
– LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_LPTIM1
– LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_WWDG
– LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2
– LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPDIFRX (*)
– LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART2
– LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART4
– LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1
– LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C4 (*)
– LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CAN1
– LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CAN2 (*)
– LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CEC (*)
– LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR
– LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1
– LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_RTCAPB (*)
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1302/2236

UM1905

• APB1ENR TIM2EN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• APB1ENR LPTIM1EN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• APB1ENR WWDGEN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• APB1ENR SPI2EN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• APB1ENR SPDIFRXEN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• APB1ENR USART2EN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• APB1ENR UART4EN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• APB1ENR I2C1EN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• APB1ENR CAN1EN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• APB1ENR CECEN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• APB1ENR PWREN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• APB1ENR DACEN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClock
• APB1ENR RTCEN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClock
LL_APB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_APB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock (uint32_t Periphs)
Check if APB1 peripheral clock is enabled or not.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1303/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1304/2236

UM1905

• APB1ENR TIM2EN LL_APB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• APB1ENR LPTIM1EN LL_APB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• APB1ENR WWDGEN LL_APB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• APB1ENR SPI2EN LL_APB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• APB1ENR SPDIFRXEN LL_APB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• APB1ENR USART2EN LL_APB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• APB1ENR UART4EN LL_APB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• APB1ENR I2C1EN LL_APB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• APB1ENR CAN1EN LL_APB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• APB1ENR CECEN LL_APB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• APB1ENR PWREN LL_APB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• APB1ENR DACEN LL_APB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• APB1ENR RTCEN LL_APB1_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClock
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClock (uint32_t Periphs)
Disable APB1 peripherals clock.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1305/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1306/2236

UM1905

• APB1ENR TIM2EN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• APB1ENR LPTIM1EN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• APB1ENR WWDGEN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• APB1ENR SPI2EN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• APB1ENR SPDIFRXEN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• APB1ENR USART2EN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• APB1ENR UART4EN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• APB1ENR I2C1EN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• APB1ENR CAN1EN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• APB1ENR CECEN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• APB1ENR PWREN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• APB1ENR DACEN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClock
• APB1ENR RTCEN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClock
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset (uint32_t Periphs)
Force APB1 peripherals reset.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1307/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1308/2236

UM1905

• APB1RSTR TIM2RST LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• APB1RSTR LPTIM1RST LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• APB1RSTR WWDGRST LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• APB1RSTR SPI2RST LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• APB1RSTR SPDIFRXRST LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• APB1RSTR USART2RST LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• APB1RSTR UART4RST LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• APB1RSTR I2C1RST LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• APB1RSTR CAN1RST LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• APB1RSTR CECRST LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• APB1RSTR PWRRST LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset
• APB1RSTR DACRST LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset (uint32_t Periphs)
Release APB1 peripherals reset.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1309/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1310/2236

UM1905

• APB1RSTR TIM2RST LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• APB1RSTR LPTIM1RST LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• APB1RSTR WWDGRST LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• APB1RSTR SPI2RST LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• APB1RSTR SPDIFRXRST LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• APB1RSTR USART2RST LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• APB1RSTR UART4RST LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• APB1RSTR I2C1RST LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• APB1RSTR CAN1RST LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• APB1RSTR CECRST LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• APB1RSTR PWRRST LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• APB1RSTR DACRST LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset
LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower (uint32_t Periphs)
Enable APB1 peripheral clocks in low-power mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1311/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1312/2236

UM1905

• APB1LPENR TIM2LPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR LPTIM1LPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR WWDGLPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR SPI2LPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR SPDIFRXLPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR USART2LPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR UART4LPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR I2C1LPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR CAN1LPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR CECLPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR PWRLPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR DACLPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR RTCLPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower (uint32_t Periphs)
Disable APB1 peripheral clocks in low-power mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1313/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1314/2236

UM1905

• APB1LPENR TIM2LPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR LPTIM1LPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR WWDGLPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR SPI2LPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR SPDIFRXLPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR USART2LPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR UART4LPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR I2C1LPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR CAN1LPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR CECLPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR PWRLPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR DACLPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• APB1LPENR RTCLPEN LL_APB1_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClock
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClock (uint32_t Periphs)
Enable APB2 peripherals clock.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1315/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ADC1
– LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SDMMC1
– LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SDMMC2 (*)
– LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SYSCFG
– LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI6 (*)
– LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SAI1
– LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_LTDC (*)
– LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_DSI (*)
– LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_DFSDM1 (*)
– LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_MDIO (*)
– LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_OTGPHYC (*)
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1316/2236

UM1905

• APB2ENR ADC1EN LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClock
• APB2ENR SDMMC1EN LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClock
• APB2ENR SDMMC2EN LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClock
• APB2ENR SYSCFGEN LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClock
• APB2ENR SAI1EN LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClock
• APB2ENR SAI2EN LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClock
• APB2ENR LTDCEN LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClock
• APB2ENR DSIEN LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClock
• APB2ENR DFSDM1EN LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClock
• APB2ENR MDIOEN LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClock
• APB2ENR OTGPHYCEN LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClock
LL_APB2_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_APB2_GRP1_IsEnabledClock (uint32_t Periphs)
Check if APB2 peripheral clock is enabled or not.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1317/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1318/2236

UM1905

• APB2ENR ADC1EN LL_APB2_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• APB2ENR SDMMC1EN LL_APB2_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• APB2ENR SDMMC2EN LL_APB2_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• APB2ENR SYSCFGEN LL_APB2_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• APB2ENR SAI1EN LL_APB2_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• APB2ENR SAI2EN LL_APB2_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• APB2ENR LTDCEN LL_APB2_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• APB2ENR DSIEN LL_APB2_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• APB2ENR DFSDM1EN LL_APB2_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• APB2ENR MDIOEN LL_APB2_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
• APB2ENR OTGPHYCEN LL_APB2_GRP1_IsEnabledClock
LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClock
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClock (uint32_t Periphs)
Disable APB2 peripherals clock.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1319/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1320/2236

UM1905

• APB2ENR ADC1EN LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClock
• APB2ENR SDMMC1EN LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClock
• APB2ENR SDMMC2EN LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClock
• APB2ENR SYSCFGEN LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClock
• APB2ENR SAI1EN LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClock
• APB2ENR SAI2EN LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClock
• APB2ENR LTDCEN LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClock
• APB2ENR DSIEN LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClock
• APB2ENR DFSDM1EN LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClock
• APB2ENR MDIOEN LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClock
• APB2ENR OTGPHYCEN LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClock
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset (uint32_t Periphs)
Force APB2 peripherals reset.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1321/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ALL
– LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ADC
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1322/2236

UM1905

• APB2RSTR ADCRST LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset
• APB2RSTR SDMMC1RST LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset
• APB2RSTR SDMMC2RST LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset
• APB2RSTR SYSCFGRST LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset
• APB2RSTR SAI1RST LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset
• APB2RSTR SAI2RST LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset
• APB2RSTR LTDCRST LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset
• APB2RSTR DSIRST LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset
• APB2RSTR DFSDM1RST LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset
• APB2RSTR MDIORST LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset
• APB2RSTR OTGPHYCRST LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset (uint32_t Periphs)
Release APB2 peripherals reset.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1323/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ALL
– LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ADC
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1324/2236

UM1905

• APB2RSTR ADCRST LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• APB2RSTR SDMMC1RST LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• APB2RSTR SDMMC2RST LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• APB2RSTR SYSCFGRST LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• APB2RSTR SAI1RST LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• APB2RSTR SAI2RST LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• APB2RSTR LTDCRST LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• APB2RSTR DSIRST LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• APB2RSTR DFSDM1RST LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• APB2RSTR MDIORST LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset
• APB2RSTR OTGPHYCRST LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset
LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower (uint32_t Periphs)
Enable APB2 peripheral clocks in low-power mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1325/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1326/2236

UM1905

• APB2LPENR ADC1LPEN LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• APB2LPENR SDMMC1LPEN LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• APB2LPENR SDMMC2LPEN LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• APB2LPENR SYSCFGLPEN LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• APB2LPENR SAI1LPEN LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• APB2LPENR SAI2LPEN LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• APB2LPENR LTDCLPEN LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• APB2LPENR DSILPEN LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• APB2LPENR DFSDM1LPEN LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
• APB2LPENR MDIOLPEN LL_APB2_GRP1_EnableClockLowPower
LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower (uint32_t Periphs)
Disable APB2 peripheral clocks in low-power mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1327/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1328/2236

UM1905
BUS Firmware driver defines

• APB2LPENR ADC1LPEN LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• APB2LPENR SDMMC1LPEN LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• APB2LPENR SDMMC2LPEN LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• APB2LPENR SYSCFGLPEN LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• APB2LPENR SAI1LPEN LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• APB2LPENR SAI2LPEN LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• APB2LPENR LTDCLPEN LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• APB2LPENR DSILPEN LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• APB2LPENR DFSDM1LPEN LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
• APB2LPENR MDIOLPEN LL_APB2_GRP1_DisableClockLowPower
75.2 BUS Firmware driver defines

75.2.1 BUS
BUS
AHB1 GRP1 PERIPH
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_ALL
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOG
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOH
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOI
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1329/2236

UM1905
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOJ
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOK
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRC
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_BKPSRAM
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DTCMRAM
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA1
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA2
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA2D
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_ETHMAC
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_ETHMACTX
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_ETHMACRX
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_ETHMACPTP
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_OTGHS
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_OTGHSULPI
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_AXI
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_FLITF
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SRAM1
LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SRAM2
AHB2 GRP1 PERIPH
LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_DCMI
LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_JPEG
LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_CRYP
LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_HASH
LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_RNG
LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_OTGFS
AHB3 GRP1 PERIPH
LL_AHB3_GRP1_PERIPH_FMC
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1330/2236

UM1905
LL_AHB3_GRP1_PERIPH_QSPI
APB1 GRP1 PERIPH
LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_ALL
LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM2
LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_LPTIM1
LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_WWDG
LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2
LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPDIFRX
LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART2
LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART4
LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1
LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CAN1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1331/2236

UM1905
LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CEC
LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR
LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1
LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_RTCAPB
APB2 GRP1 PERIPH
LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ALL
LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ADC1
LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SDMMC1
LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SDMMC2
LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SYSCFG
LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SAI1
LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SAI2
LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_LTDC
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1332/2236

UM1905
LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_DSI
LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_DFSDM1
LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_MDIO
LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ADC
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1333/2236

UM1905
LL CORTEX Generic Driver
76 LL CORTEX Generic Driver
76.1 CORTEX Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the CORTEX library.
LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag (void )
This function checks if the Systick counter flag is active or not.
Return values
Notes
• It can be used in timeout function on application side.

• STK_CTRL COUNTFLAG LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag
LL_SYSTICK_SetClkSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SYSTICK_SetClkSource (uint32_t Source)
Configures the SysTick clock source.
Parameters
• Source: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8
– LL_SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK
Return values
• None:

• STK_CTRL CLKSOURCE LL_SYSTICK_SetClkSource
LL_SYSTICK_GetClkSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SYSTICK_GetClkSource (void )
Get the SysTick clock source.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1334/2236

UM1905
Return values
– LL_SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8
– LL_SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK

• STK_CTRL CLKSOURCE LL_SYSTICK_GetClkSource
LL_SYSTICK_EnableIT
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SYSTICK_EnableIT (void )
Enable SysTick exception request.
Return values
• None:

• STK_CTRL TICKINT LL_SYSTICK_EnableIT
LL_SYSTICK_DisableIT
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SYSTICK_DisableIT (void )
Disable SysTick exception request.
Return values
• None:

• STK_CTRL TICKINT LL_SYSTICK_DisableIT
LL_SYSTICK_IsEnabledIT
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SYSTICK_IsEnabledIT (void )
Checks if the SYSTICK interrupt is enabled or disabled.
Return values

• STK_CTRL TICKINT LL_SYSTICK_IsEnabledIT
LL_LPM_EnableSleep
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPM_EnableSleep (void )
Processor uses sleep as its low power mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1335/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• SCB_SCR SLEEPDEEP LL_LPM_EnableSleep
LL_LPM_EnableDeepSleep
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPM_EnableDeepSleep (void )
Processor uses deep sleep as its low power mode.
Return values
• None:

• SCB_SCR SLEEPDEEP LL_LPM_EnableDeepSleep
LL_LPM_EnableSleepOnExit
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPM_EnableSleepOnExit (void )
Configures sleep-on-exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Setting this bit to 1 enables an interrupt-driven application to avoid returning to an empty main application.

• SCB_SCR SLEEPONEXIT LL_LPM_EnableSleepOnExit
LL_LPM_DisableSleepOnExit
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPM_DisableSleepOnExit (void )
Do not sleep when returning to Thread mode.
Return values
• None:

• SCB_SCR SLEEPONEXIT LL_LPM_DisableSleepOnExit
LL_LPM_EnableEventOnPend
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPM_EnableEventOnPend (void )
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1336/2236

UM1905
Enabled events and all interrupts, including disabled interrupts, can wakeup the processor.
Return values
• None:

• SCB_SCR SEVEONPEND LL_LPM_EnableEventOnPend
LL_LPM_DisableEventOnPend
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPM_DisableEventOnPend (void )
Only enabled interrupts or events can wakeup the processor, disabled interrupts are excluded.
Return values
• None:

• SCB_SCR SEVEONPEND LL_LPM_DisableEventOnPend
LL_HANDLER_EnableFault
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_HANDLER_EnableFault (uint32_t Fault)
Enable a fault in System handler control register (SHCSR)
Parameters
• Fault: This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
– LL_HANDLER_FAULT_USG
– LL_HANDLER_FAULT_BUS
– LL_HANDLER_FAULT_MEM
Return values
• None:

• SCB_SHCSR MEMFAULTENA LL_HANDLER_EnableFault
LL_HANDLER_DisableFault
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_HANDLER_DisableFault (uint32_t Fault)
Disable a fault in System handler control register (SHCSR)
Parameters
• Fault: This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
– LL_HANDLER_FAULT_USG
– LL_HANDLER_FAULT_BUS
– LL_HANDLER_FAULT_MEM
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1337/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• SCB_SHCSR MEMFAULTENA LL_HANDLER_DisableFault
LL_CPUID_GetImplementer
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_CPUID_GetImplementer (void )
Get Implementer code.
Return values
• Value: should be equal to 0x41 for ARM

• SCB_CPUID IMPLEMENTER LL_CPUID_GetImplementer
LL_CPUID_GetVariant
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_CPUID_GetVariant (void )
Get Variant number (The r value in the rnpn product revision identifier)
Return values
• Value: between 0 and 255 (0x0: revision 0)

• SCB_CPUID VARIANT LL_CPUID_GetVariant
LL_CPUID_GetConstant
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_CPUID_GetConstant (void )
Get Constant number.
Return values
• Value: should be equal to 0xF for Cortex-M7 devices

• SCB_CPUID ARCHITECTURE LL_CPUID_GetConstant
LL_CPUID_GetParNo
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_CPUID_GetParNo (void )
Get Part number.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1338/2236

UM1905
Return values
• Value: should be equal to 0xC27 for Cortex-M7

• SCB_CPUID PARTNO LL_CPUID_GetParNo
LL_CPUID_GetRevision
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_CPUID_GetRevision (void )
Get Revision number (The p value in the rnpn product revision identifier, indicates patch release)
Return values
• Value: between 0 and 255 (0x1: patch 1)

• SCB_CPUID REVISION LL_CPUID_GetRevision
LL_MPU_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_MPU_Enable (uint32_t Options)
Enable MPU with input options.
Parameters
• Options: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_MPU_CTRL_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE
– LL_MPU_CTRL_HARDFAULT_NMI
– LL_MPU_CTRL_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT
– LL_MPU_CTRL_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
Return values
• None:

• MPU_CTRL ENABLE LL_MPU_Enable
LL_MPU_Disable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_MPU_Disable (void )
Disable MPU.
Return values
• None:

• MPU_CTRL ENABLE LL_MPU_Disable
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1339/2236

UM1905
LL_MPU_IsEnabled
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_MPU_IsEnabled (void )
Check if MPU is enabled or not.
Return values

• MPU_CTRL ENABLE LL_MPU_IsEnabled
LL_MPU_EnableRegion
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_MPU_EnableRegion (uint32_t Region)
Enable a MPU region.
Parameters
• Region: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_MPU_REGION_NUMBER0
Return values
• None:

• MPU_RASR ENABLE LL_MPU_EnableRegion
LL_MPU_ConfigRegion
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_MPU_ConfigRegion (uint32_t Region, uint32_t SubRegionDisable, uint32_t
Address, uint32_t Attributes)
Configure and enable a region.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1340/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• Address: Value of region base address
• SubRegionDisable: Sub-region disable value between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF
• Attributes: This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
– LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_32B or LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_64B or LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_128B or
LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_256B or LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_512B or LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_1KB
or LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_2KB or LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_4KB or LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_8KB
or LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_16KB or LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_32KB or
LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_64KB or LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_128KB or
LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_256KB or LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_512KB or
LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_1MB or LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_2MB or LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_4MB
or LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_8MB or LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_16MB or
LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_32MB or LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_64MB or
LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_128MB or LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_256MB or
LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_512MB or LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_1GB or
LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_2GB or LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_4GB
– LL_MPU_REGION_NO_ACCESS or LL_MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW or
LL_MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW_URO or LL_MPU_REGION_FULL_ACCESS or
LL_MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO or LL_MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO_URO
– LL_MPU_TEX_LEVEL0 or LL_MPU_TEX_LEVEL1 or LL_MPU_TEX_LEVEL2 or
LL_MPU_TEX_LEVEL4
– LL_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_ENABLE or LL_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_DISABLE
– LL_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE or LL_MPU_ACCESS_NOT_SHAREABLE
– LL_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE or LL_MPU_ACCESS_NOT_CACHEABLE
– LL_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE or LL_MPU_ACCESS_NOT_BUFFERABLE
Return values
• None:

• MPU_RNR REGION LL_MPU_ConfigRegion
• MPU_RBAR REGION LL_MPU_ConfigRegion
• MPU_RBAR ADDR LL_MPU_ConfigRegion
• MPU_RASR XN LL_MPU_ConfigRegion
• MPU_RASR AP LL_MPU_ConfigRegion
• MPU_RASR S LL_MPU_ConfigRegion
• MPU_RASR C LL_MPU_ConfigRegion
• MPU_RASR B LL_MPU_ConfigRegion
• MPU_RASR SIZE LL_MPU_ConfigRegion
LL_MPU_DisableRegion
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_MPU_DisableRegion (uint32_t Region)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1341/2236

UM1905
Disable a region.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• MPU_RNR REGION LL_MPU_DisableRegion
• MPU_RASR ENABLE LL_MPU_DisableRegion
76.2 CORTEX Firmware driver defines

76.2.1 CORTEX
CORTEX
MPU Bufferable Access
LL_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE
Bufferable memory attribute
LL_MPU_ACCESS_NOT_BUFFERABLE
Not Bufferable memory attribute
MPU Cacheable Access
LL_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE
Cacheable memory attribute
LL_MPU_ACCESS_NOT_CACHEABLE
Not Cacheable memory attribute
SYSTICK Clock Source
LL_SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8
AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
LL_SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK
AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
MPU Control
LL_MPU_CTRL_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE
Disable NMI and privileged SW access
LL_MPU_CTRL_HARDFAULT_NMI
Enables the operation of MPU during hard fault, NMI, and FAULTMASK handlers
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1342/2236

UM1905
LL_MPU_CTRL_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT
Enable privileged software access to default memory map
LL_MPU_CTRL_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
Enable NMI and privileged SW access
Handler Fault type
LL_HANDLER_FAULT_USG
Usage fault
LL_HANDLER_FAULT_BUS
Bus fault
LL_HANDLER_FAULT_MEM
Memory management fault
MPU Instruction Access
LL_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_ENABLE
Instruction fetches enabled
LL_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_DISABLE
Instruction fetches disabled
MPU Region Number
LL_MPU_REGION_NUMBER0
REGION Number 0
REGION Number 1
REGION Number 2
REGION Number 3
REGION Number 4
REGION Number 5
REGION Number 6
REGION Number 7
MPU Region Privileges
LL_MPU_REGION_NO_ACCESS
No access
LL_MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW
RW privileged (privileged access only)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1343/2236

UM1905
LL_MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW_URO
RW privileged - RO user (Write in a user program generates a fault)
LL_MPU_REGION_FULL_ACCESS
RW privileged & user (Full access)
LL_MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO
RO privileged (privileged read only)
LL_MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO_URO
RO privileged & user (read only)
MPU Region Size
LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_32B
32B Size of the MPU protection region
LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_1KB
1KB Size of the MPU protection region
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1344/2236

UM1905
LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_1MB
1MB Size of the MPU protection region
LL_MPU_REGION_SIZE_1GB
1GB Size of the MPU protection region
MPU Shareable Access
LL_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE
Shareable memory attribute
LL_MPU_ACCESS_NOT_SHAREABLE
Not Shareable memory attribute
MPU TEX Level
LL_MPU_TEX_LEVEL0
b000 for TEX bits
LL_MPU_TEX_LEVEL1
b001 for TEX bits
LL_MPU_TEX_LEVEL2
b010 for TEX bits
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1345/2236

UM1905
LL_MPU_TEX_LEVEL4
b100 for TEX bits
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1346/2236

UM1905
LL CRC Generic Driver
77 LL CRC Generic Driver
77.1 CRC Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the CRC library.
LL_CRC_ResetCRCCalculationUnit
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_CRC_ResetCRCCalculationUnit (CRC_TypeDef * CRCx)
Reset the CRC calculation unit.
Parameters
• CRCx: CRC Instance
Return values
• None:
Notes
• If Programmable Initial CRC value feature is available, also set the Data Register to the value stored in the
CRC_INIT register, otherwise, reset Data Register to its default value.

• CR RESET LL_CRC_ResetCRCCalculationUnit
LL_CRC_SetPolynomialSize
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_CRC_SetPolynomialSize (CRC_TypeDef * CRCx, uint32_t PolySize)
Configure size of the polynomial.
Parameters
• PolySize: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B
Return values
• None:

• CR POLYSIZE LL_CRC_SetPolynomialSize
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1347/2236

UM1905
LL_CRC_GetPolynomialSize
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_CRC_GetPolynomialSize (CRC_TypeDef * CRCx)
Return size of the polynomial.
Parameters
Return values

• CR POLYSIZE LL_CRC_GetPolynomialSize
LL_CRC_SetInputDataReverseMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_CRC_SetInputDataReverseMode (CRC_TypeDef * CRCx, uint32_t
ReverseMode)
Configure the reversal of the bit order of the input data.
Parameters
• ReverseMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_CRC_INDATA_REVERSE_NONE
– LL_CRC_INDATA_REVERSE_BYTE
– LL_CRC_INDATA_REVERSE_HALFWORD
– LL_CRC_INDATA_REVERSE_WORD
Return values
• None:

• CR REV_IN LL_CRC_SetInputDataReverseMode
LL_CRC_GetInputDataReverseMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_CRC_GetInputDataReverseMode (CRC_TypeDef * CRCx)
Return type of reversal for input data bit order.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1348/2236

UM1905
Return values
– LL_CRC_INDATA_REVERSE_NONE
– LL_CRC_INDATA_REVERSE_BYTE
– LL_CRC_INDATA_REVERSE_HALFWORD
– LL_CRC_INDATA_REVERSE_WORD

• CR REV_IN LL_CRC_GetInputDataReverseMode
LL_CRC_SetOutputDataReverseMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_CRC_SetOutputDataReverseMode (CRC_TypeDef * CRCx, uint32_t
ReverseMode)
Configure the reversal of the bit order of the Output data.
Parameters
• ReverseMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_CRC_OUTDATA_REVERSE_NONE
– LL_CRC_OUTDATA_REVERSE_BIT
Return values
• None:

• CR REV_OUT LL_CRC_SetOutputDataReverseMode
LL_CRC_GetOutputDataReverseMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_CRC_GetOutputDataReverseMode (CRC_TypeDef * CRCx)
Configure the reversal of the bit order of the Output data.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_CRC_OUTDATA_REVERSE_NONE
– LL_CRC_OUTDATA_REVERSE_BIT

• CR REV_OUT LL_CRC_GetOutputDataReverseMode
LL_CRC_SetInitialData
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_CRC_SetInitialData (CRC_TypeDef * CRCx, uint32_t InitCrc)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1349/2236

UM1905
Initialize the Programmable initial CRC value.
Parameters
• InitCrc: Value to be programmed in Programmable initial CRC value register
Return values
• None:
Notes
• If the CRC size is less than 32 bits, the least significant bits are used to write the correct value
• LL_CRC_DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE could be used as value for InitCrc parameter.

• INIT INIT LL_CRC_SetInitialData
LL_CRC_GetInitialData
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_CRC_GetInitialData (CRC_TypeDef * CRCx)
Return current Initial CRC value.
Parameters
Return values
• Value: programmed in Programmable initial CRC value register
Notes
• If the CRC size is less than 32 bits, the least significant bits are used to read the correct value

• INIT INIT LL_CRC_GetInitialData
LL_CRC_SetPolynomialCoef
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_CRC_SetPolynomialCoef (CRC_TypeDef * CRCx, uint32_t PolynomCoef)
Initialize the Programmable polynomial value (coefficients of the polynomial to be used for CRC calculation).
Parameters
• PolynomCoef: Value to be programmed in Programmable Polynomial value register
Return values
• None:
Notes
• LL_CRC_DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY could be used as value for PolynomCoef parameter.
• Please check Reference Manual and existing Errata Sheets, regarding possible limitations for Polynomial
values usage. For example, for a polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1 is written 0x65
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1350/2236

UM1905

• POL POL LL_CRC_SetPolynomialCoef
LL_CRC_GetPolynomialCoef
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_CRC_GetPolynomialCoef (CRC_TypeDef * CRCx)
Return current Programmable polynomial value.
Parameters
Return values
• Value: programmed in Programmable Polynomial value register
Notes
• Please check Reference Manual and existing Errata Sheets, regarding possible limitations for Polynomial
values usage. For example, for a polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1 is written 0x65

• POL POL LL_CRC_GetPolynomialCoef
LL_CRC_FeedData32
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_CRC_FeedData32 (CRC_TypeDef * CRCx, uint32_t InData)
Write given 32-bit data to the CRC calculator.
Parameters
• InData: value to be provided to CRC calculator between between Min_Data=0 and
Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF
Return values
• None:

• DR DR LL_CRC_FeedData32
LL_CRC_FeedData16
Function name
Parameters
• InData: 16 bit value to be provided to CRC calculator between between Min_Data=0 and
Max_Data=0xFFFF
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1351/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

LL_CRC_FeedData8
Function name
Parameters
• InData: 8 bit value to be provided to CRC calculator between between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
Return values
• None:

LL_CRC_ReadData32
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_CRC_ReadData32 (CRC_TypeDef * CRCx)
Return current CRC calculation result.
Parameters
Return values
• Current: CRC calculation result as stored in CRC_DR register (32 bits).

• DR DR LL_CRC_ReadData32
LL_CRC_ReadData16
Function name
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• This function is expected to be used in a 16 bits CRC polynomial size context.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1352/2236

UM1905

LL_CRC_ReadData8
Function name
Parameters
Return values
Notes

LL_CRC_ReadData7
Function name
Parameters
Return values
Notes

LL_CRC_Read_IDR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_CRC_Read_IDR (CRC_TypeDef * CRCx)
Return data stored in the Independent Data(IDR) register.
Parameters
Return values
• Value: stored in CRC_IDR register (General-purpose 8-bit data register).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1353/2236

UM1905
Notes
• This register can be used as a temporary storage location for one byte.

• IDR IDR LL_CRC_Read_IDR
LL_CRC_Write_IDR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_CRC_Write_IDR (CRC_TypeDef * CRCx, uint32_t InData)
Store data in the Independent Data(IDR) register.
Parameters
• InData: value to be stored in CRC_IDR register (8-bit) between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This register can be used as a temporary storage location for one byte.

• IDR IDR LL_CRC_Write_IDR
LL_CRC_DeInit
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_CRC_DeInit (CRC_TypeDef * CRCx)
De-initialize CRC registers (Registers restored to their default values).
Parameters
Return values
– SUCCESS: CRC registers are de-initialized
– ERROR: CRC registers are not de-initialized
77.2 CRC Firmware driver defines

77.2.1 CRC
CRC
LL_CRC_DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE
Default CRC generating polynomial value
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1354/2236

UM1905
LL_CRC_DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY
Default CRC generating polynomial value
Input Data Reverse
LL_CRC_INDATA_REVERSE_NONE
Input Data bit order not affected
LL_CRC_INDATA_REVERSE_BYTE
Input Data bit reversal done by byte
LL_CRC_INDATA_REVERSE_HALFWORD
Input Data bit reversal done by half-word
LL_CRC_INDATA_REVERSE_WORD
Input Data bit reversal done by word
Output Data Reverse
LL_CRC_OUTDATA_REVERSE_NONE
Output Data bit order not affected
LL_CRC_OUTDATA_REVERSE_BIT
Output Data bit reversal done by bit
Polynomial length
LL_CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B
32 bits Polynomial size
Common Write and read registers Macros
LL_CRC_WriteReg
Description:
• Write a value in CRC register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: CRC Instance
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1355/2236

UM1905
LL_CRC_ReadReg
Description:
• Read a value in CRC register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: CRC Instance
Return value:
• Register: value
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1356/2236

UM1905
LL DAC Generic Driver
78 LL DAC Generic Driver
78.1 DAC Firmware driver registers structures
78.1.1 LL_DAC_InitTypeDef
LL_DAC_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_dac.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t WaveAutoGeneration
• uint32_t WaveAutoGenerationConfig
• uint32_t OutputBuffer
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_DAC_InitTypeDef::TriggerSource
Set the conversion trigger source for the selected DAC channel: internal (SW start) or from external IP (timer
event, external interrupt line). This parameter can be a value of DAC_LL_EC_TRIGGER_SOURCEThis
feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_DAC_SetTriggerSource().
• uint32_t LL_DAC_InitTypeDef::WaveAutoGeneration
Set the waveform automatic generation mode for the selected DAC channel. This parameter can be a value
of DAC_LL_EC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODEThis feature can be modified afterwards using unitary
function LL_DAC_SetWaveAutoGeneration().
• uint32_t LL_DAC_InitTypeDef::WaveAutoGenerationConfig
Set the waveform automatic generation mode for the selected DAC channel. If waveform automatic
generation mode is set to noise, this parameter can be a value of
DAC_LL_EC_WAVE_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS If waveform automatic generation mode is set to
triangle, this parameter can be a value of DAC_LL_EC_WAVE_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE
Note:
– If waveform automatic generation mode is disabled, this parameter is discarded.
This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_DAC_SetWaveNoiseLFSR() or
LL_DAC_SetWaveTriangleAmplitude(), depending on the wave automatic generation selected.
• uint32_t LL_DAC_InitTypeDef::OutputBuffer
Set the output buffer for the selected DAC channel. This parameter can be a value of
DAC_LL_EC_OUTPUT_BUFFERThis feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_DAC_SetOutputBuffer().
78.2 DAC Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the DAC library.
LL_DAC_SetTriggerSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_SetTriggerSource (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel,
uint32_t TriggerSource)
Set the conversion trigger source for the selected DAC channel.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1357/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• DACx: DAC instance
• DAC_Channel: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1
– LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE
– LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO
– LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE9
Return values
• None:
Notes
• For conversion trigger source to be effective, DAC trigger must be enabled using function
LL_DAC_EnableTrigger().
• To set conversion trigger source, DAC channel must be disabled. Otherwise, the setting is discarded.
device.

• CR TSEL1 LL_DAC_SetTriggerSource
• CR TSEL2 LL_DAC_SetTriggerSource
LL_DAC_GetTriggerSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DAC_GetTriggerSource (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel)
Get the conversion trigger source for the selected DAC channel.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE
– LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE9
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1358/2236

UM1905
Notes
• For conversion trigger source to be effective, DAC trigger must be enabled using function
device.

• CR TSEL1 LL_DAC_GetTriggerSource
• CR TSEL2 LL_DAC_GetTriggerSource
LL_DAC_SetWaveAutoGeneration
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_SetWaveAutoGeneration (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel,
uint32_t WaveAutoGeneration)
Set the waveform automatic generation mode for the selected DAC channel.
Parameters
• WaveAutoGeneration: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE
– LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NOISE
– LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_TRIANGLE
Return values
• None:

• CR WAVE1 LL_DAC_SetWaveAutoGeneration
• CR WAVE2 LL_DAC_SetWaveAutoGeneration
LL_DAC_GetWaveAutoGeneration
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DAC_GetWaveAutoGeneration (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t
DAC_Channel)
Get the waveform automatic generation mode for the selected DAC channel.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1359/2236

UM1905
Return values
– LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE
– LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NOISE
– LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_TRIANGLE

• CR WAVE1 LL_DAC_GetWaveAutoGeneration
• CR WAVE2 LL_DAC_GetWaveAutoGeneration
LL_DAC_SetWaveNoiseLFSR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_SetWaveNoiseLFSR (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel,
uint32_t NoiseLFSRMask)
Set the noise waveform generation for the selected DAC channel: Noise mode and parameters LFSR (linear
feedback shift register).
Parameters
• NoiseLFSRMask: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0
– LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS1_0
Return values
• None:
Notes
• For wave generation to be effective, DAC channel wave generation mode must be enabled using function
LL_DAC_SetWaveAutoGeneration().
• This setting can be set when the selected DAC channel is disabled (otherwise, the setting operation is
ignored).

• CR MAMP1 LL_DAC_SetWaveNoiseLFSR
• CR MAMP2 LL_DAC_SetWaveNoiseLFSR
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1360/2236

UM1905
LL_DAC_GetWaveNoiseLFSR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DAC_GetWaveNoiseLFSR (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel)
Set the noise waveform generation for the selected DAC channel: Noise mode and parameters LFSR (linear
feedback shift register).
Parameters
Return values
– LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0

• CR MAMP1 LL_DAC_GetWaveNoiseLFSR
• CR MAMP2 LL_DAC_GetWaveNoiseLFSR
LL_DAC_SetWaveTriangleAmplitude
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_SetWaveTriangleAmplitude (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t
DAC_Channel, uint32_t TriangleAmplitude)
Set the triangle waveform generation for the selected DAC channel: triangle mode and amplitude.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1361/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• TriangleAmplitude: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1
Return values
• None:
Notes
• For wave generation to be effective, DAC channel wave generation mode must be enabled using function
LL_DAC_SetWaveAutoGeneration().
• This setting can be set when the selected DAC channel is disabled (otherwise, the setting operation is
ignored).

• CR MAMP1 LL_DAC_SetWaveTriangleAmplitude
• CR MAMP2 LL_DAC_SetWaveTriangleAmplitude
LL_DAC_GetWaveTriangleAmplitude
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DAC_GetWaveTriangleAmplitude (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t
DAC_Channel)
Set the triangle waveform generation for the selected DAC channel: triangle mode and amplitude.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1362/2236

UM1905
Return values

• CR MAMP1 LL_DAC_GetWaveTriangleAmplitude
• CR MAMP2 LL_DAC_GetWaveTriangleAmplitude
LL_DAC_SetOutputBuffer
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_SetOutputBuffer (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel,
uint32_t OutputBuffer)
Set the output buffer for the selected DAC channel.
Parameters
• OutputBuffer: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE
– LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_DISABLE
Return values
• None:

• CR BOFF1 LL_DAC_SetOutputBuffer
• CR BOFF2 LL_DAC_SetOutputBuffer
LL_DAC_GetOutputBuffer
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DAC_GetOutputBuffer (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel)
Get the output buffer state for the selected DAC channel.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1363/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
– LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE
– LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_DISABLE

• CR BOFF1 LL_DAC_GetOutputBuffer
• CR BOFF2 LL_DAC_GetOutputBuffer
LL_DAC_EnableDMAReq
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_EnableDMAReq (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel)
Enable DAC DMA transfer request of the selected channel.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• To configure DMA source address (peripheral address), use function LL_DAC_DMA_GetRegAddr().

• CR DMAEN1 LL_DAC_EnableDMAReq
• CR DMAEN2 LL_DAC_EnableDMAReq
LL_DAC_DisableDMAReq
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_DisableDMAReq (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel)
Disable DAC DMA transfer request of the selected channel.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1364/2236

UM1905
Notes
• To configure DMA source address (peripheral address), use function LL_DAC_DMA_GetRegAddr().

• CR DMAEN1 LL_DAC_DisableDMAReq
• CR DMAEN2 LL_DAC_DisableDMAReq
LL_DAC_IsDMAReqEnabled
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DAC_IsDMAReqEnabled (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel)
Get DAC DMA transfer request state of the selected channel.
Parameters
Return values

• CR DMAEN1 LL_DAC_IsDMAReqEnabled
• CR DMAEN2 LL_DAC_IsDMAReqEnabled
LL_DAC_DMA_GetRegAddr
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DAC_DMA_GetRegAddr (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel,
uint32_t Register)
Function to help to configure DMA transfer to DAC: retrieve the DAC register address from DAC instance and a
list of DAC registers intended to be used (most commonly) with DMA transfer.
Parameters
• Register: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DAC_DMA_REG_DATA_12BITS_RIGHT_ALIGNED
– LL_DAC_DMA_REG_DATA_12BITS_LEFT_ALIGNED
– LL_DAC_DMA_REG_DATA_8BITS_RIGHT_ALIGNED
Return values
• DAC: register address
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1365/2236

UM1905
Notes
• These DAC registers are data holding registers: when DAC conversion is requested, DAC generates a
DMA transfer request to have data available in DAC data holding registers.
• This macro is intended to be used with LL DMA driver, refer to function "LL_DMA_ConfigAddresses()".
Example: LL_DMA_ConfigAddresses(DMA1, LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1, (uint32_t)&< array or variable >,
LL_DAC_DMA_GetRegAddr(DAC1, LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1,
LL_DAC_DMA_REG_DATA_12BITS_RIGHT_ALIGNED),
LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH);

• DHR12R1 DACC1DHR LL_DAC_DMA_GetRegAddr
• DHR12L1 DACC1DHR LL_DAC_DMA_GetRegAddr
• DHR12L2 DACC2DHR LL_DAC_DMA_GetRegAddr
LL_DAC_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_Enable (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel)
Enable DAC selected channel.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• After enable from off state, DAC channel requires a delay for output voltage to reach accuracy +/- 1 LSB.
Refer to device datasheet, parameter "tWAKEUP".

• CR EN1 LL_DAC_Enable
• CR EN2 LL_DAC_Enable
LL_DAC_Disable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_Disable (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel)
Disable DAC selected channel.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1366/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• CR EN1 LL_DAC_Disable
• CR EN2 LL_DAC_Disable
LL_DAC_IsEnabled
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DAC_IsEnabled (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel)
Get DAC enable state of the selected channel.
Parameters
Return values

• CR EN1 LL_DAC_IsEnabled
• CR EN2 LL_DAC_IsEnabled
LL_DAC_EnableTrigger
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_EnableTrigger (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel)
Enable DAC trigger of the selected channel.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• - If DAC trigger is disabled, DAC conversion is performed automatically once the data holding register is
updated, using functions "LL_DAC_ConvertData{8; 12}{Right; Left} Aligned()":
LL_DAC_ConvertData12RightAligned(), ... If DAC trigger is enabled, DAC conversion is performed only
when a hardware of software trigger event is occurring. Select trigger source using function
LL_DAC_SetTriggerSource().

• CR TEN1 LL_DAC_EnableTrigger
• CR TEN2 LL_DAC_EnableTrigger
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1367/2236

UM1905
LL_DAC_DisableTrigger
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_DisableTrigger (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel)
Disable DAC trigger of the selected channel.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR TEN1 LL_DAC_DisableTrigger
• CR TEN2 LL_DAC_DisableTrigger
LL_DAC_IsTriggerEnabled
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DAC_IsTriggerEnabled (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel)
Get DAC trigger state of the selected channel.
Parameters
Return values

• CR TEN1 LL_DAC_IsTriggerEnabled
• CR TEN2 LL_DAC_IsTriggerEnabled
LL_DAC_TrigSWConversion
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_TrigSWConversion (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel)
Trig DAC conversion by software for the selected DAC channel.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1368/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• DAC_Channel: This parameter can a combination of the following values:
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Preliminarily, DAC trigger must be set to software trigger using function LL_DAC_SetTriggerSource() with
parameter "LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE". and DAC trigger must be enabled using function
• For devices featuring DAC with 2 channels: this function can perform a SW start of both DAC channels
simultaneously. Two channels can be selected as parameter. Example: (LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1 |
LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2)

• SWTRIGR SWTRIG1 LL_DAC_TrigSWConversion
• SWTRIGR SWTRIG2 LL_DAC_TrigSWConversion
LL_DAC_ConvertData12RightAligned
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_ConvertData12RightAligned (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t
DAC_Channel, uint32_t Data)
Set the data to be loaded in the data holding register in format 12 bits left alignment (LSB aligned on bit 0), for
the selected DAC channel.
Parameters
• Data: Value between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
Return values
• None:

• DHR12R1 DACC1DHR LL_DAC_ConvertData12RightAligned
LL_DAC_ConvertData12LeftAligned
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_ConvertData12LeftAligned (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t
Set the data to be loaded in the data holding register in format 12 bits left alignment (MSB aligned on bit 15), for
the selected DAC channel.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1369/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• Data: Value between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
Return values
• None:

• DHR12L1 DACC1DHR LL_DAC_ConvertData12LeftAligned
• DHR12L2 DACC2DHR LL_DAC_ConvertData12LeftAligned
LL_DAC_ConvertData8RightAligned
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_ConvertData8RightAligned (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t
Set the data to be loaded in the data holding register in format 8 bits left alignment (LSB aligned on bit 0), for the
selected DAC channel.
Parameters
• Data: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF
Return values
• None:

LL_DAC_ConvertDualData12RightAligned
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_ConvertDualData12RightAligned (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t
DataChannel1, uint32_t DataChannel2)
both DAC channels.
Parameters
• DataChannel1: Value between Min_Data=0x000 and Max_Data=0xFFF
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1370/2236

UM1905

• DHR12RD DACC1DHR LL_DAC_ConvertDualData12RightAligned
LL_DAC_ConvertDualData12LeftAligned
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_ConvertDualData12LeftAligned (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t
Set the data to be loaded in the data holding register in format 12 bits left alignment (MSB aligned on bit 15), for
both DAC channels.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• DHR12LD DACC1DHR LL_DAC_ConvertDualData12LeftAligned
• DHR12LD DACC2DHR LL_DAC_ConvertDualData12LeftAligned
LL_DAC_ConvertDualData8RightAligned
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_ConvertDualData8RightAligned (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t
both DAC channels.
Parameters
• DataChannel1: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF
• DataChannel2: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF
Return values
• None:

LL_DAC_RetrieveOutputData
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DAC_RetrieveOutputData (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel)
Retrieve output data currently generated for the selected DAC channel.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1371/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• Whatever alignment and resolution settings (using functions "LL_DAC_ConvertData{8; 12}{Right; Left}
Aligned()": LL_DAC_ConvertData12RightAligned(), ...), output data format is 12 bits right aligned (LSB
aligned on bit 0).

• DOR1 DACC1DOR LL_DAC_RetrieveOutputData
• DOR2 DACC2DOR LL_DAC_RetrieveOutputData
LL_DAC_IsActiveFlag_DMAUDR1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DAC_IsActiveFlag_DMAUDR1 (DAC_TypeDef * DACx)
Get DAC underrun flag for DAC channel 1.
Parameters
Return values

• SR DMAUDR1 LL_DAC_IsActiveFlag_DMAUDR1
LL_DAC_IsActiveFlag_DMAUDR2
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DAC_IsActiveFlag_DMAUDR2 (DAC_TypeDef * DACx)
Get DAC underrun flag for DAC channel 2.
Parameters
Return values

• SR DMAUDR2 LL_DAC_IsActiveFlag_DMAUDR2
LL_DAC_ClearFlag_DMAUDR1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_ClearFlag_DMAUDR1 (DAC_TypeDef * DACx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1372/2236

UM1905
Clear DAC underrun flag for DAC channel 1.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• SR DMAUDR1 LL_DAC_ClearFlag_DMAUDR1
LL_DAC_ClearFlag_DMAUDR2
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_ClearFlag_DMAUDR2 (DAC_TypeDef * DACx)
Clear DAC underrun flag for DAC channel 2.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• SR DMAUDR2 LL_DAC_ClearFlag_DMAUDR2
LL_DAC_EnableIT_DMAUDR1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_EnableIT_DMAUDR1 (DAC_TypeDef * DACx)
Enable DMA underrun interrupt for DAC channel 1.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR DMAUDRIE1 LL_DAC_EnableIT_DMAUDR1
LL_DAC_EnableIT_DMAUDR2
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_EnableIT_DMAUDR2 (DAC_TypeDef * DACx)
Enable DMA underrun interrupt for DAC channel 2.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1373/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• CR DMAUDRIE2 LL_DAC_EnableIT_DMAUDR2
LL_DAC_DisableIT_DMAUDR1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_DisableIT_DMAUDR1 (DAC_TypeDef * DACx)
Disable DMA underrun interrupt for DAC channel 1.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR DMAUDRIE1 LL_DAC_DisableIT_DMAUDR1
LL_DAC_DisableIT_DMAUDR2
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DAC_DisableIT_DMAUDR2 (DAC_TypeDef * DACx)
Disable DMA underrun interrupt for DAC channel 2.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR DMAUDRIE2 LL_DAC_DisableIT_DMAUDR2
LL_DAC_IsEnabledIT_DMAUDR1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DAC_IsEnabledIT_DMAUDR1 (DAC_TypeDef * DACx)
Get DMA underrun interrupt for DAC channel 1.
Parameters
Return values

• CR DMAUDRIE1 LL_DAC_IsEnabledIT_DMAUDR1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1374/2236

UM1905
LL_DAC_IsEnabledIT_DMAUDR2
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DAC_IsEnabledIT_DMAUDR2 (DAC_TypeDef * DACx)
Get DMA underrun interrupt for DAC channel 2.
Parameters
Return values

• CR DMAUDRIE2 LL_DAC_IsEnabledIT_DMAUDR2
LL_DAC_DeInit
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_DAC_DeInit (DAC_TypeDef * DACx)
De-initialize registers of the selected DAC instance to their default reset values.
Parameters
Return values
– SUCCESS: DAC registers are de-initialized
LL_DAC_Init
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_DAC_Init (DAC_TypeDef * DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *
DAC_InitStruct)
Initialize some features of DAC instance.
Parameters
• DAC_InitStruct: Pointer to a LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure
Return values
– SUCCESS: DAC registers are initialized
– ERROR: DAC registers are not initialized
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1375/2236

UM1905
Notes
• The setting of these parameters by function LL_DAC_Init() is conditioned to DAC state: DAC instance must
be disabled.
LL_DAC_StructInit
Function name
void LL_DAC_StructInit (LL_DAC_InitTypeDef * DAC_InitStruct)
Set each LL_DAC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
Parameters
• DAC_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure whose fields will be set to default values.
Return values
• None:
78.3 DAC Firmware driver defines

78.3.1 DAC
DAC
DAC channels
LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1
DAC channel 1
LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2
DAC channel 2
DAC flags
LL_DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1
DAC channel 1 flag DMA underrun
LL_DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2
DAC channel 2 flag DMA underrun
Definitions of DAC hardware constraints delays
LL_DAC_DELAY_STARTUP_VOLTAGE_SETTLING_US
Delay for DAC channel voltage settling time from DAC channel startup (transition from disable to enable)
LL_DAC_DELAY_VOLTAGE_SETTLING_US
Delay for DAC channel voltage settling time
DAC interruptions
LL_DAC_IT_DMAUDRIE1
DAC channel 1 interruption DMA underrun
LL_DAC_IT_DMAUDRIE2
DAC channel 2 interruption DMA underrun
DAC channel output buffer
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1376/2236

UM1905
LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE
The selected DAC channel output is buffered: higher drive current capability, but also higher current
consumption
LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_DISABLE
The selected DAC channel output is not buffered: lower drive current capability, but also lower current
consumption
DAC registers compliant with specific purpose
LL_DAC_DMA_REG_DATA_12BITS_RIGHT_ALIGNED
DAC channel data holding register 12 bits right aligned
LL_DAC_DMA_REG_DATA_12BITS_LEFT_ALIGNED
DAC channel data holding register 12 bits left aligned
LL_DAC_DMA_REG_DATA_8BITS_RIGHT_ALIGNED
DAC channel data holding register 8 bits right aligned
DAC channel output resolution
LL_DAC_RESOLUTION_12B
DAC channel resolution 12 bits
LL_DAC_RESOLUTION_8B
DAC channel resolution 8 bits
DAC trigger source
LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE
DAC channel conversion trigger internal (SW start)
LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO
DAC channel conversion trigger from external IP: TIM2 TRGO.
LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE9
DAC channel conversion trigger from external IP: external interrupt line 9.
DAC waveform automatic generation mode
LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE
DAC channel wave auto generation mode disabled.
LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NOISE
DAC channel wave auto generation mode enabled, set generated noise waveform.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1377/2236

UM1905
LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_TRIANGLE
DAC channel wave auto generation mode enabled, set generated triangle waveform.
DAC wave generation - Noise LFSR unmask bits
LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0
Noise wave generation, unmask LFSR bit0, for the selected DAC channel
LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS1_0
Noise wave generation, unmask LFSR bits[1:0], for the selected DAC channel
DAC wave generation - Triangle amplitude
LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1
Triangle wave generation, amplitude of 1 LSB of DAC output range, for the selected DAC channel
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1378/2236

UM1905
DAC helper macro
__LL_DAC_CHANNEL_TO_DECIMAL_NB
Description:
• Helper macro to get DAC channel number in decimal format from literals LL_DAC_CHANNEL_x.
Parameters:
Return value:
• 1...2
Notes:
• The input can be a value from functions where a channel number is returned.
__LL_DAC_DECIMAL_NB_TO_CHANNEL
Description:
• Helper macro to get DAC channel in literal format LL_DAC_CHANNEL_x from number in decimal format.
Parameters:
• __DECIMAL_NB__: 1...2
Return value:
Notes:
• If the input parameter does not correspond to a DAC channel, this macro returns value '0'.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1379/2236

UM1905
__LL_DAC_DIGITAL_SCALE
Description:
• Helper macro to define the DAC conversion data full-scale digital value corresponding to the selected DAC
resolution.
Parameters:
• __DAC_RESOLUTION__: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DAC_RESOLUTION_12B
Return value:
Notes:
• DAC conversion data full-scale corresponds to voltage range determined by analog voltage references Vref
+ and Vref- (refer to reference manual).
__LL_DAC_CALC_VOLTAGE_TO_DATA
Description:
• Helper macro to calculate the DAC conversion data (unit: digital value) corresponding to a voltage (unit:
mVolt).
Parameters:
• __VREFANALOG_VOLTAGE__: Analog reference voltage (unit: mV)
• __DAC_VOLTAGE__: Voltage to be generated by DAC channel (unit: mVolt).
• __DAC_RESOLUTION__: This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return value:
• DAC: conversion data (unit: digital value)
Notes:
• This helper macro is intended to provide input data in voltage rather than digital value, to be used with LL
DAC functions such as LL_DAC_ConvertData12RightAligned(). Analog reference voltage (Vref+) must be
either known from user board environment or can be calculated using ADC measurement and ADC helper
macro __LL_ADC_CALC_VREFANALOG_VOLTAGE().
Common write and read registers macros
LL_DAC_WriteReg
Description:
• Write a value in DAC register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: DAC Instance
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1380/2236

UM1905
LL_DAC_ReadReg
Description:
• Read a value in DAC register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: DAC Instance
Return value:
• Register: value
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1381/2236

UM1905
LL DMA2D Generic Driver
79 LL DMA2D Generic Driver
79.1 DMA2D Firmware driver registers structures
79.1.1 LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef
LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_dma2d.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Mode
• uint32_t OutputBlue
• uint32_t OutputGreen
• uint32_t OutputRed
• uint32_t OutputAlpha
• uint32_t OutputMemoryAddress
• uint32_t LineOffset
• uint32_t NbrOfLines
• uint32_t NbrOfPixelsPerLines
• uint32_t AlphaInversionMode
• uint32_t RBSwapMode
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the DMA2D transfer mode.
– This parameter can be one value of DMA2D_LL_EC_MODE.
This parameter can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_DMA2D_SetMode().
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef::ColorMode
Specifies the color format of the output image.
– This parameter can be one value of DMA2D_LL_EC_OUTPUT_COLOR_MODE.
This parameter can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_DMA2D_SetOutputColorMode().
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef::OutputBlue
Specifies the Blue value of the output image.
– This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF if ARGB8888
color mode is selected.
– This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF if RGB888 color
mode is selected.
– This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0x1F if RGB565 color
mode is selected.
– This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0x1F if ARGB1555
This parameter can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_DMA2D_SetOutputColor() or
configuration function LL_DMA2D_ConfigOutputColor().
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1382/2236

UM1905
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef::OutputGreen
Specifies the Green value of the output image.
mode is selected.
mode is selected.
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef::OutputRed
Specifies the Red value of the output image.
mode is selected.
mode is selected.
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef::OutputAlpha
Specifies the Alpha channel of the output image.
– This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0x01 if ARGB1555 color
mode is selected.
– This parameter is not considered if RGB888 or RGB565 color mode is selected.
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef::OutputMemoryAddress
Specifies the memory address.
– This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFFFFFF.
This parameter can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_DMA2D_SetOutputMemAddr().
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef::LineOffset
Specifies the output line offset value.
– This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0x3FFF.
This parameter can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_DMA2D_SetLineOffset().
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef::NbrOfLines
Specifies the number of lines of the area to be transferred.
– This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF.
This parameter can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_DMA2D_SetNbrOfLines().
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1383/2236

UM1905
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef::NbrOfPixelsPerLines
Specifies the number of pixels per lines of the area to be transfered.
This parameter can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_DMA2D_SetNbrOfPixelsPerLines().
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef::AlphaInversionMode
Specifies the output alpha inversion mode.
– This parameter can be one value of DMA2D_LL_EC_ALPHA_INVERSION.
This parameter can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_DMA2D_SetOutputAlphaInvMode().
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef::RBSwapMode
Specifies the output Red Blue swap mode.
– This parameter can be one value of DMA2D_LL_EC_RED_BLUE_SWAP.
This parameter can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_DMA2D_SetOutputRBSwapMode().
79.1.2 LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef
LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_dma2d.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t MemoryAddress
• uint32_t LineOffset
• uint32_t CLUTColorMode
• uint32_t CLUTSize
• uint32_t AlphaMode
• uint32_t Alpha
• uint32_t Blue
• uint32_t Green
• uint32_t Red
• uint32_t CLUTMemoryAddress
• uint32_t AlphaInversionMode
• uint32_t RBSwapMode
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef::MemoryAddress
Specifies the foreground or background memory address.
This parameter can be modified afterwards using unitary functions
– LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetMemAddr() for foreground layer,
– LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetMemAddr() for background layer.
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef::LineOffset
Specifies the foreground or background line offset value.
– LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetLineOffset() for foreground layer,
– LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetLineOffset() for background layer.
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef::ColorMode
Specifies the foreground or background color mode.
– This parameter can be one value of DMA2D_LL_EC_INPUT_COLOR_MODE.
– LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetColorMode() for foreground layer,
– LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetColorMode() for background layer.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1384/2236

UM1905
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef::CLUTColorMode
Specifies the foreground or background CLUT color mode.
– This parameter can be one value of DMA2D_LL_EC_CLUT_COLOR_MODE.
– LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetCLUTColorMode() for foreground layer,
– LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetCLUTColorMode() for background layer.
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef::CLUTSize
Specifies the foreground or background CLUT size.
– This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF.
– LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetCLUTSize() for foreground layer,
– LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetCLUTSize() for background layer.
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef::AlphaMode
Specifies the foreground or background alpha mode.
– This parameter can be one value of DMA2D_LL_EC_ALPHA_MODE.
– LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetAlphaMode() for foreground layer,
– LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetAlphaMode() for background layer.
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef::Alpha
Specifies the foreground or background Alpha value.
– LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetAlpha() for foreground layer,
– LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetAlpha() for background layer.
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef::Blue
Specifies the foreground or background Blue color value.
– LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetBlueColor() for foreground layer,
– LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetBlueColor() for background layer.
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef::Green
Specifies the foreground or background Green color value.
– LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetGreenColor() for foreground layer,
– LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetGreenColor() for background layer.
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef::Red
Specifies the foreground or background Red color value.
– LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetRedColor() for foreground layer,
– LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetRedColor() for background layer.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1385/2236

UM1905
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef::CLUTMemoryAddress
Specifies the foreground or background CLUT memory address.
– LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetCLUTMemAddr() for foreground layer,
– LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetCLUTMemAddr() for background layer.
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef::AlphaInversionMode
Specifies the foreground or background alpha inversion mode.
– This parameter can be one value of DMA2D_LL_EC_ALPHA_INVERSION.
– LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetAlphaInvMode() for foreground layer,
– LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetAlphaInvMode() for background layer.
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef::RBSwapMode
Specifies the foreground or background Red Blue swap mode. This parameter can be one value of
DMA2D_LL_EC_RED_BLUE_SWAP .This parameter can be modified afterwards using unitary functions
– LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetRBSwapMode() for foreground layer,
– LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetRBSwapMode() for background layer.
79.1.3 LL_DMA2D_ColorTypeDef
LL_DMA2D_ColorTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_dma2d.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t OutputBlue
• uint32_t OutputGreen
• uint32_t OutputRed
• uint32_t OutputAlpha
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_ColorTypeDef::ColorMode
Specifies the color format of the output image.
– This parameter can be one value of DMA2D_LL_EC_OUTPUT_COLOR_MODE.
This parameter can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_DMA2D_SetOutputColorMode().
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_ColorTypeDef::OutputBlue
Specifies the Blue value of the output image.
mode is selected.
mode is selected.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1386/2236

UM1905
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_ColorTypeDef::OutputGreen
Specifies the Green value of the output image.
mode is selected.
mode is selected.
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_ColorTypeDef::OutputRed
Specifies the Red value of the output image.
mode is selected.
mode is selected.
• uint32_t LL_DMA2D_ColorTypeDef::OutputAlpha
Specifies the Alpha channel of the output image.
– This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0x01 if ARGB1555 color
mode is selected.
– This parameter is not considered if RGB888 or RGB565 color mode is selected.
79.2 DMA2D Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the DMA2D library.
LL_DMA2D_Start
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_Start (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Start a DMA2D transfer.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1387/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• DMA2Dx: DMA2D Instance
Return values
• None:

• CR START LL_DMA2D_Start
LL_DMA2D_IsTransferOngoing
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_IsTransferOngoing (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Indicate if a DMA2D transfer is ongoing.
Parameters
Return values

• CR START LL_DMA2D_IsTransferOngoing
LL_DMA2D_Suspend
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_Suspend (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Suspend DMA2D transfer.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This API can be used to suspend automatic foreground or background CLUT loading.

• CR SUSP LL_DMA2D_Suspend
LL_DMA2D_Resume
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_Resume (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Resume DMA2D transfer.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1388/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This API can be used to resume automatic foreground or background CLUT loading.

• CR SUSP LL_DMA2D_Resume
LL_DMA2D_IsSuspended
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_IsSuspended (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Indicate if DMA2D transfer is suspended.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• This API can be used to indicate whether or not automatic foreground or background CLUT loading is
suspended.

• CR SUSP LL_DMA2D_IsSuspended
LL_DMA2D_Abort
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_Abort (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Abort DMA2D transfer.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This API can be used to abort automatic foreground or background CLUT loading.

• CR ABORT LL_DMA2D_Abort
LL_DMA2D_IsAborted
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_IsAborted (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Indicate if DMA2D transfer is aborted.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1389/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• This API can be used to indicate whether or not automatic foreground or background CLUT loading is
aborted.

• CR ABORT LL_DMA2D_IsAborted
LL_DMA2D_SetMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_SetMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t Mode)
Set DMA2D mode.
Parameters
• Mode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M
– LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M_PFC
– LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M_BLEND
– LL_DMA2D_MODE_R2M
Return values
• None:

• CR MODE LL_DMA2D_SetMode
LL_DMA2D_GetMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D mode.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M
– LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M_PFC
– LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M_BLEND
– LL_DMA2D_MODE_R2M

• CR MODE LL_DMA2D_GetMode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1390/2236

UM1905
LL_DMA2D_SetOutputColorMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_SetOutputColorMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t
ColorMode)
Set DMA2D output color mode.
Parameters
• ColorMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888
– LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888
Return values
• None:

• OPFCCR CM LL_DMA2D_SetOutputColorMode
LL_DMA2D_GetOutputColorMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputColorMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D output color mode.
Parameters
Return values

• OPFCCR CM LL_DMA2D_GetOutputColorMode
LL_DMA2D_SetOutputRBSwapMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_SetOutputRBSwapMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t
RBSwapMode)
Set DMA2D output Red Blue swap mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1391/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• RBSwapMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DMA2D_RB_MODE_REGULAR
– LL_DMA2D_RB_MODE_SWAP
Return values
• None:

• OPFCCR RBS LL_DMA2D_SetOutputRBSwapMode
LL_DMA2D_GetOutputRBSwapMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputRBSwapMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D output Red Blue swap mode.
Parameters
Return values

• OPFCCR RBS LL_DMA2D_GetOutputRBSwapMode
LL_DMA2D_SetOutputAlphaInvMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_SetOutputAlphaInvMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t
AlphaInversionMode)
Set DMA2D output alpha inversion mode.
Parameters
• AlphaInversionMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_REGULAR
– LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_INVERTED
Return values
• None:

• OPFCCR AI LL_DMA2D_SetOutputAlphaInvMode
LL_DMA2D_GetOutputAlphaInvMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputAlphaInvMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1392/2236

UM1905
Return DMA2D output alpha inversion mode.
Parameters
Return values

• OPFCCR AI LL_DMA2D_GetOutputAlphaInvMode
LL_DMA2D_SetLineOffset
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_SetLineOffset (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t LineOffset)
Set DMA2D line offset, expressed on 14 bits ([13:0] bits).
Parameters
• LineOffset: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0x3FFF
Return values
• None:

• OOR LO LL_DMA2D_SetLineOffset
LL_DMA2D_GetLineOffset
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetLineOffset (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D line offset, expressed on 14 bits ([13:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• Line: offset value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0x3FFF

• OOR LO LL_DMA2D_GetLineOffset
LL_DMA2D_SetNbrOfPixelsPerLines
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_SetNbrOfPixelsPerLines (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t
NbrOfPixelsPerLines)
Set DMA2D number of pixels per lines, expressed on 14 bits ([13:0] bits).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1393/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• NbrOfPixelsPerLines: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0x3FFF
Return values
• None:

• NLR PL LL_DMA2D_SetNbrOfPixelsPerLines
LL_DMA2D_GetNbrOfPixelsPerLines
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetNbrOfPixelsPerLines (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D number of pixels per lines, expressed on 14 bits ([13:0] bits)
Parameters
Return values
• Number: of pixels per lines value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0x3FFF

• NLR PL LL_DMA2D_GetNbrOfPixelsPerLines
LL_DMA2D_SetNbrOfLines
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_SetNbrOfLines (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t NbrOfLines)
Set DMA2D number of lines, expressed on 16 bits ([15:0] bits).
Parameters
• NbrOfLines: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
Return values
• None:

• NLR NL LL_DMA2D_SetNbrOfLines
LL_DMA2D_GetNbrOfLines
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetNbrOfLines (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D number of lines, expressed on 16 bits ([15:0] bits).
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1394/2236

UM1905
Return values
• Number: of lines value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFF

• NLR NL LL_DMA2D_GetNbrOfLines
LL_DMA2D_SetOutputMemAddr
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_SetOutputMemAddr (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t
OutputMemoryAddress)
Set DMA2D output memory address, expressed on 32 bits ([31:0] bits).
Parameters
• OutputMemoryAddress: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF
Return values
• None:

• OMAR MA LL_DMA2D_SetOutputMemAddr
LL_DMA2D_GetOutputMemAddr
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputMemAddr (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Get DMA2D output memory address, expressed on 32 bits ([31:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• Output: memory address value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF

• OMAR MA LL_DMA2D_GetOutputMemAddr
LL_DMA2D_SetOutputColor
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_SetOutputColor (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t OutputColor)
Set DMA2D output color, expressed on 32 bits ([31:0] bits).
Parameters
• OutputColor: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1395/2236

UM1905
Notes
• Output color format depends on output color mode, ARGB8888, RGB888, RGB565, ARGB1555 or
ARGB4444.
• LL_DMA2D_ConfigOutputColor() API may be used instead if colors values formatting with respect to color
mode is not done by the user code.

• OCOLR BLUE LL_DMA2D_SetOutputColor
• OCOLR GREEN LL_DMA2D_SetOutputColor
• OCOLR RED LL_DMA2D_SetOutputColor
• OCOLR ALPHA LL_DMA2D_SetOutputColor
LL_DMA2D_GetOutputColor
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputColor (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Get DMA2D output color, expressed on 32 bits ([31:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• Output: color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF
Notes
• Alpha channel and red, green, blue color values must be retrieved from the returned value based on the
output color mode (ARGB8888, RGB888, RGB565, ARGB1555 or ARGB4444) as set by
LL_DMA2D_SetOutputColorMode.

• OCOLR BLUE LL_DMA2D_GetOutputColor
• OCOLR GREEN LL_DMA2D_GetOutputColor
• OCOLR RED LL_DMA2D_GetOutputColor
• OCOLR ALPHA LL_DMA2D_GetOutputColor
LL_DMA2D_SetLineWatermark
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_SetLineWatermark (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t
LineWatermark)
Set DMA2D line watermark, expressed on 16 bits ([15:0] bits).
Parameters
• LineWatermark: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
Return values
• None:

• LWR LW LL_DMA2D_SetLineWatermark
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1396/2236

UM1905
LL_DMA2D_GetLineWatermark
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetLineWatermark (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D line watermark, expressed on 16 bits ([15:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• Line: watermark value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFF

• LWR LW LL_DMA2D_GetLineWatermark
LL_DMA2D_SetDeadTime
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_SetDeadTime (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t DeadTime)
Set DMA2D dead time, expressed on 8 bits ([7:0] bits).
Parameters
• DeadTime: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
Return values
• None:

• AMTCR DT LL_DMA2D_SetDeadTime
LL_DMA2D_GetDeadTime
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetDeadTime (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D dead time, expressed on 8 bits ([7:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• Dead: time value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF

• AMTCR DT LL_DMA2D_GetDeadTime
LL_DMA2D_EnableDeadTime
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_EnableDeadTime (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1397/2236

UM1905
Enable DMA2D dead time functionality.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• AMTCR EN LL_DMA2D_EnableDeadTime
LL_DMA2D_DisableDeadTime
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_DisableDeadTime (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Disable DMA2D dead time functionality.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• AMTCR EN LL_DMA2D_DisableDeadTime
LL_DMA2D_IsEnabledDeadTime
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_IsEnabledDeadTime (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Indicate if DMA2D dead time functionality is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• AMTCR EN LL_DMA2D_IsEnabledDeadTime
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetMemAddr
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetMemAddr (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t
MemoryAddress)
Set DMA2D foreground memory address, expressed on 32 bits ([31:0] bits).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1398/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• MemoryAddress: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF
Return values
• None:

• FGMAR MA LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetMemAddr
LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetMemAddr
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetMemAddr (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Get DMA2D foreground memory address, expressed on 32 bits ([31:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• Foreground: memory address value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF

• FGMAR MA LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetMemAddr
LL_DMA2D_FGND_EnableCLUTLoad
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_FGND_EnableCLUTLoad (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Enable DMA2D foreground CLUT loading.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• FGPFCCR START LL_DMA2D_FGND_EnableCLUTLoad
LL_DMA2D_FGND_IsEnabledCLUTLoad
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_FGND_IsEnabledCLUTLoad (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Indicate if DMA2D foreground CLUT loading is enabled.
Parameters
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1399/2236

UM1905

• FGPFCCR START LL_DMA2D_FGND_IsEnabledCLUTLoad
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetColorMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetColorMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t
ColorMode)
Set DMA2D foreground color mode.
Parameters
– LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_ARGB8888
– LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_RGB888
– LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_L8
– LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_AL44
– LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_A8
Return values
• None:

• FGPFCCR CM LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetColorMode
LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetColorMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetColorMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D foreground color mode.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1400/2236

UM1905
Return values

• FGPFCCR CM LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetColorMode
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetAlphaMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetAlphaMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t
AphaMode)
Set DMA2D foreground alpha mode.
Parameters
• AphaMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE_NO_MODIF
– LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE_REPLACE
– LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE_COMBINE
Return values
• None:

• FGPFCCR AM LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetAlphaMode
LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetAlphaMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetAlphaMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D foreground alpha mode.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1401/2236

UM1905
Return values

• FGPFCCR AM LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetAlphaMode
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetAlpha
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetAlpha (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t Alpha)
Set DMA2D foreground alpha value, expressed on 8 bits ([7:0] bits).
Parameters
• Alpha: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
Return values
• None:

• FGPFCCR ALPHA LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetAlpha
LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetAlpha
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetAlpha (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D foreground alpha value, expressed on 8 bits ([7:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• Alpha: value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF

• FGPFCCR ALPHA LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetAlpha
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetRBSwapMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetRBSwapMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t
RBSwapMode)
Set DMA2D foreground Red Blue swap mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1402/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• FGPFCCR RBS LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetRBSwapMode
LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetRBSwapMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetRBSwapMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D foreground Red Blue swap mode.
Parameters
Return values

• FGPFCCR RBS LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetRBSwapMode
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetAlphaInvMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetAlphaInvMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t
AlphaInversionMode)
Set DMA2D foreground alpha inversion mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• FGPFCCR AI LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetAlphaInvMode
LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetAlphaInvMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetAlphaInvMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1403/2236

UM1905
Return DMA2D foreground alpha inversion mode.
Parameters
Return values

• FGPFCCR AI LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetAlphaInvMode
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetLineOffset
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetLineOffset (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t
LineOffset)
Set DMA2D foreground line offset, expressed on 14 bits ([13:0] bits).
Parameters
• LineOffset: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0x3FF
Return values
• None:

• FGOR LO LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetLineOffset
LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetLineOffset
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetLineOffset (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D foreground line offset, expressed on 14 bits ([13:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• Foreground: line offset value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0x3FF

• FGOR LO LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetLineOffset
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetColor
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetColor (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t Red, uint32_t
Green, uint32_t Blue)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1404/2236

UM1905
Set DMA2D foreground color values, expressed on 24 bits ([23:0] bits).
Parameters
• Red: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
• Green: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
• Blue: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
Return values
• None:

• FGCOLR RED LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetColor
• FGCOLR GREEN LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetColor
• FGCOLR BLUE LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetColor
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetRedColor
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetRedColor (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t Red)
Set DMA2D foreground red color value, expressed on 8 bits ([7:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• FGCOLR RED LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetRedColor
LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetRedColor
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetRedColor (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D foreground red color value, expressed on 8 bits ([7:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• Red: color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF

• FGCOLR RED LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetRedColor
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetGreenColor
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetGreenColor (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t Green)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1405/2236

UM1905
Set DMA2D foreground green color value, expressed on 8 bits ([7:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• FGCOLR GREEN LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetGreenColor
LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetGreenColor
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetGreenColor (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D foreground green color value, expressed on 8 bits ([7:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• Green: color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF

• FGCOLR GREEN LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetGreenColor
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetBlueColor
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetBlueColor (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t Blue)
Set DMA2D foreground blue color value, expressed on 8 bits ([7:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• FGCOLR BLUE LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetBlueColor
LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetBlueColor
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetBlueColor (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D foreground blue color value, expressed on 8 bits ([7:0] bits).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1406/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• Blue: color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF

• FGCOLR BLUE LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetBlueColor
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetCLUTMemAddr
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetCLUTMemAddr (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t
CLUTMemoryAddress)
Set DMA2D foreground CLUT memory address, expressed on 32 bits ([31:0] bits).
Parameters
• CLUTMemoryAddress: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF
Return values
• None:

• FGCMAR MA LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetCLUTMemAddr
LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetCLUTMemAddr
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetCLUTMemAddr (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Get DMA2D foreground CLUT memory address, expressed on 32 bits ([31:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• Foreground: CLUT memory address value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF

• FGCMAR MA LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetCLUTMemAddr
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetCLUTSize
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetCLUTSize (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t CLUTSize)
Set DMA2D foreground CLUT size, expressed on 8 bits ([7:0] bits).
Parameters
• CLUTSize: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1407/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• FGPFCCR CS LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetCLUTSize
LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetCLUTSize
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetCLUTSize (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Get DMA2D foreground CLUT size, expressed on 8 bits ([7:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• Foreground: CLUT size value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF

• FGPFCCR CS LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetCLUTSize
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetCLUTColorMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetCLUTColorMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t
CLUTColorMode)
Set DMA2D foreground CLUT color mode.
Parameters
• CLUTColorMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DMA2D_CLUT_COLOR_MODE_ARGB8888
– LL_DMA2D_CLUT_COLOR_MODE_RGB888
Return values
• None:

• FGPFCCR CCM LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetCLUTColorMode
LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetCLUTColorMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetCLUTColorMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D foreground CLUT color mode.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1408/2236

UM1905
Return values

• FGPFCCR CCM LL_DMA2D_FGND_GetCLUTColorMode
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetMemAddr
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetMemAddr (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t
MemoryAddress)
Set DMA2D background memory address, expressed on 32 bits ([31:0] bits).
Parameters
• MemoryAddress: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF
Return values
• None:

• BGMAR MA LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetMemAddr
LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetMemAddr
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetMemAddr (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Get DMA2D background memory address, expressed on 32 bits ([31:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• Background: memory address value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF

• BGMAR MA LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetMemAddr
LL_DMA2D_BGND_EnableCLUTLoad
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_BGND_EnableCLUTLoad (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Enable DMA2D background CLUT loading.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1409/2236

UM1905

• BGPFCCR START LL_DMA2D_BGND_EnableCLUTLoad
LL_DMA2D_BGND_IsEnabledCLUTLoad
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_BGND_IsEnabledCLUTLoad (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Indicate if DMA2D background CLUT loading is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• BGPFCCR START LL_DMA2D_BGND_IsEnabledCLUTLoad
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetColorMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetColorMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t
ColorMode)
Set DMA2D background color mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• BGPFCCR CM LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetColorMode
LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetColorMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetColorMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1410/2236

UM1905
Return DMA2D background color mode.
Parameters
Return values

• BGPFCCR CM LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetColorMode
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetAlphaMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetAlphaMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t
AphaMode)
Set DMA2D background alpha mode.
Parameters
• AphaMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• None:

• BGPFCCR AM LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetAlphaMode
LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetAlphaMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetAlphaMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D background alpha mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1411/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values

• BGPFCCR AM LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetAlphaMode
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetAlpha
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetAlpha (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t Alpha)
Set DMA2D background alpha value, expressed on 8 bits ([7:0] bits).
Parameters
• Alpha: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
Return values
• None:

• BGPFCCR ALPHA LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetAlpha
LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetAlpha
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetAlpha (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D background alpha value, expressed on 8 bits ([7:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• Alpha: value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF

• BGPFCCR ALPHA LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetAlpha
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetRBSwapMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetRBSwapMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t
RBSwapMode)
Set DMA2D background Red Blue swap mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1412/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• BGPFCCR RBS LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetRBSwapMode
LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetRBSwapMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetRBSwapMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D background Red Blue swap mode.
Parameters
Return values

• BGPFCCR RBS LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetRBSwapMode
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetAlphaInvMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetAlphaInvMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t
AlphaInversionMode)
Set DMA2D background alpha inversion mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• BGPFCCR AI LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetAlphaInvMode
LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetAlphaInvMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetAlphaInvMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1413/2236

UM1905
Return DMA2D background alpha inversion mode.
Parameters
Return values

• BGPFCCR AI LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetAlphaInvMode
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetLineOffset
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetLineOffset (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t
LineOffset)
Set DMA2D background line offset, expressed on 14 bits ([13:0] bits).
Parameters
• LineOffset: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0x3FF
Return values
• None:

• BGOR LO LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetLineOffset
LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetLineOffset
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetLineOffset (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D background line offset, expressed on 14 bits ([13:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• Background: line offset value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0x3FF

• BGOR LO LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetLineOffset
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetColor
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetColor (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t Red, uint32_t
Green, uint32_t Blue)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1414/2236

UM1905
Set DMA2D background color values, expressed on 24 bits ([23:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• BGCOLR RED LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetColor
• BGCOLR GREEN LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetColor
• BGCOLR BLUE LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetColor
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetRedColor
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetRedColor (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t Red)
Set DMA2D background red color value, expressed on 8 bits ([7:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• BGCOLR RED LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetRedColor
LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetRedColor
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetRedColor (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D background red color value, expressed on 8 bits ([7:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• Red: color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF

• BGCOLR RED LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetRedColor
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetGreenColor
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetGreenColor (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t Green)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1415/2236

UM1905
Set DMA2D background green color value, expressed on 8 bits ([7:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• BGCOLR GREEN LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetGreenColor
LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetGreenColor
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetGreenColor (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D background green color value, expressed on 8 bits ([7:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• Green: color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF

• BGCOLR GREEN LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetGreenColor
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetBlueColor
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetBlueColor (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t Blue)
Set DMA2D background blue color value, expressed on 8 bits ([7:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• BGCOLR BLUE LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetBlueColor
LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetBlueColor
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetBlueColor (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D background blue color value, expressed on 8 bits ([7:0] bits).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1416/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• Blue: color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF

• BGCOLR BLUE LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetBlueColor
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetCLUTMemAddr
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetCLUTMemAddr (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t
CLUTMemoryAddress)
Set DMA2D background CLUT memory address, expressed on 32 bits ([31:0] bits).
Parameters
• CLUTMemoryAddress: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF
Return values
• None:

• BGCMAR MA LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetCLUTMemAddr
LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetCLUTMemAddr
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetCLUTMemAddr (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Get DMA2D background CLUT memory address, expressed on 32 bits ([31:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• Background: CLUT memory address value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF

• BGCMAR MA LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetCLUTMemAddr
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetCLUTSize
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetCLUTSize (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t
CLUTSize)
Set DMA2D background CLUT size, expressed on 8 bits ([7:0] bits).
Parameters
• CLUTSize: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1417/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• BGPFCCR CS LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetCLUTSize
LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetCLUTSize
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetCLUTSize (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Get DMA2D background CLUT size, expressed on 8 bits ([7:0] bits).
Parameters
Return values
• Background: CLUT size value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF

• BGPFCCR CS LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetCLUTSize
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetCLUTColorMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetCLUTColorMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t
CLUTColorMode)
Set DMA2D background CLUT color mode.
Parameters
• CLUTColorMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• None:

• BGPFCCR CCM LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetCLUTColorMode
LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetCLUTColorMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetCLUTColorMode (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Return DMA2D background CLUT color mode.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1418/2236

UM1905
Return values

• BGPFCCR CCM LL_DMA2D_BGND_GetCLUTColorMode
LL_DMA2D_IsActiveFlag_CE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_IsActiveFlag_CE (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Check if the DMA2D Configuration Error Interrupt Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR CEIF LL_DMA2D_IsActiveFlag_CE
LL_DMA2D_IsActiveFlag_CTC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_IsActiveFlag_CTC (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Check if the DMA2D CLUT Transfer Complete Interrupt Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR CTCIF LL_DMA2D_IsActiveFlag_CTC
LL_DMA2D_IsActiveFlag_CAE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_IsActiveFlag_CAE (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Check if the DMA2D CLUT Access Error Interrupt Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1419/2236

UM1905

• ISR CAEIF LL_DMA2D_IsActiveFlag_CAE
LL_DMA2D_IsActiveFlag_TW
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_IsActiveFlag_TW (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Check if the DMA2D Transfer Watermark Interrupt Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR TWIF LL_DMA2D_IsActiveFlag_TW
LL_DMA2D_IsActiveFlag_TC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_IsActiveFlag_TC (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Check if the DMA2D Transfer Complete Interrupt Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR TCIF LL_DMA2D_IsActiveFlag_TC
LL_DMA2D_IsActiveFlag_TE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_IsActiveFlag_TE (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Check if the DMA2D Transfer Error Interrupt Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR TEIF LL_DMA2D_IsActiveFlag_TE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1420/2236

UM1905
LL_DMA2D_ClearFlag_CE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_ClearFlag_CE (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Clear DMA2D Configuration Error Interrupt Flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• IFCR CCEIF LL_DMA2D_ClearFlag_CE
LL_DMA2D_ClearFlag_CTC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_ClearFlag_CTC (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Clear DMA2D CLUT Transfer Complete Interrupt Flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• IFCR CCTCIF LL_DMA2D_ClearFlag_CTC
LL_DMA2D_ClearFlag_CAE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_ClearFlag_CAE (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Clear DMA2D CLUT Access Error Interrupt Flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• IFCR CAECIF LL_DMA2D_ClearFlag_CAE
LL_DMA2D_ClearFlag_TW
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_ClearFlag_TW (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1421/2236

UM1905
Clear DMA2D Transfer Watermark Interrupt Flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• IFCR CTWIF LL_DMA2D_ClearFlag_TW
LL_DMA2D_ClearFlag_TC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_ClearFlag_TC (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Clear DMA2D Transfer Complete Interrupt Flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• IFCR CTCIF LL_DMA2D_ClearFlag_TC
LL_DMA2D_ClearFlag_TE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_ClearFlag_TE (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Clear DMA2D Transfer Error Interrupt Flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• IFCR CTEIF LL_DMA2D_ClearFlag_TE
LL_DMA2D_EnableIT_CE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_EnableIT_CE (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Enable Configuration Error Interrupt.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1422/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• CR CEIE LL_DMA2D_EnableIT_CE
LL_DMA2D_EnableIT_CTC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_EnableIT_CTC (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Enable CLUT Transfer Complete Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR CTCIE LL_DMA2D_EnableIT_CTC
LL_DMA2D_EnableIT_CAE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_EnableIT_CAE (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Enable CLUT Access Error Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR CAEIE LL_DMA2D_EnableIT_CAE
LL_DMA2D_EnableIT_TW
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_EnableIT_TW (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Enable Transfer Watermark Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR TWIE LL_DMA2D_EnableIT_TW
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1423/2236

UM1905
LL_DMA2D_EnableIT_TC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_EnableIT_TC (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Enable Transfer Complete Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR TCIE LL_DMA2D_EnableIT_TC
LL_DMA2D_EnableIT_TE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_EnableIT_TE (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Enable Transfer Error Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR TEIE LL_DMA2D_EnableIT_TE
LL_DMA2D_DisableIT_CE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_DisableIT_CE (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Disable Configuration Error Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR CEIE LL_DMA2D_DisableIT_CE
LL_DMA2D_DisableIT_CTC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_DisableIT_CTC (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1424/2236

UM1905
Disable CLUT Transfer Complete Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR CTCIE LL_DMA2D_DisableIT_CTC
LL_DMA2D_DisableIT_CAE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_DisableIT_CAE (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Disable CLUT Access Error Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR CAEIE LL_DMA2D_DisableIT_CAE
LL_DMA2D_DisableIT_TW
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_DisableIT_TW (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Disable Transfer Watermark Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR TWIE LL_DMA2D_DisableIT_TW
LL_DMA2D_DisableIT_TC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_DisableIT_TC (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Disable Transfer Complete Interrupt.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1425/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• CR TCIE LL_DMA2D_DisableIT_TC
LL_DMA2D_DisableIT_TE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA2D_DisableIT_TE (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Disable Transfer Error Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR TEIE LL_DMA2D_DisableIT_TE
LL_DMA2D_IsEnabledIT_CE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_IsEnabledIT_CE (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Check if the DMA2D Configuration Error interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR CEIE LL_DMA2D_IsEnabledIT_CE
LL_DMA2D_IsEnabledIT_CTC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_IsEnabledIT_CTC (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Check if the DMA2D CLUT Transfer Complete interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR CTCIE LL_DMA2D_IsEnabledIT_CTC
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1426/2236

UM1905
LL_DMA2D_IsEnabledIT_CAE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_IsEnabledIT_CAE (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Check if the DMA2D CLUT Access Error interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR CAEIE LL_DMA2D_IsEnabledIT_CAE
LL_DMA2D_IsEnabledIT_TW
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_IsEnabledIT_TW (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Check if the DMA2D Transfer Watermark interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR TWIE LL_DMA2D_IsEnabledIT_TW
LL_DMA2D_IsEnabledIT_TC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_IsEnabledIT_TC (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
Check if the DMA2D Transfer Complete interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR TCIE LL_DMA2D_IsEnabledIT_TC
LL_DMA2D_IsEnabledIT_TE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA2D_IsEnabledIT_TE (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1427/2236

UM1905
Check if the DMA2D Transfer Error interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR TEIE LL_DMA2D_IsEnabledIT_TE
LL_DMA2D_DeInit
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_DMA2D_DeInit (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx)
De-initialize DMA2D registers (registers restored to their default values).
Parameters
Return values
– SUCCESS: DMA2D registers are de-initialized
– ERROR: DMA2D registers are not de-initialized
LL_DMA2D_Init
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_DMA2D_Init (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef * DMA2D_InitStruct)
Initialize DMA2D registers according to the specified parameters in DMA2D_InitStruct.
Parameters
• DMA2D_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
information for the specified DMA2D peripheral.
Return values
– SUCCESS: DMA2D registers are initialized according to DMA2D_InitStruct content
– ERROR: Issue occurred during DMA2D registers initialization
Notes
• DMA2D transfers must be disabled to set initialization bits in configuration registers, otherwise ERROR
result is returned.
LL_DMA2D_StructInit
Function name
void LL_DMA2D_StructInit (LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef * DMA2D_InitStruct)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1428/2236

UM1905
Set each LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef field to default value.
Parameters
• DMA2D_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef structure whose fields will be set to default
values.
Return values
• None:
LL_DMA2D_ConfigLayer
Function name
void LL_DMA2D_ConfigLayer (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef *
DMA2D_LayerCfg, uint32_t LayerIdx)
Configure the foreground or background according to the specified parameters in the
LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef structure.
Parameters
• DMA2D_LayerCfg: pointer to a LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
information for the specified layer.
• LayerIdx: DMA2D Layer index. This parameter can be one of the following values: 0(background) /
1(foreground)
Return values
• None:
LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgStructInit
Function name
void LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgStructInit (LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef * DMA2D_LayerCfg)
Set each LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef field to default value.
Parameters
• DMA2D_LayerCfg: pointer to a LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef structure whose fields will be set to default
values.
Return values
• None:
LL_DMA2D_ConfigOutputColor
Function name
void LL_DMA2D_ConfigOutputColor (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, LL_DMA2D_ColorTypeDef *
DMA2D_ColorStruct)
Initialize DMA2D output color register according to the specified parameters in DMA2D_ColorStruct.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1429/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• DMA2D_ColorStruct: pointer to a LL_DMA2D_ColorTypeDef structure that contains the color
configuration information for the specified DMA2D peripheral.
Return values
• None:
LL_DMA2D_GetOutputBlueColor
Function name
uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputBlueColor (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t ColorMode)
Return DMA2D output Blue color.
Parameters
• DMA2Dx: DMA2D Instance.
Return values
• Output: Blue color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
LL_DMA2D_GetOutputGreenColor
Function name
uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputGreenColor (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t ColorMode)
Return DMA2D output Green color.
Parameters
Return values
• Output: Green color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
LL_DMA2D_GetOutputRedColor
Function name
uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputRedColor (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t ColorMode)
Return DMA2D output Red color.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1430/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• Output: Red color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
LL_DMA2D_GetOutputAlphaColor
Function name
uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputAlphaColor (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t ColorMode)
Return DMA2D output Alpha color.
Parameters
Return values
• Output: Alpha color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
LL_DMA2D_ConfigSize
Function name
void LL_DMA2D_ConfigSize (DMA2D_TypeDef * DMA2Dx, uint32_t NbrOfLines, uint32_t
NbrOfPixelsPerLines)
Configure DMA2D transfer size.
Parameters
• NbrOfLines: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
• NbrOfPixelsPerLines: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0x3FFF
Return values
• None:
79.3 DMA2D Firmware driver defines

79.3.1 DMA2D
DMA2D
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1431/2236

UM1905
Alpha Inversion
LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_REGULAR
Regular alpha
LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_INVERTED
Inverted alpha
Alpha Mode
LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE_NO_MODIF
LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE_REPLACE
Replace original alpha channel value by programmed alpha value
LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE_COMBINE
Replace original alpha channel value by programmed alpha value with original alpha channel value
CLUT Color Mode
LL_DMA2D_CLUT_COLOR_MODE_ARGB8888
ARGB8888
LL_DMA2D_CLUT_COLOR_MODE_RGB888
RGB888
Get Flags Defines
LL_DMA2D_FLAG_CEIF
Configuration Error Interrupt Flag
LL_DMA2D_FLAG_CTCIF
CLUT Transfer Complete Interrupt Flag
LL_DMA2D_FLAG_CAEIF
CLUT Access Error Interrupt Flag
LL_DMA2D_FLAG_TWIF
Transfer Watermark Interrupt Flag
LL_DMA2D_FLAG_TCIF
Transfer Complete Interrupt Flag
LL_DMA2D_FLAG_TEIF
Transfer Error Interrupt Flag
Input Color Mode
LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_ARGB8888
ARGB8888
LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_RGB888
RGB888
LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_RGB565
RGB565
ARGB1555
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1432/2236

UM1905
ARGB4444
LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_L8
L8
LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_AL44
AL44
LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_AL88
AL88
LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_L4
L4
LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_A8
A8
LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_A4
A4
IT Defines
LL_DMA2D_IT_CEIE
Configuration Error Interrupt
LL_DMA2D_IT_CTCIE
CLUT Transfer Complete Interrupt
LL_DMA2D_IT_CAEIE
CLUT Access Error Interrupt
LL_DMA2D_IT_TWIE
Transfer Watermark Interrupt
LL_DMA2D_IT_TCIE
Transfer Complete Interrupt
LL_DMA2D_IT_TEIE
Transfer Error Interrupt
Mode
LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M
DMA2D memory to memory transfer mode
LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M_PFC
DMA2D memory to memory with pixel format conversion transfer mode
LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M_BLEND
DMA2D memory to memory with blending transfer mode
LL_DMA2D_MODE_R2M
DMA2D register to memory transfer mode
Output Color Mode
LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888
ARGB8888
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1433/2236

UM1905
LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888
RGB888
LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565
RGB565
ARGB1555
ARGB4444
Red Blue Swap
LL_DMA2D_RB_MODE_REGULAR
RGB or ARGB
LL_DMA2D_RB_MODE_SWAP
BGR or ABGR
LL_DMA2D_WriteReg
Description:
• Write a value in DMA2D register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: DMA2D Instance
Return value:
• None
LL_DMA2D_ReadReg
Description:
• Read a value in DMA2D register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: DMA2D Instance
Return value:
• Register: value
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1434/2236

UM1905
LL DMA Generic Driver
80 LL DMA Generic Driver
80.1 DMA Firmware driver registers structures
80.1.1 LL_DMA_InitTypeDef
LL_DMA_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_dma.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress
• uint32_t MemoryOrM2MDstAddress
• uint32_t Mode
• uint32_t PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode
• uint32_t MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode
• uint32_t PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize
• uint32_t MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize
• uint32_t NbData
• uint32_t Priority
• uint32_t FIFOMode
• uint32_t MemBurst
• uint32_t PeriphBurst
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_DMA_InitTypeDef::PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress
Specifies the peripheral base address for DMA transfer or as Source base address in case of memory to
memory transfer direction.This parameter must be a value between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data =
0xFFFFFFFF.
• uint32_t LL_DMA_InitTypeDef::MemoryOrM2MDstAddress
Specifies the memory base address for DMA transfer or as Destination base address in case of memory to
memory transfer direction.This parameter must be a value between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data =
0xFFFFFFFF.
• uint32_t LL_DMA_InitTypeDef::Direction
Specifies if the data will be transferred from memory to peripheral, from memory to memory or from
peripheral to memory. This parameter can be a value of DMA_LL_EC_DIRECTIONThis feature can be
modified afterwards using unitary function LL_DMA_SetDataTransferDirection().
• uint32_t LL_DMA_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the normal or circular operation mode. This parameter can be a value of DMA_LL_EC_MODE
Note:
– The circular buffer mode cannot be used if the memory to memory data transfer direction is configured
on the selected Stream
This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_DMA_SetMode().
• uint32_t LL_DMA_InitTypeDef::PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode
Specifies whether the Peripheral address or Source address in case of memory to memory transfer direction
is incremented or not. This parameter can be a value of DMA_LL_EC_PERIPHThis feature can be modified
afterwards using unitary function LL_DMA_SetPeriphIncMode().
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1435/2236

UM1905
• uint32_t LL_DMA_InitTypeDef::MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode
Specifies whether the Memory address or Destination address in case of memory to memory transfer
direction is incremented or not. This parameter can be a value of DMA_LL_EC_MEMORYThis feature can
be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_DMA_SetMemoryIncMode().
• uint32_t LL_DMA_InitTypeDef::PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize
Specifies the Peripheral data size alignment or Source data size alignment (byte, half word, word) in case of
memory to memory transfer direction. This parameter can be a value of DMA_LL_EC_PDATAALIGNThis
feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_DMA_SetPeriphSize().
• uint32_t LL_DMA_InitTypeDef::MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize
Specifies the Memory data size alignment or Destination data size alignment (byte, half word, word) in case
of memory to memory transfer direction. This parameter can be a value of DMA_LL_EC_MDATAALIGNThis
feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_DMA_SetMemorySize().
• uint32_t LL_DMA_InitTypeDef::NbData
Specifies the number of data to transfer, in data unit. The data unit is equal to the source buffer configuration
set in PeripheralSize or MemorySize parameters depending in the transfer direction. This parameter must be
a value between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0x0000FFFFThis feature can be modified afterwards using
unitary function LL_DMA_SetDataLength().
• uint32_t LL_DMA_InitTypeDef::Channel
Specifies the peripheral channel. This parameter can be a value of DMA_LL_EC_CHANNELThis feature
can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_DMA_SetChannelSelection().
• uint32_t LL_DMA_InitTypeDef::Priority
Specifies the channel priority level. This parameter can be a value of DMA_LL_EC_PRIORITYThis feature
can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_DMA_SetStreamPriorityLevel().
• uint32_t LL_DMA_InitTypeDef::FIFOMode
Specifies if the FIFO mode or Direct mode will be used for the specified stream. This parameter can be a
value of DMA_LL_FIFOMODE
Note:
– The Direct mode (FIFO mode disabled) cannot be used if the memory-to-memory data transfer is
configured on the selected stream
This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary functions LL_DMA_EnableFifoMode() or
LL_DMA_EnableFifoMode() .
• uint32_t LL_DMA_InitTypeDef::FIFOThreshold
Specifies the FIFO threshold level. This parameter can be a value of DMA_LL_EC_FIFOTHRESHOLDThis
feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_DMA_SetFIFOThreshold().
• uint32_t LL_DMA_InitTypeDef::MemBurst
Specifies the Burst transfer configuration for the memory transfers. It specifies the amount of data to be
DMA_LL_EC_MBURST
Note:
This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_DMA_SetMemoryBurstxfer().
• uint32_t LL_DMA_InitTypeDef::PeriphBurst
Specifies the Burst transfer configuration for the peripheral transfers. It specifies the amount of data to be
DMA_LL_EC_PBURST
Note:
This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_DMA_SetPeriphBurstxfer().
80.2 DMA Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the DMA library.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1436/2236

UM1905
LL_DMA_EnableStream
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_EnableStream (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Enable DMA stream.
Parameters
• DMAx: DMAx Instance
• Stream: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
• None:

• CR EN LL_DMA_EnableStream
LL_DMA_DisableStream
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_DisableStream (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Disable DMA stream.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
• None:

• CR EN LL_DMA_DisableStream
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1437/2236

UM1905
LL_DMA_IsEnabledStream
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_IsEnabledStream (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Check if DMA stream is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values

• CR EN LL_DMA_IsEnabledStream
LL_DMA_ConfigTransfer
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_ConfigTransfer (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream, uint32_t
Configuration)
Configure all parameters linked to DMA transfer.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1438/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
• Configuration: This parameter must be a combination of all the following values:
– LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY or LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH or
LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY
– LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL or LL_DMA_MODE_CIRCULAR or LL_DMA_MODE_PFCTRL
– LL_DMA_PERIPH_INCREMENT or LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT
– LL_DMA_MEMORY_INCREMENT or LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT
– LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE or LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD or
LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD
– LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE or LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD or
LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD
– LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW or LL_DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM or LL_DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH or
LL_DMA_PRIORITY_VERYHIGH
Return values
• None:

• CR DIR LL_DMA_ConfigTransfer
• CR CIRC LL_DMA_ConfigTransfer
• CR PINC LL_DMA_ConfigTransfer
• CR MINC LL_DMA_ConfigTransfer
• CR PSIZE LL_DMA_ConfigTransfer
• CR MSIZE LL_DMA_ConfigTransfer
• CR PL LL_DMA_ConfigTransfer
• CR PFCTRL LL_DMA_ConfigTransfer
LL_DMA_SetDataTransferDirection
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_SetDataTransferDirection (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream,
uint32_t Direction)
Set Data transfer direction (read from peripheral or from memory).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1439/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
• Direction: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY
– LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH
– LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY
Return values
• None:

• CR DIR LL_DMA_SetDataTransferDirection
LL_DMA_GetDataTransferDirection
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_GetDataTransferDirection (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Get Data transfer direction (read from peripheral or from memory).
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values

• CR DIR LL_DMA_GetDataTransferDirection
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1440/2236

UM1905
LL_DMA_SetMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_SetMode (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream, uint32_t Mode)
Set DMA mode normal, circular or peripheral flow control.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
– LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL
– LL_DMA_MODE_CIRCULAR
– LL_DMA_MODE_PFCTRL
Return values
• None:

• CR CIRC LL_DMA_SetMode
• CR PFCTRL LL_DMA_SetMode
LL_DMA_GetMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_GetMode (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Get DMA mode normal, circular or peripheral flow control.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1441/2236

UM1905
Return values
– LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL
– LL_DMA_MODE_CIRCULAR
– LL_DMA_MODE_PFCTRL

• CR CIRC LL_DMA_GetMode
• CR PFCTRL LL_DMA_GetMode
LL_DMA_SetPeriphIncMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_SetPeriphIncMode (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream, uint32_t
IncrementMode)
Set Peripheral increment mode.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
• IncrementMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT
– LL_DMA_PERIPH_INCREMENT
Return values
• None:

• CR PINC LL_DMA_SetPeriphIncMode
LL_DMA_GetPeriphIncMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_GetPeriphIncMode (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Get Peripheral increment mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1442/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
– LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT
– LL_DMA_PERIPH_INCREMENT

• CR PINC LL_DMA_GetPeriphIncMode
LL_DMA_SetMemoryIncMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_SetMemoryIncMode (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream, uint32_t
IncrementMode)
Set Memory increment mode.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
• IncrementMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT
– LL_DMA_MEMORY_INCREMENT
Return values
• None:

• CR MINC LL_DMA_SetMemoryIncMode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1443/2236

UM1905
LL_DMA_GetMemoryIncMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_GetMemoryIncMode (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Get Memory increment mode.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
– LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT
– LL_DMA_MEMORY_INCREMENT

• CR MINC LL_DMA_GetMemoryIncMode
LL_DMA_SetPeriphSize
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_SetPeriphSize (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream, uint32_t Size)
Set Peripheral size.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
• Size: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE
– LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD
– LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1444/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• CR PSIZE LL_DMA_SetPeriphSize
LL_DMA_GetPeriphSize
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_GetPeriphSize (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Get Peripheral size.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
– LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE
– LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD
– LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD

• CR PSIZE LL_DMA_GetPeriphSize
LL_DMA_SetMemorySize
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_SetMemorySize (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream, uint32_t Size)
Set Memory size.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1445/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
• Size: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE
– LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD
– LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD
Return values
• None:

• CR MSIZE LL_DMA_SetMemorySize
LL_DMA_GetMemorySize
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_GetMemorySize (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Get Memory size.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
– LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE
– LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD
– LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD

• CR MSIZE LL_DMA_GetMemorySize
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1446/2236

UM1905
LL_DMA_SetIncOffsetSize
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_SetIncOffsetSize (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream, uint32_t
OffsetSize)
Set Peripheral increment offset size.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
• OffsetSize: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DMA_OFFSETSIZE_PSIZE
– LL_DMA_OFFSETSIZE_FIXEDTO4
Return values
• None:

• CR PINCOS LL_DMA_SetIncOffsetSize
LL_DMA_GetIncOffsetSize
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_GetIncOffsetSize (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Get Peripheral increment offset size.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1447/2236

UM1905
Return values
– LL_DMA_OFFSETSIZE_PSIZE
– LL_DMA_OFFSETSIZE_FIXEDTO4

• CR PINCOS LL_DMA_GetIncOffsetSize
LL_DMA_SetStreamPriorityLevel
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_SetStreamPriorityLevel (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream,
uint32_t Priority)
Set Stream priority level.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
• Priority: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW
– LL_DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM
– LL_DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH
– LL_DMA_PRIORITY_VERYHIGH
Return values
• None:

• CR PL LL_DMA_SetStreamPriorityLevel
LL_DMA_GetStreamPriorityLevel
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_GetStreamPriorityLevel (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Get Stream priority level.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1448/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
– LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW
– LL_DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM
– LL_DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH
– LL_DMA_PRIORITY_VERYHIGH

• CR PL LL_DMA_GetStreamPriorityLevel
LL_DMA_SetDataLength
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_SetDataLength (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream, uint32_t
NbData)
Set Number of data to transfer.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
• NbData: Between 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This action has no effect if stream is enabled.

• NDTR NDT LL_DMA_SetDataLength
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1449/2236

UM1905
LL_DMA_GetDataLength
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_GetDataLength (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Get Number of data to transfer.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
• Between: 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF
Notes
• Once the stream is enabled, the return value indicate the remaining bytes to be transmitted.

• NDTR NDT LL_DMA_GetDataLength
LL_DMA_SetChannelSelection
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_SetChannelSelection (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream, uint32_t
Channel)
Select Channel number associated to the Stream.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1450/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
– LL_DMA_CHANNEL_0
– LL_DMA_CHANNEL_8 (*)
Return values
• None:

• CR CHSEL LL_DMA_SetChannelSelection
LL_DMA_GetChannelSelection
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_GetChannelSelection (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Get the Channel number associated to the Stream.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1451/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values

• CR CHSEL LL_DMA_GetChannelSelection
LL_DMA_SetMemoryBurstxfer
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_SetMemoryBurstxfer (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream, uint32_t
Mburst)
Set Memory burst transfer configuration.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1452/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
• Mburst: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DMA_MBURST_SINGLE
– LL_DMA_MBURST_INC4
Return values
• None:

• CR MBURST LL_DMA_SetMemoryBurstxfer
LL_DMA_GetMemoryBurstxfer
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_GetMemoryBurstxfer (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Get Memory burst transfer configuration.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
– LL_DMA_MBURST_SINGLE

• CR MBURST LL_DMA_GetMemoryBurstxfer
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1453/2236

UM1905
LL_DMA_SetPeriphBurstxfer
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_SetPeriphBurstxfer (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream, uint32_t
Pburst)
Set Peripheral burst transfer configuration.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
• Pburst: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DMA_PBURST_SINGLE
– LL_DMA_PBURST_INC4
Return values
• None:

• CR PBURST LL_DMA_SetPeriphBurstxfer
LL_DMA_GetPeriphBurstxfer
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_GetPeriphBurstxfer (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Get Peripheral burst transfer configuration.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1454/2236

UM1905
Return values
– LL_DMA_PBURST_SINGLE

• CR PBURST LL_DMA_GetPeriphBurstxfer
LL_DMA_SetCurrentTargetMem
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_SetCurrentTargetMem (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream, uint32_t
CurrentMemory)
Set Current target (only in double buffer mode) to Memory 1 or Memory 0.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
• CurrentMemory: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DMA_CURRENTTARGETMEM0
Return values
• None:

• CR CT LL_DMA_SetCurrentTargetMem
LL_DMA_GetCurrentTargetMem
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_GetCurrentTargetMem (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Set Current target (only in double buffer mode) to Memory 1 or Memory 0.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1455/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values

• CR CT LL_DMA_GetCurrentTargetMem
LL_DMA_EnableDoubleBufferMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_EnableDoubleBufferMode (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Enable the double buffer mode.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
• None:

• CR DBM LL_DMA_EnableDoubleBufferMode
LL_DMA_DisableDoubleBufferMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_DisableDoubleBufferMode (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Disable the double buffer mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1456/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
• None:

• CR DBM LL_DMA_DisableDoubleBufferMode
LL_DMA_GetFIFOStatus
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_GetFIFOStatus (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Get FIFO status.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
– LL_DMA_FIFOSTATUS_0_25
– LL_DMA_FIFOSTATUS_EMPTY
– LL_DMA_FIFOSTATUS_FULL

• FCR FS LL_DMA_GetFIFOStatus
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1457/2236

UM1905
LL_DMA_DisableFifoMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_DisableFifoMode (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Disable Fifo mode.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
• None:

• FCR DMDIS LL_DMA_DisableFifoMode
LL_DMA_EnableFifoMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_EnableFifoMode (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Enable Fifo mode.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
• None:

• FCR DMDIS LL_DMA_EnableFifoMode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1458/2236

UM1905
LL_DMA_SetFIFOThreshold
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_SetFIFOThreshold (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream, uint32_t
Threshold)
Select FIFO threshold.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
• Threshold: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DMA_FIFOTHRESHOLD_1_4
– LL_DMA_FIFOTHRESHOLD_FULL
Return values
• None:

• FCR FTH LL_DMA_SetFIFOThreshold
LL_DMA_GetFIFOThreshold
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_GetFIFOThreshold (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Get FIFO threshold.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1459/2236

UM1905
Return values

• FCR FTH LL_DMA_GetFIFOThreshold
LL_DMA_ConfigFifo
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_ConfigFifo (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream, uint32_t FifoMode,
uint32_t FifoThreshold)
Configure the FIFO .
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
• FifoMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DMA_FIFOMODE_ENABLE
– LL_DMA_FIFOMODE_DISABLE
• FifoThreshold: This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• None:

• FCR FTH LL_DMA_ConfigFifo
• FCR DMDIS LL_DMA_ConfigFifo
LL_DMA_ConfigAddresses
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_ConfigAddresses (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream, uint32_t
SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t Direction)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1460/2236

UM1905
Configure the Source and Destination addresses.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
• SrcAddress: Between 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF
• DstAddress: Between 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This API must not be called when the DMA stream is enabled.

• M0AR M0A LL_DMA_ConfigAddresses
• PAR PA LL_DMA_ConfigAddresses
LL_DMA_SetMemoryAddress
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_SetMemoryAddress (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream, uint32_t
MemoryAddress)
Set the Memory address.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
• MemoryAddress: Between 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1461/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Interface used for direction LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY or
LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH only.
• This API must not be called when the DMA channel is enabled.

• M0AR M0A LL_DMA_SetMemoryAddress
LL_DMA_SetPeriphAddress
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_SetPeriphAddress (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream, uint32_t
PeriphAddress)
Set the Peripheral address.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
• PeriphAddress: Between 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF
Return values
• None:
Notes

• PAR PA LL_DMA_SetPeriphAddress
LL_DMA_GetMemoryAddress
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_GetMemoryAddress (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Get the Memory address.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1462/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
Notes

• M0AR M0A LL_DMA_GetMemoryAddress
LL_DMA_GetPeriphAddress
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_GetPeriphAddress (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Get the Peripheral address.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
Notes

• PAR PA LL_DMA_GetPeriphAddress
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1463/2236

UM1905
LL_DMA_SetM2MSrcAddress
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_SetM2MSrcAddress (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream, uint32_t
MemoryAddress)
Set the Memory to Memory Source address.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Interface used for direction LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY only.

• PAR PA LL_DMA_SetM2MSrcAddress
LL_DMA_SetM2MDstAddress
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_SetM2MDstAddress (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream, uint32_t
MemoryAddress)
Set the Memory to Memory Destination address.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1464/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes

• M0AR M0A LL_DMA_SetM2MDstAddress
LL_DMA_GetM2MSrcAddress
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_GetM2MSrcAddress (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Get the Memory to Memory Source address.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
Notes

• PAR PA LL_DMA_GetM2MSrcAddress
LL_DMA_GetM2MDstAddress
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_GetM2MDstAddress (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Get the Memory to Memory Destination address.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1465/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
Notes

• M0AR M0A LL_DMA_GetM2MDstAddress
LL_DMA_SetMemory1Address
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_SetMemory1Address (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream, uint32_t
Address)
Set Memory 1 address (used in case of Double buffer mode).
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
• Address: Between 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF
Return values
• None:

• M1AR M1A LL_DMA_SetMemory1Address
LL_DMA_GetMemory1Address
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_GetMemory1Address (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1466/2236

UM1905
Get Memory 1 address (used in case of Double buffer mode).
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values

• M1AR M1A LL_DMA_GetMemory1Address
LL_DMA_IsActiveFlag_HT0
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_IsActiveFlag_HT0 (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx)
Get Stream 0 half transfer flag.
Parameters
Return values

• LISR HTIF0 LL_DMA_IsActiveFlag_HT0
Function name
Parameters
Return values

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1467/2236

UM1905
Function name
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values

• HISR HTIF4 LL_DMA_IsActiveFlag_HT4
Function name
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1468/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values

LL_DMA_IsActiveFlag_TC0
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_IsActiveFlag_TC0 (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx)
Get Stream 0 transfer complete flag.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1469/2236

UM1905
Return values

• LISR TCIF0 LL_DMA_IsActiveFlag_TC0
Function name
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1470/2236

UM1905
Function name
Parameters
Return values

• HISR TCIF4 LL_DMA_IsActiveFlag_TC4
Function name
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values

Function name
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1471/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values

LL_DMA_IsActiveFlag_TE0
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_IsActiveFlag_TE0 (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx)
Get Stream 0 transfer error flag.
Parameters
Return values

• LISR TEIF0 LL_DMA_IsActiveFlag_TE0
Function name
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1472/2236

UM1905
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values

• HISR TEIF4 LL_DMA_IsActiveFlag_TE4
Function name
Parameters
Return values

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1473/2236

UM1905
Function name
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values

LL_DMA_IsActiveFlag_DME0
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_IsActiveFlag_DME0 (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx)
Get Stream 0 direct mode error flag.
Parameters
Return values

• LISR DMEIF0 LL_DMA_IsActiveFlag_DME0
Function name
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1474/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1475/2236

UM1905
Return values

• HISR DMEIF4 LL_DMA_IsActiveFlag_DME4
Function name
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1476/2236

UM1905
LL_DMA_IsActiveFlag_FE0
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_IsActiveFlag_FE0 (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx)
Get Stream 0 FIFO error flag.
Parameters
Return values

• LISR FEIF0 LL_DMA_IsActiveFlag_FE0
Function name
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values

Function name
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1477/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values

• HISR FEIF4 LL_DMA_IsActiveFlag_FE4
Function name
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1478/2236

UM1905
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values

LL_DMA_ClearFlag_HT0
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_ClearFlag_HT0 (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx)
Clear Stream 0 half transfer flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• LIFCR CHTIF0 LL_DMA_ClearFlag_HT0
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1479/2236

UM1905
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• HIFCR CHTIF4 LL_DMA_ClearFlag_HT4
Function name
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1480/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

LL_DMA_ClearFlag_TC0
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_ClearFlag_TC0 (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx)
Clear Stream 0 transfer complete flag.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1481/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• LIFCR CTCIF0 LL_DMA_ClearFlag_TC0
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1482/2236

UM1905
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• HIFCR CTCIF4 LL_DMA_ClearFlag_TC4
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1483/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:

LL_DMA_ClearFlag_TE0
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_ClearFlag_TE0 (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx)
Clear Stream 0 transfer error flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• LIFCR CTEIF0 LL_DMA_ClearFlag_TE0
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1484/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• HIFCR CTEIF4 LL_DMA_ClearFlag_TE4
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1485/2236

UM1905
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

LL_DMA_ClearFlag_DME0
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_ClearFlag_DME0 (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx)
Clear Stream 0 direct mode error flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• LIFCR CDMEIF0 LL_DMA_ClearFlag_DME0
Function name
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1486/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1487/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• HIFCR CDMEIF4 LL_DMA_ClearFlag_DME4
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1488/2236

UM1905
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_FE0
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_ClearFlag_FE0 (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx)
Clear Stream 0 FIFO error flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• LIFCR CFEIF0 LL_DMA_ClearFlag_FE0
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1489/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• HIFCR CFEIF4 LL_DMA_ClearFlag_FE4
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1490/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

LL_DMA_EnableIT_HT
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_EnableIT_HT (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Enable Half transfer interrupt.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
• None:

• CR HTIE LL_DMA_EnableIT_HT
LL_DMA_EnableIT_TE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_EnableIT_TE (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1491/2236

UM1905
Enable Transfer error interrupt.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
• None:

• CR TEIE LL_DMA_EnableIT_TE
LL_DMA_EnableIT_TC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_EnableIT_TC (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Enable Transfer complete interrupt.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
• None:

• CR TCIE LL_DMA_EnableIT_TC
LL_DMA_EnableIT_DME
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_EnableIT_DME (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Enable Direct mode error interrupt.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1492/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
• None:

• CR DMEIE LL_DMA_EnableIT_DME
LL_DMA_EnableIT_FE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_EnableIT_FE (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Enable FIFO error interrupt.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
• None:

• FCR FEIE LL_DMA_EnableIT_FE
LL_DMA_DisableIT_HT
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_DisableIT_HT (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Disable Half transfer interrupt.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1493/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
• None:

• CR HTIE LL_DMA_DisableIT_HT
LL_DMA_DisableIT_TE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_DisableIT_TE (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Disable Transfer error interrupt.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
• None:

• CR TEIE LL_DMA_DisableIT_TE
LL_DMA_DisableIT_TC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_DisableIT_TC (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Disable Transfer complete interrupt.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1494/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
• None:

• CR TCIE LL_DMA_DisableIT_TC
LL_DMA_DisableIT_DME
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_DisableIT_DME (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Disable Direct mode error interrupt.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
• None:

• CR DMEIE LL_DMA_DisableIT_DME
LL_DMA_DisableIT_FE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DMA_DisableIT_FE (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Disable FIFO error interrupt.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1495/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values
• None:

• FCR FEIE LL_DMA_DisableIT_FE
LL_DMA_IsEnabledIT_HT
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_IsEnabledIT_HT (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Check if Half transfer interrup is enabled.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values

• CR HTIE LL_DMA_IsEnabledIT_HT
LL_DMA_IsEnabledIT_TE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_IsEnabledIT_TE (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Check if Transfer error nterrup is enabled.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1496/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values

• CR TEIE LL_DMA_IsEnabledIT_TE
LL_DMA_IsEnabledIT_TC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_IsEnabledIT_TC (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Check if Transfer complete interrup is enabled.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values

• CR TCIE LL_DMA_IsEnabledIT_TC
LL_DMA_IsEnabledIT_DME
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_IsEnabledIT_DME (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Check if Direct mode error interrupt is enabled.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1497/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values

• CR DMEIE LL_DMA_IsEnabledIT_DME
LL_DMA_IsEnabledIT_FE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DMA_IsEnabledIT_FE (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
Check if FIFO error interrup is enabled.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
Return values

• FCR FEIE LL_DMA_IsEnabledIT_FE
LL_DMA_Init
Function name
uint32_t LL_DMA_Init (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream, LL_DMA_InitTypeDef * DMA_InitStruct)
Initialize the DMA registers according to the specified parameters in DMA_InitStruct.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1498/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
• DMA_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
Return values
– SUCCESS: DMA registers are initialized
– ERROR: Not applicable
Notes
• To convert DMAx_Streamy Instance to DMAx Instance and Streamy, use helper macros :
__LL_DMA_GET_INSTANCE __LL_DMA_GET_STREAM
LL_DMA_DeInit
Function name
uint32_t LL_DMA_DeInit (DMA_TypeDef * DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
De-initialize the DMA registers to their default reset values.
Parameters
– LL_DMA_STREAM_0
– LL_DMA_STREAM_1
– LL_DMA_STREAM_2
– LL_DMA_STREAM_3
– LL_DMA_STREAM_4
– LL_DMA_STREAM_5
– LL_DMA_STREAM_6
– LL_DMA_STREAM_7
– LL_DMA_STREAM_ALL
Return values
– SUCCESS: DMA registers are de-initialized
– ERROR: DMA registers are not de-initialized
LL_DMA_StructInit
Function name
void LL_DMA_StructInit (LL_DMA_InitTypeDef * DMA_InitStruct)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1499/2236

UM1905
Set each LL_DMA_InitTypeDef field to default value.
Parameters
• DMA_InitStruct: Pointer to a LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
Return values
• None:
80.3 DMA Firmware driver defines

80.3.1 DMA
DMA
CHANNEL
LL_DMA_CHANNEL_0
LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1
LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2
LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3
LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4
LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5
LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6
LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7
LL_DMA_CHANNEL_8
LL_DMA_CHANNEL_9
LL_DMA_CHANNEL_10
LL_DMA_CHANNEL_11
LL_DMA_CHANNEL_12
LL_DMA_CHANNEL_13
LL_DMA_CHANNEL_14
LL_DMA_CHANNEL_15
CURRENTTARGETMEM
LL_DMA_CURRENTTARGETMEM0
Set CurrentTarget Memory to Memory 0
LL_DMA_CURRENTTARGETMEM1
Set CurrentTarget Memory to Memory 1
DIRECTION
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1500/2236

UM1905
LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY
Peripheral to memory direction
LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH
Memory to peripheral direction
LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY
Memory to memory direction
DOUBLE BUFFER MODE
LL_DMA_DOUBLEBUFFER_MODE_DISABLE
Disable double buffering mode
LL_DMA_DOUBLEBUFFER_MODE_ENABLE
Enable double buffering mode
FIFOSTATUS 0
LL_DMA_FIFOSTATUS_0_25
0 < fifo_level < 1/4
1/4 < fifo_level < 1/2
1/2 < fifo_level < 3/4
3/4 < fifo_level < full
LL_DMA_FIFOSTATUS_EMPTY
FIFO is empty
LL_DMA_FIFOSTATUS_FULL
FIFO is full
FIFOTHRESHOLD
LL_DMA_FIFOTHRESHOLD_1_4
FIFO threshold 1 quart full configuration
FIFO threshold half full configuration
FIFO threshold 3 quarts full configuration
LL_DMA_FIFOTHRESHOLD_FULL
FIFO threshold full configuration
MBURST
LL_DMA_MBURST_SINGLE
Memory burst single transfer configuration
LL_DMA_MBURST_INC4
Memory burst of 4 beats transfer configuration
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1501/2236

UM1905
LL_DMA_MBURST_INC8
LL_DMA_MBURST_INC16
MDATAALIGN
LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE
Memory data alignment : Byte
LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD
Memory data alignment : HalfWord
LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD
Memory data alignment : Word
MEMORY
LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT
Memory increment mode Disable
LL_DMA_MEMORY_INCREMENT
Memory increment mode Enable
MODE
LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL
Normal Mode
LL_DMA_MODE_CIRCULAR
Circular Mode
LL_DMA_MODE_PFCTRL
Peripheral flow control mode
OFFSETSIZE
LL_DMA_OFFSETSIZE_PSIZE
Peripheral increment offset size is linked to the PSIZE
LL_DMA_OFFSETSIZE_FIXEDTO4
Peripheral increment offset size is fixed to 4 (32-bit alignment)
PBURST
LL_DMA_PBURST_SINGLE
Peripheral burst single transfer configuration
LL_DMA_PBURST_INC4
Peripheral burst of 4 beats transfer configuration
LL_DMA_PBURST_INC8
LL_DMA_PBURST_INC16
PDATAALIGN
LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE
Peripheral data alignment : Byte
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1502/2236

UM1905
LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD
Peripheral data alignment : HalfWord
LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD
Peripheral data alignment : Word
PERIPH
LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT
Peripheral increment mode Disable
LL_DMA_PERIPH_INCREMENT
Peripheral increment mode Enable
PRIORITY
LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW
Priority level : Low
LL_DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM
Priority level : Medium
LL_DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH
Priority level : High
LL_DMA_PRIORITY_VERYHIGH
Priority level : Very_High
STREAM
LL_DMA_STREAM_0
LL_DMA_STREAM_1
LL_DMA_STREAM_2
LL_DMA_STREAM_3
LL_DMA_STREAM_4
LL_DMA_STREAM_5
LL_DMA_STREAM_6
LL_DMA_STREAM_7
LL_DMA_STREAM_ALL
Convert DMAxStreamy
__LL_DMA_GET_INSTANCE
Description:
• Convert DMAx_Streamy into DMAx.
Parameters:
• __STREAM_INSTANCE__: DMAx_Streamy
Return value:
• DMAx
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1503/2236

UM1905
__LL_DMA_GET_STREAM
Description:
• Convert DMAx_Streamy into LL_DMA_STREAM_y.
Parameters:
• __STREAM_INSTANCE__: DMAx_Streamy
Return value:
• LL_DMA_CHANNEL_y
__LL_DMA_GET_STREAM_INSTANCE
Description:
• Convert DMA Instance DMAx and LL_DMA_STREAM_y into DMAx_Streamy.
Parameters:
• __DMA_INSTANCE__: DMAx
• __STREAM__: LL_DMA_STREAM_y
Return value:
• DMAx_Streamy
Common Write and read registers macros
LL_DMA_WriteReg
Description:
• Write a value in DMA register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: DMA Instance
Return value:
• None
LL_DMA_ReadReg
Description:
• Read a value in DMA register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: DMA Instance
Return value:
• Register: value
DMA_LL_FIFOMODE
LL_DMA_FIFOMODE_DISABLE
FIFO mode disable (direct mode is enabled)
LL_DMA_FIFOMODE_ENABLE
FIFO mode enable
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1504/2236

UM1905
LL EXTI Generic Driver
81 LL EXTI Generic Driver
81.1 EXTI Firmware driver registers structures
81.1.1 LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef
LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_exti.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Line_0_31
• FunctionalState LineCommand
• uint8_t Mode
• uint8_t Trigger
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef::Line_0_31
Specifies the EXTI lines to be enabled or disabled for Lines in range 0 to 31 This parameter can be any
combination of EXTI_LL_EC_LINE
• FunctionalState LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef::LineCommand
Specifies the new state of the selected EXTI lines. This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE
• uint8_t LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the mode for the EXTI lines. This parameter can be a value of EXTI_LL_EC_MODE.
• uint8_t LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef::Trigger
Specifies the trigger signal active edge for the EXTI lines. This parameter can be a value of
EXTI_LL_EC_TRIGGER.
81.2 EXTI Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the EXTI library.
LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31 (uint32_t ExtiLine)
Enable ExtiLine Interrupt request for Lines in range 0 to 31.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1505/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• ExtiLine: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_EXTI_LINE_0
– LL_EXTI_LINE_1
– LL_EXTI_LINE_2
– LL_EXTI_LINE_3
– LL_EXTI_LINE_4
– LL_EXTI_LINE_5
– LL_EXTI_LINE_6
– LL_EXTI_LINE_7
– LL_EXTI_LINE_8
– LL_EXTI_LINE_9
– LL_EXTI_LINE_10
– LL_EXTI_LINE_11
– LL_EXTI_LINE_12
– LL_EXTI_LINE_13
– LL_EXTI_LINE_14
– LL_EXTI_LINE_15
– LL_EXTI_LINE_16
– LL_EXTI_LINE_17
– LL_EXTI_LINE_18
– LL_EXTI_LINE_19
– LL_EXTI_LINE_20
– LL_EXTI_LINE_21
– LL_EXTI_LINE_22
– LL_EXTI_LINE_23
– LL_EXTI_LINE_24(*)
– LL_EXTI_LINE_ALL_0_31
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The reset value for the direct or internal lines (see RM) is set to 1 in order to enable the interrupt by default.
Bits are set automatically at Power on.
• (*): Available in some devices
• Please check each device line mapping for EXTI Line availability

• IMR IMx LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31
LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31 (uint32_t ExtiLine)
Disable ExtiLine Interrupt request for Lines in range 0 to 31.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1506/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_EXTI_LINE_0
– LL_EXTI_LINE_1
– LL_EXTI_LINE_2
– LL_EXTI_LINE_3
– LL_EXTI_LINE_4
– LL_EXTI_LINE_5
– LL_EXTI_LINE_6
– LL_EXTI_LINE_7
– LL_EXTI_LINE_8
– LL_EXTI_LINE_9
– LL_EXTI_LINE_10
– LL_EXTI_LINE_11
– LL_EXTI_LINE_12
– LL_EXTI_LINE_13
– LL_EXTI_LINE_14
– LL_EXTI_LINE_15
– LL_EXTI_LINE_16
– LL_EXTI_LINE_17
– LL_EXTI_LINE_18
– LL_EXTI_LINE_19
– LL_EXTI_LINE_20
– LL_EXTI_LINE_21
– LL_EXTI_LINE_22
– LL_EXTI_LINE_23
Return values
• None:
Notes

• IMR IMx LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31
LL_EXTI_IsEnabledIT_0_31
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_EXTI_IsEnabledIT_0_31 (uint32_t ExtiLine)
Indicate if ExtiLine Interrupt request is enabled for Lines in range 0 to 31.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1507/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_EXTI_LINE_0
– LL_EXTI_LINE_1
– LL_EXTI_LINE_2
– LL_EXTI_LINE_3
– LL_EXTI_LINE_4
– LL_EXTI_LINE_5
– LL_EXTI_LINE_6
– LL_EXTI_LINE_7
– LL_EXTI_LINE_8
– LL_EXTI_LINE_9
– LL_EXTI_LINE_10
– LL_EXTI_LINE_11
– LL_EXTI_LINE_12
– LL_EXTI_LINE_13
– LL_EXTI_LINE_14
– LL_EXTI_LINE_15
– LL_EXTI_LINE_16
– LL_EXTI_LINE_17
– LL_EXTI_LINE_18
– LL_EXTI_LINE_19
– LL_EXTI_LINE_20
– LL_EXTI_LINE_21
– LL_EXTI_LINE_22
– LL_EXTI_LINE_23
Return values
Notes

• IMR IMx LL_EXTI_IsEnabledIT_0_31
LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31 (uint32_t ExtiLine)
Enable ExtiLine Event request for Lines in range 0 to 31.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1508/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_EXTI_LINE_0
– LL_EXTI_LINE_1
– LL_EXTI_LINE_2
– LL_EXTI_LINE_3
– LL_EXTI_LINE_4
– LL_EXTI_LINE_5
– LL_EXTI_LINE_6
– LL_EXTI_LINE_7
– LL_EXTI_LINE_8
– LL_EXTI_LINE_9
– LL_EXTI_LINE_10
– LL_EXTI_LINE_11
– LL_EXTI_LINE_12
– LL_EXTI_LINE_13
– LL_EXTI_LINE_14
– LL_EXTI_LINE_15
– LL_EXTI_LINE_16
– LL_EXTI_LINE_17
– LL_EXTI_LINE_18
– LL_EXTI_LINE_19
– LL_EXTI_LINE_20
– LL_EXTI_LINE_21
– LL_EXTI_LINE_22
– LL_EXTI_LINE_23
Return values
• None:
Notes

• EMR EMx LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31
LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31 (uint32_t ExtiLine)
Disable ExtiLine Event request for Lines in range 0 to 31.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1509/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_EXTI_LINE_0
– LL_EXTI_LINE_1
– LL_EXTI_LINE_2
– LL_EXTI_LINE_3
– LL_EXTI_LINE_4
– LL_EXTI_LINE_5
– LL_EXTI_LINE_6
– LL_EXTI_LINE_7
– LL_EXTI_LINE_8
– LL_EXTI_LINE_9
– LL_EXTI_LINE_10
– LL_EXTI_LINE_11
– LL_EXTI_LINE_12
– LL_EXTI_LINE_13
– LL_EXTI_LINE_14
– LL_EXTI_LINE_15
– LL_EXTI_LINE_16
– LL_EXTI_LINE_17
– LL_EXTI_LINE_18
– LL_EXTI_LINE_19
– LL_EXTI_LINE_20
– LL_EXTI_LINE_21
– LL_EXTI_LINE_22
– LL_EXTI_LINE_23
Return values
• None:
Notes

• EMR EMx LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31
LL_EXTI_IsEnabledEvent_0_31
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_EXTI_IsEnabledEvent_0_31 (uint32_t ExtiLine)
Indicate if ExtiLine Event request is enabled for Lines in range 0 to 31.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1510/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_EXTI_LINE_0
– LL_EXTI_LINE_1
– LL_EXTI_LINE_2
– LL_EXTI_LINE_3
– LL_EXTI_LINE_4
– LL_EXTI_LINE_5
– LL_EXTI_LINE_6
– LL_EXTI_LINE_7
– LL_EXTI_LINE_8
– LL_EXTI_LINE_9
– LL_EXTI_LINE_10
– LL_EXTI_LINE_11
– LL_EXTI_LINE_12
– LL_EXTI_LINE_13
– LL_EXTI_LINE_14
– LL_EXTI_LINE_15
– LL_EXTI_LINE_16
– LL_EXTI_LINE_17
– LL_EXTI_LINE_18
– LL_EXTI_LINE_19
– LL_EXTI_LINE_20
– LL_EXTI_LINE_21
– LL_EXTI_LINE_22
– LL_EXTI_LINE_23
Return values
Notes

• EMR EMx LL_EXTI_IsEnabledEvent_0_31
LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31 (uint32_t ExtiLine)
Enable ExtiLine Rising Edge Trigger for Lines in range 0 to 31.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1511/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• ExtiLine: This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
– LL_EXTI_LINE_0
– LL_EXTI_LINE_1
– LL_EXTI_LINE_2
– LL_EXTI_LINE_3
– LL_EXTI_LINE_4
– LL_EXTI_LINE_5
– LL_EXTI_LINE_6
– LL_EXTI_LINE_7
– LL_EXTI_LINE_8
– LL_EXTI_LINE_9
– LL_EXTI_LINE_10
– LL_EXTI_LINE_11
– LL_EXTI_LINE_12
– LL_EXTI_LINE_13
– LL_EXTI_LINE_14
– LL_EXTI_LINE_15
– LL_EXTI_LINE_16
– LL_EXTI_LINE_18
– LL_EXTI_LINE_19
– LL_EXTI_LINE_20
– LL_EXTI_LINE_21
– LL_EXTI_LINE_22
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The configurable wakeup lines are edge-triggered. No glitch must be generated on these lines. If a rising
edge on a configurable interrupt line occurs during a write operation in the EXTI_RTSR register, the
pending bit is not set. Rising and falling edge triggers can be set for the same interrupt line. In this case,
both generate a trigger condition.

• RTSR RTx LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31
LL_EXTI_DisableRisingTrig_0_31
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_EXTI_DisableRisingTrig_0_31 (uint32_t ExtiLine)
Disable ExtiLine Rising Edge Trigger for Lines in range 0 to 31.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1512/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_EXTI_LINE_0
– LL_EXTI_LINE_1
– LL_EXTI_LINE_2
– LL_EXTI_LINE_3
– LL_EXTI_LINE_4
– LL_EXTI_LINE_5
– LL_EXTI_LINE_6
– LL_EXTI_LINE_7
– LL_EXTI_LINE_8
– LL_EXTI_LINE_9
– LL_EXTI_LINE_10
– LL_EXTI_LINE_11
– LL_EXTI_LINE_12
– LL_EXTI_LINE_13
– LL_EXTI_LINE_14
– LL_EXTI_LINE_15
– LL_EXTI_LINE_16
– LL_EXTI_LINE_18
– LL_EXTI_LINE_19
– LL_EXTI_LINE_20
– LL_EXTI_LINE_21
– LL_EXTI_LINE_22
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The configurable wakeup lines are edge-triggered. No glitch must be generated on these lines. If a rising
edge on a configurable interrupt line occurs during a write operation in the EXTI_RTSR register, the

• RTSR RTx LL_EXTI_DisableRisingTrig_0_31
LL_EXTI_IsEnabledRisingTrig_0_31
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_EXTI_IsEnabledRisingTrig_0_31 (uint32_t ExtiLine)
Check if rising edge trigger is enabled for Lines in range 0 to 31.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1513/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_EXTI_LINE_0
– LL_EXTI_LINE_1
– LL_EXTI_LINE_2
– LL_EXTI_LINE_3
– LL_EXTI_LINE_4
– LL_EXTI_LINE_5
– LL_EXTI_LINE_6
– LL_EXTI_LINE_7
– LL_EXTI_LINE_8
– LL_EXTI_LINE_9
– LL_EXTI_LINE_10
– LL_EXTI_LINE_11
– LL_EXTI_LINE_12
– LL_EXTI_LINE_13
– LL_EXTI_LINE_14
– LL_EXTI_LINE_15
– LL_EXTI_LINE_16
– LL_EXTI_LINE_18
– LL_EXTI_LINE_19
– LL_EXTI_LINE_20
– LL_EXTI_LINE_21
– LL_EXTI_LINE_22
Return values
Notes

• RTSR RTx LL_EXTI_IsEnabledRisingTrig_0_31
LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31 (uint32_t ExtiLine)
Enable ExtiLine Falling Edge Trigger for Lines in range 0 to 31.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1514/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_EXTI_LINE_0
– LL_EXTI_LINE_1
– LL_EXTI_LINE_2
– LL_EXTI_LINE_3
– LL_EXTI_LINE_4
– LL_EXTI_LINE_5
– LL_EXTI_LINE_6
– LL_EXTI_LINE_7
– LL_EXTI_LINE_8
– LL_EXTI_LINE_9
– LL_EXTI_LINE_10
– LL_EXTI_LINE_11
– LL_EXTI_LINE_12
– LL_EXTI_LINE_13
– LL_EXTI_LINE_14
– LL_EXTI_LINE_15
– LL_EXTI_LINE_16
– LL_EXTI_LINE_18
– LL_EXTI_LINE_19
– LL_EXTI_LINE_20
– LL_EXTI_LINE_21
– LL_EXTI_LINE_22
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The configurable wakeup lines are edge-triggered. No glitch must be generated on these lines. If a falling
edge on a configurable interrupt line occurs during a write operation in the EXTI_FTSR register, the

• FTSR FTx LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31
LL_EXTI_DisableFallingTrig_0_31
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_EXTI_DisableFallingTrig_0_31 (uint32_t ExtiLine)
Disable ExtiLine Falling Edge Trigger for Lines in range 0 to 31.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1515/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_EXTI_LINE_0
– LL_EXTI_LINE_1
– LL_EXTI_LINE_2
– LL_EXTI_LINE_3
– LL_EXTI_LINE_4
– LL_EXTI_LINE_5
– LL_EXTI_LINE_6
– LL_EXTI_LINE_7
– LL_EXTI_LINE_8
– LL_EXTI_LINE_9
– LL_EXTI_LINE_10
– LL_EXTI_LINE_11
– LL_EXTI_LINE_12
– LL_EXTI_LINE_13
– LL_EXTI_LINE_14
– LL_EXTI_LINE_15
– LL_EXTI_LINE_16
– LL_EXTI_LINE_18
– LL_EXTI_LINE_19
– LL_EXTI_LINE_20
– LL_EXTI_LINE_21
– LL_EXTI_LINE_22
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The configurable wakeup lines are edge-triggered. No glitch must be generated on these lines. If a Falling
edge on a configurable interrupt line occurs during a write operation in the EXTI_FTSR register, the

• FTSR FTx LL_EXTI_DisableFallingTrig_0_31
LL_EXTI_IsEnabledFallingTrig_0_31
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_EXTI_IsEnabledFallingTrig_0_31 (uint32_t ExtiLine)
Check if falling edge trigger is enabled for Lines in range 0 to 31.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1516/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_EXTI_LINE_0
– LL_EXTI_LINE_1
– LL_EXTI_LINE_2
– LL_EXTI_LINE_3
– LL_EXTI_LINE_4
– LL_EXTI_LINE_5
– LL_EXTI_LINE_6
– LL_EXTI_LINE_7
– LL_EXTI_LINE_8
– LL_EXTI_LINE_9
– LL_EXTI_LINE_10
– LL_EXTI_LINE_11
– LL_EXTI_LINE_12
– LL_EXTI_LINE_13
– LL_EXTI_LINE_14
– LL_EXTI_LINE_15
– LL_EXTI_LINE_16
– LL_EXTI_LINE_18
– LL_EXTI_LINE_19
– LL_EXTI_LINE_20
– LL_EXTI_LINE_21
– LL_EXTI_LINE_22
Return values
Notes

• FTSR FTx LL_EXTI_IsEnabledFallingTrig_0_31
LL_EXTI_GenerateSWI_0_31
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_EXTI_GenerateSWI_0_31 (uint32_t ExtiLine)
Generate a software Interrupt Event for Lines in range 0 to 31.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1517/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_EXTI_LINE_0
– LL_EXTI_LINE_1
– LL_EXTI_LINE_2
– LL_EXTI_LINE_3
– LL_EXTI_LINE_4
– LL_EXTI_LINE_5
– LL_EXTI_LINE_6
– LL_EXTI_LINE_7
– LL_EXTI_LINE_8
– LL_EXTI_LINE_9
– LL_EXTI_LINE_10
– LL_EXTI_LINE_11
– LL_EXTI_LINE_12
– LL_EXTI_LINE_13
– LL_EXTI_LINE_14
– LL_EXTI_LINE_15
– LL_EXTI_LINE_16
– LL_EXTI_LINE_18
– LL_EXTI_LINE_19
– LL_EXTI_LINE_20
– LL_EXTI_LINE_21
– LL_EXTI_LINE_22
Return values
• None:
Notes
• If the interrupt is enabled on this line in the EXTI_IMR, writing a 1 to this bit when it is at '0' sets the
corresponding pending bit in EXTI_PR resulting in an interrupt request generation. This bit is cleared by
clearing the corresponding bit in the EXTI_PR register (by writing a 1 into the bit)

• SWIER SWIx LL_EXTI_GenerateSWI_0_31
LL_EXTI_IsActiveFlag_0_31
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_EXTI_IsActiveFlag_0_31 (uint32_t ExtiLine)
Check if the ExtLine Flag is set or not for Lines in range 0 to 31.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1518/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_EXTI_LINE_0
– LL_EXTI_LINE_1
– LL_EXTI_LINE_2
– LL_EXTI_LINE_3
– LL_EXTI_LINE_4
– LL_EXTI_LINE_5
– LL_EXTI_LINE_6
– LL_EXTI_LINE_7
– LL_EXTI_LINE_8
– LL_EXTI_LINE_9
– LL_EXTI_LINE_10
– LL_EXTI_LINE_11
– LL_EXTI_LINE_12
– LL_EXTI_LINE_13
– LL_EXTI_LINE_14
– LL_EXTI_LINE_15
– LL_EXTI_LINE_16
– LL_EXTI_LINE_18
– LL_EXTI_LINE_19
– LL_EXTI_LINE_20
– LL_EXTI_LINE_21
– LL_EXTI_LINE_22
Return values
Notes
• This bit is set when the selected edge event arrives on the interrupt line. This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to
the bit.

• PR PIFx LL_EXTI_IsActiveFlag_0_31
LL_EXTI_ReadFlag_0_31
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_EXTI_ReadFlag_0_31 (uint32_t ExtiLine)
Read ExtLine Combination Flag for Lines in range 0 to 31.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1519/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_EXTI_LINE_0
– LL_EXTI_LINE_1
– LL_EXTI_LINE_2
– LL_EXTI_LINE_3
– LL_EXTI_LINE_4
– LL_EXTI_LINE_5
– LL_EXTI_LINE_6
– LL_EXTI_LINE_7
– LL_EXTI_LINE_8
– LL_EXTI_LINE_9
– LL_EXTI_LINE_10
– LL_EXTI_LINE_11
– LL_EXTI_LINE_12
– LL_EXTI_LINE_13
– LL_EXTI_LINE_14
– LL_EXTI_LINE_15
– LL_EXTI_LINE_16
– LL_EXTI_LINE_18
– LL_EXTI_LINE_19
– LL_EXTI_LINE_20
– LL_EXTI_LINE_21
– LL_EXTI_LINE_22
Return values
• @note: This bit is set when the selected edge event arrives on the interrupt
Notes
the bit.

• PR PIFx LL_EXTI_ReadFlag_0_31
LL_EXTI_ClearFlag_0_31
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_EXTI_ClearFlag_0_31 (uint32_t ExtiLine)
Clear ExtLine Flags for Lines in range 0 to 31.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1520/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_EXTI_LINE_0
– LL_EXTI_LINE_1
– LL_EXTI_LINE_2
– LL_EXTI_LINE_3
– LL_EXTI_LINE_4
– LL_EXTI_LINE_5
– LL_EXTI_LINE_6
– LL_EXTI_LINE_7
– LL_EXTI_LINE_8
– LL_EXTI_LINE_9
– LL_EXTI_LINE_10
– LL_EXTI_LINE_11
– LL_EXTI_LINE_12
– LL_EXTI_LINE_13
– LL_EXTI_LINE_14
– LL_EXTI_LINE_15
– LL_EXTI_LINE_16
– LL_EXTI_LINE_18
– LL_EXTI_LINE_19
– LL_EXTI_LINE_20
– LL_EXTI_LINE_21
– LL_EXTI_LINE_22
Return values
• None:
Notes
the bit.

• PR PIFx LL_EXTI_ClearFlag_0_31
LL_EXTI_Init
Function name
uint32_t LL_EXTI_Init (LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef * EXTI_InitStruct)
Initialize the EXTI registers according to the specified parameters in EXTI_InitStruct.
Parameters
• EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
Return values
– SUCCESS: EXTI registers are initialized
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1521/2236

UM1905
LL_EXTI_DeInit
Function name
uint32_t LL_EXTI_DeInit (void )
De-initialize the EXTI registers to their default reset values.
Return values
– SUCCESS: EXTI registers are de-initialized
LL_EXTI_StructInit
Function name
void LL_EXTI_StructInit (LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef * EXTI_InitStruct)
Set each LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef field to default value.
Parameters
• EXTI_InitStruct: Pointer to a LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
Return values
• None:
81.3 EXTI Firmware driver defines

81.3.1 EXTI
EXTI
LINE
LL_EXTI_LINE_0
Extended line 0
LL_EXTI_LINE_1
Extended line 1
LL_EXTI_LINE_2
Extended line 2
LL_EXTI_LINE_3
Extended line 3
LL_EXTI_LINE_4
Extended line 4
LL_EXTI_LINE_5
Extended line 5
LL_EXTI_LINE_6
Extended line 6
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1522/2236

UM1905
LL_EXTI_LINE_7
Extended line 7
LL_EXTI_LINE_8
Extended line 8
LL_EXTI_LINE_9
Extended line 9
LL_EXTI_LINE_10
Extended line 10
LL_EXTI_LINE_11
Extended line 11
LL_EXTI_LINE_12
Extended line 12
LL_EXTI_LINE_13
Extended line 13
LL_EXTI_LINE_14
Extended line 14
LL_EXTI_LINE_15
Extended line 15
LL_EXTI_LINE_16
Extended line 16
LL_EXTI_LINE_17
Extended line 17
LL_EXTI_LINE_18
Extended line 18
LL_EXTI_LINE_19
Extended line 19
LL_EXTI_LINE_20
Extended line 20
LL_EXTI_LINE_21
Extended line 21
LL_EXTI_LINE_22
Extended line 22
LL_EXTI_LINE_23
Extended line 23
LL_EXTI_LINE_24
Extended line 24
LL_EXTI_LINE_ALL_0_31
All Extended line not reserved
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1523/2236

UM1905
LL_EXTI_LINE_ALL
All Extended line
LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE
None Extended line
Mode
LL_EXTI_MODE_IT
Interrupt Mode
LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT
Event Mode
LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT
Interrupt & Event Mode
Edge Trigger
LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE
No Trigger Mode
LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING
Trigger Rising Mode
LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING
Trigger Falling Mode
LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
Trigger Rising & Falling Mode
LL_EXTI_WriteReg
Description:
• Write a value in EXTI register.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
LL_EXTI_ReadReg
Description:
• Read a value in EXTI register.
Parameters:
Return value:
• Register: value
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1524/2236

UM1905
LL GPIO Generic Driver
82 LL GPIO Generic Driver
82.1 GPIO Firmware driver registers structures
82.1.1 LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef
LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_gpio.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Pin
• uint32_t Mode
• uint32_t Speed
• uint32_t OutputType
• uint32_t Pull
• uint32_t Alternate
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef::Pin
Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured. This parameter can be any value of GPIO_LL_EC_PIN
• uint32_t LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins. This parameter can be a value of
GPIO_LL_EC_MODE.GPIO HW configuration can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_GPIO_SetPinMode().
• uint32_t LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef::Speed
Specifies the speed for the selected pins. This parameter can be a value of GPIO_LL_EC_SPEED.GPIO
HW configuration can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_GPIO_SetPinSpeed().
• uint32_t LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef::OutputType
Specifies the operating output type for the selected pins. This parameter can be a value of
GPIO_LL_EC_OUTPUT.GPIO HW configuration can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_GPIO_SetPinOutputType().
• uint32_t LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef::Pull
Specifies the operating Pull-up/Pull down for the selected pins. This parameter can be a value of
GPIO_LL_EC_PULL.GPIO HW configuration can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_GPIO_SetPinPull().
• uint32_t LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef::Alternate
Specifies the Peripheral to be connected to the selected pins. This parameter can be a value of
GPIO_LL_EC_AF.GPIO HW configuration can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_0_7() and LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_8_15().
82.2 GPIO Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the GPIO library.
LL_GPIO_SetPinMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_GPIO_SetPinMode (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t Pin, uint32_t Mode)
Configure gpio mode for a dedicated pin on dedicated port.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1525/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• GPIOx: GPIO Port
• Pin: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_GPIO_PIN_0
– LL_GPIO_PIN_1
– LL_GPIO_PIN_2
– LL_GPIO_PIN_3
– LL_GPIO_PIN_4
– LL_GPIO_PIN_5
– LL_GPIO_PIN_6
– LL_GPIO_PIN_7
– LL_GPIO_PIN_8
– LL_GPIO_PIN_9
– LL_GPIO_PIN_10
– LL_GPIO_PIN_11
– LL_GPIO_PIN_12
– LL_GPIO_PIN_13
– LL_GPIO_PIN_14
– LL_GPIO_PIN_15
– LL_GPIO_MODE_INPUT
– LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT
– LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE
– LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG
Return values
• None:
Notes
• I/O mode can be Input mode, General purpose output, Alternate function mode or Analog.
• Warning: only one pin can be passed as parameter.

• MODER MODEy LL_GPIO_SetPinMode
LL_GPIO_GetPinMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_GPIO_GetPinMode (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t Pin)
Return gpio mode for a dedicated pin on dedicated port.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1526/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_GPIO_PIN_0
– LL_GPIO_PIN_1
– LL_GPIO_PIN_2
– LL_GPIO_PIN_3
– LL_GPIO_PIN_4
– LL_GPIO_PIN_5
– LL_GPIO_PIN_6
– LL_GPIO_PIN_7
– LL_GPIO_PIN_8
– LL_GPIO_PIN_9
– LL_GPIO_PIN_10
– LL_GPIO_PIN_11
– LL_GPIO_PIN_12
– LL_GPIO_PIN_13
– LL_GPIO_PIN_14
– LL_GPIO_PIN_15
Return values
– LL_GPIO_MODE_INPUT
– LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT
– LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE
– LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG
Notes
• I/O mode can be Input mode, General purpose output, Alternate function mode or Analog.

• MODER MODEy LL_GPIO_GetPinMode
LL_GPIO_SetPinOutputType
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_GPIO_SetPinOutputType (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t PinMask, uint32_t
OutputType)
Configure gpio output type for several pins on dedicated port.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1527/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• PinMask: This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
– LL_GPIO_PIN_0
– LL_GPIO_PIN_1
– LL_GPIO_PIN_2
– LL_GPIO_PIN_3
– LL_GPIO_PIN_4
– LL_GPIO_PIN_5
– LL_GPIO_PIN_6
– LL_GPIO_PIN_7
– LL_GPIO_PIN_8
– LL_GPIO_PIN_9
– LL_GPIO_PIN_10
– LL_GPIO_PIN_11
– LL_GPIO_PIN_12
– LL_GPIO_PIN_13
– LL_GPIO_PIN_14
– LL_GPIO_PIN_15
– LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL
• OutputType: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL
– LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_OPENDRAIN
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Output type as to be set when gpio pin is in output or alternate modes. Possible type are Push-pull or
Open-drain.

• OTYPER OTy LL_GPIO_SetPinOutputType
LL_GPIO_GetPinOutputType
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_GPIO_GetPinOutputType (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t Pin)
Return gpio output type for several pins on dedicated port.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1528/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_GPIO_PIN_0
– LL_GPIO_PIN_1
– LL_GPIO_PIN_2
– LL_GPIO_PIN_3
– LL_GPIO_PIN_4
– LL_GPIO_PIN_5
– LL_GPIO_PIN_6
– LL_GPIO_PIN_7
– LL_GPIO_PIN_8
– LL_GPIO_PIN_9
– LL_GPIO_PIN_10
– LL_GPIO_PIN_11
– LL_GPIO_PIN_12
– LL_GPIO_PIN_13
– LL_GPIO_PIN_14
– LL_GPIO_PIN_15
– LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL
Return values
– LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL
– LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_OPENDRAIN
Notes
• Output type as to be set when gpio pin is in output or alternate modes. Possible type are Push-pull or
Open-drain.

• OTYPER OTy LL_GPIO_GetPinOutputType
LL_GPIO_SetPinSpeed
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_GPIO_SetPinSpeed (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t Pin, uint32_t Speed)
Configure gpio speed for a dedicated pin on dedicated port.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1529/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_GPIO_PIN_0
– LL_GPIO_PIN_1
– LL_GPIO_PIN_2
– LL_GPIO_PIN_3
– LL_GPIO_PIN_4
– LL_GPIO_PIN_5
– LL_GPIO_PIN_6
– LL_GPIO_PIN_7
– LL_GPIO_PIN_8
– LL_GPIO_PIN_9
– LL_GPIO_PIN_10
– LL_GPIO_PIN_11
– LL_GPIO_PIN_12
– LL_GPIO_PIN_13
– LL_GPIO_PIN_14
– LL_GPIO_PIN_15
• Speed: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW
– LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM
– LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH
– LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH
Return values
• None:
Notes
• I/O speed can be Low, Medium, Fast or High speed.
• Refer to datasheet for frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.

• OSPEEDR OSPEEDy LL_GPIO_SetPinSpeed
LL_GPIO_GetPinSpeed
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_GPIO_GetPinSpeed (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t Pin)
Return gpio speed for a dedicated pin on dedicated port.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1530/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_GPIO_PIN_0
– LL_GPIO_PIN_1
– LL_GPIO_PIN_2
– LL_GPIO_PIN_3
– LL_GPIO_PIN_4
– LL_GPIO_PIN_5
– LL_GPIO_PIN_6
– LL_GPIO_PIN_7
– LL_GPIO_PIN_8
– LL_GPIO_PIN_9
– LL_GPIO_PIN_10
– LL_GPIO_PIN_11
– LL_GPIO_PIN_12
– LL_GPIO_PIN_13
– LL_GPIO_PIN_14
– LL_GPIO_PIN_15
Return values
– LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW
– LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM
– LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH
– LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH
Notes
• I/O speed can be Low, Medium, Fast or High speed.
• Refer to datasheet for frequency specifications and the power supply and load conditions for each speed.

• OSPEEDR OSPEEDy LL_GPIO_GetPinSpeed
LL_GPIO_SetPinPull
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_GPIO_SetPinPull (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t Pin, uint32_t Pull)
Configure gpio pull-up or pull-down for a dedicated pin on a dedicated port.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1531/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_GPIO_PIN_0
– LL_GPIO_PIN_1
– LL_GPIO_PIN_2
– LL_GPIO_PIN_3
– LL_GPIO_PIN_4
– LL_GPIO_PIN_5
– LL_GPIO_PIN_6
– LL_GPIO_PIN_7
– LL_GPIO_PIN_8
– LL_GPIO_PIN_9
– LL_GPIO_PIN_10
– LL_GPIO_PIN_11
– LL_GPIO_PIN_12
– LL_GPIO_PIN_13
– LL_GPIO_PIN_14
– LL_GPIO_PIN_15
• Pull: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_GPIO_PULL_NO
– LL_GPIO_PULL_UP
– LL_GPIO_PULL_DOWN
Return values
• None:
Notes

• PUPDR PUPDy LL_GPIO_SetPinPull
LL_GPIO_GetPinPull
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_GPIO_GetPinPull (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t Pin)
Return gpio pull-up or pull-down for a dedicated pin on a dedicated port.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1532/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_GPIO_PIN_0
– LL_GPIO_PIN_1
– LL_GPIO_PIN_2
– LL_GPIO_PIN_3
– LL_GPIO_PIN_4
– LL_GPIO_PIN_5
– LL_GPIO_PIN_6
– LL_GPIO_PIN_7
– LL_GPIO_PIN_8
– LL_GPIO_PIN_9
– LL_GPIO_PIN_10
– LL_GPIO_PIN_11
– LL_GPIO_PIN_12
– LL_GPIO_PIN_13
– LL_GPIO_PIN_14
– LL_GPIO_PIN_15
Return values
– LL_GPIO_PULL_NO
– LL_GPIO_PULL_UP
– LL_GPIO_PULL_DOWN
Notes

• PUPDR PUPDy LL_GPIO_GetPinPull
LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_0_7
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_0_7 (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t Pin, uint32_t Alternate)
Configure gpio alternate function of a dedicated pin from 0 to 7 for a dedicated port.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1533/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_GPIO_PIN_0
– LL_GPIO_PIN_1
– LL_GPIO_PIN_2
– LL_GPIO_PIN_3
– LL_GPIO_PIN_4
– LL_GPIO_PIN_5
– LL_GPIO_PIN_6
– LL_GPIO_PIN_7
• Alternate: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_GPIO_AF_0
– LL_GPIO_AF_1
– LL_GPIO_AF_2
– LL_GPIO_AF_3
– LL_GPIO_AF_4
– LL_GPIO_AF_5
– LL_GPIO_AF_6
– LL_GPIO_AF_7
– LL_GPIO_AF_8
– LL_GPIO_AF_9
– LL_GPIO_AF_10
– LL_GPIO_AF_11
– LL_GPIO_AF_12
– LL_GPIO_AF_13
– LL_GPIO_AF_14
– LL_GPIO_AF_15
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Possible values are from AF0 to AF15 depending on target.

• AFRL AFSELy LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_0_7
LL_GPIO_GetAFPin_0_7
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_GPIO_GetAFPin_0_7 (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t Pin)
Return gpio alternate function of a dedicated pin from 0 to 7 for a dedicated port.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1534/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_GPIO_PIN_0
– LL_GPIO_PIN_1
– LL_GPIO_PIN_2
– LL_GPIO_PIN_3
– LL_GPIO_PIN_4
– LL_GPIO_PIN_5
– LL_GPIO_PIN_6
– LL_GPIO_PIN_7
Return values
– LL_GPIO_AF_0
– LL_GPIO_AF_1
– LL_GPIO_AF_2
– LL_GPIO_AF_3
– LL_GPIO_AF_4
– LL_GPIO_AF_5
– LL_GPIO_AF_6
– LL_GPIO_AF_7
– LL_GPIO_AF_8
– LL_GPIO_AF_9
– LL_GPIO_AF_10
– LL_GPIO_AF_11
– LL_GPIO_AF_12
– LL_GPIO_AF_13
– LL_GPIO_AF_14
– LL_GPIO_AF_15

• AFRL AFSELy LL_GPIO_GetAFPin_0_7
LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_8_15
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_8_15 (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t Pin, uint32_t
Alternate)
Configure gpio alternate function of a dedicated pin from 8 to 15 for a dedicated port.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1535/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_GPIO_PIN_8
– LL_GPIO_PIN_9
– LL_GPIO_PIN_10
– LL_GPIO_PIN_11
– LL_GPIO_PIN_12
– LL_GPIO_PIN_13
– LL_GPIO_PIN_14
– LL_GPIO_PIN_15
• Alternate: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_GPIO_AF_0
– LL_GPIO_AF_1
– LL_GPIO_AF_2
– LL_GPIO_AF_3
– LL_GPIO_AF_4
– LL_GPIO_AF_5
– LL_GPIO_AF_6
– LL_GPIO_AF_7
– LL_GPIO_AF_8
– LL_GPIO_AF_9
– LL_GPIO_AF_10
– LL_GPIO_AF_11
– LL_GPIO_AF_12
– LL_GPIO_AF_13
– LL_GPIO_AF_14
– LL_GPIO_AF_15
Return values
• None:
Notes

• AFRH AFSELy LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_8_15
LL_GPIO_GetAFPin_8_15
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_GPIO_GetAFPin_8_15 (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t Pin)
Return gpio alternate function of a dedicated pin from 8 to 15 for a dedicated port.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1536/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_GPIO_PIN_8
– LL_GPIO_PIN_9
– LL_GPIO_PIN_10
– LL_GPIO_PIN_11
– LL_GPIO_PIN_12
– LL_GPIO_PIN_13
– LL_GPIO_PIN_14
– LL_GPIO_PIN_15
Return values
– LL_GPIO_AF_0
– LL_GPIO_AF_1
– LL_GPIO_AF_2
– LL_GPIO_AF_3
– LL_GPIO_AF_4
– LL_GPIO_AF_5
– LL_GPIO_AF_6
– LL_GPIO_AF_7
– LL_GPIO_AF_8
– LL_GPIO_AF_9
– LL_GPIO_AF_10
– LL_GPIO_AF_11
– LL_GPIO_AF_12
– LL_GPIO_AF_13
– LL_GPIO_AF_14
– LL_GPIO_AF_15
Notes

• AFRH AFSELy LL_GPIO_GetAFPin_8_15
LL_GPIO_LockPin
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_GPIO_LockPin (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t PinMask)
Lock configuration of several pins for a dedicated port.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1537/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_GPIO_PIN_0
– LL_GPIO_PIN_1
– LL_GPIO_PIN_2
– LL_GPIO_PIN_3
– LL_GPIO_PIN_4
– LL_GPIO_PIN_5
– LL_GPIO_PIN_6
– LL_GPIO_PIN_7
– LL_GPIO_PIN_8
– LL_GPIO_PIN_9
– LL_GPIO_PIN_10
– LL_GPIO_PIN_11
– LL_GPIO_PIN_12
– LL_GPIO_PIN_13
– LL_GPIO_PIN_14
– LL_GPIO_PIN_15
– LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL
Return values
• None:
Notes
• When the lock sequence has been applied on a port bit, the value of this port bit can no longer be modified
until the next reset.
• Each lock bit freezes a specific configuration register (control and alternate function registers).

• LCKR LCKK LL_GPIO_LockPin
LL_GPIO_IsPinLocked
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_GPIO_IsPinLocked (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t PinMask)
Return 1 if all pins passed as parameter, of a dedicated port, are locked.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1538/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_GPIO_PIN_0
– LL_GPIO_PIN_1
– LL_GPIO_PIN_2
– LL_GPIO_PIN_3
– LL_GPIO_PIN_4
– LL_GPIO_PIN_5
– LL_GPIO_PIN_6
– LL_GPIO_PIN_7
– LL_GPIO_PIN_8
– LL_GPIO_PIN_9
– LL_GPIO_PIN_10
– LL_GPIO_PIN_11
– LL_GPIO_PIN_12
– LL_GPIO_PIN_13
– LL_GPIO_PIN_14
– LL_GPIO_PIN_15
– LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL
Return values

• LCKR LCKy LL_GPIO_IsPinLocked
LL_GPIO_IsAnyPinLocked
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_GPIO_IsAnyPinLocked (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx)
Return 1 if one of the pin of a dedicated port is locked.
Parameters
Return values

• LCKR LCKK LL_GPIO_IsAnyPinLocked
LL_GPIO_ReadInputPort
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_GPIO_ReadInputPort (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx)
Return full input data register value for a dedicated port.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1539/2236

UM1905
Return values
• Input: data register value of port

• IDR IDy LL_GPIO_ReadInputPort
LL_GPIO_IsInputPinSet
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_GPIO_IsInputPinSet (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t PinMask)
Return if input data level for several pins of dedicated port is high or low.
Parameters
– LL_GPIO_PIN_0
– LL_GPIO_PIN_1
– LL_GPIO_PIN_2
– LL_GPIO_PIN_3
– LL_GPIO_PIN_4
– LL_GPIO_PIN_5
– LL_GPIO_PIN_6
– LL_GPIO_PIN_7
– LL_GPIO_PIN_8
– LL_GPIO_PIN_9
– LL_GPIO_PIN_10
– LL_GPIO_PIN_11
– LL_GPIO_PIN_12
– LL_GPIO_PIN_13
– LL_GPIO_PIN_14
– LL_GPIO_PIN_15
– LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL
Return values

• IDR IDy LL_GPIO_IsInputPinSet
LL_GPIO_WriteOutputPort
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_GPIO_WriteOutputPort (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t PortValue)
Write output data register for the port.
Parameters
• PortValue: Level value for each pin of the port
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1540/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• ODR ODy LL_GPIO_WriteOutputPort
LL_GPIO_ReadOutputPort
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_GPIO_ReadOutputPort (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx)
Return full output data register value for a dedicated port.
Parameters
Return values
• Output: data register value of port

• ODR ODy LL_GPIO_ReadOutputPort
LL_GPIO_IsOutputPinSet
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_GPIO_IsOutputPinSet (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t PinMask)
Return if input data level for several pins of dedicated port is high or low.
Parameters
– LL_GPIO_PIN_0
– LL_GPIO_PIN_1
– LL_GPIO_PIN_2
– LL_GPIO_PIN_3
– LL_GPIO_PIN_4
– LL_GPIO_PIN_5
– LL_GPIO_PIN_6
– LL_GPIO_PIN_7
– LL_GPIO_PIN_8
– LL_GPIO_PIN_9
– LL_GPIO_PIN_10
– LL_GPIO_PIN_11
– LL_GPIO_PIN_12
– LL_GPIO_PIN_13
– LL_GPIO_PIN_14
– LL_GPIO_PIN_15
– LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1541/2236

UM1905

• ODR ODy LL_GPIO_IsOutputPinSet
LL_GPIO_SetOutputPin
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_GPIO_SetOutputPin (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t PinMask)
Set several pins to high level on dedicated gpio port.
Parameters
– LL_GPIO_PIN_0
– LL_GPIO_PIN_1
– LL_GPIO_PIN_2
– LL_GPIO_PIN_3
– LL_GPIO_PIN_4
– LL_GPIO_PIN_5
– LL_GPIO_PIN_6
– LL_GPIO_PIN_7
– LL_GPIO_PIN_8
– LL_GPIO_PIN_9
– LL_GPIO_PIN_10
– LL_GPIO_PIN_11
– LL_GPIO_PIN_12
– LL_GPIO_PIN_13
– LL_GPIO_PIN_14
– LL_GPIO_PIN_15
– LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL
Return values
• None:

• BSRR BSy LL_GPIO_SetOutputPin
LL_GPIO_ResetOutputPin
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_GPIO_ResetOutputPin (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t PinMask)
Set several pins to low level on dedicated gpio port.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1542/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_GPIO_PIN_0
– LL_GPIO_PIN_1
– LL_GPIO_PIN_2
– LL_GPIO_PIN_3
– LL_GPIO_PIN_4
– LL_GPIO_PIN_5
– LL_GPIO_PIN_6
– LL_GPIO_PIN_7
– LL_GPIO_PIN_8
– LL_GPIO_PIN_9
– LL_GPIO_PIN_10
– LL_GPIO_PIN_11
– LL_GPIO_PIN_12
– LL_GPIO_PIN_13
– LL_GPIO_PIN_14
– LL_GPIO_PIN_15
– LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL
Return values
• None:

• BSRR BRy LL_GPIO_ResetOutputPin
LL_GPIO_TogglePin
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_GPIO_TogglePin (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, uint32_t PinMask)
Toggle data value for several pin of dedicated port.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1543/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_GPIO_PIN_0
– LL_GPIO_PIN_1
– LL_GPIO_PIN_2
– LL_GPIO_PIN_3
– LL_GPIO_PIN_4
– LL_GPIO_PIN_5
– LL_GPIO_PIN_6
– LL_GPIO_PIN_7
– LL_GPIO_PIN_8
– LL_GPIO_PIN_9
– LL_GPIO_PIN_10
– LL_GPIO_PIN_11
– LL_GPIO_PIN_12
– LL_GPIO_PIN_13
– LL_GPIO_PIN_14
– LL_GPIO_PIN_15
– LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL
Return values
• None:

• ODR ODy LL_GPIO_TogglePin
LL_GPIO_DeInit
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_DeInit (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx)
De-initialize GPIO registers (Registers restored to their default values).
Parameters
Return values
– SUCCESS: GPIO registers are de-initialized
– ERROR: Wrong GPIO Port
LL_GPIO_Init
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_Init (GPIO_TypeDef * GPIOx, LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef * GPIO_InitStruct)
Initialize GPIO registers according to the specified parameters in GPIO_InitStruct.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1544/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information
for the specified GPIO peripheral.
Return values
– SUCCESS: GPIO registers are initialized according to GPIO_InitStruct content
LL_GPIO_StructInit
Function name
void LL_GPIO_StructInit (LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef * GPIO_InitStruct)
Set each LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef field to default value.
Parameters
• GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure whose fields will be set to default values.
Return values
• None:
82.3 GPIO Firmware driver defines

82.3.1 GPIO
GPIO
Alternate Function
LL_GPIO_AF_0
Select alternate function 0
LL_GPIO_AF_1
LL_GPIO_AF_2
LL_GPIO_AF_3
LL_GPIO_AF_4
LL_GPIO_AF_5
LL_GPIO_AF_6
LL_GPIO_AF_7
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1545/2236

UM1905
LL_GPIO_AF_8
LL_GPIO_AF_9
LL_GPIO_AF_10
LL_GPIO_AF_11
LL_GPIO_AF_12
LL_GPIO_AF_13
LL_GPIO_AF_14
LL_GPIO_AF_15
Mode
LL_GPIO_MODE_INPUT
Select input mode
LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT
Select output mode
LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE
Select alternate function mode
LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG
Select analog mode
Output Type
LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL
Select push-pull as output type
LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_OPENDRAIN
Select open-drain as output type
PIN
LL_GPIO_PIN_0
Select pin 0
LL_GPIO_PIN_1
Select pin 1
LL_GPIO_PIN_2
Select pin 2
LL_GPIO_PIN_3
Select pin 3
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1546/2236

UM1905
LL_GPIO_PIN_4
Select pin 4
LL_GPIO_PIN_5
Select pin 5
LL_GPIO_PIN_6
Select pin 6
LL_GPIO_PIN_7
Select pin 7
LL_GPIO_PIN_8
Select pin 8
LL_GPIO_PIN_9
Select pin 9
LL_GPIO_PIN_10
Select pin 10
LL_GPIO_PIN_11
Select pin 11
LL_GPIO_PIN_12
Select pin 12
LL_GPIO_PIN_13
Select pin 13
LL_GPIO_PIN_14
Select pin 14
LL_GPIO_PIN_15
Select pin 15
LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL
Select all pins
Pull Up Pull Down
LL_GPIO_PULL_NO
Select I/O no pull
LL_GPIO_PULL_UP
Select I/O pull up
LL_GPIO_PULL_DOWN
Select I/O pull down
Output Speed
LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW
Select I/O low output speed
LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM
Select I/O medium output speed
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1547/2236

UM1905
LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH
Select I/O fast output speed
LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH
Select I/O high output speed
LL_GPIO_WriteReg
Description:
• Write a value in GPIO register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: GPIO Instance
Return value:
• None
LL_GPIO_ReadReg
Description:
• Read a value in GPIO register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: GPIO Instance
Return value:
• Register: value
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1548/2236

UM1905
LL I2C Generic Driver
83 LL I2C Generic Driver
83.1 I2C Firmware driver registers structures
83.1.1 LL_I2C_InitTypeDef
LL_I2C_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_i2c.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t PeripheralMode
• uint32_t Timing
• uint32_t AnalogFilter
• uint32_t DigitalFilter
• uint32_t TypeAcknowledge
• uint32_t OwnAddrSize
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_I2C_InitTypeDef::PeripheralMode
Specifies the peripheral mode. This parameter can be a value of I2C_LL_EC_PERIPHERAL_MODEThis
feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_I2C_SetMode().
• uint32_t LL_I2C_InitTypeDef::Timing
Specifies the SDA setup, hold time and the SCL high, low period values. This parameter must be set by
referring to the STM32CubeMX Tool and the helper macro __LL_I2C_CONVERT_TIMINGS()This feature
can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_I2C_SetTiming().
• uint32_t LL_I2C_InitTypeDef::AnalogFilter
Enables or disables analog noise filter. This parameter can be a value of
I2C_LL_EC_ANALOGFILTER_SELECTIONThis feature can be modified afterwards using unitary functions
LL_I2C_EnableAnalogFilter() or LL_I2C_DisableAnalogFilter().
• uint32_t LL_I2C_InitTypeDef::DigitalFilter
Configures the digital noise filter. This parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data
= 0x0FThis feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_I2C_SetDigitalFilter().
• uint32_t LL_I2C_InitTypeDef::OwnAddress1
Specifies the device own address 1. This parameter must be a value between Min_Data = 0x00 and
Max_Data = 0x3FFThis feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1().
• uint32_t LL_I2C_InitTypeDef::TypeAcknowledge
Specifies the ACKnowledge or Non ACKnowledge condition after the address receive match code or next
received byte. This parameter can be a value of I2C_LL_EC_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGEThis feature can be
modified afterwards using unitary function LL_I2C_AcknowledgeNextData().
• uint32_t LL_I2C_InitTypeDef::OwnAddrSize
Specifies the device own address 1 size (7-bit or 10-bit). This parameter can be a value of
I2C_LL_EC_OWNADDRESS1This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1().
83.2 I2C Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the I2C library.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1549/2236

UM1905
LL_I2C_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_Enable (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Enable I2C peripheral (PE = 1).
Parameters
• I2Cx: I2C Instance.
Return values
• None:

• CR1 PE LL_I2C_Enable
LL_I2C_Disable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_Disable (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Disable I2C peripheral (PE = 0).
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• When PE = 0, the I2C SCL and SDA lines are released. Internal state machines and status bits are put
back to their reset value. When cleared, PE must be kept low for at least 3 APB clock cycles.

• CR1 PE LL_I2C_Disable
LL_I2C_IsEnabled
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabled (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Check if the I2C peripheral is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 PE LL_I2C_IsEnabled
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1550/2236

UM1905
LL_I2C_ConfigFilters
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_ConfigFilters (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx, uint32_t AnalogFilter, uint32_t
DigitalFilter)
Configure Noise Filters (Analog and Digital).
Parameters
• AnalogFilter: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE
– LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE
• DigitalFilter: This parameter must be a value between Min_Data=0x00 (Digital filter disabled) and
Max_Data=0x0F (Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 15*ti2cclk). This parameter is used to
configure the digital noise filter on SDA and SCL input. The digital filter will filter spikes with a length of up
to DNF[3:0]*ti2cclk.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• If the analog filter is also enabled, the digital filter is added to analog filter. The filters can only be
programmed when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0).

• CR1 ANFOFF LL_I2C_ConfigFilters
• CR1 DNF LL_I2C_ConfigFilters
LL_I2C_SetDigitalFilter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_SetDigitalFilter (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
Configure Digital Noise Filter.
Parameters
• DigitalFilter: This parameter must be a value between Min_Data=0x00 (Digital filter disabled) and
Max_Data=0x0F (Digital filter enabled and filtering capability up to 15*ti2cclk). This parameter is used to
configure the digital noise filter on SDA and SCL input. The digital filter will filter spikes with a length of up
to DNF[3:0]*ti2cclk.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• If the analog filter is also enabled, the digital filter is added to analog filter. This filter can only be
programmed when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0).

• CR1 DNF LL_I2C_SetDigitalFilter
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1551/2236

UM1905
LL_I2C_GetDigitalFilter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetDigitalFilter (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Get the current Digital Noise Filter configuration.
Parameters
Return values
• Value: between Min_Data=0x0 and Max_Data=0xF

• CR1 DNF LL_I2C_GetDigitalFilter
LL_I2C_EnableAnalogFilter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableAnalogFilter (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Enable Analog Noise Filter.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This filter can only be programmed when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0).

• CR1 ANFOFF LL_I2C_EnableAnalogFilter
LL_I2C_DisableAnalogFilter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableAnalogFilter (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Disable Analog Noise Filter.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This filter can only be programmed when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0).

• CR1 ANFOFF LL_I2C_DisableAnalogFilter
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1552/2236

UM1905
LL_I2C_IsEnabledAnalogFilter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledAnalogFilter (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Check if Analog Noise Filter is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 ANFOFF LL_I2C_IsEnabledAnalogFilter
LL_I2C_EnableDMAReq_TX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableDMAReq_TX (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Enable DMA transmission requests.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 TXDMAEN LL_I2C_EnableDMAReq_TX
LL_I2C_DisableDMAReq_TX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableDMAReq_TX (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Disable DMA transmission requests.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 TXDMAEN LL_I2C_DisableDMAReq_TX
LL_I2C_IsEnabledDMAReq_TX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledDMAReq_TX (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1553/2236

UM1905
Check if DMA transmission requests are enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 TXDMAEN LL_I2C_IsEnabledDMAReq_TX
LL_I2C_EnableDMAReq_RX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableDMAReq_RX (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Enable DMA reception requests.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 RXDMAEN LL_I2C_EnableDMAReq_RX
LL_I2C_DisableDMAReq_RX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableDMAReq_RX (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Disable DMA reception requests.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 RXDMAEN LL_I2C_DisableDMAReq_RX
LL_I2C_IsEnabledDMAReq_RX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledDMAReq_RX (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Check if DMA reception requests are enabled or disabled.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1554/2236

UM1905
Return values

• CR1 RXDMAEN LL_I2C_IsEnabledDMAReq_RX
LL_I2C_DMA_GetRegAddr
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_DMA_GetRegAddr (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx, uint32_t Direction)
Get the data register address used for DMA transfer.
Parameters
• I2Cx: I2C Instance
– LL_I2C_DMA_REG_DATA_TRANSMIT
– LL_I2C_DMA_REG_DATA_RECEIVE
Return values
• Address: of data register

• TXDR TXDATA LL_I2C_DMA_GetRegAddr
• RXDR RXDATA LL_I2C_DMA_GetRegAddr
LL_I2C_EnableClockStretching
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableClockStretching (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Enable Clock stretching.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This bit can only be programmed when the I2C is disabled (PE = 0).

• CR1 NOSTRETCH LL_I2C_EnableClockStretching
LL_I2C_DisableClockStretching
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableClockStretching (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Disable Clock stretching.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1555/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR1 NOSTRETCH LL_I2C_DisableClockStretching
LL_I2C_IsEnabledClockStretching
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledClockStretching (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Check if Clock stretching is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 NOSTRETCH LL_I2C_IsEnabledClockStretching
LL_I2C_EnableSlaveByteControl
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableSlaveByteControl (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Enable hardware byte control in slave mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 SBC LL_I2C_EnableSlaveByteControl
LL_I2C_DisableSlaveByteControl
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableSlaveByteControl (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Disable hardware byte control in slave mode.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1556/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• CR1 SBC LL_I2C_DisableSlaveByteControl
LL_I2C_IsEnabledSlaveByteControl
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledSlaveByteControl (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Check if hardware byte control in slave mode is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 SBC LL_I2C_IsEnabledSlaveByteControl
LL_I2C_EnableGeneralCall
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableGeneralCall (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Enable General Call.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• When enabled the Address 0x00 is ACKed.

• CR1 GCEN LL_I2C_EnableGeneralCall
LL_I2C_DisableGeneralCall
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableGeneralCall (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Disable General Call.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1557/2236

UM1905
Notes
• When disabled the Address 0x00 is NACKed.

• CR1 GCEN LL_I2C_DisableGeneralCall
LL_I2C_IsEnabledGeneralCall
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledGeneralCall (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Check if General Call is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 GCEN LL_I2C_IsEnabledGeneralCall
LL_I2C_SetMasterAddressingMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_SetMasterAddressingMode (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx, uint32_t
AddressingMode)
Configure the Master to operate in 7-bit or 10-bit addressing mode.
Parameters
• AddressingMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_I2C_ADDRESSING_MODE_7BIT
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Changing this bit is not allowed, when the START bit is set.

• CR2 ADD10 LL_I2C_SetMasterAddressingMode
LL_I2C_GetMasterAddressingMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetMasterAddressingMode (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Get the Master addressing mode.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1558/2236

UM1905
Return values

• CR2 ADD10 LL_I2C_GetMasterAddressingMode
LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1 (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx, uint32_t OwnAddress1, uint32_t
OwnAddrSize)
Set the Own Address1.
Parameters
• OwnAddress1: This parameter must be a value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0x3FF.
• OwnAddrSize: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT
– LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_10BIT
Return values
• None:

• OAR1 OA1 LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1
• OAR1 OA1MODE LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1
LL_I2C_EnableOwnAddress1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableOwnAddress1 (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Enable acknowledge on Own Address1 match address.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• OAR1 OA1EN LL_I2C_EnableOwnAddress1
LL_I2C_DisableOwnAddress1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableOwnAddress1 (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Disable acknowledge on Own Address1 match address.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1559/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• OAR1 OA1EN LL_I2C_DisableOwnAddress1
LL_I2C_IsEnabledOwnAddress1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledOwnAddress1 (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Check if Own Address1 acknowledge is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• OAR1 OA1EN LL_I2C_IsEnabledOwnAddress1
LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress2
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress2 (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx, uint32_t OwnAddress2, uint32_t
OwnAddrMask)
Set the 7bits Own Address2.
Parameters
• OwnAddress2: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0x7F.
• OwnAddrMask: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS2_NOMASK
– LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS2_MASK01
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This action has no effect if own address2 is enabled.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1560/2236

UM1905

• OAR2 OA2 LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress2
• OAR2 OA2MSK LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress2
LL_I2C_EnableOwnAddress2
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableOwnAddress2 (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Enable acknowledge on Own Address2 match address.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• OAR2 OA2EN LL_I2C_EnableOwnAddress2
LL_I2C_DisableOwnAddress2
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableOwnAddress2 (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Disable acknowledge on Own Address2 match address.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• OAR2 OA2EN LL_I2C_DisableOwnAddress2
LL_I2C_IsEnabledOwnAddress2
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledOwnAddress2 (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Check if Own Address1 acknowledge is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• OAR2 OA2EN LL_I2C_IsEnabledOwnAddress2
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1561/2236

UM1905
LL_I2C_SetTiming
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_SetTiming (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx, uint32_t Timing)
Configure the SDA setup, hold time and the SCL high, low period.
Parameters
• Timing: This parameter must be a value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This parameter is computed with the STM32CubeMX Tool.

• TIMINGR TIMINGR LL_I2C_SetTiming
LL_I2C_GetTimingPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetTimingPrescaler (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Get the Timing Prescaler setting.
Parameters
Return values

• TIMINGR PRESC LL_I2C_GetTimingPrescaler
LL_I2C_GetClockLowPeriod
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetClockLowPeriod (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Get the SCL low period setting.
Parameters
Return values

• TIMINGR SCLL LL_I2C_GetClockLowPeriod
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1562/2236

UM1905
LL_I2C_GetClockHighPeriod
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetClockHighPeriod (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Get the SCL high period setting.
Parameters
Return values

• TIMINGR SCLH LL_I2C_GetClockHighPeriod
LL_I2C_GetDataHoldTime
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetDataHoldTime (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Get the SDA hold time.
Parameters
Return values

• TIMINGR SDADEL LL_I2C_GetDataHoldTime
LL_I2C_GetDataSetupTime
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetDataSetupTime (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Get the SDA setup time.
Parameters
Return values

• TIMINGR SCLDEL LL_I2C_GetDataSetupTime
LL_I2C_SetMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_SetMode (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx, uint32_t PeripheralMode)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1563/2236

UM1905
Configure peripheral mode.
Parameters
• PeripheralMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_I2C_MODE_I2C
– LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_HOST
– LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE
– LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE_ARP
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx) can be used to check whether or not SMBus feature is
supported by the I2Cx Instance.

• CR1 SMBHEN LL_I2C_SetMode
• CR1 SMBDEN LL_I2C_SetMode
LL_I2C_GetMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetMode (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Get peripheral mode.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_I2C_MODE_I2C
– LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_HOST
– LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE
– LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE_ARP
Notes

• CR1 SMBHEN LL_I2C_GetMode
• CR1 SMBDEN LL_I2C_GetMode
LL_I2C_EnableSMBusAlert
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableSMBusAlert (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Enable SMBus alert (Host or Device mode)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1564/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• SMBus Device mode: SMBus Alert pin is drived low and Alert Response Address Header acknowledge is
enabled. SMBus Host mode:SMBus Alert pin management is supported.

• CR1 ALERTEN LL_I2C_EnableSMBusAlert
LL_I2C_DisableSMBusAlert
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableSMBusAlert (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Disable SMBus alert (Host or Device mode)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• SMBus Device mode: SMBus Alert pin is not drived (can be used as a standard GPIO) and Alert Response
Address Header acknowledge is disabled. SMBus Host mode:SMBus Alert pin management is not
supported.

• CR1 ALERTEN LL_I2C_DisableSMBusAlert
LL_I2C_IsEnabledSMBusAlert
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledSMBusAlert (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Check if SMBus alert (Host or Device mode) is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1565/2236

UM1905

• CR1 ALERTEN LL_I2C_IsEnabledSMBusAlert
LL_I2C_EnableSMBusPEC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableSMBusPEC (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Enable SMBus Packet Error Calculation (PEC).
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR1 PECEN LL_I2C_EnableSMBusPEC
LL_I2C_DisableSMBusPEC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableSMBusPEC (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Disable SMBus Packet Error Calculation (PEC).
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR1 PECEN LL_I2C_DisableSMBusPEC
LL_I2C_IsEnabledSMBusPEC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledSMBusPEC (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Check if SMBus Packet Error Calculation (PEC) is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1566/2236

UM1905
Return values
Notes

• CR1 PECEN LL_I2C_IsEnabledSMBusPEC
LL_I2C_ConfigSMBusTimeout
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_ConfigSMBusTimeout (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx, uint32_t TimeoutA, uint32_t
TimeoutAMode, uint32_t TimeoutB)
Configure the SMBus Clock Timeout.
Parameters
• TimeoutA: This parameter must be a value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFF.
• TimeoutAMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_I2C_SMBUS_TIMEOUTA_MODE_SCL_LOW
– LL_I2C_SMBUS_TIMEOUTA_MODE_SDA_SCL_HIGH
• TimeoutB:
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This configuration can only be programmed when associated Timeout is disabled (TimeoutA and/
orTimeoutB).

• TIMEOUTR TIMEOUTA LL_I2C_ConfigSMBusTimeout
• TIMEOUTR TIDLE LL_I2C_ConfigSMBusTimeout
• TIMEOUTR TIMEOUTB LL_I2C_ConfigSMBusTimeout
LL_I2C_SetSMBusTimeoutA
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_SetSMBusTimeoutA (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx, uint32_t TimeoutA)
Configure the SMBus Clock TimeoutA (SCL low timeout or SCL and SDA high timeout depends on TimeoutA
mode).
Parameters
• TimeoutA: This parameter must be a value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFF.
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1567/2236

UM1905
Notes
• These bits can only be programmed when TimeoutA is disabled.

• TIMEOUTR TIMEOUTA LL_I2C_SetSMBusTimeoutA
LL_I2C_GetSMBusTimeoutA
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetSMBusTimeoutA (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Get the SMBus Clock TimeoutA setting.
Parameters
Return values
• Value: between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFF
Notes

• TIMEOUTR TIMEOUTA LL_I2C_GetSMBusTimeoutA
LL_I2C_SetSMBusTimeoutAMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_SetSMBusTimeoutAMode (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx, uint32_t TimeoutAMode)
Set the SMBus Clock TimeoutA mode.
Parameters
• TimeoutAMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This bit can only be programmed when TimeoutA is disabled.

• TIMEOUTR TIDLE LL_I2C_SetSMBusTimeoutAMode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1568/2236

UM1905
LL_I2C_GetSMBusTimeoutAMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetSMBusTimeoutAMode (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Get the SMBus Clock TimeoutA mode.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• TIMEOUTR TIDLE LL_I2C_GetSMBusTimeoutAMode
LL_I2C_SetSMBusTimeoutB
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_SetSMBusTimeoutB (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx, uint32_t TimeoutB)
Configure the SMBus Extended Cumulative Clock TimeoutB (Master or Slave mode).
Parameters
• TimeoutB: This parameter must be a value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFF.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• These bits can only be programmed when TimeoutB is disabled.

• TIMEOUTR TIMEOUTB LL_I2C_SetSMBusTimeoutB
LL_I2C_GetSMBusTimeoutB
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetSMBusTimeoutB (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Get the SMBus Extented Cumulative Clock TimeoutB setting.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1569/2236

UM1905
Return values
• Value: between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFF
Notes

• TIMEOUTR TIMEOUTB LL_I2C_GetSMBusTimeoutB
LL_I2C_EnableSMBusTimeout
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableSMBusTimeout (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx, uint32_t ClockTimeout)
Enable the SMBus Clock Timeout.
Parameters
• ClockTimeout: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_I2C_SMBUS_TIMEOUTA
– LL_I2C_SMBUS_TIMEOUTB
– LL_I2C_SMBUS_ALL_TIMEOUT
Return values
• None:
Notes

• TIMEOUTR TIMOUTEN LL_I2C_EnableSMBusTimeout
• TIMEOUTR TEXTEN LL_I2C_EnableSMBusTimeout
LL_I2C_DisableSMBusTimeout
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableSMBusTimeout (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx, uint32_t ClockTimeout)
Disable the SMBus Clock Timeout.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1570/2236

UM1905
Notes

• TIMEOUTR TIMOUTEN LL_I2C_DisableSMBusTimeout
• TIMEOUTR TEXTEN LL_I2C_DisableSMBusTimeout
LL_I2C_IsEnabledSMBusTimeout
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledSMBusTimeout (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx, uint32_t
ClockTimeout)
Check if the SMBus Clock Timeout is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• TIMEOUTR TIMOUTEN LL_I2C_IsEnabledSMBusTimeout
• TIMEOUTR TEXTEN LL_I2C_IsEnabledSMBusTimeout
LL_I2C_EnableIT_TX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableIT_TX (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Enable TXIS interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 TXIE LL_I2C_EnableIT_TX
LL_I2C_DisableIT_TX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableIT_TX (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1571/2236

UM1905
Disable TXIS interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 TXIE LL_I2C_DisableIT_TX
LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_TX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_TX (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Check if the TXIS Interrupt is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 TXIE LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_TX
LL_I2C_EnableIT_RX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableIT_RX (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Enable RXNE interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 RXIE LL_I2C_EnableIT_RX
LL_I2C_DisableIT_RX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableIT_RX (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Disable RXNE interrupt.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1572/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• CR1 RXIE LL_I2C_DisableIT_RX
LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_RX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_RX (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Check if the RXNE Interrupt is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 RXIE LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_RX
LL_I2C_EnableIT_ADDR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableIT_ADDR (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Enable Address match interrupt (slave mode only).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 ADDRIE LL_I2C_EnableIT_ADDR
LL_I2C_DisableIT_ADDR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableIT_ADDR (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Disable Address match interrupt (slave mode only).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 ADDRIE LL_I2C_DisableIT_ADDR
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1573/2236

UM1905
LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_ADDR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_ADDR (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Check if Address match interrupt is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 ADDRIE LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_ADDR
LL_I2C_EnableIT_NACK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableIT_NACK (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Enable Not acknowledge received interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 NACKIE LL_I2C_EnableIT_NACK
LL_I2C_DisableIT_NACK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableIT_NACK (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Disable Not acknowledge received interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 NACKIE LL_I2C_DisableIT_NACK
LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_NACK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_NACK (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1574/2236

UM1905
Check if Not acknowledge received interrupt is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 NACKIE LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_NACK
LL_I2C_EnableIT_STOP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableIT_STOP (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Enable STOP detection interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 STOPIE LL_I2C_EnableIT_STOP
LL_I2C_DisableIT_STOP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableIT_STOP (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Disable STOP detection interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 STOPIE LL_I2C_DisableIT_STOP
LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_STOP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_STOP (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Check if STOP detection interrupt is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1575/2236

UM1905
Return values

• CR1 STOPIE LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_STOP
LL_I2C_EnableIT_TC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableIT_TC (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Enable Transfer Complete interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Any of these events will generate interrupt : Transfer Complete (TC) Transfer Complete Reload (TCR)

• CR1 TCIE LL_I2C_EnableIT_TC
LL_I2C_DisableIT_TC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableIT_TC (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Disable Transfer Complete interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Any of these events will generate interrupt : Transfer Complete (TC) Transfer Complete Reload (TCR)

• CR1 TCIE LL_I2C_DisableIT_TC
LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_TC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_TC (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Check if Transfer Complete interrupt is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1576/2236

UM1905
Return values

• CR1 TCIE LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_TC
LL_I2C_EnableIT_ERR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableIT_ERR (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Enable Error interrupts.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Any of these errors will generate interrupt : Arbitration Loss (ARLO) Bus Error detection (BERR) Overrun/
Underrun (OVR) SMBus Timeout detection (TIMEOUT) SMBus PEC error detection (PECERR) SMBus
Alert pin event detection (ALERT)

• CR1 ERRIE LL_I2C_EnableIT_ERR
LL_I2C_DisableIT_ERR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableIT_ERR (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Disable Error interrupts.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Any of these errors will generate interrupt : Arbitration Loss (ARLO) Bus Error detection (BERR) Overrun/
Underrun (OVR) SMBus Timeout detection (TIMEOUT) SMBus PEC error detection (PECERR) SMBus
Alert pin event detection (ALERT)

• CR1 ERRIE LL_I2C_DisableIT_ERR
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1577/2236

UM1905
LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_ERR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_ERR (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Check if Error interrupts are enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 ERRIE LL_I2C_IsEnabledIT_ERR
LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_TXE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_TXE (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Indicate the status of Transmit data register empty flag.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• RESET: When next data is written in Transmit data register. SET: When Transmit data register is empty.

• ISR TXE LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_TXE
LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_TXIS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_TXIS (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Indicate the status of Transmit interrupt flag.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• RESET: When next data is written in Transmit data register. SET: When Transmit data register is empty.

• ISR TXIS LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_TXIS
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1578/2236

UM1905
LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_RXNE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_RXNE (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Indicate the status of Receive data register not empty flag.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• RESET: When Receive data register is read. SET: When the received data is copied in Receive data
register.

• ISR RXNE LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_RXNE
LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_ADDR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_ADDR (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Indicate the status of Address matched flag (slave mode).
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• RESET: Clear default value. SET: When the received slave address matched with one of the enabled slave
address.

• ISR ADDR LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_ADDR
LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_NACK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_NACK (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Indicate the status of Not Acknowledge received flag.
Parameters
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1579/2236

UM1905
Notes
• RESET: Clear default value. SET: When a NACK is received after a byte transmission.

• ISR NACKF LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_NACK
LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_STOP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_STOP (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Indicate the status of Stop detection flag.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• RESET: Clear default value. SET: When a Stop condition is detected.

• ISR STOPF LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_STOP
LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_TC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_TC (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Indicate the status of Transfer complete flag (master mode).
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• RESET: Clear default value. SET: When RELOAD=0, AUTOEND=0 and NBYTES date have been
transferred.

• ISR TC LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_TC
LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_TCR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_TCR (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Indicate the status of Transfer complete flag (master mode).
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1580/2236

UM1905
Return values
Notes
• RESET: Clear default value. SET: When RELOAD=1 and NBYTES date have been transferred.

• ISR TCR LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_TCR
LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_BERR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_BERR (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Indicate the status of Bus error flag.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• RESET: Clear default value. SET: When a misplaced Start or Stop condition is detected.

• ISR BERR LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_BERR
LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_ARLO
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_ARLO (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Indicate the status of Arbitration lost flag.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• RESET: Clear default value. SET: When arbitration lost.

• ISR ARLO LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_ARLO
LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_OVR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_OVR (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Indicate the status of Overrun/Underrun flag (slave mode).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1581/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• RESET: Clear default value. SET: When an overrun/underrun error occurs (Clock Stretching Disabled).

• ISR OVR LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_OVR
LL_I2C_IsActiveSMBusFlag_PECERR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveSMBusFlag_PECERR (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Indicate the status of SMBus PEC error flag in reception.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• RESET: Clear default value. SET: When the received PEC does not match with the PEC register content.

• ISR PECERR LL_I2C_IsActiveSMBusFlag_PECERR
LL_I2C_IsActiveSMBusFlag_TIMEOUT
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveSMBusFlag_TIMEOUT (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Indicate the status of SMBus Timeout detection flag.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• RESET: Clear default value. SET: When a timeout or extended clock timeout occurs.

• ISR TIMEOUT LL_I2C_IsActiveSMBusFlag_TIMEOUT
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1582/2236

UM1905
LL_I2C_IsActiveSMBusFlag_ALERT
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveSMBusFlag_ALERT (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Indicate the status of SMBus alert flag.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• RESET: Clear default value. SET: When SMBus host configuration, SMBus alert enabled and a falling edge
event occurs on SMBA pin.

• ISR ALERT LL_I2C_IsActiveSMBusFlag_ALERT
LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_BUSY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_BUSY (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Indicate the status of Bus Busy flag.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• RESET: Clear default value. SET: When a Start condition is detected.

• ISR BUSY LL_I2C_IsActiveFlag_BUSY
LL_I2C_ClearFlag_ADDR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_ClearFlag_ADDR (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Clear Address Matched flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1583/2236

UM1905

• ICR ADDRCF LL_I2C_ClearFlag_ADDR
LL_I2C_ClearFlag_NACK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_ClearFlag_NACK (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Clear Not Acknowledge flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ICR NACKCF LL_I2C_ClearFlag_NACK
LL_I2C_ClearFlag_STOP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_ClearFlag_STOP (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Clear Stop detection flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ICR STOPCF LL_I2C_ClearFlag_STOP
LL_I2C_ClearFlag_TXE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_ClearFlag_TXE (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Clear Transmit data register empty flag (TXE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This bit can be clear by software in order to flush the transmit data register (TXDR).

• ISR TXE LL_I2C_ClearFlag_TXE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1584/2236

UM1905
LL_I2C_ClearFlag_BERR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_ClearFlag_BERR (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Clear Bus error flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ICR BERRCF LL_I2C_ClearFlag_BERR
LL_I2C_ClearFlag_ARLO
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_ClearFlag_ARLO (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Clear Arbitration lost flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ICR ARLOCF LL_I2C_ClearFlag_ARLO
LL_I2C_ClearFlag_OVR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_ClearFlag_OVR (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Clear Overrun/Underrun flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ICR OVRCF LL_I2C_ClearFlag_OVR
LL_I2C_ClearSMBusFlag_PECERR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_ClearSMBusFlag_PECERR (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1585/2236

UM1905
Clear SMBus PEC error flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• ICR PECCF LL_I2C_ClearSMBusFlag_PECERR
LL_I2C_ClearSMBusFlag_TIMEOUT
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_ClearSMBusFlag_TIMEOUT (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Clear SMBus Timeout detection flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• ICR TIMOUTCF LL_I2C_ClearSMBusFlag_TIMEOUT
LL_I2C_ClearSMBusFlag_ALERT
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_ClearSMBusFlag_ALERT (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Clear SMBus Alert flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• ICR ALERTCF LL_I2C_ClearSMBusFlag_ALERT
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1586/2236

UM1905
LL_I2C_EnableAutoEndMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableAutoEndMode (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Enable automatic STOP condition generation (master mode).
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Automatic end mode : a STOP condition is automatically sent when NBYTES data are transferred. This bit
has no effect in slave mode or when RELOAD bit is set.

• CR2 AUTOEND LL_I2C_EnableAutoEndMode
LL_I2C_DisableAutoEndMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableAutoEndMode (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Disable automatic STOP condition generation (master mode).
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Software end mode : TC flag is set when NBYTES data are transferre, stretching SCL low.

• CR2 AUTOEND LL_I2C_DisableAutoEndMode
LL_I2C_IsEnabledAutoEndMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledAutoEndMode (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Check if automatic STOP condition is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1587/2236

UM1905

• CR2 AUTOEND LL_I2C_IsEnabledAutoEndMode
LL_I2C_EnableReloadMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableReloadMode (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Enable reload mode (master mode).
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The transfer is not completed after the NBYTES data transfer, NBYTES will be reloaded when TCR flag is
set.

• CR2 RELOAD LL_I2C_EnableReloadMode
LL_I2C_DisableReloadMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableReloadMode (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Disable reload mode (master mode).
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The transfer is completed after the NBYTES data transfer(STOP or RESTART will follow).

• CR2 RELOAD LL_I2C_DisableReloadMode
LL_I2C_IsEnabledReloadMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledReloadMode (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Check if reload mode is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1588/2236

UM1905

• CR2 RELOAD LL_I2C_IsEnabledReloadMode
LL_I2C_SetTransferSize
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_SetTransferSize (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx, uint32_t TransferSize)
Configure the number of bytes for transfer.
Parameters
• TransferSize: This parameter must be a value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Changing these bits when START bit is set is not allowed.

• CR2 NBYTES LL_I2C_SetTransferSize
LL_I2C_GetTransferSize
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetTransferSize (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Get the number of bytes configured for transfer.
Parameters
Return values

• CR2 NBYTES LL_I2C_GetTransferSize
LL_I2C_AcknowledgeNextData
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_AcknowledgeNextData (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx, uint32_t TypeAcknowledge)
Prepare the generation of a ACKnowledge or Non ACKnowledge condition after the address receive match code
or next received byte.
Parameters
• TypeAcknowledge: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_I2C_ACK
– LL_I2C_NACK
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1589/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Usage in Slave mode only.

• CR2 NACK LL_I2C_AcknowledgeNextData
LL_I2C_GenerateStartCondition
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_GenerateStartCondition (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Generate a START or RESTART condition.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The START bit can be set even if bus is BUSY or I2C is in slave mode. This action has no effect when
RELOAD is set.

• CR2 START LL_I2C_GenerateStartCondition
LL_I2C_GenerateStopCondition
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_GenerateStopCondition (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Generate a STOP condition after the current byte transfer (master mode).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR2 STOP LL_I2C_GenerateStopCondition
LL_I2C_EnableAuto10BitRead
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableAuto10BitRead (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Enable automatic RESTART Read request condition for 10bit address header (master mode).
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1590/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The master sends the complete 10bit slave address read sequence : Start + 2 bytes 10bit address in Write
direction + Restart + first 7 bits of 10bit address in Read direction.

• CR2 HEAD10R LL_I2C_EnableAuto10BitRead
LL_I2C_DisableAuto10BitRead
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_DisableAuto10BitRead (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Disable automatic RESTART Read request condition for 10bit address header (master mode).
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The master only sends the first 7 bits of 10bit address in Read direction.

• CR2 HEAD10R LL_I2C_DisableAuto10BitRead
LL_I2C_IsEnabledAuto10BitRead
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledAuto10BitRead (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Check if automatic RESTART Read request condition for 10bit address header is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR2 HEAD10R LL_I2C_IsEnabledAuto10BitRead
LL_I2C_SetTransferRequest
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_SetTransferRequest (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx, uint32_t TransferRequest)
Configure the transfer direction (master mode).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1591/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• TransferRequest: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_I2C_REQUEST_WRITE
– LL_I2C_REQUEST_READ
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR2 RD_WRN LL_I2C_SetTransferRequest
LL_I2C_GetTransferRequest
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetTransferRequest (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Get the transfer direction requested (master mode).
Parameters
Return values
– LL_I2C_REQUEST_WRITE
– LL_I2C_REQUEST_READ

• CR2 RD_WRN LL_I2C_GetTransferRequest
LL_I2C_SetSlaveAddr
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_SetSlaveAddr (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx, uint32_t SlaveAddr)
Configure the slave address for transfer (master mode).
Parameters
• SlaveAddr: This parameter must be a value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x3F.
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR2 SADD LL_I2C_SetSlaveAddr
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1592/2236

UM1905
LL_I2C_GetSlaveAddr
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetSlaveAddr (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Get the slave address programmed for transfer.
Parameters
Return values

• CR2 SADD LL_I2C_GetSlaveAddr
LL_I2C_HandleTransfer
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_HandleTransfer (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx, uint32_t SlaveAddr, uint32_t
SlaveAddrSize, uint32_t TransferSize, uint32_t EndMode, uint32_t Request)
Handles I2Cx communication when starting transfer or during transfer (TC or TCR flag are set).
Parameters
• SlaveAddr: Specifies the slave address to be programmed.
• SlaveAddrSize: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_I2C_ADDRSLAVE_7BIT
– LL_I2C_ADDRSLAVE_10BIT
• TransferSize: Specifies the number of bytes to be programmed. This parameter must be a value between
Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255.
• EndMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_I2C_MODE_RELOAD
– LL_I2C_MODE_AUTOEND
– LL_I2C_MODE_SOFTEND
– LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_RELOAD
– LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_AUTOEND_NO_PEC
– LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_SOFTEND_NO_PEC
– LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_AUTOEND_WITH_PEC
– LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_SOFTEND_WITH_PEC
• Request: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_I2C_GENERATE_NOSTARTSTOP
– LL_I2C_GENERATE_STOP
– LL_I2C_GENERATE_START_READ
– LL_I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE
– LL_I2C_GENERATE_RESTART_7BIT_READ
– LL_I2C_GENERATE_RESTART_7BIT_WRITE
– LL_I2C_GENERATE_RESTART_10BIT_READ
– LL_I2C_GENERATE_RESTART_10BIT_WRITE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1593/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• CR2 SADD LL_I2C_HandleTransfer
• CR2 ADD10 LL_I2C_HandleTransfer
• CR2 RD_WRN LL_I2C_HandleTransfer
• CR2 START LL_I2C_HandleTransfer
• CR2 STOP LL_I2C_HandleTransfer
• CR2 RELOAD LL_I2C_HandleTransfer
• CR2 NBYTES LL_I2C_HandleTransfer
• CR2 AUTOEND LL_I2C_HandleTransfer
• CR2 HEAD10R LL_I2C_HandleTransfer
LL_I2C_GetTransferDirection
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetTransferDirection (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Indicate the value of transfer direction (slave mode).
Parameters
Return values
– LL_I2C_DIRECTION_WRITE
– LL_I2C_DIRECTION_READ
Notes
• RESET: Write transfer, Slave enters in receiver mode. SET: Read transfer, Slave enters in transmitter
mode.

• ISR DIR LL_I2C_GetTransferDirection
LL_I2C_GetAddressMatchCode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetAddressMatchCode (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Return the slave matched address.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR ADDCODE LL_I2C_GetAddressMatchCode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1594/2236

UM1905
LL_I2C_EnableSMBusPECCompare
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_EnableSMBusPECCompare (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Enable internal comparison of the SMBus Packet Error byte (transmission or reception mode).
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This feature is cleared by hardware when the PEC byte is transferred, or when a STOP condition or an
Address Matched is received. This bit has no effect when RELOAD bit is set. This bit has no effect in
device mode when SBC bit is not set.

• CR2 PECBYTE LL_I2C_EnableSMBusPECCompare
LL_I2C_IsEnabledSMBusPECCompare
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_IsEnabledSMBusPECCompare (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Check if the SMBus Packet Error byte internal comparison is requested or not.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• CR2 PECBYTE LL_I2C_IsEnabledSMBusPECCompare
LL_I2C_GetSMBusPEC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2C_GetSMBusPEC (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Get the SMBus Packet Error byte calculated.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1595/2236

UM1905
Return values
Notes

• PECR PEC LL_I2C_GetSMBusPEC
LL_I2C_ReceiveData8
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint8_t LL_I2C_ReceiveData8 (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
Read Receive Data register.
Parameters
Return values

• RXDR RXDATA LL_I2C_ReceiveData8
LL_I2C_TransmitData8
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2C_TransmitData8 (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx, uint8_t Data)
Write in Transmit Data Register .
Parameters
• Data: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF
Return values
• None:

• TXDR TXDATA LL_I2C_TransmitData8
LL_I2C_Init
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_I2C_Init (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx, LL_I2C_InitTypeDef * I2C_InitStruct)
Initialize the I2C registers according to the specified parameters in I2C_InitStruct.
Parameters
• I2C_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1596/2236

UM1905
Return values
– SUCCESS: I2C registers are initialized
LL_I2C_DeInit
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_I2C_DeInit (I2C_TypeDef * I2Cx)
De-initialize the I2C registers to their default reset values.
Parameters
Return values
– SUCCESS: I2C registers are de-initialized
– ERROR: I2C registers are not de-initialized
LL_I2C_StructInit
Function name
void LL_I2C_StructInit (LL_I2C_InitTypeDef * I2C_InitStruct)
Set each LL_I2C_InitTypeDef field to default value.
Parameters
• I2C_InitStruct: Pointer to a LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure.
Return values
• None:
83.3 I2C Firmware driver defines

83.3.1 I2C
I2C
Master Addressing Mode
LL_I2C_ADDRESSING_MODE_7BIT
Master operates in 7-bit addressing mode.
LL_I2C_ADDRESSING_MODE_10BIT
Master operates in 10-bit addressing mode.
Slave Address Length
LL_I2C_ADDRSLAVE_7BIT
Slave Address in 7-bit.
LL_I2C_ADDRSLAVE_10BIT
Slave Address in 10-bit.
Analog Filter Selection
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1597/2236

UM1905
LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE
Analog filter is enabled.
LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE
Analog filter is disabled.
Clear Flags Defines
LL_I2C_ICR_ADDRCF
Address Matched flag
LL_I2C_ICR_NACKCF
Not Acknowledge flag
LL_I2C_ICR_STOPCF
Stop detection flag
LL_I2C_ICR_BERRCF
Bus error flag
LL_I2C_ICR_ARLOCF
Arbitration Lost flag
LL_I2C_ICR_OVRCF
Overrun/Underrun flag
LL_I2C_ICR_PECCF
PEC error flag
LL_I2C_ICR_TIMOUTCF
Timeout detection flag
LL_I2C_ICR_ALERTCF
Alert flag
Read Write Direction
LL_I2C_DIRECTION_WRITE
Write transfer request by master, slave enters receiver mode.
LL_I2C_DIRECTION_READ
Read transfer request by master, slave enters transmitter mode.
DMA Register Data
LL_I2C_DMA_REG_DATA_TRANSMIT
Get address of data register used for transmission
LL_I2C_DMA_REG_DATA_RECEIVE
Get address of data register used for reception
Start And Stop Generation
LL_I2C_GENERATE_NOSTARTSTOP
Don't Generate Stop and Start condition.
LL_I2C_GENERATE_STOP
Generate Stop condition (Size should be set to 0).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1598/2236

UM1905
LL_I2C_GENERATE_START_READ
Generate Start for read request.
LL_I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE
Generate Start for write request.
LL_I2C_GENERATE_RESTART_7BIT_READ
Generate Restart for read request, slave 7Bit address.
LL_I2C_GENERATE_RESTART_7BIT_WRITE
Generate Restart for write request, slave 7Bit address.
LL_I2C_GENERATE_RESTART_10BIT_READ
Generate Restart for read request, slave 10Bit address.
LL_I2C_GENERATE_RESTART_10BIT_WRITE
Generate Restart for write request, slave 10Bit address.
Get Flags Defines
LL_I2C_ISR_TXE
Transmit data register empty
LL_I2C_ISR_TXIS
Transmit interrupt status
LL_I2C_ISR_RXNE
Receive data register not empty
LL_I2C_ISR_ADDR
Address matched (slave mode)
LL_I2C_ISR_NACKF
Not Acknowledge received flag
LL_I2C_ISR_STOPF
Stop detection flag
LL_I2C_ISR_TC
Transfer Complete (master mode)
LL_I2C_ISR_TCR
Transfer Complete Reload
LL_I2C_ISR_BERR
Bus error
LL_I2C_ISR_ARLO
Arbitration lost
LL_I2C_ISR_OVR
Overrun/Underrun (slave mode)
LL_I2C_ISR_PECERR
PEC Error in reception (SMBus mode)
LL_I2C_ISR_TIMEOUT
Timeout detection flag (SMBus mode)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1599/2236

UM1905
LL_I2C_ISR_ALERT
SMBus alert (SMBus mode)
LL_I2C_ISR_BUSY
Bus busy
Acknowledge Generation
LL_I2C_ACK
ACK is sent after current received byte.
LL_I2C_NACK
NACK is sent after current received byte.
IT Defines
LL_I2C_CR1_TXIE
TX Interrupt enable
LL_I2C_CR1_RXIE
RX Interrupt enable
LL_I2C_CR1_ADDRIE
Address match Interrupt enable (slave only)
LL_I2C_CR1_NACKIE
Not acknowledge received Interrupt enable
LL_I2C_CR1_STOPIE
STOP detection Interrupt enable
LL_I2C_CR1_TCIE
Transfer Complete interrupt enable
LL_I2C_CR1_ERRIE
Error interrupts enable
Transfer End Mode
LL_I2C_MODE_RELOAD
Enable I2C Reload mode.
LL_I2C_MODE_AUTOEND
Enable I2C Automatic end mode with no HW PEC comparison.
LL_I2C_MODE_SOFTEND
Enable I2C Software end mode with no HW PEC comparison.
LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_RELOAD
Enable SMBUS Automatic end mode with HW PEC comparison.
LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_AUTOEND_NO_PEC
LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_SOFTEND_NO_PEC
Enable SMBUS Software end mode with HW PEC comparison.
LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_AUTOEND_WITH_PEC
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1600/2236

UM1905
LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_SOFTEND_WITH_PEC
Enable SMBUS Software end mode with HW PEC comparison.
Own Address 1 Length
LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT
Own address 1 is a 7-bit address.
LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_10BIT
Own address 1 is a 10-bit address.
Own Address 2 Masks
LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS2_NOMASK
Own Address2 No mask.
LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS2_MASK01
Only Address2 bits[7:2] are compared.
Only Address2 bits[7] are compared.
No comparison is done. All Address2 are acknowledged.
Peripheral Mode
LL_I2C_MODE_I2C
I2C Master or Slave mode
LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_HOST
SMBus Host address acknowledge
LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE
SMBus Device default mode (Default address not acknowledge)
LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE_ARP
SMBus Device Default address acknowledge
Transfer Request Direction
LL_I2C_REQUEST_WRITE
Master request a write transfer.
LL_I2C_REQUEST_READ
Master request a read transfer.
SMBus TimeoutA Mode SCL SDA Timeout
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1601/2236

UM1905
LL_I2C_SMBUS_TIMEOUTA_MODE_SCL_LOW
TimeoutA is used to detect SCL low level timeout.
LL_I2C_SMBUS_TIMEOUTA_MODE_SDA_SCL_HIGH
TimeoutA is used to detect both SCL and SDA high level timeout.
SMBus Timeout Selection
LL_I2C_SMBUS_TIMEOUTA
TimeoutA enable bit
LL_I2C_SMBUS_TIMEOUTB
TimeoutB (extended clock) enable bit
LL_I2C_SMBUS_ALL_TIMEOUT
TimeoutA and TimeoutB (extended clock) enable bits
Convert SDA SCL timings
__LL_I2C_CONVERT_TIMINGS
Description:
• Configure the SDA setup, hold time and the SCL high, low period.
Parameters:
• __PRESCALER__: This parameter must be a value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xF.
• __DATA_SETUP_TIME__: This parameter must be a value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xF.
(tscldel = (SCLDEL+1)xtpresc)
• __DATA_HOLD_TIME__: This parameter must be a value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xF.
(tsdadel = SDADELxtpresc)
• __CLOCK_HIGH_PERIOD__: This parameter must be a value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF.
(tsclh = (SCLH+1)xtpresc)
• __CLOCK_LOW_PERIOD__: This parameter must be a value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF.
(tscll = (SCLL+1)xtpresc)
Return value:
• Value: between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF
LL_I2C_WriteReg
Description:
• Write a value in I2C register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: I2C Instance
Return value:
• None
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1602/2236

UM1905
LL_I2C_ReadReg
Description:
• Read a value in I2C register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: I2C Instance
Return value:
• Register: value
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1603/2236

UM1905
LL IWDG Generic Driver
84 LL IWDG Generic Driver
84.1 IWDG Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the IWDG library.
LL_IWDG_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_IWDG_Enable (IWDG_TypeDef * IWDGx)
Start the Independent Watchdog.
Parameters
• IWDGx: IWDG Instance
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Except if the hardware watchdog option is selected

• KR KEY LL_IWDG_Enable
LL_IWDG_ReloadCounter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_IWDG_ReloadCounter (IWDG_TypeDef * IWDGx)
Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• KR KEY LL_IWDG_ReloadCounter
LL_IWDG_EnableWriteAccess
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_IWDG_EnableWriteAccess (IWDG_TypeDef * IWDGx)
Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1604/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• KR KEY LL_IWDG_EnableWriteAccess
LL_IWDG_DisableWriteAccess
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_IWDG_DisableWriteAccess (IWDG_TypeDef * IWDGx)
Disable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• KR KEY LL_IWDG_DisableWriteAccess
LL_IWDG_SetPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_IWDG_SetPrescaler (IWDG_TypeDef * IWDGx, uint32_t Prescaler)
Select the prescaler of the IWDG.
Parameters
• Prescaler: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_IWDG_PRESCALER_4
Return values
• None:

• PR PR LL_IWDG_SetPrescaler
LL_IWDG_GetPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_IWDG_GetPrescaler (IWDG_TypeDef * IWDGx)
Get the selected prescaler of the IWDG.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1605/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values

• PR PR LL_IWDG_GetPrescaler
LL_IWDG_SetReloadCounter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_IWDG_SetReloadCounter (IWDG_TypeDef * IWDGx, uint32_t Counter)
Specify the IWDG down-counter reload value.
Parameters
• Counter: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0x0FFF
Return values
• None:

• RLR RL LL_IWDG_SetReloadCounter
LL_IWDG_GetReloadCounter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_IWDG_GetReloadCounter (IWDG_TypeDef * IWDGx)
Get the specified IWDG down-counter reload value.
Parameters
Return values
• Value: between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0x0FFF

• RLR RL LL_IWDG_GetReloadCounter
LL_IWDG_SetWindow
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_IWDG_SetWindow (IWDG_TypeDef * IWDGx, uint32_t Window)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1606/2236

UM1905
Specify high limit of the window value to be compared to the down-counter.
Parameters
• Window: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0x0FFF
Return values
• None:

• WINR WIN LL_IWDG_SetWindow
LL_IWDG_GetWindow
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_IWDG_GetWindow (IWDG_TypeDef * IWDGx)
Get the high limit of the window value specified.
Parameters
Return values
• Value: between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0x0FFF

• WINR WIN LL_IWDG_GetWindow
LL_IWDG_IsActiveFlag_PVU
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_IWDG_IsActiveFlag_PVU (IWDG_TypeDef * IWDGx)
Check if flag Prescaler Value Update is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• SR PVU LL_IWDG_IsActiveFlag_PVU
LL_IWDG_IsActiveFlag_RVU
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_IWDG_IsActiveFlag_RVU (IWDG_TypeDef * IWDGx)
Check if flag Reload Value Update is set or not.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1607/2236

UM1905
Return values

• SR RVU LL_IWDG_IsActiveFlag_RVU
LL_IWDG_IsActiveFlag_WVU
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_IWDG_IsActiveFlag_WVU (IWDG_TypeDef * IWDGx)
Check if flag Window Value Update is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• SR WVU LL_IWDG_IsActiveFlag_WVU
LL_IWDG_IsReady
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_IWDG_IsReady (IWDG_TypeDef * IWDGx)
Check if all flags Prescaler, Reload & Window Value Update are reset or not.
Parameters
Return values
• State: of bits (1 or 0).

• SR PVU LL_IWDG_IsReady
• SR WVU LL_IWDG_IsReady
• SR RVU LL_IWDG_IsReady
84.2 IWDG Firmware driver defines

84.2.1 IWDG
IWDG
Get Flags Defines
LL_IWDG_SR_PVU
Watchdog prescaler value update
LL_IWDG_SR_RVU
Watchdog counter reload value update
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1608/2236

UM1905
LL_IWDG_SR_WVU
Watchdog counter window value update
Prescaler Divider
LL_IWDG_PRESCALER_4
Divider by 4
LL_IWDG_PRESCALER_8
Divider by 8
LL_IWDG_PRESCALER_16
Divider by 16
Divider by 32
Divider by 64
Divider by 128
Divider by 256
LL_IWDG_WriteReg
Description:
• Write a value in IWDG register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: IWDG Instance
Return value:
• None
LL_IWDG_ReadReg
Description:
• Read a value in IWDG register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: IWDG Instance
Return value:
• Register: value
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1609/2236

UM1905
LL LPTIM Generic Driver
85 LL LPTIM Generic Driver
85.1 LPTIM Firmware driver registers structures
85.1.1 LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef
LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_lptim.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Waveform
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef::ClockSource
Specifies the source of the clock used by the LPTIM instance. This parameter can be a value of
LPTIM_LL_EC_CLK_SOURCE.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_LPTIM_SetClockSource().
• uint32_t LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef::Prescaler
Specifies the prescaler division ratio. This parameter can be a value of LPTIM_LL_EC_PRESCALER.This
feature can be modified afterwards using using unitary function LL_LPTIM_SetPrescaler().
• uint32_t LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef::Waveform
Specifies the waveform shape. This parameter can be a value of
LPTIM_LL_EC_OUTPUT_WAVEFORM.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_LPTIM_ConfigOutput().
• uint32_t LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef::Polarity
Specifies waveform polarity. This parameter can be a value of LPTIM_LL_EC_OUTPUT_POLARITY.This
feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_LPTIM_ConfigOutput().
85.2 LPTIM Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the LPTIM library.
LL_LPTIM_DeInit
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_LPTIM_DeInit (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Set LPTIMx registers to their reset values.
Parameters
• LPTIMx: LP Timer instance
Return values
– SUCCESS: LPTIMx registers are de-initialized
– ERROR: invalid LPTIMx instance
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1610/2236

UM1905
LL_LPTIM_StructInit
Function name
void LL_LPTIM_StructInit (LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef * LPTIM_InitStruct)
Set each fields of the LPTIM_InitStruct structure to its default value.
Parameters
• LPTIM_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef structure
Return values
• None:
LL_LPTIM_Init
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_LPTIM_Init (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx, LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef * LPTIM_InitStruct)
Configure the LPTIMx peripheral according to the specified parameters.
Parameters
• LPTIMx: LP Timer Instance
• LPTIM_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef structure
Return values
– SUCCESS: LPTIMx instance has been initialized
– ERROR: LPTIMx instance hasn't been initialized
Notes
• LL_LPTIM_Init can only be called when the LPTIM instance is disabled.
• LPTIMx can be disabled using unitary function LL_LPTIM_Disable().
LL_LPTIM_Disable
Function name
void LL_LPTIM_Disable (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Disable the LPTIM instance.
Parameters
• LPTIMx: Low-Power Timer instance
Return values
• None:
Notes
section.

• CR ENABLE LL_LPTIM_Disable
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1611/2236

UM1905
LL_LPTIM_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_Enable (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Enable the LPTIM instance.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• After setting the ENABLE bit, a delay of two counter clock is needed before the LPTIM instance is actually
enabled.

• CR ENABLE LL_LPTIM_Enable
LL_LPTIM_IsEnabled
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_IsEnabled (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Indicates whether the LPTIM instance is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR ENABLE LL_LPTIM_IsEnabled
LL_LPTIM_StartCounter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_StartCounter (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx, uint32_t OperatingMode)
Starts the LPTIM counter in the desired mode.
Parameters
• OperatingMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_LPTIM_OPERATING_MODE_CONTINUOUS
– LL_LPTIM_OPERATING_MODE_ONESHOT
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1612/2236

UM1905
Notes
• LPTIM instance must be enabled before starting the counter.
• It is possible to change on the fly from One Shot mode to Continuous mode.

• CR CNTSTRT LL_LPTIM_StartCounter
• CR SNGSTRT LL_LPTIM_StartCounter
LL_LPTIM_SetUpdateMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_SetUpdateMode (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx, uint32_t UpdateMode)
Set the LPTIM registers update mode (enable/disable register preload)
Parameters
• UpdateMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_LPTIM_UPDATE_MODE_IMMEDIATE
– LL_LPTIM_UPDATE_MODE_ENDOFPERIOD
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This function must be called when the LPTIM instance is disabled.

• CFGR PRELOAD LL_LPTIM_SetUpdateMode
LL_LPTIM_GetUpdateMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_GetUpdateMode (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Get the LPTIM registers update mode.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_LPTIM_UPDATE_MODE_IMMEDIATE
– LL_LPTIM_UPDATE_MODE_ENDOFPERIOD

• CFGR PRELOAD LL_LPTIM_GetUpdateMode
LL_LPTIM_SetAutoReload
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_SetAutoReload (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx, uint32_t AutoReload)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1613/2236

UM1905
Set the auto reload value.
Parameters
• AutoReload: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The LPTIMx_ARR register content must only be modified when the LPTIM is enabled
• After a write to the LPTIMx_ARR register a new write operation to the same register can only be performed
when the previous write operation is completed. Any successive write before the ARROK flag is set, will
lead to unpredictable results.
• autoreload value be strictly greater than the compare value.

• ARR ARR LL_LPTIM_SetAutoReload
LL_LPTIM_GetAutoReload
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_GetAutoReload (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Get actual auto reload value.
Parameters
Return values
• AutoReload: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFFFF

• ARR ARR LL_LPTIM_GetAutoReload
LL_LPTIM_SetCompare
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_SetCompare (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx, uint32_t CompareValue)
Set the compare value.
Parameters
• CompareValue: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
Return values
• None:
Notes
• After a write to the LPTIMx_CMP register a new write operation to the same register can only be performed
when the previous write operation is completed. Any successive write before the CMPOK flag is set, will
lead to unpredictable results.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1614/2236

UM1905

• CMP CMP LL_LPTIM_SetCompare
LL_LPTIM_GetCompare
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_GetCompare (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Get actual compare value.
Parameters
Return values
• CompareValue: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFFFF

• CMP CMP LL_LPTIM_GetCompare
LL_LPTIM_GetCounter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_GetCounter (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Get actual counter value.
Parameters
Return values
• Counter: value
Notes
• When the LPTIM instance is running with an asynchronous clock, reading the LPTIMx_CNT register may
return unreliable values. So in this case it is necessary to perform two consecutive read accesses and
verify that the two returned values are identical.

• CNT CNT LL_LPTIM_GetCounter
LL_LPTIM_SetCounterMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_SetCounterMode (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx, uint32_t CounterMode)
Set the counter mode (selection of the LPTIM counter clock source).
Parameters
• CounterMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_LPTIM_COUNTER_MODE_INTERNAL
– LL_LPTIM_COUNTER_MODE_EXTERNAL
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1615/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The counter mode can be set only when the LPTIM instance is disabled.

• CFGR COUNTMODE LL_LPTIM_SetCounterMode
LL_LPTIM_GetCounterMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_GetCounterMode (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Get the counter mode.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_LPTIM_COUNTER_MODE_INTERNAL
– LL_LPTIM_COUNTER_MODE_EXTERNAL

• CFGR COUNTMODE LL_LPTIM_GetCounterMode
LL_LPTIM_ConfigOutput
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_ConfigOutput (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx, uint32_t Waveform, uint32_t
Polarity)
Configure the LPTIM instance output (LPTIMx_OUT)
Parameters
• Waveform: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_WAVEFORM_PWM
– LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_WAVEFORM_SETONCE
• Polarity: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY_REGULAR
– LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY_INVERSE
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Regarding the LPTIM output polarity the change takes effect immediately, so the output default value will
change immediately after the polarity is re-configured, even before the timer is enabled.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1616/2236

UM1905

• CFGR WAVE LL_LPTIM_ConfigOutput
• CFGR WAVPOL LL_LPTIM_ConfigOutput
LL_LPTIM_SetWaveform
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_SetWaveform (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx, uint32_t Waveform)
Set waveform shape.
Parameters
• Waveform: This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• None:

• CFGR WAVE LL_LPTIM_SetWaveform
LL_LPTIM_GetWaveform
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_GetWaveform (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Get actual waveform shape.
Parameters
Return values

• CFGR WAVE LL_LPTIM_GetWaveform
LL_LPTIM_SetPolarity
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_SetPolarity (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx, uint32_t Polarity)
Set output polarity.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1617/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CFGR WAVPOL LL_LPTIM_SetPolarity
LL_LPTIM_GetPolarity
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_GetPolarity (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Get actual output polarity.
Parameters
Return values

• CFGR WAVPOL LL_LPTIM_GetPolarity
LL_LPTIM_SetPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_SetPrescaler (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx, uint32_t Prescaler)
Set actual prescaler division ratio.
Parameters
– LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV1
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1618/2236

UM1905
Notes
• When the LPTIM is configured to be clocked by an internal clock source and the LPTIM counter is
configured to be updated by active edges detected on the LPTIM external Input1, the internal clock
provided to the LPTIM must be not be prescaled.

• CFGR PRESC LL_LPTIM_SetPrescaler
LL_LPTIM_GetPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_GetPrescaler (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Get actual prescaler division ratio.
Parameters
Return values

• CFGR PRESC LL_LPTIM_GetPrescaler
LL_LPTIM_EnableTimeout
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_EnableTimeout (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Enable the timeout function.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
will restart.
• The timeout value corresponds to the compare value; if no trigger occurs within the expected time frame,
the MCU is waked-up by the compare match event.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1619/2236

UM1905

• CFGR TIMOUT LL_LPTIM_EnableTimeout
LL_LPTIM_DisableTimeout
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_DisableTimeout (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Disable the timeout function.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• A trigger event arriving when the timer is already started will be ignored.

• CFGR TIMOUT LL_LPTIM_DisableTimeout
LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledTimeout
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledTimeout (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Indicate whether the timeout function is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CFGR TIMOUT LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledTimeout
LL_LPTIM_TrigSw
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_TrigSw (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Start the LPTIM counter.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1620/2236

UM1905

• CFGR TRIGEN LL_LPTIM_TrigSw
LL_LPTIM_ConfigTrigger
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_ConfigTrigger (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx, uint32_t Source, uint32_t
Filter, uint32_t Polarity)
Configure the external trigger used as a trigger event for the LPTIM.
Parameters
– LL_LPTIM_TRIG_SOURCE_GPIO
– LL_LPTIM_TRIG_SOURCE_RTCALARMA
– LL_LPTIM_TRIG_SOURCE_RTCALARMB
– LL_LPTIM_TRIG_SOURCE_RTCTAMP1
– LL_LPTIM_TRIG_SOURCE_COMP1
• Filter: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_LPTIM_TRIG_FILTER_NONE
– LL_LPTIM_TRIG_FILTER_2
– LL_LPTIM_TRIG_POLARITY_RISING
– LL_LPTIM_TRIG_POLARITY_FALLING
– LL_LPTIM_TRIG_POLARITY_RISING_FALLING
Return values
• None:
Notes
• An internal clock source must be present when a digital filter is required for the trigger.

• CFGR TRIGSEL LL_LPTIM_ConfigTrigger
• CFGR TRGFLT LL_LPTIM_ConfigTrigger
• CFGR TRIGEN LL_LPTIM_ConfigTrigger
LL_LPTIM_GetTriggerSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_GetTriggerSource (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Get actual external trigger source.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1621/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
– LL_LPTIM_TRIG_SOURCE_GPIO
– LL_LPTIM_TRIG_SOURCE_RTCALARMA
– LL_LPTIM_TRIG_SOURCE_RTCALARMB

• CFGR TRIGSEL LL_LPTIM_GetTriggerSource
LL_LPTIM_GetTriggerFilter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_GetTriggerFilter (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Get actual external trigger filter.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_LPTIM_TRIG_FILTER_NONE

• CFGR TRGFLT LL_LPTIM_GetTriggerFilter
LL_LPTIM_GetTriggerPolarity
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_GetTriggerPolarity (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Get actual external trigger polarity.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_LPTIM_TRIG_POLARITY_RISING
– LL_LPTIM_TRIG_POLARITY_FALLING
– LL_LPTIM_TRIG_POLARITY_RISING_FALLING
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1622/2236

UM1905

• CFGR TRIGEN LL_LPTIM_GetTriggerPolarity
LL_LPTIM_SetClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_SetClockSource (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx, uint32_t ClockSource)
Set the source of the clock used by the LPTIM instance.
Parameters
• ClockSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_LPTIM_CLK_SOURCE_INTERNAL
– LL_LPTIM_CLK_SOURCE_EXTERNAL
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CFGR CKSEL LL_LPTIM_SetClockSource
LL_LPTIM_GetClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_GetClockSource (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Get actual LPTIM instance clock source.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_LPTIM_CLK_SOURCE_INTERNAL
– LL_LPTIM_CLK_SOURCE_EXTERNAL

• CFGR CKSEL LL_LPTIM_GetClockSource
LL_LPTIM_ConfigClock
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_ConfigClock (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx, uint32_t ClockFilter, uint32_t
ClockPolarity)
Configure the active edge or edges used by the counter when the LPTIM is clocked by an external clock source.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1623/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• ClockFilter: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_LPTIM_CLK_FILTER_NONE
– LL_LPTIM_CLK_FILTER_2
• ClockPolarity: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_LPTIM_CLK_POLARITY_RISING
– LL_LPTIM_CLK_POLARITY_FALLING
– LL_LPTIM_CLK_POLARITY_RISING_FALLING
Return values
• None:
Notes
• When both external clock signal edges are considered active ones, the LPTIM must also be clocked by an
internal clock source with a frequency equal to at least four times the external clock frequency.
• An internal clock source must be present when a digital filter is required for external clock.

• CFGR CKFLT LL_LPTIM_ConfigClock
• CFGR CKPOL LL_LPTIM_ConfigClock
LL_LPTIM_GetClockPolarity
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_GetClockPolarity (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Get actual clock polarity.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_LPTIM_CLK_POLARITY_RISING
– LL_LPTIM_CLK_POLARITY_FALLING
– LL_LPTIM_CLK_POLARITY_RISING_FALLING

• CFGR CKPOL LL_LPTIM_GetClockPolarity
LL_LPTIM_GetClockFilter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_GetClockFilter (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Get actual clock digital filter.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1624/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
– LL_LPTIM_CLK_FILTER_NONE

• CFGR CKFLT LL_LPTIM_GetClockFilter
LL_LPTIM_SetEncoderMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_SetEncoderMode (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx, uint32_t EncoderMode)
Configure the encoder mode.
Parameters
• EncoderMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_LPTIM_ENCODER_MODE_RISING
– LL_LPTIM_ENCODER_MODE_FALLING
– LL_LPTIM_ENCODER_MODE_RISING_FALLING
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CFGR CKPOL LL_LPTIM_SetEncoderMode
LL_LPTIM_GetEncoderMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_GetEncoderMode (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Get actual encoder mode.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_LPTIM_ENCODER_MODE_RISING
– LL_LPTIM_ENCODER_MODE_FALLING
– LL_LPTIM_ENCODER_MODE_RISING_FALLING
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1625/2236

UM1905

• CFGR CKPOL LL_LPTIM_GetEncoderMode
LL_LPTIM_EnableEncoderMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_EnableEncoderMode (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Enable the encoder mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• In this mode the LPTIM instance must be clocked by an internal clock source. Also, the prescaler division
ratio must be equal to 1.
• LPTIM instance must be configured in continuous mode prior enabling the encoder mode.

• CFGR ENC LL_LPTIM_EnableEncoderMode
LL_LPTIM_DisableEncoderMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_DisableEncoderMode (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Disable the encoder mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CFGR ENC LL_LPTIM_DisableEncoderMode
LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledEncoderMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledEncoderMode (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Indicates whether the LPTIM operates in encoder mode.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1626/2236

UM1905
Return values

• CFGR ENC LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledEncoderMode
LL_LPTIM_ClearFLAG_CMPM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_ClearFLAG_CMPM (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Clear the compare match flag (CMPMCF)
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ICR CMPMCF LL_LPTIM_ClearFLAG_CMPM
LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_CMPM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_CMPM (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Inform application whether a compare match interrupt has occurred.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR CMPM LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_CMPM
LL_LPTIM_ClearFLAG_ARRM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_ClearFLAG_ARRM (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Clear the autoreload match flag (ARRMCF)
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ICR ARRMCF LL_LPTIM_ClearFLAG_ARRM
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1627/2236

UM1905
LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_ARRM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_ARRM (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Inform application whether a autoreload match interrupt has occurred.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR ARRM LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_ARRM
LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_EXTTRIG
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_EXTTRIG (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Clear the external trigger valid edge flag(EXTTRIGCF).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ICR EXTTRIGCF LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_EXTTRIG
LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_EXTTRIG
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_EXTTRIG (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Inform application whether a valid edge on the selected external trigger input has occurred.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR EXTTRIG LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_EXTTRIG
LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_CMPOK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_CMPOK (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1628/2236

UM1905
Clear the compare register update interrupt flag (CMPOKCF).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ICR CMPOKCF LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_CMPOK
LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_CMPOK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_CMPOK (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Informs application whether the APB bus write operation to the LPTIMx_CMP register has been successfully
completed.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR CMPOK LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_CMPOK
LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_ARROK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_ARROK (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Clear the autoreload register update interrupt flag (ARROKCF).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ICR ARROKCF LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_ARROK
LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_ARROK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_ARROK (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Informs application whether the APB bus write operation to the LPTIMx_ARR register has been successfully
completed.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1629/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values

• ISR ARROK LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_ARROK
LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_UP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_UP (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Clear the counter direction change to up interrupt flag (UPCF).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ICR UPCF LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_UP
LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_UP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_UP (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Informs the application whether the counter direction has changed from down to up (when the LPTIM instance
operates in encoder mode).
Parameters
Return values

• ISR UP LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_UP
LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_DOWN
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_DOWN (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Clear the counter direction change to down interrupt flag (DOWNCF).
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1630/2236

UM1905

• ICR DOWNCF LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_DOWN
LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_DOWN
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_DOWN (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Informs the application whether the counter direction has changed from up to down (when the LPTIM instance
operates in encoder mode).
Parameters
Return values

• ISR DOWN LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_DOWN
LL_LPTIM_EnableIT_CMPM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_EnableIT_CMPM (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Enable compare match interrupt (CMPMIE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• IER CMPMIE LL_LPTIM_EnableIT_CMPM
LL_LPTIM_DisableIT_CMPM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_DisableIT_CMPM (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Disable compare match interrupt (CMPMIE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• IER CMPMIE LL_LPTIM_DisableIT_CMPM
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1631/2236

UM1905
LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledIT_CMPM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledIT_CMPM (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Indicates whether the compare match interrupt (CMPMIE) is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• IER CMPMIE LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledIT_CMPM
LL_LPTIM_EnableIT_ARRM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_EnableIT_ARRM (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Enable autoreload match interrupt (ARRMIE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• IER ARRMIE LL_LPTIM_EnableIT_ARRM
LL_LPTIM_DisableIT_ARRM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_DisableIT_ARRM (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Disable autoreload match interrupt (ARRMIE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• IER ARRMIE LL_LPTIM_DisableIT_ARRM
LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledIT_ARRM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledIT_ARRM (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1632/2236

UM1905
Indicates whether the autoreload match interrupt (ARRMIE) is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• IER ARRMIE LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledIT_ARRM
LL_LPTIM_EnableIT_EXTTRIG
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_EnableIT_EXTTRIG (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Enable external trigger valid edge interrupt (EXTTRIGIE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• IER EXTTRIGIE LL_LPTIM_EnableIT_EXTTRIG
LL_LPTIM_DisableIT_EXTTRIG
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_DisableIT_EXTTRIG (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Disable external trigger valid edge interrupt (EXTTRIGIE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• IER EXTTRIGIE LL_LPTIM_DisableIT_EXTTRIG
LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledIT_EXTTRIG
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledIT_EXTTRIG (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Indicates external trigger valid edge interrupt (EXTTRIGIE) is enabled.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1633/2236

UM1905
Return values

• IER EXTTRIGIE LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledIT_EXTTRIG
LL_LPTIM_EnableIT_CMPOK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_EnableIT_CMPOK (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Enable compare register write completed interrupt (CMPOKIE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• IER CMPOKIE LL_LPTIM_EnableIT_CMPOK
LL_LPTIM_DisableIT_CMPOK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_DisableIT_CMPOK (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Disable compare register write completed interrupt (CMPOKIE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• IER CMPOKIE LL_LPTIM_DisableIT_CMPOK
LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledIT_CMPOK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledIT_CMPOK (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Indicates whether the compare register write completed interrupt (CMPOKIE) is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• IER CMPOKIE LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledIT_CMPOK
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1634/2236

UM1905
LL_LPTIM_EnableIT_ARROK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_EnableIT_ARROK (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Enable autoreload register write completed interrupt (ARROKIE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• IER ARROKIE LL_LPTIM_EnableIT_ARROK
LL_LPTIM_DisableIT_ARROK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_DisableIT_ARROK (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Disable autoreload register write completed interrupt (ARROKIE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• IER ARROKIE LL_LPTIM_DisableIT_ARROK
LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledIT_ARROK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledIT_ARROK (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Indicates whether the autoreload register write completed interrupt (ARROKIE) is enabled.
Parameters
Return values
• State: of bit(1 or 0).

• IER ARROKIE LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledIT_ARROK
LL_LPTIM_EnableIT_UP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_EnableIT_UP (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1635/2236

UM1905
Enable direction change to up interrupt (UPIE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• IER UPIE LL_LPTIM_EnableIT_UP
LL_LPTIM_DisableIT_UP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_DisableIT_UP (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Disable direction change to up interrupt (UPIE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• IER UPIE LL_LPTIM_DisableIT_UP
LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledIT_UP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledIT_UP (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Indicates whether the direction change to up interrupt (UPIE) is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• IER UPIE LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledIT_UP
LL_LPTIM_EnableIT_DOWN
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_EnableIT_DOWN (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Enable direction change to down interrupt (DOWNIE).
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1636/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• IER DOWNIE LL_LPTIM_EnableIT_DOWN
LL_LPTIM_DisableIT_DOWN
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_LPTIM_DisableIT_DOWN (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Disable direction change to down interrupt (DOWNIE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• IER DOWNIE LL_LPTIM_DisableIT_DOWN
LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledIT_DOWN
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledIT_DOWN (LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx)
Indicates whether the direction change to down interrupt (DOWNIE) is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• IER DOWNIE LL_LPTIM_IsEnabledIT_DOWN
85.3 LPTIM Firmware driver defines

85.3.1 LPTIM
LPTIM
Clock Filter
LL_LPTIM_CLK_FILTER_NONE
Any external clock signal level change is considered as a valid transition
LL_LPTIM_CLK_FILTER_2
External clock signal level change must be stable for at least 2 clock periods before it is considered as valid
transition
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1637/2236

UM1905
transition
transition
Clock Polarity
LL_LPTIM_CLK_POLARITY_RISING
The rising edge is the active edge used for counting
LL_LPTIM_CLK_POLARITY_FALLING
The falling edge is the active edge used for counting
LL_LPTIM_CLK_POLARITY_RISING_FALLING
Both edges are active edges
Clock Source
LL_LPTIM_CLK_SOURCE_INTERNAL
LPTIM is clocked by internal clock source (APB clock or any of the embedded oscillators)
LL_LPTIM_CLK_SOURCE_EXTERNAL
LPTIM is clocked by an external clock source through the LPTIM external Input1
Counter Mode
LL_LPTIM_COUNTER_MODE_INTERNAL
The counter is incremented following each internal clock pulse
LL_LPTIM_COUNTER_MODE_EXTERNAL
The counter is incremented following each valid clock pulse on the LPTIM external Input1
Encoder Mode
LL_LPTIM_ENCODER_MODE_RISING
The rising edge is the active edge used for counting
LL_LPTIM_ENCODER_MODE_FALLING
The falling edge is the active edge used for counting
LL_LPTIM_ENCODER_MODE_RISING_FALLING
Both edges are active edges
Get Flags Defines
LL_LPTIM_ISR_CMPM
Compare match
LL_LPTIM_ISR_ARRM
Autoreload match
LL_LPTIM_ISR_EXTTRIG
External trigger edge event
LL_LPTIM_ISR_CMPOK
Compare register update OK
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1638/2236

UM1905
LL_LPTIM_ISR_ARROK
Autoreload register update OK
LL_LPTIM_ISR_UP
Counter direction change down to up
LL_LPTIM_ISR_DOWN
Counter direction change up to down
IT Defines
LL_LPTIM_IER_CMPMIE
Compare match Interrupt Enable
LL_LPTIM_IER_ARRMIE
Autoreload match Interrupt Enable
LL_LPTIM_IER_EXTTRIGIE
External trigger valid edge Interrupt Enable
LL_LPTIM_IER_CMPOKIE
Compare register update OK Interrupt Enable
LL_LPTIM_IER_ARROKIE
Autoreload register update OK Interrupt Enable
LL_LPTIM_IER_UPIE
Direction change to UP Interrupt Enable
LL_LPTIM_IER_DOWNIE
Direction change to down Interrupt Enable
Operating Mode
LL_LPTIM_OPERATING_MODE_CONTINUOUS
LP Timer starts in continuous mode
LL_LPTIM_OPERATING_MODE_ONESHOT
LP Tilmer starts in single mode
Output Polarity
LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY_REGULAR
The LPTIM output reflects the compare results between LPTIMx_ARR and LPTIMx_CMP registers
LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY_INVERSE
The LPTIM output reflects the inverse of the compare results between LPTIMx_ARR and LPTIMx_CMP registers
Output Waveform Type
LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_WAVEFORM_PWM
LPTIM generates either a PWM waveform or a One pulse waveform depending on chosen operating mode
CONTINOUS or SINGLE
LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_WAVEFORM_SETONCE
LPTIM generates a Set Once waveform
Prescaler Value
LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV1
Prescaler division factor is set to 1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1639/2236

UM1905
Trigger Filter
LL_LPTIM_TRIG_FILTER_NONE
Any trigger active level change is considered as a valid trigger
LL_LPTIM_TRIG_FILTER_2
Trigger active level change must be stable for at least 2 clock periods before it is considered as valid trigger
Trigger Polarity
LL_LPTIM_TRIG_POLARITY_RISING
LPTIM counter starts when a rising edge is detected
LL_LPTIM_TRIG_POLARITY_FALLING
LPTIM counter starts when a falling edge is detected
LL_LPTIM_TRIG_POLARITY_RISING_FALLING
LPTIM counter starts when a rising or a falling edge is detected
Trigger Source
LL_LPTIM_TRIG_SOURCE_GPIO
External input trigger is connected to TIMx_ETR input
LL_LPTIM_TRIG_SOURCE_RTCALARMA
External input trigger is connected to RTC Alarm A
LL_LPTIM_TRIG_SOURCE_RTCALARMB
External input trigger is connected to RTC Alarm B
LL_LPTIM_TRIG_SOURCE_RTCTAMP1
External input trigger is connected to RTC Tamper 1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1640/2236

UM1905
LL_LPTIM_TRIG_SOURCE_COMP1
External input trigger is connected to COMP1 output
LL_LPTIM_TRIG_SOURCE_COMP2
External input trigger is connected to COMP2 output
Update Mode
LL_LPTIM_UPDATE_MODE_IMMEDIATE
Preload is disabled: registers are updated after each APB bus write access
LL_LPTIM_UPDATE_MODE_ENDOFPERIOD
preload is enabled: registers are updated at the end of the current LPTIM period
LL_LPTIM_WriteReg
Description:
• Write a value in LPTIM register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: LPTIM Instance
Return value:
• None
LL_LPTIM_ReadReg
Description:
• Read a value in LPTIM register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: LPTIM Instance
Return value:
• Register: value
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1641/2236

UM1905
LL PWR Generic Driver
86 LL PWR Generic Driver
86.1 PWR Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the PWR library.
LL_PWR_EnableUnderDriveMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_EnableUnderDriveMode (void )
Enable Under Drive Mode.
Return values
• None:
Notes
reduced leakage mode. This mode is only available when the main Regulator or the low power Regulator is
in low voltage mode.
• If the Under-drive mode was enabled, it is automatically disabled after exiting Stop mode. When the voltage
Regulator operates in Under-drive mode, an additional startup delay is induced when waking up from Stop
mode.

• CR1 UDEN LL_PWR_EnableUnderDriveMode
LL_PWR_DisableUnderDriveMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_DisableUnderDriveMode (void )
Disable Under Drive Mode.
Return values
• None:

• CR1 UDEN LL_PWR_DisableUnderDriveMode
LL_PWR_IsEnabledUnderDriveMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_IsEnabledUnderDriveMode (void )
Check if Under Drive Mode is enabled.
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1642/2236

UM1905

• CR1 UDEN LL_PWR_IsEnabledUnderDriveMode
LL_PWR_EnableOverDriveSwitching
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_EnableOverDriveSwitching (void )
Enable Over drive switching.
Return values
• None:

• CR1 ODSWEN LL_PWR_EnableOverDriveSwitching
LL_PWR_DisableOverDriveSwitching
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_DisableOverDriveSwitching (void )
Disable Over drive switching.
Return values
• None:

• CR1 ODSWEN LL_PWR_DisableOverDriveSwitching
LL_PWR_IsEnabledOverDriveSwitching
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_IsEnabledOverDriveSwitching (void )
Check if Over drive switching is enabled.
Return values

• CR1 ODSWEN LL_PWR_IsEnabledOverDriveSwitching
LL_PWR_EnableOverDriveMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_EnableOverDriveMode (void )
Enable Over drive Mode.
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1643/2236

UM1905

• CR1 ODEN LL_PWR_EnableOverDriveMode
LL_PWR_DisableOverDriveMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_DisableOverDriveMode (void )
Disable Over drive Mode.
Return values
• None:

• CR1 ODEN LL_PWR_DisableOverDriveMode
LL_PWR_IsEnabledOverDriveMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_IsEnabledOverDriveMode (void )
Check if Over drive switching is enabled.
Return values

• CR1 ODEN LL_PWR_IsEnabledOverDriveMode
LL_PWR_SetRegulVoltageScaling
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_SetRegulVoltageScaling (uint32_t VoltageScaling)
Set the main internal Regulator output voltage.
Parameters
• VoltageScaling: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_PWR_REGU_VOLTAGE_SCALE1
Return values
• None:

• CR1 VOS LL_PWR_SetRegulVoltageScaling
LL_PWR_GetRegulVoltageScaling
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_GetRegulVoltageScaling (void )
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1644/2236

UM1905
Get the main internal Regulator output voltage.
Return values

• CR1 VOS LL_PWR_GetRegulVoltageScaling
LL_PWR_EnableMainRegulatorDeepSleepUDMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_EnableMainRegulatorDeepSleepUDMode (void )
Enable Main Regulator in deepsleep under-drive Mode.
Return values
• None:

• CR1 MRUDS LL_PWR_EnableMainRegulatorDeepSleepUDMode
LL_PWR_DisableMainRegulatorDeepSleepUDMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_DisableMainRegulatorDeepSleepUDMode (void )
Disable Main Regulator in deepsleep under-drive Mode.
Return values
• None:

• CR1 MRUDS LL_PWR_DisableMainRegulatorDeepSleepUDMode
LL_PWR_IsEnabledMainRegulatorDeepSleepUDMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_IsEnabledMainRegulatorDeepSleepUDMode (void )
Check if Main Regulator in deepsleep under-drive Mode is enabled.
Return values

• CR1 MRUDS LL_PWR_IsEnabledMainRegulatorDeepSleepUDMode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1645/2236

UM1905
LL_PWR_EnableLowPowerRegulatorDeepSleepUDMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_EnableLowPowerRegulatorDeepSleepUDMode (void )
Enable Low Power Regulator in deepsleep under-drive Mode.
Return values
• None:

• CR1 LPUDS LL_PWR_EnableLowPowerRegulatorDeepSleepUDMode
LL_PWR_DisableLowPowerRegulatorDeepSleepUDMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_DisableLowPowerRegulatorDeepSleepUDMode (void )
Disable Low Power Regulator in deepsleep under-drive Mode.
Return values
• None:

• CR1 LPUDS LL_PWR_DisableLowPowerRegulatorDeepSleepUDMode
LL_PWR_IsEnabledLowPowerRegulatorDeepSleepUDMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_IsEnabledLowPowerRegulatorDeepSleepUDMode (void )
Check if Low Power Regulator in deepsleep under-drive Mode is enabled.
Return values

• CR1 LPUDS LL_PWR_IsEnabledLowPowerRegulatorDeepSleepUDMode
LL_PWR_EnableFlashPowerDown
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_EnableFlashPowerDown (void )
Enable the Flash Power Down in Stop Mode.
Return values
• None:

• CR1 FPDS LL_PWR_EnableFlashPowerDown
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1646/2236

UM1905
LL_PWR_DisableFlashPowerDown
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_DisableFlashPowerDown (void )
Disable the Flash Power Down in Stop Mode.
Return values
• None:

• CR1 FPDS LL_PWR_DisableFlashPowerDown
LL_PWR_IsEnabledFlashPowerDown
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_IsEnabledFlashPowerDown (void )
Check if the Flash Power Down in Stop Mode is enabled.
Return values

• CR1 FPDS LL_PWR_IsEnabledFlashPowerDown
LL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess (void )
Enable access to the backup domain.
Return values
• None:

• CR1 DBP LL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess
LL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess (void )
Disable access to the backup domain.
Return values
• None:

• CR1 DBP LL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1647/2236

UM1905
LL_PWR_IsEnabledBkUpAccess
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_IsEnabledBkUpAccess (void )
Check if the backup domain is enabled.
Return values

• CR1 DBP LL_PWR_IsEnabledBkUpAccess
LL_PWR_EnableBkUpRegulator
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_EnableBkUpRegulator (void )
Enable Backup Regulator.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• When set, the Backup Regulator (used to maintain backup SRAM content in Standby and VBAT modes) is
enabled. If BRE is reset, the backup Regulator is switched off. The backup SRAM can still be used but its
content will be lost in the Standby and VBAT modes. Once set, the application must wait that the Backup
Regulator Ready flag (BRR) is set to indicate that the data written into the RAM will be maintained in the
Standby and VBAT modes.

• CSR1 BRE LL_PWR_EnableBkUpRegulator
LL_PWR_DisableBkUpRegulator
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_DisableBkUpRegulator (void )
Disable Backup Regulator.
Return values
• None:

• CSR1 BRE LL_PWR_DisableBkUpRegulator
LL_PWR_IsEnabledBkUpRegulator
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_IsEnabledBkUpRegulator (void )
Check if the backup Regulator is enabled.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1648/2236

UM1905
Return values

• CSR1 BRE LL_PWR_IsEnabledBkUpRegulator
LL_PWR_SetRegulModeDS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_SetRegulModeDS (uint32_t RegulMode)
Set voltage Regulator mode during deep sleep mode.
Parameters
• RegulMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_PWR_REGU_DSMODE_MAIN
– LL_PWR_REGU_DSMODE_LOW_POWER
Return values
• None:

• CR1 LPDS LL_PWR_SetRegulModeDS
LL_PWR_GetRegulModeDS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_GetRegulModeDS (void )
Get voltage Regulator mode during deep sleep mode.
Return values
– LL_PWR_REGU_DSMODE_MAIN
– LL_PWR_REGU_DSMODE_LOW_POWER

• CR1 LPDS LL_PWR_GetRegulModeDS
LL_PWR_SetPowerMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_SetPowerMode (uint32_t PDMode)
Set Power Down mode when CPU enters deepsleep.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1649/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• PDMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_PWR_MODE_STOP_MAINREGU
– LL_PWR_MODE_STOP_MAINREGU_UNDERDRIVE
– LL_PWR_MODE_STOP_LPREGU
– LL_PWR_MODE_STOP_LPREGU_UNDERDRIVE
– LL_PWR_MODE_STANDBY
Return values
• None:

• CR1 PDDS LL_PWR_SetPowerMode
• CR1 LPDS LL_PWR_SetPowerMode
• CR1 FPDS LL_PWR_SetPowerMode
• CR1 LPUDS LL_PWR_SetPowerMode
• CR1 MRUDS LL_PWR_SetPowerMode
LL_PWR_GetPowerMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_GetPowerMode (void )
Get Power Down mode when CPU enters deepsleep.
Return values
– LL_PWR_MODE_STOP_MAINREGU
– LL_PWR_MODE_STOP_MAINREGU_UNDERDRIVE
– LL_PWR_MODE_STOP_LPREGU
– LL_PWR_MODE_STOP_LPREGU_UNDERDRIVE
– LL_PWR_MODE_STANDBY

• CR1 PDDS LL_PWR_GetPowerMode
• CR1 LPDS LL_PWR_GetPowerMode
• CR1 FPDS LL_PWR_GetPowerMode
• CR1 LPUDS LL_PWR_GetPowerMode
• CR1 MRUDS LL_PWR_GetPowerMode
LL_PWR_SetPVDLevel
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_SetPVDLevel (uint32_t PVDLevel)
Configure the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1650/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• PVDLevel: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_PWR_PVDLEVEL_0
Return values
• None:

• CR1 PLS LL_PWR_SetPVDLevel
LL_PWR_GetPVDLevel
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_GetPVDLevel (void )
Get the voltage threshold detection.
Return values

• CR1 PLS LL_PWR_GetPVDLevel
LL_PWR_EnablePVD
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_EnablePVD (void )
Enable Power Voltage Detector.
Return values
• None:

• CR1 PVDE LL_PWR_EnablePVD
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1651/2236

UM1905
LL_PWR_DisablePVD
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_DisablePVD (void )
Disable Power Voltage Detector.
Return values
• None:

• CR1 PVDE LL_PWR_DisablePVD
LL_PWR_IsEnabledPVD
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_IsEnabledPVD (void )
Check if Power Voltage Detector is enabled.
Return values

• CR1 PVDE LL_PWR_IsEnabledPVD
LL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin (uint32_t WakeUpPin)
Enable the WakeUp PINx functionality.
Parameters
• WakeUpPin: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1652/2236

UM1905

• CSR2 EWUP1 LL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin
LL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin (uint32_t WakeUpPin)
Disable the WakeUp PINx functionality.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CSR2 EWUP1 LL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin
LL_PWR_IsEnabledWakeUpPin
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_IsEnabledWakeUpPin (uint32_t WakeUpPin)
Check if the WakeUp PINx functionality is enabled.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1653/2236

UM1905
Return values

• CSR2 EWUP1 LL_PWR_IsEnabledWakeUpPin
LL_PWR_SetWakeUpPinPolarityLow
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_SetWakeUpPinPolarityLow (uint32_t WakeUpPin)
Set the Wake-Up pin polarity low for the event detection.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR2 WUPP1 LL_PWR_SetWakeUpPinPolarityLow
LL_PWR_SetWakeUpPinPolarityHigh
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_SetWakeUpPinPolarityHigh (uint32_t WakeUpPin)
Set the Wake-Up pin polarity high for the event detection.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1654/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR2 WUPP1 LL_PWR_SetWakeUpPinPolarityHigh
LL_PWR_IsWakeUpPinPolarityLow
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_IsWakeUpPinPolarityLow (uint32_t WakeUpPin)
Get the Wake-Up pin polarity for the event detection.
Parameters
Return values

• CR2 WUPP1 LL_PWR_IsWakeUpPinPolarityLow
LL_PWR_EnableInternalWakeUp
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_EnableInternalWakeUp (void )
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1655/2236

UM1905
Enable Internal WakeUp.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This API must be used when RTC events (Alarm A or Alarm B, RTC Tamper, RTC TimeStamp or RTC
Wakeup time) are used to wake up the system from Standby mode.

• CSR1 EIWUP LL_PWR_EnableInternalWakeUp
LL_PWR_DisableInternalWakeUp
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_DisableInternalWakeUp (void )
Disable Internal WakeUp.
Return values
• None:

• CSR1 EIWUP LL_PWR_DisableInternalWakeUp
LL_PWR_IsEnabledInternalWakeUp
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_IsEnabledInternalWakeUp (void )
Check if the Internal WakeUp functionality is enabled.
Return values

• CSR1 EIWUP LL_PWR_IsEnabledInternalWakeUp
LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_WU6
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_WU6 (void )
Get Wake-up Flag 6.
Return values

• CSR2 WUPF6 LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_WU6
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1656/2236

UM1905
Function name
Get Wake-up Flag 5.
Return values

Function name
Get Wake-up Flag 4.
Return values

Function name
Get Wake-up Flag 3.
Return values

Function name
Get Wake-up Flag 2.
Return values

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1657/2236

UM1905
Function name
Get Wake-up Flag 1.
Return values

LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_SB
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_SB (void )
Get Standby Flag.
Return values

• CSR1 SBF LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_SB
LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_PVDO
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_PVDO (void )
Indicate whether VDD voltage is below the selected PVD threshold.
Return values

• CSR1 PVDO LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_PVDO
LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_BRR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_BRR (void )
Get Backup Regulator ready Flag.
Return values

• CSR1 BRR LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_BRR
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1658/2236

UM1905
LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_VOS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_VOS (void )
Indicate whether the Regulator is ready in the selected voltage range or if its output voltage is still changing to
the required voltage level.
Return values

• CSR1 VOSRDY LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_VOS
LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_OD
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_OD (void )
Indicate whether the Over-Drive mode is ready or not.
Return values

• CSR1 ODRDY LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_OD
LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_ODSW
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_ODSW (void )
Indicate whether the Over-Drive mode switching is ready or not.
Return values

• CSR1 ODSWRDY LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_ODSW
LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_UD
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_UD (void )
Indicate whether the Under-Drive mode is ready or not.
Return values

• CSR1 UDRDY LL_PWR_IsActiveFlag_UD
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1659/2236

UM1905
LL_PWR_ClearFlag_SB
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_ClearFlag_SB (void )
Clear Standby Flag.
Return values
• None:

• CR1 CSBF LL_PWR_ClearFlag_SB
LL_PWR_ClearFlag_WU6
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_ClearFlag_WU6 (void )
Clear Wake-up Flag 6.
Return values
• None:

• CR2 CWUF6 LL_PWR_ClearFlag_WU6
Function name
Return values
• None:

Function name
Return values
• None:

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1660/2236

UM1905
Function name
Return values
• None:

Function name
Return values
• None:

Function name
Return values
• None:

LL_PWR_ClearFlag_UD
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_PWR_ClearFlag_UD (void )
Clear Under-Drive ready Flag.
Return values
• None:

• CSR1 UDRDY LL_PWR_ClearFlag_UD
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1661/2236

UM1905
LL_PWR_DeInit
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_PWR_DeInit (void )
De-initialize the PWR registers to their default reset values.
Return values
– SUCCESS: PWR registers are de-initialized
86.2 PWR Firmware driver defines

86.2.1 PWR
PWR
Clear Flags Defines
LL_PWR_CR1_CSBF
Clear standby flag
LL_PWR_CR2_CWUF6
Clear WKUP pin 6
LL_PWR_CR2_CWUF5
Clear WKUP pin 5
LL_PWR_CR2_CWUF4
Clear WKUP pin 4
LL_PWR_CR2_CWUF3
Clear WKUP pin 3
LL_PWR_CR2_CWUF2
Clear WKUP pin 2
LL_PWR_CR2_CWUF1
Clear WKUP pin 1
Get Flags Defines
LL_PWR_CSR1_WUIF
Wakeup flag
LL_PWR_CSR1_SBF
Standby flag
LL_PWR_CSR1_PVDO
Power voltage detector output flag
LL_PWR_CSR1_BRR
Backup Regulator ready flag
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1662/2236

UM1905
LL_PWR_CSR1_VOSRDY
Voltage scaling select flag
LL_PWR_CSR1_ODRDY
Over-drive mode ready
LL_PWR_CSR1_ODSWRDY
Over-drive mode switching ready
LL_PWR_CSR1_UDRDY
Under-drive ready flag
LL_PWR_CSR2_EWUP1
Enable WKUP pin 1
LL_PWR_CSR2_EWUP2
Enable WKUP pin 2
LL_PWR_CSR2_EWUP3
Enable WKUP pin 3
LL_PWR_CSR2_EWUP4
Enable WKUP pin 4
LL_PWR_CSR2_EWUP5
Enable WKUP pin 5
LL_PWR_CSR2_EWUP6
Enable WKUP pin 6
Mode Power
LL_PWR_MODE_STOP_MAINREGU
Enter Stop mode (with main Regulator ON) when the CPU enters deepsleep
LL_PWR_MODE_STOP_MAINREGU_UNDERDRIVE
Enter Stop mode (with main Regulator in under-drive mode) when the CPU enters deepsleep
LL_PWR_MODE_STOP_LPREGU
Enter Stop mode (with low power Regulator ON) when the CPU enters deepsleep
LL_PWR_MODE_STOP_LPREGU_UNDERDRIVE
Enter Stop mode (with low power Regulator in under-drive mode) when the CPU enters deepsleep
LL_PWR_MODE_STANDBY
Enter Standby mode when the CPU enters deepsleep
Power Voltage Detector Level
LL_PWR_PVDLEVEL_0
Voltage threshold detected by PVD 2.0 V
LL_PWR_PVDLEVEL_1
LL_PWR_PVDLEVEL_2
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1663/2236

UM1905
LL_PWR_PVDLEVEL_3
LL_PWR_PVDLEVEL_4
LL_PWR_PVDLEVEL_5
LL_PWR_PVDLEVEL_6
LL_PWR_PVDLEVEL_7
Regulator Mode In Deep Sleep Mode
LL_PWR_REGU_DSMODE_MAIN
Voltage Regulator in main mode during deepsleep mode
LL_PWR_REGU_DSMODE_LOW_POWER
Voltage Regulator in low-power mode during deepsleep mode
Regulator Voltage
LL_PWR_REGU_VOLTAGE_SCALE3
Wakeup Pins
LL_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
WKUP pin 1 : PA0
LL_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2
WKUP pin 2 : PA2
LL_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3
WKUP pin 3 : PC1
LL_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4
WKUP pin 4 : PC13
LL_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5
WKUP pin 5 : PI8
LL_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6
WKUP pin 6 : PI11
Common write and read registers Macros
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1664/2236

UM1905
LL_PWR_WriteReg
Description:
• Write a value in PWR register.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
LL_PWR_ReadReg
Description:
• Read a value in PWR register.
Parameters:
Return value:
• Register: value
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1665/2236

UM1905
LL RCC Generic Driver
87 LL RCC Generic Driver
87.1 RCC Firmware driver registers structures
87.1.1 LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef
LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_rcc.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency
• uint32_t HCLK_Frequency
• uint32_t PCLK1_Frequency
• uint32_t PCLK2_Frequency
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef::SYSCLK_Frequency
SYSCLK clock frequency
• uint32_t LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef::HCLK_Frequency
HCLK clock frequency
• uint32_t LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef::PCLK1_Frequency
PCLK1 clock frequency
• uint32_t LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef::PCLK2_Frequency
PCLK2 clock frequency
87.2 RCC Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the RCC library.
LL_RCC_HSE_EnableCSS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_HSE_EnableCSS (void )
Enable the Clock Security System.
Return values
• None:

• CR CSSON LL_RCC_HSE_EnableCSS
LL_RCC_HSE_EnableBypass
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_HSE_EnableBypass (void )
Enable HSE external oscillator (HSE Bypass)
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1666/2236

UM1905

• CR HSEBYP LL_RCC_HSE_EnableBypass
LL_RCC_HSE_DisableBypass
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_HSE_DisableBypass (void )
Disable HSE external oscillator (HSE Bypass)
Return values
• None:

• CR HSEBYP LL_RCC_HSE_DisableBypass
LL_RCC_HSE_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_HSE_Enable (void )
Enable HSE crystal oscillator (HSE ON)
Return values
• None:

• CR HSEON LL_RCC_HSE_Enable
LL_RCC_HSE_Disable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_HSE_Disable (void )
Disable HSE crystal oscillator (HSE ON)
Return values
• None:

• CR HSEON LL_RCC_HSE_Disable
LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady (void )
Check if HSE oscillator Ready.
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1667/2236

UM1905

• CR HSERDY LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady
LL_RCC_HSI_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_HSI_Enable (void )
Enable HSI oscillator.
Return values
• None:

• CR HSION LL_RCC_HSI_Enable
LL_RCC_HSI_Disable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_HSI_Disable (void )
Disable HSI oscillator.
Return values
• None:

• CR HSION LL_RCC_HSI_Disable
LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady (void )
Check if HSI clock is ready.
Return values

• CR HSIRDY LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady
LL_RCC_HSI_GetCalibration
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_HSI_GetCalibration (void )
Get HSI Calibration value.
Return values
• Between: Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1668/2236

UM1905
Notes
• When HSITRIM is written, HSICAL is updated with the sum of HSITRIM and the factory trim value

• CR HSICAL LL_RCC_HSI_GetCalibration
LL_RCC_HSI_SetCalibTrimming
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_HSI_SetCalibTrimming (uint32_t Value)
Set HSI Calibration trimming.
Parameters
• Value: Between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 31
Return values
• None:
Notes
• user-programmable trimming value that is added to the HSICAL
• Default value is 16, which, when added to the HSICAL value, should trim the HSI to 16 MHz +/- 1 %

• CR HSITRIM LL_RCC_HSI_SetCalibTrimming
LL_RCC_HSI_GetCalibTrimming
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_HSI_GetCalibTrimming (void )
Get HSI Calibration trimming.
Return values
• Between: Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 31

• CR HSITRIM LL_RCC_HSI_GetCalibTrimming
LL_RCC_LSE_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_LSE_Enable (void )
Enable Low Speed External (LSE) crystal.
Return values
• None:

• BDCR LSEON LL_RCC_LSE_Enable
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1669/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_LSE_Disable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_LSE_Disable (void )
Disable Low Speed External (LSE) crystal.
Return values
• None:

• BDCR LSEON LL_RCC_LSE_Disable
LL_RCC_LSE_EnableBypass
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_LSE_EnableBypass (void )
Enable external clock source (LSE bypass).
Return values
• None:

• BDCR LSEBYP LL_RCC_LSE_EnableBypass
LL_RCC_LSE_DisableBypass
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_LSE_DisableBypass (void )
Disable external clock source (LSE bypass).
Return values
• None:

• BDCR LSEBYP LL_RCC_LSE_DisableBypass
LL_RCC_LSE_SetDriveCapability
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_LSE_SetDriveCapability (uint32_t LSEDrive)
Set LSE oscillator drive capability.
Parameters
• LSEDrive: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_LSEDRIVE_LOW
– LL_RCC_LSEDRIVE_MEDIUMHIGH
– LL_RCC_LSEDRIVE_MEDIUMLOW
– LL_RCC_LSEDRIVE_HIGH
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1670/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The oscillator is in Xtal mode when it is not in bypass mode.

• BDCR LSEDRV LL_RCC_LSE_SetDriveCapability
LL_RCC_LSE_GetDriveCapability
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_LSE_GetDriveCapability (void )
Get LSE oscillator drive capability.
Return values
– LL_RCC_LSEDRIVE_LOW
– LL_RCC_LSEDRIVE_MEDIUMHIGH
– LL_RCC_LSEDRIVE_MEDIUMLOW
– LL_RCC_LSEDRIVE_HIGH

• BDCR LSEDRV LL_RCC_LSE_GetDriveCapability
LL_RCC_LSE_IsReady
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_LSE_IsReady (void )
Check if LSE oscillator Ready.
Return values

• BDCR LSERDY LL_RCC_LSE_IsReady
LL_RCC_LSI_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_LSI_Enable (void )
Enable LSI Oscillator.
Return values
• None:

• CSR LSION LL_RCC_LSI_Enable
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1671/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_LSI_Disable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_LSI_Disable (void )
Disable LSI Oscillator.
Return values
• None:

• CSR LSION LL_RCC_LSI_Disable
LL_RCC_LSI_IsReady
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_LSI_IsReady (void )
Check if LSI is Ready.
Return values

• CSR LSIRDY LL_RCC_LSI_IsReady
LL_RCC_SetSysClkSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_SetSysClkSource (uint32_t Source)
Configure the system clock source.
Parameters
– LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_HSI
– LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_HSE
– LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_PLL
Return values
• None:

• CFGR SW LL_RCC_SetSysClkSource
LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource (void )
Get the system clock source.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1672/2236

UM1905
Return values
– LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI
– LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE
– LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLL

• CFGR SWS LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource
LL_RCC_SetAHBPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_SetAHBPrescaler (uint32_t Prescaler)
Set AHB prescaler.
Parameters
– LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_1
Return values
• None:

• CFGR HPRE LL_RCC_SetAHBPrescaler
LL_RCC_SetAPB1Prescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_SetAPB1Prescaler (uint32_t Prescaler)
Set APB1 prescaler.
Parameters
– LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_1
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1673/2236

UM1905

• CFGR PPRE1 LL_RCC_SetAPB1Prescaler
LL_RCC_SetAPB2Prescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_SetAPB2Prescaler (uint32_t Prescaler)
Set APB2 prescaler.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CFGR PPRE2 LL_RCC_SetAPB2Prescaler
LL_RCC_GetAHBPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_GetAHBPrescaler (void )
Get AHB prescaler.
Return values

• CFGR HPRE LL_RCC_GetAHBPrescaler
LL_RCC_GetAPB1Prescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_GetAPB1Prescaler (void )
Get APB1 prescaler.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1674/2236

UM1905
Return values

• CFGR PPRE1 LL_RCC_GetAPB1Prescaler
LL_RCC_GetAPB2Prescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_GetAPB2Prescaler (void )
Get APB2 prescaler.
Return values

• CFGR PPRE2 LL_RCC_GetAPB2Prescaler
LL_RCC_ConfigMCO
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_ConfigMCO (uint32_t MCOxSource, uint32_t MCOxPrescaler)
Configure MCOx.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1675/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• MCOxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI
– LL_RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSE
– LL_RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE
– LL_RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK
– LL_RCC_MCO2SOURCE_SYSCLK
– LL_RCC_MCO2SOURCE_PLLI2S
– LL_RCC_MCO2SOURCE_HSE
– LL_RCC_MCO2SOURCE_PLLCLK
• MCOxPrescaler: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_MCO1_DIV_1
Return values
• None:

• CFGR MCO1 LL_RCC_ConfigMCO
• CFGR MCO1PRE LL_RCC_ConfigMCO
• CFGR MCO2 LL_RCC_ConfigMCO
• CFGR MCO2PRE LL_RCC_ConfigMCO
LL_RCC_SetUSARTClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_SetUSARTClockSource (uint32_t USARTxSource)
Configure USARTx clock source.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1676/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• USARTxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE_PCLK2
– LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
– LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE_HSI
– LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE_LSE
Return values
• None:

• DCKCFGR2 USART1SEL LL_RCC_SetUSARTClockSource
LL_RCC_SetUARTClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_SetUARTClockSource (uint32_t UARTxSource)
Configure UARTx clock source.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1677/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• UARTxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_UART4_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
– LL_RCC_UART4_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
– LL_RCC_UART4_CLKSOURCE_HSI
– LL_RCC_UART4_CLKSOURCE_LSE
Return values
• None:

• DCKCFGR2 UART4SEL LL_RCC_SetUARTClockSource
LL_RCC_SetI2CClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_SetI2CClockSource (uint32_t I2CxSource)
Configure I2Cx clock source.
Parameters
• I2CxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_I2C1_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
– LL_RCC_I2C1_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
– LL_RCC_I2C1_CLKSOURCE_HSI
– LL_RCC_I2C4_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1 (*)
– LL_RCC_I2C4_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK (*)
– LL_RCC_I2C4_CLKSOURCE_HSI (*)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1678/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• DCKCFGR2 I2C1SEL LL_RCC_SetI2CClockSource
LL_RCC_SetLPTIMClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_SetLPTIMClockSource (uint32_t LPTIMxSource)
Configure LPTIMx clock source.
Parameters
• LPTIMxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
– LL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE_LSI
– LL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE_HSI
– LL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE_LSE
Return values
• None:

• DCKCFGR2 LPTIM1SEL LL_RCC_SetLPTIMClockSource
LL_RCC_SetSAIClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_SetSAIClockSource (uint32_t SAIxSource)
Configure SAIx clock source.
Parameters
• SAIxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_SAI1_CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI
– LL_RCC_SAI1_CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S
– LL_RCC_SAI1_CLKSOURCE_PIN
– LL_RCC_SAI1_CLKSOURCE_PLLSRC (*)
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1679/2236

UM1905

• DCKCFGR1 SAI1SEL LL_RCC_SetSAIClockSource
• DCKCFGR1 SAI2SEL LL_RCC_SetSAIClockSource
LL_RCC_SetSDMMCClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_SetSDMMCClockSource (uint32_t SDMMCxSource)
Configure SDMMC clock source.
Parameters
• SDMMCxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_SDMMC1_CLKSOURCE_PLL48CLK
– LL_RCC_SDMMC1_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
– LL_RCC_SDMMC2_CLKSOURCE_PLL48CLK (*)
– LL_RCC_SDMMC2_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK (*)
Return values
• None:

• DCKCFGR2 SDMMC1SEL LL_RCC_SetSDMMCClockSource
• DCKCFGR2 SDMMC2SEL LL_RCC_SetSDMMCClockSource
LL_RCC_SetCK48MClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_SetCK48MClockSource (uint32_t CK48MxSource)
Configure 48Mhz domain clock source.
Parameters
• CK48MxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_CK48M_CLKSOURCE_PLL
– LL_RCC_CK48M_CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI
Return values
• None:

• DCKCFGR2 CK48MSEL LL_RCC_SetCK48MClockSource
LL_RCC_SetRNGClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_SetRNGClockSource (uint32_t RNGxSource)
Configure RNG clock source.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1680/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• RNGxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_RNG_CLKSOURCE_PLL
– LL_RCC_RNG_CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI
Return values
• None:

• DCKCFGR2 CK48MSEL LL_RCC_SetRNGClockSource
LL_RCC_SetUSBClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_SetUSBClockSource (uint32_t USBxSource)
Configure USB clock source.
Parameters
• USBxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLL
– LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI
Return values
• None:

• DCKCFGR2 CK48MSEL LL_RCC_SetUSBClockSource
LL_RCC_SetCECClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_SetCECClockSource (uint32_t Source)
Configure CEC clock source.
Parameters
– LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE_LSE
– LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE_HSI_DIV488
Return values
• None:

• DCKCFGR2 CECSEL LL_RCC_SetCECClockSource
LL_RCC_SetI2SClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_SetI2SClockSource (uint32_t Source)
Configure I2S clock source.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1681/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_RCC_I2S1_CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S
– LL_RCC_I2S1_CLKSOURCE_PIN
Return values
• None:

• CFGR I2SSRC LL_RCC_SetI2SClockSource
LL_RCC_SetDSIClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_SetDSIClockSource (uint32_t Source)
Configure DSI clock source.
Parameters
– LL_RCC_DSI_CLKSOURCE_PHY
– LL_RCC_DSI_CLKSOURCE_PLL
Return values
• None:

• DCKCFGR2 DSISEL LL_RCC_SetDSIClockSource
LL_RCC_SetDFSDMAudioClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_SetDFSDMAudioClockSource (uint32_t Source)
Configure DFSDM Audio clock source.
Parameters
– LL_RCC_DFSDM1_AUDIO_CLKSOURCE_SAI1
Return values
• None:

• DCKCFGR1 ADFSDM1SEL LL_RCC_SetDFSDMAudioClockSource
LL_RCC_SetDFSDMClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_SetDFSDMClockSource (uint32_t Source)
Configure DFSDM Kernel clock source.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1682/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_RCC_DFSDM1_CLKSOURCE_PCLK2
– LL_RCC_DFSDM1_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
Return values
• None:

• DCKCFGR1 DFSDM1SEL LL_RCC_SetDFSDMClockSource
LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockSource (uint32_t USARTx)
Get USARTx clock source.
Parameters
• USARTx: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE
Return values

• DCKCFGR2 USART1SEL LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockSource
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1683/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_GetUARTClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_GetUARTClockSource (uint32_t UARTx)
Get UARTx clock source.
Parameters
• UARTx: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_UART4_CLKSOURCE
Return values

• DCKCFGR2 UART4SEL LL_RCC_GetUARTClockSource
LL_RCC_GetI2CClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_GetI2CClockSource (uint32_t I2Cx)
Get I2Cx clock source.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1684/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• I2Cx: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_I2C1_CLKSOURCE
– LL_RCC_I2C4_CLKSOURCE (*)
Return values
– LL_RCC_I2C4_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1 (*)
– LL_RCC_I2C4_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK (*)
– LL_RCC_I2C4_CLKSOURCE_HSI (*)

• DCKCFGR2 I2C1SEL LL_RCC_GetI2CClockSource
LL_RCC_GetLPTIMClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_GetLPTIMClockSource (uint32_t LPTIMx)
Get LPTIMx clock source.
Parameters
• LPTIMx: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE
Return values
– LL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
– LL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE_LSI
– LL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE_HSI
– LL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE_LSE

• DCKCFGR2 LPTIM1SEL LL_RCC_GetLPTIMClockSource
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1685/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_GetSAIClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_GetSAIClockSource (uint32_t SAIx)
Get SAIx clock source.
Parameters
• SAIx: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_SAI1_CLKSOURCE
Return values

• DCKCFGR1 SAI1SEL LL_RCC_GetSAIClockSource
• DCKCFGR1 SAI2SEL LL_RCC_GetSAIClockSource
LL_RCC_GetSDMMCClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_GetSDMMCClockSource (uint32_t SDMMCx)
Get SDMMCx clock source.
Parameters
• SDMMCx: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_SDMMC1_CLKSOURCE
– LL_RCC_SDMMC1_CLKSOURCE (*)
Return values
– LL_RCC_SDMMC1_CLKSOURCE_PLL48CLK
– LL_RCC_SDMMC1_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
– LL_RCC_SDMMC2_CLKSOURCE_PLL48CLK (*)
– LL_RCC_SDMMC2_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK (*)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1686/2236

UM1905

• DCKCFGR2 SDMMC1SEL LL_RCC_GetSDMMCClockSource
• DCKCFGR2 SDMMC2SEL LL_RCC_GetSDMMCClockSource
LL_RCC_GetCK48MClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_GetCK48MClockSource (uint32_t CK48Mx)
Get 48Mhz domain clock source.
Parameters
• CK48Mx: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_CK48M_CLKSOURCE
Return values
– LL_RCC_CK48M_CLKSOURCE_PLL
– LL_RCC_CK48M_CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI

• DCKCFGR2 CK48MSEL LL_RCC_GetCK48MClockSource
LL_RCC_GetRNGClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_GetRNGClockSource (uint32_t RNGx)
Get RNGx clock source.
Parameters
• RNGx: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_RNG_CLKSOURCE
Return values
– LL_RCC_RNG_CLKSOURCE_PLL
– LL_RCC_RNG_CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI

• DCKCFGR2 CK48MSEL LL_RCC_GetRNGClockSource
LL_RCC_GetUSBClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_GetUSBClockSource (uint32_t USBx)
Get USBx clock source.
Parameters
• USBx: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1687/2236

UM1905
Return values
– LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLL
– LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI

• DCKCFGR2 CK48MSEL LL_RCC_GetUSBClockSource
LL_RCC_GetCECClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_GetCECClockSource (uint32_t CECx)
Get CEC Clock Source.
Parameters
• CECx: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE
Return values
– LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE_LSE
– LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE_HSI_DIV488

• DCKCFGR2 CECSEL LL_RCC_GetCECClockSource
LL_RCC_GetI2SClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_GetI2SClockSource (uint32_t I2Sx)
Get I2S Clock Source.
Parameters
• I2Sx: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_I2S1_CLKSOURCE
Return values
– LL_RCC_I2S1_CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S
– LL_RCC_I2S1_CLKSOURCE_PIN

• CFGR I2SSRC LL_RCC_GetI2SClockSource
LL_RCC_GetDFSDMAudioClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_GetDFSDMAudioClockSource (uint32_t DFSDMx)
Get DFSDM Audio Clock Source.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1688/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• DFSDMx: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_DFSDM1_AUDIO_CLKSOURCE
Return values

• DCKCFGR1 ADFSDM1SEL LL_RCC_GetDFSDMAudioClockSource
LL_RCC_GetDFSDMClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_GetDFSDMClockSource (uint32_t DFSDMx)
Get DFSDM Audio Clock Source.
Parameters
• DFSDMx: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_DFSDM1_CLKSOURCE
Return values
– LL_RCC_DFSDM1_CLKSOURCE_PCLK2
– LL_RCC_DFSDM1_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK

• DCKCFGR1 DFSDM1SEL LL_RCC_GetDFSDMClockSource
LL_RCC_GetDSIClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_GetDSIClockSource (uint32_t DSIx)
Get DSI Clock Source.
Parameters
• DSIx: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_DSI_CLKSOURCE
Return values
– LL_RCC_DSI_CLKSOURCE_PHY
– LL_RCC_DSI_CLKSOURCE_PLL

• DCKCFGR2 DSISEL LL_RCC_GetDSIClockSource
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1689/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_SetRTCClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_SetRTCClockSource (uint32_t Source)
Set RTC Clock Source.
Parameters
– LL_RCC_RTC_CLKSOURCE_NONE
– LL_RCC_RTC_CLKSOURCE_LSE
– LL_RCC_RTC_CLKSOURCE_LSI
– LL_RCC_RTC_CLKSOURCE_HSE
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Once the RTC clock source has been selected, it cannot be changed anymore unless the Backup domain
is reset, or unless a failure is detected on LSE (LSECSSD is set). The BDRST bit can be used to reset
them.

• BDCR RTCSEL LL_RCC_SetRTCClockSource
LL_RCC_GetRTCClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_GetRTCClockSource (void )
Get RTC Clock Source.
Return values
– LL_RCC_RTC_CLKSOURCE_NONE
– LL_RCC_RTC_CLKSOURCE_LSE
– LL_RCC_RTC_CLKSOURCE_LSI
– LL_RCC_RTC_CLKSOURCE_HSE

• BDCR RTCSEL LL_RCC_GetRTCClockSource
LL_RCC_EnableRTC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_EnableRTC (void )
Enable RTC.
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1690/2236

UM1905

• BDCR RTCEN LL_RCC_EnableRTC
LL_RCC_DisableRTC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_DisableRTC (void )
Disable RTC.
Return values
• None:

• BDCR RTCEN LL_RCC_DisableRTC
LL_RCC_IsEnabledRTC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_IsEnabledRTC (void )
Check if RTC has been enabled or not.
Return values

• BDCR RTCEN LL_RCC_IsEnabledRTC
LL_RCC_ForceBackupDomainReset
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_ForceBackupDomainReset (void )
Force the Backup domain reset.
Return values
• None:

• BDCR BDRST LL_RCC_ForceBackupDomainReset
LL_RCC_ReleaseBackupDomainReset
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_ReleaseBackupDomainReset (void )
Release the Backup domain reset.
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1691/2236

UM1905

• BDCR BDRST LL_RCC_ReleaseBackupDomainReset
LL_RCC_SetRTC_HSEPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_SetRTC_HSEPrescaler (uint32_t Prescaler)
Set HSE Prescalers for RTC Clock.
Parameters
– LL_RCC_RTC_NOCLOCK
– LL_RCC_RTC_HSE_DIV_2
Return values
• None:

• CFGR RTCPRE LL_RCC_SetRTC_HSEPrescaler
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1692/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_GetRTC_HSEPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_GetRTC_HSEPrescaler (void )
Get HSE Prescalers for RTC Clock.
Return values
– LL_RCC_RTC_NOCLOCK

• CFGR RTCPRE LL_RCC_GetRTC_HSEPrescaler
LL_RCC_SetTIMPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_SetTIMPrescaler (uint32_t Prescaler)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1693/2236

UM1905
Set Timers Clock Prescalers.
Parameters
– LL_RCC_TIM_PRESCALER_TWICE
– LL_RCC_TIM_PRESCALER_FOUR_TIMES
Return values
• None:

• DCKCFGR1 TIMPRE LL_RCC_SetTIMPrescaler
LL_RCC_GetTIMPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_GetTIMPrescaler (void )
Get Timers Clock Prescalers.
Return values
– LL_RCC_TIM_PRESCALER_TWICE
– LL_RCC_TIM_PRESCALER_FOUR_TIMES

• DCKCFGR1 TIMPRE LL_RCC_GetTIMPrescaler
LL_RCC_PLL_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_PLL_Enable (void )
Enable PLL.
Return values
• None:

• CR PLLON LL_RCC_PLL_Enable
LL_RCC_PLL_Disable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_PLL_Disable (void )
Disable PLL.
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1694/2236

UM1905
Notes
• Cannot be disabled if the PLL clock is used as the system clock

• CR PLLON LL_RCC_PLL_Disable
LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady (void )
Check if PLL Ready.
Return values

• CR PLLRDY LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady
LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS (uint32_t Source, uint32_t PLLM, uint32_t
PLLN, uint32_t PLLP)
Configure PLL used for SYSCLK Domain.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1695/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI
– LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1696/2236

UM1905
• PLLM: This parameter can be one of the following values:

– LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_2
UM1905 - Rev 4 – LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_53 page 1697/2236
UM1905
• PLLN: Between 50 and 432

• PLLP: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_PLLP_DIV_2
Return values
• None:
Notes
• PLL Source and PLLM Divider can be written only when PLL, PLLI2S and PLLSAI are disabled
• PLLN/PLLP can be written only when PLL is disabled

• PLLCFGR PLLSRC LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS
• PLLCFGR PLLM LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS
• PLLCFGR PLLN LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS
• PLLCFGR PLLP LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS
LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_48M
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_48M (uint32_t Source, uint32_t PLLM, uint32_t
PLLN, uint32_t PLLQ)
Configure PLL used for 48Mhz domain clock.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1698/2236

UM1905
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1699/2236

UM1905

UM1905

• PLLQ: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_PLLQ_DIV_2
Return values
• None:
Notes
• PLLN/PLLQ can be written only when PLL is disabled
• This can be selected for USB, RNG, SDMMC1

• PLLCFGR PLLSRC LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_48M
• PLLCFGR PLLM LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_48M
• PLLCFGR PLLN LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_48M
• PLLCFGR PLLQ LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_48M
LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_DSI
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_DSI (uint32_t Source, uint32_t PLLM, uint32_t
PLLN, uint32_t PLLR)
Configure PLL used for DSI clock.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1701/2236

UM1905
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1702/2236

UM1905

UM1905

• PLLR: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_PLLR_DIV_2
Return values
• None:
Notes
• PLLN/PLLR can be written only when PLL is disabled
• This can be selected for DSI

• PLLCFGR PLLSRC LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_DSI
• PLLCFGR PLLM LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_DSI
• PLLCFGR PLLN LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_DSI
• PLLCFGR PLLR LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_DSI
LL_RCC_PLL_SetMainSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_PLL_SetMainSource (uint32_t PLLSource)
Configure PLL clock source.
Parameters
• PLLSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• None:

• PLLCFGR PLLSRC LL_RCC_PLL_SetMainSource
LL_RCC_PLL_GetMainSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_PLL_GetMainSource (void )
Get the oscillator used as PLL clock source.
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1704/2236

UM1905

• PLLCFGR PLLSRC LL_RCC_PLL_GetMainSource
LL_RCC_PLL_GetN
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_PLL_GetN (void )
Get Main PLL multiplication factor for VCO.
Return values
• Between: 50 and 432

• PLLCFGR PLLN LL_RCC_PLL_GetN
LL_RCC_PLL_GetP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_PLL_GetP (void )
Get Main PLL division factor for PLLP.
Return values

• PLLCFGR PLLP LL_RCC_PLL_GetP
LL_RCC_PLL_GetQ
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_PLL_GetQ (void )
Get Main PLL division factor for PLLQ.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1705/2236

UM1905
Return values
Notes
• used for PLL48MCLK selected for USB, RNG, SDMMC (48 MHz clock)

• PLLCFGR PLLQ LL_RCC_PLL_GetQ
LL_RCC_PLL_GetR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_PLL_GetR (void )
Get Main PLL division factor for PLLR.
Return values
Notes
• used for PLLCLK (system clock)

• PLLCFGR PLLR LL_RCC_PLL_GetR
LL_RCC_PLL_GetDivider
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_PLL_GetDivider (void )
Get Division factor for the main PLL and other PLL.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1706/2236

UM1905
Return values
UM1905

• PLLCFGR PLLM LL_RCC_PLL_GetDivider
LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigSpreadSpectrum
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigSpreadSpectrum (uint32_t Mod, uint32_t Inc, uint32_t Sel)
Configure Spread Spectrum used for PLL.
Parameters
• Mod: Between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=8191
• Inc: Between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=32767
• Sel: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_SPREAD_SELECT_CENTER
– LL_RCC_SPREAD_SELECT_DOWN
Return values
• None:
Notes
• These bits must be written before enabling PLL

• SSCGR MODPER LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigSpreadSpectrum
• SSCGR INCSTEP LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigSpreadSpectrum
• SSCGR SPREADSEL LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigSpreadSpectrum
LL_RCC_PLL_GetPeriodModulation
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_PLL_GetPeriodModulation (void )
Get Spread Spectrum Modulation Period for PLL.
Return values
• Between: Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=8191

• SSCGR MODPER LL_RCC_PLL_GetPeriodModulation
LL_RCC_PLL_GetStepIncrementation
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_PLL_GetStepIncrementation (void )
Get Spread Spectrum Incrementation Step for PLL.
Return values
• Between: Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=32767
Notes
• Must be written before enabling PLL
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1708/2236

UM1905

• SSCGR INCSTEP LL_RCC_PLL_GetStepIncrementation
LL_RCC_PLL_GetSpreadSelection
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_PLL_GetSpreadSelection (void )
Get Spread Spectrum Selection for PLL.
Return values
– LL_RCC_SPREAD_SELECT_CENTER
– LL_RCC_SPREAD_SELECT_DOWN
Notes
• Must be written before enabling PLL

• SSCGR SPREADSEL LL_RCC_PLL_GetSpreadSelection
LL_RCC_PLL_SpreadSpectrum_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_PLL_SpreadSpectrum_Enable (void )
Enable Spread Spectrum for PLL.
Return values
• None:

• SSCGR SSCGEN LL_RCC_PLL_SpreadSpectrum_Enable
LL_RCC_PLL_SpreadSpectrum_Disable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_PLL_SpreadSpectrum_Disable (void )
Disable Spread Spectrum for PLL.
Return values
• None:

• SSCGR SSCGEN LL_RCC_PLL_SpreadSpectrum_Disable
LL_RCC_PLLI2S_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_PLLI2S_Enable (void )
Enable PLLI2S.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1709/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• CR PLLI2SON LL_RCC_PLLI2S_Enable
LL_RCC_PLLI2S_Disable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_PLLI2S_Disable (void )
Disable PLLI2S.
Return values
• None:

• CR PLLI2SON LL_RCC_PLLI2S_Disable
LL_RCC_PLLI2S_IsReady
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_PLLI2S_IsReady (void )
Check if PLLI2S Ready.
Return values

• CR PLLI2SRDY LL_RCC_PLLI2S_IsReady
LL_RCC_PLLI2S_ConfigDomain_SAI
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_PLLI2S_ConfigDomain_SAI (uint32_t Source, uint32_t PLLM, uint32_t
PLLN, uint32_t PLLQ, uint32_t PLLDIVQ)
Configure PLLI2S used for SAI1 and SAI2 domain clock.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1710/2236

UM1905
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1711/2236

UM1905

UM1905

– LL_RCC_PLLI2SQ_DIV_2
• PLLDIVQ: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_PLLI2SDIVQ_DIV_1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1713/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes
• PLLN/PLLQ can be written only when PLLI2S is disabled
• This can be selected for SAI1 and SAI2

• PLLCFGR PLLSRC LL_RCC_PLLI2S_ConfigDomain_SAI
• PLLCFGR PLLM LL_RCC_PLLI2S_ConfigDomain_SAI
• PLLI2SCFGR PLLI2SN LL_RCC_PLLI2S_ConfigDomain_SAI
• PLLI2SCFGR PLLI2SQ LL_RCC_PLLI2S_ConfigDomain_SAI
• DCKCFGR1 PLLI2SDIVQ LL_RCC_PLLI2S_ConfigDomain_SAI
LL_RCC_PLLI2S_ConfigDomain_SPDIFRX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_PLLI2S_ConfigDomain_SPDIFRX (uint32_t Source, uint32_t PLLM,
uint32_t PLLN, uint32_t PLLP)
Configure PLLI2S used for SPDIFRX domain clock.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1714/2236

UM1905
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1715/2236

UM1905

UM1905

– LL_RCC_PLLI2SP_DIV_2
Return values
• None:
Notes
• PLLN/PLLP can be written only when PLLI2S is disabled
• This can be selected for SPDIFRX

• PLLCFGR PLLSRC LL_RCC_PLLI2S_ConfigDomain_SPDIFRX
• PLLCFGR PLLM LL_RCC_PLLI2S_ConfigDomain_SPDIFRX
• PLLI2SCFGR PLLI2SN LL_RCC_PLLI2S_ConfigDomain_SPDIFRX
• PLLI2SCFGR PLLI2SP LL_RCC_PLLI2S_ConfigDomain_SPDIFRX
LL_RCC_PLLI2S_ConfigDomain_I2S
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_PLLI2S_ConfigDomain_I2S (uint32_t Source, uint32_t PLLM, uint32_t
PLLN, uint32_t PLLR)
Configure PLLI2S used for I2S1 domain clock.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1717/2236

UM1905
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1718/2236

UM1905

UM1905

– LL_RCC_PLLI2SR_DIV_2
Return values
• None:
Notes
• PLLN/PLLR can be written only when PLLI2S is disabled
• This can be selected for I2S

• PLLCFGR PLLSRC LL_RCC_PLLI2S_ConfigDomain_I2S
• PLLCFGR PLLM LL_RCC_PLLI2S_ConfigDomain_I2S
• PLLI2SCFGR PLLI2SN LL_RCC_PLLI2S_ConfigDomain_I2S
• PLLI2SCFGR PLLI2SR LL_RCC_PLLI2S_ConfigDomain_I2S
LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetN
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetN (void )
Get I2SPLL multiplication factor for VCO.
Return values

• PLLI2SCFGR PLLI2SN LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetN
LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetQ
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetQ (void )
Get I2SPLL division factor for PLLI2SQ.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1720/2236

UM1905
Return values

• PLLI2SCFGR PLLI2SQ LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetQ
LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetR (void )
Get I2SPLL division factor for PLLI2SR.
Return values
Notes
• used for PLLI2SCLK (I2S clock)

• PLLI2SCFGR PLLI2SR LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetR
LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetP (void )
Get I2SPLL division factor for PLLI2SP.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1721/2236

UM1905
Return values
Notes
• used for PLLSPDIFRXCLK (SPDIFRX clock)

• PLLI2SCFGR PLLI2SP LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetP
LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetDIVQ
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetDIVQ (void )
Get I2SPLL division factor for PLLI2SDIVQ.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1722/2236

UM1905
Return values
Notes
• used PLLSAI1CLK, PLLSAI2CLK selected (SAI1 and SAI2 clock)

• DCKCFGR1 PLLI2SDIVQ LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetDIVQ
LL_RCC_PLLSAI_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_PLLSAI_Enable (void )
Enable PLLSAI.
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1723/2236

UM1905

• CR PLLSAION LL_RCC_PLLSAI_Enable
LL_RCC_PLLSAI_Disable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_PLLSAI_Disable (void )
Disable PLLSAI.
Return values
• None:

• CR PLLSAION LL_RCC_PLLSAI_Disable
LL_RCC_PLLSAI_IsReady
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_PLLSAI_IsReady (void )
Check if PLLSAI Ready.
Return values

• CR PLLSAIRDY LL_RCC_PLLSAI_IsReady
LL_RCC_PLLSAI_ConfigDomain_SAI
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_PLLSAI_ConfigDomain_SAI (uint32_t Source, uint32_t PLLM, uint32_t
PLLN, uint32_t PLLQ, uint32_t PLLDIVQ)
Configure PLLSAI used for SAI1 and SAI2 domain clock.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1724/2236

UM1905
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1725/2236

UM1905

UM1905

– LL_RCC_PLLSAIQ_DIV_2
• PLLDIVQ: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_PLLSAIDIVQ_DIV_1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1727/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes
• PLLN/PLLQ can be written only when PLLSAI is disabled
• This can be selected for SAI1 and SAI2

• PLLCFGR PLLSRC LL_RCC_PLLSAI_ConfigDomain_SAI
• PLLCFGR PLLM LL_RCC_PLLSAI_ConfigDomain_SAI
• PLLSAICFGR PLLSAIN LL_RCC_PLLSAI_ConfigDomain_SAI
• PLLSAICFGR PLLSAIQ LL_RCC_PLLSAI_ConfigDomain_SAI
• DCKCFGR1 PLLSAIDIVQ LL_RCC_PLLSAI_ConfigDomain_SAI
LL_RCC_PLLSAI_ConfigDomain_48M
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_PLLSAI_ConfigDomain_48M (uint32_t Source, uint32_t PLLM, uint32_t
PLLN, uint32_t PLLP)
Configure PLLSAI used for 48Mhz domain clock.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1728/2236

UM1905
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1729/2236

UM1905

UM1905

– LL_RCC_PLLSAIP_DIV_2
Return values
• None:
Notes
• PLLN/PLLP can be written only when PLLSAI is disabled
• This can be selected for USB, RNG, SDMMC1

• PLLCFGR PLLSRC LL_RCC_PLLSAI_ConfigDomain_48M
• PLLCFGR PLLM LL_RCC_PLLSAI_ConfigDomain_48M
• PLLSAICFGR PLLSAIN LL_RCC_PLLSAI_ConfigDomain_48M
• PLLSAICFGR PLLSAIP LL_RCC_PLLSAI_ConfigDomain_48M
LL_RCC_PLLSAI_ConfigDomain_LTDC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_PLLSAI_ConfigDomain_LTDC (uint32_t Source, uint32_t PLLM, uint32_t
PLLN, uint32_t PLLR, uint32_t PLLDIVR)
Configure PLLSAI used for LTDC domain clock.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1731/2236

UM1905
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1732/2236

UM1905

UM1905

– LL_RCC_PLLSAIR_DIV_2
• PLLDIVR: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_PLLSAIDIVR_DIV_2
Return values
• None:
Notes
• PLLN/PLLR can be written only when PLLSAI is disabled
• This can be selected for LTDC

• PLLCFGR PLLSRC LL_RCC_PLLSAI_ConfigDomain_LTDC
• PLLCFGR PLLM LL_RCC_PLLSAI_ConfigDomain_LTDC
• PLLSAICFGR PLLSAIN LL_RCC_PLLSAI_ConfigDomain_LTDC
• PLLSAICFGR PLLSAIR LL_RCC_PLLSAI_ConfigDomain_LTDC
• DCKCFGR1 PLLSAIDIVR LL_RCC_PLLSAI_ConfigDomain_LTDC
LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetN
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetN (void )
Get SAIPLL multiplication factor for VCO.
Return values

• PLLSAICFGR PLLSAIN LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetN
LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetQ
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetQ (void )
Get SAIPLL division factor for PLLSAIQ.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1734/2236

UM1905
Return values

• PLLSAICFGR PLLSAIQ LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetQ
LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetR (void )
Get SAIPLL division factor for PLLSAIR.
Return values
Notes
• used for PLLSAICLK (SAI clock)

• PLLSAICFGR PLLSAIR LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetR
LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetP (void )
Get SAIPLL division factor for PLLSAIP.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1735/2236

UM1905
Return values
Notes
• used for PLL48MCLK (48M domain clock)

• PLLSAICFGR PLLSAIP LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetP
LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetDIVQ
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetDIVQ (void )
Get SAIPLL division factor for PLLSAIDIVQ.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1736/2236

UM1905
Return values
Notes
• used PLLSAI1CLK, PLLSAI2CLK selected (SAI1 and SAI2 clock)

• DCKCFGR1 PLLSAIDIVQ LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetDIVQ
LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetDIVR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetDIVR (void )
Get SAIPLL division factor for PLLSAIDIVR.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1737/2236

UM1905
Return values
Notes
• used for LTDC domain clock

• DCKCFGR1 PLLSAIDIVR LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetDIVR
LL_RCC_ClearFlag_LSIRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_ClearFlag_LSIRDY (void )
Clear LSI ready interrupt flag.
Return values
• None:

• CIR LSIRDYC LL_RCC_ClearFlag_LSIRDY
LL_RCC_ClearFlag_LSERDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_ClearFlag_LSERDY (void )
Clear LSE ready interrupt flag.
Return values
• None:

• CIR LSERDYC LL_RCC_ClearFlag_LSERDY
LL_RCC_ClearFlag_HSIRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_ClearFlag_HSIRDY (void )
Clear HSI ready interrupt flag.
Return values
• None:

• CIR HSIRDYC LL_RCC_ClearFlag_HSIRDY
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1738/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_ClearFlag_HSERDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_ClearFlag_HSERDY (void )
Clear HSE ready interrupt flag.
Return values
• None:

• CIR HSERDYC LL_RCC_ClearFlag_HSERDY
LL_RCC_ClearFlag_PLLRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_ClearFlag_PLLRDY (void )
Clear PLL ready interrupt flag.
Return values
• None:

• CIR PLLRDYC LL_RCC_ClearFlag_PLLRDY
LL_RCC_ClearFlag_PLLI2SRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_ClearFlag_PLLI2SRDY (void )
Clear PLLI2S ready interrupt flag.
Return values
• None:

• CIR PLLI2SRDYC LL_RCC_ClearFlag_PLLI2SRDY
LL_RCC_ClearFlag_PLLSAIRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_ClearFlag_PLLSAIRDY (void )
Clear PLLSAI ready interrupt flag.
Return values
• None:

• CIR PLLSAIRDYC LL_RCC_ClearFlag_PLLSAIRDY
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1739/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_ClearFlag_HSECSS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_ClearFlag_HSECSS (void )
Clear Clock security system interrupt flag.
Return values
• None:

• CIR CSSC LL_RCC_ClearFlag_HSECSS
LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_LSIRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_LSIRDY (void )
Check if LSI ready interrupt occurred or not.
Return values

• CIR LSIRDYF LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_LSIRDY
LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_LSERDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_LSERDY (void )
Check if LSE ready interrupt occurred or not.
Return values

• CIR LSERDYF LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_LSERDY
LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_HSIRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_HSIRDY (void )
Check if HSI ready interrupt occurred or not.
Return values

• CIR HSIRDYF LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_HSIRDY
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1740/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_HSERDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_HSERDY (void )
Check if HSE ready interrupt occurred or not.
Return values

• CIR HSERDYF LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_HSERDY
LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_PLLRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_PLLRDY (void )
Check if PLL ready interrupt occurred or not.
Return values

• CIR PLLRDYF LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_PLLRDY
LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_PLLI2SRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_PLLI2SRDY (void )
Check if PLLI2S ready interrupt occurred or not.
Return values

• CIR PLLI2SRDYF LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_PLLI2SRDY
LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_PLLSAIRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_PLLSAIRDY (void )
Check if PLLSAI ready interrupt occurred or not.
Return values

• CIR PLLSAIRDYF LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_PLLSAIRDY
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1741/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_HSECSS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_HSECSS (void )
Check if Clock security system interrupt occurred or not.
Return values

• CIR CSSF LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_HSECSS
LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_IWDGRST
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_IWDGRST (void )
Check if RCC flag Independent Watchdog reset is set or not.
Return values

• CSR IWDGRSTF LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_IWDGRST
LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_LPWRRST
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_LPWRRST (void )
Check if RCC flag Low Power reset is set or not.
Return values

• CSR LPWRRSTF LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_LPWRRST
LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_PINRST
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_PINRST (void )
Check if RCC flag Pin reset is set or not.
Return values

• CSR PINRSTF LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_PINRST
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1742/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_PORRST
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_PORRST (void )
Check if RCC flag POR/PDR reset is set or not.
Return values

• CSR PORRSTF LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_PORRST
LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_SFTRST
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_SFTRST (void )
Check if RCC flag Software reset is set or not.
Return values

• CSR SFTRSTF LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_SFTRST
LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_WWDGRST
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_WWDGRST (void )
Check if RCC flag Window Watchdog reset is set or not.
Return values

• CSR WWDGRSTF LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_WWDGRST
LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_BORRST
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_BORRST (void )
Check if RCC flag BOR reset is set or not.
Return values

• CSR BORRSTF LL_RCC_IsActiveFlag_BORRST
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1743/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_ClearResetFlags
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_ClearResetFlags (void )
Set RMVF bit to clear the reset flags.
Return values
• None:

• CSR RMVF LL_RCC_ClearResetFlags
LL_RCC_EnableIT_LSIRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_EnableIT_LSIRDY (void )
Enable LSI ready interrupt.
Return values
• None:

• CIR LSIRDYIE LL_RCC_EnableIT_LSIRDY
LL_RCC_EnableIT_LSERDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_EnableIT_LSERDY (void )
Enable LSE ready interrupt.
Return values
• None:

• CIR LSERDYIE LL_RCC_EnableIT_LSERDY
LL_RCC_EnableIT_HSIRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_EnableIT_HSIRDY (void )
Enable HSI ready interrupt.
Return values
• None:

• CIR HSIRDYIE LL_RCC_EnableIT_HSIRDY
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1744/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_EnableIT_HSERDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_EnableIT_HSERDY (void )
Enable HSE ready interrupt.
Return values
• None:

• CIR HSERDYIE LL_RCC_EnableIT_HSERDY
LL_RCC_EnableIT_PLLRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_EnableIT_PLLRDY (void )
Enable PLL ready interrupt.
Return values
• None:

• CIR PLLRDYIE LL_RCC_EnableIT_PLLRDY
LL_RCC_EnableIT_PLLI2SRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_EnableIT_PLLI2SRDY (void )
Enable PLLI2S ready interrupt.
Return values
• None:

• CIR PLLI2SRDYIE LL_RCC_EnableIT_PLLI2SRDY
LL_RCC_EnableIT_PLLSAIRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_EnableIT_PLLSAIRDY (void )
Enable PLLSAI ready interrupt.
Return values
• None:

• CIR PLLSAIRDYIE LL_RCC_EnableIT_PLLSAIRDY
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1745/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_DisableIT_LSIRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_DisableIT_LSIRDY (void )
Disable LSI ready interrupt.
Return values
• None:

• CIR LSIRDYIE LL_RCC_DisableIT_LSIRDY
LL_RCC_DisableIT_LSERDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_DisableIT_LSERDY (void )
Disable LSE ready interrupt.
Return values
• None:

• CIR LSERDYIE LL_RCC_DisableIT_LSERDY
LL_RCC_DisableIT_HSIRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_DisableIT_HSIRDY (void )
Disable HSI ready interrupt.
Return values
• None:

• CIR HSIRDYIE LL_RCC_DisableIT_HSIRDY
LL_RCC_DisableIT_HSERDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_DisableIT_HSERDY (void )
Disable HSE ready interrupt.
Return values
• None:

• CIR HSERDYIE LL_RCC_DisableIT_HSERDY
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1746/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_DisableIT_PLLRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_DisableIT_PLLRDY (void )
Disable PLL ready interrupt.
Return values
• None:

• CIR PLLRDYIE LL_RCC_DisableIT_PLLRDY
LL_RCC_DisableIT_PLLI2SRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_DisableIT_PLLI2SRDY (void )
Disable PLLI2S ready interrupt.
Return values
• None:

• CIR PLLI2SRDYIE LL_RCC_DisableIT_PLLI2SRDY
LL_RCC_DisableIT_PLLSAIRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RCC_DisableIT_PLLSAIRDY (void )
Disable PLLSAI ready interrupt.
Return values
• None:

• CIR PLLSAIRDYIE LL_RCC_DisableIT_PLLSAIRDY
LL_RCC_IsEnabledIT_LSIRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_IsEnabledIT_LSIRDY (void )
Checks if LSI ready interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Return values

• CIR LSIRDYIE LL_RCC_IsEnabledIT_LSIRDY
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1747/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_IsEnabledIT_LSERDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_IsEnabledIT_LSERDY (void )
Checks if LSE ready interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Return values

• CIR LSERDYIE LL_RCC_IsEnabledIT_LSERDY
LL_RCC_IsEnabledIT_HSIRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_IsEnabledIT_HSIRDY (void )
Checks if HSI ready interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Return values

• CIR HSIRDYIE LL_RCC_IsEnabledIT_HSIRDY
LL_RCC_IsEnabledIT_HSERDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_IsEnabledIT_HSERDY (void )
Checks if HSE ready interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Return values

• CIR HSERDYIE LL_RCC_IsEnabledIT_HSERDY
LL_RCC_IsEnabledIT_PLLRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_IsEnabledIT_PLLRDY (void )
Checks if PLL ready interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Return values

• CIR PLLRDYIE LL_RCC_IsEnabledIT_PLLRDY
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1748/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_IsEnabledIT_PLLI2SRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_IsEnabledIT_PLLI2SRDY (void )
Checks if PLLI2S ready interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Return values

• CIR PLLI2SRDYIE LL_RCC_IsEnabledIT_PLLI2SRDY
LL_RCC_IsEnabledIT_PLLSAIRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RCC_IsEnabledIT_PLLSAIRDY (void )
Checks if PLLSAI ready interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Return values

• CIR PLLSAIRDYIE LL_RCC_IsEnabledIT_PLLSAIRDY
LL_RCC_DeInit
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_RCC_DeInit (void )
Reset the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state.
Return values
– SUCCESS: RCC registers are de-initialized
Notes
• The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below: HSI ON and used as system clock
sourceHSE, PLL, PLLI2S, PLLSAI OFFAHB, APB1 and APB2 prescaler set to 1.CSS, MCO OFFAll
interrupts disabled
• This function doesn't modify the configuration of the Peripheral clocksLSI, LSE and RTC clocks
LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq
Function name
void LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq (LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef * RCC_Clocks)
Return the frequencies of different on chip clocks; System, AHB, APB1 and APB2 buses clocks.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1749/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• RCC_Clocks: pointer to a LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef structure which will hold the clocks frequencies
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Each time SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and/or PCLK2 clock changes, this function must be called to update
structure fields. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq
Function name
uint32_t LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq (uint32_t USARTxSource)
Return USARTx clock frequency.
Parameters
• USARTxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• USART: clock frequency (in Hz)
– LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that oscillator (HSI or LSE) is not ready
LL_RCC_GetUARTClockFreq
Function name
uint32_t LL_RCC_GetUARTClockFreq (uint32_t UARTxSource)
Return UARTx clock frequency.
Parameters
• UARTxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• UART: clock frequency (in Hz)
LL_RCC_GetI2CClockFreq
Function name
uint32_t LL_RCC_GetI2CClockFreq (uint32_t I2CxSource)
Return I2Cx clock frequency.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1750/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• I2CxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_I2C4_CLKSOURCE (*)
Return values
• I2C: clock frequency (in Hz)
– LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that HSI oscillator is not ready
LL_RCC_GetLPTIMClockFreq
Function name
uint32_t LL_RCC_GetLPTIMClockFreq (uint32_t LPTIMxSource)
Return LPTIMx clock frequency.
Parameters
• LPTIMxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE
Return values
• LPTIM: clock frequency (in Hz)
– LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that oscillator (HSI, LSI or LSE) is not ready
LL_RCC_GetSAIClockFreq
Function name
uint32_t LL_RCC_GetSAIClockFreq (uint32_t SAIxSource)
Return SAIx clock frequency.
Parameters
• SAIxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• SAI: clock frequency (in Hz)
– LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that PLL is not ready
LL_RCC_GetSDMMCClockFreq
Function name
uint32_t LL_RCC_GetSDMMCClockFreq (uint32_t SDMMCxSource)
Return SDMMCx clock frequency.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1751/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• SDMMCxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_SDMMC1_CLKSOURCE
– LL_RCC_SDMMC2_CLKSOURCE (*)
Return values
• SDMMC: clock frequency (in Hz)
– LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that oscillator PLL is not ready
LL_RCC_GetRNGClockFreq
Function name
uint32_t LL_RCC_GetRNGClockFreq (uint32_t RNGxSource)
Return RNGx clock frequency.
Parameters
• RNGxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_RNG_CLKSOURCE
Return values
• RNG: clock frequency (in Hz)
– LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that oscillator is not ready
LL_RCC_GetUSBClockFreq
Function name
uint32_t LL_RCC_GetUSBClockFreq (uint32_t USBxSource)
Return USBx clock frequency.
Parameters
• USBxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE
Return values
• USB: clock frequency (in Hz)
LL_RCC_GetDFSDMClockFreq
Function name
uint32_t LL_RCC_GetDFSDMClockFreq (uint32_t DFSDMxSource)
Return DFSDMx clock frequency.
Parameters
• DFSDMxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_DFSDM1_CLKSOURCE
Return values
• DFSDM: clock frequency (in Hz)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1752/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_GetDFSDMAudioClockFreq
Function name
uint32_t LL_RCC_GetDFSDMAudioClockFreq (uint32_t DFSDMxSource)
Return DFSDMx Audio clock frequency.
Parameters
• DFSDMxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_DFSDM1_AUDIO_CLKSOURCE
Return values
• DFSDM: clock frequency (in Hz)
LL_RCC_GetI2SClockFreq
Function name
uint32_t LL_RCC_GetI2SClockFreq (uint32_t I2SxSource)
Return I2Sx clock frequency.
Parameters
• I2SxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_I2S1_CLKSOURCE
Return values
• I2S: clock frequency (in Hz)
– LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that PLLI2S oscillator is not ready
LL_RCC_GetCECClockFreq
Function name
uint32_t LL_RCC_GetCECClockFreq (uint32_t CECxSource)
Return CEC clock frequency.
Parameters
• CECxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE
Return values
• CEC: clock frequency (in Hz)
LL_RCC_GetLTDCClockFreq
Function name
uint32_t LL_RCC_GetLTDCClockFreq (uint32_t LTDCxSource)
Return LTDC clock frequency.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1753/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• LTDCxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_LTDC_CLKSOURCE
Return values
• LTDC: clock frequency (in Hz)
– LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that oscillator PLLSAI is not ready
LL_RCC_GetSPDIFRXClockFreq
Function name
uint32_t LL_RCC_GetSPDIFRXClockFreq (uint32_t SPDIFRXxSource)
Return SPDIFRX clock frequency.
Parameters
• SPDIFRXxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_SPDIFRX1_CLKSOURCE
Return values
• SPDIFRX: clock frequency (in Hz)
LL_RCC_GetDSIClockFreq
Function name
uint32_t LL_RCC_GetDSIClockFreq (uint32_t DSIxSource)
Return DSI clock frequency.
Parameters
• DSIxSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RCC_DSI_CLKSOURCE
Return values
• DSI: clock frequency (in Hz)
– LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NA indicates that external clock is used
87.3 RCC Firmware driver defines

87.3.1 RCC
RCC
APB low-speed prescaler (APB1)
LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_1
HCLK not divided
LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_2
HCLK divided by 2
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1754/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_4
HCLK divided by 4
LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_8
HCLK divided by 8
LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_16
HCLK divided by 16
APB high-speed prescaler (APB2)
LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_1
HCLK not divided
LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_2
HCLK divided by 2
LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_4
HCLK divided by 4
LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_8
HCLK divided by 8
LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_16
HCLK divided by 16
Peripheral CEC get clock source
LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE
CEC Clock source selection
Peripheral CEC clock source selection
LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE_LSE
LSE oscillator clock used as CEC clock
LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE_HSI_DIV488
HSI oscillator clock divided by 488 used as CEC clock
Peripheral CK48M get clock source
LL_RCC_CK48M_CLKSOURCE
CK48M Domain clock source selection
Peripheral 48Mhz domain clock source selection
LL_RCC_CK48M_CLKSOURCE_PLL
PLL oscillator clock used as 48Mhz domain clock
LL_RCC_CK48M_CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI
PLLSAI oscillator clock used as 48Mhz domain clock
Clear Flags Defines
LL_RCC_CIR_LSIRDYC
LSI Ready Interrupt Clear
LL_RCC_CIR_LSERDYC
LSE Ready Interrupt Clear
LL_RCC_CIR_HSIRDYC
HSI Ready Interrupt Clear
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1755/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_CIR_HSERDYC
HSE Ready Interrupt Clear
LL_RCC_CIR_PLLRDYC
PLL Ready Interrupt Clear
LL_RCC_CIR_PLLI2SRDYC
PLLI2S Ready Interrupt Clear
LL_RCC_CIR_PLLSAIRDYC
PLLSAI Ready Interrupt Clear
LL_RCC_CIR_CSSC
Clock Security System Interrupt Clear
Peripheral DFSDM get clock source
LL_RCC_DFSDM1_CLKSOURCE
DFSDM Clock source selection
Peripheral DFSDM Audio clock source selection
LL_RCC_DFSDM1_AUDIO_CLKSOURCE_SAI1
SAI1 clock used as DFSDM1 Audio clock
LL_RCC_DFSDM1_AUDIO_CLKSOURCE_SAI2
SAI2 clock used as DFSDM1 Audio clock
Peripheral DFSDM clock source selection
LL_RCC_DFSDM1_CLKSOURCE_PCLK2
PCLK2 clock used as DFSDM1 clock
LL_RCC_DFSDM1_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
System clock used as DFSDM1 clock
Peripheral DFSDM Audio get clock source
LL_RCC_DFSDM1_AUDIO_CLKSOURCE
DFSDM Audio Clock source selection
Peripheral DSI get clock source
LL_RCC_DSI_CLKSOURCE
DSI Clock source selection
Peripheral DSI clock source selection
LL_RCC_DSI_CLKSOURCE_PHY
DSI-PHY clock used as DSI byte lane clock source
LL_RCC_DSI_CLKSOURCE_PLL
PLL clock used as DSI byte lane clock source
Get Flags Defines
LL_RCC_CIR_LSIRDYF
LSI Ready Interrupt flag
LL_RCC_CIR_LSERDYF
LSE Ready Interrupt flag
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1756/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_CIR_HSIRDYF
HSI Ready Interrupt flag
LL_RCC_CIR_HSERDYF
HSE Ready Interrupt flag
LL_RCC_CIR_PLLRDYF
PLL Ready Interrupt flag
LL_RCC_CIR_PLLI2SRDYF
PLLI2S Ready Interrupt flag
LL_RCC_CIR_PLLSAIRDYF
PLLSAI Ready Interrupt flag
LL_RCC_CIR_CSSF
Clock Security System Interrupt flag
LL_RCC_CSR_LPWRRSTF
Low-Power reset flag
LL_RCC_CSR_PINRSTF
PIN reset flag
LL_RCC_CSR_PORRSTF
POR/PDR reset flag
LL_RCC_CSR_SFTRSTF
Software Reset flag
LL_RCC_CSR_IWDGRSTF
Independent Watchdog reset flag
LL_RCC_CSR_WWDGRSTF
Window watchdog reset flag
LL_RCC_CSR_BORRSTF
BOR reset flag
Peripheral I2C get clock source
LL_RCC_I2C1_CLKSOURCE
I2C1 Clock source selection
Peripheral I2C clock source selection
LL_RCC_I2C1_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
PCLK1 clock used as I2C1 clock source
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1757/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_I2C1_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
SYSCLK clock used as I2C1 clock source
LL_RCC_I2C1_CLKSOURCE_HSI
HSI clock used as I2C1 clock source
Peripheral I2S get clock source
LL_RCC_I2S1_CLKSOURCE
I2S Clock source selection
Peripheral I2S clock source selection
LL_RCC_I2S1_CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S
I2S oscillator clock used as I2S1 clock
LL_RCC_I2S1_CLKSOURCE_PIN
External pin clock used as I2S1 clock
IT Defines
LL_RCC_CIR_LSIRDYIE
LSI Ready Interrupt Enable
LL_RCC_CIR_LSERDYIE
LSE Ready Interrupt Enable
LL_RCC_CIR_HSIRDYIE
HSI Ready Interrupt Enable
LL_RCC_CIR_HSERDYIE
HSE Ready Interrupt Enable
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1758/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_CIR_PLLRDYIE
PLL Ready Interrupt Enable
LL_RCC_CIR_PLLI2SRDYIE
PLLI2S Ready Interrupt Enable
LL_RCC_CIR_PLLSAIRDYIE
PLLSAI Ready Interrupt Enable
Peripheral LPTIM get clock source
LL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE
LPTIM1 Clock source selection
Peripheral LPTIM clock source selection
LL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
PCLK1 clock used as LPTIM1 clock
LL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE_LSI
LSI oscillator clock used as LPTIM1 clock
LL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE_HSI
HSI oscillator clock used as LPTIM1 clock
LL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE_LSE
LSE oscillator clock used as LPTIM1 clock
LSE oscillator drive capability
LL_RCC_LSEDRIVE_LOW
Xtal mode lower driving capability
LL_RCC_LSEDRIVE_MEDIUMHIGH
Xtal mode medium high driving capability
LL_RCC_LSEDRIVE_MEDIUMLOW
Xtal mode medium low driving capability
LL_RCC_LSEDRIVE_HIGH
Xtal mode higher driving capability
Peripheral LTDC get clock source
LL_RCC_LTDC_CLKSOURCE
LTDC Clock source selection
MCO source selection
LL_RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI
HSI selection as MCO1 source
LL_RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSE
LSE selection as MCO1 source
LL_RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE
HSE selection as MCO1 source
LL_RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK
PLLCLK selection as MCO1 source
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1759/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_MCO2SOURCE_SYSCLK
SYSCLK selection as MCO2 source
LL_RCC_MCO2SOURCE_PLLI2S
PLLI2S selection as MCO2 source
LL_RCC_MCO2SOURCE_HSE
HSE selection as MCO2 source
LL_RCC_MCO2SOURCE_PLLCLK
PLLCLK selection as MCO2 source
MCO prescaler
LL_RCC_MCO1_DIV_1
MCO1 not divided
LL_RCC_MCO1_DIV_2
MCO1 divided by 2
LL_RCC_MCO1_DIV_3
MCO1 divided by 3
LL_RCC_MCO1_DIV_4
MCO1 divided by 4
LL_RCC_MCO1_DIV_5
MCO1 divided by 5
LL_RCC_MCO2_DIV_1
MCO2 not divided
LL_RCC_MCO2_DIV_2
MCO2 divided by 2
LL_RCC_MCO2_DIV_3
MCO2 divided by 3
LL_RCC_MCO2_DIV_4
MCO2 divided by 4
LL_RCC_MCO2_DIV_5
MCO2 divided by 5
Oscillator Values adaptation
HSE_VALUE
Value of the HSE oscillator in Hz
HSI_VALUE
Value of the HSI oscillator in Hz
LSE_VALUE
Value of the LSE oscillator in Hz
LSI_VALUE
Value of the LSI oscillator in Hz
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1760/2236

UM1905
EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE
Value of the I2S_CKIN external oscillator in Hz
EXTERNAL_SAI1_CLOCK_VALUE
Value of the SAI1_EXTCLK external oscillator in Hz
EXTERNAL_SAI2_CLOCK_VALUE
Value of the SAI2_EXTCLK external oscillator in Hz
Peripheral clock frequency
LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO
No clock enabled for the peripheral
LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NA
Frequency cannot be provided as external clock
PLLI2SDIVQ division factor (PLLI2SDIVQ)
LL_RCC_PLLI2SDIVQ_DIV_1
PLLI2S division factor for PLLI2SDIVQ output by 1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1761/2236

UM1905
PLLI2SP division factor (PLLI2SP)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1762/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_PLLI2SP_DIV_2
PLLI2S division factor for PLLI2SP output by 2
PLLI2SQ division factor (PLLI2SQ)
LL_RCC_PLLI2SQ_DIV_2
PLLI2S division factor for PLLI2SQ output by 2
PLLI2SR division factor (PLLI2SR)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1763/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_PLLI2SR_DIV_2
PLLI2S division factor for PLLI2SR output by 2
PLL, PLLI2S and PLLSAI division factor
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_2
PLL, PLLI2S and PLLSAI division factor by 2
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_3
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_4
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_5
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_6
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_7
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_8
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_9
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_10
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_11
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_12
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_13
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_14
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1764/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_15
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_16
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_17
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_18
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_19
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_20
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_21
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_22
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_23
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_24
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_25
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_26
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_27
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_28
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_29
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_30
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_31
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_32
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_33
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1765/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_34
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_35
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_36
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_37
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_38
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_39
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_40
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_41
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_42
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_43
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_44
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_45
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_46
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_47
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_48
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_49
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_50
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_51
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_52
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1766/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_53
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_54
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_55
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_56
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_57
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_58
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_59
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_60
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_61
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_62
LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_63
PLL division factor (PLLP)
LL_RCC_PLLP_DIV_2
Main PLL division factor for PLLP output by 2
LL_RCC_PLLP_DIV_4
LL_RCC_PLLP_DIV_6
LL_RCC_PLLP_DIV_8
PLL division factor (PLLQ)
LL_RCC_PLLQ_DIV_2
Main PLL division factor for PLLQ output by 2
LL_RCC_PLLQ_DIV_3
LL_RCC_PLLQ_DIV_4
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1767/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_PLLQ_DIV_5
LL_RCC_PLLQ_DIV_6
LL_RCC_PLLQ_DIV_7
LL_RCC_PLLQ_DIV_8
LL_RCC_PLLQ_DIV_9
LL_RCC_PLLQ_DIV_10
LL_RCC_PLLQ_DIV_11
LL_RCC_PLLQ_DIV_12
LL_RCC_PLLQ_DIV_13
LL_RCC_PLLQ_DIV_14
LL_RCC_PLLQ_DIV_15
PLL division factor (PLLR)
LL_RCC_PLLR_DIV_2
Main PLL division factor for PLLCLK (system clock) by 2
LL_RCC_PLLR_DIV_3
LL_RCC_PLLR_DIV_4
LL_RCC_PLLR_DIV_5
LL_RCC_PLLR_DIV_6
LL_RCC_PLLR_DIV_7
PLLSAIDIVQ division factor (PLLSAIDIVQ)
LL_RCC_PLLSAIDIVQ_DIV_1
PLLSAI division factor for PLLSAIDIVQ output by 1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1768/2236

UM1905
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1769/2236

UM1905
PLLSAIDIVR division factor (PLLSAIDIVR)
LL_RCC_PLLSAIDIVR_DIV_2
PLLSAI division factor for PLLSAIDIVR output by 2
PLLSAIP division factor (PLLSAIP)
LL_RCC_PLLSAIP_DIV_2
PLLSAI division factor for PLLSAIP output by 2
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1770/2236

UM1905
PLLSAIQ division factor (PLLSAIQ)
LL_RCC_PLLSAIQ_DIV_2
PLLSAI division factor for PLLSAIQ output by 2
PLLSAIR division factor (PLLSAIR)
LL_RCC_PLLSAIR_DIV_2
PLLSAI division factor for PLLSAIR output by 2
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1771/2236

UM1905
PLL, PLLI2S and PLLSAI entry clock source
LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI
HSI16 clock selected as PLL entry clock source
LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE
HSE clock selected as PLL entry clock source
PLL Spread Spectrum Selection
LL_RCC_SPREAD_SELECT_CENTER
PLL center spread spectrum selection
LL_RCC_SPREAD_SELECT_DOWN
PLL down spread spectrum selection
Peripheral RNG get clock source
LL_RCC_RNG_CLKSOURCE
RNG Clock source selection
Peripheral RNG clock source selection
LL_RCC_RNG_CLKSOURCE_PLL
PLL clock used as RNG clock source
LL_RCC_RNG_CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI
PLLSAI clock used as RNG clock source
RTC clock source selection
LL_RCC_RTC_CLKSOURCE_NONE
No clock used as RTC clock
LL_RCC_RTC_CLKSOURCE_LSE
LSE oscillator clock used as RTC clock
LL_RCC_RTC_CLKSOURCE_LSI
LSI oscillator clock used as RTC clock
LL_RCC_RTC_CLKSOURCE_HSE
HSE oscillator clock divided by HSE prescaler used as RTC clock
HSE prescaler for RTC clock
LL_RCC_RTC_NOCLOCK
HSE not divided
LL_RCC_RTC_HSE_DIV_2
HSE clock divided by 2
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1772/2236

UM1905
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1773/2236

UM1905
Peripheral SAI get clock source
LL_RCC_SAI1_CLKSOURCE
SAI1 Clock source selection
LL_RCC_SAI2_CLKSOURCE
SAI2 Clock source selection
Peripheral SAI clock source selection
LL_RCC_SAI1_CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI
PLLSAI clock used as SAI1 clock source
LL_RCC_SAI1_CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S
PLLI2S clock used as SAI1 clock source
LL_RCC_SAI1_CLKSOURCE_PIN
External pin clock used as SAI1 clock source
LL_RCC_SAI1_CLKSOURCE_PLLSRC
Main source clock used as SAI1 clock source
LL_RCC_SAI2_CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI
PLLSAI clock used as SAI2 clock source
LL_RCC_SAI2_CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S
PLLI2S clock used as SAI2 clock source
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1774/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_SAI2_CLKSOURCE_PIN
External pin clock used as SAI2 clock source
LL_RCC_SAI2_CLKSOURCE_PLLSRC
Main source clock used as SAI2 clock source
Peripheral SDMMC get clock source
LL_RCC_SDMMC1_CLKSOURCE
SDMMC1 Clock source selection
LL_RCC_SDMMC2_CLKSOURCE
SDMMC2 Clock source selection
Peripheral SDMMC clock source selection
LL_RCC_SDMMC1_CLKSOURCE_PLL48CLK
PLL 48M domain clock used as SDMMC1 clock
LL_RCC_SDMMC1_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
System clock clock used as SDMMC1 clock
LL_RCC_SDMMC2_CLKSOURCE_PLL48CLK
PLL 48M domain clock used as SDMMC2 clock
LL_RCC_SDMMC2_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
System clock clock used as SDMMC2 clock
Peripheral SPDIFRX get clock source
LL_RCC_SPDIFRX1_CLKSOURCE
SPDIFRX Clock source selection
AHB prescaler
LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_1
SYSCLK not divided
LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_2
SYSCLK divided by 2
LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_4
SYSCLK divided by 4
LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_8
SYSCLK divided by 8
LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_16
SYSCLK divided by 16
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1775/2236

UM1905
System clock switch
LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_HSI
HSI selection as system clock
LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_HSE
HSE selection as system clock
LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_PLL
PLL selection as system clock
System clock switch status
LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI
HSI used as system clock
LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE
HSE used as system clock
LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLL
PLL used as system clock
Timers clocks prescalers selection
LL_RCC_TIM_PRESCALER_TWICE
Timers clock to twice PCLK
LL_RCC_TIM_PRESCALER_FOUR_TIMES
Timers clock to four time PCLK
Peripheral UART get clock source
LL_RCC_UART4_CLKSOURCE
UART4 Clock source selection
Peripheral UART clock source selection
LL_RCC_UART4_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1
PCLK1 clock used as UART4 clock source
LL_RCC_UART4_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
SYSCLK clock used as UART4 clock source
LL_RCC_UART4_CLKSOURCE_HSI
HSI clock used as UART4 clock source
LL_RCC_UART4_CLKSOURCE_LSE
LSE clock used as UART4 clock source
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1776/2236

UM1905
Peripheral USART get clock source
LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE
USART1 Clock source selection
Peripheral USART clock source selection
LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE_PCLK2
PCLK2 clock used as USART1 clock source
LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK
SYSCLK clock used as USART1 clock source
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1777/2236

UM1905
LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE_HSI
HSI clock used as USART1 clock source
LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE_LSE
LSE clock used as USART1 clock source
Peripheral USB get clock source
LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE
USB Clock source selection
Peripheral USB clock source selection
LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLL
PLL clock used as USB clock source
LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI
PLLSAI1 clock used as USB clock source
Calculate frequencies
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1778/2236

UM1905
__LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ
Description:
• Helper macro to calculate the PLLCLK frequency on system domain.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1779/2236

UM1905
Parameters:
• __INPUTFREQ__: PLL Input frequency (based on HSE/HSI)
• __PLLM__: This parameter can be one of the following values:
UM1905
Return value:
• PLL: clock frequency (in Hz)
Notes:
• ex: __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ (HSE_VALUE,LL_RCC_PLL_GetDivider (), LL_RCC_PLL_GetN (),
LL_RCC_PLL_GetP ());
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1781/2236

UM1905
__LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_48M_FREQ
Description:
• Helper macro to calculate the PLLCLK frequency used on 48M domain.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1782/2236

UM1905
Parameters:
UM1905
Return value:
Notes:
• ex: __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_48M_FREQ (HSE_VALUE,LL_RCC_PLL_GetDivider (),
LL_RCC_PLL_GetN (), LL_RCC_PLL_GetQ ());
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1784/2236

UM1905
__LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_DSI_FREQ
Description:
• Helper macro to calculate the PLLCLK frequency used on DSI.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1785/2236

UM1905
Parameters:
UM1905
Return value:
Notes:
• ex: __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_DSI_FREQ (HSE_VALUE, LL_RCC_PLL_GetDivider (),
LL_RCC_PLL_GetN (), LL_RCC_PLL_GetR ());
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1787/2236

UM1905
__LL_RCC_CALC_PLLSAI_SAI_FREQ
Description:
• Helper macro to calculate the PLLSAI frequency used for SAI1 and SAI2 domains.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1788/2236

UM1905
Parameters:
UM1905
Return value:
• PLLSAI: clock frequency (in Hz)
Notes:
• ex: __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLSAI_SAI_FREQ (HSE_VALUE,LL_RCC_PLL_GetDivider (),
LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetN (), LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetQ (), LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetDIVQ ());
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1790/2236

UM1905
__LL_RCC_CALC_PLLSAI_48M_FREQ
Description:
• Helper macro to calculate the PLLSAI frequency used on 48Mhz domain.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1791/2236

UM1905
Parameters:
UM1905
Return value:
Notes:
• ex: __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLSAI_48M_FREQ (HSE_VALUE,LL_RCC_PLL_GetDivider (),
LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetN (), LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetP ());
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1793/2236

UM1905
__LL_RCC_CALC_PLLSAI_LTDC_FREQ
Description:
• Helper macro to calculate the PLLSAI frequency used for LTDC domain.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1794/2236

UM1905
Parameters:
UM1905
Return value:
Notes:
• ex: __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLSAI_LTDC_FREQ (HSE_VALUE,LL_RCC_PLL_GetDivider (),
LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetN (), LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetR (), LL_RCC_PLLSAI_GetDIVR ());
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1796/2236

UM1905
__LL_RCC_CALC_PLLI2S_SAI_FREQ
Description:
• Helper macro to calculate the PLLI2S frequency used for SAI1 and SAI2 domains.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1797/2236

UM1905
Parameters:
UM1905
Return value:
• PLLI2S: clock frequency (in Hz)
Notes:
• ex: __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLI2S_SAI_FREQ (HSE_VALUE,LL_RCC_PLL_GetDivider (),
LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetN (), LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetQ (), LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetDIVQ ());
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1799/2236

UM1905
__LL_RCC_CALC_PLLI2S_SPDIFRX_FREQ
Description:
• Helper macro to calculate the PLLI2S frequency used on SPDIFRX domain.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1800/2236

UM1905
Parameters:
UM1905
Return value:
Notes:
• ex: __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLI2S_SPDIFRX_FREQ (HSE_VALUE,LL_RCC_PLL_GetDivider (),
LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetN (), LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetP ());
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1802/2236

UM1905
__LL_RCC_CALC_PLLI2S_I2S_FREQ
Description:
• Helper macro to calculate the PLLI2S frequency used for I2S domain.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1803/2236

UM1905
Parameters:
UM1905
Return value:
Notes:
• ex: __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLI2S_I2S_FREQ (HSE_VALUE,LL_RCC_PLL_GetDivider (),
LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetN (), LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetR ());
__LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK_FREQ
Description:
• Helper macro to calculate the HCLK frequency.
Parameters:
• __SYSCLKFREQ__: SYSCLK frequency (based on HSE/HSI/PLLCLK)
• __AHBPRESCALER__: This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return value:
• HCLK: clock frequency (in Hz)
__LL_RCC_CALC_PCLK1_FREQ
Description:
• Helper macro to calculate the PCLK1 frequency (ABP1)
Parameters:
• __HCLKFREQ__: HCLK frequency
• __APB1PRESCALER__: This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return value:
• PCLK1: clock frequency (in Hz)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1805/2236

UM1905
__LL_RCC_CALC_PCLK2_FREQ
Description:
• Helper macro to calculate the PCLK2 frequency (ABP2)
Parameters:
• __HCLKFREQ__: HCLK frequency
• __APB2PRESCALER__: This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return value:
• PCLK2: clock frequency (in Hz)
LL_RCC_WriteReg
Description:
• Write a value in RCC register.
Parameters:
Return value:
• None
LL_RCC_ReadReg
Description:
• Read a value in RCC register.
Parameters:
Return value:
• Register: value
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1806/2236

UM1905
LL RNG Generic Driver
88 LL RNG Generic Driver
88.1 RNG Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the RNG library.
LL_RNG_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RNG_Enable (RNG_TypeDef * RNGx)
Enable Random Number Generation.
Parameters
• RNGx: RNG Instance
Return values
• None:

• CR RNGEN LL_RNG_Enable
LL_RNG_Disable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RNG_Disable (RNG_TypeDef * RNGx)
Disable Random Number Generation.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR RNGEN LL_RNG_Disable
LL_RNG_IsEnabled
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RNG_IsEnabled (RNG_TypeDef * RNGx)
Check if Random Number Generator is enabled.
Parameters
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1807/2236

UM1905

• CR RNGEN LL_RNG_IsEnabled
LL_RNG_IsActiveFlag_DRDY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RNG_IsActiveFlag_DRDY (RNG_TypeDef * RNGx)
Indicate if the RNG Data ready Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• SR DRDY LL_RNG_IsActiveFlag_DRDY
LL_RNG_IsActiveFlag_CECS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RNG_IsActiveFlag_CECS (RNG_TypeDef * RNGx)
Indicate if the Clock Error Current Status Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• SR CECS LL_RNG_IsActiveFlag_CECS
LL_RNG_IsActiveFlag_SECS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RNG_IsActiveFlag_SECS (RNG_TypeDef * RNGx)
Indicate if the Seed Error Current Status Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• SR SECS LL_RNG_IsActiveFlag_SECS
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1808/2236

UM1905
LL_RNG_IsActiveFlag_CEIS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RNG_IsActiveFlag_CEIS (RNG_TypeDef * RNGx)
Indicate if the Clock Error Interrupt Status Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• SR CEIS LL_RNG_IsActiveFlag_CEIS
LL_RNG_IsActiveFlag_SEIS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RNG_IsActiveFlag_SEIS (RNG_TypeDef * RNGx)
Indicate if the Seed Error Interrupt Status Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• SR SEIS LL_RNG_IsActiveFlag_SEIS
LL_RNG_ClearFlag_CEIS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RNG_ClearFlag_CEIS (RNG_TypeDef * RNGx)
Clear Clock Error interrupt Status (CEIS) Flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• SR CEIS LL_RNG_ClearFlag_CEIS
LL_RNG_ClearFlag_SEIS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RNG_ClearFlag_SEIS (RNG_TypeDef * RNGx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1809/2236

UM1905
Clear Seed Error interrupt Status (SEIS) Flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• SR SEIS LL_RNG_ClearFlag_SEIS
LL_RNG_EnableIT
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RNG_EnableIT (RNG_TypeDef * RNGx)
Enable Random Number Generator Interrupt (applies for either Seed error, Clock Error or Data ready interrupts)
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR IE LL_RNG_EnableIT
LL_RNG_DisableIT
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RNG_DisableIT (RNG_TypeDef * RNGx)
Disable Random Number Generator Interrupt (applies for either Seed error, Clock Error or Data ready interrupts)
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR IE LL_RNG_DisableIT
LL_RNG_IsEnabledIT
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RNG_IsEnabledIT (RNG_TypeDef * RNGx)
Check if Random Number Generator Interrupt is enabled (applies for either Seed error, Clock Error or Data
ready interrupts)
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1810/2236

UM1905
Return values

• CR IE LL_RNG_IsEnabledIT
LL_RNG_ReadRandData32
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RNG_ReadRandData32 (RNG_TypeDef * RNGx)
Return32-bit Random Number value.
Parameters
Return values
• Generated: 32-bit random value

• DR RNDATA LL_RNG_ReadRandData32
LL_RNG_DeInit
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_RNG_DeInit (RNG_TypeDef * RNGx)
De-initialize RNG registers (Registers restored to their default values).
Parameters
Return values
– SUCCESS: RNG registers are de-initialized
88.2 RNG Firmware driver defines

88.2.1 RNG
RNG
Get Flags Defines
LL_RNG_SR_DRDY
Register contains valid random data
LL_RNG_SR_CECS
Clock error current status
LL_RNG_SR_SECS
Seed error current status
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1811/2236

UM1905
LL_RNG_SR_CEIS
Clock error interrupt status
LL_RNG_SR_SEIS
Seed error interrupt status
IT Defines
LL_RNG_CR_IE
RNG Interrupt enable
LL_RNG_WriteReg
Description:
• Write a value in RNG register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: RNG Instance
Return value:
• None
LL_RNG_ReadReg
Description:
• Read a value in RNG register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: RNG Instance
Return value:
• Register: value
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1812/2236

UM1905
LL RTC Generic Driver
89 LL RTC Generic Driver
89.1 RTC Firmware driver registers structures
89.1.1 LL_RTC_InitTypeDef
LL_RTC_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_rtc.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t HourFormat
• uint32_t AsynchPrescaler
• uint32_t SynchPrescaler
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_RTC_InitTypeDef::HourFormat
Specifies the RTC Hours Format. This parameter can be a value of RTC_LL_EC_HOURFORMATThis
feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_RTC_SetHourFormat().
• uint32_t LL_RTC_InitTypeDef::AsynchPrescaler
Specifies the RTC Asynchronous Predivider value. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x00 and Max_Data = 0x7FThis feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_RTC_SetAsynchPrescaler().
• uint32_t LL_RTC_InitTypeDef::SynchPrescaler
Specifies the RTC Synchronous Predivider value. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0x00 and Max_Data = 0x7FFFThis feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_RTC_SetSynchPrescaler().
89.1.2 LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef
LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_rtc.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t TimeFormat
• uint8_t Hours
• uint8_t Minutes
• uint8_t Seconds
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef::TimeFormat
Specifies the RTC AM/PM Time. This parameter can be a value of RTC_LL_EC_TIME_FORMATThis
feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_RTC_TIME_SetFormat().
• uint8_t LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef::Hours
Specifies the RTC Time Hours. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data =
12 if the LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_PM is selected. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data =
0 and Max_Data = 23 if the LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_AM_OR_24 is selected.This feature can be modified
afterwards using unitary function LL_RTC_TIME_SetHour().
• uint8_t LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef::Minutes
Specifies the RTC Time Minutes. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data =
59This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_RTC_TIME_SetMinute().
• uint8_t LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef::Seconds
Specifies the RTC Time Seconds. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data
= 59This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_RTC_TIME_SetSecond().
89.1.3 LL_RTC_DateTypeDef
LL_RTC_DateTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_rtc.h
Data Fields
• uint8_t WeekDay
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1813/2236

UM1905
• uint8_t Month
• uint8_t Day
• uint8_t Year
Field Documentation
• uint8_t LL_RTC_DateTypeDef::WeekDay
Specifies the RTC Date WeekDay. This parameter can be a value of RTC_LL_EC_WEEKDAYThis feature
can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_RTC_DATE_SetWeekDay().
• uint8_t LL_RTC_DateTypeDef::Month
Specifies the RTC Date Month. This parameter can be a value of RTC_LL_EC_MONTHThis feature can be
modified afterwards using unitary function LL_RTC_DATE_SetMonth().
• uint8_t LL_RTC_DateTypeDef::Day
Specifies the RTC Date Day. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data =
31This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_RTC_DATE_SetDay().
• uint8_t LL_RTC_DateTypeDef::Year
Specifies the RTC Date Year. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data =
99This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_RTC_DATE_SetYear().
89.1.4 LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef
LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_rtc.h
Data Fields
• LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef AlarmTime
• uint32_t AlarmMask
• uint32_t AlarmDateWeekDaySel
• uint8_t AlarmDateWeekDay
Field Documentation
• LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef::AlarmTime
Specifies the RTC Alarm Time members.
• uint32_t LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef::AlarmMask
Specifies the RTC Alarm Masks. This parameter can be a value of RTC_LL_EC_ALMA_MASK for ALARM
A or RTC_LL_EC_ALMB_MASK for ALARM B.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary
function LL_RTC_ALMA_SetMask() for ALARM A or LL_RTC_ALMB_SetMask() for ALARM B
• uint32_t LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef::AlarmDateWeekDaySel
Specifies the RTC Alarm is on day or WeekDay. This parameter can be a value of
RTC_LL_EC_ALMA_WEEKDAY_SELECTION for ALARM A or
RTC_LL_EC_ALMB_WEEKDAY_SELECTION for ALARM BThis feature can be modified afterwards using
unitary function LL_RTC_ALMA_EnableWeekday() or LL_RTC_ALMA_DisableWeekday() for ALARM A
or LL_RTC_ALMB_EnableWeekday() or LL_RTC_ALMB_DisableWeekday() for ALARM B
• uint8_t LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef::AlarmDateWeekDay
Specifies the RTC Alarm Day/WeekDay. If AlarmDateWeekDaySel set to day, this parameter must be a
number between Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = 31.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary
function LL_RTC_ALMA_SetDay() for ALARM A or LL_RTC_ALMB_SetDay() for ALARM B.If
AlarmDateWeekDaySel set to Weekday, this parameter can be a value of RTC_LL_EC_WEEKDAY.This
feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_RTC_ALMA_SetWeekDay() for ALARM A or
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetWeekDay() for ALARM B.
89.2 RTC Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the RTC library.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1814/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_SetHourFormat
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_SetHourFormat (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t HourFormat)
Set Hours format (24 hour/day or AM/PM hour format)
Parameters
• RTCx: RTC Instance
• HourFormat: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR
– LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_AMPM
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Bit is write-protected. LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection function should be called before.
• It can be written in initialization mode only (LL_RTC_EnableInitMode function)

• CR FMT LL_RTC_SetHourFormat
LL_RTC_GetHourFormat
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_GetHourFormat (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Hours format (24 hour/day or AM/PM hour format)
Parameters
Return values
– LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR
– LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_AMPM

• CR FMT LL_RTC_GetHourFormat
LL_RTC_SetAlarmOutEvent
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_SetAlarmOutEvent (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t AlarmOutput)
Select the flag to be routed to RTC_ALARM output.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1815/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• AlarmOutput: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RTC_ALARMOUT_DISABLE
– LL_RTC_ALARMOUT_ALMA
– LL_RTC_ALARMOUT_ALMB
– LL_RTC_ALARMOUT_WAKEUP
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR OSEL LL_RTC_SetAlarmOutEvent
LL_RTC_GetAlarmOutEvent
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_GetAlarmOutEvent (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get the flag to be routed to RTC_ALARM output.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_RTC_ALARMOUT_DISABLE
– LL_RTC_ALARMOUT_ALMA
– LL_RTC_ALARMOUT_ALMB
– LL_RTC_ALARMOUT_WAKEUP

• CR OSEL LL_RTC_GetAlarmOutEvent
LL_RTC_SetAlarmOutputType
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_SetAlarmOutputType (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Output)
Set RTC_ALARM output type (ALARM in push-pull or open-drain output)
Parameters
• Output: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RTC_ALARM_OUTPUTTYPE_OPENDRAIN
– LL_RTC_ALARM_OUTPUTTYPE_PUSHPULL
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1816/2236

UM1905
Notes
• Used only when RTC_ALARM is mapped on PC13

• OR ALARMOUTTYPE LL_RTC_SetAlarmOutputType
LL_RTC_GetAlarmOutputType
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_GetAlarmOutputType (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get RTC_ALARM output type (ALARM in push-pull or open-drain output)
Parameters
Return values
– LL_RTC_ALARM_OUTPUTTYPE_OPENDRAIN
– LL_RTC_ALARM_OUTPUTTYPE_PUSHPULL
Notes
• used only when RTC_ALARM is mapped on PC13

• OR ALARMOUTTYPE LL_RTC_GetAlarmOutputType
LL_RTC_EnableInitMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_EnableInitMode (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Enable initialization mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Initialization mode is used to program time and date register (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) and prescaler
register (RTC_PRER). Counters are stopped and start counting from the new value when INIT is reset.

• ISR INIT LL_RTC_EnableInitMode
LL_RTC_DisableInitMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_DisableInitMode (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Disable initialization mode (Free running mode)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1817/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ISR INIT LL_RTC_DisableInitMode
LL_RTC_SetOutputPolarity
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_SetOutputPolarity (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Polarity)
Set Output polarity (pin is low when ALRAF/ALRBF/WUTF is asserted)
Parameters
– LL_RTC_OUTPUTPOLARITY_PIN_HIGH
– LL_RTC_OUTPUTPOLARITY_PIN_LOW
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR POL LL_RTC_SetOutputPolarity
LL_RTC_GetOutputPolarity
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_GetOutputPolarity (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Output polarity.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_RTC_OUTPUTPOLARITY_PIN_HIGH
– LL_RTC_OUTPUTPOLARITY_PIN_LOW

• CR POL LL_RTC_GetOutputPolarity
LL_RTC_EnableShadowRegBypass
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_EnableShadowRegBypass (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1818/2236

UM1905
Enable Bypass the shadow registers.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR BYPSHAD LL_RTC_EnableShadowRegBypass
LL_RTC_DisableShadowRegBypass
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_DisableShadowRegBypass (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Disable Bypass the shadow registers.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR BYPSHAD LL_RTC_DisableShadowRegBypass
LL_RTC_IsShadowRegBypassEnabled
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_IsShadowRegBypassEnabled (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Check if Shadow registers bypass is enabled or not.
Parameters
Return values

• CR BYPSHAD LL_RTC_IsShadowRegBypassEnabled
LL_RTC_EnableRefClock
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_EnableRefClock (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Enable RTC_REFIN reference clock detection (50 or 60 Hz)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1819/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR REFCKON LL_RTC_EnableRefClock
LL_RTC_DisableRefClock
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_DisableRefClock (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Disable RTC_REFIN reference clock detection (50 or 60 Hz)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR REFCKON LL_RTC_DisableRefClock
LL_RTC_SetAsynchPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_SetAsynchPrescaler (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t AsynchPrescaler)
Set Asynchronous prescaler factor.
Parameters
• AsynchPrescaler: Value between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0x7F
Return values
• None:

• PRER PREDIV_A LL_RTC_SetAsynchPrescaler
LL_RTC_SetSynchPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_SetSynchPrescaler (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t SynchPrescaler)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1820/2236

UM1905
Set Synchronous prescaler factor.
Parameters
• SynchPrescaler: Value between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0x7FFF
Return values
• None:

• PRER PREDIV_S LL_RTC_SetSynchPrescaler
LL_RTC_GetAsynchPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_GetAsynchPrescaler (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Asynchronous prescaler factor.
Parameters
Return values
• Value: between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0x7F

• PRER PREDIV_A LL_RTC_GetAsynchPrescaler
LL_RTC_GetSynchPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_GetSynchPrescaler (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Synchronous prescaler factor.
Parameters
Return values
• Value: between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 0x7FFF

• PRER PREDIV_S LL_RTC_GetSynchPrescaler
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Enable the write protection for RTC registers.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1821/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• WPR KEY LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Disable the write protection for RTC registers.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• WPR KEY LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection
LL_RTC_TIME_SetFormat
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TIME_SetFormat (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t TimeFormat)
Set time format (AM/24-hour or PM notation)
Parameters
• TimeFormat: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_AM_OR_24
– LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_PM
Return values
• None:
Notes

• TR PM LL_RTC_TIME_SetFormat
LL_RTC_TIME_GetFormat
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_TIME_GetFormat (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get time format (AM or PM notation)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1822/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• if shadow mode is disabled (BYPSHAD=0), need to check if RSF flag is set before reading this bit
• Read either RTC_SSR or RTC_TR locks the values in the higher-order calendar shadow registers until
RTC_DR is read (LL_RTC_ReadReg(RTC, DR)).

• TR PM LL_RTC_TIME_GetFormat
LL_RTC_TIME_SetHour
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TIME_SetHour (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Hours)
Set Hours in BCD format.
Parameters
• Hours: Value between Min_Data=0x01 and Max_Data=0x12 or between Min_Data=0x00 and
Max_Data=0x23
Return values
• None:
Notes
• helper macro __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD is available to convert hour from binary to BCD format

• TR HT LL_RTC_TIME_SetHour
• TR HU LL_RTC_TIME_SetHour
LL_RTC_TIME_GetHour
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_TIME_GetHour (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Hours in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
• Value: between Min_Data=0x01 and Max_Data=0x12 or between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x23
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1823/2236

UM1905
Notes
• helper macro __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN is available to convert hour from BCD to Binary format

• TR HT LL_RTC_TIME_GetHour
• TR HU LL_RTC_TIME_GetHour
LL_RTC_TIME_SetMinute
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TIME_SetMinute (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Minutes)
Set Minutes in BCD format.
Parameters
• Minutes: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x59
Return values
• None:
Notes
• helper macro __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD is available to convert Minutes from binary to BCD format

• TR MNT LL_RTC_TIME_SetMinute
• TR MNU LL_RTC_TIME_SetMinute
LL_RTC_TIME_GetMinute
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_TIME_GetMinute (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Minutes in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
• Value: between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x59
Notes
• helper macro __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN is available to convert minute from BCD to Binary format
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1824/2236

UM1905

• TR MNT LL_RTC_TIME_GetMinute
• TR MNU LL_RTC_TIME_GetMinute
LL_RTC_TIME_SetSecond
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TIME_SetSecond (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Seconds)
Set Seconds in BCD format.
Parameters
• Seconds: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x59
Return values
• None:
Notes
• helper macro __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD is available to convert Seconds from binary to BCD format

• TR ST LL_RTC_TIME_SetSecond
• TR SU LL_RTC_TIME_SetSecond
LL_RTC_TIME_GetSecond
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_TIME_GetSecond (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Seconds in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• helper macro __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN is available to convert Seconds from BCD to Binary format

• TR ST LL_RTC_TIME_GetSecond
• TR SU LL_RTC_TIME_GetSecond
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1825/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_TIME_Config
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TIME_Config (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Format12_24, uint32_t
Hours, uint32_t Minutes, uint32_t Seconds)
Set time (hour, minute and second) in BCD format.
Parameters
• Format12_24: This parameter can be one of the following values:
Max_Data=0x23
Return values
• None:
Notes
• TimeFormat and Hours should follow the same format

• TR PM LL_RTC_TIME_Config
• TR HT LL_RTC_TIME_Config
• TR HU LL_RTC_TIME_Config
• TR MNT LL_RTC_TIME_Config
• TR MNU LL_RTC_TIME_Config
• TR ST LL_RTC_TIME_Config
• TR SU LL_RTC_TIME_Config
LL_RTC_TIME_Get
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_TIME_Get (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get time (hour, minute and second) in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
• Combination: of hours, minutes and seconds (Format: 0x00HHMMSS).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1826/2236

UM1905
Notes
• helper macros __LL_RTC_GET_HOUR, __LL_RTC_GET_MINUTE and __LL_RTC_GET_SECOND are
available to get independently each parameter.

• TR HT LL_RTC_TIME_Get
• TR HU LL_RTC_TIME_Get
• TR MNT LL_RTC_TIME_Get
• TR MNU LL_RTC_TIME_Get
• TR ST LL_RTC_TIME_Get
• TR SU LL_RTC_TIME_Get
LL_RTC_TIME_EnableDayLightStore
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TIME_EnableDayLightStore (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Memorize whether the daylight saving time change has been performed.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR BKP LL_RTC_TIME_EnableDayLightStore
LL_RTC_TIME_DisableDayLightStore
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TIME_DisableDayLightStore (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Disable memorization whether the daylight saving time change has been performed.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR BKP LL_RTC_TIME_DisableDayLightStore
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1827/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_TIME_IsDayLightStoreEnabled
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_TIME_IsDayLightStoreEnabled (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Check if RTC Day Light Saving stored operation has been enabled or not.
Parameters
Return values

• CR BKP LL_RTC_TIME_IsDayLightStoreEnabled
LL_RTC_TIME_DecHour
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TIME_DecHour (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Subtract 1 hour (winter time change)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR SUB1H LL_RTC_TIME_DecHour
LL_RTC_TIME_IncHour
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TIME_IncHour (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Add 1 hour (summer time change)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR ADD1H LL_RTC_TIME_IncHour
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1828/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_TIME_GetSubSecond
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_TIME_GetSubSecond (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Sub second value in the synchronous prescaler counter.
Parameters
Return values
• Sub: second value (number between 0 and 65535)
Notes
• You can use both SubSeconds value and SecondFraction (PREDIV_S through
LL_RTC_GetSynchPrescaler function) terms returned to convert Calendar SubSeconds value in second
fraction ratio with time unit following generic formula: ==> Seconds fraction ratio * time_unit=
[(SecondFraction-SubSeconds)/(SecondFraction+1)] * time_unit This conversion can be performed only if
no shift operation is pending (ie. SHFP=0) when PREDIV_S >= SS.

• SSR SS LL_RTC_TIME_GetSubSecond
LL_RTC_TIME_Synchronize
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TIME_Synchronize (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t ShiftSecond, uint32_t
Fraction)
Synchronize to a remote clock with a high degree of precision.
Parameters
• ShiftSecond: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RTC_SHIFT_SECOND_DELAY
– LL_RTC_SHIFT_SECOND_ADVANCE
• Fraction: Number of Seconds Fractions (any value from 0 to 0x7FFF)
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This operation effectively subtracts from (delays) or advance the clock of a fraction of a second.
• When REFCKON is set, firmware must not write to Shift control register.

• SHIFTR ADD1S LL_RTC_TIME_Synchronize
• SHIFTR SUBFS LL_RTC_TIME_Synchronize
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1829/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_DATE_SetYear
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_DATE_SetYear (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Year)
Set Year in BCD format.
Parameters
• Year: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x99
Return values
• None:
Notes
• helper macro __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD is available to convert Year from binary to BCD format

• DR YT LL_RTC_DATE_SetYear
• DR YU LL_RTC_DATE_SetYear
LL_RTC_DATE_GetYear
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_DATE_GetYear (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Year in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• helper macro __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN is available to convert Year from BCD to Binary format

• DR YT LL_RTC_DATE_GetYear
• DR YU LL_RTC_DATE_GetYear
LL_RTC_DATE_SetWeekDay
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_DATE_SetWeekDay (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t WeekDay)
Set Week day.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1830/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• WeekDay: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY
– LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_TUESDAY
– LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_WEDNESDAY
– LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_THURSDAY
– LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_FRIDAY
– LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_SATURDAY
– LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_SUNDAY
Return values
• None:

• DR WDU LL_RTC_DATE_SetWeekDay
LL_RTC_DATE_GetWeekDay
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_DATE_GetWeekDay (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Week day.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• DR WDU LL_RTC_DATE_GetWeekDay
LL_RTC_DATE_SetMonth
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_DATE_SetMonth (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Month)
Set Month in BCD format.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1831/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• Month: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RTC_MONTH_JANUARY
– LL_RTC_MONTH_FEBRUARY
– LL_RTC_MONTH_MARCH
– LL_RTC_MONTH_APRIL
– LL_RTC_MONTH_MAY
– LL_RTC_MONTH_JUNE
– LL_RTC_MONTH_JULY
– LL_RTC_MONTH_AUGUST
– LL_RTC_MONTH_SEPTEMBER
– LL_RTC_MONTH_OCTOBER
– LL_RTC_MONTH_NOVEMBER
– LL_RTC_MONTH_DECEMBER
Return values
• None:
Notes
• helper macro __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD is available to convert Month from binary to BCD format

• DR MT LL_RTC_DATE_SetMonth
• DR MU LL_RTC_DATE_SetMonth
LL_RTC_DATE_GetMonth
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_DATE_GetMonth (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Month in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1832/2236

UM1905
Notes
• helper macro __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN is available to convert Month from BCD to Binary format

• DR MT LL_RTC_DATE_GetMonth
• DR MU LL_RTC_DATE_GetMonth
LL_RTC_DATE_SetDay
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_DATE_SetDay (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Day)
Set Day in BCD format.
Parameters
• Day: Value between Min_Data=0x01 and Max_Data=0x31
Return values
• None:
Notes
• helper macro __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD is available to convert Day from binary to BCD format

• DR DT LL_RTC_DATE_SetDay
• DR DU LL_RTC_DATE_SetDay
LL_RTC_DATE_GetDay
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_DATE_GetDay (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Day in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• helper macro __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN is available to convert Day from BCD to Binary format

• DR DT LL_RTC_DATE_GetDay
• DR DU LL_RTC_DATE_GetDay
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1833/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_DATE_Config
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_DATE_Config (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t WeekDay, uint32_t Day,
uint32_t Month, uint32_t Year)
Set date (WeekDay, Day, Month and Year) in BCD format.
Parameters
• Month: This parameter can be one of the following values:
• Year: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x99
Return values
• None:

• DR WDU LL_RTC_DATE_Config
• DR MT LL_RTC_DATE_Config
• DR MU LL_RTC_DATE_Config
• DR DT LL_RTC_DATE_Config
• DR DU LL_RTC_DATE_Config
• DR YT LL_RTC_DATE_Config
• DR YU LL_RTC_DATE_Config
LL_RTC_DATE_Get
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_DATE_Get (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1834/2236

UM1905
Get date (WeekDay, Day, Month and Year) in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
• Combination: of WeekDay, Day, Month and Year (Format: 0xWWDDMMYY).
Notes
• helper macros __LL_RTC_GET_WEEKDAY, __LL_RTC_GET_YEAR, __LL_RTC_GET_MONTH, and
__LL_RTC_GET_DAY are available to get independently each parameter.

• DR WDU LL_RTC_DATE_Get
• DR MT LL_RTC_DATE_Get
• DR MU LL_RTC_DATE_Get
• DR DT LL_RTC_DATE_Get
• DR DU LL_RTC_DATE_Get
• DR YT LL_RTC_DATE_Get
• DR YU LL_RTC_DATE_Get
LL_RTC_ALMA_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMA_Enable (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Enable Alarm A.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR ALRAE LL_RTC_ALMA_Enable
LL_RTC_ALMA_Disable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMA_Disable (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Disable Alarm A.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1835/2236

UM1905
Notes

• CR ALRAE LL_RTC_ALMA_Disable
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetMask
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMA_SetMask (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Mask)
Specify the Alarm A masks.
Parameters
• Mask: This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
– LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_NONE
– LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_DATEWEEKDAY
– LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_HOURS
– LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_MINUTES
– LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_SECONDS
– LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_ALL
Return values
• None:

• ALRMAR MSK4 LL_RTC_ALMA_SetMask
LL_RTC_ALMA_GetMask
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_ALMA_GetMask (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get the Alarm A masks.
Parameters
Return values
• Returned: value can be can be a combination of the following values:
– LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_NONE
– LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_DATEWEEKDAY
– LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_HOURS
– LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_MINUTES
– LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_SECONDS
– LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_ALL
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1836/2236

UM1905

• ALRMAR MSK4 LL_RTC_ALMA_GetMask
LL_RTC_ALMA_EnableWeekday
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMA_EnableWeekday (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Enable AlarmA Week day selection (DU[3:0] represents the week day.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ALRMAR WDSEL LL_RTC_ALMA_EnableWeekday
LL_RTC_ALMA_DisableWeekday
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMA_DisableWeekday (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Disable AlarmA Week day selection (DU[3:0] represents the date )
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ALRMAR WDSEL LL_RTC_ALMA_DisableWeekday
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetDay
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMA_SetDay (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Day)
Set ALARM A Day in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1837/2236

UM1905
Notes

• ALRMAR DT LL_RTC_ALMA_SetDay
• ALRMAR DU LL_RTC_ALMA_SetDay
LL_RTC_ALMA_GetDay
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_ALMA_GetDay (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get ALARM A Day in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• ALRMAR DT LL_RTC_ALMA_GetDay
• ALRMAR DU LL_RTC_ALMA_GetDay
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetWeekDay
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMA_SetWeekDay (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t WeekDay)
Set ALARM A Weekday.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ALRMAR DU LL_RTC_ALMA_SetWeekDay
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1838/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_ALMA_GetWeekDay
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_ALMA_GetWeekDay (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get ALARM A Weekday.
Parameters
Return values

• ALRMAR DU LL_RTC_ALMA_GetWeekDay
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetTimeFormat
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMA_SetTimeFormat (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t TimeFormat)
Set Alarm A time format (AM/24-hour or PM notation)
Parameters
– LL_RTC_ALMA_TIME_FORMAT_AM
– LL_RTC_ALMA_TIME_FORMAT_PM
Return values
• None:

• ALRMAR PM LL_RTC_ALMA_SetTimeFormat
LL_RTC_ALMA_GetTimeFormat
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_ALMA_GetTimeFormat (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Alarm A time format (AM or PM notation)
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1839/2236

UM1905
Return values

• ALRMAR PM LL_RTC_ALMA_GetTimeFormat
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetHour
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMA_SetHour (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Hours)
Set ALARM A Hours in BCD format.
Parameters
Max_Data=0x23
Return values
• None:
Notes
• helper macro __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD is available to convert Hours from binary to BCD format

• ALRMAR HT LL_RTC_ALMA_SetHour
• ALRMAR HU LL_RTC_ALMA_SetHour
LL_RTC_ALMA_GetHour
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_ALMA_GetHour (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get ALARM A Hours in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• helper macro __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN is available to convert Hours from BCD to Binary format

• ALRMAR HT LL_RTC_ALMA_GetHour
• ALRMAR HU LL_RTC_ALMA_GetHour
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetMinute
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMA_SetMinute (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Minutes)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1840/2236

UM1905
Set ALARM A Minutes in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• ALRMAR MNT LL_RTC_ALMA_SetMinute
• ALRMAR MNU LL_RTC_ALMA_SetMinute
LL_RTC_ALMA_GetMinute
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_ALMA_GetMinute (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get ALARM A Minutes in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• helper macro __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN is available to convert Minutes from BCD to Binary format

• ALRMAR MNT LL_RTC_ALMA_GetMinute
• ALRMAR MNU LL_RTC_ALMA_GetMinute
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetSecond
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMA_SetSecond (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Seconds)
Set ALARM A Seconds in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1841/2236

UM1905

• ALRMAR ST LL_RTC_ALMA_SetSecond
• ALRMAR SU LL_RTC_ALMA_SetSecond
LL_RTC_ALMA_GetSecond
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_ALMA_GetSecond (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get ALARM A Seconds in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• ALRMAR ST LL_RTC_ALMA_GetSecond
• ALRMAR SU LL_RTC_ALMA_GetSecond
LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Format12_24,
uint32_t Hours, uint32_t Minutes, uint32_t Seconds)
Set Alarm A Time (hour, minute and second) in BCD format.
Parameters
Max_Data=0x23
Return values
• None:

• ALRMAR PM LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime
• ALRMAR HT LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime
• ALRMAR HU LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime
• ALRMAR MNT LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime
• ALRMAR MNU LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime
• ALRMAR ST LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime
• ALRMAR SU LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1842/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_ALMA_GetTime
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_ALMA_GetTime (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Alarm B Time (hour, minute and second) in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
• Combination: of hours, minutes and seconds.
Notes

• ALRMAR HT LL_RTC_ALMA_GetTime
• ALRMAR HU LL_RTC_ALMA_GetTime
• ALRMAR MNT LL_RTC_ALMA_GetTime
• ALRMAR MNU LL_RTC_ALMA_GetTime
• ALRMAR ST LL_RTC_ALMA_GetTime
• ALRMAR SU LL_RTC_ALMA_GetTime
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetSubSecondMask
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMA_SetSubSecondMask (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Mask)
Set Alarm A Mask the most-significant bits starting at this bit.
Parameters
• Mask: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xF
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This register can be written only when ALRAE is reset in RTC_CR register, or in initialization mode.

• ALRMASSR MASKSS LL_RTC_ALMA_SetSubSecondMask
LL_RTC_ALMA_GetSubSecondMask
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_ALMA_GetSubSecondMask (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Alarm A Mask the most-significant bits starting at this bit.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1843/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values

• ALRMASSR MASKSS LL_RTC_ALMA_GetSubSecondMask
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetSubSecond
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMA_SetSubSecond (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Subsecond)
Set Alarm A Sub seconds value.
Parameters
• Subsecond: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x7FFF
Return values
• None:

• ALRMASSR SS LL_RTC_ALMA_SetSubSecond
LL_RTC_ALMA_GetSubSecond
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_ALMA_GetSubSecond (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Alarm A Sub seconds value.
Parameters
Return values
• Value: between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x7FFF

• ALRMASSR SS LL_RTC_ALMA_GetSubSecond
LL_RTC_ALMB_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMB_Enable (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Enable Alarm B.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1844/2236

UM1905
Notes

• CR ALRBE LL_RTC_ALMB_Enable
LL_RTC_ALMB_Disable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMB_Disable (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Disable Alarm B.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR ALRBE LL_RTC_ALMB_Disable
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetMask
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMB_SetMask (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Mask)
Specify the Alarm B masks.
Parameters
– LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_NONE
– LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_DATEWEEKDAY
– LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_HOURS
– LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_MINUTES
– LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_SECONDS
– LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_ALL
Return values
• None:

• ALRMBR MSK4 LL_RTC_ALMB_SetMask
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1845/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_ALMB_GetMask
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_ALMB_GetMask (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get the Alarm B masks.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_NONE
– LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_DATEWEEKDAY
– LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_HOURS
– LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_MINUTES
– LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_SECONDS
– LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_ALL

• ALRMBR MSK4 LL_RTC_ALMB_GetMask
LL_RTC_ALMB_EnableWeekday
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMB_EnableWeekday (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Enable AlarmB Week day selection (DU[3:0] represents the week day.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ALRMBR WDSEL LL_RTC_ALMB_EnableWeekday
LL_RTC_ALMB_DisableWeekday
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMB_DisableWeekday (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Disable AlarmB Week day selection (DU[3:0] represents the date )
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1846/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• ALRMBR WDSEL LL_RTC_ALMB_DisableWeekday
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetDay
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMB_SetDay (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Day)
Set ALARM B Day in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• ALRMBR DT LL_RTC_ALMB_SetDay
• ALRMBR DU LL_RTC_ALMB_SetDay
LL_RTC_ALMB_GetDay
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_ALMB_GetDay (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get ALARM B Day in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• ALRMBR DT LL_RTC_ALMB_GetDay
• ALRMBR DU LL_RTC_ALMB_GetDay
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetWeekDay
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMB_SetWeekDay (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t WeekDay)
Set ALARM B Weekday.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1847/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ALRMBR DU LL_RTC_ALMB_SetWeekDay
LL_RTC_ALMB_GetWeekDay
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_ALMB_GetWeekDay (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get ALARM B Weekday.
Parameters
Return values

• ALRMBR DU LL_RTC_ALMB_GetWeekDay
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetTimeFormat
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMB_SetTimeFormat (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t TimeFormat)
Set ALARM B time format (AM/24-hour or PM notation)
Parameters
– LL_RTC_ALMB_TIME_FORMAT_AM
– LL_RTC_ALMB_TIME_FORMAT_PM
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1848/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• ALRMBR PM LL_RTC_ALMB_SetTimeFormat
LL_RTC_ALMB_GetTimeFormat
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_ALMB_GetTimeFormat (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get ALARM B time format (AM or PM notation)
Parameters
Return values

• ALRMBR PM LL_RTC_ALMB_GetTimeFormat
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetHour
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMB_SetHour (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Hours)
Set ALARM B Hours in BCD format.
Parameters
Max_Data=0x23
Return values
• None:
Notes
• helper macro __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD is available to convert Hours from binary to BCD format

• ALRMBR HT LL_RTC_ALMB_SetHour
• ALRMBR HU LL_RTC_ALMB_SetHour
LL_RTC_ALMB_GetHour
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_ALMB_GetHour (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get ALARM B Hours in BCD format.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1849/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• ALRMBR HT LL_RTC_ALMB_GetHour
• ALRMBR HU LL_RTC_ALMB_GetHour
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetMinute
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMB_SetMinute (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Minutes)
Set ALARM B Minutes in BCD format.
Parameters
• Minutes: between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x59
Return values
• None:
Notes

• ALRMBR MNT LL_RTC_ALMB_SetMinute
• ALRMBR MNU LL_RTC_ALMB_SetMinute
LL_RTC_ALMB_GetMinute
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_ALMB_GetMinute (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get ALARM B Minutes in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• ALRMBR MNT LL_RTC_ALMB_GetMinute
• ALRMBR MNU LL_RTC_ALMB_GetMinute
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1850/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetSecond
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMB_SetSecond (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Seconds)
Set ALARM B Seconds in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• ALRMBR ST LL_RTC_ALMB_SetSecond
• ALRMBR SU LL_RTC_ALMB_SetSecond
LL_RTC_ALMB_GetSecond
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_ALMB_GetSecond (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get ALARM B Seconds in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• ALRMBR ST LL_RTC_ALMB_GetSecond
• ALRMBR SU LL_RTC_ALMB_GetSecond
LL_RTC_ALMB_ConfigTime
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMB_ConfigTime (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Format12_24,
uint32_t Hours, uint32_t Minutes, uint32_t Seconds)
Set Alarm B Time (hour, minute and second) in BCD format.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1851/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Max_Data=0x23
Return values
• None:

• ALRMBR PM LL_RTC_ALMB_ConfigTime
• ALRMBR HT LL_RTC_ALMB_ConfigTime
• ALRMBR HU LL_RTC_ALMB_ConfigTime
• ALRMBR MNT LL_RTC_ALMB_ConfigTime
• ALRMBR MNU LL_RTC_ALMB_ConfigTime
• ALRMBR ST LL_RTC_ALMB_ConfigTime
• ALRMBR SU LL_RTC_ALMB_ConfigTime
LL_RTC_ALMB_GetTime
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_ALMB_GetTime (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Alarm B Time (hour, minute and second) in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• ALRMBR HT LL_RTC_ALMB_GetTime
• ALRMBR HU LL_RTC_ALMB_GetTime
• ALRMBR MNT LL_RTC_ALMB_GetTime
• ALRMBR MNU LL_RTC_ALMB_GetTime
• ALRMBR ST LL_RTC_ALMB_GetTime
• ALRMBR SU LL_RTC_ALMB_GetTime
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetSubSecondMask
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMB_SetSubSecondMask (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Mask)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1852/2236

UM1905
Set Alarm B Mask the most-significant bits starting at this bit.
Parameters
• Mask: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xF
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This register can be written only when ALRBE is reset in RTC_CR register, or in initialization mode.

• ALRMBSSR MASKSS LL_RTC_ALMB_SetSubSecondMask
LL_RTC_ALMB_GetSubSecondMask
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_ALMB_GetSubSecondMask (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Alarm B Mask the most-significant bits starting at this bit.
Parameters
Return values

• ALRMBSSR MASKSS LL_RTC_ALMB_GetSubSecondMask
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetSubSecond
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ALMB_SetSubSecond (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Subsecond)
Set Alarm B Sub seconds value.
Parameters
• Subsecond: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x7FFF
Return values
• None:

• ALRMBSSR SS LL_RTC_ALMB_SetSubSecond
LL_RTC_ALMB_GetSubSecond
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_ALMB_GetSubSecond (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1853/2236

UM1905
Get Alarm B Sub seconds value.
Parameters
Return values
• Value: between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x7FFF

• ALRMBSSR SS LL_RTC_ALMB_GetSubSecond
LL_RTC_TS_EnableInternalEvent
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TS_EnableInternalEvent (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Enable internal event timestamp.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR ITSE LL_RTC_TS_EnableInternalEvent
LL_RTC_TS_DisableInternalEvent
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TS_DisableInternalEvent (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Disable internal event timestamp.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR ITSE LL_RTC_TS_DisableInternalEvent
LL_RTC_TS_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TS_Enable (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1854/2236

UM1905
Enable Timestamp.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR TSE LL_RTC_TS_Enable
LL_RTC_TS_Disable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TS_Disable (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Disable Timestamp.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR TSE LL_RTC_TS_Disable
LL_RTC_TS_SetActiveEdge
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TS_SetActiveEdge (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Edge)
Set Time-stamp event active edge.
Parameters
• Edge: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EDGE_RISING
– LL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EDGE_FALLING
Return values
• None:
Notes
• TSE must be reset when TSEDGE is changed to avoid unwanted TSF setting
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1855/2236

UM1905

• CR TSEDGE LL_RTC_TS_SetActiveEdge
LL_RTC_TS_GetActiveEdge
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_TS_GetActiveEdge (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Time-stamp event active edge.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EDGE_RISING
– LL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EDGE_FALLING
Notes

• CR TSEDGE LL_RTC_TS_GetActiveEdge
LL_RTC_TS_GetTimeFormat
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_TS_GetTimeFormat (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Timestamp AM/PM notation (AM or 24-hour format)
Parameters
Return values
– LL_RTC_TS_TIME_FORMAT_AM
– LL_RTC_TS_TIME_FORMAT_PM

• TSTR PM LL_RTC_TS_GetTimeFormat
LL_RTC_TS_GetHour
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_TS_GetHour (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Timestamp Hours in BCD format.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1856/2236

UM1905
Return values
Notes

• TSTR HT LL_RTC_TS_GetHour
• TSTR HU LL_RTC_TS_GetHour
LL_RTC_TS_GetMinute
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_TS_GetMinute (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Timestamp Minutes in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• TSTR MNT LL_RTC_TS_GetMinute
• TSTR MNU LL_RTC_TS_GetMinute
LL_RTC_TS_GetSecond
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_TS_GetSecond (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Timestamp Seconds in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• TSTR ST LL_RTC_TS_GetSecond
• TSTR SU LL_RTC_TS_GetSecond
LL_RTC_TS_GetTime
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_TS_GetTime (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1857/2236

UM1905
Get Timestamp time (hour, minute and second) in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• TSTR HT LL_RTC_TS_GetTime
• TSTR HU LL_RTC_TS_GetTime
• TSTR MNT LL_RTC_TS_GetTime
• TSTR MNU LL_RTC_TS_GetTime
• TSTR ST LL_RTC_TS_GetTime
• TSTR SU LL_RTC_TS_GetTime
LL_RTC_TS_GetWeekDay
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_TS_GetWeekDay (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Timestamp Week day.
Parameters
Return values

• TSDR WDU LL_RTC_TS_GetWeekDay
LL_RTC_TS_GetMonth
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_TS_GetMonth (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Timestamp Month in BCD format.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1858/2236

UM1905
Return values
Notes
• helper macro __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN is available to convert Month from BCD to Binary format

• TSDR MT LL_RTC_TS_GetMonth
• TSDR MU LL_RTC_TS_GetMonth
LL_RTC_TS_GetDay
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_TS_GetDay (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Timestamp Day in BCD format.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• TSDR DT LL_RTC_TS_GetDay
• TSDR DU LL_RTC_TS_GetDay
LL_RTC_TS_GetDate
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_TS_GetDate (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Timestamp date (WeekDay, Day and Month) in BCD format.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1859/2236

UM1905
Return values
• Combination: of Weekday, Day and Month
Notes
• helper macros __LL_RTC_GET_WEEKDAY, __LL_RTC_GET_MONTH, and __LL_RTC_GET_DAY are

• TSDR WDU LL_RTC_TS_GetDate
• TSDR MT LL_RTC_TS_GetDate
• TSDR MU LL_RTC_TS_GetDate
• TSDR DT LL_RTC_TS_GetDate
• TSDR DU LL_RTC_TS_GetDate
LL_RTC_TS_GetSubSecond
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_TS_GetSubSecond (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get time-stamp sub second value.
Parameters
Return values
• Value: between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFFFF

• TSSSR SS LL_RTC_TS_GetSubSecond
LL_RTC_TS_EnableOnTamper
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TS_EnableOnTamper (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Activate timestamp on tamper detection event.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• TAMPCR TAMPTS LL_RTC_TS_EnableOnTamper
LL_RTC_TS_DisableOnTamper
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TS_DisableOnTamper (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Disable timestamp on tamper detection event.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1860/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• TAMPCR TAMPTS LL_RTC_TS_DisableOnTamper
LL_RTC_TAMPER_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TAMPER_Enable (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Tamper)
Enable RTC_TAMPx input detection.
Parameters
• Tamper: This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
– LL_RTC_TAMPER_1
– LL_RTC_TAMPER_2
– LL_RTC_TAMPER_3
Return values
• None:

• TAMPCR TAMP1E LL_RTC_TAMPER_Enable
LL_RTC_TAMPER_Disable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TAMPER_Disable (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Tamper)
Clear RTC_TAMPx input detection.
Parameters
– LL_RTC_TAMPER_1
– LL_RTC_TAMPER_2
– LL_RTC_TAMPER_3
Return values
• None:

• TAMPCR TAMP1E LL_RTC_TAMPER_Disable
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1861/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_TAMPER_EnableMask
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TAMPER_EnableMask (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Mask)
Enable Tamper mask flag.
Parameters
– LL_RTC_TAMPER_MASK_TAMPER1
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Associated Tamper IT must not enabled when tamper mask is set.

• TAMPCR TAMP1MF LL_RTC_TAMPER_EnableMask
LL_RTC_TAMPER_DisableMask
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TAMPER_DisableMask (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Mask)
Disable Tamper mask flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• TAMPCR TAMP1MF LL_RTC_TAMPER_DisableMask
LL_RTC_TAMPER_EnableEraseBKP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TAMPER_EnableEraseBKP (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Tamper)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1862/2236

UM1905
Enable backup register erase after Tamper event detection.
Parameters
– LL_RTC_TAMPER_NOERASE_TAMPER1
Return values
• None:

• TAMPCR TAMP1NOERASE LL_RTC_TAMPER_EnableEraseBKP
LL_RTC_TAMPER_DisableEraseBKP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TAMPER_DisableEraseBKP (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Tamper)
Disable backup register erase after Tamper event detection.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• TAMPCR TAMP1NOERASE LL_RTC_TAMPER_DisableEraseBKP
LL_RTC_TAMPER_DisablePullUp
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TAMPER_DisablePullUp (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Disable RTC_TAMPx pull-up disable (Disable precharge of RTC_TAMPx pins)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1863/2236

UM1905

• TAMPCR TAMPPUDIS LL_RTC_TAMPER_DisablePullUp
LL_RTC_TAMPER_EnablePullUp
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TAMPER_EnablePullUp (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Enable RTC_TAMPx pull-up disable ( Precharge RTC_TAMPx pins before sampling)
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• TAMPCR TAMPPUDIS LL_RTC_TAMPER_EnablePullUp
LL_RTC_TAMPER_SetPrecharge
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TAMPER_SetPrecharge (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Duration)
Set RTC_TAMPx precharge duration.
Parameters
• Duration: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RTC_TAMPER_DURATION_1RTCCLK
Return values
• None:

• TAMPCR TAMPPRCH LL_RTC_TAMPER_SetPrecharge
LL_RTC_TAMPER_GetPrecharge
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_TAMPER_GetPrecharge (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get RTC_TAMPx precharge duration.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1864/2236

UM1905
Return values

• TAMPCR TAMPPRCH LL_RTC_TAMPER_GetPrecharge
LL_RTC_TAMPER_SetFilterCount
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TAMPER_SetFilterCount (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t FilterCount)
Set RTC_TAMPx filter count.
Parameters
• FilterCount: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER_DISABLE
– LL_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER_2SAMPLE
Return values
• None:

• TAMPCR TAMPFLT LL_RTC_TAMPER_SetFilterCount
LL_RTC_TAMPER_GetFilterCount
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_TAMPER_GetFilterCount (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get RTC_TAMPx filter count.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER_DISABLE

• TAMPCR TAMPFLT LL_RTC_TAMPER_GetFilterCount
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1865/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_TAMPER_SetSamplingFreq
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TAMPER_SetSamplingFreq (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t
SamplingFreq)
Set Tamper sampling frequency.
Parameters
• SamplingFreq: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLFREQDIV_32768
Return values
• None:

• TAMPCR TAMPFREQ LL_RTC_TAMPER_SetSamplingFreq
LL_RTC_TAMPER_GetSamplingFreq
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_TAMPER_GetSamplingFreq (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Tamper sampling frequency.
Parameters
Return values

• TAMPCR TAMPFREQ LL_RTC_TAMPER_GetSamplingFreq
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1866/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_TAMPER_EnableActiveLevel
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TAMPER_EnableActiveLevel (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Tamper)
Enable Active level for Tamper input.
Parameters
– LL_RTC_TAMPER_ACTIVELEVEL_TAMP1
Return values
• None:

• TAMPCR TAMP1TRG LL_RTC_TAMPER_EnableActiveLevel
LL_RTC_TAMPER_DisableActiveLevel
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_TAMPER_DisableActiveLevel (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Tamper)
Disable Active level for Tamper input.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• TAMPCR TAMP1TRG LL_RTC_TAMPER_DisableActiveLevel
LL_RTC_WAKEUP_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_WAKEUP_Enable (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Enable Wakeup timer.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1867/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR WUTE LL_RTC_WAKEUP_Enable
LL_RTC_WAKEUP_Disable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_WAKEUP_Disable (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Disable Wakeup timer.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR WUTE LL_RTC_WAKEUP_Disable
LL_RTC_WAKEUP_IsEnabled
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_WAKEUP_IsEnabled (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Check if Wakeup timer is enabled or not.
Parameters
Return values

• CR WUTE LL_RTC_WAKEUP_IsEnabled
LL_RTC_WAKEUP_SetClock
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_WAKEUP_SetClock (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t WakeupClock)
Select Wakeup clock.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1868/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• WakeupClock: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_DIV_16
– LL_RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_CKSPRE
– LL_RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_CKSPRE_WUT
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Bit can be written only when RTC_CR WUTE bit = 0 and RTC_ISR WUTWF bit = 1

• CR WUCKSEL LL_RTC_WAKEUP_SetClock
LL_RTC_WAKEUP_GetClock
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_WAKEUP_GetClock (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Wakeup clock.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_CKSPRE
– LL_RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_CKSPRE_WUT

• CR WUCKSEL LL_RTC_WAKEUP_GetClock
LL_RTC_WAKEUP_SetAutoReload
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_WAKEUP_SetAutoReload (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Value)
Set Wakeup auto-reload value.
Parameters
• Value: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1869/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Bit can be written only when WUTWF is set to 1 in RTC_ISR

• WUTR WUT LL_RTC_WAKEUP_SetAutoReload
LL_RTC_WAKEUP_GetAutoReload
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_WAKEUP_GetAutoReload (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Wakeup auto-reload value.
Parameters
Return values
• Value: between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFFFF

• WUTR WUT LL_RTC_WAKEUP_GetAutoReload
LL_RTC_BAK_SetRegister
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_BAK_SetRegister (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t BackupRegister,
uint32_t Data)
Writes a data in a specified RTC Backup data register.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1870/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• BackupRegister: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR0
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR1
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR2
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR3
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR4
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR5
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR6
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR7
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR8
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR9
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR10
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR11
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR12
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR13
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR14
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR15
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR16
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR17
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR18
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR19
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR20
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR21
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR22
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR23
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR24
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR25
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR26
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR27
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR28
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR29
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR30
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR31
• Data: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFFFFFFFF
Return values
• None:

• BKPxR BKP LL_RTC_BAK_SetRegister
LL_RTC_BAK_GetRegister
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_BAK_GetRegister (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t BackupRegister)
Reads data from the specified RTC Backup data Register.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1871/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• BackupRegister: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR0
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR1
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR2
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR3
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR4
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR5
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR6
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR7
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR8
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR9
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR10
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR11
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR12
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR13
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR14
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR15
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR16
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR17
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR18
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR19
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR20
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR21
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR22
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR23
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR24
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR25
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR26
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR27
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR28
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR29
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR30
– LL_RTC_BKP_DR31
Return values

• BKPxR BKP LL_RTC_BAK_GetRegister
LL_RTC_CAL_SetOutputFreq
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_CAL_SetOutputFreq (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Frequency)
Set Calibration output frequency (1 Hz or 512 Hz)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1872/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• Frequency: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_NONE
– LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_1HZ
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Bits are write-protected. LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection function should be called before.

• CR COE LL_RTC_CAL_SetOutputFreq
• CR COSEL LL_RTC_CAL_SetOutputFreq
LL_RTC_CAL_GetOutputFreq
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_CAL_GetOutputFreq (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Calibration output frequency (1 Hz or 512 Hz)
Parameters
Return values
– LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_NONE

• CR COE LL_RTC_CAL_GetOutputFreq
• CR COSEL LL_RTC_CAL_GetOutputFreq
LL_RTC_CAL_SetPulse
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_CAL_SetPulse (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Pulse)
Insert or not One RTCCLK pulse every 2exp11 pulses (frequency increased by 488.5 ppm)
Parameters
• Pulse: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RTC_CALIB_INSERTPULSE_NONE
– LL_RTC_CALIB_INSERTPULSE_SET
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1873/2236

UM1905
Notes
• Bit can be written only when RECALPF is set to 0 in RTC_ISR

• CALR CALP LL_RTC_CAL_SetPulse
LL_RTC_CAL_IsPulseInserted
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_CAL_IsPulseInserted (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Check if one RTCCLK has been inserted or not every 2exp11 pulses (frequency increased by 488.5 ppm)
Parameters
Return values

• CALR CALP LL_RTC_CAL_IsPulseInserted
LL_RTC_CAL_SetPeriod
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_CAL_SetPeriod (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t Period)
Set the calibration cycle period.
Parameters
• Period: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RTC_CALIB_PERIOD_32SEC
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CALR CALW8 LL_RTC_CAL_SetPeriod
• CALR CALW16 LL_RTC_CAL_SetPeriod
LL_RTC_CAL_GetPeriod
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_CAL_GetPeriod (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1874/2236

UM1905
Get the calibration cycle period.
Parameters
Return values

• CALR CALW8 LL_RTC_CAL_GetPeriod
• CALR CALW16 LL_RTC_CAL_GetPeriod
LL_RTC_CAL_SetMinus
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_CAL_SetMinus (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t CalibMinus)
Set Calibration minus.
Parameters
• CalibMinus: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x1FF
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CALR CALM LL_RTC_CAL_SetMinus
LL_RTC_CAL_GetMinus
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_CAL_GetMinus (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Calibration minus.
Parameters
Return values
• Value: between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data= 0x1FF

• CALR CALM LL_RTC_CAL_GetMinus
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1875/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_ITS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_ITS (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Internal Time-stamp flag.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR ITSF LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_ITS
LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RECALP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RECALP (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Recalibration pending Flag.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR RECALPF LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RECALP
LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_TAMP3
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_TAMP3 (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get RTC_TAMP3 detection flag.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR TAMP3F LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_TAMP3
Function name
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1876/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values

LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_TSOV
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_TSOV (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Time-stamp overflow flag.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR TSOVF LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_TSOV
LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_TS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_TS (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Time-stamp flag.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1877/2236

UM1905
Return values

• ISR TSF LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_TS
LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_WUT
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_WUT (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Wakeup timer flag.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR WUTF LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_WUT
LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_ALRB
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_ALRB (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Alarm B flag.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR ALRBF LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_ALRB
LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_ALRA
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_ALRA (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Alarm A flag.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR ALRAF LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_ALRA
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1878/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_ClearFlag_ITS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ClearFlag_ITS (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Clear Internal Time-stamp flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ISR ITSF LL_RTC_ClearFlag_ITS
LL_RTC_ClearFlag_TAMP3
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ClearFlag_TAMP3 (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Clear RTC_TAMP3 detection flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ISR TAMP3F LL_RTC_ClearFlag_TAMP3
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1879/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:

LL_RTC_ClearFlag_TSOV
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ClearFlag_TSOV (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Clear Time-stamp overflow flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ISR TSOVF LL_RTC_ClearFlag_TSOV
LL_RTC_ClearFlag_TS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ClearFlag_TS (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Clear Time-stamp flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ISR TSF LL_RTC_ClearFlag_TS
LL_RTC_ClearFlag_WUT
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ClearFlag_WUT (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Clear Wakeup timer flag.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1880/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• ISR WUTF LL_RTC_ClearFlag_WUT
LL_RTC_ClearFlag_ALRB
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ClearFlag_ALRB (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Clear Alarm B flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ISR ALRBF LL_RTC_ClearFlag_ALRB
LL_RTC_ClearFlag_ALRA
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ClearFlag_ALRA (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Clear Alarm A flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ISR ALRAF LL_RTC_ClearFlag_ALRA
LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Initialization flag.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR INITF LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1881/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Registers synchronization flag.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR RSF LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS
LL_RTC_ClearFlag_RS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_ClearFlag_RS (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Clear Registers synchronization flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ISR RSF LL_RTC_ClearFlag_RS
LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INITS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INITS (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Initialization status flag.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR INITS LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INITS
LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_SHP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_SHP (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1882/2236

UM1905
Get Shift operation pending flag.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR SHPF LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_SHP
LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_WUTW
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_WUTW (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Wakeup timer write flag.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR WUTWF LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_WUTW
LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_ALRBW
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_ALRBW (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Alarm B write flag.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR ALRBWF LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_ALRBW
LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_ALRAW
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_ALRAW (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Get Alarm A write flag.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1883/2236

UM1905
Return values

• ISR ALRAWF LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_ALRAW
LL_RTC_EnableIT_TS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_EnableIT_TS (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Enable Time-stamp interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR TSIE LL_RTC_EnableIT_TS
LL_RTC_DisableIT_TS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_DisableIT_TS (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Disable Time-stamp interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR TSIE LL_RTC_DisableIT_TS
LL_RTC_EnableIT_WUT
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_EnableIT_WUT (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Enable Wakeup timer interrupt.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1884/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR WUTIE LL_RTC_EnableIT_WUT
LL_RTC_DisableIT_WUT
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_DisableIT_WUT (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Disable Wakeup timer interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR WUTIE LL_RTC_DisableIT_WUT
LL_RTC_EnableIT_ALRB
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_EnableIT_ALRB (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Enable Alarm B interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR ALRBIE LL_RTC_EnableIT_ALRB
LL_RTC_DisableIT_ALRB
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_DisableIT_ALRB (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Disable Alarm B interrupt.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1885/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR ALRBIE LL_RTC_DisableIT_ALRB
LL_RTC_EnableIT_ALRA
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_EnableIT_ALRA (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Enable Alarm A interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR ALRAIE LL_RTC_EnableIT_ALRA
LL_RTC_DisableIT_ALRA
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_DisableIT_ALRA (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Disable Alarm A interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR ALRAIE LL_RTC_DisableIT_ALRA
LL_RTC_EnableIT_TAMP3
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_EnableIT_TAMP3 (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1886/2236

UM1905
Enable Tamper 3 interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• TAMPCR TAMP3IE LL_RTC_EnableIT_TAMP3
LL_RTC_DisableIT_TAMP3
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_DisableIT_TAMP3 (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Disable Tamper 3 interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• TAMPCR TAMP3IE LL_RTC_DisableIT_TAMP3
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1887/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

LL_RTC_EnableIT_TAMP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_EnableIT_TAMP (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Enable all Tamper Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• TAMPCR TAMPIE LL_RTC_EnableIT_TAMP
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1888/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_DisableIT_TAMP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_RTC_DisableIT_TAMP (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Disable all Tamper Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• TAMPCR TAMPIE LL_RTC_DisableIT_TAMP
LL_RTC_IsEnabledIT_TS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_IsEnabledIT_TS (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Check if Time-stamp interrupt is enabled or not.
Parameters
Return values

• CR TSIE LL_RTC_IsEnabledIT_TS
LL_RTC_IsEnabledIT_WUT
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_IsEnabledIT_WUT (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Check if Wakeup timer interrupt is enabled or not.
Parameters
Return values

• CR WUTIE LL_RTC_IsEnabledIT_WUT
LL_RTC_IsEnabledIT_ALRB
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_IsEnabledIT_ALRB (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1889/2236

UM1905
Check if Alarm B interrupt is enabled or not.
Parameters
Return values

• CR ALRBIE LL_RTC_IsEnabledIT_ALRB
LL_RTC_IsEnabledIT_ALRA
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_IsEnabledIT_ALRA (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Check if Alarm A interrupt is enabled or not.
Parameters
Return values

• CR ALRAIE LL_RTC_IsEnabledIT_ALRA
LL_RTC_IsEnabledIT_TAMP3
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_IsEnabledIT_TAMP3 (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Check if Tamper 3 interrupt is enabled or not.
Parameters
Return values

• TAMPCR TAMP3IE LL_RTC_IsEnabledIT_TAMP3
Function name
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1890/2236

UM1905
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values

LL_RTC_IsEnabledIT_TAMP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_RTC_IsEnabledIT_TAMP (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Check if all the TAMPER interrupts are enabled or not.
Parameters
Return values

• TAMPCR TAMPIE LL_RTC_IsEnabledIT_TAMP
LL_RTC_DeInit
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_DeInit (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
De-Initializes the RTC registers to their default reset values.
Parameters
Return values
– SUCCESS: RTC registers are de-initialized
– ERROR: RTC registers are not de-initialized
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1891/2236

UM1905
Notes
• This function doesn't reset the RTC Clock source and RTC Backup Data registers.
LL_RTC_Init
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_Init (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, LL_RTC_InitTypeDef * RTC_InitStruct)
Initializes the RTC registers according to the specified parameters in RTC_InitStruct.
Parameters
• RTC_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure that contains the configuration information for
the RTC peripheral.
Return values
– SUCCESS: RTC registers are initialized
– ERROR: RTC registers are not initialized
Notes
• The RTC Prescaler register is write protected and can be written in initialization mode only.
LL_RTC_StructInit
Function name
void LL_RTC_StructInit (LL_RTC_InitTypeDef * RTC_InitStruct)
Set each LL_RTC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
Parameters
• RTC_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
Return values
• None:
LL_RTC_TIME_Init
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_TIME_Init (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *
RTC_TimeStruct)
Set the RTC current time.
Parameters
• RTC_Format: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
– LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
• RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that contains the time configuration information
for the RTC.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1892/2236

UM1905
Return values
– SUCCESS: RTC Time register is configured
– ERROR: RTC Time register is not configured
LL_RTC_TIME_StructInit
Function name
void LL_RTC_TIME_StructInit (LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef * RTC_TimeStruct)
Set each LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef field to default value (Time = 00h:00min:00sec).
Parameters
• RTC_TimeStruct: pointer to a LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
Return values
• None:
LL_RTC_DATE_Init
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_DATE_Init (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_DateTypeDef *
RTC_DateStruct)
Set the RTC current date.
Parameters
• RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that contains the date configuration information
for the RTC.
Return values
– SUCCESS: RTC Day register is configured
– ERROR: RTC Day register is not configured
LL_RTC_DATE_StructInit
Function name
void LL_RTC_DATE_StructInit (LL_RTC_DateTypeDef * RTC_DateStruct)
Set each LL_RTC_DateTypeDef field to default value (date = Monday, January 01 xx00)
Parameters
• RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a LL_RTC_DateTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1893/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_ALMA_Init
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ALMA_Init (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *
RTC_AlarmStruct)
Set the RTC Alarm A.
Parameters
• RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that contains the alarm configuration
parameters.
Return values
– SUCCESS: ALARMA registers are configured
– ERROR: ALARMA registers are not configured
Notes
• The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm is disabled (Use
LL_RTC_ALMA_Disable function).
LL_RTC_ALMB_Init
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ALMB_Init (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *
RTC_AlarmStruct)
Set the RTC Alarm B.
Parameters
• RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that contains the alarm configuration
parameters.
Return values
– SUCCESS: ALARMB registers are configured
– ERROR: ALARMB registers are not configured
Notes
• The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm is disabled (LL_RTC_ALMB_Disable
function).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1894/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_ALMA_StructInit
Function name
void LL_RTC_ALMA_StructInit (LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef * RTC_AlarmStruct)
Set each LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef of ALARMA field to default value (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec / Day = 1st day of
the month/Mask = all fields are masked).
Parameters
• RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
Return values
• None:
LL_RTC_ALMB_StructInit
Function name
void LL_RTC_ALMB_StructInit (LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef * RTC_AlarmStruct)
Set each LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef of ALARMA field to default value (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec / Day = 1st day of
the month/Mask = all fields are masked).
Parameters
• RTC_AlarmStruct: pointer to a LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
Return values
• None:
LL_RTC_EnterInitMode
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_EnterInitMode (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Enters the RTC Initialization mode.
Parameters
Return values
– SUCCESS: RTC is in Init mode
– ERROR: RTC is not in Init mode
Notes
• The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this
function.
LL_RTC_ExitInitMode
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ExitInitMode (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1895/2236

UM1905
Exit the RTC Initialization mode.
Parameters
Return values
– SUCCESS: RTC exited from in Init mode
Notes
• When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles.
• The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this
function.
LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro (RTC_TypeDef * RTCx)
Waits until the RTC Time and Day registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are synchronized with RTC APB clock.
Parameters
Return values
– SUCCESS: RTC registers are synchronised
– ERROR: RTC registers are not synchronised
Notes
• The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before
calling this function.
• To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar initialization, calendar update or after
wakeup from low power modes the software must first clear the RSF flag. The software must then wait until
it is set again before reading the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been correctly
copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.
89.3 RTC Firmware driver defines

89.3.1 RTC
RTC
ALARM OUTPUT
LL_RTC_ALARMOUT_DISABLE
Output disabled
LL_RTC_ALARMOUT_ALMA
Alarm A output enabled
LL_RTC_ALARMOUT_ALMB
Alarm B output enabled
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1896/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_ALARMOUT_WAKEUP
Wakeup output enabled
ALARM OUTPUT TYPE
LL_RTC_ALARM_OUTPUTTYPE_OPENDRAIN
RTC_ALARM, when mapped on PC13, is open-drain output
LL_RTC_ALARM_OUTPUTTYPE_PUSHPULL
RTC_ALARM, when mapped on PC13, is push-pull output
ALARMA MASK
LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_NONE
No masks applied on Alarm A
LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_DATEWEEKDAY
Date/day do not care in Alarm A comparison
LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_HOURS
Hours do not care in Alarm A comparison
LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_MINUTES
Minutes do not care in Alarm A comparison
LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_SECONDS
Seconds do not care in Alarm A comparison
LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_ALL
Masks all
ALARMA TIME FORMAT
LL_RTC_ALMA_TIME_FORMAT_AM
AM or 24-hour format
LL_RTC_ALMA_TIME_FORMAT_PM
PM
RTC Alarm A Date WeekDay
LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE
Alarm A Date is selected
LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_WEEKDAY
Alarm A WeekDay is selected
ALARMB MASK
LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_NONE
No masks applied on Alarm B
LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_DATEWEEKDAY
Date/day do not care in Alarm B comparison
LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_HOURS
Hours do not care in Alarm B comparison
LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_MINUTES
Minutes do not care in Alarm B comparison
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1897/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_SECONDS
Seconds do not care in Alarm B comparison
LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_ALL
Masks all
ALARMB TIME FORMAT
LL_RTC_ALMB_TIME_FORMAT_AM
LL_RTC_ALMB_TIME_FORMAT_PM
PM
RTC Alarm B Date WeekDay
LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE
Alarm B Date is selected
LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_WEEKDAY
Alarm B WeekDay is selected
BACKUP
LL_RTC_BKP_DR0
LL_RTC_BKP_DR1
LL_RTC_BKP_DR2
LL_RTC_BKP_DR3
LL_RTC_BKP_DR4
LL_RTC_BKP_DR5
LL_RTC_BKP_DR6
LL_RTC_BKP_DR7
LL_RTC_BKP_DR8
LL_RTC_BKP_DR9
LL_RTC_BKP_DR10
LL_RTC_BKP_DR11
LL_RTC_BKP_DR12
LL_RTC_BKP_DR13
LL_RTC_BKP_DR14
LL_RTC_BKP_DR15
LL_RTC_BKP_DR16
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1898/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_BKP_DR17
LL_RTC_BKP_DR18
LL_RTC_BKP_DR19
LL_RTC_BKP_DR20
LL_RTC_BKP_DR21
LL_RTC_BKP_DR22
LL_RTC_BKP_DR23
LL_RTC_BKP_DR24
LL_RTC_BKP_DR25
LL_RTC_BKP_DR26
LL_RTC_BKP_DR27
LL_RTC_BKP_DR28
LL_RTC_BKP_DR29
LL_RTC_BKP_DR30
LL_RTC_BKP_DR31
Calibration pulse insertion
LL_RTC_CALIB_INSERTPULSE_NONE
No RTCCLK pulses are added
LL_RTC_CALIB_INSERTPULSE_SET
One RTCCLK pulse is effectively inserted every 2exp11 pulses (frequency increased by 488.5 ppm)
Calibration output
LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_NONE
Calibration output disabled
LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_1HZ
Calibration output is 1 Hz
LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_512HZ
Calibration output is 512 Hz
Calibration period
LL_RTC_CALIB_PERIOD_32SEC
Use a 32-second calibration cycle period
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1899/2236

UM1905
FORMAT
LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
Binary data format
LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
BCD data format
Get Flags Defines
LL_RTC_ISR_ITSF
LL_RTC_ISR_RECALPF
LL_RTC_ISR_TAMP3F
LL_RTC_ISR_TAMP2F
LL_RTC_ISR_TAMP1F
LL_RTC_ISR_TSOVF
LL_RTC_ISR_TSF
LL_RTC_ISR_WUTF
LL_RTC_ISR_ALRBF
LL_RTC_ISR_ALRAF
LL_RTC_ISR_INITF
LL_RTC_ISR_RSF
LL_RTC_ISR_INITS
LL_RTC_ISR_SHPF
LL_RTC_ISR_WUTWF
LL_RTC_ISR_ALRBWF
LL_RTC_ISR_ALRAWF
HOUR FORMAT
LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR
24 hour/day format
LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_AMPM
AM/PM hour format
IT Defines
LL_RTC_CR_TSIE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1900/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_CR_WUTIE
LL_RTC_CR_ALRBIE
LL_RTC_CR_ALRAIE
LL_RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP3IE
LL_RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPIE
MONTH
LL_RTC_MONTH_JANUARY
January
LL_RTC_MONTH_FEBRUARY
February
LL_RTC_MONTH_MARCH
March
LL_RTC_MONTH_APRIL
April
LL_RTC_MONTH_MAY
May
LL_RTC_MONTH_JUNE
June
LL_RTC_MONTH_JULY
July
LL_RTC_MONTH_AUGUST
August
LL_RTC_MONTH_SEPTEMBER
September
LL_RTC_MONTH_OCTOBER
October
LL_RTC_MONTH_NOVEMBER
November
LL_RTC_MONTH_DECEMBER
December
OUTPUT POLARITY PIN
LL_RTC_OUTPUTPOLARITY_PIN_HIGH
Pin is high when ALRAF/ALRBF/WUTF is asserted (depending on OSEL)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1901/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_OUTPUTPOLARITY_PIN_LOW
Pin is low when ALRAF/ALRBF/WUTF is asserted (depending on OSEL)
SHIFT SECOND
LL_RTC_SHIFT_SECOND_DELAY
LL_RTC_SHIFT_SECOND_ADVANCE
TAMPER
LL_RTC_TAMPER_1
RTC_TAMP1 input detection
LL_RTC_TAMPER_2
LL_RTC_TAMPER_3
TAMPER ACTIVE LEVEL
LL_RTC_TAMPER_ACTIVELEVEL_TAMP1
RTC_TAMP1 input falling edge (if TAMPFLT = 00) or staying high (if TAMPFLT != 00) triggers a tamper detection
event
event
event
TAMPER DURATION
LL_RTC_TAMPER_DURATION_1RTCCLK
Tamper pins are pre-charged before sampling during 1 RTCCLK cycle
TAMPER FILTER
LL_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER_DISABLE
Tamper filter is disabled
LL_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER_2SAMPLE
Tamper is activated after 8 consecutive samples at the active level.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1902/2236

UM1905
TAMPER MASK
LL_RTC_TAMPER_MASK_TAMPER1
Tamper 1 event generates a trigger event. TAMP1F is masked and internally cleared by hardware.The backup
registers are not erased
Tamper 2 event generates a trigger event. TAMP2F is masked and internally cleared by hardware. The backup
registers are not erased.
Tamper 3 event generates a trigger event. TAMP3F is masked and internally cleared by hardware. The backup
registers are not erased
TAMPER NO ERASE
LL_RTC_TAMPER_NOERASE_TAMPER1
Tamper 1 event does not erase the backup registers.
TAMPER SAMPLING FREQUENCY DIVIDER
LL_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLFREQDIV_32768
TIMESTAMP EDGE
LL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EDGE_RISING
RTC_TS input rising edge generates a time-stamp event
LL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_EDGE_FALLING
RTC_TS input falling edge generates a time-stamp even
TIME FORMAT
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1903/2236

UM1905
LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_AM_OR_24
LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_PM
PM
TIMESTAMP TIME FORMAT
LL_RTC_TS_TIME_FORMAT_AM
LL_RTC_TS_TIME_FORMAT_PM
PM
WAKEUP CLOCK DIV
LL_RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_DIV_16
RTC/16 clock is selected
LL_RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_CKSPRE
ck_spre (usually 1 Hz) clock is selected
LL_RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_CKSPRE_WUT
ck_spre (usually 1 Hz) clock is selected and 2exp16 is added to the WUT counter value
WEEK DAY
LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY
Monday
LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_TUESDAY
Tuesday
LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_WEDNESDAY
Wednesday
LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_THURSDAY
Thrusday
LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_FRIDAY
Friday
LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_SATURDAY
Saturday
LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_SUNDAY
Sunday
Convert helper Macros
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1904/2236

UM1905
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD
Description:
• Helper macro to convert a value from 2 digit decimal format to BCD format.
Parameters:
• __VALUE__: Byte to be converted
Return value:
• Converted: byte
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN
Description:
• Helper macro to convert a value from BCD format to 2 digit decimal format.
Parameters:
• __VALUE__: BCD value to be converted
Return value:
• Converted: byte
Date helper Macros
__LL_RTC_GET_WEEKDAY
Description:
• Helper macro to retrieve weekday.
Parameters:
• __RTC_DATE__: Date returned by
Return value:
__LL_RTC_GET_YEAR
Description:
• Helper macro to retrieve Year in BCD format.
Parameters:
• __RTC_DATE__: Value returned by
Return value:
• Year: in BCD format (0x00 . . . 0x99)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1905/2236

UM1905
__LL_RTC_GET_MONTH
Description:
• Helper macro to retrieve Month in BCD format.
Parameters:
Return value:
__LL_RTC_GET_DAY
Description:
• Helper macro to retrieve Day in BCD format.
Parameters:
Return value:
• Day: in BCD format (0x01 . . . 0x31)
Time helper Macros
__LL_RTC_GET_HOUR
Description:
• Helper macro to retrieve hour in BCD format.
Parameters:
• __RTC_TIME__: RTC time returned by
Return value:
• Hours: in BCD format (0x01. . .0x12 or between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x23)
__LL_RTC_GET_MINUTE
Description:
• Helper macro to retrieve minute in BCD format.
Parameters:
Return value:
• Minutes: in BCD format (0x00. . .0x59)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1906/2236

UM1905
__LL_RTC_GET_SECOND
Description:
• Helper macro to retrieve second in BCD format.
Parameters:
Return value:
• Seconds: in format (0x00. . .0x59)
LL_RTC_WriteReg
Description:
• Write a value in RTC register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: RTC Instance
Return value:
• None
LL_RTC_ReadReg
Description:
• Read a value in RTC register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: RTC Instance
Return value:
• Register: value
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1907/2236

UM1905
LL SPI Generic Driver
90 LL SPI Generic Driver
90.1 SPI Firmware driver registers structures
90.1.1 LL_SPI_InitTypeDef
LL_SPI_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_spi.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t TransferDirection
• uint32_t Mode
• uint32_t DataWidth
• uint32_t ClockPhase
• uint32_t NSS
• uint32_t BitOrder
• uint32_t CRCCalculation
• uint32_t CRCPoly
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_SPI_InitTypeDef::TransferDirection
Specifies the SPI unidirectional or bidirectional data mode. This parameter can be a value of
SPI_LL_EC_TRANSFER_MODE.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_SPI_SetTransferDirection().
• uint32_t LL_SPI_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the SPI mode (Master/Slave). This parameter can be a value of SPI_LL_EC_MODE.This feature
can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_SPI_SetMode().
• uint32_t LL_SPI_InitTypeDef::DataWidth
Specifies the SPI data width. This parameter can be a value of SPI_LL_EC_DATAWIDTH.This feature can
be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_SPI_SetDataWidth().
• uint32_t LL_SPI_InitTypeDef::ClockPolarity
Specifies the serial clock steady state. This parameter can be a value of SPI_LL_EC_POLARITY.This
feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_SPI_SetClockPolarity().
• uint32_t LL_SPI_InitTypeDef::ClockPhase
Specifies the clock active edge for the bit capture. This parameter can be a value of
SPI_LL_EC_PHASE.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_SPI_SetClockPhase().
• uint32_t LL_SPI_InitTypeDef::NSS
Specifies whether the NSS signal is managed by hardware (NSS pin) or by software using the SSI bit. This
parameter can be a value of SPI_LL_EC_NSS_MODE.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary
function LL_SPI_SetNSSMode().
• uint32_t LL_SPI_InitTypeDef::BaudRate
Specifies the BaudRate prescaler value which will be used to configure the transmit and receive SCK clock.
This parameter can be a value of SPI_LL_EC_BAUDRATEPRESCALER.
Note:
– The communication clock is derived from the master clock. The slave clock does not need to be set.
This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_SPI_SetBaudRatePrescaler().
• uint32_t LL_SPI_InitTypeDef::BitOrder
SPI_LL_EC_BIT_ORDER.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_SPI_SetTransferBitOrder().
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1908/2236

UM1905
• uint32_t LL_SPI_InitTypeDef::CRCCalculation
Specifies if the CRC calculation is enabled or not. This parameter can be a value of
SPI_LL_EC_CRC_CALCULATION.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary functions
LL_SPI_EnableCRC() and LL_SPI_DisableCRC().
• uint32_t LL_SPI_InitTypeDef::CRCPoly
Specifies the polynomial used for the CRC calculation. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data
= 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_SPI_SetCRCPolynomial().
90.1.2 LL_I2S_InitTypeDef
LL_I2S_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_spi.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t Mode
• uint32_t Standard
• uint32_t MCLKOutput
• uint32_t AudioFreq
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_I2S_InitTypeDef::Mode
Specifies the I2S operating mode. This parameter can be a value of I2S_LL_EC_MODEThis feature can be
modified afterwards using unitary function LL_I2S_SetTransferMode().
• uint32_t LL_I2S_InitTypeDef::Standard
Specifies the standard used for the I2S communication. This parameter can be a value of
I2S_LL_EC_STANDARDThis feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_I2S_SetStandard().
• uint32_t LL_I2S_InitTypeDef::DataFormat
Specifies the data format for the I2S communication. This parameter can be a value of
I2S_LL_EC_DATA_FORMATThis feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_I2S_SetDataFormat().
• uint32_t LL_I2S_InitTypeDef::MCLKOutput
Specifies whether the I2S MCLK output is enabled or not. This parameter can be a value of
I2S_LL_EC_MCLK_OUTPUTThis feature can be modified afterwards using unitary functions
LL_I2S_EnableMasterClock() or LL_I2S_DisableMasterClock.
• uint32_t LL_I2S_InitTypeDef::AudioFreq
Specifies the frequency selected for the I2S communication. This parameter can be a value of
I2S_LL_EC_AUDIO_FREQAudio Frequency can be modified afterwards using Reference manual formulas
to calculate Prescaler Linear, Parity and unitary functions LL_I2S_SetPrescalerLinear() and
LL_I2S_SetPrescalerParity() to set it.
• uint32_t LL_I2S_InitTypeDef::ClockPolarity
Specifies the idle state of the I2S clock. This parameter can be a value of I2S_LL_EC_POLARITYThis
feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_I2S_SetClockPolarity().
90.2 SPI Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the SPI library.
LL_SPI_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_Enable (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1909/2236

UM1905
Enable SPI peripheral.
Parameters
• SPIx: SPI Instance
Return values
• None:

• CR1 SPE LL_SPI_Enable
LL_SPI_Disable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_Disable (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Disable SPI peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• When disabling the SPI, follow the procedure described in the Reference Manual.

• CR1 SPE LL_SPI_Disable
LL_SPI_IsEnabled
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_IsEnabled (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Check if SPI peripheral is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 SPE LL_SPI_IsEnabled
LL_SPI_SetMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_SetMode (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint32_t Mode)
Set SPI operation mode to Master or Slave.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1910/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_SPI_MODE_MASTER
– LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This bit should not be changed when communication is ongoing.

• CR1 MSTR LL_SPI_SetMode
• CR1 SSI LL_SPI_SetMode
LL_SPI_GetMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_GetMode (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get SPI operation mode (Master or Slave)
Parameters
Return values
– LL_SPI_MODE_MASTER
– LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE

• CR1 MSTR LL_SPI_GetMode
• CR1 SSI LL_SPI_GetMode
LL_SPI_SetStandard
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_SetStandard (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint32_t Standard)
Set serial protocol used.
Parameters
• Standard: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_SPI_PROTOCOL_MOTOROLA
– LL_SPI_PROTOCOL_TI
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This bit should be written only when SPI is disabled (SPE = 0) for correct operation.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1911/2236

UM1905

• CR2 FRF LL_SPI_SetStandard
LL_SPI_GetStandard
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_GetStandard (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get serial protocol used.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_SPI_PROTOCOL_MOTOROLA
– LL_SPI_PROTOCOL_TI

• CR2 FRF LL_SPI_GetStandard
LL_SPI_SetClockPhase
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_SetClockPhase (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint32_t ClockPhase)
Set clock phase.
Parameters
• ClockPhase: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This bit should not be changed when communication is ongoing. This bit is not used in SPI TI mode.

• CR1 CPHA LL_SPI_SetClockPhase
LL_SPI_GetClockPhase
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_GetClockPhase (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get clock phase.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1912/2236

UM1905
Return values

• CR1 CPHA LL_SPI_GetClockPhase
LL_SPI_SetClockPolarity
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_SetClockPolarity (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint32_t ClockPolarity)
Set clock polarity.
Parameters
– LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW
– LL_SPI_POLARITY_HIGH
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR1 CPOL LL_SPI_SetClockPolarity
LL_SPI_GetClockPolarity
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_GetClockPolarity (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get clock polarity.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW
– LL_SPI_POLARITY_HIGH

• CR1 CPOL LL_SPI_GetClockPolarity
LL_SPI_SetBaudRatePrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_SetBaudRatePrescaler (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint32_t BaudRate)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1913/2236

UM1905
Set baud rate prescaler.
Parameters
• BaudRate: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2
Return values
• None:
Notes
• These bits should not be changed when communication is ongoing. SPI BaudRate = fPCLK/Prescaler.

• CR1 BR LL_SPI_SetBaudRatePrescaler
LL_SPI_GetBaudRatePrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_GetBaudRatePrescaler (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get baud rate prescaler.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 BR LL_SPI_GetBaudRatePrescaler
LL_SPI_SetTransferBitOrder
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_SetTransferBitOrder (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint32_t BitOrder)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1914/2236

UM1905
Set transfer bit order.
Parameters
• BitOrder: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_SPI_LSB_FIRST
– LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR1 LSBFIRST LL_SPI_SetTransferBitOrder
LL_SPI_GetTransferBitOrder
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_GetTransferBitOrder (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get transfer bit order.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_SPI_LSB_FIRST
– LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST

• CR1 LSBFIRST LL_SPI_GetTransferBitOrder
LL_SPI_SetTransferDirection
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_SetTransferDirection (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint32_t TransferDirection)
Set transfer direction mode.
Parameters
• TransferDirection: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX
– LL_SPI_SIMPLEX_RX
– LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_RX
– LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_TX
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1915/2236

UM1905
Notes
• For Half-Duplex mode, Rx Direction is set by default. In master mode, the MOSI pin is used and in slave
mode, the MISO pin is used for Half-Duplex.

• CR1 RXONLY LL_SPI_SetTransferDirection
• CR1 BIDIMODE LL_SPI_SetTransferDirection
• CR1 BIDIOE LL_SPI_SetTransferDirection
LL_SPI_GetTransferDirection
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_GetTransferDirection (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get transfer direction mode.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX
– LL_SPI_SIMPLEX_RX
– LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_RX
– LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_TX

• CR1 RXONLY LL_SPI_GetTransferDirection
• CR1 BIDIMODE LL_SPI_GetTransferDirection
• CR1 BIDIOE LL_SPI_GetTransferDirection
LL_SPI_SetDataWidth
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_SetDataWidth (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint32_t DataWidth)
Set frame data width.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1916/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• DataWidth: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_4BIT
Return values
• None:

• CR2 DS LL_SPI_SetDataWidth
LL_SPI_GetDataWidth
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_GetDataWidth (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get frame data width.
Parameters
Return values

• CR2 DS LL_SPI_GetDataWidth
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1917/2236

UM1905
LL_SPI_SetRxFIFOThreshold
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_SetRxFIFOThreshold (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint32_t Threshold)
Set threshold of RXFIFO that triggers an RXNE event.
Parameters
• Threshold: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_SPI_RX_FIFO_TH_HALF
– LL_SPI_RX_FIFO_TH_QUARTER
Return values
• None:

• CR2 FRXTH LL_SPI_SetRxFIFOThreshold
LL_SPI_GetRxFIFOThreshold
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_GetRxFIFOThreshold (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get threshold of RXFIFO that triggers an RXNE event.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_SPI_RX_FIFO_TH_HALF
– LL_SPI_RX_FIFO_TH_QUARTER

• CR2 FRXTH LL_SPI_GetRxFIFOThreshold
LL_SPI_EnableCRC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_EnableCRC (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Enable CRC.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1918/2236

UM1905

• CR1 CRCEN LL_SPI_EnableCRC
LL_SPI_DisableCRC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_DisableCRC (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Disable CRC.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR1 CRCEN LL_SPI_DisableCRC
LL_SPI_IsEnabledCRC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_IsEnabledCRC (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Check if CRC is enabled.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• CR1 CRCEN LL_SPI_IsEnabledCRC
LL_SPI_SetCRCWidth
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_SetCRCWidth (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint32_t CRCLength)
Set CRC Length.
Parameters
• CRCLength: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_SPI_CRC_8BIT
– LL_SPI_CRC_16BIT
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1919/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR1 CRCL LL_SPI_SetCRCWidth
LL_SPI_GetCRCWidth
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_GetCRCWidth (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get CRC Length.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_SPI_CRC_8BIT
– LL_SPI_CRC_16BIT

• CR1 CRCL LL_SPI_GetCRCWidth
LL_SPI_SetCRCNext
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_SetCRCNext (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Set CRCNext to transfer CRC on the line.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This bit has to be written as soon as the last data is written in the SPIx_DR register.

• CR1 CRCNEXT LL_SPI_SetCRCNext
LL_SPI_SetCRCPolynomial
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_SetCRCPolynomial (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint32_t CRCPoly)
Set polynomial for CRC calculation.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1920/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• CRCPoly: This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF
Return values
• None:

• CRCPR CRCPOLY LL_SPI_SetCRCPolynomial
LL_SPI_GetCRCPolynomial
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_GetCRCPolynomial (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get polynomial for CRC calculation.
Parameters
Return values
• Returned: value is a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF

• CRCPR CRCPOLY LL_SPI_GetCRCPolynomial
LL_SPI_GetRxCRC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_GetRxCRC (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get Rx CRC.
Parameters
Return values

• RXCRCR RXCRC LL_SPI_GetRxCRC
LL_SPI_GetTxCRC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_GetTxCRC (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get Tx CRC.
Parameters
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1921/2236

UM1905

• TXCRCR TXCRC LL_SPI_GetTxCRC
LL_SPI_SetNSSMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_SetNSSMode (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint32_t NSS)
Set NSS mode.
Parameters
• NSS: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_SPI_NSS_SOFT
– LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT
– LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_OUTPUT
Return values
• None:
Notes
• LL_SPI_NSS_SOFT Mode is not used in SPI TI mode.

• CR1 SSM LL_SPI_SetNSSMode
•
• CR2 SSOE LL_SPI_SetNSSMode
LL_SPI_GetNSSMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_GetNSSMode (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get NSS mode.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_SPI_NSS_SOFT
– LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT
– LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_OUTPUT

• CR1 SSM LL_SPI_GetNSSMode
•
• CR2 SSOE LL_SPI_GetNSSMode
LL_SPI_EnableNSSPulseMgt
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_EnableNSSPulseMgt (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1922/2236

UM1905
Enable NSS pulse management.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR2 NSSP LL_SPI_EnableNSSPulseMgt
LL_SPI_DisableNSSPulseMgt
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_DisableNSSPulseMgt (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Disable NSS pulse management.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR2 NSSP LL_SPI_DisableNSSPulseMgt
LL_SPI_IsEnabledNSSPulse
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_IsEnabledNSSPulse (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Check if NSS pulse is enabled.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• CR2 NSSP LL_SPI_IsEnabledNSSPulse
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1923/2236

UM1905
LL_SPI_IsActiveFlag_RXNE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_IsActiveFlag_RXNE (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Check if Rx buffer is not empty.
Parameters
Return values

• SR RXNE LL_SPI_IsActiveFlag_RXNE
LL_SPI_IsActiveFlag_TXE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_IsActiveFlag_TXE (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Check if Tx buffer is empty.
Parameters
Return values

• SR TXE LL_SPI_IsActiveFlag_TXE
LL_SPI_IsActiveFlag_CRCERR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_IsActiveFlag_CRCERR (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get CRC error flag.
Parameters
Return values

• SR CRCERR LL_SPI_IsActiveFlag_CRCERR
LL_SPI_IsActiveFlag_MODF
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_IsActiveFlag_MODF (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1924/2236

UM1905
Get mode fault error flag.
Parameters
Return values

• SR MODF LL_SPI_IsActiveFlag_MODF
LL_SPI_IsActiveFlag_OVR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_IsActiveFlag_OVR (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get overrun error flag.
Parameters
Return values

• SR OVR LL_SPI_IsActiveFlag_OVR
LL_SPI_IsActiveFlag_BSY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_IsActiveFlag_BSY (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get busy flag.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• The BSY flag is cleared under any one of the following conditions: -When the SPI is correctly disabled -
When a fault is detected in Master mode (MODF bit set to 1) -In Master mode, when it finishes a data
transmission and no new data is ready to be sent -In Slave mode, when the BSY flag is set to '0' for at least
one SPI clock cycle between each data transfer.

• SR BSY LL_SPI_IsActiveFlag_BSY
LL_SPI_IsActiveFlag_FRE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_IsActiveFlag_FRE (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1925/2236

UM1905
Get frame format error flag.
Parameters
Return values

• SR FRE LL_SPI_IsActiveFlag_FRE
LL_SPI_GetRxFIFOLevel
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_GetRxFIFOLevel (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get FIFO reception Level.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_SPI_RX_FIFO_EMPTY
– LL_SPI_RX_FIFO_QUARTER_FULL
– LL_SPI_RX_FIFO_HALF_FULL
– LL_SPI_RX_FIFO_FULL

• SR FRLVL LL_SPI_GetRxFIFOLevel
LL_SPI_GetTxFIFOLevel
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_GetTxFIFOLevel (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get FIFO Transmission Level.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_SPI_TX_FIFO_EMPTY
– LL_SPI_TX_FIFO_QUARTER_FULL
– LL_SPI_TX_FIFO_HALF_FULL
– LL_SPI_TX_FIFO_FULL

• SR FTLVL LL_SPI_GetTxFIFOLevel
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1926/2236

UM1905
LL_SPI_ClearFlag_CRCERR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_ClearFlag_CRCERR (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Clear CRC error flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• SR CRCERR LL_SPI_ClearFlag_CRCERR
LL_SPI_ClearFlag_MODF
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_ClearFlag_MODF (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Clear mode fault error flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Clearing this flag is done by a read access to the SPIx_SR register followed by a write access to the
SPIx_CR1 register

• SR MODF LL_SPI_ClearFlag_MODF
LL_SPI_ClearFlag_OVR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_ClearFlag_OVR (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Clear overrun error flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Clearing this flag is done by a read access to the SPIx_DR register followed by a read access to the
SPIx_SR register
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1927/2236

UM1905

• SR OVR LL_SPI_ClearFlag_OVR
LL_SPI_ClearFlag_FRE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_ClearFlag_FRE (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Clear frame format error flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Clearing this flag is done by reading SPIx_SR register

• SR FRE LL_SPI_ClearFlag_FRE
LL_SPI_EnableIT_ERR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_EnableIT_ERR (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Enable error interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This bit controls the generation of an interrupt when an error condition occurs (CRCERR, OVR, MODF in
SPI mode, FRE at TI mode).

• CR2 ERRIE LL_SPI_EnableIT_ERR
LL_SPI_EnableIT_RXNE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_EnableIT_RXNE (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Enable Rx buffer not empty interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1928/2236

UM1905

• CR2 RXNEIE LL_SPI_EnableIT_RXNE
LL_SPI_EnableIT_TXE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_EnableIT_TXE (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Enable Tx buffer empty interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR2 TXEIE LL_SPI_EnableIT_TXE
LL_SPI_DisableIT_ERR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_DisableIT_ERR (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Disable error interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This bit controls the generation of an interrupt when an error condition occurs (CRCERR, OVR, MODF in
SPI mode, FRE at TI mode).

• CR2 ERRIE LL_SPI_DisableIT_ERR
LL_SPI_DisableIT_RXNE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_DisableIT_RXNE (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Disable Rx buffer not empty interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR2 RXNEIE LL_SPI_DisableIT_RXNE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1929/2236

UM1905
LL_SPI_DisableIT_TXE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_DisableIT_TXE (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Disable Tx buffer empty interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR2 TXEIE LL_SPI_DisableIT_TXE
LL_SPI_IsEnabledIT_ERR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_IsEnabledIT_ERR (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Check if error interrupt is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR2 ERRIE LL_SPI_IsEnabledIT_ERR
LL_SPI_IsEnabledIT_RXNE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_IsEnabledIT_RXNE (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Check if Rx buffer not empty interrupt is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR2 RXNEIE LL_SPI_IsEnabledIT_RXNE
LL_SPI_IsEnabledIT_TXE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_IsEnabledIT_TXE (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1930/2236

UM1905
Check if Tx buffer empty interrupt.
Parameters
Return values

• CR2 TXEIE LL_SPI_IsEnabledIT_TXE
LL_SPI_EnableDMAReq_RX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_EnableDMAReq_RX (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Enable DMA Rx.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR2 RXDMAEN LL_SPI_EnableDMAReq_RX
LL_SPI_DisableDMAReq_RX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_DisableDMAReq_RX (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Disable DMA Rx.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR2 RXDMAEN LL_SPI_DisableDMAReq_RX
LL_SPI_IsEnabledDMAReq_RX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_IsEnabledDMAReq_RX (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Check if DMA Rx is enabled.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1931/2236

UM1905
Return values

• CR2 RXDMAEN LL_SPI_IsEnabledDMAReq_RX
LL_SPI_EnableDMAReq_TX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_EnableDMAReq_TX (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Enable DMA Tx.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR2 TXDMAEN LL_SPI_EnableDMAReq_TX
LL_SPI_DisableDMAReq_TX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_DisableDMAReq_TX (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Disable DMA Tx.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR2 TXDMAEN LL_SPI_DisableDMAReq_TX
LL_SPI_IsEnabledDMAReq_TX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_IsEnabledDMAReq_TX (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Check if DMA Tx is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR2 TXDMAEN LL_SPI_IsEnabledDMAReq_TX
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1932/2236

UM1905
LL_SPI_SetDMAParity_RX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_SetDMAParity_RX (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint32_t Parity)
Set parity of Last DMA reception.
Parameters
• Parity: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_SPI_DMA_PARITY_ODD
– LL_SPI_DMA_PARITY_EVEN
Return values
• None:

• CR2 LDMARX LL_SPI_SetDMAParity_RX
LL_SPI_GetDMAParity_RX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_GetDMAParity_RX (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get parity configuration for Last DMA reception.
Parameters
Return values

• CR2 LDMARX LL_SPI_GetDMAParity_RX
LL_SPI_SetDMAParity_TX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_SetDMAParity_TX (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint32_t Parity)
Set parity of Last DMA transmission.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1933/2236

UM1905

• CR2 LDMATX LL_SPI_SetDMAParity_TX
LL_SPI_GetDMAParity_TX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_GetDMAParity_TX (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get parity configuration for Last DMA transmission.
Parameters
Return values

• CR2 LDMATX LL_SPI_GetDMAParity_TX
LL_SPI_DMA_GetRegAddr
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SPI_DMA_GetRegAddr (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Parameters
Return values

• DR DR LL_SPI_DMA_GetRegAddr
LL_SPI_ReceiveData8
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint8_t LL_SPI_ReceiveData8 (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Read 8-Bits in the data register.
Parameters
Return values
• RxData: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF

• DR DR LL_SPI_ReceiveData8
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1934/2236

UM1905
LL_SPI_ReceiveData16
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint16_t LL_SPI_ReceiveData16 (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Read 16-Bits in the data register.
Parameters
Return values
• RxData: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFFFF

• DR DR LL_SPI_ReceiveData16
LL_SPI_TransmitData8
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_TransmitData8 (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint8_t TxData)
Write 8-Bits in the data register.
Parameters
• TxData: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF
Return values
• None:

• DR DR LL_SPI_TransmitData8
LL_SPI_TransmitData16
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SPI_TransmitData16 (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint16_t TxData)
Write 16-Bits in the data register.
Parameters
• TxData: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
Return values
• None:

• DR DR LL_SPI_TransmitData16
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1935/2236

UM1905
LL_SPI_DeInit
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_SPI_DeInit (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
De-initialize the SPI registers to their default reset values.
Parameters
Return values
– SUCCESS: SPI registers are de-initialized
– ERROR: SPI registers are not de-initialized
LL_SPI_Init
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_SPI_Init (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, LL_SPI_InitTypeDef * SPI_InitStruct)
Initialize the SPI registers according to the specified parameters in SPI_InitStruct.
Parameters
• SPI_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure
Return values
• An: ErrorStatus enumeration value. (Return always SUCCESS)
Notes
• As some bits in SPI configuration registers can only be written when the SPI is disabled (SPI_CR1_SPE bit
=0), SPI peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be
returned.
LL_SPI_StructInit
Function name
void LL_SPI_StructInit (LL_SPI_InitTypeDef * SPI_InitStruct)
Set each LL_SPI_InitTypeDef field to default value.
Parameters
• SPI_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure whose fields will be set to default values.
Return values
• None:
LL_I2S_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_Enable (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1936/2236

UM1905
Select I2S mode and Enable I2S peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• I2SCFGR I2SMOD LL_I2S_Enable
• I2SCFGR I2SE LL_I2S_Enable
LL_I2S_Disable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_Disable (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Disable I2S peripheral.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• I2SCFGR I2SE LL_I2S_Disable
LL_I2S_IsEnabled
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2S_IsEnabled (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Check if I2S peripheral is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• I2SCFGR I2SE LL_I2S_IsEnabled
LL_I2S_SetDataFormat
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_SetDataFormat (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint32_t DataFormat)
Set I2S data frame length.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1937/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• DataFormat: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B
– LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B_EXTENDED
Return values
• None:

• I2SCFGR DATLEN LL_I2S_SetDataFormat
• I2SCFGR CHLEN LL_I2S_SetDataFormat
LL_I2S_GetDataFormat
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2S_GetDataFormat (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get I2S data frame length.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B_EXTENDED

• I2SCFGR DATLEN LL_I2S_GetDataFormat
• I2SCFGR CHLEN LL_I2S_GetDataFormat
LL_I2S_SetClockPolarity
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_SetClockPolarity (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint32_t ClockPolarity)
Set I2S clock polarity.
Parameters
– LL_I2S_POLARITY_LOW
– LL_I2S_POLARITY_HIGH
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1938/2236

UM1905

• I2SCFGR CKPOL LL_I2S_SetClockPolarity
LL_I2S_GetClockPolarity
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2S_GetClockPolarity (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get I2S clock polarity.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_I2S_POLARITY_LOW
– LL_I2S_POLARITY_HIGH

• I2SCFGR CKPOL LL_I2S_GetClockPolarity
LL_I2S_SetStandard
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_SetStandard (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint32_t Standard)
Set I2S standard protocol.
Parameters
• Standard: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS
– LL_I2S_STANDARD_MSB
– LL_I2S_STANDARD_LSB
– LL_I2S_STANDARD_PCM_SHORT
– LL_I2S_STANDARD_PCM_LONG
Return values
• None:

• I2SCFGR I2SSTD LL_I2S_SetStandard
• I2SCFGR PCMSYNC LL_I2S_SetStandard
LL_I2S_GetStandard
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2S_GetStandard (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get I2S standard protocol.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1939/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
– LL_I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS
– LL_I2S_STANDARD_MSB
– LL_I2S_STANDARD_LSB
– LL_I2S_STANDARD_PCM_SHORT
– LL_I2S_STANDARD_PCM_LONG

• I2SCFGR I2SSTD LL_I2S_GetStandard
• I2SCFGR PCMSYNC LL_I2S_GetStandard
LL_I2S_SetTransferMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_SetTransferMode (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint32_t Mode)
Set I2S transfer mode.
Parameters
– LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX
– LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX
– LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX
– LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX
Return values
• None:

• I2SCFGR I2SCFG LL_I2S_SetTransferMode
LL_I2S_GetTransferMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2S_GetTransferMode (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get I2S transfer mode.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX
– LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX
– LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX
– LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1940/2236

UM1905

• I2SCFGR I2SCFG LL_I2S_GetTransferMode
LL_I2S_SetPrescalerLinear
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_SetPrescalerLinear (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint8_t PrescalerLinear)
Set I2S linear prescaler.
Parameters
• PrescalerLinear: Value between Min_Data=0x02 and Max_Data=0xFF
Return values
• None:

• I2SPR I2SDIV LL_I2S_SetPrescalerLinear
LL_I2S_GetPrescalerLinear
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2S_GetPrescalerLinear (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get I2S linear prescaler.
Parameters
Return values
• PrescalerLinear: Value between Min_Data=0x02 and Max_Data=0xFF

• I2SPR I2SDIV LL_I2S_GetPrescalerLinear
LL_I2S_SetPrescalerParity
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_SetPrescalerParity (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint32_t PrescalerParity)
Set I2S parity prescaler.
Parameters
• PrescalerParity: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_EVEN
– LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_ODD
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1941/2236

UM1905

• I2SPR ODD LL_I2S_SetPrescalerParity
LL_I2S_GetPrescalerParity
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2S_GetPrescalerParity (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get I2S parity prescaler.
Parameters
Return values

• I2SPR ODD LL_I2S_GetPrescalerParity
LL_I2S_EnableMasterClock
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_EnableMasterClock (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Enable the master clock ouput (Pin MCK)
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• I2SPR MCKOE LL_I2S_EnableMasterClock
LL_I2S_DisableMasterClock
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_DisableMasterClock (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Disable the master clock ouput (Pin MCK)
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• I2SPR MCKOE LL_I2S_DisableMasterClock
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1942/2236

UM1905
LL_I2S_IsEnabledMasterClock
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2S_IsEnabledMasterClock (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Check if the master clock ouput (Pin MCK) is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• I2SPR MCKOE LL_I2S_IsEnabledMasterClock
LL_I2S_EnableAsyncStart
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_EnableAsyncStart (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Enable asynchronous start.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• I2SCFGR ASTRTEN LL_I2S_EnableAsyncStart
LL_I2S_DisableAsyncStart
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_DisableAsyncStart (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Disable asynchronous start.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• I2SCFGR ASTRTEN LL_I2S_DisableAsyncStart
LL_I2S_IsEnabledAsyncStart
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2S_IsEnabledAsyncStart (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1943/2236

UM1905
Check if asynchronous start is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• I2SCFGR ASTRTEN LL_I2S_IsEnabledAsyncStart
LL_I2S_IsActiveFlag_RXNE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2S_IsActiveFlag_RXNE (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Check if Rx buffer is not empty.
Parameters
Return values

• SR RXNE LL_I2S_IsActiveFlag_RXNE
LL_I2S_IsActiveFlag_TXE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2S_IsActiveFlag_TXE (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Check if Tx buffer is empty.
Parameters
Return values

• SR TXE LL_I2S_IsActiveFlag_TXE
LL_I2S_IsActiveFlag_BSY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2S_IsActiveFlag_BSY (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get busy flag.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1944/2236

UM1905
Return values

• SR BSY LL_I2S_IsActiveFlag_BSY
LL_I2S_IsActiveFlag_OVR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2S_IsActiveFlag_OVR (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get overrun error flag.
Parameters
Return values

• SR OVR LL_I2S_IsActiveFlag_OVR
LL_I2S_IsActiveFlag_UDR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2S_IsActiveFlag_UDR (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get underrun error flag.
Parameters
Return values

• SR UDR LL_I2S_IsActiveFlag_UDR
LL_I2S_IsActiveFlag_FRE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2S_IsActiveFlag_FRE (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get frame format error flag.
Parameters
Return values

• SR FRE LL_I2S_IsActiveFlag_FRE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1945/2236

UM1905
LL_I2S_IsActiveFlag_CHSIDE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2S_IsActiveFlag_CHSIDE (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Get channel side flag.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• 0: Channel Left has to be transmitted or has been received 1: Channel Right has to be transmitted or has
been received It has no significance in PCM mode.

• SR CHSIDE LL_I2S_IsActiveFlag_CHSIDE
LL_I2S_ClearFlag_OVR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_ClearFlag_OVR (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Clear overrun error flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• SR OVR LL_I2S_ClearFlag_OVR
LL_I2S_ClearFlag_UDR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_ClearFlag_UDR (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Clear underrun error flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• SR UDR LL_I2S_ClearFlag_UDR
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1946/2236

UM1905
LL_I2S_ClearFlag_FRE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_ClearFlag_FRE (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Clear frame format error flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• SR FRE LL_I2S_ClearFlag_FRE
LL_I2S_EnableIT_ERR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_EnableIT_ERR (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Enable error IT.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This bit controls the generation of an interrupt when an error condition occurs (OVR, UDR and FRE in I2S
mode).

• CR2 ERRIE LL_I2S_EnableIT_ERR
LL_I2S_EnableIT_RXNE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_EnableIT_RXNE (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Enable Rx buffer not empty IT.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR2 RXNEIE LL_I2S_EnableIT_RXNE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1947/2236

UM1905
LL_I2S_EnableIT_TXE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_EnableIT_TXE (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Enable Tx buffer empty IT.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR2 TXEIE LL_I2S_EnableIT_TXE
LL_I2S_DisableIT_ERR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_DisableIT_ERR (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Disable error IT.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This bit controls the generation of an interrupt when an error condition occurs (OVR, UDR and FRE in I2S
mode).

• CR2 ERRIE LL_I2S_DisableIT_ERR
LL_I2S_DisableIT_RXNE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_DisableIT_RXNE (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Disable Rx buffer not empty IT.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR2 RXNEIE LL_I2S_DisableIT_RXNE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1948/2236

UM1905
LL_I2S_DisableIT_TXE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_DisableIT_TXE (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Disable Tx buffer empty IT.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR2 TXEIE LL_I2S_DisableIT_TXE
LL_I2S_IsEnabledIT_ERR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2S_IsEnabledIT_ERR (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Check if ERR IT is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR2 ERRIE LL_I2S_IsEnabledIT_ERR
LL_I2S_IsEnabledIT_RXNE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2S_IsEnabledIT_RXNE (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Check if RXNE IT is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR2 RXNEIE LL_I2S_IsEnabledIT_RXNE
LL_I2S_IsEnabledIT_TXE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2S_IsEnabledIT_TXE (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1949/2236

UM1905
Check if TXE IT is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR2 TXEIE LL_I2S_IsEnabledIT_TXE
LL_I2S_EnableDMAReq_RX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_EnableDMAReq_RX (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Enable DMA Rx.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR2 RXDMAEN LL_I2S_EnableDMAReq_RX
LL_I2S_DisableDMAReq_RX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_DisableDMAReq_RX (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Disable DMA Rx.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR2 RXDMAEN LL_I2S_DisableDMAReq_RX
LL_I2S_IsEnabledDMAReq_RX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2S_IsEnabledDMAReq_RX (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Check if DMA Rx is enabled.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1950/2236

UM1905
Return values

• CR2 RXDMAEN LL_I2S_IsEnabledDMAReq_RX
LL_I2S_EnableDMAReq_TX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_EnableDMAReq_TX (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Enable DMA Tx.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR2 TXDMAEN LL_I2S_EnableDMAReq_TX
LL_I2S_DisableDMAReq_TX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_DisableDMAReq_TX (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Disable DMA Tx.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR2 TXDMAEN LL_I2S_DisableDMAReq_TX
LL_I2S_IsEnabledDMAReq_TX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_I2S_IsEnabledDMAReq_TX (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Check if DMA Tx is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR2 TXDMAEN LL_I2S_IsEnabledDMAReq_TX
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1951/2236

UM1905
LL_I2S_ReceiveData16
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint16_t LL_I2S_ReceiveData16 (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
Read 16-Bits in data register.
Parameters
Return values
• RxData: Value between Min_Data=0x0000 and Max_Data=0xFFFF

• DR DR LL_I2S_ReceiveData16
LL_I2S_TransmitData16
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_I2S_TransmitData16 (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint16_t TxData)
Write 16-Bits in data register.
Parameters
• TxData: Value between Min_Data=0x0000 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
Return values
• None:

• DR DR LL_I2S_TransmitData16
LL_I2S_DeInit
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_I2S_DeInit (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx)
De-initialize the SPI/I2S registers to their default reset values.
Parameters
Return values
– SUCCESS: SPI registers are de-initialized
– ERROR: SPI registers are not de-initialized
LL_I2S_Init
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_I2S_Init (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, LL_I2S_InitTypeDef * I2S_InitStruct)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1952/2236

UM1905
Initializes the SPI/I2S registers according to the specified parameters in I2S_InitStruct.
Parameters
• I2S_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_I2S_InitTypeDef structure
Return values
– SUCCESS: SPI registers are Initialized
– ERROR: SPI registers are not Initialized
Notes
• As some bits in SPI configuration registers can only be written when the SPI is disabled (SPI_CR1_SPE bit
=0), SPI peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be
returned.
LL_I2S_StructInit
Function name
void LL_I2S_StructInit (LL_I2S_InitTypeDef * I2S_InitStruct)
Set each LL_I2S_InitTypeDef field to default value.
Parameters
• I2S_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_I2S_InitTypeDef structure whose fields will be set to default values.
Return values
• None:
LL_I2S_ConfigPrescaler
Function name
void LL_I2S_ConfigPrescaler (SPI_TypeDef * SPIx, uint32_t PrescalerLinear, uint32_t PrescalerParity)
Set linear and parity prescaler.
Parameters
• PrescalerLinear: value Min_Data=0x02 and Max_Data=0xFF.
• PrescalerParity: This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• None:
Notes
• To calculate value of PrescalerLinear(I2SDIV[7:0] bits) and PrescalerParity(ODD bit) Check Audio
frequency table and formulas inside Reference Manual (SPI/I2S).
90.3 SPI Firmware driver defines

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1953/2236

UM1905
90.3.1 SPI
SPI
Baud Rate Prescaler
LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2
BaudRate control equal to fPCLK/2
Transmission Bit Order
LL_SPI_LSB_FIRST
Data is transmitted/received with the LSB first
LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST
Data is transmitted/received with the MSB first
CRC Calculation
LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE
CRC calculation disabled
LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE
CRC calculation enabled
CRC Length
LL_SPI_CRC_8BIT
8-bit CRC length
LL_SPI_CRC_16BIT
16-bit CRC length
Datawidth
LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_4BIT
Data length for SPI transfer: 4 bits
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1954/2236

UM1905
DMA Parity
LL_SPI_DMA_PARITY_EVEN
Select DMA parity Even
LL_SPI_DMA_PARITY_ODD
Select DMA parity Odd
Get Flags Defines
LL_SPI_SR_RXNE
Rx buffer not empty flag
LL_SPI_SR_TXE
Tx buffer empty flag
LL_SPI_SR_BSY
Busy flag
LL_SPI_SR_CRCERR
CRC error flag
LL_SPI_SR_MODF
Mode fault flag
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1955/2236

UM1905
LL_SPI_SR_OVR
Overrun flag
LL_SPI_SR_FRE
TI mode frame format error flag
IT Defines
LL_SPI_CR2_RXNEIE
Rx buffer not empty interrupt enable
LL_SPI_CR2_TXEIE
Tx buffer empty interrupt enable
LL_SPI_CR2_ERRIE
Error interrupt enable
LL_I2S_CR2_RXNEIE
Rx buffer not empty interrupt enable
LL_I2S_CR2_TXEIE
Tx buffer empty interrupt enable
LL_I2S_CR2_ERRIE
Operation Mode
LL_SPI_MODE_MASTER
Master configuration
LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE
Slave configuration
Slave Select Pin Mode
LL_SPI_NSS_SOFT
NSS managed internally. NSS pin not used and free
LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT
NSS pin used in Input. Only used in Master mode
LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_OUTPUT
NSS pin used in Output. Only used in Slave mode as chip select
Clock Phase
LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE
First clock transition is the first data capture edge
LL_SPI_PHASE_2EDGE
Second clock transition is the first data capture edge
Clock Polarity
LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW
Clock to 0 when idle
LL_SPI_POLARITY_HIGH
Clock to 1 when idle
Serial Protocol
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1956/2236

UM1905
LL_SPI_PROTOCOL_MOTOROLA
Motorola mode. Used as default value
LL_SPI_PROTOCOL_TI
TI mode
RX FIFO Level
LL_SPI_RX_FIFO_EMPTY
FIFO reception empty
LL_SPI_RX_FIFO_QUARTER_FULL
FIFO reception 1/4
LL_SPI_RX_FIFO_HALF_FULL
FIFO reception 1/2
LL_SPI_RX_FIFO_FULL
FIFO reception full
RX FIFO Threshold
LL_SPI_RX_FIFO_TH_HALF
RXNE event is generated if FIFO level is greater than or equel to 1/2 (16-bit)
LL_SPI_RX_FIFO_TH_QUARTER
RXNE event is generated if FIFO level is greater than or equel to 1/4 (8-bit)
Transfer Mode
LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX
Full-Duplex mode. Rx and Tx transfer on 2 lines
LL_SPI_SIMPLEX_RX
Simplex Rx mode. Rx transfer only on 1 line
LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_RX
Half-Duplex Rx mode. Rx transfer on 1 line
LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_TX
Half-Duplex Tx mode. Tx transfer on 1 line
TX FIFO Level
LL_SPI_TX_FIFO_EMPTY
FIFO transmission empty
LL_SPI_TX_FIFO_QUARTER_FULL
FIFO transmission 1/4
LL_SPI_TX_FIFO_HALF_FULL
FIFO transmission 1/2
LL_SPI_TX_FIFO_FULL
FIFO transmission full
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1957/2236

UM1905
LL_SPI_WriteReg
Description:
• Write a value in SPI register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: SPI Instance
Return value:
• None
LL_SPI_ReadReg
Description:
• Read a value in SPI register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: SPI Instance
Return value:
• Register: value
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1958/2236

UM1905
LL SYSTEM Generic Driver
91 LL SYSTEM Generic Driver
91.1 SYSTEM Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the SYSTEM library.
LL_SYSCFG_EnableFMCMemorySwapping
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SYSCFG_EnableFMCMemorySwapping (void )
Enables the FMC Memory Mapping Swapping.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• SDRAM is accessible at 0x60000000 and NOR/RAM is accessible at 0xC0000000

• SYSCFG_MEMRMP SWP_FMC LL_SYSCFG_EnableFMCMemorySwapping
LL_SYSCFG_DisableFMCMemorySwapping
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SYSCFG_DisableFMCMemorySwapping (void )
Disables the FMC Memory Mapping Swapping.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• SDRAM is accessible at 0xC0000000 (default mapping) and NOR/RAM is accessible at 0x60000000
(default mapping)

• SYSCFG_MEMRMP SWP_FMC LL_SYSCFG_DisableFMCMemorySwapping
LL_SYSCFG_EnableCompensationCell
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SYSCFG_EnableCompensationCell (void )
Enables the Compensation Cell.
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1959/2236

UM1905
SYSTEM Firmware driver API description
Notes
• The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V

• SYSCFG_CMPCR CMP_PD LL_SYSCFG_EnableCompensationCell
LL_SYSCFG_DisableCompensationCell
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SYSCFG_DisableCompensationCell (void )
Disables the Compensation Cell.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V

• SYSCFG_CMPCR CMP_PD LL_SYSCFG_DisableCompensationCell
LL_SYSCFG_IsActiveFlag_CMPCR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SYSCFG_IsActiveFlag_CMPCR (void )
Get Compensation Cell ready Flag.
Return values

• SYSCFG_CMPCR READY LL_SYSCFG_IsActiveFlag_CMPCR
LL_SYSCFG_GetRemapMemoryBoot
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SYSCFG_GetRemapMemoryBoot (void )
Get the memory boot mapping as configured by user.
Return values
– LL_SYSCFG_REMAP_BOOT0
– LL_SYSCFG_REMAP_BOOT1
(*) value not defined in all devices

• SYSCFG_MEMRMP MEM_BOOT LL_SYSCFG_GetRemapMemoryBoot
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1960/2236

UM1905
LL_SYSCFG_SetPHYInterface
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SYSCFG_SetPHYInterface (uint32_t Interface)
Select Ethernet PHY interface.
Parameters
• Interface: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_SYSCFG_PMC_ETHMII
– LL_SYSCFG_PMC_ETHRMII
Return values
• None:

• SYSCFG_PMC MII_RMII_SEL LL_SYSCFG_SetPHYInterface
LL_SYSCFG_GetPHYInterface
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SYSCFG_GetPHYInterface (void )
Get Ethernet PHY interface.
Return values
– LL_SYSCFG_PMC_ETHMII
– LL_SYSCFG_PMC_ETHRMII
• None:

• SYSCFG_PMC MII_RMII_SEL LL_SYSCFG_GetPHYInterface
LL_SYSCFG_SetFlashBankMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SYSCFG_SetFlashBankMode (uint32_t Bank)
Select Flash bank mode (Bank flashed at 0x08000000)
Parameters
• Bank: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_SYSCFG_BANKMODE_BANK1
Return values
• None:

• SYSCFG_MEMRMP FB_MODE LL_SYSCFG_SetFlashBankMode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1961/2236

UM1905
LL_SYSCFG_GetFlashBankMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SYSCFG_GetFlashBankMode (void )
Get Flash bank mode (Bank flashed at 0x08000000)
Return values

• SYSCFG_MEMRMP FB_MODE LL_SYSCFG_GetFlashBankMode
LL_SYSCFG_EnableFastModePlus
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SYSCFG_EnableFastModePlus (uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
Enable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
Parameters
• ConfigFastModePlus: This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
– LL_SYSCFG_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB6
– LL_SYSCFG_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB8 (*)
– LL_SYSCFG_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1
– LL_SYSCFG_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 (*)
– LL_SYSCFG_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C4(*)
Return values
• None:

• SYSCFG_PMC I2C_PBx_FMP LL_SYSCFG_EnableFastModePlus
• SYSCFG_PMC I2Cx_FMP LL_SYSCFG_EnableFastModePlus
LL_SYSCFG_DisableFastModePlus
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SYSCFG_DisableFastModePlus (uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
Disable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1962/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• ConfigFastModePlus: This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
– LL_SYSCFG_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 (*)
– LL_SYSCFG_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C4 (*) value not defined in all devices
Return values
• None:

• SYSCFG_PMC I2C_PBx_FMP LL_SYSCFG_DisableFastModePlus
• SYSCFG_PMC I2Cx_FMP LL_SYSCFG_DisableFastModePlus
LL_SYSCFG_SetEXTISource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SYSCFG_SetEXTISource (uint32_t Port, uint32_t Line)
Configure source input for the EXTI external interrupt.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1963/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• Port: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTA
– LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTB
– LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTC
– LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTD
– LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTE
– LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTF
– LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTG
– LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTH
– LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTI
– LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTJ
– LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTK
• Line: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_LINE0
Return values
• None:

• SYSCFG_EXTICR1 EXTIx LL_SYSCFG_SetEXTISource
LL_SYSCFG_GetEXTISource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SYSCFG_GetEXTISource (uint32_t Line)
Get the configured defined for specific EXTI Line.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1964/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• Line: This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
– LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTA
– LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTB
– LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTC
– LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTD
– LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTE
– LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTF
– LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTG
– LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTH
– LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTI
– LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTJ
– LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTK (*) value not defined in all devices

• SYSCFG_EXTICR1 EXTIx LL_SYSCFG_GetEXTISource
LL_SYSCFG_SetTIMBreakInputs
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_SYSCFG_SetTIMBreakInputs (uint32_t Break)
Set connections to TIM1/8/15/16/17 Break inputs SYSCFG_CBR CLL LL_SYSCFG_SetTIMBreakInputs
SYSCFG_CBR PVDL LL_SYSCFG_SetTIMBreakInputs.
Parameters
• Break: This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
– LL_SYSCFG_TIMBREAK_LOCKUP
– LL_SYSCFG_TIMBREAK_PVD
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1965/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
LL_SYSCFG_GetTIMBreakInputs
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_SYSCFG_GetTIMBreakInputs (void )
Get connections to TIM1/8/15/16/17 Break inputs SYSCFG_CBR CLL LL_SYSCFG_GetTIMBreakInputs
SYSCFG_CBR PVDL LL_SYSCFG_GetTIMBreakInputs.
Return values
– LL_SYSCFG_TIMBREAK_LOCKUP
– LL_SYSCFG_TIMBREAK_PVD
LL_DBGMCU_GetDeviceID
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DBGMCU_GetDeviceID (void )
Return the device identifier.
Return values
• Values: between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFFF
Notes
• For STM32F75xxx and STM32F74xxx devices, the device ID is 0x449

• DBGMCU_IDCODE DEV_ID LL_DBGMCU_GetDeviceID
LL_DBGMCU_GetRevisionID
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DBGMCU_GetRevisionID (void )
Return the device revision identifier.
Return values
• Values: between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
Notes
• This field indicates the revision of the device. For example, it is read as RevA -> 0x1000, Cat 2 revZ ->
0x1001

• DBGMCU_IDCODE REV_ID LL_DBGMCU_GetRevisionID
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1966/2236

UM1905
LL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode (void )
Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode.
Return values
• None:

• DBGMCU_CR DBG_SLEEP LL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode
LL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode (void )
Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode.
Return values
• None:

• DBGMCU_CR DBG_SLEEP LL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode
LL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode (void )
Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode.
Return values
• None:

• DBGMCU_CR DBG_STOP LL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode
LL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode (void )
Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode.
Return values
• None:

• DBGMCU_CR DBG_STOP LL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1967/2236

UM1905
LL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode (void )
Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode.
Return values
• None:

• DBGMCU_CR DBG_STANDBY LL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode
LL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode (void )
Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode.
Return values
• None:

• DBGMCU_CR DBG_STANDBY LL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode
LL_DBGMCU_SetTracePinAssignment
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DBGMCU_SetTracePinAssignment (uint32_t PinAssignment)
Set Trace pin assignment control.
Parameters
• PinAssignment: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_DBGMCU_TRACE_NONE
– LL_DBGMCU_TRACE_ASYNCH
– LL_DBGMCU_TRACE_SYNCH_SIZE1
Return values
• None:

• DBGMCU_CR TRACE_IOEN LL_DBGMCU_SetTracePinAssignment
• DBGMCU_CR TRACE_MODE LL_DBGMCU_SetTracePinAssignment
LL_DBGMCU_GetTracePinAssignment
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_DBGMCU_GetTracePinAssignment (void )
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1968/2236

UM1905
Get Trace pin assignment control.
Return values
– LL_DBGMCU_TRACE_NONE
– LL_DBGMCU_TRACE_ASYNCH

• DBGMCU_CR TRACE_IOEN LL_DBGMCU_GetTracePinAssignment
• DBGMCU_CR TRACE_MODE LL_DBGMCU_GetTracePinAssignment
LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_FreezePeriph
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_FreezePeriph (uint32_t Periphs)
Freeze APB1 peripherals (group1 peripherals)
Parameters
– LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_TIM2_STOP
– LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_LPTIM1_STOP
– LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_RTC_STOP
– LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_WWDG_STOP
– LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_IWDG_STOP
– LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_I2C1_STOP
– LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_I2C4_STOP (*)
– LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_CAN1_STOP
– LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_CAN2_STOP (*)
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1969/2236

UM1905

• DBGMCU_APB1_FZ DBG_TIM2_STOP LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_FreezePeriph
• DBGMCU_APB1_FZ DBG_LPTIM1_STOP LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_FreezePeriph
• DBGMCU_APB1_FZ DBG_RTC_STOP LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_FreezePeriph
• DBGMCU_APB1_FZ DBG_WWDG_STOP LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_FreezePeriph
• DBGMCU_APB1_FZ DBG_IWDG_STOP LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_FreezePeriph
• DBGMCU_APB1_FZ DBG_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_FreezePeriph
• DBGMCU_APB1_FZ DBG_CAN1_STOP LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_FreezePeriph
LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_UnFreezePeriph
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_UnFreezePeriph (uint32_t Periphs)
Unfreeze APB1 peripherals (group1 peripherals)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1970/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_LPTIM1_STOP
– LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_RTC_STOP
– LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_WWDG_STOP
– LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_IWDG_STOP
– LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_I2C4_STOP (*)
– LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_CAN1_STOP
– LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_CAN3_STOP (*) (*) value not defined in all devices.
Return values
• None:

• DBGMCU_APB1_FZ DBG_TIM2_STOP LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_UnFreezePeriph
• DBGMCU_APB1_FZ DBG_LPTIM1_STOP LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_UnFreezePeriph
• DBGMCU_APB1_FZ DBG_RTC_STOP LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_UnFreezePeriph
• DBGMCU_APB1_FZ DBG_WWDG_STOP LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_UnFreezePeriph
• DBGMCU_APB1_FZ DBG_IWDG_STOP LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_UnFreezePeriph
• DBGMCU_APB1_FZ DBG_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_UnFreezePeriph
• DBGMCU_APB1_FZ DBG_CAN1_STOP LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_UnFreezePeriph
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1971/2236

UM1905
LL_DBGMCU_APB2_GRP1_FreezePeriph
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DBGMCU_APB2_GRP1_FreezePeriph (uint32_t Periphs)
Freeze APB2 peripherals.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

LL_DBGMCU_APB2_GRP1_UnFreezePeriph
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_DBGMCU_APB2_GRP1_UnFreezePeriph (uint32_t Periphs)
Unfreeze APB2 peripherals.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1972/2236

UM1905

LL_FLASH_SetLatency
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_FLASH_SetLatency (uint32_t Latency)
Set FLASH Latency.
Parameters
• Latency: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0
Return values
• None:

• FLASH_ACR LATENCY LL_FLASH_SetLatency
LL_FLASH_GetLatency
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_FLASH_GetLatency (void )
Get FLASH Latency.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1973/2236

UM1905
Return values

• FLASH_ACR LATENCY LL_FLASH_GetLatency
LL_FLASH_EnablePrefetch
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_FLASH_EnablePrefetch (void )
Enable Prefetch.
Return values
• None:

• FLASH_ACR PRFTEN LL_FLASH_EnablePrefetch
LL_FLASH_DisablePrefetch
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_FLASH_DisablePrefetch (void )
Disable Prefetch.
Return values
• None:

• FLASH_ACR PRFTEN LL_FLASH_DisablePrefetch
LL_FLASH_IsPrefetchEnabled
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_FLASH_IsPrefetchEnabled (void )
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1974/2236

UM1905
Check if Prefetch buffer is enabled.
Return values

• FLASH_ACR PRFTEN LL_FLASH_IsPrefetchEnabled
LL_FLASH_EnableART
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_FLASH_EnableART (void )
Enable ART Accelerator.
Return values
• None:

• FLASH_ACR ARTEN LL_FLASH_EnableART
LL_FLASH_DisableART
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_FLASH_DisableART (void )
Disable ART Accelerator.
Return values
• None:

• FLASH_ACR ARTEN LL_FLASH_DisableART
LL_FLASH_EnableARTReset
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_FLASH_EnableARTReset (void )
Enable ART Reset.
Return values
• None:

• FLASH_ACR ARTRST LL_FLASH_EnableARTReset
LL_FLASH_DisableARTReset
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_FLASH_DisableARTReset (void )
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1975/2236

UM1905
SYSTEM Firmware driver defines
Disable ART Reset.
Return values
• None:

• FLASH_ACR ARTRST LL_FLASH_DisableARTReset
91.2 SYSTEM Firmware driver defines

91.2.1 SYSTEM
SYSTEM
DBGMCU APB1 GRP1 STOP IP
LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_TIM2_STOP
TIM2 counter stopped when core is halted
LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_LPTIM1_STOP
LPTIIM1 counter stopped when core is halted
LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_RTC_STOP
RTC counter stopped when core is halted
LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_WWDG_STOP
Debug Window Watchdog stopped when Core is halted
LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_IWDG_STOP
Debug Independent Watchdog stopped when Core is halted
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1976/2236

UM1905
LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_I2C1_STOP
I2C1 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when Core is halted
I2C4 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when core is halted
LL_DBGMCU_APB1_GRP1_CAN1_STOP
CAN1 debug stopped when Core is halted
DBGMCU APB2 GRP1 STOP IP
SYSCFG BANK MODE
LL_SYSCFG_BANKMODE_BANK1
Flash Bank 1 base address mapped at 0x0800 0000 (AXI) and 0x0020 0000 (TCM) and Flash Bank 2 base
address mapped at 0x0810 0000 (AXI) and 0x0030 0000 (TCM)
LL_SYSCFG_BANKMODE_BANK2
Flash Bank 2 base address mapped at 0x0800 0000 (AXI) and 0x0020 0000(TCM) and Flash Bank 1 base
address mapped at 0x0810 0000 (AXI) and 0x0030 0000(TCM)
SYSCFG CMP PD
LL_SYSCFG_DISABLE_CMP_PD
I/O compensation cell power-down mode
LL_SYSCFG_ENABLE_CMP_PD
I/O compensation cell enabled
SYSCFG EXTI LINE
LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_LINE0
EXTI_POSITION_0 | EXTICR[0]
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1977/2236

UM1905
SYSCFG EXTI PORT
LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTA
EXTI PORT A
LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTB
EXTI PORT B
LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTC
EXTI PORT C
LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTD
EXTI PORT D
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1978/2236

UM1905
LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTE
EXTI PORT E
LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTF
EXTI PORT F
LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTG
EXTI PORT G
LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTH
EXTI PORT H
LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTI
EXTI PORT I
LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTJ
EXTI PORT J
LL_SYSCFG_EXTI_PORTK
EXTI PORT k
SYSCFG I2C FASTMODEPLUS
LL_SYSCFG_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1
Enable Fast Mode Plus for I2C1
LL_SYSCFG_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_PB6
FLASH LATENCY
LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0
FLASH Zero wait state
LL_FLASH_LATENCY_1
FLASH One wait state
LL_FLASH_LATENCY_2
FLASH Two wait states
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1979/2236

UM1905
LL_FLASH_LATENCY_3
FLASH Three wait states
LL_FLASH_LATENCY_4
FLASH Four wait states
LL_FLASH_LATENCY_5
FLASH five wait state
LL_FLASH_LATENCY_6
FLASH six wait state
LL_FLASH_LATENCY_7
FLASH seven wait states
LL_FLASH_LATENCY_8
FLASH eight wait states
LL_FLASH_LATENCY_9
FLASH nine wait states
LL_FLASH_LATENCY_10
FLASH ten wait states
LL_FLASH_LATENCY_11
FLASH eleven wait states
LL_FLASH_LATENCY_12
FLASH twelve wait states
LL_FLASH_LATENCY_13
FLASH thirteen wait states
LL_FLASH_LATENCY_14
FLASH fourteen wait states
LL_FLASH_LATENCY_15
FLASH fifteen wait states
SYSCFG PMC
LL_SYSCFG_PMC_ETHMII
ETH Media MII interface
LL_SYSCFG_PMC_ETHRMII
ETH Media RMII interface
SYSCFG REMAP
LL_SYSCFG_REMAP_BOOT0
Boot information after Reset
LL_SYSCFG_REMAP_BOOT1
Boot information after Reset
SYSCFG TIMER BREAK
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1980/2236

UM1905
LL_SYSCFG_TIMBREAK_LOCKUP
Enables and locks the Lockup output (raised during core lockup state) of Cortex-M7 with Break Input of TIMER1,
TIMER8
LL_SYSCFG_TIMBREAK_PVD
Enables and locks the PVD connection with TIMER1, TIMER8 Break input. It also locks (write protect) the
PVD_EN and PVDSEL[2:0] bits of the power controller
DBGMCU TRACE Pin Assignment
LL_DBGMCU_TRACE_NONE
TRACE pins not assigned (default state)
LL_DBGMCU_TRACE_ASYNCH
TRACE pin assignment for Asynchronous Mode
LL_DBGMCU_TRACE_SYNCH_SIZE1
TRACE pin assignment for Synchronous Mode with a TRACEDATA size of 1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1981/2236

UM1905
LL TIM Generic Driver
92 LL TIM Generic Driver
92.1 TIM Firmware driver registers structures
92.1.1 LL_TIM_InitTypeDef
LL_TIM_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_tim.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t CounterMode
• uint32_t Autoreload
• uint32_t ClockDivision
• uint32_t RepetitionCounter
Field Documentation
• uint16_t LL_TIM_InitTypeDef::Prescaler
Specifies the prescaler value used to divide the TIM clock. This parameter can be a number between
Min_Data=0x0000 and Max_Data=0xFFFF.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_TIM_SetPrescaler().
• uint32_t LL_TIM_InitTypeDef::CounterMode
Specifies the counter mode. This parameter can be a value of TIM_LL_EC_COUNTERMODE.This feature
can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_TIM_SetCounterMode().
• uint32_t LL_TIM_InitTypeDef::Autoreload
Specifies the auto reload value to be loaded into the active Auto-Reload Register at the next update event.
This parameter must be a number between Min_Data=0x0000 and Max_Data=0xFFFF. Some timer
instances may support 32 bits counters. In that case this parameter must be a number between 0x0000 and
0xFFFFFFFF.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_TIM_SetAutoReload().
• uint32_t LL_TIM_InitTypeDef::ClockDivision
Specifies the clock division. This parameter can be a value of TIM_LL_EC_CLOCKDIVISION.This feature
can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_TIM_SetClockDivision().
• uint32_t LL_TIM_InitTypeDef::RepetitionCounter
Specifies the repetition counter value. Each time the RCR downcounter reaches zero, an update event is
generated and counting restarts from the RCR value (N). This means in PWM mode that (N+1) corresponds
to:
– the number of PWM periods in edge-aligned mode
– the number of half PWM period in center-aligned mode GP timers: this parameter must be a number
between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF. Advanced timers: this parameter must be a number
between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF.
This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_TIM_SetRepetitionCounter().
92.1.2 LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef
LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_tim.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t OCMode
• uint32_t OCState
• uint32_t OCNState
• uint32_t CompareValue
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1982/2236

UM1905
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef::OCMode
Specifies the output mode. This parameter can be a value of TIM_LL_EC_OCMODE.This feature can be
modified afterwards using unitary function LL_TIM_OC_SetMode().
• uint32_t LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef::OCState
Specifies the TIM Output Compare state. This parameter can be a value of TIM_LL_EC_OCSTATE.This
feature can be modified afterwards using unitary functions LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel() or
LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel().
• uint32_t LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef::OCNState
Specifies the TIM complementary Output Compare state. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_LL_EC_OCSTATE.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary functions
LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel() or LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel().
• uint32_t LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef::CompareValue
Specifies the Compare value to be loaded into the Capture Compare Register. This parameter can be a
number between Min_Data=0x0000 and Max_Data=0xFFFF.This feature can be modified afterwards using
unitary function LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCHx (x=1..6).
• uint32_t LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef::OCPolarity
Specifies the output polarity. This parameter can be a value of TIM_LL_EC_OCPOLARITY.This feature can
be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity().
• uint32_t LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef::OCNPolarity
TIM_LL_EC_OCPOLARITY.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity().
• uint32_t LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef::OCIdleState
TIM_LL_EC_OCIDLESTATE.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState().
• uint32_t LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef::OCNIdleState
TIM_LL_EC_OCIDLESTATE.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState().
92.1.3 LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef
LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_tim.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t ICActiveInput
• uint32_t ICPrescaler
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef::ICPolarity
TIM_LL_EC_IC_POLARITY.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity().
• uint32_t LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef::ICActiveInput
Specifies the input. This parameter can be a value of TIM_LL_EC_ACTIVEINPUT.This feature can be
modified afterwards using unitary function LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput().
• uint32_t LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef::ICPrescaler
Specifies the Input Capture Prescaler. This parameter can be a value of TIM_LL_EC_ICPSC.This feature
can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler().
• uint32_t LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef::ICFilter
Specifies the input capture filter. This parameter can be a value of TIM_LL_EC_IC_FILTER.This feature can
be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter().
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1983/2236

UM1905
92.1.4 LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef
LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_tim.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t EncoderMode
• uint32_t IC1ActiveInput
• uint32_t IC2ActiveInput
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef::EncoderMode
Specifies the encoder resolution (x2 or x4). This parameter can be a value of
TIM_LL_EC_ENCODERMODE.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_TIM_SetEncoderMode().
• uint32_t LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef::IC1Polarity
Specifies the active edge of TI1 input. This parameter can be a value of TIM_LL_EC_IC_POLARITY.This
feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity().
• uint32_t LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef::IC1ActiveInput
Specifies the TI1 input source This parameter can be a value of TIM_LL_EC_ACTIVEINPUT.This feature
can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput().
• uint32_t LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef::IC1Prescaler
Specifies the TI1 input prescaler value. This parameter can be a value of TIM_LL_EC_ICPSC.This feature
• uint32_t LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef::IC1Filter
Specifies the TI1 input filter. This parameter can be a value of TIM_LL_EC_IC_FILTER.This feature can be
modified afterwards using unitary function LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter().
• uint32_t LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef::IC2Polarity
• uint32_t LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef::IC2ActiveInput
Specifies the TI2 input source This parameter can be a value of TIM_LL_EC_ACTIVEINPUT.This feature
can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput().
• uint32_t LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef::IC2Prescaler
Specifies the TI2 input prescaler value. This parameter can be a value of TIM_LL_EC_ICPSC.This feature
• uint32_t LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef::IC2Filter
92.1.5 LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_InitTypeDef
LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_tim.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t CommutationDelay
Field Documentation
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1984/2236

UM1905
• uint32_t LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_InitTypeDef::IC1Polarity
• uint32_t LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_InitTypeDef::IC1Prescaler
Specifies the TI1 input prescaler value. Prescaler must be set to get a maximum counter period longer than
the time interval between 2 consecutive changes on the Hall inputs. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_LL_EC_ICPSC.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler().
• uint32_t LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_InitTypeDef::IC1Filter
• uint32_t LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_InitTypeDef::CommutationDelay
Specifies the compare value to be loaded into the Capture Compare Register. A positive pulse (TRGO
event) is generated with a programmable delay every time a change occurs on the Hall inputs. This
parameter can be a number between Min_Data = 0x0000 and Max_Data = 0xFFFF.This feature can be
modified afterwards using unitary function LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH2().
92.1.6 LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef
LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_tim.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t OSSRState
• uint32_t OSSIState
• uint32_t LockLevel
• uint8_t DeadTime
• uint16_t BreakState
• uint32_t BreakPolarity
• uint32_t BreakFilter
• uint32_t Break2State
• uint32_t Break2Polarity
• uint32_t Break2Filter
• uint32_t AutomaticOutput
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef::OSSRState
Specifies the Off-State selection used in Run mode. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_LL_EC_OSSRThis feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_TIM_SetOffStates()
Note:
– This bit-field cannot be modified as long as LOCK level 2 has been programmed.
• uint32_t LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef::OSSIState
Specifies the Off-State used in Idle state. This parameter can be a value of TIM_LL_EC_OSSIThis feature
can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_TIM_SetOffStates()
Note:
– This bit-field cannot be modified as long as LOCK level 2 has been programmed.
• uint32_t LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef::LockLevel
Specifies the LOCK level parameters. This parameter can be a value of TIM_LL_EC_LOCKLEVEL
Note:
– The LOCK bits can be written only once after the reset. Once the TIMx_BDTR register has been
written, their content is frozen until the next reset.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1985/2236

UM1905
• uint8_t LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef::DeadTime
Specifies the delay time between the switching-off and the switching-on of the outputs. This parameter can
be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF.This feature can be modified afterwards
using unitary function LL_TIM_OC_SetDeadTime()
Note:
– This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1, 2 or 3 has been programmed.
• uint16_t LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef::BreakState
Specifies whether the TIM Break input is enabled or not. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_LL_EC_BREAK_ENABLEThis feature can be modified afterwards using unitary functions
LL_TIM_EnableBRK() or LL_TIM_DisableBRK()
Note:
– This bit-field can not be modified as long as LOCK level 1 has been programmed.
• uint32_t LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef::BreakPolarity
Specifies the TIM Break Input pin polarity. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_LL_EC_BREAK_POLARITYThis feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_TIM_ConfigBRK()
Note:
• uint32_t LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef::BreakFilter
Specifies the TIM Break Filter. This parameter can be a value of TIM_LL_EC_BREAK_FILTERThis feature
can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_TIM_ConfigBRK()
Note:
• uint32_t LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef::Break2State
Specifies whether the TIM Break2 input is enabled or not. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_LL_EC_BREAK2_ENABLEThis feature can be modified afterwards using unitary functions
LL_TIM_EnableBRK2() or LL_TIM_DisableBRK2()
Note:
• uint32_t LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef::Break2Polarity
Specifies the TIM Break2 Input pin polarity. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_LL_EC_BREAK2_POLARITYThis feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2()
Note:
• uint32_t LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef::Break2Filter
Specifies the TIM Break2 Filter. This parameter can be a value of TIM_LL_EC_BREAK2_FILTERThis
feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2()
Note:
• uint32_t LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef::AutomaticOutput
Specifies whether the TIM Automatic Output feature is enabled or not. This parameter can be a value of
TIM_LL_EC_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_ENABLEThis feature can be modified afterwards using unitary
functions LL_TIM_EnableAutomaticOutput() or LL_TIM_DisableAutomaticOutput()
Note:
92.2 TIM Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the TIM library.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1986/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_EnableCounter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_EnableCounter (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Enable timer counter.
Parameters
• TIMx: Timer instance
Return values
• None:

• CR1 CEN LL_TIM_EnableCounter
LL_TIM_DisableCounter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_DisableCounter (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Disable timer counter.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 CEN LL_TIM_DisableCounter
LL_TIM_IsEnabledCounter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsEnabledCounter (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Indicates whether the timer counter is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 CEN LL_TIM_IsEnabledCounter
LL_TIM_EnableUpdateEvent
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_EnableUpdateEvent (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1987/2236

UM1905
Enable update event generation.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 UDIS LL_TIM_EnableUpdateEvent
LL_TIM_DisableUpdateEvent
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_DisableUpdateEvent (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Disable update event generation.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 UDIS LL_TIM_DisableUpdateEvent
LL_TIM_IsEnabledUpdateEvent
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsEnabledUpdateEvent (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Indicates whether update event generation is enabled.
Parameters
Return values
• Inverted: state of bit (0 or 1).

• CR1 UDIS LL_TIM_IsEnabledUpdateEvent
LL_TIM_SetUpdateSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_SetUpdateSource (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t UpdateSource)
Set update event source.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1988/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• UpdateSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR
– LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_COUNTER
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Update event source set to LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR: any of the following events generate
an update interrupt or DMA request if enabled: Counter overflow/underflowSetting the UG bitUpdate
generation through the slave mode controller
• Update event source set to LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_COUNTER: only counter overflow/underflow
generates an update interrupt or DMA request if enabled.

• CR1 URS LL_TIM_SetUpdateSource
LL_TIM_GetUpdateSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_GetUpdateSource (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Get actual event update source.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR
– LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_COUNTER

• CR1 URS LL_TIM_GetUpdateSource
LL_TIM_SetOnePulseMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_SetOnePulseMode (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t OnePulseMode)
Set one pulse mode (one shot v.s.
Parameters
• OnePulseMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_ONEPULSEMODE_SINGLE
– LL_TIM_ONEPULSEMODE_REPETITIVE
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1989/2236

UM1905

• CR1 OPM LL_TIM_SetOnePulseMode
LL_TIM_GetOnePulseMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_GetOnePulseMode (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Get actual one pulse mode.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_TIM_ONEPULSEMODE_SINGLE
– LL_TIM_ONEPULSEMODE_REPETITIVE

• CR1 OPM LL_TIM_GetOnePulseMode
LL_TIM_SetCounterMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_SetCounterMode (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t CounterMode)
Set the timer counter counting mode.
Parameters
• CounterMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP
– LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_DOWN
– LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_UP
– LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_DOWN
– LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_UP_DOWN
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not the
counter mode selection feature is supported by a timer instance.
avoid unexpected direction due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode.

• CR1 DIR LL_TIM_SetCounterMode
• CR1 CMS LL_TIM_SetCounterMode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1990/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_GetCounterMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_GetCounterMode (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Get actual counter mode.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP
– LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_DOWN
– LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_UP
– LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_DOWN
– LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_UP_DOWN
Notes
• Macro IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not the
counter mode selection feature is supported by a timer instance.

• CR1 DIR LL_TIM_GetCounterMode
• CR1 CMS LL_TIM_GetCounterMode
LL_TIM_EnableARRPreload
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_EnableARRPreload (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Enable auto-reload (ARR) preload.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 ARPE LL_TIM_EnableARRPreload
LL_TIM_DisableARRPreload
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_DisableARRPreload (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Disable auto-reload (ARR) preload.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1991/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• CR1 ARPE LL_TIM_DisableARRPreload
LL_TIM_IsEnabledARRPreload
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsEnabledARRPreload (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Indicates whether auto-reload (ARR) preload is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 ARPE LL_TIM_IsEnabledARRPreload
LL_TIM_SetClockDivision
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_SetClockDivision (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t ClockDivision)
Set the division ratio between the timer clock and the sampling clock used by the dead-time generators (when
supported) and the digital filters.
Parameters
• ClockDivision: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV1
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not the clock
division feature is supported by the timer instance.

• CR1 CKD LL_TIM_SetClockDivision
LL_TIM_GetClockDivision
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_GetClockDivision (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1992/2236

UM1905
Get the actual division ratio between the timer clock and the sampling clock used by the dead-time generators
(when supported) and the digital filters.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• Macro IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not the clock
division feature is supported by the timer instance.

• CR1 CKD LL_TIM_GetClockDivision
LL_TIM_SetCounter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_SetCounter (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Counter)
Set the counter value.
Parameters
• Counter: Counter value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFF or 0xFFFFFFFF)
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_TIM_32B_COUNTER_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance
supports a 32 bits counter.

• CNT CNT LL_TIM_SetCounter
LL_TIM_GetCounter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_GetCounter (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Get the counter value.
Parameters
Return values
• Counter: value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFF or 0xFFFFFFFF)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1993/2236

UM1905
Notes

• CNT CNT LL_TIM_GetCounter
LL_TIM_GetDirection
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_GetDirection (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Get the current direction of the counter.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_TIM_COUNTERDIRECTION_UP
– LL_TIM_COUNTERDIRECTION_DOWN

• CR1 DIR LL_TIM_GetDirection
LL_TIM_SetPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_SetPrescaler (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Prescaler)
Set the prescaler value.
Parameters
• Prescaler: between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The counter clock frequency CK_CNT is equal to fCK_PSC / (PSC[15:0] + 1).
• The prescaler can be changed on the fly as this control register is buffered. The new prescaler ratio is
taken into account at the next update event.
• Helper macro __LL_TIM_CALC_PSC can be used to calculate the Prescaler parameter

• PSC PSC LL_TIM_SetPrescaler
LL_TIM_GetPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_GetPrescaler (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1994/2236

UM1905
Get the prescaler value.
Parameters
Return values
• Prescaler: value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535

• PSC PSC LL_TIM_GetPrescaler
LL_TIM_SetAutoReload
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_SetAutoReload (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t AutoReload)
Set the auto-reload value.
Parameters
• AutoReload: between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The counter is blocked while the auto-reload value is null.
• Helper macro __LL_TIM_CALC_ARR can be used to calculate the AutoReload parameter

• ARR ARR LL_TIM_SetAutoReload
LL_TIM_GetAutoReload
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_GetAutoReload (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Get the auto-reload value.
Parameters
Return values
• Auto-reload: value
Notes

• ARR ARR LL_TIM_GetAutoReload
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1995/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_SetRepetitionCounter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_SetRepetitionCounter (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t RepetitionCounter)
Set the repetition counter value.
Parameters
• RepetitionCounter: between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255 or 65535 for advanced timer.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• For advanced timer instances RepetitionCounter can be up to 65535.
• Macro IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer
instance supports a repetition counter.

• RCR REP LL_TIM_SetRepetitionCounter
LL_TIM_GetRepetitionCounter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_GetRepetitionCounter (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Get the repetition counter value.
Parameters
Return values
• Repetition: counter value
Notes
• Macro IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer
instance supports a repetition counter.

• RCR REP LL_TIM_GetRepetitionCounter
LL_TIM_EnableUIFRemap
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_EnableUIFRemap (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Force a continuous copy of the update interrupt flag (UIF) into the timer counter register (bit 31).
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1996/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This allows both the counter value and a potential roll-over condition signalled by the UIFCPY flag to be
read in an atomic way.

• CR1 UIFREMAP LL_TIM_EnableUIFRemap
LL_TIM_DisableUIFRemap
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_DisableUIFRemap (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Disable update interrupt flag (UIF) remapping.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 UIFREMAP LL_TIM_DisableUIFRemap
LL_TIM_IsActiveUIFCPY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsActiveUIFCPY (uint32_t Counter)
Indicate whether update interrupt flag (UIF) copy is set.
Parameters
• Counter: Counter value
Return values
LL_TIM_CC_EnablePreload
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_CC_EnablePreload (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Enable the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM) preload.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1997/2236

UM1905
Notes
• CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM bits are preloaded, after having been written, they are updated only when a
commutation event (COM) occurs.
• Only on channels that have a complementary output.
• Macro IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer
instance is able to generate a commutation event.

• CR2 CCPC LL_TIM_CC_EnablePreload
LL_TIM_CC_DisablePreload
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_CC_DisablePreload (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Disable the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM) preload.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR2 CCPC LL_TIM_CC_DisablePreload
LL_TIM_CC_SetUpdate
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_CC_SetUpdate (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t CCUpdateSource)
Set the updated source of the capture/compare control bits (CCxE, CCxNE and OCxM).
Parameters
• CCUpdateSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_CCUPDATESOURCE_COMG_ONLY
– LL_TIM_CCUPDATESOURCE_COMG_AND_TRGI
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR2 CCUS LL_TIM_CC_SetUpdate
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1998/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_CC_SetDMAReqTrigger
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_CC_SetDMAReqTrigger (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t DMAReqTrigger)
Set the trigger of the capture/compare DMA request.
Parameters
• DMAReqTrigger: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_CCDMAREQUEST_CC
– LL_TIM_CCDMAREQUEST_UPDATE
Return values
• None:

• CR2 CCDS LL_TIM_CC_SetDMAReqTrigger
LL_TIM_CC_GetDMAReqTrigger
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_CC_GetDMAReqTrigger (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Get actual trigger of the capture/compare DMA request.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_TIM_CCDMAREQUEST_CC
– LL_TIM_CCDMAREQUEST_UPDATE

• CR2 CCDS LL_TIM_CC_GetDMAReqTrigger
LL_TIM_CC_SetLockLevel
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_CC_SetLockLevel (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t LockLevel)
Set the lock level to freeze the configuration of several capture/compare parameters.
Parameters
• LockLevel: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_OFF
– LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 1999/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not the lock mechanism is
supported by a timer instance.

• BDTR LOCK LL_TIM_CC_SetLockLevel
LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channels)
Enable capture/compare channels.
Parameters
• Channels: This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
– LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH1
– LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH1N
Return values
• None:

• CCER CC1E LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
• CCER CC1NE LL_TIM_CC_EnableChannel
LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channels)
Disable capture/compare channels.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2000/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CCER CC1E LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
• CCER CC1NE LL_TIM_CC_DisableChannel
LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channels)
Indicate whether channel(s) is(are) enabled.
Parameters
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2001/2236

UM1905

• CCER CC1E LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
• CCER CC1NE LL_TIM_CC_IsEnabledChannel
LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t
Configuration)
Configure an output channel.
Parameters
– LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH or LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_LOW
– LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_LOW or LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_HIGH
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2002/2236

UM1905

• CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
• CCER CC1P LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
• CR2 OIS1 LL_TIM_OC_ConfigOutput
LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_OC_SetMode (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Mode)
Define the behavior of the output reference signal OCxREF from which OCx and OCxN (when relevant) are
derived.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2003/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_TIM_OCMODE_FROZEN
– LL_TIM_OCMODE_ACTIVE
– LL_TIM_OCMODE_INACTIVE
– LL_TIM_OCMODE_TOGGLE
– LL_TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_INACTIVE
– LL_TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_ACTIVE
– LL_TIM_OCMODE_PWM1
– LL_TIM_OCMODE_RETRIG_OPM1
– LL_TIM_OCMODE_COMBINED_PWM1
– LL_TIM_OCMODE_ASSYMETRIC_PWM1
Return values
• None:

• CCMR1 OC1M LL_TIM_OC_SetMode
LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_OC_GetMode (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel)
Get the output compare mode of an output channel.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2004/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
– LL_TIM_OCMODE_FROZEN
– LL_TIM_OCMODE_ACTIVE
– LL_TIM_OCMODE_INACTIVE
– LL_TIM_OCMODE_TOGGLE
– LL_TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_INACTIVE
– LL_TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_ACTIVE

• CCMR1 OC1M LL_TIM_OC_GetMode
LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Polarity)
Set the polarity of an output channel.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2005/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH
– LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_LOW
Return values
• None:

• CCER CC1P LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
• CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_OC_SetPolarity
LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel)
Get the polarity of an output channel.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2006/2236

UM1905
Return values
– LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH
– LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_LOW

• CCER CC1P LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
• CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_OC_GetPolarity
LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t
IdleState)
Set the IDLE state of an output channel.
Parameters
• IdleState: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_LOW
– LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_HIGH
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This function is significant only for the timer instances supporting the break feature. Macro
IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a break
input.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2007/2236

UM1905

• CR2 OIS1 LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
• CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_SetIdleState
LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel)
Get the IDLE state of an output channel.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_LOW
– LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_HIGH

• CR2 OIS1 LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
• CR2 OIS2N LL_TIM_OC_GetIdleState
LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2008/2236

UM1905
Enable fast mode for the output channel.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Acts only if the channel is configured in PWM1 or PWM2 mode.

• CCMR1 OC1FE LL_TIM_OC_EnableFast
LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel)
Disable fast mode for the output channel.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2009/2236

UM1905

• CCMR1 OC1FE LL_TIM_OC_DisableFast
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel)
Indicates whether fast mode is enabled for the output channel.
Parameters
Return values

• CCMR1 OC1FE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledFast
LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel)
Enable compare register (TIMx_CCRx) preload for the output channel.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2010/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CCMR1 OC1PE LL_TIM_OC_EnablePreload
LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel)
Disable compare register (TIMx_CCRx) preload for the output channel.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CCMR1 OC1PE LL_TIM_OC_DisablePreload
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2011/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel)
Indicates whether compare register (TIMx_CCRx) preload is enabled for the output channel.
Parameters
Return values

• CCMR1 OC1PE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledPreload
LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel)
Enable clearing the output channel on an external event.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2012/2236

UM1905
Notes
• This function can only be used in Output compare and PWM modes. It does not work in Forced mode.
• Macro IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance
can clear the OCxREF signal on an external event.

• CCMR1 OC1CE LL_TIM_OC_EnableClear
LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel)
Disable clearing the output channel on an external event.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CCMR1 OC1CE LL_TIM_OC_DisableClear
LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel)
Indicates clearing the output channel on an external event is enabled for the output channel.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2013/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• This function enables clearing the output channel on an external event.
• This function can only be used in Output compare and PWM modes. It does not work in Forced mode.

• CCMR1 OC1CE LL_TIM_OC_IsEnabledClear
LL_TIM_OC_SetDeadTime
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_OC_SetDeadTime (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t DeadTime)
Set the dead-time delay (delay inserted between the rising edge of the OCxREF signal and the rising edge of the
Ocx and OCxN signals).
Parameters
• DeadTime: between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not dead-time insertion feature
is supported by a timer instance.
• Helper macro __LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME can be used to calculate the DeadTime parameter

• BDTR DTG LL_TIM_OC_SetDeadTime
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2014/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH1 (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t CompareValue)
Set compare value for output channel 1 (TIMx_CCR1).
Parameters
• CompareValue: between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535
Return values
• None:
Notes
• In 32-bit timer implementations compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
• Macro IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not output channel 1 is supported
by a timer instance.

• CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH1
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

Function name
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2015/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not output channel is supported

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

Function name
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2016/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH1 (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Get compare value (TIMx_CCR1) set for output channel 1.
Parameters
Return values
• CompareValue: (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
Notes
• In 32-bit timer implementations returned compare value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.

• CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_OC_GetCompareCH1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2017/2236

UM1905
Function name
Parameters
Return values
Notes

Function name
Parameters
Return values
Notes

Function name
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2018/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
Notes

Function name
Parameters
Return values
Notes

Function name
Parameters
Return values
Notes

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2019/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t GroupCH5)
Select on which reference signal the OC5REF is combined to.
Parameters
• GroupCH5: This parameter can be a combination of the following values:
– LL_TIM_GROUPCH5_NONE
– LL_TIM_GROUPCH5_OC1REFC
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_TIM_COMBINED3PHASEPWM_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer
instance supports the combined 3-phase PWM mode.

• CCR5 GC5C3 LL_TIM_SetCH5CombinedChannels
LL_TIM_IC_Config
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_IC_Config (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t
Configuration)
Configure input channel.
Parameters
– LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_DIRECTTI or LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_INDIRECTTI or
LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_TRC
– LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1 or ... or LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV8
– LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1 or ... or LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV32_N8
– LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING or LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_FALLING or
LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_BOTHEDGE
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2020/2236

UM1905

• CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_IC_Config
• CCMR1 IC1PSC LL_TIM_IC_Config
• CCMR1 IC1F LL_TIM_IC_Config
• CCER CC1P LL_TIM_IC_Config
• CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_IC_Config
LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t
ICActiveInput)
Set the active input.
Parameters
• ICActiveInput: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_DIRECTTI
– LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_INDIRECTTI
– LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_TRC
Return values
• None:

• CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_IC_SetActiveInput
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2021/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel)
Get the current active input.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_DIRECTTI
– LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_INDIRECTTI
– LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_TRC

• CCMR1 CC1S LL_TIM_IC_GetActiveInput
LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t
ICPrescaler)
Set the prescaler of input channel.
Parameters
• ICPrescaler: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2022/2236

UM1905

• CCMR1 IC1PSC LL_TIM_IC_SetPrescaler
LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel)
Get the current prescaler value acting on an input channel.
Parameters
Return values

• CCMR1 IC1PSC LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler
LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ICFilter)
Set the input filter duration.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2023/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• ICFilter: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1
– LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1_N2
Return values
• None:

• CCMR1 IC1F LL_TIM_IC_SetFilter
LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel)
Get the input filter duration.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2024/2236

UM1905
Return values
– LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1

• CCMR1 IC1F LL_TIM_IC_GetFilter
LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t
ICPolarity)
Set the input channel polarity.
Parameters
• ICPolarity: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING
– LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_FALLING
– LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_BOTHEDGE
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2025/2236

UM1905

• CCER CC1P LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
• CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_IC_SetPolarity
LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel)
Get the current input channel polarity.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING
– LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_FALLING
– LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_BOTHEDGE

• CCER CC1P LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
• CCER CC1NP LL_TIM_IC_GetPolarity
LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORCombination
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORCombination (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Connect the TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins to the TI1 input (XOR combination).
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2026/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an
XOR input.

• CR2 TI1S LL_TIM_IC_EnableXORCombination
LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORCombination
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORCombination (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Disconnect the TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins from the TI1 input.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
XOR input.

• CR2 TI1S LL_TIM_IC_DisableXORCombination
LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORCombination
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORCombination (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Indicates whether the TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins are connectected to the TI1 input.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
XOR input.

• CR2 TI1S LL_TIM_IC_IsEnabledXORCombination
LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH1 (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2027/2236

UM1905
Get captured value for input channel 1.
Parameters
Return values
• CapturedValue: (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
Notes
• In 32-bit timer implementations returned captured value can be between 0x00000000 and 0xFFFFFFFF.
• Macro IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not input channel 1 is supported

• CCR1 CCR1 LL_TIM_IC_GetCaptureCH1
Function name
Parameters
Return values
Notes

Function name
Parameters
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2028/2236

UM1905
Notes

Function name
Parameters
Return values
Notes

LL_TIM_EnableExternalClock
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_EnableExternalClock (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Enable external clock mode 2.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• When external clock mode 2 is enabled the counter is clocked by any active edge on the ETRF signal.
• Macro IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a
timer instance supports external clock mode2.

• SMCR ECE LL_TIM_EnableExternalClock
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2029/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_DisableExternalClock
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_DisableExternalClock (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Disable external clock mode 2.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• SMCR ECE LL_TIM_DisableExternalClock
LL_TIM_IsEnabledExternalClock
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsEnabledExternalClock (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Indicate whether external clock mode 2 is enabled.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• SMCR ECE LL_TIM_IsEnabledExternalClock
LL_TIM_SetClockSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_SetClockSource (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t ClockSource)
Set the clock source of the counter clock.
Parameters
• ClockSource: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL
– LL_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_EXT_MODE1
– LL_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_EXT_MODE2
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2030/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes
• when selected clock source is external clock mode 1, the timer input the external clock is applied is
selected by calling the LL_TIM_SetTriggerInput() function. This timer input must be configured by calling
the LL_TIM_IC_Config() function.

• SMCR SMS LL_TIM_SetClockSource
• SMCR ECE LL_TIM_SetClockSource
LL_TIM_SetEncoderMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_SetEncoderMode (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t EncoderMode)
Set the encoder interface mode.
Parameters
• EncoderMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_ENCODERMODE_X2_TI1
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer
instance supports the encoder mode.

• SMCR SMS LL_TIM_SetEncoderMode
LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t TimerSynchronization)
Set the trigger output (TRGO) used for timer synchronization .
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2031/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• TimerSynchronization: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_TRGO_RESET
– LL_TIM_TRGO_ENABLE
– LL_TIM_TRGO_UPDATE
– LL_TIM_TRGO_CC1IF
– LL_TIM_TRGO_OC1REF
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can
operate as a master timer.

• CR2 MMS LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput
LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput2
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput2 (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t ADCSynchronization)
Set the trigger output 2 (TRGO2) used for ADC synchronization .
Parameters
• TIMx: Timer Instance
• ADCSynchronization: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_TRGO2_RESET
– LL_TIM_TRGO2_ENABLE
– LL_TIM_TRGO2_UPDATE
– LL_TIM_TRGO2_CC1F
– LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC1
– LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC4_RISINGFALLING
– LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC6_RISINGFALLING
– LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC4_RISING_OC6_RISING
– LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC4_RISING_OC6_FALLING
– LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC5_RISING_OC6_RISING
– LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC5_RISING_OC6_FALLING
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2032/2236

UM1905
Notes
• Macro IS_TIM_TRGO2_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can be
used for ADC synchronization.

• CR2 MMS2 LL_TIM_SetTriggerOutput2
LL_TIM_SetSlaveMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_SetSlaveMode (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t SlaveMode)
Set the synchronization mode of a slave timer.
Parameters
• SlaveMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_DISABLED
– LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET
– LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_GATED
– LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER
– LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_COMBINED_RESETTRIGGER
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance can
operate as a slave timer.

• SMCR SMS LL_TIM_SetSlaveMode
LL_TIM_SetTriggerInput
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_SetTriggerInput (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t TriggerInput)
Set the selects the trigger input to be used to synchronize the counter.
Parameters
• TriggerInput: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_TS_ITR0
– LL_TIM_TS_ITR1
– LL_TIM_TS_ITR2
– LL_TIM_TS_ITR3
– LL_TIM_TS_TI1F_ED
– LL_TIM_TS_TI1FP1
– LL_TIM_TS_TI2FP2
– LL_TIM_TS_ETRF
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2033/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes

• SMCR TS LL_TIM_SetTriggerInput
LL_TIM_EnableMasterSlaveMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_EnableMasterSlaveMode (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Enable the Master/Slave mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• SMCR MSM LL_TIM_EnableMasterSlaveMode
LL_TIM_DisableMasterSlaveMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_DisableMasterSlaveMode (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Disable the Master/Slave mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• SMCR MSM LL_TIM_DisableMasterSlaveMode
LL_TIM_IsEnabledMasterSlaveMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsEnabledMasterSlaveMode (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2034/2236

UM1905
Indicates whether the Master/Slave mode is enabled.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• SMCR MSM LL_TIM_IsEnabledMasterSlaveMode
LL_TIM_ConfigETR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_ConfigETR (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t ETRPolarity, uint32_t
ETRPrescaler, uint32_t ETRFilter)
Configure the external trigger (ETR) input.
Parameters
• ETRPolarity: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_ETR_POLARITY_NONINVERTED
– LL_TIM_ETR_POLARITY_INVERTED
• ETRPrescaler: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_ETR_PRESCALER_DIV1
• ETRFilter: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV1
– LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV1_N2
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2035/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides an
external trigger input.

• SMCR ETP LL_TIM_ConfigETR
• SMCR ETPS LL_TIM_ConfigETR
• SMCR ETF LL_TIM_ConfigETR
LL_TIM_EnableBRK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_EnableBRK (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Enable the break function.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a
break input.

• BDTR BKE LL_TIM_EnableBRK
LL_TIM_DisableBRK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_DisableBRK (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Disable the break function.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
break input.

• BDTR BKE LL_TIM_DisableBRK
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2036/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_ConfigBRK (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t BreakPolarity, uint32_t
BreakFilter)
Configure the break input.
Parameters
• BreakPolarity: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_LOW
– LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_HIGH
• BreakFilter: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV1
– LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV1_N2
Return values
• None:
Notes
break input.

• BDTR BKP LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
• BDTR BKF LL_TIM_ConfigBRK
LL_TIM_EnableBRK2
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_EnableBRK2 (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Enable the break 2 function.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2037/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_TIM_BKIN2_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance provides a
second break input.

• BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_EnableBRK2
LL_TIM_DisableBRK2
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_DisableBRK2 (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Disable the break 2 function.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
second break input.

• BDTR BK2E LL_TIM_DisableBRK2
LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2 (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Break2Polarity, uint32_t
Break2Filter)
Configure the break 2 input.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2038/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• Break2Polarity: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY_LOW
– LL_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY_HIGH
• Break2Filter: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV1
– LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV1_N2
Return values
• None:
Notes
second break input.

• BDTR BK2P LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
• BDTR BK2F LL_TIM_ConfigBRK2
LL_TIM_SetOffStates
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_SetOffStates (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t OffStateIdle, uint32_t
OffStateRun)
Select the outputs off state (enabled v.s.
Parameters
• OffStateIdle: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_OSSI_DISABLE
– LL_TIM_OSSI_ENABLE
• OffStateRun: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_OSSR_DISABLE
– LL_TIM_OSSR_ENABLE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2039/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes
break input.

• BDTR OSSI LL_TIM_SetOffStates
• BDTR OSSR LL_TIM_SetOffStates
LL_TIM_EnableAutomaticOutput
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_EnableAutomaticOutput (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Enable automatic output (MOE can be set by software or automatically when a break input is active).
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
break input.

• BDTR AOE LL_TIM_EnableAutomaticOutput
LL_TIM_DisableAutomaticOutput
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_DisableAutomaticOutput (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Disable automatic output (MOE can be set only by software).
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
break input.

• BDTR AOE LL_TIM_DisableAutomaticOutput
LL_TIM_IsEnabledAutomaticOutput
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsEnabledAutomaticOutput (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2040/2236

UM1905
Indicate whether automatic output is enabled.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
break input.

• BDTR AOE LL_TIM_IsEnabledAutomaticOutput
LL_TIM_EnableAllOutputs
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_EnableAllOutputs (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Enable the outputs (set the MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register).
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• The MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register allows to enable /disable the outputs by software and is reset in case
of break or break2 event
break input.

• BDTR MOE LL_TIM_EnableAllOutputs
LL_TIM_DisableAllOutputs
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_DisableAllOutputs (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Disable the outputs (reset the MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register).
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2041/2236

UM1905
Notes
• The MOE bit in TIMx_BDTR register allows to enable /disable the outputs by software and is reset in case
of break or break2 event.
break input.

• BDTR MOE LL_TIM_DisableAllOutputs
LL_TIM_IsEnabledAllOutputs
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsEnabledAllOutputs (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Indicates whether outputs are enabled.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
break input.

• BDTR MOE LL_TIM_IsEnabledAllOutputs
LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t BreakInput,
uint32_t Source)
Enable the signals connected to the designated timer break input.
Parameters
• BreakInput: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_BREAK_INPUT_BKIN
– LL_TIM_BREAK_INPUT_BKIN2
– LL_TIM_BKIN_SOURCE_BKIN
– LL_TIM_BKIN_SOURCE_DF1BK
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_TIM_BREAKSOURCE_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance
allows for break input selection.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2042/2236

UM1905

• AF1 BKINE LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
• AF1 BKDFBKE LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
• AF2 BK2INE LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
• AF2 BK2DFBKE LL_TIM_EnableBreakInputSource
LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t BreakInput,
uint32_t Source)
Disable the signals connected to the designated timer break input.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• AF1 BKINE LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
• AF1 BKDFBKE LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
• AF2 BK2INE LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
• AF2 BK2DFBKE LL_TIM_DisableBreakInputSource
LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t BreakInput,
uint32_t Source, uint32_t Polarity)
Set the polarity of the break signal for the timer break input.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2043/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_TIM_BKIN_POLARITY_LOW
– LL_TIM_BKIN_POLARITY_HIGH
Return values
• None:
Notes

• AF1 BKINE LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
• AF1 BKDFBKE LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
• AF2 BK2INE LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
• AF2 BK2DFBKE LL_TIM_SetBreakInputSourcePolarity
LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t DMABurstBaseAddress,
uint32_t DMABurstLength)
Configures the timer DMA burst feature.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2044/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• DMABurstBaseAddress: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CR1
– LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CR2
– LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_SMCR
– LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_DIER
– LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_SR
– LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_EGR
– LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCMR1
– LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCER
– LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CNT
– LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_PSC
– LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_ARR
– LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_RCR
– LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCR1
– LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_BDTR
– LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_OR
– LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_AF1 (*)
– LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_AF2 (*) (*) value not defined in all devices
• DMABurstLength: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_1TRANSFER
– LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_2TRANSFERS
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2045/2236

UM1905
Notes
• Macro IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a timer instance
supports the DMA burst mode.

• DCR DBL LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
• DCR DBA LL_TIM_ConfigDMABurst
LL_TIM_SetRemap
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_SetRemap (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Remap)
Remap TIM inputs (input channel, internal/external triggers).
Parameters
• Remap: Remap param depends on the TIMx. Description available only in CHM version of the User
Manual (not in .pdf). Otherwise see Reference Manual description of OR registers.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_TIM_REMAP_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not a some timer inputs can be
remapped.

• TIM2_OR ITR1_RMP LL_TIM_SetRemap
• TIM5_OR TI4_RMP LL_TIM_SetRemap
• TIM11_OR TI1_RMP LL_TIM_SetRemap
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UPDATE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UPDATE (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Clear the update interrupt flag (UIF).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• SR UIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_UPDATE
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_UPDATE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_UPDATE (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2046/2236

UM1905
Indicate whether update interrupt flag (UIF) is set (update interrupt is pending).
Parameters
Return values

• SR UIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_UPDATE
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1 (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Clear the Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag (CC1F).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• SR CC1IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1 (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 1 interrupt flag (CC1F) is set (Capture/Compare 1 interrupt is pending).
Parameters
Return values

• SR CC1IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1
Function name
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2047/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2048/2236

UM1905
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2049/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values

LL_TIM_ClearFlag_COM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_ClearFlag_COM (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Clear the commutation interrupt flag (COMIF).
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2050/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• SR COMIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_COM
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_COM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_COM (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Indicate whether commutation interrupt flag (COMIF) is set (commutation interrupt is pending).
Parameters
Return values

• SR COMIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_COM
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TRIG
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TRIG (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Clear the trigger interrupt flag (TIF).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• SR TIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_TRIG
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TRIG
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TRIG (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Indicate whether trigger interrupt flag (TIF) is set (trigger interrupt is pending).
Parameters
Return values

• SR TIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_TRIG
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2051/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Clear the break interrupt flag (BIF).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• SR BIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Indicate whether break interrupt flag (BIF) is set (break interrupt is pending).
Parameters
Return values

• SR BIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK2
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK2 (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Clear the break 2 interrupt flag (B2IF).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• SR B2IF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_BRK2
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK2
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK2 (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2052/2236

UM1905
Indicate whether break 2 interrupt flag (B2IF) is set (break 2 interrupt is pending).
Parameters
Return values

• SR B2IF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_BRK2
LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1OVR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1OVR (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Clear the Capture/Compare 1 over-capture interrupt flag (CC1OF).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• SR CC1OF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_CC1OVR
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1OVR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1OVR (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 1 over-capture interrupt flag (CC1OF) is set (Capture/Compare 1 interrupt is
pending).
Parameters
Return values

• SR CC1OF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_CC1OVR
Function name
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2053/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

Function name
Indicate whether Capture/Compare 2 over-capture interrupt flag (CC2OF) is set (Capture/Compare 2 over-
capture interrupt is pending).
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2054/2236

UM1905

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values

LL_TIM_ClearFlag_SYSBRK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_ClearFlag_SYSBRK (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Clear the system break interrupt flag (SBIF).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• SR SBIF LL_TIM_ClearFlag_SYSBRK
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2055/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_SYSBRK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_SYSBRK (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Indicate whether system break interrupt flag (SBIF) is set (system break interrupt is pending).
Parameters
Return values

• SR SBIF LL_TIM_IsActiveFlag_SYSBRK
LL_TIM_EnableIT_UPDATE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_EnableIT_UPDATE (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Enable update interrupt (UIE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• DIER UIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_UPDATE
LL_TIM_DisableIT_UPDATE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_DisableIT_UPDATE (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Disable update interrupt (UIE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• DIER UIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_UPDATE
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_UPDATE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_UPDATE (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2056/2236

UM1905
Indicates whether the update interrupt (UIE) is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• DIER UIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_UPDATE
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC1 (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Enable capture/compare 1 interrupt (CC1IE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC1
LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC1 (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Disable capture/compare 1 interrupt (CC1IE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_DisableIT_CC1
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC1 (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Indicates whether the capture/compare 1 interrupt (CC1IE) is enabled.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2057/2236

UM1905
Return values

• DIER CC1IE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_CC1
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC2
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2058/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC3
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values

LL_TIM_EnableIT_CC4
Function name
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2059/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values

LL_TIM_EnableIT_COM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_EnableIT_COM (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Enable commutation interrupt (COMIE).
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2060/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• DIER COMIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_COM
LL_TIM_DisableIT_COM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_DisableIT_COM (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Disable commutation interrupt (COMIE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• DIER COMIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_COM
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_COM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_COM (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Indicates whether the commutation interrupt (COMIE) is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• DIER COMIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_COM
LL_TIM_EnableIT_TRIG
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_EnableIT_TRIG (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Enable trigger interrupt (TIE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• DIER TIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_TRIG
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2061/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_DisableIT_TRIG
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_DisableIT_TRIG (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Disable trigger interrupt (TIE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• DIER TIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_TRIG
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TRIG
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TRIG (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Indicates whether the trigger interrupt (TIE) is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• DIER TIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_TRIG
LL_TIM_EnableIT_BRK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_EnableIT_BRK (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Enable break interrupt (BIE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• DIER BIE LL_TIM_EnableIT_BRK
LL_TIM_DisableIT_BRK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_DisableIT_BRK (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2062/2236

UM1905
Disable break interrupt (BIE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• DIER BIE LL_TIM_DisableIT_BRK
LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_BRK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_BRK (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Indicates whether the break interrupt (BIE) is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• DIER BIE LL_TIM_IsEnabledIT_BRK
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Enable update DMA request (UDE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• DIER UDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_UPDATE
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_UPDATE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_UPDATE (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Disable update DMA request (UDE).
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2063/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• DIER UDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_UPDATE
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_UPDATE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_UPDATE (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Indicates whether the update DMA request (UDE) is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• DIER UDE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_UPDATE
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC1 (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Enable capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_CC1
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC1 (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Disable capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_CC1
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2064/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC1 (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Indicates whether the capture/compare 1 DMA request (CC1DE) is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• DIER CC1DE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_CC1
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2065/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2066/2236

UM1905
Return values

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2067/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_COM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_COM (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Enable commutation DMA request (COMDE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• DIER COMDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_COM
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_COM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_COM (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Disable commutation DMA request (COMDE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• DIER COMDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_COM
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_COM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_COM (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Indicates whether the commutation DMA request (COMDE) is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• DIER COMDE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_COM
LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_TRIG
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_TRIG (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2068/2236

UM1905
Enable trigger interrupt (TDE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• DIER TDE LL_TIM_EnableDMAReq_TRIG
LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_TRIG
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_TRIG (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Disable trigger interrupt (TDE).
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• DIER TDE LL_TIM_DisableDMAReq_TRIG
LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_TRIG
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_TRIG (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Indicates whether the trigger interrupt (TDE) is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• DIER TDE LL_TIM_IsEnabledDMAReq_TRIG
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_UPDATE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_UPDATE (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Generate an update event.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2069/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• EGR UG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_UPDATE
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC1
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC1 (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Generate Capture/Compare 1 event.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• EGR CC1G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_CC1
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2070/2236

UM1905
Function name
Parameters
Return values
• None:

LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_COM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_COM (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Generate commutation event.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• EGR COMG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_COM
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_TRIG
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_TRIG (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Generate trigger event.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• EGR TG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_TRIG
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2071/2236

UM1905
Generate break event.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• EGR BG LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK
LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK2
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK2 (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Generate break 2 event.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• EGR B2G LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_BRK2
LL_TIM_DeInit
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_TIM_DeInit (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx)
Set TIMx registers to their reset values.
Parameters
Return values
– SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized
– ERROR: invalid TIMx instance
LL_TIM_StructInit
Function name
void LL_TIM_StructInit (LL_TIM_InitTypeDef * TIM_InitStruct)
Set the fields of the time base unit configuration data structure to their default values.
Parameters
• TIM_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_TIM_InitTypeDef structure (time base unit configuration data structure)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2072/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
LL_TIM_Init
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_TIM_Init (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, LL_TIM_InitTypeDef * TIM_InitStruct)
Configure the TIMx time base unit.
Parameters
• TIM_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_TIM_InitTypeDef structure (TIMx time base unit configuration data
structure)
Return values
LL_TIM_OC_StructInit
Function name
void LL_TIM_OC_StructInit (LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef * TIM_OC_InitStruct)
Set the fields of the TIMx output channel configuration data structure to their default values.
Parameters
• TIM_OC_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef structure (the output channel configuration data
structure)
Return values
• None:
LL_TIM_OC_Init
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_TIM_OC_Init (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *
TIM_OC_InitStruct)
Configure the TIMx output channel.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2073/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• TIM_OC_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef structure (TIMx output channel configuration
data structure)
Return values
– SUCCESS: TIMx output channel is initialized
– ERROR: TIMx output channel is not initialized
LL_TIM_IC_StructInit
Function name
void LL_TIM_IC_StructInit (LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef * TIM_ICInitStruct)
Set the fields of the TIMx input channel configuration data structure to their default values.
Parameters
• TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef structure (the input channel configuration data
structure)
Return values
• None:
LL_TIM_IC_Init
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_TIM_IC_Init (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, uint32_t Channel, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *
TIM_IC_InitStruct)
Configure the TIMx input channel.
Parameters
• TIM_IC_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef structure (TIMx input channel configuration data
structure)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2074/2236

UM1905
Return values
– SUCCESS: TIMx output channel is initialized
– ERROR: TIMx output channel is not initialized
LL_TIM_ENCODER_StructInit
Function name
void LL_TIM_ENCODER_StructInit (LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef * TIM_EncoderInitStruct)
Fills each TIM_EncoderInitStruct field with its default value.
Parameters
• TIM_EncoderInitStruct: pointer to a LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef structure (encoder interface
configuration data structure)
Return values
• None:
LL_TIM_ENCODER_Init
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_TIM_ENCODER_Init (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef *
TIM_EncoderInitStruct)
Configure the encoder interface of the timer instance.
Parameters
• TIM_EncoderInitStruct: pointer to a LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef structure (TIMx encoder interface
Return values
LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_StructInit
Function name
void LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_StructInit (LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_InitTypeDef * TIM_HallSensorInitStruct)
Set the fields of the TIMx Hall sensor interface configuration data structure to their default values.
Parameters
• TIM_HallSensorInitStruct: pointer to a LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_InitTypeDef structure (HALL sensor
interface configuration data structure)
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2075/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_Init
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_Init (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_InitTypeDef *
TIM_HallSensorInitStruct)
Configure the Hall sensor interface of the timer instance.
Parameters
• TIM_HallSensorInitStruct: pointer to a LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_InitTypeDef structure (TIMx HALL sensor
interface configuration data structure)
Return values
Notes
• TIMx CH1, CH2 and CH3 inputs connected through a XOR to the TI1 input channel
• TIMx slave mode controller is configured in reset mode. Selected internal trigger is TI1F_ED.
• Channel 1 is configured as input, IC1 is mapped on TRC.
• Captured value stored in TIMx_CCR1 correspond to the time elapsed between 2 changes on the inputs. It
gives information about motor speed.
• Channel 2 is configured in output PWM 2 mode.
• Compare value stored in TIMx_CCR2 corresponds to the commutation delay.
• OC2REF is selected as trigger output on TRGO.
• LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_BOTHEDGE must not be used for TI1 when it is used when TIMx operates in Hall
sensor interface mode.
LL_TIM_BDTR_StructInit
Function name
void LL_TIM_BDTR_StructInit (LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef * TIM_BDTRInitStruct)
Set the fields of the Break and Dead Time configuration data structure to their default values.
Parameters
• TIM_BDTRInitStruct: pointer to a LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef structure (Break and Dead Time
Return values
• None:
LL_TIM_BDTR_Init
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_TIM_BDTR_Init (TIM_TypeDef * TIMx, LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef * TIM_BDTRInitStruct)
Configure the Break and Dead Time feature of the timer instance.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2076/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• TIM_BDTRInitStruct: pointer to a LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef structure (Break and Dead Time
Return values
– SUCCESS: Break and Dead Time is initialized
Notes
• As the bits BK2P, BK2E, BK2F[3:0], BKF[3:0], AOE, BKP, BKE, OSSI, OSSR and DTG[7:0] can be write-
locked depending on the LOCK configuration, it can be necessary to configure all of them during the first
write access to the TIMx_BDTR register.
break input.
second break input.
92.3 TIM Firmware driver defines

92.3.1 TIM
TIM
Active Input Selection
LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_DIRECTTI
ICx is mapped on TIx
LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_INDIRECTTI
ICx is mapped on TIy
LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_TRC
ICx is mapped on TRC
Automatic output enable
LL_TIM_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_DISABLE
MOE can be set only by software
LL_TIM_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_ENABLE
MOE can be set by software or automatically at the next update event
BKIN POLARITY
LL_TIM_BKIN_POLARITY_LOW
BRK BKIN input is active low
LL_TIM_BKIN_POLARITY_HIGH
BRK BKIN input is active high
BKIN SOURCE
LL_TIM_BKIN_SOURCE_BKIN
BKIN input from AF controller
LL_TIM_BKIN_SOURCE_DF1BK
internal signal: DFSDM1 break output
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2077/2236

UM1905
Break2 Enable
LL_TIM_BREAK2_DISABLE
Break2 function disabled
LL_TIM_BREAK2_ENABLE
Break2 function enabled
BREAK2 FILTER
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV1
No filter, BRK acts asynchronously
LL_TIM_BREAK2_FILTER_FDIV1_N2
fSAMPLING=fCK_INT, N=2
fSAMPLING=fDTS/2, N=6
BREAK2 POLARITY
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2078/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY_LOW
Break input BRK2 is active low
LL_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY_HIGH
Break input BRK2 is active high
Break Enable
LL_TIM_BREAK_DISABLE
Break function disabled
LL_TIM_BREAK_ENABLE
Break function enabled
break filter
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV1
No filter, BRK acts asynchronously
LL_TIM_BREAK_FILTER_FDIV1_N2
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2079/2236

UM1905
BREAK INPUT
LL_TIM_BREAK_INPUT_BKIN
TIMx_BKIN input
LL_TIM_BREAK_INPUT_BKIN2
TIMx_BKIN2 input
break polarity
LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_LOW
Break input BRK is active low
LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_HIGH
Break input BRK is active high
Capture Compare DMA Request
LL_TIM_CCDMAREQUEST_CC
CCx DMA request sent when CCx event occurs
LL_TIM_CCDMAREQUEST_UPDATE
CCx DMA requests sent when update event occurs
Capture Compare Update Source
LL_TIM_CCUPDATESOURCE_COMG_ONLY
Capture/compare control bits are updated by setting the COMG bit only
LL_TIM_CCUPDATESOURCE_COMG_AND_TRGI
Capture/compare control bits are updated by setting the COMG bit or when a rising edge occurs on trigger input
(TRGI)
Channel
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH1
Timer input/output channel 1
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH1N
Timer complementary output channel 1
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH2
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH2N
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH3
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH3N
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH4
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2080/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH5
Timer output channel 5
LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH6
Timer output channel 6
Clock Division
LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV1
tDTS=tCK_INT
tDTS=2*tCK_INT
tDTS=4*tCK_INT
Clock Source
LL_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL
The timer is clocked by the internal clock provided from the RCC
LL_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_EXT_MODE1
Counter counts at each rising or falling edge on a selected input
LL_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_EXT_MODE2
Counter counts at each rising or falling edge on the external trigger input ETR
Counter Direction
LL_TIM_COUNTERDIRECTION_UP
Timer counter counts up
LL_TIM_COUNTERDIRECTION_DOWN
Timer counter counts down
Counter Mode
LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP
Counter used as upcounter
LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_DOWN
Counter used as downcounter
LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_DOWN
The counter counts up and down alternatively. Output compare interrupt flags of output channels are set only
when the counter is counting down.
LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_UP
when the counter is counting up
LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_UP_DOWN
when the counter is counting up or down.
DMA Burst Base Address
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CR1
TIMx_CR1 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2081/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CR2
TIMx_CR2 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_SMCR
TIMx_SMCR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_DIER
TIMx_DIER register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_SR
TIMx_SR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_EGR
TIMx_EGR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCMR1
TIMx_CCMR1 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCER
TIMx_CCER register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CNT
TIMx_CNT register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_PSC
TIMx_PSC register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_ARR
TIMx_ARR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_RCR
TIMx_RCR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_CCR1
TIMx_CCR1 register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_BDTR
TIMx_BDTR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
LL_TIM_DMABURST_BASEADDR_OR
TIMx_OR register is the DMA base address for DMA burst
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2082/2236

UM1905
DMA Burst Length
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_1TRANSFER
Transfer is done to 1 register starting from the DMA burst base address
LL_TIM_DMABURST_LENGTH_2TRANSFERS
Transfer is done to 2 registers starting from the DMA burst base address
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2083/2236

UM1905
Encoder Mode
LL_TIM_ENCODERMODE_X2_TI1
Quadrature encoder mode 1, x2 mode - Counter counts up/down on TI1FP1 edge depending on TI2FP2 level
Quadrature encoder mode 2, x2 mode - Counter counts up/down on TI2FP2 edge depending on TI1FP1 level
Quadrature encoder mode 3, x4 mode - Counter counts up/down on both TI1FP1 and TI2FP2 edges depending
on the level of the other input
External Trigger Filter
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV1
No filter, sampling is done at fDTS
LL_TIM_ETR_FILTER_FDIV1_N2
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2084/2236

UM1905
External Trigger Polarity
LL_TIM_ETR_POLARITY_NONINVERTED
ETR is non-inverted, active at high level or rising edge
LL_TIM_ETR_POLARITY_INVERTED
ETR is inverted, active at low level or falling edge
External Trigger Prescaler
LL_TIM_ETR_PRESCALER_DIV1
ETR prescaler OFF
ETR frequency is divided by 2
Get Flags Defines
LL_TIM_SR_UIF
Update interrupt flag
LL_TIM_SR_CC1IF
Capture/compare 1 interrupt flag
LL_TIM_SR_CC2IF
LL_TIM_SR_CC3IF
LL_TIM_SR_CC4IF
LL_TIM_SR_CC5IF
LL_TIM_SR_CC6IF
LL_TIM_SR_COMIF
COM interrupt flag
LL_TIM_SR_TIF
Trigger interrupt flag
LL_TIM_SR_BIF
Break interrupt flag
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2085/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_SR_B2IF
Second break interrupt flag
LL_TIM_SR_CC1OF
Capture/Compare 1 overcapture flag
LL_TIM_SR_CC2OF
LL_TIM_SR_CC3OF
LL_TIM_SR_CC4OF
LL_TIM_SR_SBIF
System Break interrupt flag
GROUPCH5
LL_TIM_GROUPCH5_NONE
No effect of OC5REF on OC1REFC, OC2REFC and OC3REFC
LL_TIM_GROUPCH5_OC1REFC
OC1REFC is the logical AND of OC1REFC and OC5REF
Input Configuration Prescaler
LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1
No prescaler, capture is done each time an edge is detected on the capture input
LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV2
Capture is done once every 2 events
LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV4
LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV8
Input Configuration Filter
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1
No filter, sampling is done at fDTS
LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1_N2
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2086/2236

UM1905
Input Configuration Polarity
LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING
The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 rising edge, TIxFP1 is not inverted
LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_FALLING
The circuit is sensitive to TIxFP1 falling edge, TIxFP1 is inverted
LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_BOTHEDGE
The circuit is sensitive to both TIxFP1 rising and falling edges, TIxFP1 is not inverted
IT Defines
LL_TIM_DIER_UIE
Update interrupt enable
LL_TIM_DIER_CC1IE
Capture/compare 1 interrupt enable
LL_TIM_DIER_CC2IE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2087/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_DIER_CC3IE
LL_TIM_DIER_CC4IE
LL_TIM_DIER_COMIE
COM interrupt enable
LL_TIM_DIER_TIE
Trigger interrupt enable
LL_TIM_DIER_BIE
Break interrupt enable
Lock Level
LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_OFF
LOCK OFF - No bit is write protected
LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_1
LOCK Level 1
LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_2
LOCK Level 2
LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_3
LOCK Level 3
Output Configuration Idle State
LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_LOW
OCx=0 (after a dead-time if OC is implemented) when MOE=0
LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_HIGH
OCx=1 (after a dead-time if OC is implemented) when MOE=0
Output Configuration Mode
LL_TIM_OCMODE_FROZEN
The comparison between the output compare register TIMx_CCRy and the counter TIMx_CNT has no effect on
the output channel level
LL_TIM_OCMODE_ACTIVE
OCyREF is forced high on compare match
LL_TIM_OCMODE_INACTIVE
OCyREF is forced low on compare match
LL_TIM_OCMODE_TOGGLE
OCyREF toggles on compare match
LL_TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_INACTIVE
OCyREF is forced low
LL_TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_ACTIVE
OCyREF is forced high
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2088/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_OCMODE_PWM1
In upcounting, channel y is active as long as TIMx_CNT<TIMx_CCRy else inactive. In downcounting, channel y
is inactive as long as TIMx_CNT>TIMx_CCRy else active.
LL_TIM_OCMODE_PWM2
In upcounting, channel y is inactive as long as TIMx_CNT<TIMx_CCRy else active. In downcounting, channel y
is active as long as TIMx_CNT>TIMx_CCRy else inactive
LL_TIM_OCMODE_RETRIG_OPM1
LL_TIM_OCMODE_RETRIG_OPM2
LL_TIM_OCMODE_COMBINED_PWM1
Combined PWM mode 1
LL_TIM_OCMODE_COMBINED_PWM2
Combined PWM mode 2
LL_TIM_OCMODE_ASSYMETRIC_PWM1
LL_TIM_OCMODE_ASSYMETRIC_PWM2
Output Configuration Polarity
LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH
OCxactive high
LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_LOW
OCxactive low
Output Configuration State
LL_TIM_OCSTATE_DISABLE
OCx is not active
LL_TIM_OCSTATE_ENABLE
OCx signal is output on the corresponding output pin
One Pulse Mode
LL_TIM_ONEPULSEMODE_SINGLE
Counter is not stopped at update event
LL_TIM_ONEPULSEMODE_REPETITIVE
Counter stops counting at the next update event
OSSI
LL_TIM_OSSI_DISABLE
When inactive, OCx/OCxN outputs are disabled
LL_TIM_OSSI_ENABLE
When inactive, OxC/OCxN outputs are first forced with their inactive level then forced to their idle level after the
deadtime
OSSR
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2089/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_OSSR_DISABLE
When inactive, OCx/OCxN outputs are disabled
LL_TIM_OSSR_ENABLE
When inactive, OC/OCN outputs are enabled with their inactive level as soon as CCxE=1 or CCxNE=1
Slave Mode
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_DISABLED
Slave mode disabled
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET
Reset Mode - Rising edge of the selected trigger input (TRGI) reinitializes the counter
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_GATED
Gated Mode - The counter clock is enabled when the trigger input (TRGI) is high
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER
Trigger Mode - The counter starts at a rising edge of the trigger TRGI
LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_COMBINED_RESETTRIGGER
Combined reset + trigger mode - Rising edge of the selected trigger input (TRGI) reinitializes the counter,
generates an update of the registers and starts the counter
TIM11 External Input Capture 1 Remap
LL_TIM_TIM11_TI1_RMP_GPIO
TIM11 channel 1 is connected to GPIO
LL_TIM_TIM11_TI1_RMP_SPDIFRX
TIM11 channel 1 is connected to SPDIFRX
LL_TIM_TIM11_TI1_RMP_HSE
TIM11 channel 1 is connected to HSE
LL_TIM_TIM11_TI1_RMP_MCO1
TIM11 channel 1 is connected to MCO1
TIM2 Internal Trigger1 Remap TIM8
LL_TIM_TIM2_ITR1_RMP_TIM8_TRGO
TIM2_ITR1 is connected to TIM8_TRGO
LL_TIM_TIM2_ITR1_RMP_ETH_PTP
TIM2_ITR1 is connected to ETH_PTP
LL_TIM_TIM2_ITR1_RMP_OTG_FS_SOF
TIM2_ITR1 is connected to OTG_FS SOF
LL_TIM_TIM2_ITR1_RMP_OTG_HS_SOF
TIM2_ITR1 is connected to OTG_HS SOF
TIM5 External Input Ch4 Remap
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI4_RMP_GPIO
TIM5 channel 4 is connected to GPIO
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI4_RMP_LSI
TIM5 channel 4 is connected to LSI internal clock
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2090/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI4_RMP_LSE
TIM5 channel 4 is connected to LSE
LL_TIM_TIM5_TI4_RMP_RTC
TIM5 channel 4 is connected to RTC wakeup interrupt
Trigger Output
LL_TIM_TRGO_RESET
UG bit from the TIMx_EGR register is used as trigger output
LL_TIM_TRGO_ENABLE
Counter Enable signal (CNT_EN) is used as trigger output
LL_TIM_TRGO_UPDATE
Update event is used as trigger output
LL_TIM_TRGO_CC1IF
CC1 capture or a compare match is used as trigger output
LL_TIM_TRGO_OC1REF
OC1REF signal is used as trigger output
LL_TIM_TRGO_OC2REF
LL_TIM_TRGO_OC3REF
LL_TIM_TRGO_OC4REF
Trigger Output 2
LL_TIM_TRGO2_RESET
UG bit from the TIMx_EGR register is used as trigger output 2
LL_TIM_TRGO2_ENABLE
Counter Enable signal (CNT_EN) is used as trigger output 2
LL_TIM_TRGO2_UPDATE
Update event is used as trigger output 2
LL_TIM_TRGO2_CC1F
CC1 capture or a compare match is used as trigger output 2
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC1
OC1REF signal is used as trigger output 2
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC2
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC3
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC4
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2091/2236

UM1905
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC5
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC6
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC4_RISINGFALLING
OC4REF rising or falling edges are used as trigger output 2
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC6_RISINGFALLING
OC6REF rising or falling edges are used as trigger output 2
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC4_RISING_OC6_RISING
OC4REF or OC6REF rising edges are used as trigger output 2
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC4_RISING_OC6_FALLING
OC4REF rising or OC6REF falling edges are used as trigger output 2
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC5_RISING_OC6_RISING
OC5REF or OC6REF rising edges are used as trigger output 2
LL_TIM_TRGO2_OC5_RISING_OC6_FALLING
OC5REF rising or OC6REF falling edges are used as trigger output 2
Trigger Selection
LL_TIM_TS_ITR0
Internal Trigger 0 (ITR0) is used as trigger input
LL_TIM_TS_ITR1
LL_TIM_TS_ITR2
LL_TIM_TS_ITR3
LL_TIM_TS_TI1F_ED
TI1 Edge Detector (TI1F_ED) is used as trigger input
LL_TIM_TS_TI1FP1
Filtered Timer Input 1 (TI1FP1) is used as trigger input
LL_TIM_TS_TI2FP2
Filtered Timer Input 2 (TI12P2) is used as trigger input
LL_TIM_TS_ETRF
Filtered external Trigger (ETRF) is used as trigger input
Update Source
LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR
Counter overflow/underflow, Setting the UG bit or Update generation through the slave mode controller
generates an update request
LL_TIM_UPDATESOURCE_COUNTER
Only counter overflow/underflow generates an update request
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2092/2236

UM1905
Exported_Macros
__LL_TIM_GETFLAG_UIFCPY
Description:
• HELPER macro retrieving the UIFCPY flag from the counter value.
Parameters:
• __CNT__: Counter value
Return value:
• UIF: status bit
Notes:
• ex: __LL_TIM_GETFLAG_UIFCPY (LL_TIM_GetCounter ()); Relevant only if UIF flag remapping has been
enabled (UIF status bit is copied to TIMx_CNT register bit 31)
__LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME
Description:
• HELPER macro calculating DTG[0:7] in the TIMx_BDTR register to achieve the requested dead time
duration.
Parameters:
• __TIMCLK__: timer input clock frequency (in Hz)
• __CKD__: This parameter can be one of the following values:
• __DT__: deadtime duration (in ns)
Return value:
• DTG[0:7]
Notes:
• ex: __LL_TIM_CALC_DEADTIME (80000000, LL_TIM_GetClockDivision (), 120);
__LL_TIM_CALC_PSC
Description:
• HELPER macro calculating the prescaler value to achieve the required counter clock frequency.
Parameters:
• __CNTCLK__: counter clock frequency (in Hz)
Return value:
• Prescaler: value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
Notes:
• ex: __LL_TIM_CALC_PSC (80000000, 1000000);
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2093/2236

UM1905
__LL_TIM_CALC_ARR
Description:
• HELPER macro calculating the auto-reload value to achieve the required output signal frequency.
Parameters:
• __PSC__: prescaler
• __FREQ__: output signal frequency (in Hz)
Return value:
• Auto-reload: value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
Notes:
• ex: __LL_TIM_CALC_ARR (1000000, LL_TIM_GetPrescaler (), 10000);
__LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY
Description:
• HELPER macro calculating the compare value required to achieve the required timer output compare
active/inactive delay.
Parameters:
• __DELAY__: timer output compare active/inactive delay (in us)
Return value:
• Compare: value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
Notes:
• ex: __LL_TIM_CALC_DELAY (1000000, LL_TIM_GetPrescaler (), 10);
__LL_TIM_CALC_PULSE
Description:
• HELPER macro calculating the auto-reload value to achieve the required pulse duration (when the timer
operates in one pulse mode).
Parameters:
• __DELAY__: timer output compare active/inactive delay (in us)
• __PULSE__: pulse duration (in us)
Return value:
• Auto-reload: value (between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=65535)
Notes:
• ex: __LL_TIM_CALC_PULSE (1000000, LL_TIM_GetPrescaler (), 10, 20);
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2094/2236

UM1905
__LL_TIM_GET_ICPSC_RATIO
Description:
• HELPER macro retrieving the ratio of the input capture prescaler.
Parameters:
• __ICPSC__: This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return value:
• Input: capture prescaler ratio (1, 2, 4 or 8)
Notes:
• ex: __LL_TIM_GET_ICPSC_RATIO (LL_TIM_IC_GetPrescaler ());
LL_TIM_WriteReg
Description:
• Write a value in TIM register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: TIM Instance
Return value:
• None
LL_TIM_ReadReg
Description:
• Read a value in TIM register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: TIM Instance
Return value:
• Register: value
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2095/2236

UM1905
LL USART Generic Driver
93 LL USART Generic Driver
93.1 USART Firmware driver registers structures
93.1.1 LL_USART_InitTypeDef
LL_USART_InitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_usart.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t DataWidth
• uint32_t Parity
• uint32_t TransferDirection
• uint32_t HardwareFlowControl
• uint32_t OverSampling
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_USART_InitTypeDef::BaudRate
This field defines expected Usart communication baud rate.This feature can be modified afterwards using
unitary function LL_USART_SetBaudRate().
• uint32_t LL_USART_InitTypeDef::DataWidth
USART_LL_EC_DATAWIDTH.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_USART_SetDataWidth().
• uint32_t LL_USART_InitTypeDef::StopBits
Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted. This parameter can be a value of
USART_LL_EC_STOPBITS.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength().
• uint32_t LL_USART_InitTypeDef::Parity
Specifies the parity mode. This parameter can be a value of USART_LL_EC_PARITY.This feature can be
modified afterwards using unitary function LL_USART_SetParity().
• uint32_t LL_USART_InitTypeDef::TransferDirection
Specifies whether the Receive and/or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled. This parameter can be a value
of USART_LL_EC_DIRECTION.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_USART_SetTransferDirection().
• uint32_t LL_USART_InitTypeDef::HardwareFlowControl
Specifies whether the hardware flow control mode is enabled or disabled. This parameter can be a value of
USART_LL_EC_HWCONTROL.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_USART_SetHWFlowCtrl().
• uint32_t LL_USART_InitTypeDef::OverSampling
Specifies whether USART oversampling mode is 16 or 8. This parameter can be a value of
USART_LL_EC_OVERSAMPLING.This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_USART_SetOverSampling().
93.1.2 LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef
LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_usart.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t ClockOutput
• uint32_t ClockPhase
• uint32_t LastBitClockPulse
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2096/2236

UM1905
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef::ClockOutput
Specifies whether the USART clock is enabled or disabled. This parameter can be a value of
USART_LL_EC_CLOCK.USART HW configuration can be modified afterwards using unitary functions
LL_USART_EnableSCLKOutput() or LL_USART_DisableSCLKOutput(). For more details, refer to
description of this function.
• uint32_t LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef::ClockPolarity
Specifies the steady state of the serial clock. This parameter can be a value of
USART_LL_EC_POLARITY.USART HW configuration can be modified afterwards using unitary functions
LL_USART_SetClockPolarity(). For more details, refer to description of this function.
• uint32_t LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef::ClockPhase
USART_LL_EC_PHASE.USART HW configuration can be modified afterwards using unitary functions
LL_USART_SetClockPhase(). For more details, refer to description of this function.
• uint32_t LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef::LastBitClockPulse
the SCLK pin in synchronous mode. This parameter can be a value of
USART_LL_EC_LASTCLKPULSE.USART HW configuration can be modified afterwards using unitary
functions LL_USART_SetLastClkPulseOutput(). For more details, refer to description of this function.
93.2 USART Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the USART library.
LL_USART_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_Enable (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
USART Enable.
Parameters
• USARTx: USART Instance
Return values
• None:

• CR1 UE LL_USART_Enable
LL_USART_Disable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_Disable (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
USART Disable (all USART prescalers and outputs are disabled)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2097/2236

UM1905
Notes
• When USART is disabled, USART prescalers and outputs are stopped immediately, and current operations
are discarded. The configuration of the USART is kept, but all the status flags, in the USARTx_ISR are set
to their default values.

• CR1 UE LL_USART_Disable
LL_USART_IsEnabled
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabled (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Indicate if USART is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 UE LL_USART_IsEnabled
LL_USART_EnableInStopMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableInStopMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
USART enabled in STOP Mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• When this function is enabled, USART is able to wake up the MCU from Stop mode, provided that USART
clock selection is HSI or LSE in RCC.
• Macro IS_UART_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not
Wake-up from Stop mode feature is supported by the USARTx instance.

• CR1 UESM LL_USART_EnableInStopMode
LL_USART_DisableInStopMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableInStopMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
USART disabled in STOP Mode.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2098/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• When this function is disabled, USART is not able to wake up the MCU from Stop mode

• CR1 UESM LL_USART_DisableInStopMode
LL_USART_IsEnabledInStopMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledInStopMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Indicate if USART is enabled in STOP Mode (able to wake up MCU from Stop mode or not)
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• CR1 UESM LL_USART_IsEnabledInStopMode
LL_USART_EnableClockInStopMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableClockInStopMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
USART Clock enabled in STOP Mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• When this function is called, USART Clock is enabled while in STOP mode

• CR3 UCESM LL_USART_EnableClockInStopMode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2099/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_DisableClockInStopMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableClockInStopMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
USART clock disabled in STOP Mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• When this function is called, USART Clock is disabled while in STOP mode

• CR3 UCESM LL_USART_DisableClockInStopMode
LL_USART_IsClockEnabledInStopMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsClockEnabledInStopMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Indicate if USART clock is enabled in STOP Mode.
Parameters
Return values

• CR3 UCESM LL_USART_IsClockEnabledInStopMode
LL_USART_EnableDirectionRx
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableDirectionRx (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Receiver Enable (Receiver is enabled and begins searching for a start bit)
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 RE LL_USART_EnableDirectionRx
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2100/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_DisableDirectionRx
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableDirectionRx (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Receiver Disable.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 RE LL_USART_DisableDirectionRx
LL_USART_EnableDirectionTx
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableDirectionTx (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Transmitter Enable.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 TE LL_USART_EnableDirectionTx
LL_USART_DisableDirectionTx
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableDirectionTx (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Transmitter Disable.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 TE LL_USART_DisableDirectionTx
LL_USART_SetTransferDirection
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetTransferDirection (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t
TransferDirection)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2101/2236

UM1905
Configure simultaneously enabled/disabled states of Transmitter and Receiver.
Parameters
• TransferDirection: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_USART_DIRECTION_NONE
– LL_USART_DIRECTION_RX
– LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX
– LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX
Return values
• None:

• CR1 RE LL_USART_SetTransferDirection
• CR1 TE LL_USART_SetTransferDirection
LL_USART_GetTransferDirection
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetTransferDirection (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Return enabled/disabled states of Transmitter and Receiver.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_USART_DIRECTION_NONE
– LL_USART_DIRECTION_RX
– LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX
– LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX

• CR1 RE LL_USART_GetTransferDirection
• CR1 TE LL_USART_GetTransferDirection
LL_USART_SetParity
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetParity (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t Parity)
Configure Parity (enabled/disabled and parity mode if enabled).
Parameters
– LL_USART_PARITY_NONE
– LL_USART_PARITY_EVEN
– LL_USART_PARITY_ODD
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2102/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This function selects if hardware parity control (generation and detection) is enabled or disabled. When the
parity control is enabled (Odd or Even), computed parity bit is inserted at the MSB position (9th or 8th bit
depending on data width) and parity is checked on the received data.

• CR1 PS LL_USART_SetParity
• CR1 PCE LL_USART_SetParity
LL_USART_GetParity
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetParity (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Return Parity configuration (enabled/disabled and parity mode if enabled)
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 PS LL_USART_GetParity
• CR1 PCE LL_USART_GetParity
LL_USART_SetWakeUpMethod
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetWakeUpMethod (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t Method)
Set Receiver Wake Up method from Mute mode.
Parameters
• Method: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_USART_WAKEUP_IDLELINE
– LL_USART_WAKEUP_ADDRESSMARK
Return values
• None:

• CR1 WAKE LL_USART_SetWakeUpMethod
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2103/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_GetWakeUpMethod
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetWakeUpMethod (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Return Receiver Wake Up method from Mute mode.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_USART_WAKEUP_IDLELINE
– LL_USART_WAKEUP_ADDRESSMARK

• CR1 WAKE LL_USART_GetWakeUpMethod
LL_USART_SetDataWidth
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetDataWidth (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t DataWidth)
Set Word length (i.e.
Parameters
– LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_7B
Return values
• None:

• CR1 M0 LL_USART_SetDataWidth
• CR1 M1 LL_USART_SetDataWidth
LL_USART_GetDataWidth
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetDataWidth (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Return Word length (i.e.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2104/2236

UM1905
Return values

• CR1 M0 LL_USART_GetDataWidth
• CR1 M1 LL_USART_GetDataWidth
LL_USART_EnableMuteMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableMuteMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Allow switch between Mute Mode and Active mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 MME LL_USART_EnableMuteMode
LL_USART_DisableMuteMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableMuteMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Prevent Mute Mode use.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 MME LL_USART_DisableMuteMode
LL_USART_IsEnabledMuteMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledMuteMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Indicate if switch between Mute Mode and Active mode is allowed.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2105/2236

UM1905
Return values

• CR1 MME LL_USART_IsEnabledMuteMode
LL_USART_SetOverSampling
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetOverSampling (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t
OverSampling)
Set Oversampling to 8-bit or 16-bit mode.
Parameters
• OverSampling: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16
Return values
• None:

• CR1 OVER8 LL_USART_SetOverSampling
LL_USART_GetOverSampling
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetOverSampling (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Return Oversampling mode.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 OVER8 LL_USART_GetOverSampling
LL_USART_SetLastClkPulseOutput
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetLastClkPulseOutput (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t
LastBitClockPulse)
Configure if Clock pulse of the last data bit is output to the SCLK pin or not.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2106/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• LastBitClockPulse: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT
– LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_OUTPUT
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_USART_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not Synchronous mode is
supported by the USARTx instance.

• CR2 LBCL LL_USART_SetLastClkPulseOutput
LL_USART_GetLastClkPulseOutput
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetLastClkPulseOutput (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Retrieve Clock pulse of the last data bit output configuration (Last bit Clock pulse output to the SCLK pin or not)
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• CR2 LBCL LL_USART_GetLastClkPulseOutput
LL_USART_SetClockPhase
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetClockPhase (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t ClockPhase)
Select the phase of the clock output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode.
Parameters
• ClockPhase: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2107/2236

UM1905
Notes

• CR2 CPHA LL_USART_SetClockPhase
LL_USART_GetClockPhase
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetClockPhase (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Return phase of the clock output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• CR2 CPHA LL_USART_GetClockPhase
LL_USART_SetClockPolarity
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetClockPolarity (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t ClockPolarity)
Select the polarity of the clock output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode.
Parameters
– LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW
– LL_USART_POLARITY_HIGH
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR2 CPOL LL_USART_SetClockPolarity
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2108/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_GetClockPolarity
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetClockPolarity (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Return polarity of the clock output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• CR2 CPOL LL_USART_GetClockPolarity
LL_USART_ConfigClock
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ConfigClock (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t Phase, uint32_t
Polarity, uint32_t LBCPOutput)
Configure Clock signal format (Phase Polarity and choice about output of last bit clock pulse)
Parameters
• Phase: This parameter can be one of the following values:
• LBCPOutput: This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Call of this function is equivalent to following function call sequence : Clock Phase configuration using
LL_USART_SetClockPhase() functionClock Polarity configuration using LL_USART_SetClockPolarity()
functionOutput of Last bit Clock pulse configuration using LL_USART_SetLastClkPulseOutput() function
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2109/2236

UM1905

• CR2 CPHA LL_USART_ConfigClock
• CR2 CPOL LL_USART_ConfigClock
• CR2 LBCL LL_USART_ConfigClock
LL_USART_EnableSCLKOutput
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableSCLKOutput (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable Clock output on SCLK pin.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR2 CLKEN LL_USART_EnableSCLKOutput
LL_USART_DisableSCLKOutput
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableSCLKOutput (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable Clock output on SCLK pin.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR2 CLKEN LL_USART_DisableSCLKOutput
LL_USART_IsEnabledSCLKOutput
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledSCLKOutput (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Indicate if Clock output on SCLK pin is enabled.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2110/2236

UM1905
Return values
Notes

• CR2 CLKEN LL_USART_IsEnabledSCLKOutput
LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t StopBits)
Set the length of the stop bits.
Parameters
• StopBits: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_USART_STOPBITS_0_5
– LL_USART_STOPBITS_1
Return values
• None:

• CR2 STOP LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength
LL_USART_GetStopBitsLength
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetStopBitsLength (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Retrieve the length of the stop bits.
Parameters
Return values

• CR2 STOP LL_USART_GetStopBitsLength
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2111/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_ConfigCharacter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ConfigCharacter (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t DataWidth,
uint32_t Parity, uint32_t StopBits)
Configure Character frame format (Datawidth, Parity control, Stop Bits)
Parameters
• StopBits: This parameter can be one of the following values:
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Call of this function is equivalent to following function call sequence : Data Width configuration using
LL_USART_SetDataWidth() functionParity Control and mode configuration using LL_USART_SetParity()
functionStop bits configuration using LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength() function

• CR1 PS LL_USART_ConfigCharacter
• CR1 PCE LL_USART_ConfigCharacter
• CR1 M0 LL_USART_ConfigCharacter
• CR1 M1 LL_USART_ConfigCharacter
• CR2 STOP LL_USART_ConfigCharacter
LL_USART_SetTXRXSwap
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetTXRXSwap (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t SwapConfig)
Configure TX/RX pins swapping setting.
Parameters
• SwapConfig: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_USART_TXRX_STANDARD
– LL_USART_TXRX_SWAPPED
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2112/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• CR2 SWAP LL_USART_SetTXRXSwap
LL_USART_GetTXRXSwap
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetTXRXSwap (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Retrieve TX/RX pins swapping configuration.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_USART_TXRX_STANDARD
– LL_USART_TXRX_SWAPPED

• CR2 SWAP LL_USART_GetTXRXSwap
LL_USART_SetRXPinLevel
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetRXPinLevel (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t PinInvMethod)
Configure RX pin active level logic.
Parameters
• PinInvMethod: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_USART_RXPIN_LEVEL_STANDARD
– LL_USART_RXPIN_LEVEL_INVERTED
Return values
• None:

• CR2 RXINV LL_USART_SetRXPinLevel
LL_USART_GetRXPinLevel
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetRXPinLevel (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Retrieve RX pin active level logic configuration.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2113/2236

UM1905
Return values
– LL_USART_RXPIN_LEVEL_STANDARD
– LL_USART_RXPIN_LEVEL_INVERTED

• CR2 RXINV LL_USART_GetRXPinLevel
LL_USART_SetTXPinLevel
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetTXPinLevel (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t PinInvMethod)
Configure TX pin active level logic.
Parameters
• PinInvMethod: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_USART_TXPIN_LEVEL_STANDARD
– LL_USART_TXPIN_LEVEL_INVERTED
Return values
• None:

• CR2 TXINV LL_USART_SetTXPinLevel
LL_USART_GetTXPinLevel
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetTXPinLevel (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Retrieve TX pin active level logic configuration.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_USART_TXPIN_LEVEL_STANDARD
– LL_USART_TXPIN_LEVEL_INVERTED

• CR2 TXINV LL_USART_GetTXPinLevel
LL_USART_SetBinaryDataLogic
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetBinaryDataLogic (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t DataLogic)
Configure Binary data logic.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2114/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• DataLogic: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_USART_BINARY_LOGIC_POSITIVE
– LL_USART_BINARY_LOGIC_NEGATIVE
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Allow to define how Logical data from the data register are send/received : either in positive/direct logic
(1=H, 0=L) or in negative/inverse logic (1=L, 0=H)

• CR2 DATAINV LL_USART_SetBinaryDataLogic
LL_USART_GetBinaryDataLogic
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetBinaryDataLogic (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Retrieve Binary data configuration.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_USART_BINARY_LOGIC_POSITIVE
– LL_USART_BINARY_LOGIC_NEGATIVE

• CR2 DATAINV LL_USART_GetBinaryDataLogic
LL_USART_SetTransferBitOrder
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetTransferBitOrder (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t BitOrder)
Configure transfer bit order (either Less or Most Significant Bit First)
Parameters
• BitOrder: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_USART_BITORDER_LSBFIRST
– LL_USART_BITORDER_MSBFIRST
Return values
• None:
Notes
• MSB First means data is transmitted/received with the MSB first, following the start bit. LSB First means
data is transmitted/received with data bit 0 first, following the start bit.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2115/2236

UM1905

• CR2 MSBFIRST LL_USART_SetTransferBitOrder
LL_USART_GetTransferBitOrder
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetTransferBitOrder (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Return transfer bit order (either Less or Most Significant Bit First)
Parameters
Return values
– LL_USART_BITORDER_LSBFIRST
– LL_USART_BITORDER_MSBFIRST
Notes
• MSB First means data is transmitted/received with the MSB first, following the start bit. LSB First means
data is transmitted/received with data bit 0 first, following the start bit.

• CR2 MSBFIRST LL_USART_GetTransferBitOrder
LL_USART_EnableAutoBaudRate
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableAutoBaudRate (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable Auto Baud-Rate Detection.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_USART_AUTOBAUDRATE_DETECTION_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether
or not Auto Baud Rate detection feature is supported by the USARTx instance.

• CR2 ABREN LL_USART_EnableAutoBaudRate
LL_USART_DisableAutoBaudRate
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableAutoBaudRate (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable Auto Baud-Rate Detection.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2116/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR2 ABREN LL_USART_DisableAutoBaudRate
LL_USART_IsEnabledAutoBaud
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledAutoBaud (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Indicate if Auto Baud-Rate Detection mechanism is enabled.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• CR2 ABREN LL_USART_IsEnabledAutoBaud
LL_USART_SetAutoBaudRateMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetAutoBaudRateMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t
AutoBaudRateMode)
Set Auto Baud-Rate mode bits.
Parameters
• AutoBaudRateMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_USART_AUTOBAUD_DETECT_ON_STARTBIT
– LL_USART_AUTOBAUD_DETECT_ON_FALLINGEDGE
– LL_USART_AUTOBAUD_DETECT_ON_7F_FRAME
– LL_USART_AUTOBAUD_DETECT_ON_55_FRAME
Return values
• None:
Notes
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2117/2236

UM1905

• CR2 ABRMODE LL_USART_SetAutoBaudRateMode
LL_USART_GetAutoBaudRateMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetAutoBaudRateMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Return Auto Baud-Rate mode.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_USART_AUTOBAUD_DETECT_ON_STARTBIT
– LL_USART_AUTOBAUD_DETECT_ON_FALLINGEDGE
– LL_USART_AUTOBAUD_DETECT_ON_7F_FRAME
– LL_USART_AUTOBAUD_DETECT_ON_55_FRAME
Notes

• CR2 ABRMODE LL_USART_GetAutoBaudRateMode
LL_USART_EnableRxTimeout
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableRxTimeout (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable Receiver Timeout.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR2 RTOEN LL_USART_EnableRxTimeout
LL_USART_DisableRxTimeout
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableRxTimeout (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable Receiver Timeout.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2118/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:

• CR2 RTOEN LL_USART_DisableRxTimeout
LL_USART_IsEnabledRxTimeout
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledRxTimeout (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Indicate if Receiver Timeout feature is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR2 RTOEN LL_USART_IsEnabledRxTimeout
LL_USART_ConfigNodeAddress
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ConfigNodeAddress (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t
AddressLen, uint32_t NodeAddress)
Set Address of the USART node.
Parameters
• AddressLen: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_USART_ADDRESS_DETECT_4B
• NodeAddress: 4 or 7 bit Address of the USART node.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This is used in multiprocessor communication during Mute mode or Stop mode, for wake up with address
mark detection.
• 4bits address node is used when 4-bit Address Detection is selected in ADDM7. (b7-b4 should be set to 0)
8bits address node is used when 7-bit Address Detection is selected in ADDM7. (This is used in
multiprocessor communication during Mute mode or Stop mode, for wake up with 7-bit address mark
detection. The MSB of the character sent by the transmitter should be equal to 1. It may also be used for
character detection during normal reception, Mute mode inactive (for example, end of block detection in
ModBus protocol). In this case, the whole received character (8-bit) is compared to the ADD[7:0] value and
CMF flag is set on match)

• CR2 ADD LL_USART_ConfigNodeAddress
• CR2 ADDM7 LL_USART_ConfigNodeAddress
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2119/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_GetNodeAddress
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetNodeAddress (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Return 8 bit Address of the USART node as set in ADD field of CR2.
Parameters
Return values
• Address: of the USART node (Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=255)
Notes
• If 4-bit Address Detection is selected in ADDM7, only 4bits (b3-b0) of returned value are relevant (b31-b4
are not relevant) If 7-bit Address Detection is selected in ADDM7, only 8bits (b7-b0) of returned value are
relevant (b31-b8 are not relevant)

• CR2 ADD LL_USART_GetNodeAddress
LL_USART_GetNodeAddressLen
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetNodeAddressLen (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Return Length of Node Address used in Address Detection mode (7-bit or 4-bit)
Parameters
Return values

• CR2 ADDM7 LL_USART_GetNodeAddressLen
LL_USART_EnableRTSHWFlowCtrl
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableRTSHWFlowCtrl (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable RTS HW Flow Control.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2120/2236

UM1905
Notes
• Macro IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not Hardware Flow
control feature is supported by the USARTx instance.

• CR3 RTSE LL_USART_EnableRTSHWFlowCtrl
LL_USART_DisableRTSHWFlowCtrl
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableRTSHWFlowCtrl (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable RTS HW Flow Control.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR3 RTSE LL_USART_DisableRTSHWFlowCtrl
LL_USART_EnableCTSHWFlowCtrl
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableCTSHWFlowCtrl (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable CTS HW Flow Control.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR3 CTSE LL_USART_EnableCTSHWFlowCtrl
LL_USART_DisableCTSHWFlowCtrl
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableCTSHWFlowCtrl (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable CTS HW Flow Control.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2121/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR3 CTSE LL_USART_DisableCTSHWFlowCtrl
LL_USART_SetHWFlowCtrl
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetHWFlowCtrl (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t
HardwareFlowControl)
Configure HW Flow Control mode (both CTS and RTS)
Parameters
• HardwareFlowControl: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE
– LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS
– LL_USART_HWCONTROL_CTS
– LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR3 RTSE LL_USART_SetHWFlowCtrl
• CR3 CTSE LL_USART_SetHWFlowCtrl
LL_USART_GetHWFlowCtrl
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetHWFlowCtrl (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Return HW Flow Control configuration (both CTS and RTS)
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2122/2236

UM1905
Return values
– LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE
– LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS
– LL_USART_HWCONTROL_CTS
– LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS
Notes

• CR3 RTSE LL_USART_GetHWFlowCtrl
• CR3 CTSE LL_USART_GetHWFlowCtrl
LL_USART_EnableOneBitSamp
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableOneBitSamp (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable One bit sampling method.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR3 ONEBIT LL_USART_EnableOneBitSamp
LL_USART_DisableOneBitSamp
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableOneBitSamp (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable One bit sampling method.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR3 ONEBIT LL_USART_DisableOneBitSamp
LL_USART_IsEnabledOneBitSamp
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledOneBitSamp (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Indicate if One bit sampling method is enabled.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2123/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values

• CR3 ONEBIT LL_USART_IsEnabledOneBitSamp
LL_USART_EnableOverrunDetect
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableOverrunDetect (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable Overrun detection.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR3 OVRDIS LL_USART_EnableOverrunDetect
LL_USART_DisableOverrunDetect
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableOverrunDetect (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable Overrun detection.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR3 OVRDIS LL_USART_DisableOverrunDetect
LL_USART_IsEnabledOverrunDetect
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledOverrunDetect (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Indicate if Overrun detection is enabled.
Parameters
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2124/2236

UM1905

• CR3 OVRDIS LL_USART_IsEnabledOverrunDetect
LL_USART_SetWKUPType
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetWKUPType (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t Type)
Select event type for Wake UP Interrupt Flag (WUS[1:0] bits)
Parameters
• Type: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_USART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS
– LL_USART_WAKEUP_ON_STARTBIT
– LL_USART_WAKEUP_ON_RXNE
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR3 WUS LL_USART_SetWKUPType
LL_USART_GetWKUPType
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetWKUPType (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Return event type for Wake UP Interrupt Flag (WUS[1:0] bits)
Parameters
Return values
– LL_USART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS
– LL_USART_WAKEUP_ON_STARTBIT
– LL_USART_WAKEUP_ON_RXNE
Notes

• CR3 WUS LL_USART_GetWKUPType
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2125/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_SetBaudRate
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetBaudRate (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t PeriphClk,
uint32_t OverSampling, uint32_t BaudRate)
Configure USART BRR register for achieving expected Baud Rate value.
Parameters
• PeriphClk: Peripheral Clock
• BaudRate: Baud Rate
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Compute and set USARTDIV value in BRR Register (full BRR content) according to used Peripheral Clock,
Oversampling mode, and expected Baud Rate values
• Peripheral clock and Baud rate values provided as function parameters should be valid (Baud rate value !=
0)
• In case of oversampling by 16 and 8, BRR content must be greater than or equal to 16d.

• BRR BRR LL_USART_SetBaudRate
LL_USART_GetBaudRate
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetBaudRate (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t PeriphClk,
uint32_t OverSampling)
Return current Baud Rate value, according to USARTDIV present in BRR register (full BRR content), and to
used Peripheral Clock and Oversampling mode values.
Parameters
• PeriphClk: Peripheral Clock
Return values
• Baud: Rate
Notes
• In case of non-initialized or invalid value stored in BRR register, value 0 will be returned.
• In case of oversampling by 16 and 8, BRR content must be greater than or equal to 16d.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2126/2236

UM1905

• BRR BRR LL_USART_GetBaudRate
LL_USART_SetRxTimeout
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetRxTimeout (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t Timeout)
Set Receiver Time Out Value (expressed in nb of bits duration)
Parameters
• Timeout: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x00FFFFFF
Return values
• None:

• RTOR RTO LL_USART_SetRxTimeout
LL_USART_GetRxTimeout
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetRxTimeout (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Get Receiver Time Out Value (expressed in nb of bits duration)
Parameters
Return values
• Value: between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x00FFFFFF

• RTOR RTO LL_USART_GetRxTimeout
LL_USART_SetBlockLength
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetBlockLength (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t BlockLength)
Set Block Length value in reception.
Parameters
• BlockLength: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF
Return values
• None:

• RTOR BLEN LL_USART_SetBlockLength
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2127/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_GetBlockLength
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetBlockLength (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Get Block Length value in reception.
Parameters
Return values

• RTOR BLEN LL_USART_GetBlockLength
LL_USART_EnableIrda
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableIrda (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable IrDA mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not IrDA feature is supported by
the USARTx instance.

• CR3 IREN LL_USART_EnableIrda
LL_USART_DisableIrda
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableIrda (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable IrDA mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2128/2236

UM1905

• CR3 IREN LL_USART_DisableIrda
LL_USART_IsEnabledIrda
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledIrda (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Indicate if IrDA mode is enabled.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• CR3 IREN LL_USART_IsEnabledIrda
LL_USART_SetIrdaPowerMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetIrdaPowerMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t PowerMode)
Configure IrDA Power Mode (Normal or Low Power)
Parameters
• PowerMode: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_USART_IRDA_POWER_NORMAL
– LL_USART_IRDA_POWER_LOW
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR3 IRLP LL_USART_SetIrdaPowerMode
LL_USART_GetIrdaPowerMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetIrdaPowerMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Retrieve IrDA Power Mode configuration (Normal or Low Power)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2129/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
– LL_USART_IRDA_POWER_NORMAL
Notes

• CR3 IRLP LL_USART_GetIrdaPowerMode
LL_USART_SetIrdaPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetIrdaPrescaler (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t
PrescalerValue)
Set Irda prescaler value, used for dividing the USART clock source to achieve the Irda Low Power frequency (8
bits value)
Parameters
• PrescalerValue: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF
Return values
• None:
Notes

• GTPR PSC LL_USART_SetIrdaPrescaler
LL_USART_GetIrdaPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetIrdaPrescaler (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Return Irda prescaler value, used for dividing the USART clock source to achieve the Irda Low Power frequency
(8 bits value)
Parameters
Return values
• Irda: prescaler value (Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF)
Notes
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2130/2236

UM1905

• GTPR PSC LL_USART_GetIrdaPrescaler
LL_USART_EnableSmartcardNACK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableSmartcardNACK (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable Smartcard NACK transmission.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not Smartcard feature is

• CR3 NACK LL_USART_EnableSmartcardNACK
LL_USART_DisableSmartcardNACK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableSmartcardNACK (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable Smartcard NACK transmission.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR3 NACK LL_USART_DisableSmartcardNACK
LL_USART_IsEnabledSmartcardNACK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledSmartcardNACK (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Indicate if Smartcard NACK transmission is enabled.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2131/2236

UM1905
Return values
Notes

• CR3 NACK LL_USART_IsEnabledSmartcardNACK
LL_USART_EnableSmartcard
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableSmartcard (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable Smartcard mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR3 SCEN LL_USART_EnableSmartcard
LL_USART_DisableSmartcard
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableSmartcard (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable Smartcard mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR3 SCEN LL_USART_DisableSmartcard
LL_USART_IsEnabledSmartcard
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledSmartcard (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2132/2236

UM1905
Indicate if Smartcard mode is enabled.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• CR3 SCEN LL_USART_IsEnabledSmartcard
LL_USART_SetSmartcardAutoRetryCount
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetSmartcardAutoRetryCount (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t
AutoRetryCount)
Set Smartcard Auto-Retry Count value (SCARCNT[2:0] bits)
Parameters
• AutoRetryCount: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=7
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This bit-field specifies the number of retries in transmit and receive, in Smartcard mode. In transmission
mode, it specifies the number of automatic retransmission retries, before generating a transmission error
(FE bit set). In reception mode, it specifies the number or erroneous reception trials, before generating a
reception error (RXNE and PE bits set)

• CR3 SCARCNT LL_USART_SetSmartcardAutoRetryCount
LL_USART_GetSmartcardAutoRetryCount
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetSmartcardAutoRetryCount (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Return Smartcard Auto-Retry Count value (SCARCNT[2:0] bits)
Parameters
Return values
• Smartcard: Auto-Retry Count value (Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=7)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2133/2236

UM1905
Notes

• CR3 SCARCNT LL_USART_GetSmartcardAutoRetryCount
LL_USART_SetSmartcardPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetSmartcardPrescaler (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t
PrescalerValue)
Set Smartcard prescaler value, used for dividing the USART clock source to provide the SMARTCARD Clock (5
bits value)
Parameters
• PrescalerValue: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=31
Return values
• None:
Notes

• GTPR PSC LL_USART_SetSmartcardPrescaler
LL_USART_GetSmartcardPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetSmartcardPrescaler (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Return Smartcard prescaler value, used for dividing the USART clock source to provide the SMARTCARD Clock
(5 bits value)
Parameters
Return values
• Smartcard: prescaler value (Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=31)
Notes

• GTPR PSC LL_USART_GetSmartcardPrescaler
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2134/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_SetSmartcardGuardTime
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetSmartcardGuardTime (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t
GuardTime)
Set Smartcard Guard time value, expressed in nb of baud clocks periods (GT[7:0] bits : Guard time value)
Parameters
• GuardTime: Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF
Return values
• None:
Notes

• GTPR GT LL_USART_SetSmartcardGuardTime
LL_USART_GetSmartcardGuardTime
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetSmartcardGuardTime (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Return Smartcard Guard time value, expressed in nb of baud clocks periods (GT[7:0] bits : Guard time value)
Parameters
Return values
• Smartcard: Guard time value (Value between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0xFF)
Notes

• GTPR GT LL_USART_GetSmartcardGuardTime
LL_USART_EnableHalfDuplex
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableHalfDuplex (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable Single Wire Half-Duplex mode.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2135/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_UART_HALFDUPLEX_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not Half-Duplex
mode is supported by the USARTx instance.

• CR3 HDSEL LL_USART_EnableHalfDuplex
LL_USART_DisableHalfDuplex
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableHalfDuplex (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable Single Wire Half-Duplex mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR3 HDSEL LL_USART_DisableHalfDuplex
LL_USART_IsEnabledHalfDuplex
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledHalfDuplex (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Indicate if Single Wire Half-Duplex mode is enabled.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• CR3 HDSEL LL_USART_IsEnabledHalfDuplex
LL_USART_SetLINBrkDetectionLen
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetLINBrkDetectionLen (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t
LINBDLength)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2136/2236

UM1905
Set LIN Break Detection Length.
Parameters
• LINBDLength: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_USART_LINBREAK_DETECT_10B
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not LIN feature is supported
by the USARTx instance.

• CR2 LBDL LL_USART_SetLINBrkDetectionLen
LL_USART_GetLINBrkDetectionLen
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetLINBrkDetectionLen (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Return LIN Break Detection Length.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• CR2 LBDL LL_USART_GetLINBrkDetectionLen
LL_USART_EnableLIN
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableLIN (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable LIN mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2137/2236

UM1905
Notes

• CR2 LINEN LL_USART_EnableLIN
LL_USART_DisableLIN
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableLIN (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable LIN mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR2 LINEN LL_USART_DisableLIN
LL_USART_IsEnabledLIN
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledLIN (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Indicate if LIN mode is enabled.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• CR2 LINEN LL_USART_IsEnabledLIN
LL_USART_SetDEDeassertionTime
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetDEDeassertionTime (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t Time)
Set DEDT (Driver Enable De-Assertion Time), Time value expressed on 5 bits ([4:0] bits).
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2138/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• Time: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=31
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Macro IS_UART_DRIVER_ENABLE_INSTANCE(USARTx) can be used to check whether or not Driver
Enable feature is supported by the USARTx instance.

• CR1 DEDT LL_USART_SetDEDeassertionTime
LL_USART_GetDEDeassertionTime
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetDEDeassertionTime (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Return DEDT (Driver Enable De-Assertion Time)
Parameters
Return values
• Time: value expressed on 5 bits ([4:0] bits) : Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=31
Notes

• CR1 DEDT LL_USART_GetDEDeassertionTime
LL_USART_SetDEAssertionTime
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetDEAssertionTime (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t Time)
Set DEAT (Driver Enable Assertion Time), Time value expressed on 5 bits ([4:0] bits).
Parameters
• Time: Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=31
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR1 DEAT LL_USART_SetDEAssertionTime
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2139/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_GetDEAssertionTime
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetDEAssertionTime (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Return DEAT (Driver Enable Assertion Time)
Parameters
Return values
• Time: value expressed on 5 bits ([4:0] bits) : Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=31
Notes

• CR1 DEAT LL_USART_GetDEAssertionTime
LL_USART_EnableDEMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableDEMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable Driver Enable (DE) Mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR3 DEM LL_USART_EnableDEMode
LL_USART_DisableDEMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableDEMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable Driver Enable (DE) Mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2140/2236

UM1905
Notes

• CR3 DEM LL_USART_DisableDEMode
LL_USART_IsEnabledDEMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledDEMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Indicate if Driver Enable (DE) Mode is enabled.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• CR3 DEM LL_USART_IsEnabledDEMode
LL_USART_SetDESignalPolarity
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_SetDESignalPolarity (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t Polarity)
Select Driver Enable Polarity.
Parameters
– LL_USART_DE_POLARITY_HIGH
– LL_USART_DE_POLARITY_LOW
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR3 DEP LL_USART_SetDESignalPolarity
LL_USART_GetDESignalPolarity
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_GetDESignalPolarity (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2141/2236

UM1905
Return Driver Enable Polarity.
Parameters
Return values
– LL_USART_DE_POLARITY_HIGH
– LL_USART_DE_POLARITY_LOW
Notes

• CR3 DEP LL_USART_GetDESignalPolarity
LL_USART_ConfigAsyncMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ConfigAsyncMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Perform basic configuration of USART for enabling use in Asynchronous Mode (UART)
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• In UART mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register,CLKEN bit in
the USART_CR2 register,SCEN bit in the USART_CR3 register,IREN bit in the USART_CR3
register,HDSEL bit in the USART_CR3 register.
• Call of this function is equivalent to following function call sequence : Clear LINEN in CR2 using
LL_USART_DisableLIN() functionClear CLKEN in CR2 using LL_USART_DisableSCLKOutput()
functionClear SCEN in CR3 using LL_USART_DisableSmartcard() functionClear IREN in CR3 using
LL_USART_DisableIrda() functionClear HDSEL in CR3 using LL_USART_DisableHalfDuplex() function
• Other remaining configurations items related to Asynchronous Mode (as Baud Rate, Word length,
Parity, ...) should be set using dedicated functions

• CR2 LINEN LL_USART_ConfigAsyncMode
• CR2 CLKEN LL_USART_ConfigAsyncMode
• CR3 SCEN LL_USART_ConfigAsyncMode
• CR3 IREN LL_USART_ConfigAsyncMode
• CR3 HDSEL LL_USART_ConfigAsyncMode
LL_USART_ConfigSyncMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ConfigSyncMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2142/2236

UM1905
Perform basic configuration of USART for enabling use in Synchronous Mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• In Synchronous mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: LINEN bit in the USART_CR2
register,SCEN bit in the USART_CR3 register,IREN bit in the USART_CR3 register,HDSEL bit in the
USART_CR3 register. This function also sets the USART in Synchronous mode.
LL_USART_DisableLIN() functionClear IREN in CR3 using LL_USART_DisableIrda() functionClear SCEN
in CR3 using LL_USART_DisableSmartcard() functionClear HDSEL in CR3 using
LL_USART_DisableHalfDuplex() functionSet CLKEN in CR2 using LL_USART_EnableSCLKOutput()
function
• Other remaining configurations items related to Synchronous Mode (as Baud Rate, Word length, Parity,
Clock Polarity, ...) should be set using dedicated functions

• CR2 LINEN LL_USART_ConfigSyncMode
• CR2 CLKEN LL_USART_ConfigSyncMode
• CR3 SCEN LL_USART_ConfigSyncMode
• CR3 IREN LL_USART_ConfigSyncMode
• CR3 HDSEL LL_USART_ConfigSyncMode
LL_USART_ConfigLINMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ConfigLINMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Perform basic configuration of USART for enabling use in LIN Mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2143/2236

UM1905
Notes
• In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: STOP and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2
register,SCEN bit in the USART_CR3 register,IREN bit in the USART_CR3 register,HDSEL bit in the
USART_CR3 register. This function also set the UART/USART in LIN mode.
• Call of this function is equivalent to following function call sequence : Clear CLKEN in CR2 using
LL_USART_DisableSCLKOutput() functionClear STOP in CR2 using LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength()
LL_USART_DisableIrda() functionClear HDSEL in CR3 using LL_USART_DisableHalfDuplex() functionSet
LINEN in CR2 using LL_USART_EnableLIN() function
• Other remaining configurations items related to LIN Mode (as Baud Rate, Word length, LIN Break Detection
Length, ...) should be set using dedicated functions

• CR2 CLKEN LL_USART_ConfigLINMode
• CR2 STOP LL_USART_ConfigLINMode
• CR2 LINEN LL_USART_ConfigLINMode
• CR3 IREN LL_USART_ConfigLINMode
• CR3 SCEN LL_USART_ConfigLINMode
• CR3 HDSEL LL_USART_ConfigLINMode
LL_USART_ConfigHalfDuplexMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ConfigHalfDuplexMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Perform basic configuration of USART for enabling use in Half Duplex Mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• In Half Duplex mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register,CLKEN
bit in the USART_CR2 register,SCEN bit in the USART_CR3 register,IREN bit in the USART_CR3 register,
This function also sets the UART/USART in Half Duplex mode.
LL_USART_DisableIrda() functionSet HDSEL in CR3 using LL_USART_EnableHalfDuplex() function
• Other remaining configurations items related to Half Duplex Mode (as Baud Rate, Word length, Parity, ...)
should be set using dedicated functions

• CR2 LINEN LL_USART_ConfigHalfDuplexMode
• CR2 CLKEN LL_USART_ConfigHalfDuplexMode
• CR3 HDSEL LL_USART_ConfigHalfDuplexMode
• CR3 SCEN LL_USART_ConfigHalfDuplexMode
• CR3 IREN LL_USART_ConfigHalfDuplexMode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2144/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_ConfigSmartcardMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ConfigSmartcardMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Perform basic configuration of USART for enabling use in Smartcard Mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• In Smartcard mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register,IREN bit
in the USART_CR3 register,HDSEL bit in the USART_CR3 register. This function also configures Stop bits
to 1.5 bits and sets the USART in Smartcard mode (SCEN bit). Clock Output is also enabled (CLKEN).
LL_USART_DisableLIN() functionClear IREN in CR3 using LL_USART_DisableIrda() functionClear HDSEL
in CR3 using LL_USART_DisableHalfDuplex() functionConfigure STOP in CR2 using
LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength() functionSet CLKEN in CR2 using LL_USART_EnableSCLKOutput()
functionSet SCEN in CR3 using LL_USART_EnableSmartcard() function
• Other remaining configurations items related to Smartcard Mode (as Baud Rate, Word length, Parity, ...)

• CR2 LINEN LL_USART_ConfigSmartcardMode
• CR2 STOP LL_USART_ConfigSmartcardMode
• CR2 CLKEN LL_USART_ConfigSmartcardMode
• CR3 HDSEL LL_USART_ConfigSmartcardMode
• CR3 SCEN LL_USART_ConfigSmartcardMode
LL_USART_ConfigIrdaMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ConfigIrdaMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Perform basic configuration of USART for enabling use in Irda Mode.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2145/2236

UM1905
Notes
• In IRDA mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register,STOP and
CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,SCEN bit in the USART_CR3 register,HDSEL bit in the
USART_CR3 register. This function also sets the UART/USART in IRDA mode (IREN bit).
functionClear SCEN in CR3 using LL_USART_DisableSmartcard() functionClear HDSEL in CR3 using
LL_USART_DisableHalfDuplex() functionConfigure STOP in CR2 using LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength()
functionSet IREN in CR3 using LL_USART_EnableIrda() function
• Other remaining configurations items related to Irda Mode (as Baud Rate, Word length, Power mode, ...)

• CR2 LINEN LL_USART_ConfigIrdaMode
• CR2 CLKEN LL_USART_ConfigIrdaMode
• CR2 STOP LL_USART_ConfigIrdaMode
• CR3 SCEN LL_USART_ConfigIrdaMode
• CR3 HDSEL LL_USART_ConfigIrdaMode
• CR3 IREN LL_USART_ConfigIrdaMode
LL_USART_ConfigMultiProcessMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ConfigMultiProcessMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Perform basic configuration of USART for enabling use in Multi processor Mode (several USARTs connected in
a network, one of the USARTs can be the master, its TX output connected to the RX inputs of the other slaves
USARTs).
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• In MultiProcessor mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: LINEN bit in the USART_CR2
register,CLKEN bit in the USART_CR2 register,SCEN bit in the USART_CR3 register,IREN bit in the
USART_CR3 register,HDSEL bit in the USART_CR3 register.
LL_USART_DisableIrda() functionClear HDSEL in CR3 using LL_USART_DisableHalfDuplex() function
• Other remaining configurations items related to Multi processor Mode (as Baud Rate, Wake Up Method,
Node address, ...) should be set using dedicated functions

• CR2 LINEN LL_USART_ConfigMultiProcessMode
• CR2 CLKEN LL_USART_ConfigMultiProcessMode
• CR3 SCEN LL_USART_ConfigMultiProcessMode
• CR3 HDSEL LL_USART_ConfigMultiProcessMode
• CR3 IREN LL_USART_ConfigMultiProcessMode
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2146/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_PE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_PE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART Parity Error Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR PE LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_PE
LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_FE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_FE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART Framing Error Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR FE LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_FE
LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_NE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_NE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART Noise error detected Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR NE LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_NE
LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_ORE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_ORE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2147/2236

UM1905
Check if the USART OverRun Error Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR ORE LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_ORE
LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_IDLE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_IDLE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART IDLE line detected Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR IDLE LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_IDLE
LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_RXNE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_RXNE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART Read Data Register Not Empty Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR RXNE LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_RXNE
LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_TC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_TC (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART Transmission Complete Flag is set or not.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2148/2236

UM1905
Return values

• ISR TC LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_TC
LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_TXE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_TXE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART Transmit Data Register Empty Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR TXE LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_TXE
LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_LBD
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_LBD (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART LIN Break Detection Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• ISR LBDF LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_LBD
LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_nCTS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_nCTS (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART CTS interrupt Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2149/2236

UM1905
Notes

• ISR CTSIF LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_nCTS
LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_CTS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_CTS (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART CTS Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• ISR CTS LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_CTS
LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_RTO
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_RTO (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART Receiver Time Out Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR RTOF LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_RTO
LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_EOB
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_EOB (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART End Of Block Flag is set or not.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2150/2236

UM1905
Return values
Notes

• ISR EOBF LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_EOB
LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_ABRE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_ABRE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART Auto-Baud Rate Error Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• ISR ABRE LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_ABRE
LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_ABR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_ABR (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART Auto-Baud Rate Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• ISR ABRF LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_ABR
LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_BUSY
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_BUSY (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2151/2236

UM1905
Check if the USART Busy Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR BUSY LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_BUSY
LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_CM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_CM (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART Character Match Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR CMF LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_CM
LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_SBK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_SBK (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART Send Break Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR SBKF LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_SBK
LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_RWU
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_RWU (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART Receive Wake Up from mute mode Flag is set or not.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2152/2236

UM1905
Return values

• ISR RWU LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_RWU
LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_WKUP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_WKUP (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART Wake Up from stop mode Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• ISR WUF LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_WKUP
LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_TEACK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_TEACK (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART Transmit Enable Acknowledge Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values

• ISR TEACK LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_TEACK
LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_REACK
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_REACK (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART Receive Enable Acknowledge Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2153/2236

UM1905

• ISR REACK LL_USART_IsActiveFlag_REACK
LL_USART_ClearFlag_PE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ClearFlag_PE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Clear Parity Error Flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ICR PECF LL_USART_ClearFlag_PE
LL_USART_ClearFlag_FE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ClearFlag_FE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Clear Framing Error Flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ICR FECF LL_USART_ClearFlag_FE
LL_USART_ClearFlag_NE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ClearFlag_NE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Clear Noise Error detected Flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ICR NCF LL_USART_ClearFlag_NE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2154/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_ClearFlag_ORE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ClearFlag_ORE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Clear OverRun Error Flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ICR ORECF LL_USART_ClearFlag_ORE
LL_USART_ClearFlag_IDLE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ClearFlag_IDLE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Clear IDLE line detected Flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ICR IDLECF LL_USART_ClearFlag_IDLE
LL_USART_ClearFlag_TC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ClearFlag_TC (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Clear Transmission Complete Flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ICR TCCF LL_USART_ClearFlag_TC
LL_USART_ClearFlag_LBD
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ClearFlag_LBD (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2155/2236

UM1905
Clear LIN Break Detection Flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• ICR LBDCF LL_USART_ClearFlag_LBD
LL_USART_ClearFlag_nCTS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ClearFlag_nCTS (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Clear CTS Interrupt Flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• ICR CTSCF LL_USART_ClearFlag_nCTS
LL_USART_ClearFlag_RTO
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ClearFlag_RTO (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Clear Receiver Time Out Flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ICR RTOCF LL_USART_ClearFlag_RTO
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2156/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_ClearFlag_EOB
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ClearFlag_EOB (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Clear End Of Block Flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• ICR EOBCF LL_USART_ClearFlag_EOB
LL_USART_ClearFlag_CM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ClearFlag_CM (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Clear Character Match Flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• ICR CMCF LL_USART_ClearFlag_CM
LL_USART_ClearFlag_WKUP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_ClearFlag_WKUP (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Clear Wake Up from stop mode Flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2157/2236

UM1905

• ICR WUCF LL_USART_ClearFlag_WKUP
LL_USART_EnableIT_IDLE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableIT_IDLE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable IDLE Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 IDLEIE LL_USART_EnableIT_IDLE
LL_USART_EnableIT_RXNE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableIT_RXNE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable RX Not Empty Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 RXNEIE LL_USART_EnableIT_RXNE
LL_USART_EnableIT_TC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableIT_TC (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable Transmission Complete Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 TCIE LL_USART_EnableIT_TC
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2158/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_EnableIT_TXE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableIT_TXE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable TX Empty Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 TXEIE LL_USART_EnableIT_TXE
LL_USART_EnableIT_PE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableIT_PE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable Parity Error Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 PEIE LL_USART_EnableIT_PE
LL_USART_EnableIT_CM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableIT_CM (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable Character Match Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 CMIE LL_USART_EnableIT_CM
LL_USART_EnableIT_RTO
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableIT_RTO (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2159/2236

UM1905
Enable Receiver Timeout Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 RTOIE LL_USART_EnableIT_RTO
LL_USART_EnableIT_EOB
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableIT_EOB (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable End Of Block Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR1 EOBIE LL_USART_EnableIT_EOB
LL_USART_EnableIT_LBD
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableIT_LBD (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable LIN Break Detection Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR2 LBDIE LL_USART_EnableIT_LBD
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2160/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_EnableIT_ERROR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableIT_ERROR (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable Error Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• When set, Error Interrupt Enable Bit is enabling interrupt generation in case of a framing error, overrun
error or noise flag (FE=1 or ORE=1 or NF=1 in the USARTx_ISR register). 0: Interrupt is inhibited 1: An
interrupt is generated when FE=1 or ORE=1 or NF=1 in the USARTx_ISR register.

• CR3 EIE LL_USART_EnableIT_ERROR
LL_USART_EnableIT_CTS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableIT_CTS (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable CTS Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR3 CTSIE LL_USART_EnableIT_CTS
LL_USART_EnableIT_WKUP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableIT_WKUP (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable Wake Up from Stop Mode Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2161/2236

UM1905
Notes

• CR3 WUFIE LL_USART_EnableIT_WKUP
LL_USART_DisableIT_IDLE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableIT_IDLE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable IDLE Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 IDLEIE LL_USART_DisableIT_IDLE
LL_USART_DisableIT_RXNE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableIT_RXNE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable RX Not Empty Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 RXNEIE LL_USART_DisableIT_RXNE
LL_USART_DisableIT_TC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableIT_TC (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable Transmission Complete Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 TCIE LL_USART_DisableIT_TC
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2162/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_DisableIT_TXE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableIT_TXE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable TX Empty Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 TXEIE LL_USART_DisableIT_TXE
LL_USART_DisableIT_PE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableIT_PE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable Parity Error Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 PEIE LL_USART_DisableIT_PE
LL_USART_DisableIT_CM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableIT_CM (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable Character Match Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 CMIE LL_USART_DisableIT_CM
LL_USART_DisableIT_RTO
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableIT_RTO (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2163/2236

UM1905
Disable Receiver Timeout Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR1 RTOIE LL_USART_DisableIT_RTO
LL_USART_DisableIT_EOB
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableIT_EOB (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable End Of Block Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR1 EOBIE LL_USART_DisableIT_EOB
LL_USART_DisableIT_LBD
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableIT_LBD (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable LIN Break Detection Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR2 LBDIE LL_USART_DisableIT_LBD
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2164/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_DisableIT_ERROR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableIT_ERROR (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable Error Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• When set, Error Interrupt Enable Bit is enabling interrupt generation in case of a framing error, overrun
error or noise flag (FE=1 or ORE=1 or NF=1 in the USARTx_ISR register). 0: Interrupt is inhibited 1: An
interrupt is generated when FE=1 or ORE=1 or NF=1 in the USARTx_ISR register.

• CR3 EIE LL_USART_DisableIT_ERROR
LL_USART_DisableIT_CTS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableIT_CTS (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable CTS Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• CR3 CTSIE LL_USART_DisableIT_CTS
LL_USART_DisableIT_WKUP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableIT_WKUP (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable Wake Up from Stop Mode Interrupt.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2165/2236

UM1905
Notes

• CR3 WUFIE LL_USART_DisableIT_WKUP
LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_IDLE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_IDLE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART IDLE Interrupt source is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 IDLEIE LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_IDLE
LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_RXNE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_RXNE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART RX Not Empty Interrupt is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 RXNEIE LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_RXNE
LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_TC
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_TC (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART Transmission Complete Interrupt is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 TCIE LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_TC
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2166/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_TXE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_TXE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART TX Empty Interrupt is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 TXEIE LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_TXE
LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_PE
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_PE (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART Parity Error Interrupt is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 PEIE LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_PE
LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_CM
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_CM (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART Character Match Interrupt is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 CMIE LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_CM
LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_RTO
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_RTO (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2167/2236

UM1905
Check if the USART Receiver Timeout Interrupt is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR1 RTOIE LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_RTO
LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_EOB
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_EOB (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART End Of Block Interrupt is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• CR1 EOBIE LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_EOB
LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_LBD
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_LBD (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART LIN Break Detection Interrupt is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• CR2 LBDIE LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_LBD
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2168/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_ERROR
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_ERROR (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART Error Interrupt is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR3 EIE LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_ERROR
LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_CTS
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_CTS (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART CTS Interrupt is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values
Notes

• CR3 CTSIE LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_CTS
LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_WKUP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_WKUP (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if the USART Wake Up from Stop Mode Interrupt is enabled or disabled.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2169/2236

UM1905

• CR3 WUFIE LL_USART_IsEnabledIT_WKUP
LL_USART_EnableDMAReq_RX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableDMAReq_RX (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable DMA Mode for reception.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR3 DMAR LL_USART_EnableDMAReq_RX
LL_USART_DisableDMAReq_RX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableDMAReq_RX (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable DMA Mode for reception.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR3 DMAR LL_USART_DisableDMAReq_RX
LL_USART_IsEnabledDMAReq_RX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledDMAReq_RX (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if DMA Mode is enabled for reception.
Parameters
Return values

• CR3 DMAR LL_USART_IsEnabledDMAReq_RX
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2170/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_EnableDMAReq_TX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableDMAReq_TX (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Enable DMA Mode for transmission.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR3 DMAT LL_USART_EnableDMAReq_TX
LL_USART_DisableDMAReq_TX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableDMAReq_TX (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable DMA Mode for transmission.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR3 DMAT LL_USART_DisableDMAReq_TX
LL_USART_IsEnabledDMAReq_TX
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledDMAReq_TX (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Check if DMA Mode is enabled for transmission.
Parameters
Return values

• CR3 DMAT LL_USART_IsEnabledDMAReq_TX
LL_USART_EnableDMADeactOnRxErr
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_EnableDMADeactOnRxErr (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2171/2236

UM1905
Enable DMA Disabling on Reception Error.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR3 DDRE LL_USART_EnableDMADeactOnRxErr
LL_USART_DisableDMADeactOnRxErr
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_DisableDMADeactOnRxErr (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Disable DMA Disabling on Reception Error.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• CR3 DDRE LL_USART_DisableDMADeactOnRxErr
LL_USART_IsEnabledDMADeactOnRxErr
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_IsEnabledDMADeactOnRxErr (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Indicate if DMA Disabling on Reception Error is disabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR3 DDRE LL_USART_IsEnabledDMADeactOnRxErr
LL_USART_DMA_GetRegAddr
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_USART_DMA_GetRegAddr (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint32_t
Direction)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2172/2236

UM1905
Parameters
– LL_USART_DMA_REG_DATA_TRANSMIT
– LL_USART_DMA_REG_DATA_RECEIVE
Return values

• RDR RDR LL_USART_DMA_GetRegAddr
•
• TDR TDR LL_USART_DMA_GetRegAddr
LL_USART_ReceiveData8
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint8_t LL_USART_ReceiveData8 (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Read Receiver Data register (Receive Data value, 8 bits)
Parameters
Return values

• RDR RDR LL_USART_ReceiveData8
LL_USART_ReceiveData9
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint16_t LL_USART_ReceiveData9 (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Read Receiver Data register (Receive Data value, 9 bits)
Parameters
Return values

• RDR RDR LL_USART_ReceiveData9
LL_USART_TransmitData8
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_TransmitData8 (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint8_t Value)
Write in Transmitter Data Register (Transmit Data value, 8 bits)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2173/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• TDR TDR LL_USART_TransmitData8
LL_USART_TransmitData9
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_TransmitData9 (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, uint16_t Value)
Write in Transmitter Data Register (Transmit Data value, 9 bits)
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• TDR TDR LL_USART_TransmitData9
LL_USART_RequestAutoBaudRate
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_RequestAutoBaudRate (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Request an Automatic Baud Rate measurement on next received data frame.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes

• RQR ABRRQ LL_USART_RequestAutoBaudRate
LL_USART_RequestBreakSending
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_RequestBreakSending (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Request Break sending.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2174/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• RQR SBKRQ LL_USART_RequestBreakSending
LL_USART_RequestEnterMuteMode
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_RequestEnterMuteMode (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Put USART in mute mode and set the RWU flag.
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• RQR MMRQ LL_USART_RequestEnterMuteMode
LL_USART_RequestRxDataFlush
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_RequestRxDataFlush (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Request a Receive Data flush.
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Allows to discard the received data without reading them, and avoid an overrun condition.

• RQR RXFRQ LL_USART_RequestRxDataFlush
LL_USART_RequestTxDataFlush
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_USART_RequestTxDataFlush (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
Request a Transmit data flush.
Parameters
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2175/2236

UM1905
Return values
• None:
Notes

• RQR TXFRQ LL_USART_RequestTxDataFlush
LL_USART_DeInit
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_USART_DeInit (USART_TypeDef * USARTx)
De-initialize USART registers (Registers restored to their default values).
Parameters
Return values
– SUCCESS: USART registers are de-initialized
– ERROR: USART registers are not de-initialized
LL_USART_Init
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_USART_Init (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, LL_USART_InitTypeDef * USART_InitStruct)
Initialize USART registers according to the specified parameters in USART_InitStruct.
Parameters
• USART_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_USART_InitTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
information for the specified USART peripheral.
Return values
– SUCCESS: USART registers are initialized according to USART_InitStruct content
– ERROR: Problem occurred during USART Registers initialization
Notes
• As some bits in USART configuration registers can only be written when the USART is disabled
(USART_CR1_UE bit =0), USART Peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function.
Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
• Baud rate value stored in USART_InitStruct BaudRate field, should be valid (different from 0).
LL_USART_StructInit
Function name
void LL_USART_StructInit (LL_USART_InitTypeDef * USART_InitStruct)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2176/2236

UM1905
Set each LL_USART_InitTypeDef field to default value.
Parameters
• USART_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_USART_InitTypeDef structure whose fields will be set to default values.
Return values
• None:
LL_USART_ClockInit
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_USART_ClockInit (USART_TypeDef * USARTx, LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef *
USART_ClockInitStruct)
Initialize USART Clock related settings according to the specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct.
Parameters
• USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure that contains the Clock
configuration information for the specified USART peripheral.
Return values
– SUCCESS: USART registers related to Clock settings are initialized according to
USART_ClockInitStruct content
– ERROR: Problem occurred during USART Registers initialization
Notes
• As some bits in USART configuration registers can only be written when the USART is disabled
(USART_CR1_UE bit =0), USART Peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function.
Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
LL_USART_ClockStructInit
Function name
void LL_USART_ClockStructInit (LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef * USART_ClockInitStruct)
Set each field of a LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef type structure to default value.
Parameters
• USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure whose fields will be set to
default values.
Return values
• None:
93.3 USART Firmware driver defines

93.3.1 USART
USART
Address Length Detection
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2177/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_ADDRESS_DETECT_4B
4-bit address detection method selected
LL_USART_ADDRESS_DETECT_7B
7-bit address detection (in 8-bit data mode) method selected
Autobaud Detection
LL_USART_AUTOBAUD_DETECT_ON_STARTBIT
Measurement of the start bit is used to detect the baud rate
LL_USART_AUTOBAUD_DETECT_ON_FALLINGEDGE
Falling edge to falling edge measurement. Received frame must start with a single bit = 1 -> Frame =
Start10xxxxxx
LL_USART_AUTOBAUD_DETECT_ON_7F_FRAME
0x7F frame detection
LL_USART_AUTOBAUD_DETECT_ON_55_FRAME
0x55 frame detection
Binary Data Inversion
LL_USART_BINARY_LOGIC_POSITIVE
Logical data from the data register are send/received in positive/direct logic. (1=H, 0=L)
LL_USART_BINARY_LOGIC_NEGATIVE
Logical data from the data register are send/received in negative/inverse logic. (1=L, 0=H). The parity bit is also
inverted.
Bit Order
LL_USART_BITORDER_LSBFIRST
data is transmitted/received with data bit 0 first, following the start bit
LL_USART_BITORDER_MSBFIRST
data is transmitted/received with the MSB first, following the start bit
Clear Flags Defines
LL_USART_ICR_PECF
Parity error flag
LL_USART_ICR_FECF
Framing error flag
LL_USART_ICR_NCF
Noise error detected flag
LL_USART_ICR_ORECF
Overrun error flag
LL_USART_ICR_IDLECF
Idle line detected flag
LL_USART_ICR_TCCF
Transmission complete flag
LL_USART_ICR_LBDCF
LIN break detection flag
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2178/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_ICR_CTSCF
CTS flag
LL_USART_ICR_RTOCF
Receiver timeout flag
LL_USART_ICR_EOBCF
End of block flag
LL_USART_ICR_CMCF
Character match flag
LL_USART_ICR_WUCF
Wakeup from Stop mode flag
Clock Signal
LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE
Clock signal not provided
LL_USART_CLOCK_ENABLE
Clock signal provided
Datawidth
LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_7B
7 bits word length : Start bit, 7 data bits, n stop bits
Driver Enable Polarity
LL_USART_DE_POLARITY_HIGH
DE signal is active high
LL_USART_DE_POLARITY_LOW
DE signal is active low
Communication Direction
LL_USART_DIRECTION_NONE
Transmitter and Receiver are disabled
LL_USART_DIRECTION_RX
Transmitter is disabled and Receiver is enabled
LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX
Transmitter is enabled and Receiver is disabled
LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX
Transmitter and Receiver are enabled
DMA Register Data
LL_USART_DMA_REG_DATA_TRANSMIT
Get address of data register used for transmission
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2179/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_DMA_REG_DATA_RECEIVE
Get address of data register used for reception
Get Flags Defines
LL_USART_ISR_PE
Parity error flag
LL_USART_ISR_FE
Framing error flag
LL_USART_ISR_NE
Noise detected flag
LL_USART_ISR_ORE
Overrun error flag
LL_USART_ISR_IDLE
Idle line detected flag
LL_USART_ISR_RXNE
Read data register not empty flag
LL_USART_ISR_TC
Transmission complete flag
LL_USART_ISR_TXE
Transmit data register empty flag
LL_USART_ISR_LBDF
LIN break detection flag
LL_USART_ISR_CTSIF
CTS interrupt flag
LL_USART_ISR_CTS
CTS flag
LL_USART_ISR_RTOF
Receiver timeout flag
LL_USART_ISR_EOBF
End of block flag
LL_USART_ISR_ABRE
Auto baud rate error flag
LL_USART_ISR_ABRF
Auto baud rate flag
LL_USART_ISR_BUSY
Busy flag
LL_USART_ISR_CMF
Character match flag
LL_USART_ISR_SBKF
Send break flag
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2180/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_ISR_RWU
Receiver wakeup from Mute mode flag
LL_USART_ISR_WUF
Wakeup from Stop mode flag
LL_USART_ISR_TEACK
Transmit enable acknowledge flag
LL_USART_ISR_REACK
Receive enable acknowledge flag
Hardware Control
LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE
CTS and RTS hardware flow control disabled
LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS
RTS output enabled, data is only requested when there is space in the receive buffer
LL_USART_HWCONTROL_CTS
CTS mode enabled, data is only transmitted when the nCTS input is asserted (tied to 0)
LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS
CTS and RTS hardware flow control enabled
IrDA Power
LL_USART_IRDA_POWER_NORMAL
IrDA normal power mode
LL_USART_IRDA_POWER_LOW
IrDA low power mode
IT Defines
LL_USART_CR1_IDLEIE
IDLE interrupt enable
LL_USART_CR1_RXNEIE
Read data register not empty interrupt enable
LL_USART_CR1_TCIE
Transmission complete interrupt enable
LL_USART_CR1_TXEIE
Transmit data register empty interrupt enable
LL_USART_CR1_PEIE
Parity error
LL_USART_CR1_CMIE
Character match interrupt enable
LL_USART_CR1_RTOIE
Receiver timeout interrupt enable
LL_USART_CR1_EOBIE
End of Block interrupt enable
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2181/2236

UM1905
LL_USART_CR2_LBDIE
LIN break detection interrupt enable
LL_USART_CR3_EIE
LL_USART_CR3_CTSIE
CTS interrupt enable
LL_USART_CR3_WUFIE
Wakeup from Stop mode interrupt enable
Last Clock Pulse
LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT
The clock pulse of the last data bit is not output to the SCLK pin
LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_OUTPUT
The clock pulse of the last data bit is output to the SCLK pin
LIN Break Detection Length
LL_USART_LINBREAK_DETECT_10B
10-bit break detection method selected
LL_USART_LINBREAK_DETECT_11B
11-bit break detection method selected
Oversampling
LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16
Oversampling by 16
LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_8
Oversampling by 8
Parity Control
LL_USART_PARITY_NONE
Parity control disabled
LL_USART_PARITY_EVEN
Parity control enabled and Even Parity is selected
LL_USART_PARITY_ODD
Parity control enabled and Odd Parity is selected
Clock Phase
LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE
The first clock transition is the first data capture edge
LL_USART_PHASE_2EDGE
The second clock transition is the first data capture edge
Clock Polarity
LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW
Steady low value on SCLK pin outside transmission window
LL_USART_POLARITY_HIGH
Steady high value on SCLK pin outside transmission window
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2182/2236

UM1905
RX Pin Active Level Inversion
LL_USART_RXPIN_LEVEL_STANDARD
RX pin signal works using the standard logic levels
LL_USART_RXPIN_LEVEL_INVERTED
RX pin signal values are inverted.
Stop Bits
LL_USART_STOPBITS_0_5
0.5 stop bit
LL_USART_STOPBITS_1
1 stop bit
LL_USART_STOPBITS_1_5
1.5 stop bits
LL_USART_STOPBITS_2
2 stop bits
TX Pin Active Level Inversion
LL_USART_TXPIN_LEVEL_STANDARD
TX pin signal works using the standard logic levels
LL_USART_TXPIN_LEVEL_INVERTED
TX pin signal values are inverted.
TX RX Pins Swap
LL_USART_TXRX_STANDARD
TX/RX pins are used as defined in standard pinout
LL_USART_TXRX_SWAPPED
TX and RX pins functions are swapped.
Wakeup
LL_USART_WAKEUP_IDLELINE
USART wake up from Mute mode on Idle Line
LL_USART_WAKEUP_ADDRESSMARK
USART wake up from Mute mode on Address Mark
Wakeup Activation
LL_USART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS
Wake up active on address match
LL_USART_WAKEUP_ON_STARTBIT
Wake up active on Start bit detection
LL_USART_WAKEUP_ON_RXNE
Wake up active on RXNE
Exported_Macros_Helper
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2183/2236

UM1905
__LL_USART_DIV_SAMPLING8
Description:
• Compute USARTDIV value according to Peripheral Clock and expected Baud Rate in 8 bits sampling mode
(32 bits value of USARTDIV is returned)
Parameters:
• __PERIPHCLK__: Peripheral Clock frequency used for USART instance
• __BAUDRATE__: Baud rate value to achieve
Return value:
• USARTDIV: value to be used for BRR register filling in OverSampling_8 case
__LL_USART_DIV_SAMPLING16
Description:
• Compute USARTDIV value according to Peripheral Clock and expected Baud Rate in 16 bits sampling
mode (32 bits value of USARTDIV is returned)
Parameters:
• __PERIPHCLK__: Peripheral Clock frequency used for USART instance
• __BAUDRATE__: Baud rate value to achieve
Return value:
• USARTDIV: value to be used for BRR register filling in OverSampling_16 case
LL_USART_WriteReg
Description:
• Write a value in USART register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: USART Instance
Return value:
• None
LL_USART_ReadReg
Description:
• Read a value in USART register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: USART Instance
Return value:
• Register: value
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2184/2236

UM1905
LL UTILS Generic Driver
94 LL UTILS Generic Driver
94.1 UTILS Firmware driver registers structures
94.1.1 LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef
LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_utils.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t PLLM
• uint32_t PLLN
• uint32_t PLLP
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef::PLLM
Division factor for PLL VCO input clock. This parameter can be a value of RCC_LL_EC_PLLM_DIVThis
feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS().
• uint32_t LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef::PLLN
Multiplication factor for PLL VCO output clock. This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 50
and Max_Data = 432This feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS().
• uint32_t LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef::PLLP
Division for the main system clock. This parameter can be a value of RCC_LL_EC_PLLP_DIVThis feature
can be modified afterwards using unitary function LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS().
94.1.2 LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef
LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef is defined in the stm32f7xx_ll_utils.h
Data Fields
• uint32_t AHBCLKDivider
Field Documentation
• uint32_t LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef::AHBCLKDivider
The AHB clock (HCLK) divider. This clock is derived from the system clock (SYSCLK). This parameter can
be a value of RCC_LL_EC_SYSCLK_DIVThis feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_RCC_SetAHBPrescaler().
• uint32_t LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef::APB1CLKDivider
value of RCC_LL_EC_APB1_DIVThis feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_RCC_SetAPB1Prescaler().
• uint32_t LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef::APB2CLKDivider
value of RCC_LL_EC_APB2_DIVThis feature can be modified afterwards using unitary function
LL_RCC_SetAPB2Prescaler().
94.2 UTILS Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the UTILS library.
94.2.1 System Configuration functions

System, AHB and APB buses clocks configuration
• The maximum frequency of the SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 is 216000000 Hz.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2185/2236

UM1905
UTILS Firmware driver API description
• LL_SetSystemCoreClock
• LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSI
• LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSE
LL_GetUID_Word0
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_GetUID_Word0 (void )
Get Word0 of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
Return values
• UID[31:0]:
LL_GetUID_Word1
Function name
Return values
• UID[63:32]:
LL_GetUID_Word2
Function name
Return values
• UID[95:64]:
LL_GetFlashSize
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_GetFlashSize (void )
Get Flash memory size.
Return values
• FLASH_SIZE[15:0]: Flash memory size
Notes
• This bitfield indicates the size of the device Flash memory expressed in Kbytes. As an example, 0x040
corresponds to 64 Kbytes.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2186/2236

UM1905
LL_GetPackageType
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_GetPackageType (void )
Get Package type.
Return values
– LL_UTILS_PACKAGETYPE_LQFP100
– LL_UTILS_PACKAGETYPE_LQFP144_WLCSP143 (*)
– LL_UTILS_PACKAGETYPE_WLCSP180_LQFP176_UFBGA176 (*)
– LL_UTILS_PACKAGETYPE_LQFP176_LQFP208_TFBGA216 (*)
LL_InitTick
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_InitTick (uint32_t HCLKFrequency, uint32_t Ticks)
This function configures the Cortex-M SysTick source of the time base.
Parameters
• HCLKFrequency: HCLK frequency in Hz (can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro)
• Ticks: Number of ticks
Return values
• None:
Notes
• When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid changing the SysTick configuration by calling this
function, for a delay use rather osDelay RTOS service.
LL_Init1msTick
Function name
void LL_Init1msTick (uint32_t HCLKFrequency)
This function configures the Cortex-M SysTick source to have 1ms time base.
Parameters
• HCLKFrequency: HCLK frequency in Hz
Return values
• None:
Notes
• When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid changing the Systick configuration by calling this
function, for a delay use rather osDelay RTOS service.
• HCLK frequency can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro or function
LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2187/2236

UM1905
LL_mDelay
Function name
void LL_mDelay (uint32_t Delay)
This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based on SysTick counter flag.
Parameters
• Delay: specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
Return values
• None:
Notes
• When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid using blocking delay and use rather osDelay service.
• To respect 1ms timebase, user should call LL_Init1msTick function which will configure Systick to 1ms
LL_SetSystemCoreClock
Function name
void LL_SetSystemCoreClock (uint32_t HCLKFrequency)
This function sets directly SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable.
Parameters
• HCLKFrequency: HCLK frequency in Hz (can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro)
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Variable can be calculated also through SystemCoreClockUpdate function.
LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSI
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSI (LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef * UTILS_PLLInitStruct,
LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef * UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
This function configures system clock at maximum frequency with HSI as clock source of the PLL.
Parameters
• UTILS_PLLInitStruct: pointer to a LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
information for the PLL.
• UTILS_ClkInitStruct: pointer to a LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
information for the BUS prescalers.
Return values
– SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done
– ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2188/2236

UM1905
UTILS Firmware driver defines
Notes
• The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled.
• Function is based on the following formula: PLL output frequency = (((HSI frequency / PLLM) * PLLN) /
PLLP)PLLM: ensure that the VCO input frequency ranges from 0.95 to 2.1 MHz (PLLVCO_input = HSI
frequency / PLLM)PLLN: ensure that the VCO output frequency is between 100 and 432 MHz
(PLLVCO_output = PLLVCO_input * PLLN)PLLP: ensure that max frequency at 216000000 Hz is reach
(PLLVCO_output / PLLP)
LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSE
Function name
ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSE (uint32_t HSEFrequency, uint32_t HSEBypass,
LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef * UTILS_PLLInitStruct, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef * UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
This function configures system clock with HSE as clock source of the PLL.
Parameters
• HSEFrequency: Value between Min_Data = 4000000 and Max_Data = 26000000
• HSEBypass: This parameter can be one of the following values:
– LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON
– LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_OFF
• UTILS_PLLInitStruct: pointer to a LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
information for the PLL.
• UTILS_ClkInitStruct: pointer to a LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
information for the BUS prescalers.
Return values
– SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done
– ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done
Notes
• The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled.
• Function is based on the following formula: PLL output frequency = (((HSE frequency / PLLM) * PLLN) /
PLLP)PLLM: ensure that the VCO input frequency ranges from 0.95 to 2.10 MHz (PLLVCO_input = HSE
frequency / PLLM)PLLN: ensure that the VCO output frequency is between 100 and 432 MHz
(PLLVCO_output = PLLVCO_input * PLLN)PLLP: ensure that max frequency at 216000000 Hz is reached
(PLLVCO_output / PLLP)
94.3 UTILS Firmware driver defines

94.3.1 UTILS
UTILS
HSE Bypass activation
LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_OFF
HSE Bypass is not enabled
LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON
HSE Bypass is enabled
PACKAGE TYPE
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2189/2236

UM1905
UTILS Firmware driver defines
LL_UTILS_PACKAGETYPE_LQFP100
LQFP100 package type
LL_UTILS_PACKAGETYPE_LQFP144_WLCSP143
LQFP144 or WLCSP143 package type
LL_UTILS_PACKAGETYPE_WLCSP180_LQFP176_UFBGA176
WLCSP180, LQFP176 or UFBGA176 package type
LL_UTILS_PACKAGETYPE_LQFP176_LQFP208_TFBGA216
LQFP176, LQFP208 or TFBGA216 package type
LL_UTILS_PACKAGETYPE_TFBGA216_LQFP176_LQFP208
LL_UTILS_PACKAGETYPE_LQFP176_TFBGA216_LQFP208
LL_UTILS_PACKAGETYPE_LQFP208_LQFP176_TFBGA216
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2190/2236

UM1905
LL WWDG Generic Driver
95 LL WWDG Generic Driver
95.1 WWDG Firmware driver API description

The following section lists the various functions of the WWDG library.
LL_WWDG_Enable
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_WWDG_Enable (WWDG_TypeDef * WWDGx)
Enable Window Watchdog.
Parameters
• WWDGx: WWDG Instance
Return values
• None:
Notes
• It is enabled by setting the WDGA bit in the WWDG_CR register, then it cannot be disabled again except
by a reset. This bit is set by software and only cleared by hardware after a reset. When WDGA = 1, the
watchdog can generate a reset.

• CR WDGA LL_WWDG_Enable
LL_WWDG_IsEnabled
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_WWDG_IsEnabled (WWDG_TypeDef * WWDGx)
Checks if Window Watchdog is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CR WDGA LL_WWDG_IsEnabled
LL_WWDG_SetCounter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_WWDG_SetCounter (WWDG_TypeDef * WWDGx, uint32_t Counter)
Set the Watchdog counter value to provided value (7-bits T[6:0])
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2191/2236

UM1905
Parameters
• Counter: 0..0x7F (7 bit counter value)
Return values
• None:
Notes
• When writing to the WWDG_CR register, always write 1 in the MSB b6 to avoid generating an immediate
reset This counter is decremented every (4096 x 2expWDGTB) PCLK cycles A reset is produced when it
rolls over from 0x40 to 0x3F (bit T6 becomes cleared) Setting the counter lower then 0x40 causes an
immediate reset (if WWDG enabled)

• CR T LL_WWDG_SetCounter
LL_WWDG_GetCounter
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_WWDG_GetCounter (WWDG_TypeDef * WWDGx)
Return current Watchdog Counter Value (7 bits counter value)
Parameters
Return values
• 7: bit Watchdog Counter value

• CR T LL_WWDG_GetCounter
LL_WWDG_SetPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_WWDG_SetPrescaler (WWDG_TypeDef * WWDGx, uint32_t Prescaler)
Set the time base of the prescaler (WDGTB).
Parameters
– LL_WWDG_PRESCALER_1
Return values
• None:
Notes
• Prescaler is used to apply ratio on PCLK clock, so that Watchdog counter is decremented every (4096 x
2expWDGTB) PCLK cycles
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2192/2236

UM1905

• CFR WDGTB LL_WWDG_SetPrescaler
LL_WWDG_GetPrescaler
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_WWDG_GetPrescaler (WWDG_TypeDef * WWDGx)
Return current Watchdog Prescaler Value.
Parameters
Return values

• CFR WDGTB LL_WWDG_GetPrescaler
LL_WWDG_SetWindow
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_WWDG_SetWindow (WWDG_TypeDef * WWDGx, uint32_t Window)
Set the Watchdog Window value to be compared to the downcounter (7-bits W[6:0]).
Parameters
• Window: 0x00..0x7F (7 bit Window value)
Return values
• None:
Notes
• This window value defines when write in the WWDG_CR register to program Watchdog counter is allowed.
Watchdog counter value update must occur only when the counter value is lower than the Watchdog
window register value. Otherwise, a MCU reset is generated if the 7-bit Watchdog counter value (in the
control register) is refreshed before the downcounter has reached the watchdog window register value.
Physically is possible to set the Window lower then 0x40 but it is not recommended. To generate an
immediate reset, it is possible to set the Counter lower than 0x40.

• CFR W LL_WWDG_SetWindow
LL_WWDG_GetWindow
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_WWDG_GetWindow (WWDG_TypeDef * WWDGx)
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2193/2236

UM1905
Return current Watchdog Window Value (7 bits value)
Parameters
Return values
• 7: bit Watchdog Window value

• CFR W LL_WWDG_GetWindow
LL_WWDG_IsActiveFlag_EWKUP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_WWDG_IsActiveFlag_EWKUP (WWDG_TypeDef * WWDGx)
Indicates if the WWDG Early Wakeup Interrupt Flag is set or not.
Parameters
Return values
Notes
• This bit is set by hardware when the counter has reached the value 0x40. It must be cleared by software by
writing 0. A write of 1 has no effect. This bit is also set if the interrupt is not enabled.

• SR EWIF LL_WWDG_IsActiveFlag_EWKUP
LL_WWDG_ClearFlag_EWKUP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_WWDG_ClearFlag_EWKUP (WWDG_TypeDef * WWDGx)
Clear WWDG Early Wakeup Interrupt Flag (EWIF)
Parameters
Return values
• None:

• SR EWIF LL_WWDG_ClearFlag_EWKUP
LL_WWDG_EnableIT_EWKUP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE void LL_WWDG_EnableIT_EWKUP (WWDG_TypeDef * WWDGx)
Enable the Early Wakeup Interrupt.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2194/2236

UM1905
Parameters
Return values
• None:
Notes
• When set, an interrupt occurs whenever the counter reaches value 0x40. This interrupt is only cleared by
hardware after a reset

• CFR EWI LL_WWDG_EnableIT_EWKUP
LL_WWDG_IsEnabledIT_EWKUP
Function name
__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t LL_WWDG_IsEnabledIT_EWKUP (WWDG_TypeDef * WWDGx)
Check if Early Wakeup Interrupt is enabled.
Parameters
Return values

• CFR EWI LL_WWDG_IsEnabledIT_EWKUP
95.2 WWDG Firmware driver defines

95.2.1 WWDG
WWDG
IT Defines
LL_WWDG_CFR_EWI
PRESCALER
LL_WWDG_PRESCALER_1
LL_WWDG_PRESCALER_2
LL_WWDG_PRESCALER_4
LL_WWDG_PRESCALER_8
Common Write and read registers macros
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2195/2236

UM1905
LL_WWDG_WriteReg
Description:
• Write a value in WWDG register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: WWDG Instance
Return value:
• None
LL_WWDG_ReadReg
Description:
• Read a value in WWDG register.
Parameters:
• __INSTANCE__: WWDG Instance
Return value:
• Register: value
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2196/2236

UM1905
FAQs
96 FAQs
General subjects
Why should I use the HAL drivers?

There are many advantages in using the HAL drivers:
• Ease of use: you can use the HAL drivers to configure and control any peripheral embedded within your
STM32 MCU without prior in-depth knowledge of the product.
• HAL drivers provide intuitive and ready-to-use APIs to configure the peripherals and support polling, interrupt
and DMA programming model to accommodate all application requirements, thus allowing the end-user to
build a complete application by calling a few APIs.
• Higher level of abstraction than a standard peripheral library allowing to transparently manage:
– Data transfers and processing using blocking mode (polling) or non-blocking mode (interrupt or DMA)
– Error management through peripheral error detection and timeout mechanism.
• Generic architecture speeding up initialization and porting, thus allowing customers to focus on innovation.
• Generic set of APIs with full compatibility across the STM32 Series/lines, to ease the porting task between
STM32 MCUs.
• The APIs provided within the HAL drivers are feature-oriented and do not require in-depth knowledge of
peripheral operation.
• The APIs provided are modular. They include initialization, IO operation and control functions. The end-user
has to call init function, then start the process by calling one IO operation functions (write, read, transmit,
receive, …). Most of the peripherals have the same architecture.
• The number of functions required to build a complete and useful application is very reduced. As an example,
to build a UART communication process, the user only has to call HAL_UART_Init() then
HAL_UART_Transmit() or HAL_UART_Receive().
Which devices are supported by the HAL drivers?

The HAL drivers are developed to support all STM32F7 devices. To ensure compatibility between all devices and
portability with others Series and lines, the API is split into the generic and the extension APIs . For more details,
please refer to section Devices supported by the HAL drivers.
What is the cost of using HAL drivers in term of code size and performance?
Like generic architecture drivers, the HAL drivers may induce firmware overhead.
This is due to the high abstraction level and ready-to-use APIs which allow data transfers, errors management
and offloads the user application from implementation details.
Architecture
How many files should I modify to configure the HAL drivers?

Only one file needs to be modified: stm32f7xx_hal_conf.h. You can modify this file by disabling unused modules,
or adjusting some parameters (i.e. HSE value, System configuration…)
A template is provided in the HAL drivers folders (stm32f7xx_hal_conf_template.c).
Which header files should I include in my application to use the HAL drivers?
Only stm32f7xx_hal.h file has to be included.
What is the difference between xx_hal_ppp.c/.h and xx_hal_ppp_ ex .c/.h?

The HAL driver architecture supports common features across STM32 Series/lines. To support specific features,
the drivers are split into two groups.
• The generic APIs (stm32f7xx_hal_ppp.c): It includes the common set of APIs across all the STM32 product
lines
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2197/2236

UM1905
FAQs
• The extension APIs (stm32f7xx_hal_ppp_ex.c): It includes the specific APIs for specific device part number
or family.
Initialization and I/O operation functions
How do I configure the system clock?

Unlike the standard library, the system clock configuration is not performed in CMSIS drivers file
(system_stm32f7xx.c) but in the main user application by calling the two main functions, HAL_RCC_OscConfig()
and HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). It can be modified in any user application section.
What is the purpose of the PPP_HandleTypeDef *pHandle structure located in each driver in addition to
the Initialization structure
PPP_HandleTypeDef *pHandle is the main structure implemented in the HAL drivers. It handles the peripheral
configuration and registers, and embeds all the structures and variables required to follow the peripheral device
flow (pointer to buffer, Error code, State,...)
However, this structure is not required to service peripherals such as GPIO, SYSTICK, PWR, and RCC.
What is the purpose of HAL_PPP_MspInit() and HAL_PPP_MspDeInit() functions?

These function are called within HAL_PPP_Init() and HAL_PPP_DeInit(), respectively. They are used to perform
the low level Initialization/de-initialization related to the additional hardware resources (RCC, GPIO, NVIC and
DMA).
These functions are declared in stm32f7xx_hal_msp.c. A template is provided in the HAL driver folders
(stm32f7xx_hal_msp_template.c).
When and how should I use callbacks functions (functions declared with the attribute __weak )?
Use callback functions for the I/O operations used in DMA or interrupt mode. The PPP process complete
callbacks are called to inform the user about process completion in real-time event mode (interrupts).
The Errors callbacks are called when a processing error occurs in DMA or interrupt mode. These callbacks are
customized by the user to add user proprietary code. They can be declared in the application. Note that the same
process completion callbacks are used for DMA and interrupt mode.
Is it mandatory to use HAL_Init() function at the beginning of the user application?

It is mandatory to use HAL_Init() function to enable the system configuration (Prefetch, Data instruction cache,…),
configure the systTick and the NVIC priority grouping and the hardware low level initialization.
The SysTick configuration shall be adjusted by calling HAL_RCC_ClockConfig() function, to obtain 1 ms
whatever the system clock.
Why do I need to configure the SysTick timer to use the HAL drivers?
The SysTick timer is configured to be used to generate variable increments by calling HAL_IncTick() function in
SysTick ISR and retrieve the value of this variable by calling HAL_GetTick() function.
The call HAL_GetTick() function is mandatory when using HAL drivers with Polling Process or when using
HAL_Delay().
Why is the SysTick timer configured to have 1 ms?

This is mandatory to ensure correct IO operation in particular for polling mode operation where the 1 ms is
required as timebase.
Could HAL_Delay() function block my application under certain conditions?

Care must be taken when using HAL_Delay() since this function provides accurate delay based on a variable
incremented in SysTick ISR. This implies that if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process, then the
SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt, otherwise the caller
ISR process will be blocked. Use HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() function to change the SysTick interrupt priority.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2198/2236

UM1905
FAQs
What programming model sequence should I follow to use HAL drivers ?

Follow the sequence below to use the APIs provided in the HAL drivers:
1. Call HAL_Init() function to initialize the system (data cache, NVIC priority,…).
2. Initialize the system clock by calling HAL_RCC_OscConfig() followed by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
3. Add HAL_IncTick() function under SysTick_Handler() ISR function to enable polling process when using
HAL_Delay() function
4. Start initializing your peripheral by calling HAL_PPP_Init().
5. Implement the hardware low level initialization (Peripheral clock, GPIO, DMA,..) by calling
HAL_PPP_MspInit() instm32f7xx_hal_msp.c
6. Start your process operation by calling IO operation functions.
What is the purpose of HAL_PPP_IRQHandler() function and when should I use it?
HAL_PPP_IRQHandler() is used to handle interrupt process. It is called under PPP_IRQHandler() function in
stm32f7xx_it.c. In this case, the end-user has to implement only the callbacks functions (prefixed by __weak) to
perform the appropriate action when an interrupt is detected. Advanced users can implement their own code in
PPP_IRQHandler() without calling HAL_PPP_IRQHandler().
Can I use directly the macros defined in xx_hal_ppp.h ?

Yes, you can: a set of macros is provided with the APIs. They allow accessing directly some specific features
using peripheral flags.
Where must PPP_HandleTypedef structure peripheral handler be declared?

PPP_HandleTypedef structure peripheral handler must be declared as a global variable, so that all the structure
fields are set to 0 by default. In this way, the peripheral handler default state are set to HAL_PPP_STATE_RESET,
which is the default state for each peripheral after a system reset.
When should I use HAL versus LL drivers?

HAL drivers offer high-level and function-oriented APIs, with a high level of portability. Product/IPs complexity is
hidden for end users. LL drivers offer low-level APIs at registers level, with a better optimization but less
portability. They require a deep knowledge of product/IPs specifications.
How can I include LL drivers in my environment? Is there any LL configuration file as for HAL?
There is no configuration file. Source code shall directly include the necessary stm32f7xx_ll_ppp.h file(s).
Can I use HAL and LL drivers together? If yes, what are the constraints?
It is possible to use both HAL and LL drivers. One can handle the IP initialization phase with HAL and then
manage the I/O operations with LL drivers. The major difference between HAL and LL is that HAL drivers require
to create and use handles for operation management while LL drivers operates directly on peripheral registers.
Mixing HAL and LL is illustrated in Examples_MIX example.
Is there any LL APIs which are not available with HAL?

Yes, there are. A few Cortex® APIs have been added in stm32f7xx_ll_cortex.h e.g. for accessing SCB or SysTick
registers.
Why are SysTick interrupts not enabled on LL drivers?

When using LL drivers in standalone mode, you do not need to enable SysTick interrupts because they are not
used in LL APIs, while HAL functions requires SysTick interrupts to manage timeouts.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2199/2236

UM1905
Revision history
Table 25. Document revision history
Date Revision Changes
08-Jun-2015 1 Initial release.

Updated Acronyms and definitions to add DFSDM / DSI / MDIOS acronyms.
Updated Table 1to add new supported part numbers.
27-Jul-2016 2
Updated header files list in HAL API naming rules.
Added description of DFSDM, DSI, JPEG and MDIOS HAL generic drivers.
Updated: Table 1 to add new supported part numbers and LL drivers.
Updated headers file list in HAL API naming rules.
16-Feb-2017 3
Added description of MMC and SMBUS HAL generic drivers.
Added description of LL generic drivers.
Updated Section Introduction.
Added Section 1 General information.
17-Sep-2020 4
Updated Section 2 Acronyms and definitions.
Updated HAL and low-layer drivers.
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2200/2236

UM1905
Contents
Contents
1 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2 Acronyms and definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3 Overview of HAL drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.1 HAL and user-application files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.1.1 HAL driver files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.1.2 User-application files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.2 HAL data structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

3.2.1 Peripheral handle structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3.2.2 Initialization and configuration structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.2.3 Specific process structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.3 API classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

3.4 Devices supported by HAL drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.5 HAL driver rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.5.1 HAL API naming rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.5.2 HAL general naming rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.5.3 HAL interrupt handler and callback functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3.6 HAL generic APIs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

3.7 HAL extension APIs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.7.1 HAL extension model overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.7.2 HAL extension model cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.8 File inclusion model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

3.9 HAL common resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.10 HAL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.11 HAL system peripheral handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.11.1 Clocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.11.2 GPIOs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.11.3 Cortex® NVIC and SysTick timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.11.4 PWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.11.5 EXTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.11.6 DMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2201/2236

UM1905
Contents
3.12 How to use HAL drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

3.12.1 HAL usage models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.12.2 HAL initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.12.3 HAL I/O operation process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.12.4 Timeout and error management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
4 Overview of low-layer drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

4.1 Low-layer files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
4.2 Overview of low-layer APIs and naming rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
4.2.1 Peripheral initialization functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
4.2.2 Peripheral register-level configuration functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
5 Cohabiting of HAL and LL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

5.1 Low-layer driver used in Standalone mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
5.2 Mixed use of low-layer APIs and HAL drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
6 HAL System Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

6.1 HAL Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
6.1.1 How to use this driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
6.1.2 Initialization and Configuration functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
6.1.3 HAL Control functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
6.1.4 Detailed description of functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
6.2 HAL Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

6.2.1 HAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
7 HAL ADC Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58

7.1 ADC Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
7.1.1 ADC_InitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
7.1.2 ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
7.1.3 ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
7.1.4 ADC_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
7.2 ADC Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

7.2.1 ADC Peripheral features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
7.2.3 Initialization and de-initialization functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2202/2236

UM1905
Contents
7.2.4 IO operation functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
7.2.5 Peripheral Control functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
7.2.6 Peripheral State and errors functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
7.3 ADC Firmware driver defines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

7.3.1 ADC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
8 HAL ADC Extension Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81

8.1 ADCEx Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
8.1.1 ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
8.1.2 ADC_MultiModeTypeDef. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
8.2 ADCEx Firmware driver API description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

8.2.2 Extended features functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
8.3 ADCEx Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

8.3.1 ADCEx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
9 HAL CAN Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

9.1 CAN Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
9.1.1 CAN_InitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
9.1.2 CAN_FilterTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
9.1.3 CAN_TxHeaderTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
9.1.4 CAN_RxHeaderTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
9.1.5 __CAN_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
9.2 CAN Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

9.2.2 Initialization and de-initialization functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
9.2.3 Configuration functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
9.2.4 Control functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
9.2.5 Interrupts management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
9.2.6 Peripheral State and Error functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
9.3 CAN Firmware driver defines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2203/2236

UM1905
Contents
9.3.1 CAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
10 HAL CEC Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

10.1 CEC Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
10.1.1 CEC_InitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
10.1.2 CEC_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
10.2 CEC Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

10.2.1 How to use this driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
10.2.2 Initialization and Configuration functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
10.2.3 IO operation functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
10.2.4 Peripheral Control function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
10.2.5 Detailed description of functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
10.3 CEC Firmware driver defines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

10.3.1 CEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
11 HAL CORTEX Generic Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

11.1 CORTEX Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
11.1.1 MPU_Region_InitTypeDef. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
11.2 CORTEX Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

11.2.2 Initialization and de-initialization functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
11.2.3 Peripheral Control functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
11.3 CORTEX Firmware driver defines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

11.3.1 CORTEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
12 HAL CRC Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

12.1 CRC Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
12.1.1 CRC_InitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
12.1.2 CRC_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
12.2 CRC Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2204/2236

UM1905
Contents
12.2.4 Peripheral State functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
12.3 CRC Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

12.3.1 CRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
13 HAL CRC Extension Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

13.1 CRCEx Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
13.1.2 Extended configuration functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
13.2 CRCEx Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

13.2.1 CRCEx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
14 HAL CRYP Generic Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

14.1 CRYP Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
14.1.1 CRYP_ConfigTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
14.1.2 __CRYP_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
14.2 CRYP Firmware driver API description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

14.2.2 Initialization, de-initialization and Set and Get configuration functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
14.2.3 Encrypt Decrypt functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
14.2.4 CRYP IRQ handler management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
14.3 CRYP Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

14.3.1 CRYP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
15 HAL CRYP Extension Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

15.1 CRYPEx Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
15.1.2 Extended AES processing functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
16 HAL DAC Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

16.1 DAC Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
16.1.1 DAC_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2205/2236

UM1905
Contents
16.1.2 DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
16.2 DAC Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

16.2.1 DAC Peripheral features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
16.2.6 Peripheral State and Errors functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
16.3 DAC Firmware driver defines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

16.3.1 DAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
17 HAL DAC Extension Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

17.1 DACEx Firmware driver API description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
17.1.2 Extended features functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
17.2 DACEx Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

17.2.1 DACEx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
18 HAL DCMI Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

18.1 DCMI Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
18.1.1 DCMI_CodesInitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
18.1.2 DCMI_SyncUnmaskTypeDef. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
18.1.3 DCMI_InitTypeDef. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
18.1.4 __DCMI_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
18.2 DCMI Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

18.3 DCMI Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2206/2236

UM1905
Contents
18.3.1 DCMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
19 HAL DFSDM Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

19.1 DFSDM Firmware driver registers structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
19.1.1 DFSDM_Channel_OutputClockTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
19.1.2 DFSDM_Channel_InputTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
19.1.3 DFSDM_Channel_SerialInterfaceTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
19.1.4 DFSDM_Channel_AwdTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
19.1.5 DFSDM_Channel_InitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
19.1.6 DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
19.1.7 DFSDM_Filter_RegularParamTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
19.1.8 DFSDM_Filter_InjectedParamTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
19.1.9 DFSDM_Filter_FilterParamTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
19.1.10 DFSDM_Filter_InitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
19.1.11 DFSDM_Filter_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
19.1.12 DFSDM_Filter_AwdParamTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
19.2 DFSDM Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

19.2.2 Channel initialization and de-initialization functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
19.2.3 Channel operation functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
19.2.4 Channel state function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
19.2.5 Filter initialization and de-initialization functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
19.2.6 Filter control functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
19.2.7 Filter operation functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
19.2.8 Filter state functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
19.3 DFSDM Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

19.3.1 DFSDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
20 HAL DMA2D Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

20.1 DMA2D Firmware driver registers structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
20.1.1 DMA2D_CLUTCfgTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
20.1.2 DMA2D_InitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
20.1.3 DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2207/2236

UM1905
Contents
20.1.4 __DMA2D_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
20.2 DMA2D Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

20.3 DMA2D Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

20.3.1 DMA2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
21 HAL DMA Generic Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

21.1 DMA Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
21.1.1 DMA_InitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
21.1.2 __DMA_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
21.2 DMA Firmware driver API description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

21.2.4 State and Errors functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
21.3 DMA Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

21.3.1 DMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
22 HAL DMA Extension Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

22.1 DMAEx Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
22.2 DMAEx Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

22.2.1 DMAEx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
23 HAL DSI Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

23.1 DSI Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2208/2236

UM1905
Contents
23.1.1 DSI_InitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
23.1.2 DSI_PLLInitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
23.1.3 DSI_VidCfgTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
23.1.4 DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
23.1.5 DSI_LPCmdTypeDef. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
23.1.6 DSI_PHY_TimerTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
23.1.7 DSI_HOST_TimeoutTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
23.1.8 DSI_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
23.2 DSI Firmware driver API description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

23.3 DSI Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

23.3.1 DSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
24 HAL ETH Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

24.1 ETH Firmware driver registers structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
24.1.1 ETH_InitTypeDef. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
24.1.2 ETH_MACInitTypeDef. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
24.1.3 ETH_DMAInitTypeDef. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
24.1.4 ETH_DMADescTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
24.1.5 ETH_DMARxFrameInfos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
24.1.6 ETH_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
24.2 ETH Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2209/2236

UM1905
Contents
24.3 ETH Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

24.3.1 ETH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
25 HAL EXTI Generic Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

25.1 EXTI Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
25.1.1 EXTI_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
25.1.2 EXTI_ConfigTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
25.2 EXTI Firmware driver API description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

25.2.1 EXTI Peripheral features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
25.2.3 Configuration functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
25.3 EXTI Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

25.3.1 EXTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
26 HAL FLASH Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

26.1 FLASH Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
26.1.1 FLASH_ProcessTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
26.2 FLASH Firmware driver API description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

26.2.1 FLASH peripheral features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
26.2.3 Programming operation functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
26.2.5 Peripheral Errors functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
26.3 FLASH Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

26.3.1 FLASH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
27 HAL FLASH Extension Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

27.1 FLASHEx Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
27.1.1 FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
27.1.2 FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
27.2 FLASHEx Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

27.2.1 Flash Extension features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2210/2236

UM1905
Contents
27.2.3 Extended programming operation functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
27.3 FLASHEx Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370

27.3.1 FLASHEx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
28 HAL GPIO Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

28.1 GPIO Firmware driver registers structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
28.1.1 GPIO_InitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
28.2 GPIO Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

28.2.1 GPIO Peripheral features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
28.3 GPIO Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381

28.3.1 GPIO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
29 HAL GPIO Extension Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

29.1 GPIOEx Firmware driver defines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
29.1.1 GPIOEx. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
30 HAL HASH Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

30.1 HASH Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
30.1.1 HASH_InitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
30.1.2 HASH_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
30.2 HASH Firmware driver API description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

30.2.3 Polling mode HASH processing functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
30.2.4 Interruption mode HASH processing functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
30.2.5 DMA mode HASH processing functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
30.2.6 Polling mode HMAC processing functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
30.2.7 Interrupt mode HMAC processing functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
30.2.8 DMA mode HMAC processing functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2211/2236

UM1905
Contents
30.2.9 Peripheral State methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
30.3 HASH Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

30.3.1 HASH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
31 HAL HASH Extension Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

31.1 HASHEx Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
31.1.1 HASH peripheral extended features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
31.1.2 Polling mode HASH extended processing functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
31.1.3 Interruption mode HASH extended processing functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
31.1.4 DMA mode HASH extended processing functionss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
31.1.5 Polling mode HMAC extended processing functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
31.1.6 Interrupt mode HMAC extended processing functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
31.1.7 DMA mode HMAC extended processing functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
31.1.8 Multi-buffer DMA mode HMAC extended processing functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
32 HAL HCD Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438

32.1 HCD Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
32.1.1 HCD_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
32.2 HCD Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438

32.3 HCD Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446

32.3.1 HCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
33 HAL I2C Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447

33.1 I2C Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
33.1.1 I2C_InitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
33.1.2 __I2C_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
33.2 I2C Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2212/2236

UM1905
Contents
33.2.4 Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
33.3 I2C Firmware driver defines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472

33.3.1 I2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
34 HAL I2C Extension Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479

34.1 I2CEx Firmware driver API description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
34.1.1 I2C peripheral Extended features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
34.2 I2CEx Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481

34.2.1 I2CEx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
35 HAL I2S Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482

35.1 I2S Firmware driver registers structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
35.1.1 I2S_InitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
35.1.2 I2S_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
35.2 I2S Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483

35.3 I2S Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494

35.3.1 I2S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
36 HAL IRDA Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499

36.1 IRDA Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
36.1.1 IRDA_InitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
36.1.2 IRDA_HandleTypeDef. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2213/2236

UM1905
Contents
36.2 IRDA Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500

36.2.2 Callback registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
36.2.5 Peripheral State and Error functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
36.3 IRDA Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515

36.3.1 IRDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
37 HAL IRDA Extension Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525

37.1 IRDAEx Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
37.1.1 IRDAEx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
38 HAL IWDG Generic Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526

38.1 IWDG Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
38.1.1 IWDG_InitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
38.1.2 IWDG_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
38.2 IWDG Firmware driver API description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526

38.2.1 IWDG Generic features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
38.2.3 Initialization and Start functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
38.3 IWDG Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528

38.3.1 IWDG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
39 HAL JPEG Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530

39.1 JPEG Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
39.1.1 JPEG_ConfTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
39.1.2 JPEG_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
39.2 JPEG Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2214/2236

UM1905
Contents
39.2.3 Configuration functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
39.2.4 JPEG processing functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
39.2.5 JPEG Decode and Encode callback functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
39.2.6 JPEG IRQ handler management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
39.2.7 Peripheral State and Error functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
39.3 JPEG Firmware driver defines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544

39.3.1 JPEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
40 HAL LPTIM Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549

40.1 LPTIM Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
40.1.1 LPTIM_ClockConfigTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
40.1.2 LPTIM_ULPClockConfigTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
40.1.3 LPTIM_TriggerConfigTypeDef. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
40.1.4 LPTIM_InitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
40.1.5 LPTIM_HandleTypeDef. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
40.2 LPTIM Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550

40.2.3 LPTIM Start Stop operation functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
40.2.4 LPTIM Read operation functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
40.3 LPTIM Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565

40.3.1 LPTIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
41 HAL LTDC Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573

41.1 LTDC Firmware driver registers structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
41.1.1 LTDC_ColorTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
41.1.2 LTDC_InitTypeDef. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
41.1.3 LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
41.1.4 LTDC_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
41.2 LTDC Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2215/2236

UM1905
Contents
41.3 LTDC Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590

41.3.1 LTDC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
42 HAL LTDC Extension Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597

42.1 LTDCEx Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
43 HAL MDIOS Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599

43.1 MDIOS Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
43.1.1 MDIOS_InitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
43.1.2 MDIOS_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
43.2 MDIOS Firmware driver API description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599

43.3 MDIOS Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605

43.3.1 MDIOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
44 HAL MMC Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613

44.1 MMC Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
44.1.1 HAL_MMC_CardInfoTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
44.1.2 MMC_HandleTypeDef. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
44.1.3 HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
44.1.4 HAL_MMC_CardCIDTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
44.2 MMC Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2216/2236

UM1905
Contents
44.3 MMC Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629

44.3.1 MMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629
45 HAL NAND Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640

45.1 NAND Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
45.1.1 NAND_IDTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
45.1.2 NAND_AddressTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
45.1.3 NAND_DeviceConfigTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
45.1.4 NAND_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
45.2 NAND Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641

45.2.2 NAND Initialization and de-initialization functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
45.2.3 NAND Input and Output functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
45.2.4 NAND Control functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643
45.2.5 NAND State functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643
45.3 NAND Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650

45.3.1 NAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650
46 HAL NOR Generic Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652

46.1 NOR Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
46.1.1 NOR_IDTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
46.1.2 NOR_CFITypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
46.1.3 NOR_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
46.2 NOR Firmware driver API description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653

46.2.2 NOR Initialization and de_initialization functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
46.2.3 NOR Input and Output functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
46.2.4 NOR Control functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
46.2.5 NOR State functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2217/2236

UM1905
Contents
46.3 NOR Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660

46.3.1 NOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660
47 HAL PCD Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661

47.1 PCD Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
47.1.1 PCD_HandleTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
47.2 PCD Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662

47.3 PCD Firmware driver defines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672

47.3.1 PCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672
48 HAL PCD Extension Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674

48.1 PCDEx Firmware driver API description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
49 HAL PWR Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677

49.1 PWR Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
49.1.1 PWR_PVDTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
49.2 PWR Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677

49.3 PWR Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684

49.3.1 PWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684
50 HAL PWR Extension Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690

50.1 PWREx Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690
50.1.1 Peripheral extended features functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2218/2236

UM1905
Contents
50.2 PWREx Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694

50.2.1 PWREx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694
51 HAL QSPI Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698

51.1 QSPI Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698
51.1.1 QSPI_InitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698
51.1.2 QSPI_HandleTypeDef. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698
51.1.3 QSPI_CommandTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699
51.1.4 QSPI_AutoPollingTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
51.1.5 QSPI_MemoryMappedTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
51.2 QSPI Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700

51.2.4 Peripheral Control and State functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
51.3 QSPI Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714

51.3.1 QSPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
52 HAL RCC Generic Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721

52.1 RCC Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
52.1.1 RCC_OscInitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
52.1.2 RCC_ClkInitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
52.2 RCC Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722

52.2.1 RCC specific features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
52.2.2 RCC Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
52.3 RCC Firmware driver defines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728

52.3.1 RCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
53 HAL RCC Extension Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750

53.1 RCCEx Firmware driver registers structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750
UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2219/2236

UM1905
Contents
53.1.1 RCC_PLLInitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750
53.1.2 RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750
53.1.3 RCC_PLLSAIInitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
53.1.4 RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
53.2 RCCEx Firmware driver API description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753

53.2.1 Extended Peripheral Control functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
53.2.2 Ex

Um1905 Description of Stm32f7 Hal and Lowlayer Drivers Stmicroelectronics

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Um1905 Description of Stm32f7 Hal and Lowlayer Drivers Stmicroelectronics

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Um1905 Description of Stm32f7 Hal and Lowlayer Drivers Stmicroelectronics

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

UM1905

Description of STM32F7 HAL and low-layer drivers

UM1905 - Rev 4 - September 2020 www.st.com

This user manual is structured as follows:

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 2/2236

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 3/2236

2 Acronyms and definitions

Table 1. Acronyms and definitions

ADC Analog-to-digital converter

GTZC Global TrustZone® controller

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 4/2236

HAL Hardware abstraction layer

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 5/2236

UCPD USB Type-C® and Power Delivery interface

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 6/2236

3 Overview of HAL drivers

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 7/2236

3.1 HAL and user-application files

3.1.1 HAL driver files

Table 2. HAL driver files

Main peripheral/module driver file.

3.1.2 User-application files

Table 3. User-application files

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 8/2236

Figure 1. Example of project template

3.2 HAL data structures

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 9/2236

• Initialization and configuration structures

3.2.1 Peripheral handle structures

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 10/2236

3.2.2 Initialization and configuration structure

HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel (ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig)

3.2.3 Specific process structures

HAL_PPP_Process (PPP_HandleTypeDef* hadc,PPP_ProcessConfig* sConfig)

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 11/2236

3.3 API classification

HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Init(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc);

HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t

Table 4. API classification

Generic file Extension file

Common APIs X X(1)

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 12/2236

3.4 Devices supported by HAL drivers

STM32F722xx Table 5. List of devices supported by HAL drivers

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 13/2236

stm32f7xx_hal_ltdc.c No No No No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 14/2236

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 15/2236

3.5 HAL driver rules

3.5.1 HAL API naming rules

Table 6. HAL API naming rules

Generic Family specific Device specific

File names stm32f7xx_hal_ppp (c/h) stm32f7xx_hal_ppp_ex (c/h) stm32f7xx_ hal_ppp_ex (c/h)

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 16/2236

• The Feature prefix should refer to the new feature.

3.5.2 HAL general naming rules

HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_Init (GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *Init)

UM1905 - Rev 4 page 17/2236

Table 7. Macros handling interrupts and specific clock configurations

__HAL_PPP_ENABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) Enables a specific peripheral interrupt

__HAL_PPP_ENABLE_IT(HANDLE, INTERRUPT) Enables a specific peripheral interrupt

#define __HAL_LINKDMA(HANDLE, __PPP_DMA_FIELD_, __DMA_HANDLE_) \

#define __HAL_LINKDMA(HANDLE, __PPP_DMA_FIELD_, __DMA_HANDLE_) \